The School of Podcasting

The School of Podcastinghttp://www.schoolofpodcasting.comenTechnologyCopyright David Jacksonhttps://d3wo5wojvuv7l.cloudfront.net/t_rss_itunes_square_1400/images.spreaker.com/original/9ab1fc9556bb3e749d54f692914ad946.jpgThe School of Podcastinghttp://www.schoolofpodcasting.comTue, 29 Aug 2023 12:25:03 +0000David JacksonDavid Jacksonfeeds@spreaker.comFounded in 2005 the School of Podcasting is one of the Internet's first sites on podcasting. Founder Dave Jackson is a leading expert on Podcasting and his snarky attitude and entertaining delivery has lead Dave to building a large and loyal...yesepisodic19 Amazing Tips To Speed Up Your Podcast Workflowhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/19-amazing-tips-to-speed-up-your-podcast-workflow--56610102School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Participants and Efficiency Tips Scott from What Was That Like is speeding up editing using keyboard shortcuts and a Red Dragon M908 Gaming Mouse (aff) Craig from Live Well and Flourish is speeding up editing by using iZotope plugins. I use Dialogue Enhance 2. Jill from Fit Stong Women Over 50 eliminates editing by doing more research for your interviews. Branden uses the sound pads on the Zoom Podtrak P4 to help identify edit marks (he assigned tones from Audacity to the pads) Karin from Just Grow Something uses templates where she adds all of the files she uses for her show and saves it as a template. Then opens the template and chooses "Save As," and gives it a new name (so the blank version of the episode stays blank). Kim from the Pharmacists Voice also uses Templates for her audio, her images (using Canva), and anything else. Jim from Home Gadget Geeks ensures any online tools (like auphonic) he uses take advantage of any integrations. Tools like Active Pieces and Zapier can tie two products together. Mark Vinet from the History of North America and Historical Jesus batch records. Steve Steward from the Podcast Editors Academy and his own Editing Service uses two monitors, which speed things up and make things less stressful. Tips To Speed Up Your Podcast From Dave Use the playback speed option in Audacity. It will make people sound like chipmunks, but every little bit helps. Use Text Expander to create templates or anything you type over and over (Libsyn.com has a snippets feature as does Captivate, which has episode defaults (templates). Podpage is a set-it-and-forget-it website tool. You create an episode, and it just appears on your website. You can learn Podpage for Free. Podpage also has an episode signature at the bottom of every episode on your site. A Transcription service like Otter or any AI Transcription tools can be used for editing. I use Evernote to organize my thoughts to avoid wasting time looking for things. A cheap alternative to Notedex. Use a calendar scheduling tool like Acuity Scheduling, Tidycal (although it's having an issue), or Calendly. Using these tools takes the stress out of scheduling guests. I Use Brandy to manage my Press kit. Use your audience, who often have time, treasure, and talent, to help you with your show. Pin a folder to the left navigation in Windows Explorer and the Finder on a Mac so you don't have to dig down to get to the folder. Pay someone to do your editing. Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at www.podcastingobservations.com Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month I ask you a question. This gives you a chance to promote your show and participate in the community. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>6fa2fbfe-d5c6-4873-b92f-6075781ea804Mon, 28 Aug 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn this episode of the School of Podcasting, we dive deep into time-saving tips for podcasters. I discuss my own experiences and lessons learned, along with a lineup of fantastic guests. We cover a wide range of strategies to improve productivity and...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Participants and Efficiency Tips Scott from What Was That Like is speeding up editing using keyboard shortcuts and a Red Dragon M908 Gaming Mouse (aff) Craig from Live Well and Flourish is speeding up editing by using iZotope plugins. I use Dialogue Enhance 2. Jill from Fit Stong Women Over 50 eliminates editing by doing more research for your interviews. Branden uses the sound pads on the Zoom Podtrak P4 to help identify edit marks (he assigned tones from Audacity to the pads) Karin from Just Grow Something uses templates where she adds all of the files she uses for her show and saves it as a template. Then opens the template and chooses "Save As," and gives it a new name (so the blank version of the episode stays blank). Kim from the Pharmacists Voice also uses Templates for her audio, her images (using Canva), and anything else. Jim from Home Gadget Geeks ensures any online tools (like auphonic) he uses take advantage of any integrations. Tools like Active Pieces and Zapier can tie two products together. Mark Vinet from the History of North America and Historical Jesus batch...]]>2575clean894fullNever Run Out of Room Again: How to Free Up Your Hard Drive Spacehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-run-out-of-room-again-how-to-free-up-your-hard-drive-space--56545456supportthisshow.com/backblaze Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. It's Not As Hard As You Think I just returned from speaking at the 40th high school reunion, where they asked me to speak. Speaking always makes me nervous, but due to this talk NOT being about podcasting, I was REALLY Nervous. I followed my own advice and figured out who I was talking to, and what the goal of the talk was (point out that we survived), and then I found people to give me honest feedback before I had to deliver it. It worked. I got a fair amount of compliments. The stress and hand shaking worry was not needed. I had done my homework. So I'm here to tell you from the other side, that the worry is more than likely not necessary (I know, easier said than done). Spotify Video Experiment So Far while I received hundreds of downloads of the audio of the ASk the Podcast show, and a decent amount of video views on YouTube. I have not received a single play on Spotify. Granted I have not promoted it (I promote my Youtube Channel) . I wanted to see what kind of organic traffic Spotify would bring. So far I haven't received any. I do have a niche show, but I wanted you to know. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Backblaze Backup Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month CHAPTERS
00:00:12 - Topics
00:00:32 - Opening
00:01:12 - Video Files are Bigger
00:01:51 - Backblaze
00:05:16 - How Much Is It?
00:07:39 - What Should I Keep?
00:08:44 - File Structure
00:13:05 - Join the School of Podcasting (https://learn.schoolofpodcasting.com)
00:13:52 - Studying Mr. Beast
00:14:03 - Free Podcasting Tips Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/daily)
00:15:10 - Editing Old Titles
00:17:03 -
00:18:21 - Overcoming Your Podcast Fear
00:25:33 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question)
00:26:35 - Live Appearances (https://www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/where)
00:27:08 - Spotify VIdeo Experiment ]]>fc615413-8a22-4dd8-ae27-121b09c084a9Mon, 21 Aug 2023 16:05:00 +0000David JacksonAre you running out of hard drive space due to the large files associated with your podcast, especially if you're playing with video? Worry not, because in this week's episode of The School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson provides a solution to this...supportthisshow.com/backblaze Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. It's Not As Hard As You Think I just returned from speaking at the 40th high school reunion, where they asked me to speak. Speaking always makes me nervous, but due to this talk NOT being about podcasting, I was REALLY Nervous. I followed my own advice and figured out who I was talking to, and what the goal of the talk was (point out that we survived), and then I found people to give me honest feedback before I had to deliver it. It worked. I got a fair amount of compliments. The stress and hand shaking worry was not needed. I had done my homework. So I'm here to tell you from the other side, that the worry is more than likely not necessary (I know, easier said than done). Spotify Video Experiment So Far while I received hundreds of downloads of the audio of the ASk the Podcast show, and a decent amount of video views on YouTube. I have not received a single play on Spotify. Granted I have not promoted it (I promote my Youtube Channel) . I wanted to see what kind of organic traffic Spotify would bring. So far I haven't received any. I do have a niche show, but I wanted you to know. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Backblaze Backup Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee 1874clean893fullPinterest Really? Repurposing Content To Increase Your Reach and Exposure with Jeff Siehhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pinterest-really-repurposing-content-to-increase-your-reach-and-exposure-with-jeff-sieh--56460579Jeff Sieh, a man wearing many hats, found himself in the heart of the digital world, not by chance but by curiosity and sheer determination. His journey wasn't a straight line. Jeff kept evolving from dabbling in corporate video production and website building to exploring social media. During one of these explorations, he stumbled upon Pinterest on a podcast. Hearing about the surge of traffic it brought to a blog stirred his interest. His first foray into Pinterest was a blog post, Manly Pinterest Tips #1, that resonated among the masses. That's when he realized the potential of Pinterest, not just as another social platform but as a visual search engine. BUT I DIDN'T BRING JEFF ON TO JUST TALK ABOUT PINTEREST Jeff has been shooting video for decades and does all of his shows LIVE. If you think about it, you can take this content and repurpose it in ANY format you want, but how do you do that without losing your mind? Jeff shares that today. Check Out Jeff Sieh jeffsieh.com socialmedianewslive.com manlypinteresttips.com/ Topics Include Using Pinterest as a Visual Search Engine Best Practices and Myths of Pinterest Creating Eye-Catching Pins How Jeff Landed Big Guests How Jeff Landed a Big Sponsor The Benefits of Building Relationships Repurposing Content for Maximum Value Why He Uses Descript The Difference Between Streamyard and Ecamm Live The Big Attraction of Going Live Growing Your Audience Through Consistency Mentioned In This Episode Jeff Sieh's Website Manly Pinterest Tips Social Media News Live Ecamm Live Software Streamyard Live Streaming Tool Repurpose.io Social Warfare Sharing Plugin Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Your Listeners Into Livelihood Join the School of Podcasting! Canva Dave's Appearance on Jeff's Show Descript Streamyard and Ecamm The School of Podcasting This is episode 892 and originates at schoolofpodcasting.com/892 This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network changing the World One Download at a Time.]]>42e7422f-5ca8-4eab-aae3-fffc2069dc1fMon, 14 Aug 2023 04:05:00 +0000David Jacksonhttps://www.jeffsieh.com, a man wearing many hats, found himself in the heart of the digital world, not by chance but by curiosity and sheer determination. His journey wasn't a straight line. Jeff kept evolving from dabbling in corporate video...Jeff Sieh, a man wearing many hats, found himself in the heart of the digital world, not by chance but by curiosity and sheer determination. His journey wasn't a straight line. Jeff kept evolving from dabbling in corporate video production and website building to exploring social media. During one of these explorations, he stumbled upon Pinterest on a podcast. Hearing about the surge of traffic it brought to a blog stirred his interest. His first foray into Pinterest was a blog post, Manly Pinterest Tips #1, that resonated among the masses. That's when he realized the potential of Pinterest, not just as another social platform but as a visual search engine. BUT I DIDN'T BRING JEFF ON TO JUST TALK ABOUT PINTEREST Jeff has been shooting video for decades and does all of his shows LIVE. If you think about it, you can take this content and repurpose it in ANY format you want, but how do you do that without losing your mind? Jeff shares that today. Check Out Jeff Sieh jeffsieh.com socialmedianewslive.com manlypinteresttips.com/ Topics Include Using Pinterest as a Visual Search Engine Best Practices and Myths of Pinterest Creating Eye-Catching Pins How Jeff Landed Big Guests How Jeff Landed a Big Sponsor The Benefits of Building Relationships Repurposing Content for Maximum Value Why He Uses Descript The Difference Between Streamyard and Ecamm Live The Big Attraction of Going Live Growing Your Audience Through Consistency Mentioned In This Episode Jeff Sieh's Website Manly Pinterest Tips Social Media News Live Ecamm Live Software Streamyard Live Streaming Tool Repurpose.io Social Warfare Sharing Plugin Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies to Turn Your Listeners Into Livelihood Join the School of Podcasting! Canva Dave's Appearance on Jeff's Show Descript Streamyard and Ecamm The School of Podcasting This is episode 892 and originates at 2800clean892full[Feed Drop] Building a Better Davehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/feed-drop-building-a-better-dave--56439485

I'm not trying to make money

I don't care about downloads

I'm just talking about me

I try to make it entertaining.

It is the cheapest therapy I've ever paid for. In today's episode you will hear my talk about a car accident I was in this week. It was a bad day.... or was it? Follow Building a Better Dave in: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Like This Episode? Consider buying me a coffee.]]>1236clean892bonusUnleash Your True Potential: Finding Your Voice and Unlocking Inner Powerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unleash-your-true-potential-finding-your-voice-and-unlocking-inner-power--56389183School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. What Does Finding Your Voice Mean? You start your podcast (congrats!), and you feel uncomfortable. You feel out of place, and people say, "You need to find your voice." That is a really vague instruction. Steps to Finding Your Voice I mention this in almost every episode. It starts with specifically knowing your WHY and Your WHO. The more information you have on each, the clearer the target. It is the blurryness and fuzziness vision of your show that leads to insecurity. Who Are You and Who Aren't You? What do you believe in? What are your values? By defining what you will and will NOT talk about help clear the path for your content.
The Netflix show House of Cards had a scene where the main character kills a dog in the first scene. This was on purpose, as they knew this would upset people. They thought, "Well, we might as well draw a line in the sand and offend people upfront. If they couldn't take the first episode, they would NEVER tolerate what else was coming in the remainder episodes. Get Comfortable Through Practice Think back to all the firsts in your life. The first step, first tricycle, bicycle, first kiss are things we weren’t good at when we started. So do it again, and again with the goal of improving with each version of your episodes getting better. Acknowledge That This Will be Uncomfortable When you feel yourself wanting to pull away or come back to it later, push through. If you’ve ever been through counseling of any sort (single, couples, etc) it is uncomfortable. However, you come out better on the other side. I dread getting on a treadmill but never regret getting off. So when you feel that uncomfortable feeling come upon you (and it will) embrace it. You're learning. You are growing. You are improving. Not Everyone Will Like You, and That is OK Life is not a popularity contest. That is one that is easy to say, but not always easy to live. As with everything, the more you practice it, the better you will get at it. So when you get your first one star review realize that the listener was not your target audience. Follow Your Gut There is only one of you. You are 100% unique so embrace that. Every night there are multiple stations covering the same topics. There are different strokes for different folks. Being you is very easy for you. When you try to be something you're not, it's very hard to pull off and often robs you of your passion. Double Check the Facts In Your Head Saying Negative Things Brenda was trying to prove herself to an invisible audience. She had assumed they wanted her to skim over a broad topic. When she got her episode in front of ACTUAL people she found they would rather go deep into a narrow topic. In The End Be Yourself In the end you've had an entire lifetime being you. Relax and embrace your uniqueness. Bob Dylan, Tom Petty, Stevie Nicks, and Rod Stewart have unique voices. You either love them or hate them. Their uniqueness has enabled them to have careers spanning multiple decades. QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month I ask the audience a question. This is your chance to get involved with the show. The question is inserted dynamically (so you need to go to the link below to answer). Provide your answer, and tell us about your show and provide your website. (free exposure!) Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at www.podcastingobservations.com Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today Mentioned In This Episode The YouTube Formula: How Anyone Can Unlock the Algorithm to Drive Views, Build an Audience, and Grow Revenue (aff) Building a Better Dave "The List" Episode Overcoming Impostor Syndrome Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. This show original at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/891 ]]>508add71-6c2c-470c-ae33-8991ec9062c8Mon, 07 Aug 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonOne of the things podcasters say is “find your voice” without knowing that it’s Jargon. After all, is my voice lost? What does that mean? Today we will look at finding your voice, and I will tell you what the difference is to the listener. Because the...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. What Does Finding Your Voice Mean? You start your podcast (congrats!), and you feel uncomfortable. You feel out of place, and people say, "You need to find your voice." That is a really vague instruction. Steps to Finding Your Voice I mention this in almost every episode. It starts with specifically knowing your WHY and Your WHO. The more information you have on each, the clearer the target. It is the blurryness and fuzziness vision of your show that leads to insecurity. Who Are You and Who Aren't You? What do you believe in? What are your values? By defining what you will and will NOT talk about help clear the path for your content.
The Netflix show House of Cards had a scene where the main character kills a dog in the first scene. This was on purpose, as they knew this would upset people. They thought, "Well, we might as well draw a line in the sand and offend people upfront. If they couldn't take the first episode, they would NEVER tolerate what else was coming in the remainder episodes. Get Comfortable Through Practice Think back to all the firsts in your life. The first step, first tricycle, bicycle, first kiss are things we weren’t good at when we started. So do it again, and again with the goal of improving with each version of your episodes getting better. Acknowledge That This Will be Uncomfortable When you feel yourself wanting to pull away or come back to it later, push through. If you’ve ever been through counseling of any sort (single, couples, etc) it is uncomfortable. However, you come out better on the other side. I dread getting on a treadmill but never regret getting off. So when you feel that uncomfortable feeling come upon you (and it will) embrace it. You're learning. You are growing. You are improving. Not Everyone Will Like You, and That is OK Life is not a popularity contest. That is one that is easy to say, but not always easy to live. As with everything, the more you practice it, the better you will get at it. So when you get your first one star review realize that the listener was not your target audience. Follow Your Gut There is only one of you. You are 100% unique so embrace that. Every night there are multiple stations covering the same topics. There are different strokes for different folks. Being you is very easy for you. When you try to be something you're not, it's very hard to pull off and often robs you of your passion. Double Check the Facts In Your Head Saying Negative Things Brenda was trying to prove herself to an invisible audience. She had assumed they wanted her to skim over a broad topic. When she got her episode in front of ACTUAL people she found they would rather go deep into...]]>2947findyourvoice,grow,impostersyndrome,launch,podcastclean891fullAre You Primarily Audio or Video? Three Ways Your Show May Be Frustrating Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-primarily-audio-or-video-three-ways-your-show-may-be-frustrating-your-audience--56316120Podcast Business Journal's site, James Cridland has some interesting podcasting stats, and you can see that on April 12, 2023, there were 383,996 active podcasts. Fast forward to July and that number is down by 13.4% to 335,930. Meanwhile, every survey that comes out says podcast listenership is going up. A recent study on Australia has monthly listeners going up by 7% and weekly listening went up 24% (26 to 33 million). So if listening is going up, and content creation is going down, that means (in theory) that those who start or continue to make content have a better chance of being found due to the lack of competition while the audience continues to go. I can help. Also, if you do a podcast and would love to have an actor on your show, they may have some available time on their hands. Don't Forget The Links If you want your audience to get frustrated, talk about something on your show, and then don't put a link to it. I recently did this on my Ask the Podcast Coach, and luckily the person who was nice enough to contact me was very nice, but it can make it appear that you don't care about the user. Some things are perceived as basic and expected. A few episodes ago, I talked about a video service that I eventually canceled and got a refund. Why, there was something I thought was basic and should be included, and they wanted me to edit some code. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Power Dewise Lav Microphone Samson Q2U Turning Your YouTube Content Into a Podcast I listened to a show this morning, and the host said, "I'm talking about three products today, and for you to get the most out of this, you should hop on over to the YouTube version. It will be much more beneficial for you over there. He then went on to say phrases like, "You'll be here on the left" and "Just click on search" right here. At this point, even with the disclaimer I felt like this guy was going to waste my time (and for the most part, he did). So when I went to click on the link to his YouTube channel, you guessed it - no link in the show notes. So you might want to refer to your episode as "the show" instead of podcast or video. Keep it generic. I occasionally share my screen on a live stream I do every Saturday. When I do, I try to make a concerted effort to A Cool Strategy from Udemy Podcast Rewind: The Podcast Accelerator I appeared on the Podcast Accelerator with Mark Asquith where we talk about the last two decades of podcasting and what I'm worried about for the future. Trying to Move Fordward? Behavioral scientists in Great Britain did another study of a couple 100 people who wanted to start exercising they divided the people into three groups.
The first group committed to exercising.
The second group committed to exercising and reading lots of material on the benefits of exercising.
The third group committed to exercising and chose the day, time, and place when they would do it.
Only 36% of the people in those first two groups kept their commitment.
But 91% of the people in the third group kept their commitment. Put it on your calendar! (from the book The Power to Change) As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases ]]>870cea8f-61c5-421d-a9b0-6f440073f9ddMon, 31 Jul 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonAre you audio or video first? If you want to ride the "Record the video, strip out the audio, cut the video into shorts, transcribe the audio, and become a millionaire" train, there are some things to remember. Your Legacy I saw someone today that I...Podcast Business Journal's site, James Cridland has some interesting podcasting stats, and you can see that on April 12, 2023, there were 383,996 active podcasts. Fast forward to July and that number is down by 13.4% to 335,930. Meanwhile, every survey that comes out says podcast listenership is going up. A recent study on Australia has monthly listeners going up by 7% and weekly listening went up 24% (26 to 33 million). So if listening is going up, and content creation is going down, that means (in theory) that those who start or continue to make content have a better chance of being found due to the lack of competition while the audience continues to go. I can help. Also, if you do a podcast and would love to have an actor on your show, they may have some available time on their hands. Don't Forget The Links If you want your audience to get frustrated, talk about something on your show, and then don't put a link to it. I recently did this on my Ask the Podcast Coach, and luckily the person who was nice enough to contact me was very nice, but it can make it appear that you don't care about the user. Some things are perceived as basic and expected. A few episodes ago, I talked about a video service that I eventually canceled and got a refund. Why, there was something I thought was basic and should be included, and they wanted me to edit some code. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee 1949clean890full[Feed Drop] Your Podcast Consultant Previewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/feed-drop-your-podcast-consultant-preview--56263527You Podcast Consultant. While the School of Podcasting is typically around 40 minutes, Your Podcast Consultant is always 9 minutes or less. It's a nice bit size chunk of podcasting advice based on the common questions I see in the podcasting space. There are 143 episodes available at podcastconsultant.com You can follow the show on Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon P.S. This is episode 12, so there are now 4+ Million podcasts (I mention 600K in this episode). This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network ]]>fbb15164-9170-4225-ad0d-a4026b21ad4dFri, 28 Jul 2023 13:22:00 +0000David JacksonToday I share another one of my shows. It's called https://www.podcastconsultant.com. While the School of Podcasting is typically around 40 minutes, Your Podcast Consultant is always 9 minutes or less. It's a nice bit size chunk of podcasting advice...You Podcast Consultant. While the School of Podcasting is typically around 40 minutes, Your Podcast Consultant is always 9 minutes or less. It's a nice bit size chunk of podcasting advice based on the common questions I see in the podcasting space. There are 143 episodes available at podcastconsultant.com You can follow the show on Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon P.S. This is episode 12, so there are now 4+ Million podcasts (I mention 600K in this episode). This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network ]]>565clean889bonusThe Squeeze vs. the Juice: Avoiding Podcast Rabbit Holeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-squeeze-vs-the-juice-avoiding-podcast-rabbit-holes--56195628School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save on a monthly or yearly subscription. Feedback on this Episode: CLICK HERE The Squeeze vs. the Juice: Weighing the Worth of Podcasting Endeavors

If it seems too good to be true, it most often is.
Do you need the features that have caught your eye? Will you USE them?
Be sure you've taken the time to know the equipment and resources you have.
Watch out for people who promote products they haven't purchased.
Recognize when you've made a bad purchase and ask for the refund.
Look at the About page and see who (not what) you're working with (do they have a podcast?)

If it seems too good to be true, it most often is.
Do you need the features that have caught your eye? Will you USE them?
Be sure you've taken the time to know the equipment and resources you have.
Watch out for people who promote products they haven't purchased.
Recognize when you've made a bad purchase and ask for the refund.
Look at the About page and see who (not what) you're working with (do they have a podcast?)

Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month This is episode 889 of the School of Podcasting Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get...]]>1848clean889fullPodcasting Turns 20 - Why This Medium is Unstoppable!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-turns-20-why-this-medium-is-unstoppable--56123239James Cridland interview the very first person to produce a podcast (Christopher Lydon) it got me thinking about the early "Middle Finger to the Radio Industry" start of podcasting (and sadly, we seem to repeat history). There is a study of 1200 podcasters who shared their why and how they podcast, and I share some additional insights. Some of them are not popular, but they are true (from my desk). Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Daily Podcast Tips Newsletter Want more tips on planning, launching, growing and monetizing your show with cool podcasting resources? Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/daily Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Bandrew Says Podcast The Podcast on Podcasting Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/888 ]]>9fdb6397-9e84-4e0c-bbb4-637bdbb38bb8Mon, 17 Jul 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting turned 20 years old this month, and after hearing https://weekly.podnews.net/1538779/13215240-celebrating-20-years-of-podcasting-with-rob-greenlee-and-christopher-lydon (Christopher Lydon) it got me thinking about the early "Middle Finger...James Cridland interview the very first person to produce a podcast (Christopher Lydon) it got me thinking about the early "Middle Finger to the Radio Industry" start of podcasting (and sadly, we seem to repeat history). There is a study of 1200 podcasters who shared their why and how they podcast, and I share some additional insights. Some of them are not popular, but they are true (from my desk). Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Daily Podcast Tips Newsletter Want more tips on planning, launching, growing and monetizing your show with cool podcasting resources? Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/daily Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Bandrew Says Podcast The Podcast on Podcasting Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/888 ]]>2411clean888full[Feed Drop] Ask the Podcast Coach Previewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/feed-drop-ask-the-podcast-coach-preview--56074409a number of shows and over the next few weeks, I'm going to be previewing different podcast related shows I do. Today is the show Ask the Podcast Coach, which I do with Jim Collison from Home Gadget Geeks, and Gallop Podcasts. We answer questions LIVE every Saturday at 10:30 AM EST at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/live You can jump into the video at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/question You can also leave a question by clicking on the microphone in the bottom right-hand corner at www.askthepodcastcoach.com Mentioned: Episode 700: Fifty-Four Podcast Questions in Twenty Six Minutes See you Monday! Dave]]>963c63be-e440-4a2e-a657-6509da378f65Wed, 12 Jul 2023 17:37:00 +0000David JacksonI do http://www.powerofpodcasting.com and over the next few weeks, I'm going to be previewing different podcast related shows I do. Today is the show https://www.askthepodcastcoach.com/follow, which I do with Jim Collison from...a number of shows and over the next few weeks, I'm going to be previewing different podcast related shows I do. Today is the show Ask the Podcast Coach, which I do with Jim Collison from Home Gadget Geeks, and Gallop Podcasts. We answer questions LIVE every Saturday at 10:30 AM EST at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/live You can jump into the video at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/question You can also leave a question by clicking on the microphone in the bottom right-hand corner at www.askthepodcastcoach.com Mentioned: Episode 700: Fifty-Four Podcast Questions in Twenty Six Minutes See you Monday! Dave]]>817cleanbonusA Great Microphone For Solo Podcasters and Professional Podcast Guestshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-great-microphone-for-solo-podcasters-and-professional-podcast-guests--56046231School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Thanks for listening to episode 887 of the School of Podcasting. Your feedback is always appreciated. The Knee Jerk Reaction to Podcast Ads May Be Missing Other Opportunities I've heard the average host-read ad in a podcast pays about $25 per 1000 downloads. Less than 10% have the needed 10,000 downloads per episode to get a "big sponsor." In some cases, they may have enough for ads that pay anywhere from $3.85 - $7 CPM (boo!). On Ask the Podcast Coach, I mentioned Switchy ( A link tracker and more) from App Summo (where it's a one-time payment for life). I earned $17.20. Obviously, I'm not going to retire on that, but the show doesn't have a huge audience. When I calculated the CPM, it was $34. So, if you're getting $5 CPM with your programmatic ads, you might want to mix in an affiliate that truly fits your audience. (and buy my book Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies That Turn Listeners into a Livelihood ) For People Looking to Guest On Podcasts (and not start a show), the new Rode PodMic USB is a great choice. The mic is both USB and XLR, so if you later want to plug it into an interface like a Rodecaster Duo, you can. It comes with a sturdy pop filter (the original PodMic was east to "pop."
Its all-back design is cool. You can use software that has Aphex processing and tweak the sound of your microphone and then SAVE THAT SOUND into the microphone. So when you plug it in via USB, you're sound is right where you left it. It works with Rode's Capture app, so if you want to record directly to your phone, you can. (I had to use a USB C to Lightning Cable). Likewise, if your computer doesn't have a USB C input, you'll need a USB to USB C Connector. The bottom line is for around $200 you end up with a single-channel roadcaster. The Negatives While this microphone is obviously meant to be on a stand, when I had it on a boom arm it was very sensitive to any kind of tapping on the desk, etc. So, don't touch the mic or anything when recording. At $200, it is more than double something like a Samson Q2u or ATR2100X, but those don't have the Aphex processing. Don't Fear the Feedback I recently created a video sales for the School of Podcasting. I went to my newsletter and asked them to "Talk about it like I wasn't in the room." As I started implementing the suggestions, more came in (so looking back, you might want to wait or give a deadline) as I ended up making seven different versions before I loaded on the final (for now) version. It all was great feedback, and I see people time and time again release their first episode without getting any feedback. What is the point of releasing something that is not going to impact the audience the way you want them to? Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at www.podcastingobservations.com Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Podcast Rodeo Show Ask the Podcast Coach Rode PodMic USB Rode Wireless Go II Big Podcast with David Hooper Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream Bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>99619538-ad12-4539-97f6-f08cf669e465Mon, 10 Jul 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonToday I'm talking about how I made 35% more than a host read ad. The POWER of feedback, and I'm playing with a new microphone that really lets me dial in a great sound. Join the School of Podcasting Community Risk-Free Are you looking to start your...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Thanks for listening to episode 887 of the School of Podcasting. Your feedback is always appreciated. The Knee Jerk Reaction to Podcast Ads May Be Missing Other Opportunities I've heard the average host-read ad in a podcast pays about $25 per 1000 downloads. Less than 10% have the needed 10,000 downloads per episode to get a "big sponsor." In some cases, they may have enough for ads that pay anywhere from $3.85 - $7 CPM (boo!). On Ask the Podcast Coach, I mentioned Switchy ( A link tracker and more) from App Summo (where it's a one-time payment for life). I earned $17.20. Obviously, I'm not going to retire on that, but the show doesn't have a huge audience. When I calculated the CPM, it was $34. So, if you're getting $5 CPM with your programmatic ads, you might want to mix in an affiliate that truly fits your audience. (and buy my book Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies That Turn Listeners into a Livelihood ) For People Looking to Guest On Podcasts (and not start a show), the new Rode PodMic USB is a great choice. The mic is both USB and XLR, so if you later want to plug it into an interface like a Rodecaster Duo, you can. It comes with a sturdy pop filter (the original PodMic was east to "pop."
Its all-back design is cool. You can use software that has Aphex processing and tweak the sound of your microphone and then SAVE THAT SOUND into the microphone. So when you plug it in via USB, you're sound is right where you left it. It works with Rode's Capture app, so if you want to record directly to your phone, you can. (I had to use a USB C to Lightning Cable). Likewise, if your computer doesn't have a USB C input, you'll need a USB to USB C Connector. The bottom line is for around $200 you end up with a single-channel roadcaster. The Negatives While this microphone is obviously meant to be on a stand, when I had it on a boom arm it was very sensitive to any kind of tapping on the desk, etc. So, don't touch the mic or anything when recording. At $200, it is more than double something like a Samson Q2u or 887fullHow to Promote Your Podcast Without Feeling Salesyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-promote-your-podcast-without-feeling-salesy--55841134DataDrivenMarketing.co and host of The Art of Selling Online Courses. They discuss various topics related to podcasting, online courses, and marketing. John emphasizes the importance of getting feedback from your audience and shifting your mindset from selling to helping. They also talk about the discontinuation of the Stitcher app and suggest alternative podcast apps. Additionally, Dave shares information about cleared music streaming and its potential impact on the music industry. Overall, the episode provides valuable insights and recommendations for podcasters and online course creators. Join the School of Podcasting Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. You can join risk-free with a 30-day Money Back Guarantee With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Connect With John Ainsworth and Data-Driven Marketing Check out their website The Art of Selling Online Courses Show Free Course Pimp Your Funnel YouTube Twitter Technology Recommendations Thinkific Kajabi Teachable New Zenler Fresh Learn Stitcher Replacements New Podcast Apps Castamatic.com (ios only) Overcast.fm (ios Only) Pocketcasts (ios, android) ClickFunnels Alternatives Clickfunnels ($127/month) Convertpages (one-time fee $49) Swipepages ($29/month) Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Episode 870 about Email Lists Should I have a Christmas Sale? (one of John's favorite episodes) Podpage Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month DataDrivenMarketing.co The Art of Selling Online Courses The Future of Podcasting Show Google Forms Meta Survey Neil Hedley Copywriting Course Ray Edwards Books (aff) Timeline 00:00:00 - Introduction
00:00:37 - Opening
00:01:33 - Profit From Your Podcast Book
00:02:09 - The Art of Selling Online Courses
00:03:04 - The Dangers of Focus Groups
00:04:50 - Encouraging Honest Feedback
00:07:06 - Common Mistakes
00:09:36 - Picking Your Niche
00:11:15 - Benefits of Podcasting
00:12:40 - Getting Listeners On Your Email List
00:16:12 - Join the School of Podcasting
00:17:12 - Podcasting Newsletter ()
00:17:30 - How to Overcome Feeling Salesy
00:18:17 - How Dave Does His Newsletter
00:18:34 - Switch From Selling to Helping
00:19:28 - Pimpyourfunnel.com
00:20:51 - John's Favorite Episode of His Show
00:22:45 - Preferred Platforms for Courses
00:24:42 - Dave Agrees Moving is a Pain
00:25:54 - Something I Noticed
00:28:57 - Question of the Month
00:29:58 - Where I Will Be
00:30:28 - Sticher App News
00:32:44 - New Features in Podcasting
00:35:12 - Join the School of Podcasting Risk-Free Thanks for checking out episode 886 Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>c38c1c86-c02f-4675-8313-6525aba88d91Mon, 03 Jul 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn this podcast episode, Dave Jackson, host of the School of Podcasting, interviews John Ainsworth, CEO and founder of https://datadrivenmarketing.co/ and host of https://datadrivenmarketing.co/podcast/. They discuss various topics related to...DataDrivenMarketing.co and host of The Art of Selling Online Courses. They discuss various topics related to podcasting, online courses, and marketing. John emphasizes the importance of getting feedback from your audience and shifting your mindset from selling to helping. They also talk about the discontinuation of the Stitcher app and suggest alternative podcast apps. Additionally, Dave shares information about cleared music streaming and its potential impact on the music industry. Overall, the episode provides valuable insights and recommendations for podcasters and online course creators. Join the School of Podcasting Risk-Free Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. You can join risk-free with a 30-day Money Back Guarantee With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Connect With John Ainsworth and Data-Driven Marketing Check out their website The Art of Selling Online Courses Show Free Course Pimp Your Funnel YouTube Twitter Technology Recommendations Thinkific Kajabi Teachable New Zenler Fresh Learn Stitcher Replacements New Podcast Apps Castamatic.com (ios only) Overcast.fm (ios Only) Pocketcasts (ios, android) ClickFunnels Alternatives Clickfunnels ($127/month) Convertpages (one-time fee $49) Swipepages ($29/month) Mentioned In This Episode 2154clean886fullDoes your podcast description fit only YOUR show? - in 10 Words or lesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/does-your-podcast-description-fit-only-your-show-in-10-words-or-less--55028739Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling (also available on Audible), where you have to describe your show in a way that can't be used by other shows, and you can use any of these words. The idea is that instead of using the word "Awesome," explain WHY it's awesome. It's hard, but in the end, it leads you to ponder what makes your show. The book is from Eric Nuzum, who appears in episode 708. Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Chapters 00:00:00 - Introduction
00:00:36 - Opening
00:01:32 - The 10 Magic Words
00:02:03 - Avoid These Words
00:03:44 - Scott From What Was That Like
00:05:25 - Chris From 9th Grade Experience
00:06:17 - Bryan from Relaxed Male
00:07:16 - Glenn from Coaching Kids Curling
00:09:04 - Eric From Author Blurb
00:09:31 - Harris from Calm History
00:11:00 - Paul From Passing ACLS
00:11:30 - Sean from Radio Free Pro Wrestling
00:11:54 - It's Challenging
00:13:55 - Based on A True Story is Unique (https://www.basedonatruestorypodcast.com)
00:15:53 - How Can My Show Be Different?
00:17:21 - Because of My Podcast Stories Were Moved Based on Feedback
00:18:33 - Join the School of Podcasting (https://schoolofpodcasting.com/listener)
00:19:34 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter )
00:19:49 - Craig's Because of My Podcast Story (https://www.inglespodcast.com/)
00:22:18 - Find My Podcast...
00:23:29 - Google Podcasts Issues
00:24:31 - Dig the Well Before You're Thirsty
00:25:11 - Apple Category News
00:29:00 - Podcast Discovery ()
00:29:17 - Always Listen Before Publishing ()
00:33:07 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question)
00:34:07 - Where Will I Be (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where )
00:35:13 - Podcast Baby Steps (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/babysteps ) Thanks for listening to episode 885. If you'd like to support the show, become an awesome supporter. ]]>86691c31-d632-4707-a04d-250831d32766Mon, 26 Jun 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonThis episode is based on an exercise from the book, https://amzn.to/3XmdSXP (also available on https://www.audibletrial.com/R5OaKX), where you have to describe your show in a way that can't be used by other shows, and you can use any of...Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling (also available on Audible), where you have to describe your show in a way that can't be used by other shows, and you can use any of these words. The idea is that instead of using the word "Awesome," explain WHY it's awesome. It's hard, but in the end, it leads you to ponder what makes your show. The book is from Eric Nuzum, who appears in episode 708. Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Chapters 00:00:00 - Introduction
00:00:36 - Opening
00:01:32 - The 10 Magic Words
00:02:03 - Avoid These Words
00:03:44 - Scott From What Was That Like
00:05:25 - Chris From 9th Grade Experience
00:06:17 - Bryan from Relaxed Male
00:07:16 - Glenn from Coaching Kids Curling
00:09:04 - Eric From Author Blurb
00:09:31 - Harris from Calm History
00:11:00 - Paul From Passing ACLS
00:11:30 - Sean from Radio Free Pro Wrestling
00:11:54 - It's Challenging
00:13:55 - Based on A True Story is Unique (https://www.basedonatruestorypodcast.com)
00:15:53 - How Can My Show Be Different?
00:17:21 - Because of My Podcast Stories Were Moved Based on Feedback
00:18:33 - Join the School of Podcasting (https://schoolofpodcasting.com/listener)
00:19:34 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter )
00:19:49 - Craig's Because of My Podcast Story (https://www.inglespodcast.com/)
00:22:18 - Find My Podcast...
00:23:29 - Google Podcasts Issues
00:24:31 - Dig the Well...]]>2180clean885fullSteven Jameshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/steven-james--54526895c6e2f703-dc3a-4780-907b-d4589573955fMon, 19 Jun 2023 21:51:00 +0000David Jackson317cleanfullKelly Palace Champtons Mojohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kelly-palace-champtons-mojo--54526896a55f506a-106e-4107-a0f4-264c7aedd237Mon, 19 Jun 2023 21:26:00 +0000David Jackson72cleanfullHow to Record a Solo Podcast Without Sounding Scriptedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-record-a-solo-podcast-without-sounding-scripted--54503165School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Everyone has their own workflow. Here is mine:

Write out what I'm trying to say.
Record using the Google doc as a reference. As I'm recording/talking I know what the next paragraph is so I often will expand on the paragraph as I want to tell a story or elaborate on the concept. Previously I would boil down the document to bullet points, but found I have to do less editing, If I write out the main points, and the expand on those points when I record

Write out what I'm trying to say.
Record using the Google doc as a reference. As I'm recording/talking I know what the next paragraph is so I often will expand on the paragraph as I want to tell a story or elaborate on the concept. Previously I would boil down the document to bullet points, but found I have to do less editing, If I write out the main points, and the expand on those points when I record

Dual Voices In This Episode So you can hear when I go off script, when I am off script I will be louder on one side of your headphones. Some of this is good as I expand on the point off of the documents. Other times, I'm taking tangents that normally would've been deleted. Don't Go Back to the Beginning Some people when they make a mistake will go back to the very beginning of the episode. You don't need to do this. Go back slightly until you see a good spot to jump in. Talking along with yourself and press the record button. When you get to a good stopping spot, go back and make sure that it sounds natural Relax, It's Not Live I know it's weird to talk to yourself, so think of that one person who needs to hear your content. If you mess up on a solo show, it's no sweat. There are no re-interviews to schedule. Just go back and fix your mistake. Practice, Practice, Practice Even in my early days at the School of Podcasting, while there are things that could be improved for a new podcaster, I felt I had the "talk to your invisible friend" part down. This might be because I often had to entertain myself. I played with audio tools like cassette decks and reel-to-reel tape machines when I was very young. I started and still keep a journal. I'm a musician and have been on stage since I was 15, and I did daily presentations as a teacher for decades. There is no replacement for experience. This doesn't mean it will take you 40 years to sound good, but it will take more than 40 minutes. Just start recording yourself and practice getting words out of your brain, out of your mouth, and into a recording. Then delete it. ]]>2524clean884fullIs YouTube a Wolf in Sheep's Clothing?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-youtube-a-wolf-in-sheep-s-clothing--54261713 Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at www.podcastingobservations.com Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Podnews Weekly Review Youtube Rewarding New Users Coolerwebsites.com (domains and hosting) Podpage - build a podcast website in 10 minutes! No Coding. Podcast Apps That Support Video Podcast 411 Topics: 00:00:44 - Table of Contents
00:01:04 - Opening
00:01:55 - You Can't Fix What You Can't See
00:07:52 - The Most Compatible File Format
00:10:26 - Youtube a Wolf in Sheep's Clothing? ()
00:16:34 - Clip From Podnews Weekly
00:17:38 - Join the School of Podcasting Community
00:18:41 - Podcasting Observations Nesletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter)
00:18:55 - Be Careful Attachnig Your Domain To Your Feed
00:26:02 - Question of the Month
00:27:02 - Where Will I Be?
00:27:33 - I Value Your Time
00:28:27 - Join the School of Podcasting
00:29:06 - Bloopers Thanks for listening to episode 883. This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network. Chaning the world one download at a time.]]>1f71c311-fc44-4d5a-8dae-06deef188c30Mon, 12 Jun 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonToday I bring my insights from working a podcasting helpdesk to help you avoid some common pitfalls. Why isn't my episode in Apple? What is the most compatible audio format? I moved my website and broke my podcast! YouTube is sniffing the idea of... Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at www.podcastingobservations.com Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Podnews Weekly Review Youtube Rewarding New Users Coolerwebsites.com (domains and hosting) Podpage - build a podcast website in 10 minutes! No Coding. Podcast Apps That Support Video Podcast 411 Topics: 00:00:44 - Table of Contents
00:01:04 - Opening
00:01:55 - You Can't Fix What You Can't See
00:07:52 - The Most Compatible File Format
00:10:26 - Youtube a Wolf in Sheep's Clothing? ()
00:16:34 - Clip From Podnews Weekly
00:17:38 - Join the School of Podcasting Community
00:18:41 - 1777clean883fullIdentify and Lean Into Your Strengths in the Face of AIhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/identify-and-lean-into-your-strengths-in-the-face-of-ai--54095788School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This exercise is from the book Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling.
Describe your podcast in no more than ten words, and do so in a way that describes nothing else in the world. The fun part is you CAN'T use any of these words. PDF Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Listenable Jelly Roll 8 Days a Week Taylor Swift Tiny Desk Concert Timeline 00:00:00 - Robo Dave
00:00:42 - Opening
00:01:39 - elevenlabs.io
00:03:03 - Robocasting
00:03:49 - Surprise Visit From Joe
00:04:29 - Things Are Going to Get Weird
00:05:09 - The One Thing Robots Can't Do
00:06:24 - People Can Relate To Your Experience
00:08:27 - Double-Down on Being Human
00:08:43 - Taylor Swift Embraces Her Strength
00:09:33 - Talk to one Person -And Give Your Audience What They Want
00:10:48 - We Like to See and Hear Ourselves in Others
00:14:03 - What Makes a Good Podcast?
00:15:36 - Join the School of Podcasting Community (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener)
00:16:37 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter)
00:16:51 - The Beatles Talked to One Person ()
00:17:25 - The Beatles Play 576 in 48 Days ()
00:18:28 - They See You Before They Hear You ()
00:18:45 - Proof Of Concept Before Big Launch ()
00:21:04 - Amazing Interviews Made People Want to Know More ()
00:21:53 - Know Your Guest and Avoid Sounding Stupid ()
00:22:33 - Can Your Audience Relate To Your Content? ()
00:24:48 - Content and Delivery ()
00:26:44 - Question of the Month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question)
00:27:47 - Where Will I Be? ()
00:28:16 - Conclusion (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener)
00:29:57 - Bloopers: Robo Dave ()]]>9471a610-0185-4f78-9e6a-3d402e0a32daMon, 05 Jun 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonOn this episode of School of Podcasting, Dave Jackson covers a range of topics, including the importance of feedback before launching a podcast, insights from the Beatles' interviews (and how they apply to podcasting), the importance of relatability...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This exercise is from the book Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling.
Describe your podcast in no more than ten words, and do so in a way that describes nothing else in the world. The fun part is you CAN'T use any of these words. PDF Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? Question of the Month Listenable Jelly Roll 1872clean882fullYour Favorite Podcast Tools Revealedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-favorite-podcast-tools-revealed--540273971bc14b45-f1ac-4777-ba63-687cf5ef4be9Mon, 29 May 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonWe all use different tools to create our episodes. I left the door WIDE OPEN for your responses and asked what was your favorite tool to create your show. The answers are very interesting.2581clean881fullSharing Podcast Launch Numbershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sharing-podcast-launch-numbers--53954058having you join my membership site and that is the biggest way I measure my show. Michael O'Neil was nice enough to take a picture of my book Profit from your podcast: Proven strategies to turn your listeners into a livelihood in a Fed-ex store (picture on the website). The goal of that podcast is to inform people with monetization strategies that make them buy the book. We All Go All In on the Podcast Launch When we launch we tell everyone we know (family friends, co-workers, email lists, etc) and we might continue that for a few weeks until we realize that growth is slow. At first, you might jump 10-20% (but that's easy when your first episode had 15 downloads and the next one had 18). Full article with graphics at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/880 ]]>51ceec16-0893-4c21-96b0-26e5de4f3c68Mon, 22 May 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI get the "Is this good?" question when people first see their numbers. I'm going to share the launch numbers of two shows I did that got a "mild send off" and the shows are growing. Before we get into stats, we need to understand that downloads are...having you join my membership site and that is the biggest way I measure my show. Michael O'Neil was nice enough to take a picture of my book Profit from your podcast: Proven strategies to turn your listeners into a livelihood in a Fed-ex store (picture on the website). The goal of that podcast is to inform people with monetization strategies that make them buy the book. We All Go All In on the Podcast Launch When we launch we tell everyone we know (family friends, co-workers, email lists, etc) and we might continue that for a few weeks until we realize that growth is slow. At first, you might jump 10-20% (but that's easy when your first episode had 15 downloads and the next one had 18). Full article with graphics at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/880 ]]>2798clean880fullKatie Krimitsos and The Power of Pivoting: Building the Women's Meditation Networkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/katie-krimitsos-and-the-power-of-pivoting-building-the-women-s-meditation-network--53866304Women's Meditation Network after feeling disinterested in her previous business and finding a lacking market for women and meditation. We learn about the importance of just starting, experimenting, and having fun, as well as curating content for listeners. Katie shares her experience with advertising and maximizing revenue while engineering her pre-roll to not upset listeners. We dive into the uniqueness of her meditations and the focus on improving the content to create an audio experience that touches the listener's soul. Finally, we explore Katie's stickler for priorities and energy management, strategizing her business projects, and streamlining her energy to bring on more one-on-one clients. Check out her many shows at www.womensmeditationnetwork.com Katie's previous appearance on episode 565 about creating communities Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is open-ended. This could be software, hardware, etc. What is your favorite tool? What is the thing that has you saying, "Oh, I'm so glad I have this!" What is your favorite tool? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? ]]>6f895fc9-e77e-4a31-959f-5c1fa5cf9a57Mon, 15 May 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonToday we explore the factors that contribute to a successful podcast strategy, including getting featured on podcast players and paid advertising efforts. We hear the inspiring journey of Katie, Krimitsos who created the...Women's Meditation Network after feeling disinterested in her previous business and finding a lacking market for women and meditation. We learn about the importance of just starting, experimenting, and having fun, as well as curating content for listeners. Katie shares her experience with advertising and maximizing revenue while engineering her pre-roll to not upset listeners. We dive into the uniqueness of her meditations and the focus on improving the content to create an audio experience that touches the listener's soul. Finally, we explore Katie's stickler for priorities and energy management, strategizing her business projects, and streamlining her energy to bring on more one-on-one clients. Check out her many shows at www.womensmeditationnetwork.com Katie's previous appearance on episode 565 about creating communities Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is open-ended. This could be software, hardware, etc. What is your favorite tool? What is the thing that has you saying, "Oh, I'm so glad I have this!" What is your favorite tool? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Where Will Dave Be? ]]>3019clean879fullPodcast Stew: Better Episode Titles, A Good Hook, Bogus Stats, YouTube Musichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-stew-better-episode-titles-a-good-hook-bogus-stats-youtube-music--53771761NPR SITE NPR PDF More Headline Training from NPR LISTENNOTES INFORMATION What is Listennotes.com Global Rank?
This podcast is one of the top 0.5% most popular shows out of 3,100,277 podcasts globally, ranked by Listen Score (the estimated popularity score). According to their site:
* Other websites / apps may claim that they have way more than 3,100,277 podcasts in their database. This is because they inflate the number by including A LOT of 1) podcasts that were already deleted long time ago; 2) super low-quality podcasts (e.g., no episodes at all, only one 10-second episode in the RSS feed for testing, or machine-generated audio); 3) non-audio contents distributed via rss (e.g., RSS feeds with only PDF files, not audio). On the other hand, we deploy automatic scripts (24/7) and human moderators (daily) to clean up data. We try our best to minimize the number of such bad "podcasts" in our database.
I still find it interesting that my friend's show which had its last real episode in 2015, has a ranking of 42 out of 100, and is in the top 1.5% So I'm still a little blurry on how those stats are calculated.. TIMELINE 00:00:00 - Table of Contents
00:00:26 - Opening
00:01:21 - Youtube Music - So Far, Nothing
00:02:27 - Ashley Carmen Story (https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2023-05-04/youtube-s-podcast-deals-with-npr-slate-and-new-york-times-are-flopping)
00:03:58 - My Numbers So Far
00:06:08 - Youtube is Confusing People
00:07:28 - Confusion in the Wild (https://soundsprofitable.com/podcast/april-is-adopt-a-listener-month-a-conversation-with-lauren-passell/)
00:09:09 - Listennotes.com Still Bogus
00:11:44 - A Very Strange Interview
00:14:44 - Join the School of Podcasting Community (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener)
00:15:45 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter)
00:15:59 - Create Engaging Episode Titles
00:16:39 - NPR Episode Title Summary
00:20:08 - A Great Hook - Daisy Jones and the Six (https://amzn.to/3Bmn1FH)
00:22:51 - She Podcasts Live (https://www.shepodcasts.com) Use coupon sop
00:23:47 - If Podcasts Were Honest | Honest Ads (https://youtu.be/FmZrAlu-j80)
00:24:33 - Question of the month (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question)
00:25:34 - Where Will I Be (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where)
00:26:05 - Join the School of Podcasting (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com) Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is open-ended. This could be software, hardware, etc. What is your favorite tool? What is the thing that has you saying, "Oh, I'm so glad I have this!" What is your favorite tool? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 ]]>5ea6aac3-47e6-42f1-931f-4561ded944e0Mon, 08 May 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI have a few ideas that I have put together, as they are all short ideas. The goal is to help you grow your show, and hook your listeners. Creating Better Episode Titles For Your Podcast...NPR SITE NPR PDF More Headline Training from NPR LISTENNOTES INFORMATION What is Listennotes.com Global Rank?
This podcast is one of the top 0.5% most popular shows out of 3,100,277 podcasts globally, ranked by Listen Score (the estimated popularity score). According to their site:
* Other websites / apps may claim that they have way more than 3,100,277 podcasts in their database. This is because they inflate the number by including A LOT of 1) podcasts that were already deleted long time ago; 2) super low-quality podcasts (e.g., no episodes at all, only one 10-second episode in the RSS feed for testing, or machine-generated audio); 3) non-audio contents distributed via rss (e.g., RSS feeds with only PDF files, not audio). On the other hand, we deploy automatic scripts (24/7) and human moderators (daily) to clean up data. We try our best to minimize the number of such bad "podcasts" in our database.
I still find it interesting that my friend's show which had its last real episode in 2015, has a ranking of 42 out of 100, and is in the top 1.5% So I'm still a little blurry on how those stats are calculated.. TIMELINE 00:00:00 - Table of Contents
00:00:26 - Opening
00:01:21 - Youtube Music - So Far, Nothing
00:02:27 - Ashley Carmen Story (https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2023-05-04/youtube-s-podcast-deals-with-npr-slate-and-new-york-times-are-flopping)
00:03:58 - My Numbers So Far
00:06:08 - Youtube is Confusing People
00:07:28 - Confusion in the Wild (https://soundsprofitable.com/podcast/april-is-adopt-a-listener-month-a-conversation-with-lauren-passell/)
00:09:09 - Listennotes.com Still Bogus
00:11:44 - A Very Strange Interview
00:14:44 - Join the School of Podcasting Community (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener)
00:15:45 - Podcasting Observations Newsletter (https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter)
00:15:59 - Create Engaging Episode Titles
00:16:39 - NPR Episode Title Summary
00:20:08 - A Great Hook - Daisy Jones and the Six (https://amzn.to/3Bmn1FH)
00:22:51 - She Podcasts Live (https://www.shepodcasts.com) Use coupon sop
00:23:47 - If Podcasts Were Honest | Honest Ads (https://youtu.be/FmZrAlu-j80)
00:24:33 - Question of the month (1654clean878fullApple's Advice for Growing Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/apple-s-advice-for-growing-your-podcast--53702332School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Podcasting Is "Too Crowded," and Someone Is Already Doing a Podcast Like Yours When you look at Podcastindex.org, you will see (today) 4,088,299 and only 253,396 have produced an episode in the last ten days (6%) and that only goes up to 13% if you include the 523,942 shows that produced an episode in the last 90 days. Time and time again, I found a podcast that I thought would fit my criteria, but they either had 2 episodes (and quit) or had many episodes but quit in 2021. So if you see a large number of podcasts in the genre you are looking to be in when you launch, it may not be as crowded as you think. Many of the dead shows are from Spotify for Podcasters users (formerly Anchor) who "tried podcasting" and then quit (and being a free service, the files have not been removed). Horrible Episode Titles This would be a horrible example of an episode title for the episode: Episode 878 Dave Jackson School of Podcasting If you must use episode numbers, I recommend putting them at the end of the name. When I look at Tim Ferris' show, he has extremely long episode titles, and when you first look at his show (where you can see all the episode titles), they seem to get cut off after 167 words. I've heard other people recommend 60-80 characters for your title, and that goes against Unhelpful Artwork I see people who put a microphone on artwork about mental health. This would be like putting a camera on every movie poster. It's not needed, as is the word "Podcast" in your title. Does your artwork help people know what your show is about before they hear it? Rating and Reviews Nonsense From Apple's website: Although ratings, reviews, and shares also help indicate a podcast’s newness, popularity, and quality, they are not factored into the algorithm that determines the rankings for Top Shows and Top Episodes. In other words, they may not help people find a podcast on their own, but they influence whether people will listen or follow, and those factors influence the charts. -source Poor Descriptions Again from Apple: Your description should tell listeners what kind of content you talk about and explain how people can benefit from listening. If you need a little help, think about how you can convey the problem you’re trying to solve in a way that convinces listeners they should care. -source Guests With Really Bad Audio I get it when it's an A-list guest, but with anybody else, you need to keep in mind it is YOUR show and YOUR brand that takes the hit. See this episode. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is open-ended. This could be software, hardware, etc. What is your favorite tool? What is the thing that has you saying, "Oh, I'm so glad I have this!" What is your favorite tool? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 6/26/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Dave's YouTube Channel Dave's Podcasting Newsletter Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Previous Episode: Have I Underestimated the Power of Apple Podcast Reviews? Beating Podcast Burnout with Dave Jackson: Setting Real Expectations (Part 1) ]]>000f2cc0-9228-4de2-9990-afdcc70dff81Mon, 01 May 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI looked for a new podcast and never really found what I wanted (a daily motivation podcast of 5 minutes or less). What I did find as I search floored me in some cases. I thought, "Are people still doing/saying that?" I did some research on some...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Podcasting Is "Too Crowded," and Someone Is Already Doing a Podcast Like Yours When you look at Podcastindex.org, you will see (today) 4,088,299 and only 253,396 have produced an episode in the last ten days (6%) and that only goes up to 13% if you include the 523,942 shows that produced an episode in the last 90 days. Time and time again, I found a podcast that I thought would fit my criteria, but they either had 2 episodes (and quit) or had many episodes but quit in 2021. So if you see a large number of podcasts in the genre you are looking to be in when you launch, it may not be as crowded as you think. Many of the dead shows are from Spotify for Podcasters users (formerly Anchor) who "tried podcasting" and then quit (and being a free service, the files have not been removed). Horrible Episode Titles This would be a horrible example of an episode title for the episode: Episode 878 Dave Jackson School of Podcasting If you must use episode numbers, I recommend putting them at the end of the name. When I look at Tim Ferris' show, he has extremely long episode titles, and when you first look at his show (where you can see all the episode titles), they seem to get cut off after 167 words. I've heard other people recommend 60-80 characters for your title, and that goes against Unhelpful Artwork I see people who put a microphone on artwork about mental health. This would be like putting a camera on every movie poster. It's not needed, as is the word "Podcast" in your title. Does your artwork help people know what your show is about before they hear it? Rating and Reviews Nonsense From Apple's website: Although ratings, reviews, and shares also help indicate a podcast’s newness, popularity, and quality, they are not factored into the algorithm that determines the rankings for Top Shows and Top Episodes. In other words, they may not help people find a podcast on their own, but they influence whether people will listen or follow, and those factors influence the charts. -source Poor Descriptions Again from Apple: Your description should tell listeners what kind of content you talk about and explain how people can benefit from listening. If you need a little help, think about how you can convey the problem you’re trying to solve in a way that convinces listeners they should care. -source Guests With Really Bad Audio I get it when it's an A-list guest, but with anybody else, you need to keep in mind it is YOUR show and YOUR brand that takes the hit. 2457clean877fullListener Preferences and Finding Your Podcast Length Sweet Spothttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/listener-preferences-and-finding-your-podcast-length-sweet-spot--53625443School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Participants: Brandon B (future podcaster) Chris from Podcastic Audio (Prefers a 1-hour podcast) York from Welcome to Earth Stories (reminds podcasters to pick a consistent length) Paul from Pass ACLS Top of the day (prefers 20-minute episodes) Todd from Guardian Down Cast, The Destiny Help Desk (expects 1-2 hours per episode). Kim Newlove from The Pharmacists Voice ( prefers 8-17 minute episodes) Eric Alton-Glenn Hilliard from White Collared and Steel Watching (doesn't have a preference) Sarah Clark from Kind Leadership Challenge (shares that the content fits the episode) QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month we ask a question for the listeners to respond. This is a win-win. You get added exposure (sometimes called "The Dave Jackson" effect), and we all learn together. To see this month's question and to get free exposure for your show, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question now. Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Additional Shows About Podcasting From Dave In addition to this show, I have additional shows about podcasting: Your Podcast Consultant: One tip per episode - 9 Minutes or Less Podcast Rodeo Show: I Grab a Random Podcast and See How Long I Can Hang On Ask the Podcast Coach: A live "call in" show every Saturday at 10:30 AM ET Podcast Review Show: Myself and radio veteran Erik K Johnson go over your episode and website. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Join the Newsletter For More Podcast Tips Want more podcast insights, tips, tricks, and strategies? Sign up for my newsletter at www.podcastingobservations.com Addition Shows By Dave About Podcasting and check out my other podcasts at www.powerofpodcasting.com ]]>77c626d3-8607-4e91-a4cb-2fad73c0aaa2Mon, 24 Apr 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonDo you have questions about podcast length? We discuss this with various podcasters. The ideal length of a podcast depends on the type of content and the audience's needs, preferences, and routines. Our guests share their thoughts and experiences on...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Participants: Brandon B (future podcaster) Chris from Podcastic Audio (Prefers a 1-hour podcast) York from Welcome to Earth Stories (reminds podcasters to pick a consistent length) Paul from Pass ACLS Top of the day (prefers 20-minute episodes) Todd from Guardian Down Cast, The Destiny Help Desk (expects 1-2 hours per episode). Kim Newlove from The Pharmacists Voice ( prefers 8-17 minute episodes) Eric Alton-Glenn Hilliard from White Collared and Steel Watching (doesn't have a preference) Sarah Clark from Kind Leadership Challenge (shares that the content fits the episode) QUESTION OF THE MONTH Each month we ask a question for the listeners to respond. This is a win-win. You get added exposure (sometimes called "The Dave Jackson" effect), and we all learn together. To see this month's question and to get free exposure for your show, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question now. Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - 2106clean876fullPodcast Formats: Finding the Right Fit for Your Contenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-formats-finding-the-right-fit-for-your-content--53555029 1. Solo
2. Co-host
3. Panel / Roundtable
4. Narrative
5. The Hot Mess
6. Audio Drama Full show notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/875 JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 4/21/23 Because of My Podcast: Dan Kreiness Dan hosts the Leader of Learning show, and because of his podcast, he was hired to create courses for a company in Dubai. Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Community Narrative Style Episode with Deirdre Tshen of Capsho Time-shifted Roundtable Episode on EMail Lists Dealing with Overwhelm Episode Rumble Studio Squadcast Libsyn (www.libsyn.com - use the coupon code sopfree) ]]>edac8956-73a2-4e4d-98d2-31bcfe1c1794Mon, 17 Apr 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonSo many podcasters think there are only two formats for your podcast: solo and interview. Today I share additional formats that you may choose to use with your show. We also talk about ways to spice up your show for maximum impact. We also have a... 1. Solo
2. Co-host
3. Panel / Roundtable
4. Narrative
5. The Hot Mess
6. Audio Drama Full show notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/875 JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 4/21/23 Because of My Podcast: Dan Kreiness Dan hosts the Leader of Learning show, and because of his podcast, he was hired to create courses for a company in Dubai. Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Community Narrative Style Episode with Deirdre Tshen of Capsho Time-shifted Roundtable Episode on EMail Lists Dealing with Overwhelm Episode Rumble Studio Squadcast Libsyn (www.libsyn.com - use the coupon code sopfree) ]]>2223clean875fullThe When and How of Rebranding Your Podcast Without Shooting Yourself In the Foothttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-when-and-how-of-rebranding-your-podcast-without-shooting-yourself-in-the-foot--53488474 Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute) QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Mark Vinet from the History of North America Podcast. While we know the perfect length of a podcast is “As long as it needs to be and not a minute more.” What is YOUR perfect podcast length, and why? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 4/21/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Because of My Podcast: I'm Alive Jennifer Dragonette shares how podcasting help redefine who she is and put her back on the road to success. I recently appeared on episode 60 of her Cure for Podfade show. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee KFC Rebranding Weight Watchers Rebranding The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>92a61583-a923-42ed-b8d1-7fdbc18b18e6Mon, 10 Apr 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonOn this episode of School of Podcasting, we're discussing an important topic for podcasters - rebranding. The conversation revolves around the possibility of changing the name, intro, outro, and thumbnail of a show, including updating old episodes and... Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% How Did You Like This Episode? I'm always looking for feedback and I would love for your input on this episode (it takes 1 minute) QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Mark Vinet from the History of North America Podcast. While we know the perfect length of a podcast is “As long as it needs to be and not a minute more.” What is YOUR perfect podcast length, and why? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 4/21/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Because of My Podcast: I'm Alive Jennifer Dragonette shares how podcasting help redefine who she is and put her back on the road to success. I recently appeared on episode 60 of her Cure for Podfade show. Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee KFC Rebranding Weight Watchers Rebranding The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - 874fullHow to Deal with a Crowded Podcast Genre Full of Competitionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-deal-with-a-crowded-podcast-genre-full-of-competition--53423684Capsho, recently discussed the mental process of dealing with competition. She explains that Capsho is an AI-powered podcast content writer, created to help Podcaster organically grow their show. Additionally, she talks about the new updates in CapSho 2.0, which allows users to have more control over their content, such as being able to drag and drop blocks into their descriptions. In Today's Discussion

Always double-check and ensure anything that appears to be "competition" actually is (cause it may not be.
Ensure you are solving a problem your audience has by keeping in touch with them and, above all, listen.
How Capsho 2.0 puts the reigns of control back into the podcaster's hand through HumAIne controls
How pushing through the urge to quit can result in new success (notice Deirdre said it was her third time of making the other with her coaching business
How creating amazing content for your listeners can leave them feeling in debited to you (which inspires them to purchase your products).
Why every coach should have their own podcast.

Always double-check and ensure anything that appears to be "competition" actually is (cause it may not be.
Ensure you are solving a problem your audience has by keeping in touch with them and, above all, listen.
How Capsho 2.0 puts the reigns of control back into the podcaster's hand through HumAIne controls
How pushing through the urge to quit can result in new success (notice Deirdre said it was her third time of making the other with her coaching business
How creating amazing content for your listeners can leave them feeling in debited to you (which inspires them to purchase your products).
Why every coach should have their own podcast.

With the Closing of Volley, I'm Moving to Zip Message I was a big fan of the Volley app except for one thing: it s was free. Eventually, they added additional features that you had to pay for, but in my opinion, they had so many great features in their free version that there wasn't enough motivation to upgrade(although "keeping them in business" should've been motivation enough). So I'm replacing Volley with Zip Message, which I feel is the closest Volley Alternative at the moment. Here is a quick video. Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% ]]>1928clean873fullCommon Causes of Bad Audio Quality In Your Podcast and How to Fix Themhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/common-causes-of-bad-audio-quality-in-your-podcast-and-how-to-fix-them--53347917100 The importance of microphone placement. Why A-List Celebrities are the only people allowed to "dial in" to your show. Tools you can use to get rid of reverb and level out the audio and remove noise. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Question of the Month: Do You Subscribe to Paid Podcasts? Louis from Love Thy Lawyer sent in the question, "Do you subscribe to any premium podcasts?" Louis supports Serious Trouble, Making Sense, Storm Skiing, Real Skiers, School of Podcasting Mark Vinet from the History of North America asked a few people and nobody was paying for podcats. Dr. Sarah Clak from the Kind Leadership Show pays for a few shows because she wants more content from these shows, and wants to support people who are doing fact-based content that she can trust. Zo from backlookcinema.com also has not found any podcasts that deliver enough value to support financially. Value For Value Support Dave Jackson supports people via the Value For Value model, where you can stream cryptocurrency. He has streamed over $125 to many Podcasts about Podcasting, and the NO Agenda Show, and Congressional Dish. You can set up your show to receive streaming crypto using the steps in this video. Then your audience can use one of the New Podcast Apps that are enabled to send you money. The key point is THEY set how valuable you are. Check out the new show about Podcasting 2.0 with Dave Jackson and Daniel J. Lewis at www.futureofpodcasting.net Tools For Cleaning Up Audio The best way to Studio Sound (in Descript) - Great at Removing Room Noise and More Adobe Enhance - Great at removing reverb/room noise and generally clean up. Deverberate Plugin - Removes Reverb Loundness.fm - Noise Reduction, Volume Leveling, Mastering (try it for free) Auphonic - Noise Removal, Leveling RX10 - Suite of Tools - Expensive - For the Serious Editor Not Tested (but not bad) Deverberate inside of Adobe Audition ]]>ab5be9e3-6ce2-4356-9fd8-20af73505424Mon, 27 Mar 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonThere is a giant button at the top of your listing in Apple labeled LISTEN. When someone clicks it whatever comes out is going to shape their first impression, and it will influence how long they let this play. I listened to podcasts for 14 hours in...100 The importance of microphone placement. Why A-List Celebrities are the only people allowed to "dial in" to your show. Tools you can use to get rid of reverb and level out the audio and remove noise. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll create high-quality, engaging content quickly. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Question of the Month: Do You Subscribe to Paid Podcasts? Louis from Love Thy Lawyer sent in the question, "Do you subscribe to any premium podcasts?" Louis supports Serious Trouble, Making Sense, Storm Skiing, Real Skiers, School of Podcasting Mark Vinet from the History of North America asked a few people and nobody was paying for podcats. Dr. Sarah Clak from the Kind Leadership Show pays for a few shows because she wants more content from these shows, and wants to support people who are doing fact-based content that she can trust. Zo from backlookcinema.com also has not found any podcasts that deliver enough value to support financially. Value For Value Support Dave Jackson supports people via the Value For Value model, where you can stream cryptocurrency. He has streamed over $125 to many Podcasts about Podcasting, and the NO Agenda Show, and Congressional Dish. You can set up your show to receive streaming crypto using the steps 2854clean872fullOvercoming Overwhelm: Three Free Tools and a Strategyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/overcoming-overwhelm-three-free-tools-and-a-strategy--53259114Click to Tweet In this episode, you will learn the following:
1. What is the strategy to manage overwhelm and increase productivity?
2. What three tools are necessary to organize and increase productivity (that are free)?
3. What is the best way to decide which tasks to prioritize when feeling overwhelmed? What is Overwehlm? So, what is overwhelm? Overwhelm is when you have a feeling of being completely inundated or overburdened. It’s often accompanied by a feeling of being unable to cope or process anything that’s going on. I know I’ve felt this way before, especially when I was in my 20s and had to juggle school, work, and taking care of my family. I felt like I was running out of time and didn’t have a choice but to keep going. Things to Keep In Mind

Your podcast doesn't have to be forever.
You don't have an audience when you start.
You do NOT have to do a video version of your show.
You don't have to make money with your show.

Your podcast doesn't have to be forever.
You don't have an audience when you start.
You do NOT have to do a video version of your show.
You don't have to make money with your show.

Three Free Tools to Help With Overwhelm Evernote - A great place to store ideas you don't want to forget. You can even forward things like email to an address and it will be added to Evernote. There is a free version and the first paid version starts at $11/month. Todoist - For items, you need to do. You can easily add items from Gmail, setup recurring tasks, prioritize, share with a team, and more. There is a free version with the paid version starting at $5/month. Google Calendar - There are many calendar tools for you to keep up and organize your appointments. If you want to book guests, Calendly has a free plan as goes Acuity Scheduling. If you want a "lifetime payment," TidyCal enables you to charge for your time (as do the other two). Now when someone connects you via email or social you can decide to:
Delete it - trash it.
Save it - Evernote
Schedule it - Add it to your calendar
Decide to do it - Add it to your todo list. By using these tools and strategies, you can avoid feeling overwhelmed and stay focused on the tasks that are most important. Remember, you’re not alone in feeling overwhelmed and there are tools and strategies to help you manage your stress and never feel overwhelmed again. Strategy to Avoid Overwhelm 1. Do a brain dump and write everything down so your brain doesn't need to remember everything. 2. Get organized and direct incoming information to the proper location. 3. Try "Not Now" instead of "No" (if it makes you feel better). 4. Set boundaries and a "rope off time" for you to be focused and knock out the work that needs to be done." 5. Break large projects into small, achievable chunks. 6. Realize that creating a podcast is easy, but creating a good podcast takes time, effort, and determination. Set your podcast schedule based on your lifestyle. Don't try to squeeze your lifestyle into your podcast. Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the...]]>2350clean871fullUsing An Email List to Grow Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/using-an-email-list-to-grow-your-podcast--53178145Check it out. Participants Ariel Nissenblatt James Cridland Jessica Kupferman Daniel J Lewis David Hooper A Newsletter Help Remind Your Listeners About You Both James and the No Agenda Show see where their newsletter reminds your audience you exist and hopefully supports you. You Can Use Auto Responders You can create a series of email called an autoresponder to release at certain time intervals. This "Set it and forget it" can help build your connection with your audience (while you sleep) Yes, You Can Automate Your Podcast to Email But... While services Like Mailerlite, Convertkit, Aweber, SendFox, and many others will make it easy to enter your podcast RSS feed, and it will take your episode description and convert it to an email. Aside from James, who works some technical voodoo (he's a programmer), none of the participants used the "RSS to Email" tools. They had developed their own format, topics, etc, and wrote them from scratch or copied and pasted their content in an effort to repurpose it. Additional Email Topics What NOT to do with your Email List The benefits of Segmentation Understanding Pricing The Importance of Always Delivering Value What you get from having a newsletter Mentioned In This Episode Last Week's Episode on Veteran Podcasting Tips Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket James Cridlands Radio Newsletter How James Creates Podnews My Podcast Reviews Rumble Studio Podcasting Deals Newsletter Services Convertkit Mailerlite Send Fox (lifetime payment) Email Octopus Mailchimp Awber Curated Ghost Substack Medium Activate Campaign Ready To Start Your Podcast? Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the Love Thy Lawyer Podcast, who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 3/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where ]]>319b2b9d-674e-419d-8b29-0216de5c3078Mon, 13 Mar 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonEmail is a crucial part of modern marketing, with over 330 billion emails sent daily, expected to reach 376 billion by 2025. While email marketing strategies have changed, it remains a key player in any marketing strategy. It is the go-to marketing...Check it out. Participants Ariel Nissenblatt James Cridland Jessica Kupferman Daniel J Lewis David Hooper A Newsletter Help Remind Your Listeners About You Both James and the No Agenda Show see where their newsletter reminds your audience you exist and hopefully supports you. You Can Use Auto Responders You can create a series of email called an autoresponder to release at certain time intervals. This "Set it and forget it" can help build your connection with your audience (while you sleep) Yes, You Can Automate Your Podcast to Email But... While services Like Mailerlite, Convertkit, Aweber, SendFox, and many others will make it easy to enter your podcast RSS feed, and it will take your episode description and convert it to an email. Aside from James, who works some technical voodoo (he's a programmer), none of the participants used the "RSS to Email" tools. They had developed their own format, topics, etc, and wrote them from scratch or copied and pasted their content in an effort to repurpose it. Additional Email Topics What NOT to do with your Email List The benefits of Segmentation Understanding Pricing The Importance of Always Delivering Value What you get from having a newsletter Mentioned In This Episode Last Week's Episode on Veteran Podcasting Tips Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket James Cridlands Radio Newsletter How James Creates Podnews My Podcast Reviews 3475email,marketing,podcastingclean870fullPodcasting Insights from Veteran Podcastershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-insights-from-veteran-podcasters--53105535Stacking Benjamins, Kristen Meinser, and Jordan Harbinger have all successfully launched and grown their podcasts and have valuable insights to share. We hear about the planning, shaping, and bumps and bruises of launching from the new host Allen Corey and Crystal Hammond of their spin-off show Stacking Deeds. Take Aways Sometimes a "No" is a Not Now. Your podcast can bring you opportunities. Diverse attitudes, experiences, and insights lead to a diverse audience. Ensure that your show's first five minutes inspire people to want to hear more. Joe truly appreciated the feedback that provided ways to improve his show. Listen back to your show to catch mistakes you may have missed. Learning to edit your show improves your relationship with a future editor. They didn't release the first thing they recorded. How they improved after a "brutal conversation." The Importance of incorporating listener feedback into the show. Advertisers are Partners that You've already worked with. Start building relationships before you launch your show and build your network. Know a person who knows the "WHO" in the industry and reach out. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the Love Thy Lawyer Podcast, who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 3/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Stacking Benjamins Stacking Deeds Kristin Meinzer Interview on Episode 862 So You Want to Start a Podcast: Finding Your Voice, Telling Your Story, and Building a Community That Will Listen (also available as an audiobook ) Kristen Meinzer Convertkit email list(send your RSS to Listeners. Also, Mailerlite has this as an option) Jordan Harbinger Show WDW Radio with Lou Mongello The New Media Show Podmatch The Big Seance Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Podcast Studio Pro Libsyn.com Podcast Hosting. Get a free month with the coupon " sopfree ". Start Your Podcast, or Grow The One You Have at the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%]]>b4c6c5ff-2ce8-4590-815b-d1441b4a99a4Mon, 06 Mar 2023 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonPlanning, launching, and growing a podcast can seem daunting, but with the right guidance and advice from experienced podcasters, it is possible. Veteran podcasters like Joe Saul-Sehy from https://www.stackingbenjamins.com/,...Stacking Benjamins, Kristen Meinser, and Jordan Harbinger have all successfully launched and grown their podcasts and have valuable insights to share. We hear about the planning, shaping, and bumps and bruises of launching from the new host Allen Corey and Crystal Hammond of their spin-off show Stacking Deeds. Take Aways Sometimes a "No" is a Not Now. Your podcast can bring you opportunities. Diverse attitudes, experiences, and insights lead to a diverse audience. Ensure that your show's first five minutes inspire people to want to hear more. Joe truly appreciated the feedback that provided ways to improve his show. Listen back to your show to catch mistakes you may have missed. Learning to edit your show improves your relationship with a future editor. They didn't release the first thing they recorded. How they improved after a "brutal conversation." The Importance of incorporating listener feedback into the show. Advertisers are Partners that You've already worked with. Start building relationships before you launch your show and build your network. Know a person who knows the "WHO" in the industry and reach out. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the Love Thy Lawyer Podcast, who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 3/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Stacking Benjamins Stacking Deeds Kristin Meinzer Interview on Episode 862 So You Want to Start a Podcast: Finding Your Voice, Telling Your Story, and Building a Community That Will Listen (also available as an audiobook ) Kristen Meinzer Convertkit email list(send your RSS to Listeners. Also, Mailerlite has this as an option) Jordan Harbinger Show WDW Radio with Lou Mongello 3120clean869fullWill People Listen to Your Podcast If You Have an Accent?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/will-people-listen-to-your-podcast-if-you-have-an-accent--52861818Old Men New Games wants to know if a host has English as a second language (and might mess up a word every now and then). Is that a “No Go, Instant Tune Out” for you? I think this boils down to accents. My audience shares their thoughts. PARTICIPANTS Craig - Inglespodcast check out this write-up from the British Council about their show. Anthony - Route 66 Podcast Craig - Live Well and Flourish Sarah from Kind Leadership Challenge Mark from The history of North America Podcast Wayne - Packers Fan Podcast , and Media VoiceOvers Ian - English Coach Living the Language and Life is feeling Mark from The history of North America Podcast Colin and Matthew - Podcraft Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Gene Simmons Learn a language QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the Love Thy Lawyer Podcast, who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 3/24/23 Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% ]]>3bf37f29-1639-4f7c-bb96-91d83bed2d58Mon, 27 Feb 2023 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonRecording a podcast with an accent can be both intimidating and exciting. If English is your second language (ESL), you may feel nervous about speaking in front of a microphone; however, the ability to reach a worldwide audience is exciting. Today we...Old Men New Games wants to know if a host has English as a second language (and might mess up a word every now and then). Is that a “No Go, Instant Tune Out” for you? I think this boils down to accents. My audience shares their thoughts. PARTICIPANTS Craig - Inglespodcast check out this write-up from the British Council about their show. Anthony - Route 66 Podcast Craig - Live Well and Flourish Sarah from Kind Leadership Challenge Mark from The history of North America Podcast Wayne - Packers Fan Podcast , and Media VoiceOvers Ian - English Coach Living the Language and Life is feeling Mark from The history of North America Podcast Colin and Matthew - Podcraft Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Gene Simmons Learn a language QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question comes from Louis Goodman of the Love Thy Lawyer Podcast, who wants to know if you are listening to any podcasts via Paid subscription. If so, what so and why. If not, please provide any insights. As always, be sure to mention your show, a little bit about it, and your website address. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 3/24/23 Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the 2030esl,podcastingclean868fullStarting and Growing and ENGAGED Community That You Can Monetize with Jono Petrohiloshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/starting-and-growing-and-engaged-community-that-you-can-monetize-with-jono-petrohilos--52786311www.schoolofpodcasting.com/867 Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Who is Jono Petrohilos?
Jono is the co-founder and director of Fitness Education Online, one of the largest online course providers in Australia for Personal Trainers. He sells over $1,000,000 worth of online courses every year and has been awarded the Australian Fitness Industry Educator of the Year multiple times. He now also helps other professionals create and sell online courses with his free Facebook Group and Podcast - the Course Creator Community. Wheat you Learn Today When to start a community (Jono uses Facebook) Why No Promotions Without Permissions is the best rule for Facebook/Communities How to Keep Your Sanity and Nurture Engagement Using the Redirect Strategy How Jono's podcast Course Creator Community helped him find speakers for his event. How Jono made 100K from a course, he didn't create. How to tell if your course will sell Why New Zenler is currently the best course platform that you can try for free Is an "All in one" platform the best to go for an online course? Mentioned In This Episode Jono's Course Creator Community. Jono Petrohilos' Course Creator Community Podcast. New Zenler Teachable Thinkific Kajabi Podia Circle Heartbeat Grow Your Community Show (Podcast) QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games. When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 2/24/23 Where Will I Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Thanks for listening to episode 867 of the School of Podcasting]]>661a597c-f85f-4037-a90a-3eaa4a02dbf9Mon, 20 Feb 2023 05:01:00 +0000David JacksonThe great ones make it look easy. Jono drops easy, simple, powerful tips on starting a community, growing it, keeping it engaged, and if you want to build courses based on the information you've learned from your community. Full show notes at...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/867 Join the School of Podcasting Community Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20% Who is Jono Petrohilos?
Jono is the co-founder and director of Fitness Education Online, one of the largest online course providers in Australia for Personal Trainers. He sells over $1,000,000 worth of online courses every year and has been awarded the Australian Fitness Industry Educator of the Year multiple times. He now also helps other professionals create and sell online courses with his free Facebook Group and Podcast - the Course Creator Community. Wheat you Learn Today When to start a community (Jono uses Facebook) Why No Promotions Without Permissions is the best rule for Facebook/Communities How to Keep Your Sanity and Nurture Engagement Using the Redirect Strategy How Jono's podcast Course Creator Community helped him find speakers for his event. How Jono made 100K from a course, he didn't create. How to tell if your course will sell Why New Zenler is currently the best course platform that you can try for free Is an "All in one" platform the best to go for an online course? Mentioned In This Episode Jono's Course Creator Community. Jono Petrohilos' Course Creator Community Podcast. New Zenler Teachable Thinkific Kajabi Podia Circle Heartbeat Grow Your Community Show (Podcast) QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games. When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out? Leave Your Answer at 867fullMake it Easy to Say Yes: How Mark Herschberg Was Interviewed on Over 300 Podcastshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/make-it-easy-to-say-yes-how-mark-herschberg-was-interviewed-on-over-300-podcasts--52713445The Career Toolkit: Essential Skils for Success That No One Taught You, and MIT professor, set a goal of appearing on 150 podcasts. He pitched over 2000 shows and ended up on close to 350 shows. Mark did it through volume, which is a different strategy than Dave typically preaches. Dave and Mark get together to share their insights to discuss the pet peeves of guests and hosts to uncover the most efficient way to pitch yourself to shows. "Focus on how you're delivering value to the audience. If your pitch starts out with the word 'I' too many times in the first paragraph, know what you offer and get to the point - delivering value to the audience is key!" JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener What You Will Learn Today

The strategies that Mark uses to make it easy to say YES to having him on your show.
How letting your guest know who they are talking to always leads to a better interview.
Make your guest comfortable by letting them know what to expect (audio, video, both?).
How having example questions makes connecting your expertise to your audience easier.
The two questions every guest should ask at the end of the interview
What a guest needs to make it easy to share
Mark (and Dave) use Podmatch, PodcastGuest and other resources.

The strategies that Mark uses to make it easy to say YES to having him on your show.
How letting your guest know who they are talking to always leads to a better interview.
Make your guest comfortable by letting them know what to expect (audio, video, both?).
How having example questions makes connecting your expertise to your audience easier.
The two questions every guest should ask at the end of the interview
What a guest needs to make it easy to share
Mark (and Dave) use Podmatch, PodcastGuest and other resources.

For a full list, get the PDF Cheat Sheet Here. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games. When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 2/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Other Episodes Mentioned In This Episode 20 resources to Help You Find Guests/Hosts Less Annoying CRM The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews. Editing the Boring Out of Your Podcast 2855markherschberg,podcasting,podcastinterviewsclean866fullThe Top 8 Podcasting Pet Peeves (2023) That Make People Leave Your Showhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-top-8-podcasting-pet-peeves-2023-that-make-people-leave-your-show--52646570favorite podcast) today; we are looking at the other end. When it comes to podcasts, the goal of any podcast creator is to captivate their audience and keep them engaged. However, there are many reasons why listeners may choose to unfollow or unsubscribe from a podcast. In this episode, we will explore what makes listeners tune out of a podcast and how podcast creators can avoid these pitfalls. We will look at common issues such as poor audio quality and how extended chit-chat at the beginning may be causing people to tune out. Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%
Participants: 02:43 Paul from Fighting Through World War II Memoirs Podcast 04: 49 Orlando from the hablando de tecnologia

06: 42 Carrie Bock from Hope for Anxiety and OCD 08:36 Dan from the Dan Smith from the Honest Management Show

10:40 Heather from the Politics Free show

12:19 Seth from Geekville Radio
and Classic Wrestling Memories

17:04 Kris from the Kris and Kristine show 18:29 Paul from Pass ACLS 22:09 York from Welcome to Earth Stories 24:07 Beth from Unraveling Adoption 25:02 Sarah from Kind Leadership Challenge

27:25 Mark from The history of North America Podcast 28:29 Todd from Guardian Downcast

30:25 Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice 35:05 Neil from Recovery Coast to Coast
38:33 Lee from the Covert Nerd and You Choose Podcast
(Lee your Squarespace expired! and there is no way to contact you) 40:05 Steve from Steve Stewart and the Podcast Editor Academy QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games. When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 2/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Your Podcast Consultant Worst Way to Start Your Episode The Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviews Duolingo Other Products From Dave Get Your Podcast Reviewed Profit From Your Podcast: Proven Strategies Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>640dcf98-ea25-4191-97a7-c762c9ff2b8cMon, 06 Feb 2023 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn December, we looked at why some podcasts become part of the listener's routine (and their https://schoolofpodcasting.com/my-favorite-podcast-and-why-2022/) today; we are looking at the other end. When it comes to podcasts, the goal of any podcast...favorite podcast) today; we are looking at the other end. When it comes to podcasts, the goal of any podcast creator is to captivate their audience and keep them engaged. However, there are many reasons why listeners may choose to unfollow or unsubscribe from a podcast. In this episode, we will explore what makes listeners tune out of a podcast and how podcast creators can avoid these pitfalls. We will look at common issues such as poor audio quality and how extended chit-chat at the beginning may be causing people to tune out. Are you looking to start your own podcast but don't know where to begin? Look no further than the School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and unlimited one-on-one consulting, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Use the coupon code schoolofpodcasting.com/listener to save 20%
Participants: 02:43 Paul from Fighting Through World War II Memoirs Podcast 04: 49 Orlando from the hablando de tecnologia

06: 42 Carrie Bock from Hope for Anxiety and OCD 08:36 Dan from the Dan Smith from the Honest Management Show

10:40 Heather from the Politics Free show

12:19 Seth from Geekville Radio
and Classic Wrestling Memories

17:04 Kris from the Kris and Kristine show 18:29 Paul from Pass ACLS 22:09 York from Welcome to Earth Stories 24:07 Beth from Unraveling Adoption 25:02 Sarah from Kind Leadership Challenge

27:25 Mark from The history of North America Podcast 28:29 Todd from Guardian Downcast

30:25 Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice 35:05 Neil from Recovery Coast to Coast
38:33 Lee from the 3579petpeeves,podcasting,schoolofpodcastingclean865fullSix Reasons Your Podcast Isn't Growing.https://www.spreaker.com/episode/six-reasons-your-podcast-isn-t-growing--52589429schoolofpodcasting.com/listener In this episode, you will learn the following:
1. Uncovering the secret to getting guests to share your episode.
2. Exploring the new podcast hosting technology available.
3. Examining the ingredients of a good podcast.
Timeline 00:04:05 Make your interviews unique. 00:10:58 Get feedback before launch. 00:17:14 Get to the point quickly. 00:19:41 Name your podcast clearly. 00:29:00 Grow your show by sharing. 00:34:09 Create great content consistently. 00:43:00 Grow with a consistent theme. 00:46:17 Podcasting never dies. 00:51:51 Tell someone about the podcast. Questions:
If you're consistent and persistent in producing shows, what else is needed to continue to grow the audience?

Does having a seasonal podcast make for lower downloads?
Does podcast growth depend on the platform (media host)?
Could it ever be the most painful? That people don't like it?
Is a specific theme best or should I have a variety of topics?
Are there typical plateau points?

Does having a seasonal podcast make for lower downloads?
Does podcast growth depend on the platform (media host)?
Could it ever be the most painful? That people don't like it?
Is a specific theme best or should I have a variety of topics?
Are there typical plateau points?

QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month's question is from Jacob from the Old Men - New Games. When a host has English as a second language and may occasionally mess up a word or two, Is that a no go? Do you listen, or immediately back out? Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 2/24/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Power of Podcasting Network Buy Dave a Coffee Put Dave In Your Pocket Daniel J Lewis Accidental Swingers Podfest Expo ]]>3294podcastgrowth,podfestclean864fullHow to Write a Podcast Description That Grows Your Podcast Downloadshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-write-a-podcast-description-that-grows-your-podcast-downloads--52513835School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener YOUR PODCAST DESCRIPTION While every show is different, and thus, every description is different there are some items you may want to include: Get Them Saying Yes By stating an obvious truth, you show that you "Get" your audience and get them saying, "yes." Frequency, Format, and Facts This can be your schedule (Frequency).
Your format (solo, interview, panel, narrative).
Facts: Accomplishments of the host to establish street cred and answer, "Why should we listen to you?" Who is This For? By specifically identifying who the show is for, you better attract your target audience. Why Should They Listen?
What value and/or what benefit is the listener going to walk away with? Call to Action Your call to action in your description (as this will be seen in all the apps) should be to play or, even better, follow/subscribe. Regarding asking them to go to your website or other calls to action, do those in episodes AFTER they start listening. YOU DON'T BENEFIT UNTIL YOUR AUDIENCE BENEFITS. Other Options Some people like to start of with a question. THE FORMAT OF MY DESCRIPTION IS OFF This is another reason to keep your description short. The more paragraphs you want and bold, italics, etc it is going to look weird. In most apps, the description is simple text. If you do include links, they won't work. All you can do it enter things the right way and hope for the best. Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 1/27/23 Mentioned In This Episode Creating a Promo For Your Show Episode 858 Getting Your Podcast Unstuck Episode 861 Podcasts So Good Your Audience Can't Unhear Them Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling 10 Magic Words Exercise Join the School of Podcasting Community Profit From Your Podcast Book Buy Dave a Coffee Podcasting Observations Dave's Free Newsletter]]>d4150f8d-d8c0-4b94-a3e3-cd03647ab854Mon, 23 Jan 2023 05:01:00 +0000David JacksonIn this episode, you will learn the secrets to writing an attention-grabbing podcast description that will captivate your listeners. Remember, you can update your show description at any time. JOIN THE SCHOOL OF PODCASTING COMMUNITY Are you looking to...School of Podcasting. Our comprehensive online courses and one-on-one coaching will teach you everything you need to know, from equipment and editing to marketing and monetization. With our proven methods and expert instructors, you'll be creating high-quality, engaging content in no time. Say goodbye to the frustration and uncertainty, and hello to a successful podcasting career with the School of Podcasting. Join worry-free with our 30-day money-back guarantee. Save using this link www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listener YOUR PODCAST DESCRIPTION While every show is different, and thus, every description is different there are some items you may want to include: Get Them Saying Yes By stating an obvious truth, you show that you "Get" your audience and get them saying, "yes." Frequency, Format, and Facts This can be your schedule (Frequency).
Your format (solo, interview, panel, narrative).
Facts: Accomplishments of the host to establish street cred and answer, "Why should we listen to you?" Who is This For? By specifically identifying who the show is for, you better attract your target audience. Why Should They Listen?
What value and/or what benefit is the listener going to walk away with? Call to Action Your call to action in your description (as this will be seen in all the apps) should be to play or, even better, follow/subscribe. Regarding asking them to go to your website or other calls to action, do those in episodes AFTER they start listening. YOU DON'T BENEFIT UNTIL YOUR AUDIENCE BENEFITS. Other Options Some people like to start of with a question. THE FORMAT OF MY DESCRIPTION IS OFF This is another reason to keep your description short. The more paragraphs you want and bold, italics, etc it is going to look weird. In most apps, the description is simple text. If you do include links, they won't work. All you can do it enter things the right way and hope for the best. Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 1/27/23 Mentioned In This Episode Creating a Promo For Your Show Episode 858 Getting Your Podcast Unstuck Episode 861 Podcasts So Good Your Audience Can't Unhear Them Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling 10 Magic Words Exercise Join the School of Podcasting Community 2468podcastdescription,podcastgrowthclean863fullHow Asking Two Questions Saved Me $1500https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-asking-two-questions-saved-me-1500--52450272 The Facecam had a better picture and NO MICROPHONE (so no accidental recordings using the camera microphone). I later I upgraded to the Sony VZ-1. Why?
Because YouTube told me that this was THE best camera for the new YouTuber/Content creator. Also, it had a button that MADE THE BACKGROUND BLURRY. I'm not making that up. With the press of ONE button, the background would be BLURRY. OMG! So I had to get it even though it was $900. I bought it on a payment plan but avoided paying any interest. A little over a year the Sony ZV-10 came out, and not only did it have the one-button blurry mode, but you could also CHANGE LENSES. Again, YouTube erupted, letting me know that THIS, yes, THIS was THE camera. I was THIS CLOSE to buying this camera, and then I saw another video because as I could switch lenses, I had to figure out what was the best lens. The one lens that made the Youtube host just look dreamy cost $400. Wait, does that say $400? So $800 for the camera and $400 for the lens is $1200, but the other lens, and this and that. QUESTION 1: Do I NEED this, or do I WANT THIS? I thought about it. What happens if I didn't buy this camera? Were my videos on YouTube suffering? After all, I've been making videos for years without a blurry background and I have attracted 3000 subscribers. So apparently, you do not NEED a Blurry background. QUESTION 2: Who does this benefit and how? Does this benefit your or our audience, and if so, how? Well, as I already had the ability to blur my background, there only perc was the ability to switch lenses. Have I run into something where I wanted to change lenses and couldn't? No. Then why am I buying it? Is it easier to use? Slightly, but you will still need to unplug and replug in the cable, which frustrates me. So I'm going to spend $1400 to pay for a feature that I will not need. With that, I put my credit card back in my wallet. BE CAREFUL PAYING FOR FLEXIBLE FEATURES YOU CAN GROW INTO I once signed a year-long contract with Vidyard. Why? Because it had TONS of features that I MIGHT use. After all, I could see how far people watched my video. What was I trying to do? Make video messages I could email to my students and clients. It turned it this would do it, but I found their interface clunky, and when I found a way to really use it, they wanted me to upgrade. After my contract was over, I found LOOM, and it does exactly what I need it to do for a FRACTION of the cost. Don't spend money on features you will never use. OTHER ITEMS THAT HELPED I've never had someone tell me, "You have to watch this video; the background is BLURRY." HAVE YOU FALLEN INTO THE TRAP? Maybe instead of spending so much TIME concentrating on your background, MAYBE we should focus more on what you are saying in the microphone. WHY PEOPLE UPGRADE MICROPHONES AND VIDEO ITEMS I understand that sometimes we don't feel confident with our voice, but in many cases upgrading from one microphone to another doesn't make that much difference (especially once you get over $100). But I understand that if you would feel more confident behind the microphone if you like your voice, it may be worth the upgrade. Just realize this: Unless your microphone and sound is HORRIBLE, getting a new microphone won't grow your offense. Your content will. Now, if your content is noticeably better because you are more confident, then maybe it's worth the money. CONCLUSION AND BONUS QUESTIONS 1. Is this a WANT or a NEED?
2. Who benefits from this purchase?
3. (bonus) What happens if you don't make this purchase (this helps identify if you need this or want it).
4. Are the features of the product something you WILL put into practice? WHY I AM STILL NOT A FAN OR ANCHOR.FM In the past Anchor.fm would submit your show to Apple, Google, and Sticher "For you" and "Forgot" to mention that you would lose access to stats on those platforms (oops!). I could go on for hours, but why I wanted to bring this up is they don't do this anymore. Does this mean I now recommend them? No. Why? Well, here are some old and new reasons.
1. They are still free, and MANY free media hosts have gone out of business (some after burning through MILLIONS of dollars). So I don't want to build my show on something that is just using a bad business model. 2. If you upload an mp3 file and use their advertising tools, they change their file to an m4a. This makes no sense as Spotify only uses mp3 files from other hosts. 3. They sometimes leave out details when they announce things. Example: You can play money in your podcast (that they approve, and only in Spotify, and only in the app, and only to paid users). Example: VIdeos have come to Spotify (that you have to upload via Anchor, that only displays the video on Spotify, and only in the app). Example: According to the Co-creator of How to save the planet (a Gimlet show) said, "Spotify invested zero in building the show’s audience, then forced us to go exclusive to Spotify, and then canceled it b/c it didn’t build a big enough audience…” she tweeted on Saturday. source Example: Multiple people in an Anchor.fm user group have mentioned that even though Spotify mentions, as soon as you reach a level, you will have sponsors. These people have met the criteria and have no sponsors (one has 275,000 downloads and still has no sponsor). 4. You have to ASK for an RSS feed.
This is like going to a restaurant and having to request food. Shouldn't you have that already? Spotify (who owns Anchor) wants you to stay in their "Walled garden." When you look at their marketing material or hear any of the presentations that paint themselves as ABSOLUTE NUMBER 1, and they are THE COOL KIDS. When they are #2 to Apple by a LARGE margin, here again, they prey on the uninformed. The co-founder of Anchor has said that RSS (the technology that Podcasts use and keep it open) is holding Podcasting back - while the actual spec of RSS is being updated AS YOU READ THIS. PODCASTING FOR FREE MAY BE UNREALISTIC I get that you want to podcast without breaking the bank. I understand that. When you try to do it without spending ANY money, your expectations may be in need of an adjustment. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 1/27/23 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where FREE CLASSES Want to dip your toe into the podcasting pool? Check out the classes I have available for free at https://schoolofpodcasting.com/freeclasses MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE New Media Show Gimlet Issues with Spotify Libsyn.com (get a free month using code sopfree) Red Circle Sony ZV-10 Sony VZ-1 Elgato Facecam Elgato Facecam Pro Logitech C920 Loom Video Tool *links may include affiliate links and I may receive compensation for purchasing through these links.]]>6cf1858d-0057-4923-b04c-c9b63b3aa791Mon, 16 Jan 2023 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonWhen it comes to making purchases, we are often faced with a conflict between our emotional and logical sides. How we balance these two competing forces can determine our success or failure when it comes to spending. I had my wallet out, ready to... The Facecam had a better picture and NO MICROPHONE (so no accidental recordings using the camera microphone). I later I upgraded to the Sony VZ-1. Why?
Because YouTube told me that this was THE best camera for the new YouTuber/Content creator. Also, it had a button that MADE THE BACKGROUND BLURRY. I'm not making that up. With the press of ONE button, the background would be BLURRY. OMG! So I had to get it even though it was $900. I bought it on a payment plan but avoided paying any interest. A little over a year the Sony ZV-10 came out, and not only did it have the one-button blurry mode, but you could also CHANGE LENSES. Again, YouTube erupted, letting me know that THIS, yes, THIS was THE camera. I was THIS CLOSE to buying this camera, and then I saw another video because as I could switch lenses, I had to figure out what was the best lens. The one lens that made the Youtube host just look dreamy cost $400. Wait, does that say $400? So $800 for the camera and $400 for the lens is $1200, but the other lens, and this and that. QUESTION 1: Do I NEED this, or do I WANT THIS? I thought about it. What happens if I didn't buy this camera? Were my videos on YouTube suffering? After all, I've been making videos for years without a blurry background and I have attracted 3000 subscribers. So apparently, you do not NEED a Blurry background. QUESTION 2: Who does this benefit and how? Does this benefit your or our audience, and if so, how? Well, as I already had the ability to blur my background, there only perc was the ability to switch lenses. Have I run into something where I wanted to change lenses and couldn't? No. Then why am I buying it? Is it easier to use? Slightly, but you will still need to unplug and replug in the cable, which frustrates me. So I'm going to spend $1400 to pay for a feature that I will not need. With that, I put my credit card back in my wallet. BE CAREFUL PAYING FOR FLEXIBLE FEATURES YOU CAN GROW INTO I once signed a year-long contract with Vidyard. Why? Because it had TONS of features that I MIGHT use. After all, I could see how far people watched my video. What was I trying to do? Make video messages I could email to my students and clients. It turned it this would do it, but I found their interface clunky, and when I found a way to really use it, they wanted me to upgrade. After my contract was over, I found LOOM, and it does exactly what I need it to do for a FRACTION of the cost. Don't spend money on features you will never use. OTHER ITEMS THAT HELPED I've never had someone tell me, "You have to watch this video; the background is BLURRY." HAVE YOU FALLEN INTO THE TRAP? Maybe instead of spending so much TIME concentrating on your background, MAYBE we should focus more on what you are saying in the microphone. WHY PEOPLE UPGRADE MICROPHONES AND VIDEO ITEMS I understand that sometimes we don't feel confident with our voice, but in many cases upgrading from one microphone to another doesn't make that much difference (especially once you get over $100). But I understand that if you would feel more confident behind the microphone if you like your voice, it may be worth the upgrade. Just realize this: Unless your microphone and sound is HORRIBLE, getting a new microphone won't grow your offense. Your content will. Now, if your content is noticeably better because you are more confident, then maybe it's worth the money. CONCLUSION AND BONUS QUESTIONS 1. Is this a WANT or a NEED?
2. Who benefits...]]>2845clean862fullDon't Let Your Brain (and imposter syndrome) Stop You From Podcasting (and why it's a good thing)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-let-your-brain-and-imposter-syndrome-stop-you-from-podcasting-and-why-it-s-a-good-thing--5233052070% of us experience at some point in our lives. It can be paralyzing and lead to a sense of being inadequate or undeserving of success. While it is difficult to eliminate the negative feelings associated with imposter syndrome completely, there are steps you can take to reduce its impact on your life. Today I talk about how it may be a GOOD THING to have imposter syndrome. You Have Done Hard Things We have all done hard things in the past. One of the hardest things I had to do is let my Grandmother know she had outlived her daughter (my Mom). My last quarter in college was nuts as I was paying for myself to go to school. We all have a list of hard things, so we can do hard things. It's Your Brain For whatever reason (probably due to things that got tattooed to our brains as children), those negative thoughts are hard to control. In researching this topic again, it turns out that most people just understand that they will have these thoughts, and in some cases, it's a good thing. Don't underestimate the power of your brain to manipulate you. David Tennant (Dr. Who) shares how his brain will try to convince him that you can remember large amounts of words and recite them AS HE IS LIVE ON STAGE DOING THAT EXACT THING. You Are Not Alone In this episode, all of these people have imposter syndrome. I share clips from David Letterman with Billie Elish from his "My next guest needs no introduction." Viola Davis from a 60 minutes interview. Jason Sudeikis from his days at SNL. Michelle Obama Tom Hanks Eddie and Wolfgang Van Halen Awkwafina David Tennant Other people I didn't mention would be Rick Springfield and Meryl Streep Why a little Imposter Syndrome is a Good Thing You are going to put content in front of an audience. There are two extreme reactions.

The extreme imposter feels they are not qualified and that nobody will listen, so they are frozen and never publish anything.
The obnoxious ego maniac that feels everyone will love their content and publish everything (and probably is not fun to be around).

The extreme imposter feels they are not qualified and that nobody will listen, so they are frozen and never publish anything.
The obnoxious ego maniac that feels everyone will love their content and publish everything (and probably is not fun to be around).

As Viola Davis put it, if you think you will never work again, you will take any gig. Taking any gigs gives you the opportunity to work on your craft which results in you being a better podcaster. You can't improve something that doesn't exist.   The Goal is to Be In The Middle You realize that you will always have that "negative voice" with you. As one person put it, "You can let them in the car, but they can't drive." Too many podcasts ae not being created because people are letting their own negative thoughts stop them from pressing record. You want to build the habit of pressing the record button to feel comfortable behind the microphone without going too far to the point where you become obnoxious. The Giant Carrot of Impact One thing that motivates me to create my podcast is I want to help people avoid making podcasting mistakes. Recently, I've been pointing out how Listennotes shows a bogus stat that can be disproven quickly. Consequently, anyone...]]>2281clean860fullMy Favorite Podcast (and WHY) 2022https://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-and-why-2022--52280578schoolofpodcasting.com/listener My Favorite Podcast Is 2:11 Steve Stewart still loves the Stacking Benjamins show, but instead of mentioning that show again he mentioned the This is awkward show about finance and more. Steve is also one of the founders of the Podcast Editor Academy. It is a phenomenal resource if you want to make some money as an editor. 05:24 Brian Goodwin from the Relaxed Male podcast loves the Life Coach School podcast. 08:20 Brooke Smothers from the RV Outwest show loves How I Built This by Guy Rax 09:43 Chris Lewis from the Dads with daughters loves the Real Brian Show 10:54 Chris Nesi from the House of Ed Tech loves the Warm Up Show. 13:53 Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast loves the Podcasting 2.0 Show. 18:26 DR Who produces the Life After Corporate show loves the Build a Big Podcast Show by David Hooper. 21:44 Super Joe Pardo (organizer of the Indie Pod Conference) loves the Disney Dish Show

23:10 John Wilkerson from the Struggling for Purpose show loves the Truce Podcast.

24:23 Kim Newlove from The Pharmacist's Voice loves the School of Podcasting (this show).

28:23 Mark Vinet from The History of North America show loves the Book Notes Plus show.

29:09 Mike Dell from the Podcast Insider show loves the Lehto's Law show. 31:00 Neil Scott of the Recovery Coast to Coast show loves the Bob Lefsetz podcast. 34:06 Nina loves the School of Podcasting 42:23Nyree from The Ferret Paradigm Podcast and The Fauna Paradigm shows loves a show that just split in two due to some co-host tensions. Check out Curious Freedom and The Arto f Decluttering.

45:36 Paul From the Pass ACLS Tip of the Day loves the Everything Everywhere show. Here the host of Everything Everywhere on episode 854 where he explains how he grows his show.

47:38 Richard from the Veterans Day Room loves the Build a Big Podcast show.

51:43 Rich Palmer loves the Voice Over Body Shop Show. 54:03 Taylor Marek loves The Expert Ownership show 55:22 York From Welcome to Earth Stories show loves the Matt Walsh show.

57:11 Scott Johnson from the What Was That Like? show loves the 7 Minute Stories show.

59:49 Jim Collison from the Home Gadget Geeks show loves One Nation Under Whiskey show.

01:01:46 Dave Jackson from the Your Podcast Consultant show loves the No Agenda Show QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 1/27/23 Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching, and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is one I often do in January. What are your top podcasting pet peeve? Those little things that drive you nuts. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 1/27/23 Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - ]]>e72a1512-30a2-4c84-8ded-b76593a589a0Mon, 26 Dec 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonEvery year since 2013 I end the year asking my listeners what their favorite podcast is, and WHY it is their favorite podcast. This gives me insights into my audience (many more females replying than I got back in 2013) and I find out about potential...schoolofpodcasting.com/listener My Favorite Podcast Is 2:11 Steve Stewart still loves the Stacking Benjamins show, but instead of mentioning that show again he mentioned the This is awkward show about finance and more. Steve is also one of the founders of the Podcast Editor Academy. It is a phenomenal resource if you want to make some money as an editor. 05:24 Brian Goodwin from the Relaxed Male podcast loves the Life Coach School podcast. 08:20 Brooke Smothers from the RV Outwest show loves How I Built This by Guy Rax 09:43 Chris Lewis from the Dads with daughters loves the Real Brian Show 10:54 Chris Nesi from the House of Ed Tech loves the Warm Up Show. 13:53 Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast loves the Podcasting 2.0 Show. 18:26 DR Who produces the Life After Corporate show loves the Build a Big Podcast Show by David Hooper. 21:44 Super Joe Pardo (organizer of the Indie Pod Conference) loves the Disney Dish Show

23:10 John Wilkerson from the Struggling for Purpose show loves the Truce Podcast.

24:23 Kim Newlove from 4059favoriteclean859fullNeil Hedley Helps You Understand Why Your Podcast Promo Isn't Growing Your Podcast Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/neil-hedley-helps-you-understand-why-your-podcast-promo-isn-t-growing-your-podcast-audience--52223225https://www.blanchardnetwork.com/show/speak-life-church/ speaklifechurch.net Can you finish the statement "Because of my podcast _______"? Head over to our contact page and share it. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is the one I do over December. What is your favorite podcast in 2022, and WHY? You can only choose ONE (I know it's hard). If you can get their website URL, that would be VERY helpful. Also, be sure to mention your show, it's the website and a little bit about it. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 12/30/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Neil's Previous Episode Tips Podcasters Can Use From Radio with Neil Hedley Seth Godin Books on Amazon (aff) What Was That Like Podcast Dave In Your Pocket - Coaching without Calendars Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today]]>8657fc61-3bd2-416e-acb8-729b1609c435Mon, 19 Dec 2022 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCreating a successful and engaging podcastpromo requires careful planning and dedication. Whether you are creating a podcast promo or radio ad, it is important to have a clear understanding of your target audience (hyper clear). By taking into...https://www.blanchardnetwork.com/show/speak-life-church/ speaklifechurch.net Can you finish the statement "Because of my podcast _______"? Head over to our contact page and share it. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is the one I do over December. What is your favorite podcast in 2022, and WHY? You can only choose ONE (I know it's hard). If you can get their website URL, that would be VERY helpful. Also, be sure to mention your show, it's the website and a little bit about it. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 12/30/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all; please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Neil's Previous Episode Tips Podcasters Can Use From Radio with Neil Hedley Seth Godin Books on Amazon (aff) What Was That Like Podcast Dave In Your Pocket - Coaching without Calendars Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is...]]>3486advertisements,copywriting,promoclean858fullMaking A Living as a Successful Podcaster: Are Your Podcast Expectations Substantially Out of Line?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-a-living-as-a-successful-podcaster-are-your-podcast-expectations-substantially-out-of-line--52159058www.schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks Six people said "Thanks" and gave some value back (Ranging from $5-$25). Steve at Wayword studios Letitia Evans James Cridland From Podnews Craig Wealand from Ingles Podcast DR from Mouthy Broad Media Try Price from Front Porch Studios If you take 6/1500 that is .04% (not 4% POINT ZERO 4) I've mentioned in the past that I've heard the VERY popular show Radiolab do a "Fundraiser" type episode trying to get UP TO 1% of their audience to donate. When I've spoken to other people in the industry, a good engagement level is 2-3%. If I count the people who are Patrons and Students, I'm somewhere near that ballpark. Mentioned in This Episode Building a Podcast Network Behind the Scenes of the Trek.fm Network How to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Ugly Dave's Listener Survey Join the Live Focus Group For the School of Podcasting Question of the Month Where I Will Be]]>071b4923-172f-4efe-97a8-f259e9e09278Mon, 12 Dec 2022 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonA study has come out showing the results of 1700 new podcasters, and 41% saw their new podcast as an opportunity for additional income, with 29% of those wanting to be their main source of income. There are people who will charge you THOUSANDS of...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks Six people said "Thanks" and gave some value back (Ranging from $5-$25). Steve at Wayword studios Letitia Evans James Cridland From Podnews Craig Wealand from Ingles Podcast DR from Mouthy Broad Media Try Price from Front Porch Studios If you take 6/1500 that is .04% (not 4% POINT ZERO 4) I've mentioned in the past that I've heard the VERY popular show Radiolab do a "Fundraiser" type episode trying to get UP TO 1% of their audience to donate. When I've spoken to other people in the industry, a good engagement level is 2-3%. If I count the people who are Patrons and Students, I'm somewhere near that ballpark. Mentioned in This Episode Building a Podcast Network Behind the Scenes of the Trek.fm Network How to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Ugly Dave's Listener Survey Join the Live Focus Group For the School of Podcasting...]]>2680clean857fullHow Confident Are You In Your Content? Audience Surveyshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-confident-are-you-in-your-content-audience-surveys--52096309www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 12/30/22 BUILD YOUR PODCAST PROFITS STRATEGY WORKSHOP Tired of struggling to monetize your podcast? December 17th 10AM-1PM Central This is not a webinar, it is a workshop, so come prepared to work. There are only 12 seats, so everyone walks out with their monetization strategy. The price is $97 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all. Please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Google Forms Edison Research Sample Podcast Listener Survey Horse Radio Network Dog Podcast Network What Was That Like Show Dave In Your Pocket (Coaching without calendars) Podcast Talent Coach Podcast Review Show More information on website Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>bb9a0911-a94d-4531-9e21-151eef7350f1Mon, 05 Dec 2022 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCreating a successful podcast takes more than just having a great idea. To ensure that the show resonates with listeners, podcasters must understand their audience and the topics they want to hear. Audience surveys are an invaluable tool to help...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 12/30/22 BUILD YOUR PODCAST PROFITS STRATEGY WORKSHOP Tired of struggling to monetize your podcast? December 17th 10AM-1PM Central This is not a webinar, it is a workshop, so come prepared to work. There are only 12 seats, so everyone walks out with their monetization strategy. The price is $97 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all. Please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Google Forms Edison Research Sample Podcast Listener Survey Horse Radio Network Dog Podcast Network What Was That Like Show Dave In Your Pocket (Coaching without calendars) Podcast Talent Coach Podcast Review Show More information on website Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>3378podcast,podcastevangelism,surveysclean856fullThe 5 Questions You Should Ask Before Starting a Podcast (and maybe a sixth)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-5-questions-you-should-ask-before-starting-a-podcast-and-maybe-a-sixth--52027141www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 12/30/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Put Dave In Your Pocket! If you are a podcaster (or future podcaster) who would like to retain Dave's services without joining the School of Podcasting, I'm not using a new system to allow us to do this with zero scheduling conflicts. Check out daveinyourpocket.com Mentioned In This Episode schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Northeast Ohio Podcast Pharmacist's Voice Overcoming Adversity Santa Clause Says the History of North America show historical fiction books the Author Inside You MonthlyChallenge.fit Building a Better Dave Podcast Rodeo Show Ask the Podcast Coach Podcast Review Show Your Podcast Consultant The History of Six Shooter This episode originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/855]]>767c6a8c-fc2b-40ca-92d0-27a18a6f815cSun, 27 Nov 2022 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasts are like Lay's potato chips (you can't have just one). Once you start one, Getting the itch to start a second is something people are thinking about. With this in mind, we look at questions you should ask before starting your first, second,...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 12/30/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Put Dave In Your Pocket! If you are a podcaster (or future podcaster) who would like to retain Dave's services without joining the School of Podcasting, I'm not using a new system to allow us to do this with zero scheduling conflicts. Check out daveinyourpocket.com Mentioned In This Episode schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Northeast Ohio Podcast Pharmacist's Voice Overcoming Adversity Santa Clause Says the History of North America show historical fiction books the Author Inside You MonthlyChallenge.fit Building a Better Dave Podcast Rodeo Show Ask the Podcast Coach Podcast Review Show Your Podcast Consultant The History of Six Shooter This episode originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/855]]>2817consulting,questions,startapodcastclean855fullHow Gary Arndt Adopted The Audience Growth Strategy From the Movie Industry - And It's Workinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-gary-arndt-adopted-the-audience-growth-strategy-from-the-movie-industry-and-it-s-working--51962278www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Everything Everywhere School of Podcasting.com/listener Podcast Addict Overcast Buzzsprout Ads Spotify Ads Podbean Pocketcasts Castbox Fountain.fm www.trypodpage.com and www.learnpodpage.com More info on ADvertising on other shows on Episode 843 Say Thank You www.schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks]]>6ae3213c-093b-454b-93f7-f2f00184f4f7Mon, 21 Nov 2022 05:28:00 +0000David JacksonGary Arndt is an award-winning travel photographer, blogger, and podcaster who has been traveling the globe for 10 years when covid devastated the travel industry leaving Gary with nothing. Gary knows the value of promotion. He's used various...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Everything Everywhere School of Podcasting.com/listener Podcast Addict Overcast Buzzsprout Ads Spotify Ads Podbean Pocketcasts Castbox Fountain.fm www.trypodpage.com and www.learnpodpage.com More info on ADvertising on other shows on Episode 843 Say Thank You www.schoolofpodcasting.com/thanks]]>3410arndt,discoverability,everythingeverywhere,garyarndt,podcasting,promotionclean854fullIs Capsho Worth it?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-capsho-worth-it--51882814www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter you can check what you want to read. If you're already on the list you will get an email asking you to specify later in the week. For those who are curious, I'm using Mailerlite. Speaking of the newsletter, I am working on an episode about using a newsletter with your podcast. I've got a few interviews lined up as I want this to be a narrative-style podcast. If you use an email list with your podcast, I'd love to interview you. Contact me My First Impression of Capsho the AI Copywriting Tool For Podcasters According to their website, Capsho claims, "The Best AI Copywriting Software for Podcasters. Create your podcast promotional copy in under 10 minutes." You upload your episode, and it spits out: Episode title Episode description Show notes Blog post Promotional Email Social Media Captions (for all platforms) LinkedIn Article Transcript Is It Worth It? There are lots of products with AI (Artificial Intelligence). Word Hero will help you write over 60 different types of descriptions starting at $50/month (there is also a lifetime deal aff). Anyword is another copywriting tool for $30/month. Descript with transcribe and make it easy to edit your show (and they have that amazing studio sound tool). Headliner Studio from CoSchedule is $9/month. With Capsho plans starting at $29/month, I believe it delivers enough value (but that depends on your budget). In my world, I've decided to keep using it and see how it performs. AI Will NEVER Release a Human I will get into this later, but while a computer can imitate a human, I feel it can't replace. We are all different with these things called opinions and personalities, and even though I can specify a tone in some AI products like Word Hero it almost always needs a tweak to match your personality. So Who Is Capsho Good For? If you're not writing anything or struggling, this does a lot of the heavy lifting. If would love to have someone help you with your description, titles, etc but can't afford a virtual assistant, but can find $29-$90 in the monthly budget, then this might be a good fit. As always, you pay in one of two currencies, time or money. Whichever one you have the most of, use that. QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is from Matt Rafferty The Author Inside for You show and he wants to know: The question is, “What is your Next Podcast going to be about?” Not your next episode, but your next SHOW. We all know it is hard to have just one… If you're sticking to just one, explain that as well. Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Videos To Watch Watch Capsho Video Demo Up with People Special Up With People Superbowl Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Capsho Word Hero (lifetime deal ) Anyword Descript Headliner Studio Mailerlite Repurpose.io Jasper Surfer SEO Castamatic New Podcast Apps Neil Hedley Episode on Advertising Neil's Copywriting Course Enhanced Marketing Tom Webster penned two AMAZING articles on how podcasting needs to learn from radio. Part 1 and Part 2 Book: The Copywriter's Handbook: A Step-by-Step Guide to Writing Copy That Sells]]>6d5b30f4-87d4-41c1-ae1b-e50e62900b47Mon, 14 Nov 2022 05:01:00 +0000David JacksonThis podcast episode discusses the pros and cons of using artificial intelligence to help with copywriting for a podcast, and whether or not it's worth it. Is the Capsho software really worth the price tag? Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter you can check what you want to read. If you're already on the list you will get an email asking you to specify later in the week. For those who are curious, I'm using Mailerlite. Speaking of the newsletter, I am working on an episode about using a newsletter with your podcast. I've got a few interviews lined up as I want this to be a narrative-style podcast. If you use an email list with your podcast, I'd love to interview you. Contact me My First Impression of Capsho the AI Copywriting Tool For Podcasters According to their website, Capsho claims, "The Best AI Copywriting Software for Podcasters. Create your podcast promotional copy in under 10 minutes." You upload your episode, and it spits out: Episode title Episode description Show notes Blog post Promotional Email Social Media Captions (for all platforms) LinkedIn Article Transcript Is It Worth It? There are lots of products with AI (Artificial Intelligence). Word Hero will help you write over 60 different types of descriptions starting at $50/month (there is also a lifetime deal aff). Anyword is another copywriting tool for $30/month. Descript with transcribe and make it easy to edit your show (and they have that amazing studio sound tool). Headliner Studio from CoSchedule is $9/month. With Capsho plans starting at $29/month, I believe it delivers enough value (but that depends on your budget). In my world, I've decided to keep using it and see how it performs. AI Will NEVER Release a Human I will get into this later, but while a computer can imitate a human, I feel it can't replace. We are all different with these things called opinions and personalities, and even though I can specify a tone in some AI products like Word Hero it almost always needs a tweak to match your personality. So Who Is Capsho Good For? If you're not writing anything or struggling, this does a lot of the heavy lifting. If would love to have someone help you with your...]]>2354capsho,learntopodcast,podcastingclean853fullPowerful Words For Your Podcast- Don't Say This Say Thathttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/powerful-words-for-your-podcast-don-t-say-this-say-that--51807701www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Rings of Power Podcast ringsofpowerpodcast.com Resourceful Designer resourcefuldesigner.com Podcast Branding podcastbranding.co Book: Made to Stick: Why Some Ideas Survive and Others Die The Author Inside for You show Jerry Seinfeld Explains the Pop Tart Joke https://youtu.be/itWxXyCfW5s My Podcast Reviews https://supportthisshow.com/mpr Dave Jackson's YouTube Channel Book: Profit From Your Podcast Ben Locker Copywriter]]>e3aa86cf-912a-43ce-a570-b974cc09e866Mon, 07 Nov 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn a world where we are constantly bombarded with images and noise, it's easy to forget the power of words. But words are still the most powerful tool we have for communication. They can be used to connect with others, to share our stories, and to...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Rings of Power Podcast ringsofpowerpodcast.com Resourceful Designer resourcefuldesigner.com Podcast Branding podcastbranding.co Book: Made to Stick: Why Some Ideas Survive and Others Die The...]]>1997clean852fullPodcast Creativity: 9 People Who Are Ignoring Podcasting Best Practiceshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-creativity-9-people-who-are-ignoring-podcasting-best-practices--51735191www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Participants Patrick from the Big Séance Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Gary from The Everything Everywhere Show Bill from The Strokecast Mark from PodcastBranding.co Mark from The History of North America Scott from What Was That Like Karen from Just Grow Something Matt from the Author Inside You Paul - Fighting Through Podcast WW2 History Todd - Guardian Downcast Dave - School of Podcasting Mentioned In This Episode Paypal Snuck their $2500 fine back into their TOS Podcast Rodeo Show Criminal Podcast Film Booth YouTube Thumbnail School of Podcasting FOLLOW THE SHOW schoolofpodcasting.com/follow]]>9711120a-536d-4dfc-b83d-c0cc4576e52fMon, 31 Oct 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIs podcast production getting stale? It seems you either do a solo show, or an interview show. The big networks do narrative style, and next week your Granma is launching a true crime show... Patrick Keller from the Big Seance show wanted to know if...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Deadline is 11/25/22 Participants Patrick from the Big Séance Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Gary from The Everything Everywhere Show Bill from The Strokecast Mark from PodcastBranding.co Mark from The History of North America Scott from What Was That Like Karen from Just Grow Something Matt from the Author Inside You Paul - Fighting Through Podcast WW2 History Todd - Guardian Downcast Dave - School of Podcasting Mentioned In This Episode Paypal Snuck their $2500 fine back into their TOS Podcast Rodeo Show Criminal Podcast Film Booth YouTube Thumbnail School of Podcasting FOLLOW THE SHOW schoolofpodcasting.com/follow]]>3064creativity,format,podcastingclean851fullYou Can Podcast: Lessons From the Erma Bombeck Writer's Workshophttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-podcast-lessons-from-the-erma-bombeck-writer-s-workshop--51666353www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Samson Q2U Microphone Zoom Podtrak Recorder/Interface Profit From Your Podcast Book My Spouse Has Dementia Convertkit Email Tool Substack Email List Tool Leighann Lord (Very Funny Lady) Erma Bombeck on Amazon (aff) Erma Bombeck Writers Workshop Elizabeth Gilbert Big Magic book (aff) Katrina Little Harry Durran Episode 767 Podcast Junkies Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life and Storyworthy by Matthew Dicks Time Table 00-00:55 Opening 56:00 Introduction 01:43:00 Because of My Podcast 03:50 Age is a Number 11:13 Join the School of Podcasting 12:36 Follow the Show 12:55 I'll start podcasting as soon as .... 16:18 Not Everyone Will "Get you" 18:00 Creepy Dudes ENOUGH! 19:42 Book Titles 20:15 Make the Podcast You Want to Hear 20:55 Someday is Today Snippet 24:45 Creators Create 25:54 Start where you are... 26:40 What is the worst thing that could happen? 27:06 What is Stopping You? 28:38 Getting Unstuck with Katrina Kittle 35:50 Notes on My Presentation 39:48 Tools and Strategies from The Event 46:13 Question of the Month 47:42 Where will I be? 48:25 Three Magic Words 50:12 Join the School of Podcasting 51:08 Bloopers This podcast is value-for-value enabled which means you can send boosts and boostagrams using a new modern app. You can also Buy Me a Coffee (or 5...). This podcast took 9 hours to research, record, edit, document, and publish. Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon ]]>5fda5cf8-fb9a-48d3-8400-49d8acc56984Mon, 24 Oct 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe all know that person who is always embarking on new adventures and taking risks. It seems like they were born with an innate sense of courage - but the truth is, everyone has the potential for courage. Doubt is part of the podcasting process. Today...www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Samson Q2U Microphone Zoom Podtrak Recorder/Interface Profit From Your Podcast Book My Spouse Has Dementia Convertkit Email Tool Substack Email List Tool Leighann Lord (Very Funny Lady) Erma Bombeck on Amazon (aff) Erma Bombeck Writers Workshop Elizabeth Gilbert Big Magic book (aff) Katrina Little Harry Durran Episode 767 Podcast Junkies Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life and Storyworthy by Matthew Dicks Time Table 00-00:55 Opening 56:00 Introduction 01:43:00 Because of My Podcast 03:50 Age is a Number 11:13 Join the School of Podcasting 12:36 Follow the Show 12:55 I'll start podcasting as soon as .... 16:18 Not Everyone Will "Get you" 18:00 Creepy Dudes ENOUGH! 19:42 Book Titles 20:15 Make the Podcast You Want to Hear 20:55 Someday is Today Snippet 24:45 Creators Create 25:54 Start where you are... 26:40 What is the worst thing that could happen? 27:06 What is Stopping You? 28:38 Getting Unstuck with Katrina Kittle 35:50 Notes on My Presentation 39:48 Tools and Strategies from The Event 46:13 Question of the Month 47:42 Where will I be? 48:25 Three Magic Words 50:12 Join the School of Podcasting 51:08 Bloopers This podcast is value-for-value enabled which means you can send boosts and boostagrams using a new modern app. You can also Buy Me a Coffee (or 5...). This podcast took 9 hours to research, record, edit, document, and publish. Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon ]]>3126clean851fullThree Tools To Help You Identify What Your Audience Wantshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-tools-to-help-you-identify-what-your-audience-wants--51593739www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Because of My Podcast Got a "Because of My Podcast Story? go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/because Mentioned In This Podcast Effie Parks from Once upon a Gene School of Podcasting Descript Editing Tool Descript Video Hashtag for Likes Hashtag Tool App Sumo Profit From Your Podcast Book Podinbox Supapass Website Tool Lifetime Offer]]>53da268c-ab4b-4755-a9e0-9857d5f4730dMon, 17 Oct 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonAudience analysis is a critical part of any effective communication. Without understanding what your audience wants, needs, and values, it is impossible to create a message that will resonate. Fortunately, there are a few key methods for understanding...www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Because of My Podcast Got a "Because of My Podcast Story? go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/because Mentioned In This Podcast Effie Parks from Once upon a Gene School of Podcasting Descript Editing Tool Descript Video Hashtag for Likes Hashtag Tool App Sumo Profit From Your Podcast Book Podinbox Supapass Website Tool Lifetime Offer]]>1987audience,hashtag,twitterclean849full20 Resources To Help You Find Podcast Guestshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/20-resources-to-help-you-find-podcast-guests--51520334www.podcastingresources.com QUESTION OF THE MONTH This month the question is from Patrick from the Big Seance www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say hi. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Mentioned In This Episode Leave a "Because of My Podcast" story Is it Time to Sell Your Podcast? Episode 847 Video on Review Different Services Hubspot CRM Article Less Annoying CRM Join the School of Podcasting episode 678 - All things Interviews Dave On YouTube School of Podcasting Newsletter Follow the School of Podcasting in Your Favorite Podcast App Podcast Guest Experts on Facebook Podcast Guest Club on Facebook Podcast Guest Connection (facebook) Need A Guest (facebook) Podcast Guest Collaboration Community - Find a Guest, Be a Guest (Facebook) Podcast Guest Connection (facebook) Podcast Guest Exchange (reddit)]]>3e4cf596-55c1-419c-a597-8ea26d6c73c7Mon, 10 Oct 2022 04:01:00 +0000David JacksonPeople talk about how hard it is to find guests for their show. I think a more accurate statement is "it's hard to find a good guest for your show." Today I have directories where you can list your show (and yourself) to help you connect with the...2717interviews,podcast,podcastguests,podcasting,resources,startapodcastcleanfullIs It Time To Sell Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-it-time-to-sell-your-podcast--51448638www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. You also get unlimited one-on-one coaching. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Mentioned In This Episode Click to Text " follow " and get a link to follow Danny Loves Video Games: Based on the True Story of Danny Peña Akron Podcast The Podcast Broker The School of Podcasting Profit From Your Podcast ]]>4fb99764-059c-4b1b-b451-85c4bacd817dMon, 03 Oct 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I share how I saw the power one person's influence can have as I went to a documentary about Kenny Lambert, and they filled a historic theater in downtown Akron. Why not you? Kenny was a homeless drug addict, and now his influence has helped a...www.bigseance.com and he wants to know: What standard or tradition in podcasting do you tend to ignore and why do you do it differently? Don't forget to say the name of your show and website, and a little bit about your show. I need your answer by 10/28/22 Leave Your Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. You also get unlimited one-on-one coaching. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listener Mentioned In This Episode Click to Text " follow " and get a link to follow Danny Loves Video Games: Based on the True Story of Danny Peña Akron Podcast The Podcast Broker The School of Podcasting Profit From Your Podcast ]]>2417cleanfullDo Podcast Trailers Work in Growing Your Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-podcast-trailers-work-in-growing-your-podcast--51381407http://www.whatwasthatlike.com Mark from the History of North America http://www.markvinet.com/podcast/ Spencer from the Recovery Show http://www.therecoveryshow.com Tim From the Create Art Show http://www.createartpodcast.com Tim from the Find a Podcast About http://www.findapodcastabout.xyz Fred From Podcast Reporter http://www.podcastreporter.com Steve from Unknown Orbits http://www.unknownorbits.com While trailers do work in some cases, but the thing that seems to really work is when the host (who the audience trusts) recommends a show. Heather Osgood will be on the show in the future, and she mentioned that feed drops are very effective at growing your show. The Podcast Network Alliance I talk with Sunny Gault who is one of the people who help run the Podcast Network Alliance where podcasters who are running a podcast network get together and share strategies. Currently, the network is free. Sunny also has the Independent Podcast Network and the New Mommy Media network. Mentioned in This Show Join The School of Podcasting Poetic Earthlings. Zoom Podtrak P4 Rodecaster Pro The Podcast Broker Craig from InglesPodcast.com Profit From Your Podcast Book Schedule a Podcast Strategy Session ]]>95d83189-8fcf-4e76-a61d-b6b2f340fa12Mon, 26 Sep 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonSo people are paying to have a promo/trailer of their show played in another podcast. Does this work? Today I ask, "Have you taken action on a show after hearing their trailer on a podcast?" I also talk with Sunny Gault from the Podcast Network...http://www.whatwasthatlike.com Mark from the History of North America http://www.markvinet.com/podcast/ Spencer from the Recovery Show http://www.therecoveryshow.com Tim From the Create Art Show http://www.createartpodcast.com Tim from the Find a Podcast About http://www.findapodcastabout.xyz Fred From Podcast Reporter http://www.podcastreporter.com Steve from Unknown Orbits http://www.unknownorbits.com While trailers do work in some cases, but the thing that seems to really work is when the host (who the audience trusts) recommends a show. Heather Osgood will be on the show in the future, and she mentioned that feed drops are very effective at growing your show. The Podcast Network Alliance I talk with Sunny Gault who is one of the people who help run the Podcast Network Alliance where podcasters who are running a podcast network get together and share strategies. Currently, the network is free. Sunny also has the Independent Podcast Network and the New Mommy Media network. Mentioned in This Show Join The School of Podcasting Poetic Earthlings. Zoom Podtrak P4 Rodecaster Pro The Podcast Broker Craig from InglesPodcast.com Profit From Your Podcast Book Schedule a Podcast Strategy Session ]]>2568cleanfullWhy is Joe Rogan So Popular?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-is-joe-rogan-so-popular--51304239https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-to-do-a-podcast-like-joe-rogan/ Things We Learned/Noticed Joe can be a bit of a lightning rod. You either love him or hate him Joe had impostor syndrome. Joe only has guests he wants to talk to Joe creates an environment where people don't have to worry about triggering others. They talk freely. Joe actually mocks/jokes with his guests. Who do you do this with? Your closest friends. Joe is authentic and it resonates. He spent years learning how to entertain audiences and eventually moved to where he could get more work. While he is a celebrity, that may work to get you to press play ONCE, but you need to deliver value to get them to click AGAIN. Joe states the top skills for an interviewer are listening and thinking My Opinion I listen to Joe's show when I see a guest I know and want to no more. I believe Joe could use some editing. Not to make it 20 minutes, but there are times when I am asking, "How did this make it past the edit?" THE BOTTOM LINE You need to be comfortable being yourself. When you try to be someone else, it's hard and doesn't work. That added weight of being someone else leads to burnout. Play to your strengths. Let your humor shine if you have it. If you're more serious, then build a show around it. Everyone's biggest fear is to create a show while being themselves will result in a show that's not popular. There are SO MANY reasons why a show can fail, but I can help you avoid the most common mistakes. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listen QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of 9/23/22 Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little about your show, and your website. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where MENTION IN THIS SHOW School of Podcasting Ozzy Osbourne Interview Joe Rogan episode 1360 with Nikki Glaser Joe Rogan 1679 with Adam Curry Joe Rogan on Podcasting and Life Conan Obrien Needs a friend 9/12/2022 with Leslie Jones Leave Dave a Review]]>f45dee40-a2e7-4229-bd52-fca0b970390fMon, 19 Sep 2022 04:05:00 +0000David Jackson I had someone ask me, "Why do you think Joe Rogan is so popular? and I took some time to do some research. I wrote a blog post/video at https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-to-do-a-podcast-like-joe-rogan/ Things We Learned/Noticed Joe can be a bit of...https://schoolofpodcasting.com/how-to-do-a-podcast-like-joe-rogan/ Things We Learned/Noticed Joe can be a bit of a lightning rod. You either love him or hate him Joe had impostor syndrome. Joe only has guests he wants to talk to Joe creates an environment where people don't have to worry about triggering others. They talk freely. Joe actually mocks/jokes with his guests. Who do you do this with? Your closest friends. Joe is authentic and it resonates. He spent years learning how to entertain audiences and eventually moved to where he could get more work. While he is a celebrity, that may work to get you to press play ONCE, but you need to deliver value to get them to click AGAIN. Joe states the top skills for an interviewer are listening and thinking My Opinion I listen to Joe's show when I see a guest I know and want to no more. I believe Joe could use some editing. Not to make it 20 minutes, but there are times when I am asking, "How did this make it past the edit?" THE BOTTOM LINE You need to be comfortable being yourself. When you try to be someone else, it's hard and doesn't work. That added weight of being someone else leads to burnout. Play to your strengths. Let your humor shine if you have it. If you're more serious, then build a show around it. Everyone's biggest fear is to create a show while being themselves will result in a show that's not popular. There are SO MANY reasons why a show can fail, but I can help you avoid the most common mistakes. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/listen QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of 9/23/22 Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little about your show, and your website. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where MENTION IN THIS SHOW School of Podcasting Ozzy Osbourne Interview Joe Rogan episode 1360 with Nikki Glaser Joe Rogan 1679 with Adam Curry Joe Rogan on Podcasting and Life Conan Obrien Needs a friend 9/12/2022 with Leslie Jones Leave Dave a Review]]>2685joerogan,podcast,podcastevangelism,podcastgrowth,podcasting,schoolofpodcasting,startapodcastcleanfullYour Podcast Doesn't Need to Be Perfect - It Needs to Be Goodhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-podcast-doesn-t-need-to-be-perfect-it-needs-to-be-good--51224966https://supportthisshow.com/rx10 You don't need this software to create a podcast. If you record things with a decent microphone, in a quiet area, you are probably "good enough." I'm not saying that you can do "whatever you want." Again, you are aiming at perfection but you land on "Very good." QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of September 23, 2022 THE QUESTION: Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little about your show, and your website. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Live Well and Flourish WLM Plus Plugin Music Radio Creative IZotope RX 10 Descript Software School of Podcasting Affiliate RX10 Demo Video How Do I Get Rid of Impostor Syndrome? Part 1 How Do I Get Rid of Impostor Syndrome? Part 2 King's X Three Sides of One Amazon (aff) Spotify This is episode 844 of the School of Podcasting part of the Power of Podcasting network.]]>4815cf08-08f9-4792-9024-603c25a53949Mon, 12 Sep 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI am running into more people who say things like, "I'll start my podcast as soon as (event)," or "As soon as I get (piece of gear)." In some cases, they have been waiting for YEARS. So today I'm going to pull back the curtain a bit and show you how a...https://supportthisshow.com/rx10 You don't need this software to create a podcast. If you record things with a decent microphone, in a quiet area, you are probably "good enough." I'm not saying that you can do "whatever you want." Again, you are aiming at perfection but you land on "Very good." QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of September 23, 2022 THE QUESTION: Podcasters are starting to buy ads on other podcasts as a way to grow their audience. Have you ever taken action toward a podcast after hearing a promo for their show on another podcast? When you answer be sure to tell us a little about your show, and your website. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Become a School of Podcasting Affiliate Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/affiliates and sign up. When someone signs up using your link, you earn a commission. That commission is paid every month they stay subscribed. Start Earning Today Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Live Well and Flourish WLM Plus Plugin Music Radio Creative IZotope RX 10 Descript Software School of Podcasting Affiliate RX10 Demo Video How Do I Get Rid of Impostor Syndrome? Part 1 How Do I Get Rid of Impostor Syndrome? Part 2 King's X Three Sides of One Amazon (aff) Spotify This is episode 844 of the School of Podcasting part of the Power of Podcasting network.]]>2055cleanfullAdvertising Your Show On Podcast Appshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/advertising-your-show-on-podcast-apps--51144895advertising@player.fm Castobox Get Detailed Report Connect with Tanner Tannerhelps.com Good Morning Podcasters Practical Stoicism Dictionary of Mythology & Folklore Mentioned In This Episode Supercast Switchy School of Podcasting]]>7a6c67e4-7a38-41de-b6a1-b5d41fd813ecMon, 05 Sep 2022 04:20:00 +0000David JacksonHave you been considering using display ads on podcast apps to grow your show? I've asked Tanner Campbell to join me and share his experience with experimenting. Advertising on Podcast Apps Before you go spending money Tanner and I agree that this...advertising@player.fm Castobox Get Detailed Report Connect with Tanner Tannerhelps.com Good Morning Podcasters Practical Stoicism Dictionary of Mythology & Folklore Mentioned In This Episode Supercast Switchy School of Podcasting]]>3835cleanfullWhat is the Podlation Cycle? with Toby Goodmanhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-the-podlation-cycle-with-toby-goodman--51061849www.narrowpodcasting.com/sop QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every single day. THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener. How often do you return to these key topics? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Podcast You Podcast Consultant Narrow Podcasting Site Narrow Podcasting Book Join the School of Podcasting]]>a79cd5c0-3bce-4e63-bf1c-4a36872d8f42Mon, 29 Aug 2022 04:01:00 +0000David JacksonI met Toby at Podcast Movement Evolutions and he gave me his book Narrow Podcasting in which he gives step-by-step strategies to grow your business using podcasting. The main strategy is to interview your potential customer. I get that strategy, but...www.narrowpodcasting.com/sop QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every single day. THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener. How often do you return to these key topics? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Podcast You Podcast Consultant Narrow Podcasting Site Narrow Podcasting Book Join the School of Podcasting]]>2586cleanfullBecause of My Podcast I Got to Go to Brazilhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/because-of-my-podcast-i-got-to-go-to-brazil--50991361www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Get access to step-by-step tutorials, private podcasting mastermind, group coaching, and unlimited one-on-one time-shifted consulting. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>1014517d-0d70-489f-9feb-eeafb2f8f09eMon, 22 Aug 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI love it when someone who has listened to this show, and goes out and puts the strategies I talk about like make friends before promoting your podcast or service, or start from where you are, and they come back with a "Because of my podcast story..."...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Get access to step-by-step tutorials, private podcasting mastermind, group coaching, and unlimited one-on-one time-shifted consulting. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>2036cleanfullPodcast Decisions: The Balance Between Passion and Logichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-decisions-the-balance-between-passion-and-logic--50916043www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to have unlimited time-shifted consulting (and quick-fix zoom calls as you like at no extra charge). Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to courses.schoolofpodcasting.com MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE We remember negative things more than positive Burnt Out at 19 Elle Mills Meltdown YouTube's Burnout Generation YouTube burnout is real. Creators are struggling to cope Benjamin Franklin's Method of Self-Improvement (Live Well and Flourish) Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life (aff) Storyworthy (by Mathew Dicks) We Need Passion Passion enables us to "throw caution to the wind" which can come in handy to take those scary leaps. We Need Logic When we put our thoughts into the reality of something happening, that logic can bring us back from making too many decisions from our hearts. See full notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/840 ]]>8acf12a8-4a1f-4e08-b73d-ee31b39581c4Mon, 15 Aug 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn researching successful content creators, I came across quite a few young Youtuber who have six-8 figure subscriber counts, tons of money, and are absolutely miserable. In looking at why someone would pressure something that was putting too much...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to have unlimited time-shifted consulting (and quick-fix zoom calls as you like at no extra charge). Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to courses.schoolofpodcasting.com MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE We remember negative things more than positive Burnt Out at 19 Elle Mills Meltdown YouTube's Burnout Generation YouTube burnout is real. Creators are struggling to cope Benjamin Franklin's Method of Self-Improvement (Live Well and Flourish) Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life (aff) Storyworthy (by Mathew Dicks) We Need Passion Passion enables us to "throw caution to the wind" which can come in handy to take those scary leaps. We Need Logic When we put our thoughts into the reality of something happening, that logic can bring us back from making too many decisions from our hearts. See full notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/840 ]]>2613burnout,mentalhealth,stress,youtubecleanfullI'm Thinking of Being a Podcast Editor (with Steve Stewart and Mark Deal)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-m-thinking-of-being-a-podcast-editor-with-steve-stewart-and-mark-deal--50848049www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Got A Because of My Podcast Story? See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/because Mentioned in this Episode: The importance of having a niche. How Steve started out as a podcast editor without a website. Mark talks about setting expectations by having a contract with your customer. The difference between an editor, an engineer, a manager, and a story shaper. Common mistakes new podcast editors make. Gary Leland had a day designated for him in his home town Links From Episode Sign up for the Podcast Editor Academy (save using coupon sop ) Live Mastermind Workshop in Dallas Texas Editor Pricing Survey Episode 752 of the School of Podcasting Buy the book Profit From Your Podcast Gary Leland Website Guestio Charge your guest for appearances Start and Grow Your Podcast at the School of Podcasting]]>9c410df1-5247-4473-b762-3a97a57a96fcMon, 08 Aug 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn the span of a few weeks I had THREE people say, I'm thinking of becoming a podcast editor and it had been years since I talked to Mark and Steve back on episode 752 . That was back when they had just launched the Podcast Editor Academy which is...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be? I look forward to seeing you all, please come up and say high. To see my full itinerary, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/where Got A Because of My Podcast Story? See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/because Mentioned in this Episode: The importance of having a niche. How Steve started out as a podcast editor without a website. Mark talks about setting expectations by having a contract with your customer. The difference between an editor, an engineer, a manager, and a story shaper. Common mistakes new podcast editors make. Gary Leland had a day designated for him in his home town Links From Episode Sign up for the Podcast Editor Academy (save using coupon sop ) Live Mastermind Workshop in Dallas Texas Editor Pricing Survey Episode 752 of the School of Podcasting Buy the book Profit From Your Podcast Gary Leland Website Guestio Charge your guest for appearances Start and Grow Your Podcast at the School of Podcasting]]>2352cleanfullBored Podcasters Have Bored Audiences 101 Episode Templates to Fight Boredom With David Hooperhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bored-podcasters-have-bored-audiences-101-episode-templates-to-fight-boredom-with-david-hooper--50769823www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be For my full schedule see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. LINKS IN THIS EPISODE Focusrite.com/Vocaster School of Podcasting 101 Podcast Episode Templates Walking is Fitness Speakpipe Podinbox Rumble Studio Voice form Podcastvoicemail.com]]>0fed2796-5c54-4651-9de0-36cb8bafe14cMon, 01 Aug 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonYou keep doing the same thing you've been doing and you're not seeing your podcast numbers moving up. You're not sure what to try. To this I say check out the book 101 Podcast Episode Templates by David Hooper of Build a Big Podcast. All of these...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Where I Will Be For my full schedule see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. LINKS IN THIS EPISODE Focusrite.com/Vocaster School of Podcasting 101 Podcast Episode Templates Walking is Fitness Speakpipe Podinbox Rumble Studio Voice form Podcastvoicemail.com]]>2901episodetemplates,podcast,podcastingcleanfullInteresting AND Unique Doc G Mixes Hospice and Financehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/interesting-and-unique-doc-g-mixes-hospice-and-finance--50700903https://jordangrumet.com/and earnandinvest.com Get his book on Amazon (aff) QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every single day. THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener. How often do you return to these key topics? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Also Mentioned In This Episode Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life]]>724d786a-3cb8-4f74-af46-307702c66393Mon, 25 Jul 2022 04:19:13 +0000David JacksonToday I interview Jordan "Doc G" Grumett who is the Hospice doctor turned Financial Guru and host of the Earn and Invest show. he has now taken his unique point of view and penned the new book Taking Stock: A Hospice Doctor's Advice on Financial...https://jordangrumet.com/and earnandinvest.com Get his book on Amazon (aff) QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by the end of August 2022 This month's question comes from Dave from Walking is Fitness which is a daily 10-minute podcast designed to help listeners find a little extra motivation to get out for a fitness walk every single day. THE QUESTION: Most podcast hosts have a target listener. And I would imagine like most podcasts, there are certain themes and topics that I know that are of greater interest to my target listener. How often do you return to these key topics? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question When you answer tell us about your show (including the WEBSITE ADDRESS). Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Also Mentioned In This Episode Someday Is Today: 22 Simple, Actionable Ways to Propel Your Creative Life]]>3446cleanfullHelping You Avoid Podcasting Mistakeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/helping-you-avoid-podcasting-mistakes--50607659www.patreon.com/davejackson I send people to www.askthepodcastcoach.com/awesome this way if later I change to a different tool, I don't end up with all my past episodes with links that no longer work. Tool for this are: Pretty Links WordPress Plugin Podpage has a built-in tool for Pretty Redirects Rebrandly.com is a cool tracking and redirecting tool Go Through All The Steps of Your Second Show Once you start a podcast you often feel like starting an additional show. You know the process, and off you go to start podcast #2. I advise that before you do this DO ALL THE WORK. In other words, don't just design it on paper, but go through all the steps of actually creating an episode (even if you don't keep it). I didn't do this with the Podcast Trailer Show and what was (on paper) going to take about 15 minutes per episode is taking me twice that. How did I miss this? I did "shallow" investigations into all steps, and it seemed like everything was going work. However, I didn't actually go through and make some test episodes. I didn't do a dress rehearsal. Consequently, it is taking more time, and its cutting into my schedule and causing issues. Amazon Rolls Out a Portal FYI, Amazon has rolled out a portal where you can see how many followers, downloads and more. Go to podcasters.amazon.com Choose What To Monitor Before Paying to Promote Your Show If you are going to pay for a promotion, you need to identify how you will gauge success. I recently played with Buzzsprouot ads where you can advertise on other shows. Halfway through the campaign, I realized I hadn't looked at my numbers before running the campaign so I could see if they went up. Portal where you can see subscriber/follower accounts podcastsconnect.apple.com podcastsmanager.google.com podcasters.spotify.com podcaters.amazon.com Put All Of Your Content On Your Website I have a YouTube channel, and I occasionally write a blog post on Medium. When I looked at my Google Analytics, I saw that one of my top pages was a post that featured one of my YouTube Videos. Your website is YOUR MAIN HUB, and it makes it easy for people who enjoy your content to find it in one place. I do spotlight it in my newsletter, but if should be on my website as well Leave Time On Your Calendar To Learn New Stuff When you purchase courses, watch webinars, or buy software (Surferseo in my case) you need to leave time on your calendar to go through the learning curve. No matter how easy it is, there WILL BE some amount of time needed to add to your arsenal of skills. It Doesn't Need to Be Perfect To Start I have gone through so many different school to manage my learning content. I've been on Thinkific, and almost moved to Teachable (and used Circle for my community), and have now decided (and am 90% moved) to Podia. The maddening part is Podia was my original first choice. We all get distracted by bells and whistles. I wasted a lot of time and resources, but in the end, I asked my audience and found that some of the new tools I was going to implement, they more than likely wouldn't use. So when in doubt, ask your audience. The Creator of Anchor Said RSS is Holding Podcasting Back. He is wrong. Everything he wants to do in RSS you can do by implementing to technology from the Podcast Index. People in the industry need to become aware of this great technology as eventually for these great tools to be put into place, the media hosts, the apps and other will need to implement them. Check out the new apps that allow you to stream bitcoin to your favorite podcasts at www.newpodcastapps.com ]]>4667cd48-9796-481d-8829-ad07cebefda3Mon, 18 Jul 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I look at some things using my experience and share them with you so you can avoid those pitfalls. Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on...www.patreon.com/davejackson I send people to www.askthepodcastcoach.com/awesome this way if later I change to a different tool, I don't end up with all my past episodes with links that no longer work. Tool for this are: Pretty Links WordPress Plugin Podpage has a built-in tool for Pretty Redirects Rebrandly.com is a cool tracking and redirecting tool Go Through All The Steps of Your Second Show Once you start a podcast you often feel like starting an additional show. You know the process, and off you go to start podcast #2. I advise that before you do this DO ALL THE WORK. In other words, don't just design it on paper, but go through all the steps of actually creating an episode (even if you don't keep it). I didn't do this with the Podcast Trailer Show and what was (on paper) going to take about 15 minutes per episode is taking me twice that. How did I miss this? I did "shallow" investigations into all steps, and it seemed like everything was going work. However, I didn't actually go through and make some test episodes. I didn't do a dress rehearsal. Consequently, it is taking more time, and its cutting into my schedule and causing issues. Amazon Rolls Out a Portal FYI, Amazon has rolled out a portal where you can see how many followers, downloads and more. Go to podcasters.amazon.com Choose What To Monitor Before Paying to Promote Your Show If you are going to pay for a promotion, you need to identify how you will gauge success. I recently played with Buzzsprouot ads where you can advertise on other shows. Halfway through the campaign, I realized I hadn't looked at my numbers before running the campaign so I could see if they went up. Portal where you can see subscriber/follower accounts podcastsconnect.apple.com podcastsmanager.google.com podcasters.spotify.com podcaters.amazon.com Put All Of Your Content On Your Website I have a YouTube channel, and I occasionally write a blog post on Medium. When I looked at my Google Analytics, I saw that one of my top pages was a post that featured one of my YouTube Videos. Your website is YOUR MAIN HUB, and it makes it easy for people who enjoy your content to find it in one place. I do spotlight it in my newsletter, but if should be on my website as well Leave Time On Your...]]>2425cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From the Movie Industryhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-the-movie-industry--50531268ffd9fc91-2c43-430c-b5b7-b293683ed593Mon, 11 Jul 2022 06:21:54 +0000David JacksonWe start off by hearing about a podcast that received 4,000 donations in our quick tip at the top of the show. I researched what it's like to work in the movie business. Why? Because movies are meant to entertain and take up the audience's time...2942cleanfullRodecaster Pro II: 11 Things I Like About it and 6 Things I Don'thttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rodecaster-pro-ii-11-things-i-like-about-it-and-6-things-i-don-t--50456113www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Rode Rodecaster Pro II Rode Rodecaster Pro I Zoom Podtrak P4 Focsurite Vocaster Sweet Water Podcast Equipment Rode SC-15 Cable School of Podcasting Podcast Studio Pro This is episode 834 which originates at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/834]]>691211ac-9f64-4b61-aa4e-9e828ad5c3bbMon, 04 Jul 2022 04:23:29 +0000David JacksonThe Rodecaster Pro II is the new device from Rode. Today I compare it to the Rodecaster Pro I along with some other devices. This device is $700 and (IMHO) not for someone who is just doing some casual interviews via zoom. Feel free to...2439cleanfullPodcasts So Good Your Audience Can't Unhear Them w/Tamsen Websterhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasts-so-good-your-audience-can-t-unhear-them-w-tamsen-webster--50374763www.tamsenwebster.com Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets to bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible Tamsenwebster.com School of Podcasting Rodecaster Pro II The Proverb Effect: Secrets to Creating Tiny Phrases that Change the World Episode 830 About Accepting Compliments The Freenoter Podcast Walking is Fitness Long Story Short Podcast]]>0603ec9a-7068-4525-8046-b6c2e0e9e406Sun, 26 Jun 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI LOVE people who make me think and when I started reading the book Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible, I couldn't put it down (and it's now available on Audible). It helps you understand your audience and their main goal. Then you...www.tamsenwebster.com Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button, with more than enough gain on tap (70dB) – no booster needed Enhance - Four podcaster-approved voice presets to bring out the best in any voice Mute - Silence the mic with the touch of a button - don’t let unexpected interruptions get in the way of recording Connect your phone - Record phone calls, high-quality music, or other audio from your device, seamlessly Record to a camera - Plug in your camera and record directly to its memory card Loopback - Stream calls or any other audio you can think of from your computer with two sets of stereo loopback Included software - Hindenburg Lite to record, three months of SquadCast Pro + Video to bring in your guests, and six months of Acast Influencer to publish, you’re ready to get your show out there Learn more at: Focusrite.com/Vocaster MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible Tamsenwebster.com School of Podcasting Rodecaster Pro II The Proverb Effect: Secrets to Creating Tiny Phrases that Change the World Episode 830 About Accepting Compliments The Freenoter Podcast Walking is Fitness Long Story Short Podcast]]>2988cleanfullWhy Should I Care About Your Show?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-should-i-care-about-your-show--502611221c5ed5e2-100b-4ef0-97cc-dbe5ca1925adMon, 20 Jun 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThere are times when we need to be able to answer hard questions about our show. Today we talk about some new posts from Apple, and in addition to ABT, we look at why you keep talking yourself out of starting your podcast. Focusrite: The Vocaster...2123cleanfullShould I List My Podcast on All The Directories?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/should-i-list-my-podcast-on-all-the-directories--50180897www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Participants Kim - The Pharmacists Voice Bryan - The Relaxed Male Ronnie - Dancing is Forbidden am Aqua Teen Hunger Force Exploration John - You Were Made for This Karen - Just Grow Something Mark - The history of North America Matt - The Author Inside You Steve - Whiskey Chasers Pod Where I Will Be? July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online August 23-26 Podcast Movement, Dallas, TX September9-10, Indie Pod Con 8 Philadelphia, PA Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up-to-date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Question of the Month This month's question is "What should I ask for the question of the month?" Be sure to mention your name, the podcasts' name, and your website. Should I choose to use your question I will mention your show and website when I bring up the question. I may not use all the questions. MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Speakpipe Podinbox Tellbee School of Podcasting Why You Shouldn't Use Free Media Hosting Video ]]>a073bd2a-58c4-4f8f-9844-b317c53e1716Mon, 13 Jun 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI see people who want MORE downloads, and yet they have not listed their show on all the different directories. Why is that? Is this some type of strategy? SPONSOR: Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Participants Kim - The Pharmacists Voice Bryan - The Relaxed Male Ronnie - Dancing is Forbidden am Aqua Teen Hunger Force Exploration John - You Were Made for This Karen - Just Grow Something Mark - The history of North America Matt - The Author Inside You Steve - Whiskey Chasers Pod Where I Will Be? July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online August 23-26 Podcast Movement, Dallas, TX September9-10, Indie Pod Con 8 Philadelphia, PA Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up-to-date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Question of the Month This month's question is "What should I ask for the question of the month?" Be sure to mention your name, the podcasts' name, and your website. Should I choose to use your question I will mention your show and website when I bring up the question. I may not use all the questions. MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Speakpipe Podinbox Tellbee School of Podcasting Why You Shouldn't Use Free Media Hosting Video ]]>3424cleanfullFocusing on the Big Picture When Your Audience is Right in Front of Youhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/focusing-on-the-big-picture-when-your-audience-is-right-in-front-of-you--5008031685269941-c38d-4fa3-90d2-78f012d0cd0dMon, 06 Jun 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I am back from Podfest with some insights to share, tips on meeting your audience, and thoughts on the interfaces from Focusrite. Focusrite: The Vocaster Series Made For Podcasters AutoGain - Easily set your levels with the click of a button,...2248cleanfullHow a Travel Podcast Survived Covid with Mark Bolognahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-a-travel-podcast-survived-covid-with-mark-bologna--49994217www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Everything Was Going Good Until it Wasn't As many of his partners relied on tourists, when there are no tourists, the result is no partners (or at least 90% less). In this discussion, you will hear How Did Mark Survive Covid How Mark Came Up With His Prices How Does Mark Find Partners? Secrets of a Good Community 1 Million Downloads How He Got a Book Deal Podcast Growth Insights Why Do We Struggle to Promote? Keeping Your Sanity Check out Mark at beyondbourbonst.com and check out his book Beyond Bourbon St.: An Insider's Guide to New Orleans on Amazon (aff). New Podcast Launched From a School of Podcasting Member The tools and concepts of Quality are powerful instruments to make things better--products, processes, and services. This podcast explores those ideas plus concepts of psychology, social and cultural norms, strategy, and business to strengthen the capability of professionals motivated to make things better--the Quality Warriors. wayofthequalitywarrior.com Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme]]>11727cf9-5b23-4852-a6c9-2f34ab631199Mon, 30 May 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonMark has been working on his podcast Beyond Bourbon St for years. He had 14 thousand of people in his Facebook Group. He had just gone over 1 million downloads and secure a publisher for a book on New Orleans. And then a pandemic stopped everything....www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Everything Was Going Good Until it Wasn't As many of his partners relied on tourists, when there are no tourists, the result is no partners (or at least 90% less). In this discussion, you will hear How Did Mark Survive Covid How Mark Came Up With His Prices How Does Mark Find Partners? Secrets of a Good Community 1 Million Downloads How He Got a Book Deal Podcast Growth Insights Why Do We Struggle to Promote? Keeping Your Sanity Check out Mark at beyondbourbonst.com and check out his book Beyond Bourbon St.: An Insider's Guide to New Orleans on Amazon (aff). New Podcast Launched From a School of Podcasting Member The tools and concepts of Quality are powerful instruments to make things better--products, processes, and services. This podcast explores those ideas plus concepts of psychology, social and cultural norms, strategy, and business to strengthen the capability of professionals motivated to make things better--the Quality Warriors. wayofthequalitywarrior.com Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme]]>2742cleanfullIt's Not the Format - It's the Connection with Vincent Pugliesehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-not-the-format-it-s-the-connection-with-vincent-pugliese--49900543www.focusrite.com/podcasters    The Wealth of Connection The Wealth of Connection is now one of my favorite books. It's filled with lessons and stories which leads to an entertaining read that leaves you thinking. Ignoring Standard Practices: Vincent Pugliese Check out Vincent Pugliese's at totallifefreedom.com Vincent did a TON of DAILY podcasts and released them to a private group before doing any podcasts for the general public. He has no intro or outro music. His only branding is his website which is also the name of his podcast Total Life Freedom. Vincent is doing what I always advise my clients to do. Focus on the reception - not the broadcast. He uses the "notes" app on his phone (again, it doesn't need to be fancy). He focused on serving his audience, not on monetization. He tried doing seasons and it just about wiped him out. So he focused on creating a podcast that works FOR HIM. It makes no sense to do a podcast that drains you to the point you don't want to do it. Vincent is always looking for the next challenge, and if it doesn't work, you take what you've learned and use it on the next challenge. When you start something, your launch timeframe is not 5 months. It's 5 YEARS, and for the next five years, you spend time moving that project forward. VIncent also shares hits thoughts on impostor syndrome. Check out Vincent at totallifefreedom.com and his book on Amazon and Audible (aff link) Because of My Podcast: Kamuela Kaneshiro Because of my podcast, I was able to improve my writing effectively monetize my podcast through books, inspire podcast listeners to embrace their heritage and not be embarrassed for who they are, and bring broken families together Check out his show at http://www.LegendsFromThePacific.com Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: May 26-29 :Podfest Multimedia Expo Orlando, Fl. July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up to date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Vincent in the Paradise City VIdeo (do not blink, this link takes you to the 2:04) ]]>d72490af-f43d-497b-8acf-d89566badcf6Mon, 23 May 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI've known Vincent a few years and we always bump into each other at podcast events. Scott Johnson had mentioned his episode "Doing It Wrong Right From The Start." So I looked into it, and I loved that Incent was having success and by some standards...www.focusrite.com/podcasters    The Wealth of Connection The Wealth of Connection is now one of my favorite books. It's filled with lessons and stories which leads to an entertaining read that leaves you thinking. Ignoring Standard Practices: Vincent Pugliese Check out Vincent Pugliese's at totallifefreedom.com Vincent did a TON of DAILY podcasts and released them to a private group before doing any podcasts for the general public. He has no intro or outro music. His only branding is his website which is also the name of his podcast Total Life Freedom. Vincent is doing what I always advise my clients to do. Focus on the reception - not the broadcast. He uses the "notes" app on his phone (again, it doesn't need to be fancy). He focused on serving his audience, not on monetization. He tried doing seasons and it just about wiped him out. So he focused on creating a podcast that works FOR HIM. It makes no sense to do a podcast that drains you to the point you don't want to do it. Vincent is always looking for the next challenge, and if it doesn't work, you take what you've learned and use it on the next challenge. When you start something, your launch timeframe is not 5 months. It's 5 YEARS, and for the next five years, you spend time moving that project forward. VIncent also shares hits thoughts on impostor syndrome. Check out Vincent at totallifefreedom.com and his book on Amazon and Audible (aff link) Because of My Podcast: Kamuela Kaneshiro Because of my podcast, I was able to improve my writing effectively monetize my podcast through books, inspire podcast listeners to embrace their heritage and not be embarrassed for who they are, and bring broken families together Check out his show at http://www.LegendsFromThePacific.com Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: May 26-29 :Podfest Multimedia Expo Orlando, Fl. July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up to date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Vincent in the Paradise City VIdeo (do not blink, this link takes you to the 2:04) ]]>2816cleanfullDanny Peña: Keep it Fun and Master Your Crafthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/danny-pena-keep-it-fun-and-master-your-craft--49809610www.focusrite.com/podcasters    In This Episode You Will Hear How Danny continues to take advantage of opportunities, which then lead to more opportunities. How Danny ended up on a billboard in Time's Square How he got to interview Keanu Reeves How his persistence lead to scoring a large guest (Reggie Fils-Aime). His conversational interviews based on his curiosity lead to six news outlets promoting his interview. Reggie insisted Danny interview him at a large event as part of the opening keynote. Danny once had access to a new Microsoft product MONTHS before anyone else. Instead of enjoying the new item, he allowed one of his listeners to enjoy it and the video went viral. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Where I Will Be: May 26-29 :Podfest Multimedia Expo Orlando, Fl. July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up to date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Podcast Launch Checklist You want to start a podcast, but you're not sure where to start. This free checklist outlines which step to take first and why. www.schoolofpodcasting.com/checklist Mentioned In This Episode Building a Better Dave - recreational Outrage]]>1ecc2217-7da8-4595-af81-c56ff1096b04Mon, 16 May 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDanny Peña is one of my favorite guests. We started his story on episode 506, got an update on episode 633 and now he has a ton of "Because of My Podcast" stories for episode 827. Danny is an award-winning, 2015 Podcaster Hall of Fame inductee and one...www.focusrite.com/podcasters    In This Episode You Will Hear How Danny continues to take advantage of opportunities, which then lead to more opportunities. How Danny ended up on a billboard in Time's Square How he got to interview Keanu Reeves How his persistence lead to scoring a large guest (Reggie Fils-Aime). His conversational interviews based on his curiosity lead to six news outlets promoting his interview. Reggie insisted Danny interview him at a large event as part of the opening keynote. Danny once had access to a new Microsoft product MONTHS before anyone else. Instead of enjoying the new item, he allowed one of his listeners to enjoy it and the video went viral. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Where I Will Be: May 26-29 :Podfest Multimedia Expo Orlando, Fl. July 19-20: How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online Oct 20-22 Erma Bombeck Writers’ Workshop Dayton, Oh For the most up to date itinerary, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Podcast Launch Checklist You want to start a podcast, but you're not sure where to start. This free checklist outlines which step to take first and why. www.schoolofpodcasting.com/checklist Mentioned In This Episode Building a Better Dave - recreational Outrage]]>2815cleanfull9 Tips to Make Your Podcast Binge Worthyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/9-tips-to-make-your-podcast-binge-worthy--49727188www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Making Your Podcast Binge-Worthy Something to think about: What are you offering your audience that they should spend their time-consuming? Not just one but several episodes. That statement is a little scary. 1. It has to be GOOD, actually very good. 2. Create click-attracting titles. I use a tool called Headline Studio 3. Get your audience asking, What Happens Next?? 4. Give them multiple points of insight. 5. Make it EASY to Binge (by making it easy to subscribe/follow). See this plugin 6. Add an element of Fear of Missing Out (FOMO). 7. Get Your Best Content In Front of Your Audience 8. Teasing Your Audience 9. Have a Show that Walks Through a Process Make your content relevant. Be YOURSELF. Free Zoom Reduces Amount of Time Check out Squadcast(my favorite). If you must use something free there is zencastr and cleanfeed. You can just upgrade your zoom account ($15) Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. Use THIS LINK to get a discount Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Siskel and Ebert Howard Stern Private Parts Link Whisperer Plugin Podcast Branding.co Jordan Harbinger Start Page Libsyn.com Media Hosting (use the coupon code sopfree to get up to 2 months free) The Messengers Podcast The movie "The Messengers: A Podcast Story" Presonus Revelator Dynamic microphone Why Free Media Hosts Don't Work on YouTube]]>02361e4d-b327-4609-b1f3-ab8988a8c7c1Mon, 09 May 2022 12:23:53 +0000David JacksonWe all want to grow our audience. We want to become their favorite show so they just want more. In some cases, you may actually be someone's favorite podcast and they would listen to another episode except you've made it hard to binge. So today we...www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Making Your Podcast Binge-Worthy Something to think about: What are you offering your audience that they should spend their time-consuming? Not just one but several episodes. That statement is a little scary. 1. It has to be GOOD, actually very good. 2. Create click-attracting titles. I use a tool called Headline Studio 3. Get your audience asking, What Happens Next?? 4. Give them multiple points of insight. 5. Make it EASY to Binge (by making it easy to subscribe/follow). See this plugin 6. Add an element of Fear of Missing Out (FOMO). 7. Get Your Best Content In Front of Your Audience 8. Teasing Your Audience 9. Have a Show that Walks Through a Process Make your content relevant. Be YOURSELF. Free Zoom Reduces Amount of Time Check out Squadcast(my favorite). If you must use something free there is zencastr and cleanfeed. You can just upgrade your zoom account ($15) Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. Use THIS LINK to get a discount Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Siskel and Ebert Howard Stern Private Parts Link Whisperer Plugin Podcast Branding.co Jordan Harbinger Start Page Libsyn.com Media Hosting (use the coupon code sopfree to get up to 2 months free) The Messengers Podcast The movie "The Messengers: A Podcast Story" Presonus Revelator Dynamic microphone Why Free Media Hosts Don't Work on YouTube]]>2366cleanfullOpportunities Wait on the Other Side of Your Fearshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/opportunities-wait-on-the-other-side-of-your-fears--49621164www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Mentioned In This Episode Live Well and Flourish Podcast ATR2100 Microphone Rodecaster Pro Neweer Ring Light Start Ugly Book Nervous about podcasting? Check out Podcast Baby Steps (free course) Nervous about Podcast Gear check out this free webinar (no email address needed) Trypodpage.com (a great way to make a podcast site). You can learn podpage for free at www.learnpodpage.com Libsyn.com media hosting (use the coupon code sopfree) #Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online July 19-20 For the most up to date list see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>017f017f-bf74-45a1-ab52-4a05f8e29497Mon, 02 May 2022 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI met Connie at an event two years ago. I see her at a conference two years later and ask if she has any "Because of my podcast ____" stories. She not only has one, she has quite a few (TV, Radio, and more). So listen to what can happen when you find...www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Mentioned In This Episode Live Well and Flourish Podcast ATR2100 Microphone Rodecaster Pro Neweer Ring Light Start Ugly Book Nervous about podcasting? Check out Podcast Baby Steps (free course) Nervous about Podcast Gear check out this free webinar (no email address needed) Trypodpage.com (a great way to make a podcast site). You can learn podpage for free at www.learnpodpage.com Libsyn.com media hosting (use the coupon code sopfree) #Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando How to Make Real Money Podcasting Online July 19-20 For the most up to date list see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/where Join the School of Podcasting Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>3393cleanfullDo You Have Time To Listen to ANOTHER Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-you-have-time-to-listen-to-another-podcast--49542513www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Question of the Month Answers You find a show that's great. Do you have enough time to add an additional show to your listening time? Contributors Steve - Stevestewart.me and Podcast Editor Academy Jim - Home Gadget Geeks and Ask the Podcast Coach Mark - History of North America Bill - Bill Watches Movies Dave - Walking is Fitness York - Poetic Earthlings Arnie- Sports History Network Summary: In general, we are all "out of time, " yet if something good comes along, we seem to make room. We also have different phases of life, and some of the shows we listen to take breaks and we find new shows. The bottom line is there is only so much time to listen and the shows that deliver the most value will be heard. I Heard it On a Podcast No Agenda Show 25% of People Get Their News From Podcasts https://www.noagendashow.net/listen/1444 (1:25:59) What Was That Like - {Podcasting is Therapeutic ) Podcasting 2.0 Gets $4000 Donation Cleaning Up Audio With Descript Check out this video that shows how to clean up your audio in Descript Mentioned in this Show Join the School of Podcasting Episode 752 - Audio Editing as a Business Podcast Editor Academy Spotify is Now Offering Video via Anchor (kind of) Descript Audio Editing Tool Focusrite Interfaces]]>4219dd7c-5bbc-444c-971b-533c8403604dMon, 25 Apr 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonWe all think, "just make good content and promote your show" but as podcasts become more mainstream and the average listener now consumes multiple episodes a week, do they have room for YOUR show? I asked my audience what their status is. If you found...www.focusrite.com/podcasters    Question of the Month Answers You find a show that's great. Do you have enough time to add an additional show to your listening time? Contributors Steve - Stevestewart.me and Podcast Editor Academy Jim - Home Gadget Geeks and Ask the Podcast Coach Mark - History of North America Bill - Bill Watches Movies Dave - Walking is Fitness York - Poetic Earthlings Arnie- Sports History Network Summary: In general, we are all "out of time, " yet if something good comes along, we seem to make room. We also have different phases of life, and some of the shows we listen to take breaks and we find new shows. The bottom line is there is only so much time to listen and the shows that deliver the most value will be heard. I Heard it On a Podcast No Agenda Show 25% of People Get Their News From Podcasts https://www.noagendashow.net/listen/1444 (1:25:59) What Was That Like - {Podcasting is Therapeutic ) Podcasting 2.0 Gets $4000 Donation Cleaning Up Audio With Descript Check out this video that shows how to clean up your audio in Descript Mentioned in this Show Join the School of Podcasting Episode 752 - Audio Editing as a Business Podcast Editor Academy Spotify is Now Offering Video via Anchor (kind of) Descript Audio Editing Tool Focusrite Interfaces]]>2284audio,competition,podcasting,spotifycleanfullIs Dynamic Content Right For You?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-dynamic-content-right-for-you--49463246https://podads.podbean.com/ Blubrry has a pro version Red Circle (500 weekly downloads) RSS.com (10,000 downloads a day) Pros of Dynamic Content No more outdated time-based content The ability to sell your back catalog* Cons of Dynamic Content You really need to pay attention to volume levels (I'm using WLM Plus plugin) To sell your back episodes you need to go through your whole back episodes and insert spots. Updating old files might be trickier You need to consider how to lead in and come out of dynamic content. Focusrite Interfaces Go to www.focusrite.com/podcasters Unlimited Time Shifted One-On-One Consulting I've added unlimited time-shifted consulting that can be between you and me. If you need someone to stand by you and guide you through the pitfalls of podcasting, you can join worry-free with a money-back guarantee at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start I Heard It On a Podcast Disney got all sorts of deals when they built the location in Florida. On the No Agenda show they explain that the reason employees are known as "Castmembers" is to get around Florida Labor laws. It's at the 2 hours and25 minute mark. Apple Charts Criteria I've said for years that ratings and reviews do NOTHING but provide social proof. You want people to ask people to follow you and share your show with a friend. see post from Apple Where I Will Be Where I Will Be: Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network]]>18a50265-403a-460a-9c90-33fae8bc08e2Mon, 18 Apr 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonAfter seeing the podcasting space gear up for more advertising (something I'm not thrilled with) more media hosts are developing dynamic content. So what is dynamic content, do you need it, and how do you use it? What is Dynamic Content? Dynamic...https://podads.podbean.com/ Blubrry has a pro version Red Circle (500 weekly downloads) RSS.com (10,000 downloads a day) Pros of Dynamic Content No more outdated time-based content The ability to sell your back catalog* Cons of Dynamic Content You really need to pay attention to volume levels (I'm using WLM Plus plugin) To sell your back episodes you need to go through your whole back episodes and insert spots. Updating old files might be trickier You need to consider how to lead in and come out of dynamic content. Focusrite Interfaces Go to www.focusrite.com/podcasters Unlimited Time Shifted One-On-One Consulting I've added unlimited time-shifted consulting that can be between you and me. If you need someone to stand by you and guide you through the pitfalls of podcasting, you can join worry-free with a money-back guarantee at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start I Heard It On a Podcast Disney got all sorts of deals when they built the location in Florida. On the No Agenda show they explain that the reason employees are known as "Castmembers" is to get around Florida Labor laws. It's at the 2 hours and25 minute mark. Apple Charts Criteria I've said for years that ratings and reviews do NOTHING but provide social proof. You want people to ask people to follow you and share your show with a friend. see post from Apple Where I Will Be Where I Will Be: Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando Question of the Month Want some free exposure for your podcast? Go to Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Check out the question and share your thoughts and insights. I assemble these for the last episode of the month. This show is part of the Power of Podcasting Network]]>1687cleanfullFlying Past Your Fear of Podcasting With Mark Hasarahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/flying-past-your-fear-of-podcasting-with-mark-hasara--49393882www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question and answer the question of the month and be sure to mention your show and website. Do it now! Join the School of Podcasting In addition to the step-by-step tutorials, group coaching, and podcasting mastermind group, I've now added show audits and unlimited time-shifted one-on-one coaching. When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>21527d89-7a09-4f9d-ba4b-f740e16fe454Mon, 11 Apr 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonMark was a US air force Pilot, Speaker, Author, and Entrepreneur, but was hesitant to start his podcast. Today we talk about what was stopping him, and how his podcast is helping to promote his Wall Pilot business. We also hear about some...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question and answer the question of the month and be sure to mention your show and website. Do it now! Join the School of Podcasting In addition to the step-by-step tutorials, group coaching, and podcasting mastermind group, I've now added show audits and unlimited time-shifted one-on-one coaching. When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one-on-one quick-fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2230cleanfullBack From Podcast Movement with Free Stuff, Cool Apps, and a Worried Mindhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/back-from-podcast-movement-with-free-stuff-cool-apps-and-a-worried-mind--49310361269d97e8-a8b7-41f9-9b05-7a321417a2f2Mon, 04 Apr 2022 04:30:00 +0000David JacksonPodcast Movement was a well-oiled machine as always where the hallway meetings were in some cases better than the sessions. I found some cool stuff, created some free resources, and have worries about the future. Quicknotes From This Episode Don't...2891podcastmovement,volleyappcleanfullWhat Keeps You Going When Your Podcast Isn't Growing?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-keeps-you-going-when-your-podcast-isn-t-growing--49223060www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 6th April 6th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course Thanks to Those Who Participated in This Month's Question Kyle - The Intergalactic BoomBox - podcasting 2.0 Mark - History of North America - love of topic - working with son Colby - The Guardians Ghost Podcast going solo, passion Heather - Watching Netflix Without You and the Politics free Podcast enjoys time with brother, serving audience to get into a better mood, feedback Dan - Coffee and Space - Loves having conversations Scott - What Was That Like? https://whatwasthatlike.com/ - Zoom out and see your growth Timothy - Create Art Podcast and Find a Podcast About - is leaving a legacy Matt - Rogue Retirement Lounge - Loves the podcast Brandon - Start 100K Podcast Feels his information is needed and doesn’t want people to feel stupid. April Question of the Month Listen to hear this month's question of the month and then leave your answer at www.schoolofpodcastingcom/question Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 6th April 6th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course Mentioned In This Episode Bad Idea Jeans]]>cd9cf631-5e7b-488e-a619-3f6a59d27b10Mon, 28 Mar 2022 09:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe excitement of starting a podcast can really fuel podcasters. You stats to start to grow, but eventually, they may level off. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda Check out Fred's shows Podcast...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 6th April 6th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course Thanks to Those Who Participated in This Month's Question Kyle - The Intergalactic BoomBox - podcasting 2.0 Mark - History of North America - love of topic - working with son Colby - The Guardians Ghost Podcast going solo, passion Heather - Watching Netflix Without You and the Politics free Podcast enjoys time with brother, serving audience to get into a better mood, feedback Dan - Coffee and Space - Loves having conversations Scott - What Was That Like? https://whatwasthatlike.com/ - Zoom out and see your growth Timothy - Create Art Podcast and Find a Podcast About - is leaving a legacy Matt - Rogue Retirement Lounge - Loves the podcast Brandon - Start 100K Podcast Feels his information is needed and doesn’t want people to feel stupid. April Question of the Month Listen to hear this month's question of the month and then leave your answer at www.schoolofpodcastingcom/question Book Launch Secrets Webinar April 6th April 6th I'll be co-hosting a Book Launch Secrets Webinar. If you've ever thought of writing a book, sign up for this webinar (so you can get the replay). See https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Secrets Course Mentioned In This Episode Bad Idea Jeans]]>3404cleanfullProtect Your Podcast: Never Say, I Didn't Know What I Didn't Knowhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/protect-your-podcast-never-say-i-didn-t-know-what-i-didn-t-know--49129728www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Libsyn (use coupon code sopfree ) Blubrry Captive Buzzsprout Lastpass The Politics Free Podcast Claim Podparity Congressional Dish]]>b4934a68-72c9-4132-80bf-b56c8e2c36b8Mon, 21 Mar 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI was speaking at the National Religious Broadcasters in Nashville Tennessee and kept hearing a few phrases that make me worried. Phrases like, “I had some friend, or some temp, or some web guy, or even a professional service” set up my podcast. Then...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Libsyn (use coupon code sopfree ) Blubrry Captive Buzzsprout Lastpass The Politics Free Podcast Claim Podparity Congressional Dish]]>1828cleanfullCross Promote Your Podcast While You Get Paid with Niklas Hildebrand of Audry.iohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cross-promote-your-podcast-while-you-get-paid-with-niklas-hildebrand-of-audry-io--49053630https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Blueprint Course Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Audry.io More Than a Guest Finding Resource Whether you’re a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, collaboration is the key to reaching your goals. That’s why at Audry.io, we bring hosts together to help them grow their audiences and find new ways to communicate. Question of the Month I need your answer by 3/25/22 We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando Mentioned In This Episode Profit From Your Podcast Book Connie Albers Ask the Podcast Coach What was that like? podcast Paul Colligan Podcast Partnership Spybrary Podcast Music Radio Creative (Jingles and Voice Over) Based on a True Story Podcast Home Gadget Geeks with Jim Collison Squoosh App (compress and resize images) Linq QR Code, Smart Business Card Libsyn (Liberated Syndication Podcast Hosting) Use the coupon code sopfree Podcasting Resources.com Dave's Podcast Editing Team]]>6d8a357d-8386-488b-af25-57d6dd00ac41Mon, 14 Mar 2022 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonI'm back from speaking at the National Religious Broadcasters event with some lessons learned. I also have some tips on collaborating with other podcasters and a resource that is focused on helping you find collaborators while you earn money selling...https://schoolofpodcasting.com/booklaunch or check out the Book Launch Blueprint Course Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Audry.io More Than a Guest Finding Resource Whether you’re a seasoned podcaster or just starting out, collaboration is the key to reaching your goals. That’s why at Audry.io, we bring hosts together to help them grow their audiences and find new ways to communicate. Question of the Month I need your answer by 3/25/22 We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Where I Will Be: Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Utah Podcast Coalition April 21st Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando Mentioned In This Episode Profit From Your Podcast Book Connie Albers Ask the Podcast Coach What was that like? podcast Paul Colligan Podcast Partnership Spybrary Podcast Music Radio Creative (Jingles and Voice Over) Based on a True Story Podcast Home Gadget Geeks with Jim Collison Squoosh App (compress and resize images) Linq QR Code, Smart Business Card Libsyn (Liberated Syndication Podcast Hosting) Use the coupon code sopfree Podcasting Resources.com Dave's Podcast Editing Team]]>2361cleanfull7 Tips Podcaster Can Use From Radio with Neil Heldleyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/7-tips-podcaster-can-use-from-radio-with-neil-heldley--48975778https://knoppstudios.com/ where he has combined all of these past lives into a venture to you be a better content creator. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Descript Software The Author Inside You (Promo) Seven Habits of Highly Effective People What Was That Like Podcast? (Great Tease) Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup Buy Dave a Coffee Profit From Your Podcast Book Where I Will Be Spark Podcast Conference March 7-8 (Nashville) NRB Nashville 8-11 (speaking) Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando (speaking) This is episode 817 of the School of Podcasting you can get the back episode by subscribing/following in Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon This podcast is part of the Power of Podcasting Network]]>d1a2fb5c-37bb-4517-a69d-436256819c7cMon, 07 Mar 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonWhen Neil Hedley emailed me letting me know he would be going through my town and could he buy me dinner I jumped at the chance to hang out with a listener. I had no idea at the time that Neil: Had exclusively done morning shows ever since, including...https://knoppstudios.com/ where he has combined all of these past lives into a venture to you be a better content creator. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to: Step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Descript Software The Author Inside You (Promo) Seven Habits of Highly Effective People What Was That Like Podcast? (Great Tease) Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup Buy Dave a Coffee Profit From Your Podcast Book Where I Will Be Spark Podcast Conference March 7-8 (Nashville) NRB Nashville 8-11 (speaking) Podcast Movement Evolutions March 23-26 Podfest Multimedia Expo May 26-29 Orlando (speaking) This is episode 817 of the School of Podcasting you can get the back episode by subscribing/following in Apple - Spotify - Google - Amazon This podcast is part of the Power of Podcasting Network]]>2970broadcasting,howto,podcasting,radiocleanfullWhat Are You Doing to Grow Your Podcast (and is it working)?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-are-you-doing-to-grow-your-podcast-and-is-it-working--48893925www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Linq "Smart Business Card" and "linktree" type service with stats. (here is an example - www.powerofpodcasting.com) Ingles Podcast - Promo Participants Brandon from Start 100K Scott from What Was That Like? Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Mark from the History of North America Heater from Watching Netflix Without You Spencer from The Recovery Show Shane from the Tourpreneur Show Jedrzej from the Content Machine Fred from the Podcast Reporter Joe from the 222 Paranormal Podcast Dad from the Dad Joke King Podcast Question of the Month I need your answer by 3/25/22 We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Subscribe/Follow the Show https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscribe Won't More Tips? Check out my newsletter with additional podcast insights www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter]]>00b24ec8-6093-4df3-84a2-623eea89b680Mon, 28 Feb 2022 05:04:27 +0000David JacksonEvery month I ask a question of the audience, and you chime in. This month I ask THE question that everyone wants to know. In January we talked about Grow your downloads 15 minutes a day (episode 812). In June of last year I gave you 30 Strategies to...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Linq "Smart Business Card" and "linktree" type service with stats. (here is an example - www.powerofpodcasting.com) Ingles Podcast - Promo Participants Brandon from Start 100K Scott from What Was That Like? Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Mark from the History of North America Heater from Watching Netflix Without You Spencer from The Recovery Show Shane from the Tourpreneur Show Jedrzej from the Content Machine Fred from the Podcast Reporter Joe from the 222 Paranormal Podcast Dad from the Dad Joke King Podcast Question of the Month I need your answer by 3/25/22 We love podcasting, but there are peaks and valleys. What keeps you going when your podcast isn't growing? Be sure to mention your website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Subscribe/Follow the Show https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscribe Won't More Tips? Check out my newsletter with additional podcast insights www.schoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter]]>2733cleanfullTuning Into Your Listeners - So You Can Fascinate Them with Focused Contenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tuning-into-your-listeners-so-you-can-fascinate-them-with-focused-content--48813581www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power by Ken Davis. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio Transom.org School of Podcasting]]>626f5e08-d3bd-468e-a98e-2d282723124aMon, 21 Feb 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonI'm excited because I found a book called Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible and even though I'm only 29% of the way through the book I am "Santa Clause is coming tonight" excited about reading the rest of it. The Red Thread...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Find Your Red Thread: Make Your Big Ideas Irresistible Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power by Ken Davis. The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People: Powerful Lessons in Personal Change Out on the Wire: The Storytelling Secrets of the New Masters of Radio Transom.org School of Podcasting]]>1677cleanfullHow to Record a Great Podcast Trailer That Energizes Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-record-a-great-podcast-trailer-that-energizes-your-audience--48720694d217662f-6dab-49ac-b13c-50499e79a2fcMon, 14 Feb 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonA trailer has many pros from a creative standpoint. IT forces you to identify WHO you are talking to and what can you say to get them to listen to your podcast. For me, a trailer is 30,60, 90 seconds. When you mark your episode as a trailer it is...3044podcasting,promos,trailerscleanfullWhat Do I Do of This Horrible Audio From My Boring Podcast Guest?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-do-i-do-of-this-horrible-audio-from-my-boring-podcast-guest--48621452www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Question of the Month What Are You Doing to Grow Your Audience (and is it working)? Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question to answer Podcasts Can't Be Cancelled Check out the article I published on Medium. Mentioned in this Episode: Ultimate Guide to Interviews Episode My Spouse Has Dementia Podland News The Ultimate Guide to Podcast Interviews Descript software with new Studio Sounds Krisp (silence your noisy environment) Podinbox - It's like Speakpipe on Steroids. Hello Next and Frill Roadmap Tools (could be used by your audience to vote on episode topics) Podpage - New Social Sharting and Guest Tools Libsyn 5 - Has new Snippets tools to make show notes easier. Captivate has introduced dynamic show descriptions, and enhanced its dynamic content tool. Buy Me a Coffee - Receive payments Otter.ai is a transcript tool I use for editing and for finding pull quotes. Podcast Index Indie Podcast Directory Three's Company Clipscribe - Cool Social Videos Quickly Dopesick on Hulu Amend on Netflix WAP - Cardi B Lyric Video Waiting for the World To Change Tips To Grow Your Downloads This podcast is part of the Power of Podcasting Network.]]>173d8546-3c01-43c2-97bf-ef1c452e089bMon, 07 Feb 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonYou are going through the file of the interview you did a week ago and you notice: 1. The audio of the audience sounds horrible. 2. The guest is boring. Today I showcase some tools that can help you save the audio, but only you can save the boring. ...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Question of the Month What Are You Doing to Grow Your Audience (and is it working)? Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/question to answer Podcasts Can't Be Cancelled Check out the article I published on Medium. Mentioned in this Episode: Ultimate Guide to Interviews Episode My Spouse Has Dementia Podland News The Ultimate Guide to Podcast Interviews Descript software with new Studio Sounds Krisp (silence your noisy environment) Podinbox - It's like Speakpipe on Steroids. Hello Next and Frill Roadmap Tools (could be used by your audience to vote on episode topics) Podpage - New Social Sharting and Guest Tools Libsyn 5 - Has new Snippets tools to make show notes easier. Captivate has introduced dynamic show descriptions, and enhanced its dynamic content tool. Buy Me a Coffee - Receive payments Otter.ai is a transcript tool I use for editing and for finding pull quotes. Podcast Index Indie Podcast Directory Three's Company Clipscribe - Cool Social Videos Quickly Dopesick on Hulu Amend on Netflix WAP - Cardi B Lyric Video Waiting for the World To Change Tips To Grow Your Downloads This podcast is part of the Power of Podcasting Network.]]>3133audio,downloads,interviews,podcasting,promotioncleanfullGrowing Your Downloads 15 Minutes a Day- Growing Your Show Kevin Chemidlinhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/growing-your-downloads-15-minutes-a-day-growing-your-show-kevin-chemidlin--48516706www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question. I need your answer by 2/25/22 Kevin's INterview Topics 02:24 Discovering Grow the Show 03:37 What Inspired Philly Who? 04:37 Kevin Quit His Day Job 06:00 Things Got Scary 06:46 1000 Downloads Per Episode 07:22 Sharpening Your Axe 07:54 Multiple Streams of Income 10:47 Laser-Focused Criteria 11:10 Six-Figure Salary 11:45 Sponsorship Tips 13:07 Niche Down 17:12 Most Broad Success Started With a Niche 18:08 Kevin Shut Down a Profitable Show 19:19 TDE Targeted Daily Engagement 20:48 The Baked in Strategies That Don't Work 22:15 ENGAGEMENT 26:49 Get More Specific 27:38 Go To Where Your Audience Is 29:37 Build Relationships 30:59 Kevin's Program JANUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH: What triggers subscriptions? 33:28 Question of the Month 33:52 Brandon Start 100K 36:27 Heather -Watching Netflix Without You 38:47 The Lost Sheep Has Been Found! 41:11 Scott: What Was That Like 44:07 Kim: The Pharmacist's Voice 47:37 Eric: Raising Financial Freedom 48:47 Mark: The History of North America 50:16 Dave: School of Podcasting FEBRUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH 51:43 February Question of the Month 53:18 Quick Libsyn Update START YOUR PODCAST TODAY Join the School of Podcasting and start your podcast in the right direction with access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, 1 on 1 coaching, a private mastermind, and a lack of fear of sounding unprofessional or buying the wrong equipment. Need more? There is even a 30-day money-back guarantee. schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>31594c09-a050-4b57-9f45-76942359c9abMon, 31 Jan 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonI first discovered Kevin when contemplating creating a new show based on podcast growth. It's well-produced and has actual steps you can take. Kevin started his first podcast Philly Who? Then quit his day job. So how did he turns things around to the...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question. I need your answer by 2/25/22 Kevin's INterview Topics 02:24 Discovering Grow the Show 03:37 What Inspired Philly Who? 04:37 Kevin Quit His Day Job 06:00 Things Got Scary 06:46 1000 Downloads Per Episode 07:22 Sharpening Your Axe 07:54 Multiple Streams of Income 10:47 Laser-Focused Criteria 11:10 Six-Figure Salary 11:45 Sponsorship Tips 13:07 Niche Down 17:12 Most Broad Success Started With a Niche 18:08 Kevin Shut Down a Profitable Show 19:19 TDE Targeted Daily Engagement 20:48 The Baked in Strategies That Don't Work 22:15 ENGAGEMENT 26:49 Get More Specific 27:38 Go To Where Your Audience Is 29:37 Build Relationships 30:59 Kevin's Program JANUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH: What triggers subscriptions? 33:28 Question of the Month 33:52 Brandon Start 100K 36:27 Heather -Watching Netflix Without You 38:47 The Lost Sheep Has Been Found! 41:11 Scott: What Was That Like 44:07 Kim: The Pharmacist's Voice 47:37 Eric: Raising Financial Freedom 48:47 Mark: The History of North America 50:16 Dave: School of Podcasting FEBRUARY QUESTION OF THE MONTH 51:43 February Question of the Month 53:18 Quick Libsyn Update START YOUR PODCAST TODAY Join the School of Podcasting and start your podcast in the right direction with access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, 1 on 1 coaching, a private mastermind, and a lack of fear of sounding unprofessional or buying the wrong equipment. Need more? There is even a 30-day money-back guarantee. schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>3450cleanfullHow to Feel More Comfortable Recording a Solo Podcast Episodehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-feel-more-comfortable-recording-a-solo-podcast-episode--48424626www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start The Advantage of a Solo Episode Solo podcast episodes have their advantages: You are 100% in control. You can be as creative as you want You know ahead of time what the content is (instead of hoping you get good answers from your guests) Less production. You won't be interrupting people or trying to match levels with your guest. There is only one level- yours. No Scheduling Conflicts The Hurdles of Solo Podcasts It is all on your shoulders for content You need to watch voice inflection It just feels weird talking to no-one People think it needs to be as long as other episodes TIPS 1. Embrace the Weirdness 2. You Don't Have An Audience (yet) 3. Talk to One Person 4. Answer the question from the invisible person 5. Record it with the thought of never using it. - Just a Sound test 6. Script Your Show 7. Throw Out the Grammar 8. Be yourself and just up your natural voice Question of the Month Submissions I need your answer by 1/28/22 see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question for more information Full notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/811]]>a3dfc318-d88a-4d0f-8a91-5709615b1d0cMon, 24 Jan 2022 13:18:57 +0000David JacksonAre you one of those people who has thought about doing a solo episode where you open the microphone and talk directly to your audience, but can't overcome how uncomfortable you feel trying it? This show is for you. We also talk about understanding...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start The Advantage of a Solo Episode Solo podcast episodes have their advantages: You are 100% in control. You can be as creative as you want You know ahead of time what the content is (instead of hoping you get good answers from your guests) Less production. You won't be interrupting people or trying to match levels with your guest. There is only one level- yours. No Scheduling Conflicts The Hurdles of Solo Podcasts It is all on your shoulders for content You need to watch voice inflection It just feels weird talking to no-one People think it needs to be as long as other episodes TIPS 1. Embrace the Weirdness 2. You Don't Have An Audience (yet) 3. Talk to One Person 4. Answer the question from the invisible person 5. Record it with the thought of never using it. - Just a Sound test 6. Script Your Show 7. Throw Out the Grammar 8. Be yourself and just up your natural voice Question of the Month Submissions I need your answer by 1/28/22 see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question for more information Full notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/811]]>2437cleanfullNow Sure About Your Show? Don't Be Afraid To Ask Your Audience for Advicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/now-sure-about-your-show-don-t-be-afraid-to-ask-your-audience-for-advice--48328525www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question My New Page with Affiliate Links Check it out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/support if you are a person that doesn't feel they would benefit from the School of Podcasting, but wants to support the show, I've now made it easy. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Podcast Rewind Too Many Podcasts Earn and Invest Love Thy Lawyer Mentioned in This Episode Affiliate Link Support Page Profit From Your Podcast Book Eric Nuzum Newsletter Jordan Harbinger Deals Page Podcast Rodeo Show Too Many Podcasts Earn and Invest Love Thy Lawyer School of Podcasting]]>129be895-2a3e-4885-af52-a5642fe7609dMon, 17 Jan 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonI am seeing people that seem to be afraid to reach out to their audience. I get it. It's easier to have the reason of "lack of engagement" on your downloads instead of asking people for feedback on your show. Today I share a story on how I was ready...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question My New Page with Affiliate Links Check it out at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/support if you are a person that doesn't feel they would benefit from the School of Podcasting, but wants to support the show, I've now made it easy. Join the School of Podcasting When you join the School of Podcasting you can quit worrying about: Are people going to listen to me? (Yes, cause I'll show you how to see what they want). Am I going to sound stupid? (No, as I'll show you the magic of editing) It will cost a million dollars (No, I'll have you sounding like a million bucks without spending a million bucks). I don't anything about this technology (You said the same thing about driving). Get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, a mastermind group filled with brilliant podcasting minds, and the ability to schedule as many one on one quick fix calls as you like at no extra charge. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Podcast Rewind Too Many Podcasts Earn and Invest Love Thy Lawyer Mentioned in This Episode Affiliate Link Support Page Profit From Your Podcast Book Eric Nuzum Newsletter Jordan Harbinger Deals Page Podcast Rodeo Show Too Many Podcasts Earn and Invest Love Thy Lawyer School of Podcasting]]>2129cleanfullThe Proven Power of the Dramatic Pause: Two Ways Saying Nothing is Better Than Saying Somethinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-proven-power-of-the-dramatic-pause-two-ways-saying-nothing-is-better-than-saying-something--48232737www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode The Question of the Month (add your submission) Howard Stern on SiriusXM Ben Affleck Movie The Tender Bar David Letterman My Next Guest Needs No Introduction Paul Harvey Steve Jobs introduces iPhone in 2007 Full Show Notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/809 Support the Show Buy Dave's Book Profit From Your Podcast Join the School of Podcasting Become a Patron or Buy Me a Coffee Thank you for listening. I really appreciate it.]]>89a67bce-7edd-4bf7-9170-0fd6dfbc568cMon, 10 Jan 2022 05:05:00 +0000David JacksonIn the microwave society that we live in, most of us are not accustomed to slowing down. As a podcaster, we may associate silence with "Dead Air" which is a phrase from the radio. However, today I'm going to show you that the best answers come after...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode The Question of the Month (add your submission) Howard Stern on SiriusXM Ben Affleck Movie The Tender Bar David Letterman My Next Guest Needs No Introduction Paul Harvey Steve Jobs introduces iPhone in 2007 Full Show Notes at schoolofpodcasting.com/809 Support the Show Buy Dave's Book Profit From Your Podcast Join the School of Podcasting Become a Patron or Buy Me a Coffee Thank you for listening. I really appreciate it.]]>2101cleanfullMeet My Friend Evo of Podcast Pontifications - Cross Promotionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/meet-my-friend-evo-of-podcast-pontifications-cross-promotion--4818227926c2895a-476e-44ac-ad97-4868122abe4bWed, 05 Jan 2022 20:42:12 +0000David JacksonToday I'm trying something new and coming to you on a WEDNESDAY to introduce you to my friend Evo Tera. Evo has been podcasting since 2004 (not a typo) and has been involved in many aspects of podcasting ever since. Evo was nice enough to let me...519cleanfull50 Shades of Podcasting: Be Proud Embracing Your Unique Style of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/50-shades-of-podcasting-be-proud-embracing-your-unique-style-of-podcasting--48145582www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021 Three Different Types of Reviews to get some constructive feedback. Join the School of Podcasting and get started in the RIGHT direction. Check out my free course at www.learnpodpage.com PodPage is the best way to make a great looking website for your show without any coding.]]>791577b1-7eab-40be-9e12-793182181354Mon, 03 Jan 2022 05:05:56 +0000David JacksonAs the first episode of 2022, I often do an episode for beginners, such as episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021 One of the most dangerous things you can do in podcasting is comparing your show to others. When I was in my 20s I...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Episode 756 14 Steps to Start a Successful Podcast in 2021 Three Different Types of Reviews to get some constructive feedback. Join the School of Podcasting and get started in the RIGHT direction. Check out my free course at www.learnpodpage.com PodPage is the best way to make a great looking website for your show without any coding.]]>2667cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast (and WHY) 2021 Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-and-why-2021-edition--48068025www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>fe871f87-a053-4ece-9131-32e84cbc4c10Mon, 27 Dec 2021 05:05:25 +0000David JacksonSince episode 388 2013, I've been asking my audio what is your ONE FAVORITE podcast (and yes, I know it's hard to pick just one) but more importantly WHY is it your favorite? Steve Stewart loves the Stacking Benjamins Show I interview Steve and Mark...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/workwithme Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>3219cleanfullLook What Podcasters Can Adopt from Every Horrible, Hallmark Christmas Movieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/look-what-podcasters-can-adopt-from-every-horrible-hallmark-christmas-movies--47990815www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>1a69afe4-4ca2-4298-b4cb-5b08b46e20b0Mon, 20 Dec 2021 05:05:24 +0000David JacksonHallmark Holiday Movies get a lot of flack because they are predictable, cheesy, corny, and more or less if you've seen one - you've seen them all. YES THERE ARE LESSONS TO BE LEARNED Do you know why all Hallmark Movies are the same? Well, do you...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 30-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2807dave jackson,format,hallmark,podcasting,storytellingcleanfullWhy I Absolutely Still Distrust Anchor.fm (New Reasons)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-i-absolutely-still-distrust-anchor-fm-new-reasons--478987215bf2b5e3-fe11-4d4c-a665-96ea2a24bf55Mon, 13 Dec 2021 05:05:05 +0000David JacksonI was talking to someone who said how "Flexible" Anchor/fm was (owned by Spotify). When I hear stuff like this I often wonder "WHAT IS YOUR SOURCE?" I did a video a while ago when there were some serious issues with Anchor that most people were...2414cleanfull15 Insightful Tips For Podcasters From Watching the Beatles Get Backhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/15-insightful-tips-for-podcasters-from-watching-the-beatles-get-back--47800809www.learnpodpage.com 15 Lessons From The Beatles 02:09 Because of My Podcast: Andy Driscoll 06:13 Free Course learnpodpage.com 07:45 Lessons from the Beatles Opening 09:19 Practice, Practice, Practice 10:32 Get Objective Feedback 11:44 Your Environment Matters 14:48 Set Realistic Goals to Avoid Burnout 17:15 Going Live Requires Practice 18:07 Everyone Needs to Feel Heard 19:44 Chemistry is Important 21:58 Be on Time 22:43 Be Inspired By Others 24:03 Capture Your Ideas 24:56 Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone 26:13 Editing is a Good Thing 30:32 Money Changes Everything 31:26 Don't Let Yoko Sing QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 12/24/21. The question is "What is your favorite Podcast and why?". Please provide: The name of the show The website (if you know it - very helpful) What the show is about WHY YOU LIKE IT - Go as long as you want. Be sure to tell us the name of your podcast, your website, and a little bit about your show. Please answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Tascam Mixcast 4 Nightmare I bought a Mixcast 4 from Tascam, and it has some great features except it died TWICE in the middle of a live stream. I'll keep you informed as I work with their support team to identify what the issue is. Yes, I'm using the latest firmware. I do enjoy my new Shure SM7B. I used the 90 days same as cash option at Sweetwater. MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE schoolofpodcasting.com/start - Start Your Podcast Why You Hate Your Voice When Is You Podcast Ready For the Public Shure SM7B Tascam Mixcast 4 Your Podcast Consultant]]>c96774b1-01db-45c3-8257-f7191a7e23bcMon, 06 Dec 2021 05:05:35 +0000David JacksonThanks to an older brother and sister, I was born a Beatles fan. When I watched the six-hour documentary Get Back I saw tip after tip that podcasters could benefit from. Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm...www.learnpodpage.com 15 Lessons From The Beatles 02:09 Because of My Podcast: Andy Driscoll 06:13 Free Course learnpodpage.com 07:45 Lessons from the Beatles Opening 09:19 Practice, Practice, Practice 10:32 Get Objective Feedback 11:44 Your Environment Matters 14:48 Set Realistic Goals to Avoid Burnout 17:15 Going Live Requires Practice 18:07 Everyone Needs to Feel Heard 19:44 Chemistry is Important 21:58 Be on Time 22:43 Be Inspired By Others 24:03 Capture Your Ideas 24:56 Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone 26:13 Editing is a Good Thing 30:32 Money Changes Everything 31:26 Don't Let Yoko Sing QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 12/24/21. The question is "What is your favorite Podcast and why?". Please provide: The name of the show The website (if you know it - very helpful) What the show is about WHY YOU LIKE IT - Go as long as you want. Be sure to tell us the name of your podcast, your website, and a little bit about your show. Please answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Tascam Mixcast 4 Nightmare I bought a Mixcast 4 from Tascam, and it has some great features except it died TWICE in the middle of a live stream. I'll keep you informed as I work with their support team to identify what the issue is. Yes, I'm using the latest firmware. I do enjoy my new Shure SM7B. I used the 90 days same as cash option at Sweetwater. MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE schoolofpodcasting.com/start - Start Your Podcast Why You Hate Your Voice When Is You Podcast Ready For the Public Shure SM7B Tascam Mixcast 4 Your Podcast Consultant]]>2506beatles,mixcast,sm7bcleanfullHonestly, How Long Does it Take to Create an Amazing Podcast Episode?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/honestly-how-long-does-it-take-to-create-an-amazing-podcast-episode--47698058https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Episode Learn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Hebert - 802 20 Tips to Immediately Speed Up Your Podcast Production No Matter the Budget - 801 Contributors Steve from Stevestewart.me and the Podcast Editors Academy (and the podcast editors club on Facebook Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Zita - Moon River Rituals Bruce from The Eden Podcast Jim From the Average Gut Network Mark - Repurpose Your Career Rich - the Daily Podcast Practice Show Orlando - hablandodetecnologia.com Brandon - Start 100K Dan - Based on a True Story Podcast Howard - AA Recovery Podcast Neil Recovery Coast to Coast Mark -History or North America Podcast Peter - Fat and Broke Podcast Bill - Strokecast Stefan - Studying Pixels The Final Answer For me, my average is about 6 to 1. So a 15-minute podcast will take 90 minutes. Based on the data from the audience, they averaged 10 minutes for 1 minute of podcast. So a 15-minute podcast will take an hour and a half. To see my flow, visit the website at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/803 ]]>3c811077-2573-4865-a59e-6b01f09adae9Mon, 29 Nov 2021 05:01:29 +0000David JacksonFor years I've told people THE BEST ratio I've ever achieved is 4 TO 1 when it comes to making a podcast episode. In other words, a 15-minute podcast will take an hour. I asked my audience how long it took them from idea to pressing publish. They...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Episode Learn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Hebert - 802 20 Tips to Immediately Speed Up Your Podcast Production No Matter the Budget - 801 Contributors Steve from Stevestewart.me and the Podcast Editors Academy (and the podcast editors club on Facebook Kim from The Pharmacist's Voice Zita - Moon River Rituals Bruce from The Eden Podcast Jim From the Average Gut Network Mark - Repurpose Your Career Rich - the Daily Podcast Practice Show Orlando - hablandodetecnologia.com Brandon - Start 100K Dan - Based on a True Story Podcast Howard - AA Recovery Podcast Neil Recovery Coast to Coast Mark -History or North America Podcast Peter - Fat and Broke Podcast Bill - Strokecast Stefan - Studying Pixels The Final Answer For me, my average is about 6 to 1. So a 15-minute podcast will take 90 minutes. Based on the data from the audience, they averaged 10 minutes for 1 minute of podcast. So a 15-minute podcast will take an hour and a half. To see my flow, visit the website at https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/803 ]]>4292cleanfullLearn How You Can Help Others by Sharing Your Abilities with Glenn Heberthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/learn-how-you-can-help-others-by-sharing-your-abilities-with-glenn-hebert--47593380www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Horse Radio Network Headline Studio (Here is a quick Headline Studio Overview Video) Dave's Podcast Editing Service Sure SM7B on Sale! Shure MV7 and MV7X "Joe Rogan Video" Profit From Your Podcast Book Dave's Newsletter With Bonus Content Descript Editing Software George Carlin Occupation Foole Toggle Time Tracking Software Ask the Podcast Coach The Average Guy Network Speak Life Church Podcast Grammar Girl Podcast Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start TOPICS 01:39 Question of the Month Reminder 03:36 Headline Studio Tool 05:15 BE YOURSELF 07:07 Celebrity Pivots 15:56 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast 17:12 What is this 800? 17:43 Glenn Got Some Feedback 18:44 Real, Raw, Don't Hold Back 19:32 Holy Cow You're In My House 20:50 Laying it Out There 21:27 Life Changing 22:08 Glenn's Prep Time 23:43 The Importance of Community 25:06 Putting YOU Intro an Interview 27:56 Glenn's Audience Gives Back 29:09 Inspiring Life Instead of Death 30:01 Did You See This Coming 30:58 Podcasting Gold 31:29 Two Types of Listeners 35:34 The Birth of Grammar Girl 37:06 Jerry Springer 39:24 Podcast Rodeo Show Promo 40:43 SM7B is ON SALE! 42:07 Join the School of Podcasting! 44:46 Bloopers 45:15 Bad Edits]]>92728bcc-4337-4efe-a659-a76dae486ba0Mon, 22 Nov 2021 05:05:40 +0000David JacksonToday we look at how two entertainment icons had MORE success AFTER they quit trying to be something they weren't and decided to be themselves. Glenn Hebert runs the Horse Radio Network. When he started his podcast he had 12 downloads. He didn't...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Horse Radio Network Headline Studio (Here is a quick Headline Studio Overview Video) Dave's Podcast Editing Service Sure SM7B on Sale! Shure MV7 and MV7X "Joe Rogan Video" Profit From Your Podcast Book Dave's Newsletter With Bonus Content Descript Editing Software George Carlin Occupation Foole Toggle Time Tracking Software Ask the Podcast Coach The Average Guy Network Speak Life Church Podcast Grammar Girl Podcast Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start TOPICS 01:39 Question of the Month Reminder 03:36 Headline Studio Tool 05:15 BE YOURSELF 07:07 Celebrity Pivots 15:56 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast 17:12 What is this 800? 17:43 Glenn Got Some Feedback 18:44 Real, Raw, Don't Hold Back 19:32 Holy Cow You're In My House 20:50 Laying it Out There 21:27 Life Changing 22:08 Glenn's Prep Time 23:43 The Importance of Community 25:06 Putting YOU Intro an Interview 27:56 Glenn's Audience Gives Back 29:09 Inspiring Life Instead of Death 30:01 Did You See This Coming 30:58 Podcasting Gold 31:29 Two Types of Listeners 35:34 The Birth of Grammar Girl 37:06 Jerry Springer 39:24 Podcast Rodeo Show Promo 40:43 SM7B is ON SALE! 42:07 Join the School of Podcasting! 44:46 Bloopers 45:15 Bad Edits]]>2762george carlin,podcasting,willie nelsoncleanfull20 Tips To immediately Speed up Your Podcast Productionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/20-tips-to-immediately-speed-up-your-podcast-production--47477160https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Quick Start School of Podcasting Membership Freedom Software Todoist Evernote Fiverr Workspace Accounting Software Text Expander Otter.ai transcription Service Zapier Automation Will Smith Book First Things First book (Free book on Audible) Descript Software Libsyn.com Media Host (sopfree promo code) Captivate.fm TIPS Assess How Much Your Time Is Worth Take the Time to Get Your Guest Sound in Check Quit Multitasking Avoid Distractions Block out time More Planning Equals Less Editing Do the Hardest Stuff First Prioritize Better Speed up Researching Organize Your Content to It's Easy to Find Learn the Software You Are Using (Take a Class) Record it Right the First Time Listen Back Faster Learn Keyboard Shortcuts Google Vs Bang Your Head Against the Desk Know WHO your guest is and WHY You are bringing them on the show Outsource Your Editing Automate When Possible Use Transcripts to find clips for audiograms. Deep Breathing when pulled out of your zone QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 11/26/21. How long does it take you to go from idea to published on an episode. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question ]]>0b354151-c060-4341-ab83-b62f37f418afMon, 15 Nov 2021 05:05:02 +0000David JacksonIf you are looking to speed up your podcast production, then this episode is for you. I have compiled 20 tips that will help you take the stress out of producing a quality audio file in a timely manner. From planning to editing, here are some quick...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Quick Start School of Podcasting Membership Freedom Software Todoist Evernote Fiverr Workspace Accounting Software Text Expander Otter.ai transcription Service Zapier Automation Will Smith Book First Things First book (Free book on Audible) Descript Software Libsyn.com Media Host (sopfree promo code) Captivate.fm TIPS Assess How Much Your Time Is Worth Take the Time to Get Your Guest Sound in Check Quit Multitasking Avoid Distractions Block out time More Planning Equals Less Editing Do the Hardest Stuff First Prioritize Better Speed up Researching Organize Your Content to It's Easy to Find Learn the Software You Are Using (Take a Class) Record it Right the First Time Listen Back Faster Learn Keyboard Shortcuts Google Vs Bang Your Head Against the Desk Know WHO your guest is and WHY You are bringing them on the show Outsource Your Editing Automate When Possible Use Transcripts to find clips for audiograms. Deep Breathing when pulled out of your zone QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 11/26/21. How long does it take you to go from idea to published on an episode. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question ]]>3036cleanfullRevealing Secrets from 800 Episodes - Keeping Your Sanity While Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/revealing-secrets-from-800-episodes-keeping-your-sanity-while-podcasting--47367642www.schoolofpodcasting.com/800 My first episode from 2005 Book: Profit From Your Podcast School of Podcasting Besties in Bed Affordable Podcast Editing The Grief Recovery Handbook National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 800-273-8255 Question of the Month: How Long Does It Take You to Create an Episode - SURVEY This 60-minute podcast took 8 hours to create from idea to pressing publish. We all know podcasting can take more time than we thought. I'd love to hear how long it took to go from "Idea to Publish" for your last episode. You can answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Need Help With Your Podcast? Here is a list of ways you can work with me. Want to support the show, but feel you don't need the School of Podcasting? Consider becoming a Patron. Also, this show is equipped with the value for value model. You can stream bitcoin using the apps at www.newpodcastapps.com If none of those float your boat, you can always buy me a coffee. TOPICS 00:58 Question of the Month 03:43 Origins of Episode 05:06 Podcasting Can Change Your Life 07:35 Everything Works for THE Dave Jackson??? 08:26 Podcasting Played a Part in My Divorce 09:29 Lesson 1: Realistic Expectations 11:40 Separating Work From Home 13:15 Tip 2:Date Night on Steroids 15:00 Relationship Advice from the Divorced Guy 15:10 When to Argue 17:07 Tip 3: Guys - JUST LISTEN 17:31 Tip 4: Ladies Tell Them What You Want 17:55 Tip 5: Make Sure You're Giving Them What They Want 18:46 Stereotypes are Fun! 20:02 Comparison is the Thief of Joy 21:33 The RIGHT Downloads 23:14 Refocus When Comparing Yourself 25:04 So Why Does Dave Podcast? 30:44 Suicide Disclaimer 31:32 Does Being a ProPodcaster Leave You Susceptible to Thoughts of Suicide? 32:58 When Did the Word Hobby Become Derogatory? 34:29 You Are Allowed to Do This For Fun 36:15 Podcasters Can Be Impulsive 38:06 Podcasters Are Isolated 39:07 Realistic Expectations 41:25 We Might Feel Trapped 43:10 The HUSTLE Mentality 44:20 Suicide Rates in America 48:10 It's OK To Ask For Help 49:55 Dealing with Grief 53:51 The Pain of Suicide 54:22 Keep Your Good Emails]]>09a6f28b-ba07-4016-96f9-c0f4c220b341Mon, 08 Nov 2021 05:05:50 +0000David JacksonWe hear of podcasters getting these big deals for big bucks, and congratulations to all. However, this is not the norm. Just because you start a podcast does not mean you will end up like Rich Uncle Pennybag from Monopoly. If you're a regular listener...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/800 My first episode from 2005 Book: Profit From Your Podcast School of Podcasting Besties in Bed Affordable Podcast Editing The Grief Recovery Handbook National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 800-273-8255 Question of the Month: How Long Does It Take You to Create an Episode - SURVEY This 60-minute podcast took 8 hours to create from idea to pressing publish. We all know podcasting can take more time than we thought. I'd love to hear how long it took to go from "Idea to Publish" for your last episode. You can answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Need Help With Your Podcast? Here is a list of ways you can work with me. Want to support the show, but feel you don't need the School of Podcasting? Consider becoming a Patron. Also, this show is equipped with the value for value model. You can stream bitcoin using the apps at www.newpodcastapps.com If none of those float your boat, you can always buy me a coffee. TOPICS 00:58 Question of the Month 03:43 Origins of Episode 05:06 Podcasting Can Change Your Life 07:35 Everything Works for THE Dave Jackson??? 08:26 Podcasting Played a Part in My Divorce 09:29 Lesson 1: Realistic Expectations 11:40 Separating Work From Home 13:15 Tip 2:Date Night on Steroids 15:00 Relationship Advice from the Divorced Guy 15:10 When to Argue 17:07 Tip 3: Guys - JUST LISTEN 17:31 Tip 4: Ladies Tell Them What You Want 17:55 Tip 5: Make Sure You're Giving Them What They Want 18:46 Stereotypes are Fun! 20:02 Comparison is the Thief of Joy 21:33 The RIGHT Downloads 23:14 Refocus When Comparing Yourself 25:04 So Why Does Dave Podcast? 30:44 Suicide Disclaimer 31:32 Does Being a ProPodcaster Leave You Susceptible to Thoughts of Suicide? 32:58 When Did the Word Hobby Become Derogatory? 34:29 You Are Allowed to Do This For Fun 36:15 Podcasters Can Be Impulsive 38:06 Podcasters Are Isolated 39:07 Realistic Expectations 41:25 We Might Feel Trapped 43:10 The HUSTLE Mentality 44:20 Suicide Rates in America 48:10 It's OK To Ask For Help 49:55 Dealing with Grief 53:51 The Pain of Suicide 54:22 Keep Your Good Emails]]>3595cleanfullThey See You Before They Hear You Podcast Branding With Mark Des Coteshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/they-see-you-before-they-hear-you-podcast-branding-with-mark-des-cotes--47251565https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/799 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Question of the Month Many podcasters (especially new ones ) are surprised at how long it takes to create an episode. So this month's question is "How long did it take you to go from idea to published (not promotional actions just the planning, recording, editing, and publishing). Be sure to mention your website, your podcast, and a little bit about what to expect. Then let us know how long your finished episode was, how much time it took to publish, and if it was audio, video or both. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by November 26th If you want something to help track your time check out Rescue Time, Toggl Track, ATracker Pro, Rize(there are a ton of these) Again, www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Show podcastbranding.co (Mark's Company) Ask the Podcast Coach Podcast Rodeo Show Podcast Artwork Preview Tool Profit From Your Podcast Book Canva Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>4e269ebd-cf54-49e3-bfd6-cd0f49f3f27cMon, 01 Nov 2021 04:05:24 +0000David JacksonFor a lot of people, podcasting is just a hobby. They think it's fun to talk about their favorite topics and share them with the world. But for some, podcasting can be so much more than that! It can become a business or even an income source. If...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/799 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of podcasters plan to write a book but they don't know where to start. Our sponsor the Novel Marketing Podcast is here to help. Thomas Umstattd Jr is a wealth of knowledge and he can get you going in the right direction. Today we talk about the 10 commandments of book publishing. Check out https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Question of the Month Many podcasters (especially new ones ) are surprised at how long it takes to create an episode. So this month's question is "How long did it take you to go from idea to published (not promotional actions just the planning, recording, editing, and publishing). Be sure to mention your website, your podcast, and a little bit about what to expect. Then let us know how long your finished episode was, how much time it took to publish, and if it was audio, video or both. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by November 26th If you want something to help track your time check out Rescue Time, Toggl Track, ATracker Pro, Rize(there are a ton of these) Again, www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Show podcastbranding.co (Mark's Company) Ask the Podcast Coach Podcast Rodeo Show Podcast Artwork Preview Tool Profit From Your Podcast Book Canva Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>2459cleanfullDoes the Audience Need to Hear Your Guests ENTIRE Backstory?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/does-the-audience-need-to-hear-your-guests-entire-backstory--471347933cd919e2-dd80-4fd9-8787-d91d19d03c00Mon, 25 Oct 2021 04:05:37 +0000David JacksonYou tell me that your guest is a master of (skill) and I'm ready to hear about (skill), but first, you make me listen to where he went to high school, and his entire backstory while all I want to talk about is how he can help me boost (skill). So for...2662cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From Squid Gamehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-squid-game--47023550https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Key Points: 78% of podcasters are discovered vis word of mouth ( Jacobs Media 2019) It's not perfect It got editing before it was released The first episode really hooks you in. You don't get the back story until episode 2 People can identify with the characters What is going to happen next? The audience boosted FOMO Netflix took a chance Sometimes The Audience Doesn’t Know What They Want Until They Get it. So Don’t give up. It might take 10 years It doesn’t have to be perfect Start with the strongest content you have Tease your next episode and leave them wanting more Make materials for your audience to share on social Be patient, and continue to improve your content Inspire and ask for word of mouth WEBINAR NEXT WEEK: APPLE PODCASTS CONNECT Sign up HERE Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>1a7af2da-5d07-43e4-b619-1d14e266b2bfMon, 18 Oct 2021 04:05:15 +0000David JacksonThe new series Squid Game on Netflix shot to number 1 in four days. I watched episode 1 and immediately binged the whole thing. This is a very popular show and has become Netflix's best launch. Let's pick it apart and see what podcasters can learn...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Key Points: 78% of podcasters are discovered vis word of mouth ( Jacobs Media 2019) It's not perfect It got editing before it was released The first episode really hooks you in. You don't get the back story until episode 2 People can identify with the characters What is going to happen next? The audience boosted FOMO Netflix took a chance Sometimes The Audience Doesn’t Know What They Want Until They Get it. So Don’t give up. It might take 10 years It doesn’t have to be perfect Start with the strongest content you have Tease your next episode and leave them wanting more Make materials for your audience to share on social Be patient, and continue to improve your content Inspire and ask for word of mouth WEBINAR NEXT WEEK: APPLE PODCASTS CONNECT Sign up HERE Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>1959cleanfullCommon Podcast Mistakes III (and other Podcast BS)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/common-podcast-mistakes-iii-and-other-podcast-bs--46916112https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Check out the 10 commandments of book marketing Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Common Podcasting Mistakes That Slow Your Audience Growth 02:28 Get a Domain at Least It can be through Name Cheap, or Coolerwebsites, but BUY a domain for your show. Yes, its icing on the cake, but isn't icing the best part? 05:20 Bad Clips to Start Your Show Instead of spending mountains of time to have people jump into the middle of a conversation, why not just tell people why you're excited about a guest? 10:55 The Start of Your Show Remember Apple has a giant LISTEN button now and people will hear the beginning of your show. Don't blow it with "Music for the sake of nothing" and let them know where they are about to go. 15:54 Follow and Subscribe You want people to listen more than once. Don't make them find you. Give them links like this: Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon 17:30 Impulse Actions Based on Emotions 21:19 Your About Page Figure out what type of website you have, and include any combination of paragraphs about your business, your show, and your hosts. 23:47 Things That May Not Be Accurate 25:56 The #1 Show - (People will say anything - truth be Damned!) 28:31 Congressional Dish Shows Proof 28:48 A Podcast Guru Without a Podcast Shouldn't your podcast coach have a podcast? 30:04 Monthly Stats Monthly stats are a great barometer of how your older episodes are doing. They sound better than episode stats (but episode stats are what is used for most sponsors). 33:50 Magic Bullets I'm sorry. There aren't any. 35:48 Question of the Month QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 37:03 Dave Grohl The Storyteller - Thumbs Up 39:35 Bloopers Mentioned In This Episode My Podcast Reviews What Was That Like Dave Grohl The Storyteller School of Podcasting Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.]]>a0b39c52-94f3-47f8-b288-5b512354b1e9Mon, 11 Oct 2021 04:05:28 +0000David JacksonAs someone who works in the podcast space, and spends hours hanging out in the community there are things I see that make me scratch my head. There are EASY things to do that will help you grow your audience. Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot of...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Check out the 10 commandments of book marketing Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Common Podcasting Mistakes That Slow Your Audience Growth 02:28 Get a Domain at Least It can be through Name Cheap, or Coolerwebsites, but BUY a domain for your show. Yes, its icing on the cake, but isn't icing the best part? 05:20 Bad Clips to Start Your Show Instead of spending mountains of time to have people jump into the middle of a conversation, why not just tell people why you're excited about a guest? 10:55 The Start of Your Show Remember Apple has a giant LISTEN button now and people will hear the beginning of your show. Don't blow it with "Music for the sake of nothing" and let them know where they are about to go. 15:54 Follow and Subscribe You want people to listen more than once. Don't make them find you. Give them links like this: Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon 17:30 Impulse Actions Based on Emotions 21:19 Your About Page Figure out what type of website you have, and include any combination of paragraphs about your business, your show, and your hosts. 23:47 Things That May Not Be Accurate 25:56 The #1 Show - (People will say anything - truth be Damned!) 28:31 Congressional Dish Shows Proof 28:48 A Podcast Guru Without a Podcast Shouldn't your podcast coach have a podcast? 30:04 Monthly Stats Monthly stats are a great barometer of how your older episodes are doing. They sound better than episode stats (but episode stats are what is used for most sponsors). 33:50 Magic Bullets I'm sorry. There aren't any. 35:48 Question of the Month QUESTION OF THE MONTH II need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question 37:03 Dave Grohl The Storyteller - Thumbs Up 39:35 Bloopers Mentioned In This Episode My Podcast Reviews What Was That Like Dave Grohl The Storyteller School of Podcasting Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters.]]>2412cleanfullTaking a Break and Coming Back From Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-a-break-and-coming-back-from-your-podcast--46808921https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Podcast Eric Nuzum interview Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Book FULL SHOW NOTES QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question TOPICS 00:00 Introduction 00:27 Welcome 01:14 Taking Breaks From Your Podcast: Don't 03:34 It's Your Choice 04:10 Things You Should Consider 05:07 Using Seasons 06:34 Off Seasons May Not Be Off 07:39 How I Don't Miss Episodes 08:31 Consistency in VALUE over Schedule 09:57 I Really Need To Take a Break 10:34 The Best Way to Take a Break: PLAN IT 11:23 Figure Out When You're Coming Back 12:28 Keep Your Listener Informed 13:56 SPONSOR: Novel Marketing Podcast 15:11 Unplug If That Is the Goal 16:21 Identify Why You Need a Break 17:13 Make Your Last Episode a GREAT Episode 18:03 No Explanation Needed 20:52 Losing Listeners Is Not More Important 21:21 Relaunching Your Podcast 22:00 Is Taking a Break More Work? 22:35 Have Episodes Recorded and Ready 23:15 Quick Summary So Far 23:55 Other Things to Consider 24:50 Best of Shows 25:33 Where to Announce Your Hiatus? 26:24 Avoid Podfading 27:55 The Biggest Mistake 30:35 Resurrecting a Podfaded Show 33:54 libsyn.com promo code sopfree 34:31 Question of the Month 35:44 One Tip to Making Podcasting Easier 37:12 If You Need a Break From Life 38:13 schoolofpodcasting.com 38:56 Bloopers Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>f849e4b3-71c8-4a33-aedc-e34768629a51Mon, 04 Oct 2021 04:05:47 +0000David JacksonThere are times when I feel podcasters over-think things, and one of them is "How do I come back if I take an unplanned break?" It's not a whole lot different than starting a podcast from scratch (except it's easier). Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Mentioned In This Podcast Eric Nuzum interview Make Noise: A Creator's Guide to Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling Book FULL SHOW NOTES QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 10/22/21. The question is "How do you feel about hearing a guest's FULL story?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website, and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question TOPICS 00:00 Introduction 00:27 Welcome 01:14 Taking Breaks From Your Podcast: Don't 03:34 It's Your Choice 04:10 Things You Should Consider 05:07 Using Seasons 06:34 Off Seasons May Not Be Off 07:39 How I Don't Miss Episodes 08:31 Consistency in VALUE over Schedule 09:57 I Really Need To Take a Break 10:34 The Best Way to Take a Break: PLAN IT 11:23 Figure Out When You're Coming Back 12:28 Keep Your Listener Informed 13:56 SPONSOR: Novel Marketing Podcast 15:11 Unplug If That Is the Goal 16:21 Identify Why You Need a Break 17:13 Make Your Last Episode a GREAT Episode 18:03 No Explanation Needed 20:52 Losing Listeners Is Not More Important 21:21 Relaunching Your Podcast 22:00 Is Taking a Break More Work? 22:35 Have Episodes Recorded and Ready 23:15 Quick Summary So Far 23:55 Other Things to Consider 24:50 Best of Shows 25:33 Where to Announce Your Hiatus? 26:24 Avoid Podfading 27:55 The Biggest Mistake 30:35 Resurrecting a Podfaded Show 33:54 libsyn.com promo code sopfree 34:31 Question of the Month 35:44 One Tip to Making Podcasting Easier 37:12 If You Need a Break From Life 38:13 schoolofpodcasting.com 38:56 Bloopers Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>2385cleanfullWhat Inspires People To Tell a Friend?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-inspires-people-to-tell-a-friend--46702783https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Participants Matt from The Author Inside You Scott from What Was That Like? Jennifer Bourbon Barrel Podcasting Timothy from Podwrecked and Create Art Podcast Haley from Adoptees On Jerry from Beyond the Rut Mark from the History of North America Wayne from the Packer's Fan Podcast, and Media Voice Overs. Fred from Grump Old Bears MENTIONED IN THIS PODCAST Podcast Rodeo Show Dumb People With Terrible Ideas Social Media Marketing Podcast Project Hail Mary Samson Q2u Podtrak P4 Dave's "My Gear" page. Leading the Bleeding Podcast Podcasting 2.0 New Podcast Apps No Agenda Stream The Chosen Virgin River Libsyn promo code sopfree to get a full month free. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start TOPICS 01:34 Autographed Copies of Profit From Your Podcat 02:10 The Show I Love to Hate 03:21 Zeigarnik effect 05:01 What Makes a Good Podcast? 06:39 What Happens Next? 07:48 Example of Dripping Content 09:11 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Marketing Podcast 13:19 Scott Johnson 15:54 Jennifer Longworth 17:15 Matt Rafferty 18:21 Timothy Kimo Brien 20:39 Haley Radke 23:09 Jerry Dugen 24:56 Mark Vinet 26:02 Wayne Henderson 27:13 Fred Castenada 28:35 Dave Jackson 33:10 October Question of the Month 38:20 Quick Wrap Up 39:08 Mastering Your Craft is a Goal 39:44 Libsyn Promo Code sopfree 40:38 Coming Soon Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>2401fbb1-329a-4fcd-878c-43b9f8c5ea3bMon, 27 Sep 2021 04:24:25 +0000David JacksonToday is a "Question of the Month" episode where we share something we recommended and WHY. We look at the strategy of dripping content to keep people wanting to know what happens next ( the Zeigarnik effect ). Sponsor: Novel Marketing Podcast A lot...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Participants Matt from The Author Inside You Scott from What Was That Like? Jennifer Bourbon Barrel Podcasting Timothy from Podwrecked and Create Art Podcast Haley from Adoptees On Jerry from Beyond the Rut Mark from the History of North America Wayne from the Packer's Fan Podcast, and Media Voice Overs. Fred from Grump Old Bears MENTIONED IN THIS PODCAST Podcast Rodeo Show Dumb People With Terrible Ideas Social Media Marketing Podcast Project Hail Mary Samson Q2u Podtrak P4 Dave's "My Gear" page. Leading the Bleeding Podcast Podcasting 2.0 New Podcast Apps No Agenda Stream The Chosen Virgin River Libsyn promo code sopfree to get a full month free. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start TOPICS 01:34 Autographed Copies of Profit From Your Podcat 02:10 The Show I Love to Hate 03:21 Zeigarnik effect 05:01 What Makes a Good Podcast? 06:39 What Happens Next? 07:48 Example of Dripping Content 09:11 Sponsor: Novel Marketing Marketing Podcast 13:19 Scott Johnson 15:54 Jennifer Longworth 17:15 Matt Rafferty 18:21 Timothy Kimo Brien 20:39 Haley Radke 23:09 Jerry Dugen 24:56 Mark Vinet 26:02 Wayne Henderson 27:13 Fred Castenada 28:35 Dave Jackson 33:10 October Question of the Month 38:20 Quick Wrap Up 39:08 Mastering Your Craft is a Goal 39:44 Libsyn Promo Code sopfree 40:38 Coming Soon Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>2521cleanfullUnderstanding Podcast Hosting Featureshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/understanding-podcast-hosting-features--46596350https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned in This Episode Libsyn.com (use the coupon sopfree) Captivate.fm Blubrry.com Podbean.com Castos.com Buzzsprout.com Transistor.fm Redcircle.com Fireside.fm Anchor.fm IAB Guidelines Full Show Notes Topics: 01:52 Question of the Month 02:28 Novel Marketing 03:46 Does One Media Host Deliver More Downloads? 08:58 IAB Statistics 10:37 Are IAB Stats Important? 12:22 Will Switching Hosts Bring More Downloads? 13:12 Storage 14:14 Downloads 15:22 What Kindof Stats? 16:23 Demographic Data? 17:08 Podcast Website 18:28 Private Podcasts 18:57 Dynamic Ad Insertion 20:47 Support 21:32 Transcripts 21:54 Audiograms 22:24 Media Hosting Business Models 22:40 Free Media Hosts 24:42 Why Free Media Hosts Fail 25:26 Limited Uploads - Unlimited Downloads 26:16 Unlimited Uploaded - Limited/Pricier Downloads 27:16 Unlimited Everything 27:42 Opinion My Criteria 31:18 Join the School of Podcasting 31:58 How to Choose? 35:07 Opinion on Transcripts 36:48 Opinion Audiograms 38:36 Opinion on Anchor.fm 42:00 Opinion on I Can't Afford It 42:31 Opinion- Busines Models 45:37 Opinion - All Things Unlimited 47:08 Facebook is Useless 49:17 Opinion: WordPress Feeds 51:53 be Careful Switching Hosts ]]>28a27560-ae4e-4e24-9f0f-42d3b2544a87Mon, 20 Sep 2021 04:05:43 +0000David JacksonEvery Facebook has the question, "where should I host my podcast" about six times a day and every response gets about 17 replies. I realize that question is sometimes confused by the different features, and business plans so this episode is here to...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned in This Episode Libsyn.com (use the coupon sopfree) Captivate.fm Blubrry.com Podbean.com Castos.com Buzzsprout.com Transistor.fm Redcircle.com Fireside.fm Anchor.fm IAB Guidelines Full Show Notes Topics: 01:52 Question of the Month 02:28 Novel Marketing 03:46 Does One Media Host Deliver More Downloads? 08:58 IAB Statistics 10:37 Are IAB Stats Important? 12:22 Will Switching Hosts Bring More Downloads? 13:12 Storage 14:14 Downloads 15:22 What Kindof Stats? 16:23 Demographic Data? 17:08 Podcast Website 18:28 Private Podcasts 18:57 Dynamic Ad Insertion 20:47 Support 21:32 Transcripts 21:54 Audiograms 22:24 Media Hosting Business Models 22:40 Free Media Hosts 24:42 Why Free Media Hosts Fail 25:26 Limited Uploads - Unlimited Downloads 26:16 Unlimited Uploaded - Limited/Pricier Downloads 27:16 Unlimited Everything 27:42 Opinion My Criteria 31:18 Join the School of Podcasting 31:58 How to Choose? 35:07 Opinion on Transcripts 36:48 Opinion Audiograms 38:36 Opinion on Anchor.fm 42:00 Opinion on I Can't Afford It 42:31 Opinion- Busines Models 45:37 Opinion - All Things Unlimited 47:08 Facebook is Useless 49:17 Opinion: WordPress Feeds 51:53 be Careful Switching Hosts ]]>3287cleanfullWhat Happens To Your Podcast When You Die?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-happens-to-your-podcast-when-you-die--46494032https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author What Happens After You Publish Your First Episode Today I talk about School of Podcasting student Mark Hasara who has a great background as a speaker, author and pilot but was still nervous to release his first episode. When he released it he was amazed at how many downloads he received. We mention "The Feed" from Libsyn which shares industry stats. Currently, 50% of podcasters get less than 131 downloads per episode, and 50% get more. What Happens to Your Podcast if You Die? I talk with Gordon Firemark about what happens to your podcast if you die. While we all plan to be around much longer, taking the time to designate what happens to your show if you are no longer able to continue (or if you're dead). This is an awkward conversation to have with people, but you should be planning your estate as well, so don't forget your podcast (and dog) when you create directions on what to do with your show. You might check out the book, "I'm dead, now what?" on Amazon For more information about Gordon see thepodcastlawyer.com Glenn's Reflections on His Tour Glenn "The Geek" Hebert is from the Horse Radio Network. He went on a five-week tour with thousands of miles across the east coast to meet his listeners and sponsors. He loved his Zoom Podtrack P4, and thought staying three days in one place was the best. Next tour he will also plan some time to site see (as they didn't do any). He said that even though traveling in an RV is different, after some time you just get used to it (and it beats hotels, or staying in the listener's homes). Get A Personalized Version of Profit From Your Podcast Go to www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book to get a personalized version of the book (US only) QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Topics: 00:00 Intro 01:48 Pushing Past Your Fears 05:36 Mark's First Episode 06:07 How Many Downloads is Considered Good? 09:37 Sponsor: Novel Marketing 11:39 Sad News About Trever Hill 12:54 What Happens To Your Podcast When You Die? 25:40 Glenn the Geek Final Tour Update 32:49 Others are Going on Tour 34:22 Questions of the Month 35:55 Personalized Version of Profit From Your Podcast 36:54 The Importance of Editing 39:50 Bloopers Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. ]]>6b05d98c-51ad-4302-96c1-634a7afb08caMon, 13 Sep 2021 04:25:26 +0000David JacksonThis weekend was the 20th anniversary of 911 in the United States. I recently had a slight health scare, so I brought on a friend of the show Gordon Firemark to answer the question, "What happens to your podcast if you die." We also get the last...https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author What Happens After You Publish Your First Episode Today I talk about School of Podcasting student Mark Hasara who has a great background as a speaker, author and pilot but was still nervous to release his first episode. When he released it he was amazed at how many downloads he received. We mention "The Feed" from Libsyn which shares industry stats. Currently, 50% of podcasters get less than 131 downloads per episode, and 50% get more. What Happens to Your Podcast if You Die? I talk with Gordon Firemark about what happens to your podcast if you die. While we all plan to be around much longer, taking the time to designate what happens to your show if you are no longer able to continue (or if you're dead). This is an awkward conversation to have with people, but you should be planning your estate as well, so don't forget your podcast (and dog) when you create directions on what to do with your show. You might check out the book, "I'm dead, now what?" on Amazon For more information about Gordon see thepodcastlawyer.com Glenn's Reflections on His Tour Glenn "The Geek" Hebert is from the Horse Radio Network. He went on a five-week tour with thousands of miles across the east coast to meet his listeners and sponsors. He loved his Zoom Podtrack P4, and thought staying three days in one place was the best. Next tour he will also plan some time to site see (as they didn't do any). He said that even though traveling in an RV is different, after some time you just get used to it (and it beats hotels, or staying in the listener's homes). Get A Personalized Version of Profit From Your Podcast Go to www.profitfromyourpodcast.com/book to get a personalized version of the book (US only) QUESTION OF THE MONTH I need your answer by 9/24/21. The question is "What was the last thing you shared and why?" Be sure to mention the name of your show, the website and a little bit about your show. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Topics: 00:00 Intro 01:48 Pushing Past Your Fears 05:36 Mark's First Episode 06:07 How Many Downloads is Considered Good? 09:37 Sponsor: Novel Marketing 11:39 Sad News About Trever Hill 12:54 What Happens To Your Podcast When You Die? 25:40 Glenn the Geek Final Tour Update 32:49 Others are Going on Tour 34:22 Questions of the Month 35:55 Personalized Version of Profit From Your Podcast 36:54 The Importance of Editing 39:50 Bloopers Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy...]]>2412cleanfullIs It Time To Sell Your Knowledge In an Online Course?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-it-time-to-sell-your-knowledge-in-an-online-course--46392830https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Building Digital Courses with Mellisa Guller Today I get all your questions answered about building and selling an online course: 06:04 When is the right time to build a course? 09:01 How Long Should My Course Be? 11:19 Common Mistakes 13:13 What are the Top Challenges? 20:50 Open or Closed Model? 26:23 The Underutilized Feature in Teachable 27:27 What Do I Charge For My Online Course 32:59 Should I Have Free Lessons? 35:37 What Percentage of My Audience Will Sign Up? 39:38 Why is the Number So Low? 41:04 Why Did You Choose Circle? Melissa's Contact Info Check out all of her courses and services at witandwire.com Instagram Twitter Pinterest Question of the Month I need you to answer the question, "What was the last thing you shared, and why?" Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 9/24/21 and be sure to tell us about your show and where we can find it (your website). Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Profit from Your Podcast Book Episode 787 with the Entrepreneur Survey The 10 Commandments of Book Marketing Wit and Wire Podcast Launch Accelerator Wit and Wire Courses ]]>2dedc49b-e764-49e6-9789-5f43565fd78eMon, 06 Sep 2021 04:05:35 +0000David JacksonMellisa Guller has experience as a marketing manager, a project manager, an online course designer (she worked at Teachable), as well as a podcast producer, host, and podcast teacher. We take a DEEP DIVE into planning and launching an online course....https://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/author Building Digital Courses with Mellisa Guller Today I get all your questions answered about building and selling an online course: 06:04 When is the right time to build a course? 09:01 How Long Should My Course Be? 11:19 Common Mistakes 13:13 What are the Top Challenges? 20:50 Open or Closed Model? 26:23 The Underutilized Feature in Teachable 27:27 What Do I Charge For My Online Course 32:59 Should I Have Free Lessons? 35:37 What Percentage of My Audience Will Sign Up? 39:38 Why is the Number So Low? 41:04 Why Did You Choose Circle? Melissa's Contact Info Check out all of her courses and services at witandwire.com Instagram Twitter Pinterest Question of the Month I need you to answer the question, "What was the last thing you shared, and why?" Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 9/24/21 and be sure to tell us about your show and where we can find it (your website). Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Profit from Your Podcast Book Episode 787 with the Entrepreneur Survey The 10 Commandments of Book Marketing Wit and Wire Podcast Launch Accelerator Wit and Wire Courses ]]>2902cleanfullHow Do You Define Podcast Success?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-do-you-define-podcast-success--46292952www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Participants In This Episode The History of North America - Mark What Was That Like? - Scott Johnson Permanent Record Studios in Austin - Mike Film Spotting Childless Not By Choice - Civilia Morgan Dave's appearance on Childless Not by Choice The Author Inside You - Matt Dave's Appearance on The Author Inside You The Relaxed Dog - Robert Ober Tourpreneur- Shane Whaley. Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Mentioned In This Podcast Profit From Your Podcast Book Voice Advantage Giveaway (Lots of Free Stuff) Podcast Review Show How To Niche Down Your Podcast? Mailerlite Email List Tool]]>dd6b4142-6e77-467e-853d-4ceaaa78b24dMon, 30 Aug 2021 04:05:59 +0000David JacksonI asked my audience "Do you need to be a celebrity to achieve podcast success?" and they chimed in. You need to know your WHY, and you need to define SUCCESS. SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Participants In This Episode The History of North America - Mark What Was That Like? - Scott Johnson Permanent Record Studios in Austin - Mike Film Spotting Childless Not By Choice - Civilia Morgan Dave's appearance on Childless Not by Choice The Author Inside You - Matt Dave's Appearance on The Author Inside You The Relaxed Dog - Robert Ober Tourpreneur- Shane Whaley. Follow the Show and Never Miss an Episode on: Apple - Google - Spotify - Amazon Check out New Podcast Apps for apps to stream bitcoin to podcasters. Did You Get Value From This Episode? Enjoy the Show? Buy Dave a Coffee and give some of that value back. Mentioned In This Podcast Profit From Your Podcast Book Voice Advantage Giveaway (Lots of Free Stuff) Podcast Review Show How To Niche Down Your Podcast? Mailerlite Email List Tool]]>2459cleanfullDanielle Desir is Building a Deeper Engagement in a Facebook Group Alternativehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/danielle-desir-is-building-a-deeper-engagement-in-a-facebook-group-alternative--46198970www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Danielle is the host of the Thought Card podcast and one of the founders of the Women of Color Podcasters. In addition to being a podcaster, she's also is an Author, Podcast Coach, Freelance Writer and more. Today We Find Out The happy accident that was the start of the WOC Podcasters group. The multiple ways she attempted to monetize. Her thoughts about the "hot leads" from Facebook. Why she moved to Circle, and her favorite features. How she stayed sane running a group of 4000+ people. How she has expanded the group since moving off of Facebook. We get insight into her 17 different streams of income. Because of her podcast she is QUITTING HER DAY JOB! Glenn The Geek Road Report Glenn has recorded a few episodes on the road this week, and at one point was in the parking lot of a liquor store to get good wi-fi. He is getting great feedback from his audience, and seeing the products that people have purchased after hearing it on his show. Glenn then has the customer record a testimonial about the product and sends it to the sponsor (this should make it easy to renew their contract as Glenn has audible proof that advertising on his show works). Check out Gleen at www.horseradionetwork.com Question of the Month I need your answers by 8/27/21 at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts. Leading the Bleeding ( A Journey Podcast) I start a new strictly hobby podcast that will help me understand more about earning Bitcoin with your podcast. See www.value4value.io for more information. So far I've earned 65.74 (131,866 sats) and will be joined by my friend Harry Durran from Podcast Junkies and (hopefully) many more people as we create a "Study group." In the words of the great band King's X, "Everybody knows a little bit of Something" and we hope to get a group of people into a zoom meeting and share ideas, insights, and education. To check out the first episode, "You've Got to Start Somewhere" and add our first meeting by visiting leadingthebleeding.com/meeting Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned On This Episode Danielle Desir Website Thought Card podcast Women of Color Podcasters Circle.so Community Platform Profit From Your Podcast Book The Dip By Seth Godin Fountain App (stream bitcoin to podcasters) Join the School of Podcasting]]>3fdf700b-0b5b-47e4-9911-ae29c47abc3bMon, 23 Aug 2021 04:06:49 +0000David JacksonToday Danielle Desir built up a sizeable Facebook group and after trying multiple strategies to have the group pay for itself, SHE MOVED AWAY FROM FACEBOOK. SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Danielle is the host of the Thought Card podcast and one of the founders of the Women of Color Podcasters. In addition to being a podcaster, she's also is an Author, Podcast Coach, Freelance Writer and more. Today We Find Out The happy accident that was the start of the WOC Podcasters group. The multiple ways she attempted to monetize. Her thoughts about the "hot leads" from Facebook. Why she moved to Circle, and her favorite features. How she stayed sane running a group of 4000+ people. How she has expanded the group since moving off of Facebook. We get insight into her 17 different streams of income. Because of her podcast she is QUITTING HER DAY JOB! Glenn The Geek Road Report Glenn has recorded a few episodes on the road this week, and at one point was in the parking lot of a liquor store to get good wi-fi. He is getting great feedback from his audience, and seeing the products that people have purchased after hearing it on his show. Glenn then has the customer record a testimonial about the product and sends it to the sponsor (this should make it easy to renew their contract as Glenn has audible proof that advertising on his show works). Check out Gleen at www.horseradionetwork.com Question of the Month I need your answers by 8/27/21 at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts. Leading the Bleeding ( A Journey Podcast) I start a new strictly hobby podcast that will help me understand more about earning Bitcoin with your podcast. See www.value4value.io for more information. So far I've earned 65.74 (131,866 sats) and will be joined by my friend Harry Durran from Podcast Junkies and (hopefully) many more people as we create a "Study group." In the words of the great band King's X, "Everybody knows a little bit of Something" and we hope to get a group of people into a zoom meeting and share ideas, insights, and education. To check out the first episode, "You've Got to Start Somewhere" and add our first meeting by visiting leadingthebleeding.com/meeting Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned On This Episode Danielle Desir Website Thought Card podcast Women of Color Podcasters Circle.so Community Platform Profit From Your Podcast Book The Dip By Seth Godin Fountain App (stream bitcoin to podcasters) Join the School of Podcasting]]>2774cleanfullShould My Podcast Be an LLC?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/should-my-podcast-be-an-llc--46109778www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Create an LLC Zoom Podtrak P4 Recorder/Interface/Mixer Show Notes Summit My Gear My Podcast Reviews QR Code Creation Video Podpage (create your podcast website in minutes) Give Back Value For the Show No Agenda Show Rich Dad Poor Dad (free book on Audible) Deb Shepherd Podcast Horse Radio Network New Podcast Apps TOPICS 00:00 Put it Back in the Oven 01:28 Intro 02:05 Because of My Podcast: 10,000 Donation 04:49 Mailbag: Discovery Revisited 09:59 Why Did My Show Stop Growing 12:13 You Never Know Who Is Listening 14:29 SPONSOR Podpage 16:37 Should I Create an LLC? 28:05 Glen The Geek IN MY STUDIO 36:16 Podcast Yearbook 43:08 Show Notes Summit 44:27 schoolofpodcasting.com/value Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>b7f6ebdb-3709-4e08-b66a-09fcba2e28a9Mon, 16 Aug 2021 02:50:50 +0000David JacksonWe have many topics this week. If your app uses chapters you can jump to the next subject. We are talking about becoming an LLC SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Create an LLC Zoom Podtrak P4 Recorder/Interface/Mixer Show Notes Summit My Gear My Podcast Reviews QR Code Creation Video Podpage (create your podcast website in minutes) Give Back Value For the Show No Agenda Show Rich Dad Poor Dad (free book on Audible) Deb Shepherd Podcast Horse Radio Network New Podcast Apps TOPICS 00:00 Put it Back in the Oven 01:28 Intro 02:05 Because of My Podcast: 10,000 Donation 04:49 Mailbag: Discovery Revisited 09:59 Why Did My Show Stop Growing 12:13 You Never Know Who Is Listening 14:29 SPONSOR Podpage 16:37 Should I Create an LLC? 28:05 Glen The Geek IN MY STUDIO 36:16 Podcast Yearbook 43:08 Show Notes Summit 44:27 schoolofpodcasting.com/value Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2738cleanfullNew Survey Sheds Light on Content Creator Monetization Effortshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-survey-sheds-light-on-content-creator-monetization-efforts--46020542www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Lessons From the Car When I was driving doing 75 mph in my Toyota Camry, if you're guest is using their built-in microphone I couldn't understand what they were saying. Also, just like a GPS that is constantly looking for more efficient ways to get you to your destination, your podcast operates the same way. As you listen to your audience, you can steer your show to success. It Turns Out People Are Listening... In attending an event where my audience is (Podcast Movement 2021), I ran into a few people who listen to my show. I ran into Peter Ferioli of the Music Podcast Network, Riki Rachtman from MTV's the Headbanger Ball (who now has his own podcasts). While it feeds your ego, you also have the opportunity to get instant feedback on your show. This is always amazing to get feedback, and you actually see that people are listening to you. Glenn The Geek HRN Tour Report Glenn is going on a five-week 3200-mile tour including 14 states, 12 meetups, 1 wedding, to meet his listeners. he is staying at listener farms and campgrounds. Glenn is loving the Zoom Podtrak P4 and using four Samson Q2U microphones. He is recording into the P4 and also uses Hindenburg Journalist Follow Glenn on the Horses in the Morning Facebook Page or check out his Horse Radio Network Website. Question of the Month Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts... I need your answer by 8/27/21 see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Episode FULL PDF REPORT - The unconventionals Podpage Profit From Your Podcast Book (and Podcast) Zoom Podtrak P4 Samson Q2U microphones Podia Everything you need to sell courses, webinars, downloads, and memberships. Teachable - Create online courses and coaching services. Podcast Movement RocknPod Event Big Podcast Book the Music Podcast Network Riki Rachtman Tourpreneur Podcast Spybrary Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start ]]>55adb788-71d7-4c35-bb07-9d4e7f29e828Mon, 09 Aug 2021 03:33:32 +0000David JacksonMany entrepreneurs say they are unemployable, well Joe Pulizzi (of Content Inc) has a new company called The Tilt (We’re Turning Content Creators into Content Entrepreneurs) just published The unconventionals. It's a report based on 1400 Content...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Lessons From the Car When I was driving doing 75 mph in my Toyota Camry, if you're guest is using their built-in microphone I couldn't understand what they were saying. Also, just like a GPS that is constantly looking for more efficient ways to get you to your destination, your podcast operates the same way. As you listen to your audience, you can steer your show to success. It Turns Out People Are Listening... In attending an event where my audience is (Podcast Movement 2021), I ran into a few people who listen to my show. I ran into Peter Ferioli of the Music Podcast Network, Riki Rachtman from MTV's the Headbanger Ball (who now has his own podcasts). While it feeds your ego, you also have the opportunity to get instant feedback on your show. This is always amazing to get feedback, and you actually see that people are listening to you. Glenn The Geek HRN Tour Report Glenn is going on a five-week 3200-mile tour including 14 states, 12 meetups, 1 wedding, to meet his listeners. he is staying at listener farms and campgrounds. Glenn is loving the Zoom Podtrak P4 and using four Samson Q2U microphones. He is recording into the P4 and also uses Hindenburg Journalist Follow Glenn on the Horses in the Morning Facebook Page or check out his Horse Radio Network Website. Question of the Month Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? (Be sure to mention your show and website) Share your thoughts... I need your answer by 8/27/21 see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Episode FULL PDF REPORT - The unconventionals Podpage Profit From Your Podcast Book (and Podcast) Zoom Podtrak P4 Samson Q2U microphones Podia Everything you need to sell courses, webinars, downloads, and memberships. Teachable - Create online courses and coaching services. Podcast Movement RocknPod Event Big Podcast Book the Music Podcast Network Riki Rachtman Tourpreneur Podcast Spybrary Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start ]]>2599cleanfullWhat Makes This Podcast Great? Jordan Harbinger Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-makes-this-podcast-great-jordan-harbinger-edition--45932157www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Lessons Learned Jordan promotes what you missed, and let's you know what's coming. His opening tease made me want to hear more without "spoiling" the episode. His fluid transition of his guest left me (again) wanting to hear more. Jordan has created starter packs to get new listeners to the best stuff quickly. Jordan does the work. He reads the book, watches the movie, etc. He does the research for his guest, and consequently asks the best questions that lead to great stories. His guest had a great story AND could tell it. (Example, actors are skilled at reading other people's words and may not be a great interview). He makes points by sharing insights into his life. He put his sponsors in the episode AND on his "Deals" page. This (probably) results in more sales, and makes it easy to share He explains WHY you should go to his website. He has blog posts that are long (to attract Google) and are very well written. These also have links to his episodes. HE can then mention this on his episodes which is another reason to check out the website. While his primary income is sponsors, he also has a page of all the books from his guests (which use affiliate links). Remember, pennies make dollars. You get to know him based on his entertainment recommendations. Findability vs Discoverability I wrote an article 5 Ways To Get Your Podcast Discovered some people took to Twitter to say I was wrong. One person was Tanner Cambell from Real Talk Podcasting. He explained how: Findability: How easy it is for someone to locate known data, information, or knowledge using search or browse? Example: Googling "Golf Podcast." Discoverability: How easy is it for someone to encounter information or knowledge that was not explicitly sought out? Example: Pandora suggesting songs based on your feedback. Amazon suggesting products. Netflix suggesting shows based on your feedback. After an uncomfortable discussion, I realize I was confusing the two. For me, my friends are my discoverability system. They know what I would enjoy and recommend podcasts for me to listen to that I may not have heard about. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Jordan Harbinger Website Jordan Harbinger Episode with Daryl Davis Daryl Davis Documentary Accidental Courtesy Klan-destine Relationships Book Podpage Dave's YouTube Video on Discoverability What Makes This Podcast Great: Marc Maron The War of Art Audiobook - Steven Pressfield Real Talk Podcasting Dave on Twitter Support This Show ]]>621f93fa-b871-4e35-965c-bdb588094b9aMon, 02 Aug 2021 04:05:15 +0000David JacksonWhile you can learn from other people's mistakes, you can also learn from other's successes. Jordan Harbinger has been on the show multiple times. He first shared what was working for him back on episode 402 and he had left his career as a lawyer. He...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Lessons Learned Jordan promotes what you missed, and let's you know what's coming. His opening tease made me want to hear more without "spoiling" the episode. His fluid transition of his guest left me (again) wanting to hear more. Jordan has created starter packs to get new listeners to the best stuff quickly. Jordan does the work. He reads the book, watches the movie, etc. He does the research for his guest, and consequently asks the best questions that lead to great stories. His guest had a great story AND could tell it. (Example, actors are skilled at reading other people's words and may not be a great interview). He makes points by sharing insights into his life. He put his sponsors in the episode AND on his "Deals" page. This (probably) results in more sales, and makes it easy to share He explains WHY you should go to his website. He has blog posts that are long (to attract Google) and are very well written. These also have links to his episodes. HE can then mention this on his episodes which is another reason to check out the website. While his primary income is sponsors, he also has a page of all the books from his guests (which use affiliate links). Remember, pennies make dollars. You get to know him based on his entertainment recommendations. Findability vs Discoverability I wrote an article 5 Ways To Get Your Podcast Discovered some people took to Twitter to say I was wrong. One person was Tanner Cambell from Real Talk Podcasting. He explained how: Findability: How easy it is for someone to locate known data, information, or knowledge using search or browse? Example: Googling "Golf Podcast." Discoverability: How easy is it for someone to encounter information or knowledge that was not explicitly sought out? Example: Pandora suggesting songs based on your feedback. Amazon suggesting products. Netflix suggesting shows based on your feedback. After an uncomfortable discussion, I realize I was confusing the two. For me, my friends are my discoverability system. They know what I would enjoy and recommend podcasts for me to listen to that I may not have heard about. Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode Jordan Harbinger Website Jordan Harbinger Episode with Daryl Davis Daryl Davis Documentary Accidental Courtesy Klan-destine Relationships Book Podpage Dave's YouTube Video on Discoverability What Makes This Podcast Great: Marc Maron The War of Art Audiobook - Steven Pressfield Real Talk Podcasting Dave on Twitter Support This Show ]]>2748cleanfullWhat Would You Miss If You Had to Stop Podcasting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-would-you-miss-if-you-had-to-stop-podcasting--45840615www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Kris and Kristine Show The White Collared Podcast Foster Care: An Unparalleled Journey The Pharmacists Voice What Was That Like? History of North America Marriage Advice From the Divorced Guy Logitech C920 Elgato Facecam Sone VZ-1 Elgato Key Lights No Agenda Show Podcasting 2.0 New Podcast Apps Podcasting Can Bring You Out Of Your Shell Podcasting is great for introverts as you get to meet thousands of people without meeting thousands of people. You can then meet the like-minded people you attract, and eventually, get up enough nerve to meet people you have nothing in common with. You Don't Need to Buy Top-Notch Uber Expensive Gear If you wait to start your podcast until you can spend THOUSANDS on equipment, don't. You can start a solo podcast for less than a price of an xbox. Start Today Question of the Month I need the answers by August 27th, 2021. The question is: Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? I'd love to hear both yes and no answers (for the record my answer is yes, but feel free to change my mind. I'd love a good dialogue. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>4ca4a0dc-32e3-4564-86c8-91bd8fa85357Mon, 26 Jul 2021 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonWhat would happen if some life event happened and you couldn't podcast anymore? What would you miss the most? SPONSOR: Podpage Podpage is the easiest way to build a website for your podcast that looks great without having to learn a bunch of...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Kris and Kristine Show The White Collared Podcast Foster Care: An Unparalleled Journey The Pharmacists Voice What Was That Like? History of North America Marriage Advice From the Divorced Guy Logitech C920 Elgato Facecam Sone VZ-1 Elgato Key Lights No Agenda Show Podcasting 2.0 New Podcast Apps Podcasting Can Bring You Out Of Your Shell Podcasting is great for introverts as you get to meet thousands of people without meeting thousands of people. You can then meet the like-minded people you attract, and eventually, get up enough nerve to meet people you have nothing in common with. You Don't Need to Buy Top-Notch Uber Expensive Gear If you wait to start your podcast until you can spend THOUSANDS on equipment, don't. You can start a solo podcast for less than a price of an xbox. Start Today Question of the Month I need the answers by August 27th, 2021. The question is: Can you achieve podcasting success without being a celebrity? I'd love to hear both yes and no answers (for the record my answer is yes, but feel free to change my mind. I'd love a good dialogue. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>1801cleanfullWhat Amazing Tips You Can Learn From the Beatles and Kiss To Grow Your Podcast Like a Rock Starhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-amazing-tips-you-can-learn-from-the-beatles-and-kiss-to-grow-your-podcast-like-a-rock-star--45751834www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Rockstar Lessons From the Beatles and Kiss Start with your why Same but different Sharpen your axes Make your show hard to copy Sacrifices will be made Friendly competition is good Don't promote until your audience says its good Get people talking about you Money changes everything Don't be bored I think the item that really made me go "Whoa!" was the Beatles having the option to come to the US, and they postponed it until they had a hit. Likewise, Kiss walking out on a record deal as the music wasn't right. Podcast Rewind I've been interviewed on the following podcasts: Monetization Nation Talk about Talk Podcast Question of the Month What would you miss the most if you have to quit podcasting? I need your answer by 7/23/21 Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode McCartney 3, 2, 1 on Hulu Kisstory on A & E Monetization Nation Talk about Talk Podcast Profit From Your Podcast Full show notes of 784 ]]>119568ea-feda-4bbe-99c8-59bd843280efMon, 19 Jul 2021 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonThe formula for many successful musicians is to take their influences and mix them into something new and unique. I recently watched a few documentaries, and as a musician, I'm a bit of a nerd when it comes to music history, especially around rock and...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Rockstar Lessons From the Beatles and Kiss Start with your why Same but different Sharpen your axes Make your show hard to copy Sacrifices will be made Friendly competition is good Don't promote until your audience says its good Get people talking about you Money changes everything Don't be bored I think the item that really made me go "Whoa!" was the Beatles having the option to come to the US, and they postponed it until they had a hit. Likewise, Kiss walking out on a record deal as the music wasn't right. Podcast Rewind I've been interviewed on the following podcasts: Monetization Nation Talk about Talk Podcast Question of the Month What would you miss the most if you have to quit podcasting? I need your answer by 7/23/21 Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Ready To Start Your Podcast? You may think nobody would listen to you, but I'm here to tell you they will. I have proven strategies to help you identify exactly what your audience wants. You will sound professional, and won't have to spend a million dollars to sound great. Learn through our online tutorials, live group coaching and a private Facebook Group filled with brilliant podcasters. Join worry-free with a 40-day money-back guarantee. See schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode McCartney 3, 2, 1 on Hulu Kisstory on A & E Monetization Nation Talk about Talk Podcast Profit From Your Podcast Full show notes of 784 ]]>2240gene simmons,kiss,paul mccartney,podcastingcleanfullIs Podcast Success Only For Celebrities?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-podcast-success-only-for-celebrities--45663068www.schoolofpodcasting.com/783 Ready to Get Into the Arena With a Podcast? I would love to help you get a professional-sounding, super targeted, extra-engaging podcast off the ground. Let me take my 16 years of podcasting experience to help you avoid the common pitfalls. Come work with me. Enjoy the Podcast But Don't Need My Services? I've provided value, you can provide value here. Mentioned In This Episode Joe Rogan's first live stream Joe Rogan Interviews Adam Curry No Agenda Show, Mike Rowe - What Not How Episode Paris Hilton Podcast New Media Show Jerry Seinfeld Video Guitar Speak Podcast Join the School of Podcasting Book a Podcast Strategy Call Buy Me a Coffee Sign up for the Newsletter]]>972a349b-42b8-4c8e-8a4c-d5b23bb23919Mon, 12 Jul 2021 04:00:00 +0000David Jackson"Is podcast success only for celebrities?" This is a question many podcasters ask themselves after they start their podcast and find out how much work it really takes to make it successful. Listeners don't care if you're an established celebrity or...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/783 Ready to Get Into the Arena With a Podcast? I would love to help you get a professional-sounding, super targeted, extra-engaging podcast off the ground. Let me take my 16 years of podcasting experience to help you avoid the common pitfalls. Come work with me. Enjoy the Podcast But Don't Need My Services? I've provided value, you can provide value here. Mentioned In This Episode Joe Rogan's first live stream Joe Rogan Interviews Adam Curry No Agenda Show, Mike Rowe - What Not How Episode Paris Hilton Podcast New Media Show Jerry Seinfeld Video Guitar Speak Podcast Join the School of Podcasting Book a Podcast Strategy Call Buy Me a Coffee Sign up for the Newsletter]]>2598celebrity,joerogan,podcast,successcleanfullDavid Greenwalthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/david-greenwalt--45633415b5d4c8ce842cc9aa696a493a6497ea7aFri, 09 Jul 2021 03:21:31 +0000David Jackson204cleanfullDavid Hooper -Red Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/david-hooper-red-podcast--45633082bc24b5f33bfadf89c4ff455efa2dd2d5Fri, 09 Jul 2021 03:15:56 +0000David Jackson113cleanfullDr. Nina - Win the Diet Warhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dr-nina-win-the-diet-war--456330850d17d7e37eb571b42f98d2a4ecd609c6Fri, 09 Jul 2021 03:00:12 +0000David Jackson82cleanfullBob Staggenborg - Nature Guyshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bob-staggenborg-nature-guys--456330836b03ef6e5212029b0466b7dd059f96b0Fri, 09 Jul 2021 02:56:45 +0000David Jackson179cleanfullKim Newlove the Pharmacists Voicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kim-newlove-the-pharmacists-voice--456330840e457df3-83e7-4c38-9034-17ebd92794d8Fri, 09 Jul 2021 02:53:42 +0000David Jackson70cleanfullJames Rose Testimonialhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/james-rose-testimonial--45633088084be69e-0375-4886-8442-f81e0710c76aFri, 09 Jul 2021 02:41:15 +0000David Jackson56cleanfullWait, What? Why Did I Get This Feedback? Behind The Scenes of the School of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/wait-what-why-did-i-get-this-feedback-behind-the-scenes-of-the-school-of-podcasting--45575686www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Marc Maron Interviews Quentin Tarantino Podcasting 2.0 and the Podcast Index My Interview With Adam Curry Paul Colligan Glen the Geek Spark Christian Podcast Conference A Time For Horses Power of Podcasting Network (All of Dave's Podcasting Shows) Profit From Your Podcast (Dave's Book) Join The School of Podcasting Schedule a Podcast Strategy Meeting]]>19323eaf-61b3-4456-a456-76b47acf2b5bMon, 05 Jul 2021 04:19:42 +0000David JacksonTwo Ways To Learn Things You can learn from your mistakes and do less of those. You can also look at anything that worked well and do more of that. This week I talk about episode 780 with Adam Curry. I had more people connect with me to say, "Hey, I...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Mentioned In This Episode Marc Maron Interviews Quentin Tarantino Podcasting 2.0 and the Podcast Index My Interview With Adam Curry Paul Colligan Glen the Geek Spark Christian Podcast Conference A Time For Horses Power of Podcasting Network (All of Dave's Podcasting Shows) Profit From Your Podcast (Dave's Book) Join The School of Podcasting Schedule a Podcast Strategy Meeting]]>2424cleanfullATTITUDE: Joe Saul-Sehy's Secret Weapon to Podcast Successhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/attitude-joe-saul-sehy-s-secret-weapon-to-podcast-success--45473634www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage TOPICS: 00:00 Gordon the Guided Missile 03:00 Welcome to the Show QUESTION OF THE MONTH 04:38 Podcasting Pet Peeves 04:54 York from Poetic Earthlings 06:59 Seth - Geekville Radio 08:53 Dan - Based on a True Story IS YOUR PODCAST GOOD? 11:33 Most Haters Just Leave 14:41 Do You REALLY Want Advice? 16:01 Before You Buy Facebook Ads 16:44 How to Not Feel SALESY 18:30 SPONSOR: Podpage JOE'S AMAZING ATTITUDE 20:40 Joe From Stackingbenjamins.com 21:12 Why Did Joe Join a Network? 24:20 "Messing" with his content? 25:54 Why Does Someone Successful Need a Coach? 27:27 What Innovations Did You Do? 31:04 How Joe Inspires You To Listen to the Ads 32:31 Knowledge is Powerful When Acted Upon 34:26 Being Everywhere 35:54 Great Points: recap GET MORE OF JOE Stacking Benjamins Podcast Pre-order his book, "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management" YOUR ATTITUDE 36:55 It Doesn't Have to Be Perfect 38:41 2 Quick Quotes JULY QUESTION OF THE MONTH 40:18 July Question of the Month If you had to stop podcasting (the reason doesn't matter) what would you miss the most? Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question INSIGHTS FROM SPARK CHRISTIAN PODCAST CONFERENCE 42:20 Example of Standing Out 47:35 In-Person Events ROCK 50:30 Coming Soon MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE ( 781 ) The Importance of Mistakes (John Cleese) Podpage (learn Podpage for free) School of Podcasting - Plan, Launch, Grow and Monetize Your Podcast Poetic Earthlings Geekville Radio Based on a True Story Author Media ( Thomas Umstattd Jr. ) Fantastical Truth Podcast (Zach Russell) Jordan Harbinger Asking Advice Episode Pre-order Joe's book, "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management" Focus on the Family Spark Christian Podcast Conference Part 1 of My talk With Joe (About Reviews) The Chosen (Online Series - Interesting Crowdfunding) Tara-Leigh Cobble Author Media - Thomas Umstattdt Jr. Fantastical Truth - Zachary Russell]]>4f239af6-46cf-44bf-a47d-5ccf97480386Mon, 28 Jun 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we hear part 2 of my conversation with Joe from Stacking Benjamins (Hear Part 1) comes back to talk about joining Westwood One, why he has a coach and his attitude towards making his show better. SPONSOR: Podpage Have you tried Podpage? Podpage...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage TOPICS: 00:00 Gordon the Guided Missile 03:00 Welcome to the Show QUESTION OF THE MONTH 04:38 Podcasting Pet Peeves 04:54 York from Poetic Earthlings 06:59 Seth - Geekville Radio 08:53 Dan - Based on a True Story IS YOUR PODCAST GOOD? 11:33 Most Haters Just Leave 14:41 Do You REALLY Want Advice? 16:01 Before You Buy Facebook Ads 16:44 How to Not Feel SALESY 18:30 SPONSOR: Podpage JOE'S AMAZING ATTITUDE 20:40 Joe From Stackingbenjamins.com 21:12 Why Did Joe Join a Network? 24:20 "Messing" with his content? 25:54 Why Does Someone Successful Need a Coach? 27:27 What Innovations Did You Do? 31:04 How Joe Inspires You To Listen to the Ads 32:31 Knowledge is Powerful When Acted Upon 34:26 Being Everywhere 35:54 Great Points: recap GET MORE OF JOE Stacking Benjamins Podcast Pre-order his book, "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management" YOUR ATTITUDE 36:55 It Doesn't Have to Be Perfect 38:41 2 Quick Quotes JULY QUESTION OF THE MONTH 40:18 July Question of the Month If you had to stop podcasting (the reason doesn't matter) what would you miss the most? Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question INSIGHTS FROM SPARK CHRISTIAN PODCAST CONFERENCE 42:20 Example of Standing Out 47:35 In-Person Events ROCK 50:30 Coming Soon MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE ( 781 ) The Importance of Mistakes (John Cleese) Podpage (learn Podpage for free) School of Podcasting - Plan, Launch, Grow and Monetize Your Podcast Poetic Earthlings Geekville Radio Based on a True Story Author Media ( Thomas Umstattd Jr. ) Fantastical Truth Podcast (Zach Russell) Jordan Harbinger Asking Advice Episode Pre-order Joe's book, "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management" Focus on the Family Spark Christian Podcast Conference Part 1 of My talk With Joe (About Reviews) The Chosen (Online Series - Interesting Crowdfunding) Tara-Leigh Cobble Author Media - Thomas Umstattdt Jr. Fantastical Truth - Zachary Russell]]>3116cleanfullPreserving podcasting as a platform for free speech. Adam Curry and Podcasting 2.0https://www.spreaker.com/episode/preserving-podcasting-as-a-platform-for-free-speech-adam-curry-and-podcasting-2-0--45380977www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Topics Covered With Adam: The problem with podcasting networks ( 7:20) The history of the No Agenda Show (14:50) What is Podcasting 2.0 and how to get started (27:05) Mentioned in This Episode www.noagendashow.com www.podcastindex.org www.coinbase.com Strike Bitcoin Wallet James Cridland Article Join the School of Podcasting Avoid sounding unprofessional Learn how to connect with your audience Get your show listed in Apple, Spotify, Google and More Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>1fee470b-5e4c-4a34-9b9e-97ce348af78aMon, 21 Jun 2021 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonToday I am blessed to interview the man who helped invent podcasting. Many people know him from his time as a VJ on MTV but there is so much more to Adam than his leather jacket and golden locks of hair. Born in Va but moved to the Netherlands when...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Topics Covered With Adam: The problem with podcasting networks ( 7:20) The history of the No Agenda Show (14:50) What is Podcasting 2.0 and how to get started (27:05) Mentioned in This Episode www.noagendashow.com www.podcastindex.org www.coinbase.com Strike Bitcoin Wallet James Cridland Article Join the School of Podcasting Avoid sounding unprofessional Learn how to connect with your audience Get your show listed in Apple, Spotify, Google and More Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>3869cleanfullHave I Underestimated the Power of Apple Podcast Reviews?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/have-i-underestimated-the-power-of-apple-podcast-reviews--45289610www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Check out this video to see how easy it is to setup your show. Mentioned In This Episode: Stacking Benjamins The Hype Machine Book Podpage Learn Podpage Free Course Leave a 5 Star Review For the School of Podcasting Take this quick three-question survey about Podcast Reviews Google Trends Jacobs Media My Podcast Reviews Join the School of Podcasting Topics: 05:26 The Importance of Reviews (outside of Apple charts) 12:35 Follow Trends ( see Google Trends ) 15:48 A Faster Way To Create Audiograms 16:38 Managing a Community (want a Facebook Alternative? Check out the Circle Platform) 20:26 SPONSOR:schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage 22:09 Give Your Listeners What They Want 25:13 78% of Podcast Discovery is Word of Mouth according to Jacobs Media 29:49 Looking at My Reviews via My Podcast Reviews ( 4 months free on your first yearly subscription ) 31:29 Another Strategy to Battle 1 Star Reviews 33:16 Have I Frightened You From Pressing Record? 34:05 Getting Out Of Our Own Way 37:14 You WILL Get a One Star Review 38:32 Getting Reviews Outside of Apple 39:45 Thanks To My Team 40:31 Bloopers]]>71a58b9f-9875-4a7e-9674-2bed7aad445dMon, 14 Jun 2021 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonToday I am joined by Joe Saul-Sehy from Stacking Benjamins (which was recently added to the Westwood One Network). Joe recently took a class lead by Sinan Aral (author of the book The Hype Machine) and while it's been proven over and over that Apple...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage Check out this video to see how easy it is to setup your show. Mentioned In This Episode: Stacking Benjamins The Hype Machine Book Podpage Learn Podpage Free Course Leave a 5 Star Review For the School of Podcasting Take this quick three-question survey about Podcast Reviews Google Trends Jacobs Media My Podcast Reviews Join the School of Podcasting Topics: 05:26 The Importance of Reviews (outside of Apple charts) 12:35 Follow Trends ( see Google Trends ) 15:48 A Faster Way To Create Audiograms 16:38 Managing a Community (want a Facebook Alternative? Check out the Circle Platform) 20:26 SPONSOR:schoolofpodcasting.com/trypodpage 22:09 Give Your Listeners What They Want 25:13 78% of Podcast Discovery is Word of Mouth according to Jacobs Media 29:49 Looking at My Reviews via My Podcast Reviews ( 4 months free on your first yearly subscription ) 31:29 Another Strategy to Battle 1 Star Reviews 33:16 Have I Frightened You From Pressing Record? 34:05 Getting Out Of Our Own Way 37:14 You WILL Get a One Star Review 38:32 Getting Reviews Outside of Apple 39:45 Thanks To My Team 40:31 Bloopers]]>2469cleanfullBehind the Scenes of Podcast Movement Nashvillehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-podcast-movement-nashville--45194680www.podpage.com FREE COURSE: Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage to learn the ins and outs of Podpage. Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/778 Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Movement Podpage.com Learn Podpage - Free Course John Lee Dumas Interview Kate Erickson Interview Sendfox Mailerlite Danny Elfman on Marc Maron David Lee Roth on Joe Rogan Question of the Month Tarzan Economics (free book on Audible) Wix Video Join the School of Podcasting Ready To Start Your Podcast? Get instance access to tutorials, private coaching, and a Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds. You don't have to worry about sounding stupid, spending too much on equipment, or wonder how to get into Apple, Spotify, etc. www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>fa9554e1-f5e4-45ec-979b-b5b043b8e1b4Mon, 07 Jun 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcast Movement Nashville is one of the Podcast Industries' first in-person events. While I'm excited to get in my car and make my way to Nashville, there are those who are nervous about being in crowds, while others have not been cleared to travel....www.podpage.com FREE COURSE: Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage to learn the ins and outs of Podpage. Full Show Notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/778 Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Movement Podpage.com Learn Podpage - Free Course John Lee Dumas Interview Kate Erickson Interview Sendfox Mailerlite Danny Elfman on Marc Maron David Lee Roth on Joe Rogan Question of the Month Tarzan Economics (free book on Audible) Wix Video Join the School of Podcasting Ready To Start Your Podcast? Get instance access to tutorials, private coaching, and a Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds. You don't have to worry about sounding stupid, spending too much on equipment, or wonder how to get into Apple, Spotify, etc. www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>2511cleanfullEditing Your Podcast Interview For Contenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/editing-your-podcast-interview-for-content--45104253www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Avoid the Been There Done That The guest provides an answer and you have a similar situation that will answer for the second time your question. Was the answer from the guest so unclear that you need to repeat what is essentially the same point? If not, remove your story. The interview is about the guest (not you). Avoid the Back Story Sometimes we provide some back story so the guest understands the motivation behind the question. Many times the audience doesn't need to hear the back story. You can edit it out and just leave the part Don't Forget to Ask a Question? I find it off that Drew Barrymore often does not ask a question. She says nice things about the guest and just stops. June 2021 Question(s) of the Month 1. What would the ultimate podcast community look like to you? (This will remain between you and me). 2. What are your top pet peaves? (this will be public) Don't forget to provide: The name of your show/ The website. A brief description Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 6/25/2021 Need Help With Your Editing? Check out Affordable Audio Editing Where I Will Be Spark Christian Podcast Conference June 22-24 2021Grapevine, TX Podcast Movement Nashville Aug 306 20201 Thanks for sharing this show with a friend Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Steve Carter Easy Stress Cures and EFT Tapping Junction Drew Barrymore Interviews Sean Evans Last Week Tonight on Paid Placement (with their Fake Product) Episodes 776 Nobody Gets On a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going – Your Podcast's Intro Episode 771 Podcasting Can Give Your Audience Something They Are Dying To Hear: The Truth Question of the Month]]>22aa1736-61be-48b4-8cd7-c89233204efbMon, 31 May 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonHow do you decide if something should stay in your podcast episode? For when I listen to the question I asked, I look for: 1. When did their response start to actually answer the question I asked. 2. Is it a good answer? Does it deliver value? Today...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Avoid the Been There Done That The guest provides an answer and you have a similar situation that will answer for the second time your question. Was the answer from the guest so unclear that you need to repeat what is essentially the same point? If not, remove your story. The interview is about the guest (not you). Avoid the Back Story Sometimes we provide some back story so the guest understands the motivation behind the question. Many times the audience doesn't need to hear the back story. You can edit it out and just leave the part Don't Forget to Ask a Question? I find it off that Drew Barrymore often does not ask a question. She says nice things about the guest and just stops. June 2021 Question(s) of the Month 1. What would the ultimate podcast community look like to you? (This will remain between you and me). 2. What are your top pet peaves? (this will be public) Don't forget to provide: The name of your show/ The website. A brief description Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question by 6/25/2021 Need Help With Your Editing? Check out Affordable Audio Editing Where I Will Be Spark Christian Podcast Conference June 22-24 2021Grapevine, TX Podcast Movement Nashville Aug 306 20201 Thanks for sharing this show with a friend Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting Steve Carter Easy Stress Cures and EFT Tapping Junction Drew Barrymore Interviews Sean Evans Last Week Tonight on Paid Placement (with their Fake Product) Episodes 776 Nobody Gets On a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going – Your Podcast's Intro Episode 771 Podcasting Can Give Your Audience Something They Are Dying To Hear: The Truth Question of the Month]]>2045cleanfullNobody Gets On a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going - Your Podcast's Introhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nobody-gets-on-a-bus-without-knowing-where-it-s-going-your-podcast-s-intro--45020329www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join The Generic Show Introduction Welcome to (show name) where we (what you do) so that you can (benefit of listening) our website is (website address). Then introduce the episode, and if you can explain why people should listen to you, throw that in as well. Smooth Transactions Don't Happen By Accident When I do the Podcast Review Show with Erik K Johnson so we both can see the points each person wants to make. If needed we loft up a "softball" comment so the person can make their point. Consequently, when I see we have hit all the bullet points I don't have to ask, "Are you ready to move on." James and Sam on Podland do a great job of organizing the many topics they cover into stories that easily transition from one to the next. They transition into interviews by providing just the information that resonates with the listener (do we really need their whole LinkedIn bio? No!) and consequently when the show is over I find myself asking, "Already?" It just flows nicely. This doesn't happen by accident. When you have multiple segments take some time to think about how you are going to transition from one to the other. If you don't do this, it's not the end of the world, but it is often the little things that separate good from great. It's the little things that other people don't take the time to do that can really set you apart. I actually use transition music (SHORT music) to signal my audience that we're moving to a new topic. The bottom line is it is YOUR SHOW and you can do WHATEVER you want. Don't let this stop you from creating your show because it's not "perfect."When in doubt ask someone (not related to you) for feedback and/or do what feels right to you. Three Levels of Content I read the ebook The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo and I loved it. It really made me think, and it's pretty creative. Here is one thing that made me go, "Oh yeah, that is better." Level 1 Content You have some gold. (You drop facts in their lap) Level 2: What Could Happen Here’s some gold. You have some now. And because you have some now, you can do all kinds of things: create some jewelry to feel beautiful or make someone else feel beautiful, etc Level 3: Your Opinion When you say the phrase, "I think" you take all the information, all the pros and cons and insights you have, and put them into an opinion. Everyone will have their own opinion and that makes your show different than anyone else's sow. Coming Soon: Dissecting Hot Ones on YouTube Hot Ones is an amazing show, with AMAZING questions. Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Review Show School of Podcasting Podnews Podland The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man Kindle and Audible]]>d78d97a7-509a-45a3-a3f1-17f6e829319dMon, 24 May 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonMy Co-host of the Podcast Review Show Eric K Johnson has a saying, "Nobody Gets on a Bus Without Knowing Where It's Going." Today we talk about how it is 100% up to you on how you start your episodes. I also talk about insights from reading the book,...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join The Generic Show Introduction Welcome to (show name) where we (what you do) so that you can (benefit of listening) our website is (website address). Then introduce the episode, and if you can explain why people should listen to you, throw that in as well. Smooth Transactions Don't Happen By Accident When I do the Podcast Review Show with Erik K Johnson so we both can see the points each person wants to make. If needed we loft up a "softball" comment so the person can make their point. Consequently, when I see we have hit all the bullet points I don't have to ask, "Are you ready to move on." James and Sam on Podland do a great job of organizing the many topics they cover into stories that easily transition from one to the next. They transition into interviews by providing just the information that resonates with the listener (do we really need their whole LinkedIn bio? No!) and consequently when the show is over I find myself asking, "Already?" It just flows nicely. This doesn't happen by accident. When you have multiple segments take some time to think about how you are going to transition from one to the other. If you don't do this, it's not the end of the world, but it is often the little things that separate good from great. It's the little things that other people don't take the time to do that can really set you apart. I actually use transition music (SHORT music) to signal my audience that we're moving to a new topic. The bottom line is it is YOUR SHOW and you can do WHATEVER you want. Don't let this stop you from creating your show because it's not "perfect."When in doubt ask someone (not related to you) for feedback and/or do what feels right to you. Three Levels of Content I read the ebook The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo and I loved it. It really made me think, and it's pretty creative. Here is one thing that made me go, "Oh yeah, that is better." Level 1 Content You have some gold. (You drop facts in their lap) Level 2: What Could Happen Here’s some gold. You have some now. And because you have some now, you can do all kinds of things: create some jewelry to feel beautiful or make someone else feel beautiful, etc Level 3: Your Opinion When you say the phrase, "I think" you take all the information, all the pros and cons and insights you have, and put them into an opinion. Everyone will have their own opinion and that makes your show different than anyone else's sow. Coming Soon: Dissecting Hot Ones on YouTube Hot Ones is an amazing show, with AMAZING questions. Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Review Show School of Podcasting Podnews Podland The Creator's Compass from Jay Acunzo Uncomfortable Conversations with a Black Man Kindle and Audible]]>2389cleanfullHow to Make Key Decisions For Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-make-key-decisions-for-your-podcast--44863909www.fishnerds.com The Basics of Making a Decision In doing some research and reading a bunch of articles you can boil decision-making down to about 5-10 steps. These are: Step 1: Identify your goal Step 2: Gather information for weighing your options Step 3: Consider the Consequences Step 4. Make the Decision Step 5. Evaluation the decision Full episodes notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/775 Mistakes People Make When Making A Decisions Zero Research There are some shows that have done zero research and end up naming their show the same as MANY other shows (search for outside the box in your favorite app). Lack of Qualified Advice Not having an expert or someone who has done what you're doing. My ex-wife was a nurse and when I was given the decision of "How do you want your Dad to die, slow or fast?" She asked for a surgical consult. I didn't even know what a surgical consult was, but we did one and it added about five more years to my Dad's life. Paralysis By Analysis There is a Ted Talk by Sheena Lyengar who is a blind psycho economist who specializing in decision making They had 348 different kinds of jam. We set up a little tasting booth right near the entrance of the store. We there put out six different flavors of jam or 24 different flavors of jam, and we looked at two things: First, in which case were people more likely to stop, sample some jam? More people stopped when there were 24, about 60 percent, than when there were six, about 40 percent. The next thing we looked at is in which case were people more likely to buy a jar of jam. Now we see the opposite effect. Of the people who stopped when there were 24, only three percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. Of the people who stopped when there were six, well now we saw that 30 percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. So when you do some research and bounce it off someone who you feel provides trustworthy advice, you're ready to move to on to looking at the consequences. Fear of Consequences You think there is an A U D I E N C E listening when you first start (there isn't). Then a few months later you have fear because people ARE listening. Remember no one will punch you in the face. You can change things later. TOPICS: 00:00 Decisions, Decisions, Decisions 01:13 Welcome to the Show 01:55 Clay Groves is Now the Morning Guy 05:03 Basic Steps of Making Decisions 09:00 Hobby Shows Have Easier Decisions 09:33 Hobby Shows Might Have Easier Decisions 10:17 The Perfect Podcast 11:03 Paralysis By Analysis 13:21 Facebook Groups May Be More Confusing than Helpful 14:17 What Will You NOT Do? 16:23 Emotional Decisions 17:12 Emotional Pressure 18:14 Apps to Help With Decisions 19:12 There Will Be Bad Decisions 21:03 Join The School of Podcasting 22:31 Dave Uses This Process In Real Life 31:35 Thanks to All My Well Wishers 35:36 Bloopers Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Affordable Audio Editing Episode 774 Will You trust Your Baby With Apple? Podia Education and Marketing Platform Teachable Online Course Management Tool PodPage Lean Podpage For Free Loom Video Tool Circle Community Tool Follow me on Apple or Android text " sop " to 31996 Start Your Podcast When you join the school of podcast you can forget about sounding stupid, unprofessional, or spending money on gear you don't need. You get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, time-shifted one-on-one coaching (via video), and a private Facebook group filled with brilliant podcasting minds. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>28db4564-5851-4d2d-b6d4-4e59aefbc725Mon, 17 May 2021 04:05:00 +0000David JacksonThere are times when we are either planning your podcast, launching it, or you're just trying to get a larger audience. I see people in groups, websites, and meetups where they are stuck in the decision-making process. Today we are going to walk...www.fishnerds.com The Basics of Making a Decision In doing some research and reading a bunch of articles you can boil decision-making down to about 5-10 steps. These are: Step 1: Identify your goal Step 2: Gather information for weighing your options Step 3: Consider the Consequences Step 4. Make the Decision Step 5. Evaluation the decision Full episodes notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/775 Mistakes People Make When Making A Decisions Zero Research There are some shows that have done zero research and end up naming their show the same as MANY other shows (search for outside the box in your favorite app). Lack of Qualified Advice Not having an expert or someone who has done what you're doing. My ex-wife was a nurse and when I was given the decision of "How do you want your Dad to die, slow or fast?" She asked for a surgical consult. I didn't even know what a surgical consult was, but we did one and it added about five more years to my Dad's life. Paralysis By Analysis There is a Ted Talk by Sheena Lyengar who is a blind psycho economist who specializing in decision making They had 348 different kinds of jam. We set up a little tasting booth right near the entrance of the store. We there put out six different flavors of jam or 24 different flavors of jam, and we looked at two things: First, in which case were people more likely to stop, sample some jam? More people stopped when there were 24, about 60 percent, than when there were six, about 40 percent. The next thing we looked at is in which case were people more likely to buy a jar of jam. Now we see the opposite effect. Of the people who stopped when there were 24, only three percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. Of the people who stopped when there were six, well now we saw that 30 percent of them actually bought a jar of jam. So when you do some research and bounce it off someone who you feel provides trustworthy advice, you're ready to move to on to looking at the consequences. Fear of Consequences You think there is an A U D I E N C E listening when you first start (there isn't). Then a few months later you have fear because people ARE listening. Remember no one will punch you in the face. You can change things later. TOPICS: 00:00 Decisions, Decisions, Decisions 01:13 Welcome to the Show 01:55 Clay Groves is Now the Morning Guy 05:03 Basic Steps of Making Decisions 09:00 Hobby Shows Have Easier Decisions 09:33 Hobby Shows Might Have Easier Decisions 10:17 The Perfect Podcast 11:03 Paralysis By Analysis 13:21 Facebook Groups May Be More Confusing than Helpful 14:17 What Will You NOT Do? 16:23 Emotional Decisions 17:12 Emotional Pressure 18:14 Apps to Help With Decisions 19:12 There Will Be Bad Decisions 21:03 Join The School of Podcasting 22:31 Dave Uses This Process In Real Life 31:35 Thanks to All My Well Wishers 35:36 Bloopers Mentioned In This Episode School of Podcasting Affordable Audio Editing Episode 774 Will You trust Your Baby With Apple? Podia Education and Marketing Platform Teachable Online Course Management Tool PodPage Lean Podpage For Free Loom Video Tool Circle Community Tool Follow me on...]]>2184cleanfullWill You Trust Your Baby With Apple?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/will-you-trust-your-baby-with-apple--44729129www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Mentioned in This Episode Podcast Index Blubrry Directory Last Pass Password Tool Podfriend App Overcast App Other new podcast 2.0 Apps How to earn Bitcoin from your podcast Podcasting 2.0 Podcast]]>3457a9c1-3bd3-409d-b0da-5dc7db00e773Mon, 10 May 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I explain the continuing issues with Apple (and Google, and Spotify). Your podcast is like a baby. It needs never-ending attention and if there is an issue you need it solved NOW. I judge a company on how things are handled when they make a...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Mentioned in This Episode Podcast Index Blubrry Directory Last Pass Password Tool Podfriend App Overcast App Other new podcast 2.0 Apps How to earn Bitcoin from your podcast Podcasting 2.0 Podcast]]>2329cleanfullHow to Find and Choose a Co-host for Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-find-and-choose-a-co-host-for-your-podcast--44601726www.schoolofpodcasting.com/edit Tips in Choosing a Co-Host for Your Podcast You want someone who has the same commitment (and support). You want someone who loves your topic, but might approach it from a different angle. You don't need a clone of you. We already have one of you. Make sure you all understand how things are divided up and workaround: Money coming in Podcast production Podcast Promotion Who is paying for what (money going out) How do you get fired or quit? What schedule is the show going to use (record some test shows to determine this) Finding a Co-host Today we hear how some people: Ask other podcasters they knew Ask family members Asked bloggers Asked their audience You might consider starting your show as a solo artist which makes it easier to ask someone to join something that exists than something that is just an idea in your head. see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Thanks To The Contributors: Wayne Henderson from the Packers Fan Podcast ( https://packersfanpodcast.com/ and www.mediavoiceovers.com) Andrés Brenes from Colmillo Roquero colmilloroquero.com ( a Spanish podcast about Heavy Metal) Brent Bergherm from Lattitude Photography Podcast - https://latitudephotographypodcast.com/ Fred Castaneda from Podcast Reporter ( www.podcastreporter.com and www.strugglingbiz.com and http://2030podcast.com/) Roben Harris from Destinations Connections ( www.destinationconnections.com ) Matt Rafferty - The Author Inside You (www.theauthorinsideyou.com ) Josh Rivers 24 Faithful www.24faithful.com Craig Wealand from Ingles Podcast.com ( inglespodcast.com ) Mentioned In This Show Podcast Editing Podcast Review Show Text " sop " to 31996 Join the School of Podcasting www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join ]]>7147effc-ec1e-4fc0-81a2-7265135c4bf9Mon, 03 May 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI reached out to you and asked how you found your co-host and you were nice enough to reply. SPONSOR: School of Podcasting Audio Editing If you're stressed out about your podcast, and you're spending too much time, check out the School of Podcasting...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/edit Tips in Choosing a Co-Host for Your Podcast You want someone who has the same commitment (and support). You want someone who loves your topic, but might approach it from a different angle. You don't need a clone of you. We already have one of you. Make sure you all understand how things are divided up and workaround: Money coming in Podcast production Podcast Promotion Who is paying for what (money going out) How do you get fired or quit? What schedule is the show going to use (record some test shows to determine this) Finding a Co-host Today we hear how some people: Ask other podcasters they knew Ask family members Asked bloggers Asked their audience You might consider starting your show as a solo artist which makes it easier to ask someone to join something that exists than something that is just an idea in your head. see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Thanks To The Contributors: Wayne Henderson from the Packers Fan Podcast ( https://packersfanpodcast.com/ and www.mediavoiceovers.com) Andrés Brenes from Colmillo Roquero colmilloroquero.com ( a Spanish podcast about Heavy Metal) Brent Bergherm from Lattitude Photography Podcast - https://latitudephotographypodcast.com/ Fred Castaneda from Podcast Reporter ( www.podcastreporter.com and www.strugglingbiz.com and http://2030podcast.com/) Roben Harris from Destinations Connections ( www.destinationconnections.com ) Matt Rafferty - The Author Inside You (www.theauthorinsideyou.com ) Josh Rivers 24 Faithful www.24faithful.com Craig Wealand from Ingles Podcast.com ( inglespodcast.com ) Mentioned In This Show Podcast Editing Podcast Review Show Text " sop " to 31996 Join the School of Podcasting www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join ]]>2258cleanfullWho Will Win the Battle of Paid Podcast Subscriptions?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-will-win-the-battle-of-paid-podcast-subscriptions--44484957www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow For more information check out My Podcast Reviews (aff link) Podpage Has Added Multiple Updates I interviewed Brenden from Podpage.com on episode 728. That was after Podpage first launched. If you need more than your "built in" website from your media host, but don't need all the complexity from something like WordPress, Podpage is for you. They've added features such as: Free voicemail Episode signatures (default text that is placed at the bottom of every episode A place for transcripts Multiple templates, more color options, and eCommerce Better search (which s great as WordPress search is awful) Email list building tool Check out my free course at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage Tidycal Adds Zoom Integration If you need a tool to help schedule guests or consulting clients, Tidycal allows you to create free (or paid) appointments and now it automatically creates a zoom meeting. It also integrates with Paypal, and Google Calendar. Currently, you can purchase LIFETIME access to the tool for $20 (no monthly fees). Check out Tidycal Get Your Podcast Audited By Two Consultants Want some honest feedback on your show? Check out the Podcast Review Show where I and 30 years radio veteran Erik K Johnson go over your show, your website, and your goals to help you do more of what is working, and tweak anything that is not. Check it out at Podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme Ready To Start Your Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting and get access to: Step by step tutorials Live group coaching Private Facebook Group Priority Email Support. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>9be0c942-ce8a-42a5-8c94-3dc2d21647ffMon, 26 Apr 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonApple Is Launching Subscriptions Here is what we know: In the US, it's $19.99 a year to participate Your show is only available in the Apple podcast app but it's not exclusive. You can set your monthly and yearly subscription price, and signing up...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/follow For more information check out My Podcast Reviews (aff link) Podpage Has Added Multiple Updates I interviewed Brenden from Podpage.com on episode 728. That was after Podpage first launched. If you need more than your "built in" website from your media host, but don't need all the complexity from something like WordPress, Podpage is for you. They've added features such as: Free voicemail Episode signatures (default text that is placed at the bottom of every episode A place for transcripts Multiple templates, more color options, and eCommerce Better search (which s great as WordPress search is awful) Email list building tool Check out my free course at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/learnpodpage Tidycal Adds Zoom Integration If you need a tool to help schedule guests or consulting clients, Tidycal allows you to create free (or paid) appointments and now it automatically creates a zoom meeting. It also integrates with Paypal, and Google Calendar. Currently, you can purchase LIFETIME access to the tool for $20 (no monthly fees). Check out Tidycal Get Your Podcast Audited By...]]>2320cleanfullPodcasting Can Give Your Audience Something They Are Dying To Hear: The Truthhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-can-give-your-audience-something-they-are-dying-to-hear-the-truth--44386190www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast. Ready to Start Your Podcast? The School of Podcasting is dedicated to teaching you the right way to launch, grow and produce your podcast so that you sound great. Membership includes step-by-step videos that will walk you through planning podcasts, launching them on Apple and other top directories, growing listenership and getting more listeners coming back for more episodes. The live coaching sessions are available via zoom -with a group coaching session every month during a call with other members who are also producing professional content. You have access to me via email as well as mentoring in our private Facebook community filled with brilliant minds such as yourself. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join ]]>160531f4-f8bc-4e83-91f1-5c1e2a5d1f3fMon, 19 Apr 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonCurrently, I think civilization has a serious problem. We are losing the ability to identify the truth. I'm not talking religion, or anything philosophical. I'm talking about doing research, looking at the evidence, and reporting what we find. Today I...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast. Ready to Start Your Podcast? The School of Podcasting is dedicated to teaching you the right way to launch, grow and produce your podcast so that you sound great. Membership includes step-by-step videos that will walk you through planning podcasts, launching them on Apple and other top directories, growing listenership and getting more listeners coming back for more episodes. The live coaching sessions are available via zoom -with a group coaching session every month during a call with other members who are also producing professional content. You have access to me via email as well as mentoring in our private Facebook community filled with brilliant minds such as yourself. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join ]]>2454cleanfullImpacting People From Your Bedroom: Collin From Pet Sitter Confidentialhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/impacting-people-from-your-bedroom-collin-from-pet-sitter-confidential--44298097www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join TOPICS COVERED 04:57 Topics on Your Show? 05:33 Who is it For? 05:59 Their Niche Lead to A Sponsor 07:16 Pricing Your Ad Spot 08:27 The Lifetime Value of a Customer 14:32 Building Their Community 15:49 Sponsor Renewal 16:59 Patreon Thoughts 19:18 Did you think anyone would listen? 22:08 Who Are You? 23:24 How to Balance Life? 24:27 The importance Having a Buffer I loved that some of his best guests aren't people with huge followings. Also, when someone is filling up notepads with information from your show, you KNOW you are delivering value. Collin has multiple streams of income. He has the sponsorship along with a Patreon account. Find their show at https://www.petsitterconfessional.com/ QUESTION OF THE MONTH If you have a co-host, I'd love to hear how you found/chose your co-host. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast. ]]>df05fa5d-81e4-4d36-bb11-a9b04c79bf76Mon, 12 Apr 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBillie Eilish (super famous singer - especially to young teenage girls - records her music with her brother in their bedroom. She currently has 44 million followers on Spotify and 81 million followers on Instagram. She earned 25 million from Apple for...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join TOPICS COVERED 04:57 Topics on Your Show? 05:33 Who is it For? 05:59 Their Niche Lead to A Sponsor 07:16 Pricing Your Ad Spot 08:27 The Lifetime Value of a Customer 14:32 Building Their Community 15:49 Sponsor Renewal 16:59 Patreon Thoughts 19:18 Did you think anyone would listen? 22:08 Who Are You? 23:24 How to Balance Life? 24:27 The importance Having a Buffer I loved that some of his best guests aren't people with huge followings. Also, when someone is filling up notepads with information from your show, you KNOW you are delivering value. Collin has multiple streams of income. He has the sponsorship along with a Patreon account. Find their show at https://www.petsitterconfessional.com/ QUESTION OF THE MONTH If you have a co-host, I'd love to hear how you found/chose your co-host. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Be sure to mention your show, your website, and a little bit about your podcast. ]]>2002cleanfullWhere Will Your Podcast Take You in Five Years?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-will-your-podcast-take-you-in-five-years--44199884e1e4fe26-1534-4d51-b9f6-ea2cbd1556f6Mon, 05 Apr 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonSo many times we identify ourselves not by our values or beliefs but by what we DO. I'm a cashier, or I work in accounts payable, the warehouse. That may be what you DO, but it may not be who you are. Podcasting allows you to reinvent who you are. To...2081cleanfullI Wish I Had Known This When I Started Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-wish-i-had-known-this-when-i-started-podcasting--44093479www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda The No Agenda streaming service found Fred's show the 2030 Podcast and added it to their schedule. What I Wish I Had Known 04:31 Steve Stewart: Audacity At Zero Crossing 07:13 Kurt from Expats in Austin: The Importance of Editors 08:21 James from Bros and blokes - The Amount of Time 09:21 Kim Newlove from the Pharmacists Voice - Fitting Podcasting Into Life 11:18 Jill Keep the Flame Alive - It Takes a LOT of Time 12:06 Paul from Improve and Have Fun: Episode Length 13:30 York from Poetic Earthlings: The Evil of Comparison 15:11 Bill from Bill Watches Movies: Stats Are Useless 17:32 Paul from Improve and Have Fun:: Do Whatever You Want 18:47 Carrie from Hope for Anxiety and ODC It is EASY to Get Guests 20:11 Craig from Inglespodcast - Cohosts Makes Things Better 21:00 Arnie Sports History Network - More Networking 22:49 Kim from Bee Keeping Today - Reaching Your Target Audience is Hard 23:20 Seth Geekville Radio - Plugins For WordPress 25:30 Anthony from Route 66 - Post vs Pages 26:16 Join the School of Podcasting 27:14 Kris from the Kris and Kristine Show - How Podcasts Work 29:19 Joe the Morning Meditation- Writing Good Titles 30:22 Jeff the Podcast Pizza Show - The Power of the Niche 32:10 Glenn from Horse Radio Network - Started Side Hustles 32:58 Dave (me) - Do ONE GOOD Podcast 34:29 Kim from Toastmasters 101 Impostor Syndrome 35:25 Pashup from the Warrior One - Be Yourself 36:13 Next Months Question: Finding Co-Hosts 37:53 Fixing a Mistake 43:17 Bloopers Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Engineering Academy Smart Money Mommas]]>a6784edd-74fb-408b-b6f1-b08a0a0e64d8Mon, 29 Mar 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIt's the last week of the month which means, "Question of the Month" where YOU get to be on the show. This month's question is "What do you wish you had known when you started your podcast." SPONSOR: The School of Podcasting Learn to plan, launch,...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Because of My Podcast: Fred Castaneda The No Agenda streaming service found Fred's show the 2030 Podcast and added it to their schedule. What I Wish I Had Known 04:31 Steve Stewart: Audacity At Zero Crossing 07:13 Kurt from Expats in Austin: The Importance of Editors 08:21 James from Bros and blokes - The Amount of Time 09:21 Kim Newlove from the Pharmacists Voice - Fitting Podcasting Into Life 11:18 Jill Keep the Flame Alive - It Takes a LOT of Time 12:06 Paul from Improve and Have Fun: Episode Length 13:30 York from Poetic Earthlings: The Evil of Comparison 15:11 Bill from Bill Watches Movies: Stats Are Useless 17:32 Paul from Improve and Have Fun:: Do Whatever You Want 18:47 Carrie from Hope for Anxiety and ODC It is EASY to Get Guests 20:11 Craig from Inglespodcast - Cohosts Makes Things Better 21:00 Arnie Sports History Network - More Networking 22:49 Kim from Bee Keeping Today - Reaching Your Target Audience is Hard 23:20 Seth Geekville Radio - Plugins For WordPress 25:30 Anthony from Route 66 - Post vs Pages 26:16 Join the School of Podcasting 27:14 Kris from the Kris and Kristine Show - How Podcasts Work 29:19 Joe the Morning Meditation- Writing Good Titles 30:22 Jeff the Podcast Pizza Show - The Power of the Niche 32:10 Glenn from Horse Radio Network - Started Side Hustles 32:58 Dave (me) - Do ONE GOOD Podcast 34:29 Kim from Toastmasters 101 Impostor Syndrome 35:25 Pashup from the Warrior One - Be Yourself 36:13 Next Months Question: Finding Co-Hosts 37:53 Fixing a Mistake 43:17 Bloopers Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Engineering Academy Smart Money Mommas]]>2658cleanfullThe Riches are in the Niches With Harry Durranhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-riches-are-in-the-niches-with-harry-durran--43996930www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (be sure to mention your show and your website slowly). Win Rewards for Sharing the Show Speaking of followers/subscribers if you share the show you can win rewards when your friends subscribe/follow. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/share Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/767 For More Information on Harry Durran Check out his "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast Twitter: @verticalfarmpod Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting and get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and an awesome private Facebook group for networking and brainstorming. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Sam Kinison's "Move to where the food is." Harry Durran on Treating His Guests Like an Opportunity Instead of Transactions Dave Jackson on Podcast Junkies: 018 Dave Jackson | The Importance Of Providing Your Own Unique Voice Question of the month: www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Share The Show www.schoolofpodcasting.com/show Check out Fullcast Harry's "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast Like the show? Buy Me a Coffee]]>222efb14-3851-4708-86f1-3d22ea613778Mon, 22 Mar 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonQuick Notes: Apple Update: Apple is changing the wording in their app from "Subscribe" to "Follow" so stop telling your audience to subscribe (and if you do, mention that it's free) and instead tell them to follow you. The new version of the app will...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (be sure to mention your show and your website slowly). Win Rewards for Sharing the Show Speaking of followers/subscribers if you share the show you can win rewards when your friends subscribe/follow. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/share Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/767 For More Information on Harry Durran Check out his "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast Twitter: @verticalfarmpod Mentioned In This Episode Join the School of Podcasting and get access to step-by-step tutorials, live group coaching, and an awesome private Facebook group for networking and brainstorming. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join Sam Kinison's "Move to where the food is." Harry Durran on Treating His Guests Like an Opportunity Instead of Transactions Dave Jackson on Podcast Junkies: 018 Dave Jackson | The Importance Of Providing Your Own Unique Voice Question of the month: www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Share The Show www.schoolofpodcasting.com/show Check out Fullcast Harry's "Done for you" podcast agency at www.fullcast.co Check out the Vertical Farming Podcast Check out Podcast Jukies Podcast Like the show? Buy Me a Coffee]]>1812cleanfullHow to Get Booked on Podcasts: Figuring out Who and How to Pitch with Kristin Molenaarhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-get-booked-on-podcasts-figuring-out-who-and-how-to-pitch-with-kristin-molenaar--43891100www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>3c71f973-2360-4845-92cc-5bc4fba19b06Mon, 15 Mar 2021 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWho is Kristin Molenaar? Kristin is an entrepreneur-enthusiast who lives by the mantra "work less + make more". She enjoys helping entrepreneurs ditch vanity metrics for true, profitable connections. She's the CEO of YesBoss, an agency that helps 2b2...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join]]>3054cleanfullCreating a Personal Podcast Brand That Resonates with Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-a-personal-podcast-brand-that-resonates-with-your-audience--43784249www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join What is a Personal Brand? Your personal brand is your identity or your reputation. A definition that Dr. Andrea loves is, “Your personal brand is what others think and say about you when you're not in the room.” Click Here to get the workbook to walk you through the exercises discussed in today's episode. Step 1: What differentiates you? Step 2: Email 10 People Step 3: Take a Personality Test Where Your Brand Appears in Your Podcast Your podcast brand includes:● What people read (show notes). Your emails (and have ONE thing in your email signature). ● What people hear (your episodes, and the quality of audio). ● What people see (artwork). Come up with a color scheme (for example two colors) and two fonts that you use consistently and it will build your brand How This All Works: Identifying your strengths, and a personal positive message that has deep personal meaning to you, delivered in a unique way allows you to BE YOU. It will come naturally. Leaning on your strengths can help reduce burnout as you’re not doing things that don’t come naturally. It can clear up situations by identifying what you can and can’t do. When you identify the verbiage you want to use, and how you want to appear and deliver your message, you provide your audience with the tools to tell their friends. If their friends ask, “What podcasts are you listening to, they can easily explain what your show is about, who it’s for, and what the benefit it. They also can explain the motivation of the show. Connect with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki Podcast: Check out the Communicate with CONFIDENCE – The 4Ps: Practice, Proverb, Pep talk, and Pirate episode Website: www.talkabouttalk.com Newsletter with Free Tips LinkedIn Facebook Group Coaching & Courses Online Corporate Training]]>c4db980a-2095-4f9f-adab-b9f068514effMon, 08 Mar 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou might be thinking, "I'm not a business, what do I care about branding? Well, if you have one download, congratulations you are a brand. Today I talk with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki from the Talk About Talk Podcast about developing and implementing your...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/join What is a Personal Brand? Your personal brand is your identity or your reputation. A definition that Dr. Andrea loves is, “Your personal brand is what others think and say about you when you're not in the room.” Click Here to get the workbook to walk you through the exercises discussed in today's episode. Step 1: What differentiates you? Step 2: Email 10 People Step 3: Take a Personality Test Where Your Brand Appears in Your Podcast Your podcast brand includes:● What people read (show notes). Your emails (and have ONE thing in your email signature). ● What people hear (your episodes, and the quality of audio). ● What people see (artwork). Come up with a color scheme (for example two colors) and two fonts that you use consistently and it will build your brand How This All Works: Identifying your strengths, and a personal positive message that has deep personal meaning to you, delivered in a unique way allows you to BE YOU. It will come naturally. Leaning on your strengths can help reduce burnout as you’re not doing things that don’t come naturally. It can clear up situations by identifying what you can and can’t do. When you identify the verbiage you want to use, and how you want to appear and deliver your message, you provide your audience with the tools to tell their friends. If their friends ask, “What podcasts are you listening to, they can easily explain what your show is about, who it’s for, and what the benefit it. They also can explain the motivation of the show. Connect with Dr. Andrea Wojnicki Podcast: Check out the Communicate with CONFIDENCE – The 4Ps: Practice, Proverb, Pep talk, and Pirate episode Website: www.talkabouttalk.com Newsletter with Free Tips LinkedIn Facebook Group Coaching & Courses Online Corporate Training]]>2969cleanfullYou're Too Close to Be Your Own Coachhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-re-too-close-to-be-your-own-coach--435770853d9aefb6-4353-40fb-9658-1455f1860553Mon, 22 Feb 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonI stepped out of my comfort zone and had one on one meetings with my audience members. They have great advice on shaping my show and website2200cleanfullHow To Be Amazing and Leave Them Wanting More - with Valerie Gellerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-amazing-and-leave-them-wanting-more-with-valerie-geller--43469042b444655d-eb56-457a-8d69-1c38ed889c0dMon, 15 Feb 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonAre you looking to grow your audience? Get more engagement with your audience? Today I have Valerie Geller the author of the book Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator's Guide to the Internet Age—News, Talk, Information & Personality for Broadcasting,...2510cleanfullThree Tools To Boost Your Podcast Brandhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-tools-to-boost-your-podcast-brand--4334128681e20618-2bd3-4350-9d61-081b8e69663eMon, 08 Feb 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYour brand is how your show is perceived. Perception is reality. So today I have tips on making your episode one that gets your audience coming back. I also share three tools that you can use to boost your podcast brand. 1786cleanfullPodcasting Consequence: Can You Break Your Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-consequence-can-you-break-your-podcast--43679593www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode 764 Podcast Gear Guide Webinar(free - no email address needed) Squadcast Samson Q2U Rodecaster Pro Zoom Podtrack P4 Talk About Talk Podcast]]>7f0f3b6d-1e2b-4d09-96b3-0e193f7e8bf1Mon, 01 Feb 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonIn talking with new and seasoned podcasters I often hear questions that lead me to believe that people think they can "break" their podcast. Today I talk about a few questions I've heard and how 99% of the time you're not going to break your show. ...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned In This Episode 764 Podcast Gear Guide Webinar(free - no email address needed) Squadcast Samson Q2U Rodecaster Pro Zoom Podtrack P4 Talk About Talk Podcast]]>2584cleanfullHow Shane Whaley Navigated a Travel Podcast Through a Pandemichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-shane-whaley-navigated-a-travel-podcast-through-a-pandemic--432214660ab66fa5-ad1b-456f-9250-89348033e4a7Mon, 01 Feb 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonShane's Attitude allowed him to push through this rough period and even flourish in 20203430cleanfullHow Podcasters Can Use the Clubhouse App To Build Their Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-podcasters-can-use-the-clubhouse-app-to-build-their-audience--43102252ba2850ff-2f5a-471f-ba77-57682af30601Mon, 25 Jan 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe look at an app that is squeezing every drop of buzz from FOMO and how podcasters can use it to grow their audience.2739app,backblaze,backup,clubhouse,ios,podcast,podcastingcleanfullHow Jack Rhysider's Darknet Diaries Podcast Gets 300,000 Downloads Per Episodehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-jack-rhysider-s-darknet-diaries-podcast-gets-300-000-downloads-per-episode--4298566997902bdf-27e9-4760-a73f-0e53e19e94c6Mon, 18 Jan 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWould you like 300,000 downloads per episode? Are you willing to work for three weeks to get media exposure in 2% of the outlets you contact? Are you willing to work for months on your first episodes and ask others to give you HONEST feedback on your...3794cleanfullFine Tuning Your Podcast Growth With Listener Surveyshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fine-tuning-your-podcast-growth-with-listener-surveys--428767698cfd839f-e106-4a86-88c0-fb35fb3ab24aMon, 11 Jan 2021 05:10:51 +0000David JacksonIf we all agree surveys can help us know our audience better, what aren't more podcasters using them? Today we show the benefits and some samples.2251cleanfull14 Steps To Start a Successful Podcast in 2021https://www.spreaker.com/episode/14-steps-to-start-a-successful-podcast-in-2021--4277862799920931-a3fd-4fc2-84ba-3c6f8fd7a63bMon, 04 Jan 2021 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThere is a lot of NOISE for new "wanna be" podcasters to sift through. Today I revisit the steps to launch a podcast for 2021.3005cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast Is.. 2020 Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-is-2020-edition--42685872de4a8e1b-91bb-45eb-bc63-aa97f791371cMon, 28 Dec 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonEvery year I ask my audience what their favorite podcast is and why it is their favorite. They can also plug their website. This exercise then helps us understand why people tune in, as well as hear about some great podcasts. 3297cleanfullA $4000 Podcast Auditor Ambushhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-4000-podcast-auditor-ambush--4259042047492a35-a496-48ce-a8e5-e6716ba89fe9Mon, 21 Dec 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe know that when you give value, your audience can feel like they "owe you" and when you give them the opportunity they will return the favor. This is an amazing story2348cleanfullRemoving Randomness Results in 8K Downloads Per Episodehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/removing-randomness-results-in-8k-downloads-per-episode--42475011bf489c6b-82fd-44a7-8d14-9a4494d93295Mon, 14 Dec 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCarey Green had no previous audience, email list, social following, and in two years he's up to 8600 downloads PER EPISODE. We look at how he accomplished this result.2629cleanfullPodcast Editing as a Businesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-editing-as-a-business--42354508c0b0c86f-6b94-4d59-893e-c8da3728f8b1Mon, 07 Dec 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou can create a "side hustle" (and in some cases a full-time career) by starting an audio editing business.1972cleanfullIf Your Podcast Future Proof?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/if-your-podcast-future-proof--42233842990ccf3a-d971-4755-ba77-39b54b718f6aMon, 30 Nov 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk provide strategies to help you record your show in a way that removes the need to come back later and remove outdated items.1952cleanfullYou Can't Buy An Audience If Your Podcast Suckshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-t-buy-an-audience-if-your-podcast-sucks--4211411860616a10-07e3-4ef7-b1aa-690c063db495Mon, 23 Nov 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about the 1.7 billion dollar mistake that was Quibi and how we can learn from their mistake. We also take a look at the power of follow up questions, and the best place to buy gear. 2410cleanfullBecause of My Podcast, I Got to Work For Marvelhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/because-of-my-podcast-i-got-to-work-for-marvel--41994854bf0073ac-8e40-446e-afc9-d62dd8dea697Mon, 16 Nov 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe episode is filled with "Because of My Podcast" stories. We also have a great example of a good question, and a reminder that Apple is going on Holiday soon (very important if you wanted a podcast ready to go in January 20201).2388cleanfullPodcasting is Closer to Cable Television Than Radiohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-is-closer-to-cable-television-than-radio--418703693ecc261e-0dc1-414a-9cbe-049c5ad0a48eMon, 09 Nov 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonNatalie has a great "Because of my Podcast" story.2299cleanfullThe Zoom Podtrak P8 Vs Rodecaster Prohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-zoom-podtrak-p8-vs-rodecaster-pro--41752182ae3f8207-5d14-42db-abfe-c9e521ea035cMon, 02 Nov 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonAnother great piece of podcast gear, how does it compare to the current champ?1559cleanfull11 Steps I Took To Create a "WOW" Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/11-steps-i-took-to-create-a-wow-interview--416389784510c731-d35a-441a-9e39-b2705165f9bcMon, 26 Oct 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI got more than average positive feedback about my last episode. What did I do differently that resulted in such praise?1781cleanfullHow to Tell Better Stories with Matthew Dickshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-tell-better-stories-with-matthew-dicks--4152844574e2c354-3a60-4b38-8a08-d7a790565259Mon, 19 Oct 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonMatthew Dicks is the "Yoda" of storytelling and has THE book on how to shape your words for maximum impact.3182cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From Eddie Van Halenhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-eddie-van-halen--41415800a0806705-be5a-4658-96c9-233ee5fb1019Mon, 12 Oct 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonVan Halen was on the charts from 1978 to 1995 selling 56 million records. Guitarist Eddie Van Hlane died this week from cancer and we look at his career to see what podcasters can learn from him.2366cleanfullProfit From Your Podcast: Tales From the Book Tourhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/profit-from-your-podcast-tales-from-the-book-tour--4130043605274cee-005d-4b3d-a1ba-5eb679ad7a37Mon, 05 Oct 2020 04:10:00 +0000David JacksonI've been doing interviews for my new book Profit From Your Podcast so I share some insights from those interviews and other bonus content.2174cleanfullSix Strategies To Make Your Podcast Interestinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/six-strategies-to-make-your-podcast-interesting--4117155392519218-ff18-4012-8651-ba21c525789fMon, 28 Sep 2020 05:14:18 +0000David JacksonWhat is interesting? Can you learn to be interesting or are you born with it? How long is the typical attention span?3415cleanfullHow Podcasting Boosts Elizabeth Benton's Seven Figure Business -741https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-podcasting-boosts-elizabeth-benton-s-seven-figure-business-741--41031668a575b796-2678-494f-98b5-d7f019420511Mon, 21 Sep 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonElizabeth Benton helps people get their mindset right to be healthy. Today she shares some insights on how her podcast is boosting her business. Great insights into podcasting mindsets.2132cleanfullHow Charley Valher Changed His Podcast from a Money Taker to a Money Makerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-charley-valher-changed-his-podcast-from-a-money-taker-to-a-money-maker--40891265f2a0979c-daa8-445e-aff5-6d67c1ca9de8Mon, 14 Sep 2020 04:19:46 +0000David JacksonCharley Valher started a podcast and hired a team, and put a 50,000 marketing budget behind it. Today he shares the mistakes he made, and how he came back to build a successful show.3101cleanfullSuper Serve Your Niche - Lessons from Tyler Perryhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/super-serve-your-niche-lessons-from-tyler-perry--40743089635fd005-867b-4eb1-96ce-c51833b6dc3eMon, 07 Sep 2020 04:33:32 +0000David JacksonThere are many reasons Tyler Perry is successful and we can use that information in our podcasts.2124cleanfullHow To Measure Your Podcast Audience Engagementhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-measure-your-podcast-audience-engagement--405985871099e54a-3a34-4209-a012-b814f4d70284Mon, 31 Aug 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThere is more than downloads when it comes to measuring how engaged your audience is, today we talk about them.2840cleanfullThe Zoom Podtrack P4 Portable Podcast Recorderhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-zoom-podtrack-p4-portable-podcast-recorder--4046674017e8f3f3-e05e-498f-ba79-fb92cbf9a52dMon, 24 Aug 2020 04:36:43 +0000David JacksonThe Zoom Podtrack P4 is a "Too good to be true" type of gear. Today we take a look at this new gear.3015cleanfullCharging Your Guest an "Appearance Fee" on Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/charging-your-guest-an-appearance-fee-on-your-podcast--403643177c6d3629-b64d-41ce-8b53-4ae7b1dafbd4Mon, 17 Aug 2020 05:05:18 +0000David JacksonWhile some people are starting to charge their guests to appear on their show, have we really thought this through?1835cleanfull7 Patreon Alternatives For Podcastershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/7-patreon-alternatives-for-podcasters--40239690cefd4313-154f-4cbc-9a5e-93d6d2ad0902Mon, 10 Aug 2020 05:40:55 +0000David JacksonPatreon is having legal issues. Where would you go if they go under? Today I look at 7 options3014cleanfullAvoid Flushing Your Audience Goodbyehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/avoid-flushing-your-audience-goodbye--4011977775530bc2-d61d-4ad3-877a-eda2f1d1324dMon, 03 Aug 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I throw myself under the bus and describe how I made what could've been a very large mistake and lose my audience (and how you can avoid it).2341cleanfullYour Favorite Episode of Your Podcast (and why)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-favorite-episode-of-your-podcast-and-why--39995473
We also share what your favorite episode is and why (some pretty amazing answers thanks to all who participated). ]]>5e04da10-c673-4133-b56d-7fd43dbca7eaMon, 27 Jul 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we revisit the topic of Impostor Syndrome (something we talked about in episode 627), as you won't believe who has impostor syndrome (the whole, "Why would anyone listen to me???). We also share what your favorite episode is and why (some...
We also share what your favorite episode is and why (some pretty amazing answers thanks to all who participated). ]]>2774cleanfullDon't Quit On a Bad Day - How Glenn and Jamie Thrive After 2500 Episodeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-quit-on-a-bad-day-how-glenn-and-jamie-thrive-after-2500-episodes--3985758487d63b61-fdfa-4058-a0d3-4192728a27d8Mon, 20 Jul 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonGlenn "The Geek" Hebert and Jamie Jennings have been doing a ninety-minute daily show Horses in the Morning since 2010. Today they share their secrets to longevity while keeping their sanity.2587cleanfullThe Bank of Fitness - Compound Choiceshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bank-of-fitness-compound-choices--39771136c237866c-e949-4007-9bec-e39d8ba7de5aTue, 14 Jul 2020 02:36:22 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about pushing through when you want to quit. Keep making good choices and it adds up.1335yesfullPodcasting Best Practiceshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-best-practices--39280053d1533a3e-49a3-47f4-8e76-d673f3f98a61Mon, 13 Jul 2020 04:32:59 +0000David JacksonWhile there are no rules in podcasting, I feel there are best practices2509cleanfullInterview Clips At the Start of Your Showhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/interview-clips-at-the-start-of-your-show--36262155e2d354c2-5582-46b3-ad54-0714ecf31a9dMon, 06 Jul 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI hear so many podcasts that do interviews and they start their podcast by pulling a clip from the interview. Today we talk about why this may not be the best strategy.2018episode,interview,podcastingcleanfullThe Ripple Effect of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ripple-effect-of-podcasting--3430627052f2e6c6-deed-42c5-a01f-2264d9e5e861Mon, 29 Jun 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we hear stories of different people who have had doors open due to their podcast. Your podcast typically is not a business. It is a business card. Your podcast can be used to network with other people and companies, help you get employment, and...2254partnerships,podcast,podcastingcleanfullThe Most Important Part of Weight Loss is NOT Diet or Exercisehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-most-important-part-of-weight-loss-is-not-diet-or-exercise--39771137www.logicallosers.com and get a safe support group 9on Facebook) that helps hold us accountable. Be around people like you going through the same struggles. Be part of motivation Mondays. Weigh-in Wednesdays. Thankful Thursday and more items to help keep you on track. It's only $5 a month and keeps the show going. See www.logicallosers.com ]]>8d198529-afd6-44ae-91e4-68c19f5e054dSat, 27 Jun 2020 03:42:42 +0000David JacksonI'm listening to the book Chasing Cupcakes by Elizabeth Benton and it's a really good book. If you find yourself starring at the fridge when you're not hungry, this book is for you. WEIGH-IN I'm proud to announce that I'm down to 227 (1 lb since my...www.logicallosers.com and get a safe support group 9on Facebook) that helps hold us accountable. Be around people like you going through the same struggles. Be part of motivation Mondays. Weigh-in Wednesdays. Thankful Thursday and more items to help keep you on track. It's only $5 a month and keeps the show going. See www.logicallosers.com ]]>1575cleanfullPodpage: Quick and Easy Podcast Websiteshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podpage-quick-and-easy-podcast-websites--32363040e312f3ca-a639-46dc-9317-3b303d32db07Mon, 22 Jun 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIf you hate WordPress but want something a little more powerful than the built-in website that comes with your media host then you might want to check out Podpage. Today I interview the create Brenden Mulligan2361cleanfullPersistence and Determination with Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/persistence-and-determination-with-weight-loss--397711532bb7e394-110d-4fe4-8832-aff8c5428680Sun, 21 Jun 2020 02:49:05 +0000David JacksonI had a hissy fit, but I'm back, using a new walking app and back on track.1453cleanfull30 Strategies To Grow Your Podcast Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/30-strategies-to-grow-your-podcast-audience--307428870c235948-1d40-4716-a363-5a36cd698a85Mon, 15 Jun 2020 05:01:14 +0000David JacksonToday I share 30 strategies to help grow your podcast audience. First, before we promote it, is your show good?3808cleanfullEvery Time I podcast something good happens - Andrew Lewin Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/every-time-i-podcast-something-good-happens-andrew-lewin-interview--2988094601b50144-be5a-46c9-863b-782cca20ae77Mon, 08 Jun 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAndrew Lewin is a marine biologist who just wants to talk about ocean conservation. His podcast keeps opening doors for him2666cleanfullKevin Hart The Decision Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kevin-hart-the-decision-reviewed--39771164www.logicallosers.com ]]>d56eb135-0803-415f-b52b-b7bfe15176bfTue, 02 Jun 2020 02:21:16 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about two books. One I loved, and one I want to take back. I also went back to some apps I use to use, and I forgot how much I like them. Streaks App Happy Scale In a weird "double negative" kind of goal I set one negative goal of...www.logicallosers.com ]]>1448cleanfullFixing a Mistake in Your Podcast Episodehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fixing-a-mistake-in-your-podcast-episode--2878234937ba2087-18f6-4d78-9649-b1f7e22d10adMon, 01 Jun 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonYour listening to your episode and then, OH NO! There is a mistake? How do you go about fixing that?2201cleanfullThe Power of a Might Networkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-a-might-network--28247508562e51f8-8702-4cc0-b36d-00735658198aMon, 25 May 2020 04:20:59 +0000David JacksonFocus groups and communities can provide valuable feedback to help us better connect.2944cleanfullCan Squeezing a Hockey Puck Make Me Sweat? Activ5 Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/can-squeezing-a-hockey-puck-make-me-sweat-activ5-review--39771190871533fb-7f24-4227-a0a9-9841a8ce37c4Sun, 24 May 2020 20:24:15 +0000David JacksonI take a peek at the Activ5 Fitness System1246cleanfullFirst Impressions of DDP Yogahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/first-impressions-of-ddp-yoga--39771175ef7caf46-049b-48b3-b619-8dd4ce45cef3Tue, 19 May 2020 13:57:07 +0000David JacksonI'm trying Yoga for the first time.1424cleanfullFull Time Podcaster Daryl Grove of the Total Soccer Showhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/full-time-podcaster-daryl-grove-of-the-total-soccer-show--276355898c091bf1-c8e4-421a-a363-21d4667a73faMon, 18 May 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDaryl Grove shares how he is podcasting full time with the Total Soccer show2803cleanfullGrief and Weight Loss and Weight Gainhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/grief-and-weight-loss-and-weight-gain--39771147bd2f9f5a-bedc-4910-92d0-b8d57d9bdf81Tue, 12 May 2020 02:18:56 +0000David JacksonAs we are all dealing with a pandemic, some of us are dealing with grief which can lead to weight loss or in my case weight gain.1325cleanfullUsing LinkedIn for Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/using-linkedin-for-your-podcast--27065446f4046057-ec41-4a06-9a5d-481dd74a9700Mon, 11 May 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIf you need to find guests, build relationships, or find shows to be a guest on, you might want to try LinkedIn. Guest: Karen Yankovich2562cleanfullGet and Manage Interviews with Poddit - an Interview with Brent Beshamhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-and-manage-interviews-with-poddit-an-interview-with-brent-besham--266692984e05cb74-7920-4530-8153-915876263a72Mon, 04 May 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPoddit wants to be the best way to connect for your next podcast interview. There's a lot of facets to that on each side of the mic and they are exploring and expanding on both sides. 2074cleanfullWhat Do You Use To Create Your Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-do-you-use-to-create-your-podcast--26175825228a4cbf-137c-4b41-ba6d-432fb9e382d3Mon, 27 Apr 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonEver wonder how people are getting things done? What tools they use.3397cleanfullAre you Missing Your Zing?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-missing-your-zing--3977114128ab1ec0-3cad-43b8-abc1-3b42b7b8812bTue, 21 Apr 2020 01:43:02 +0000David JacksonWhen you step on the scale and it goes down, do you feel a ZING?1445cleanfull300 Percent Growth in Business Revenue - Wealth Without Wallstreet Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/300-percent-growth-in-business-revenue-wealth-without-wallstreet-interview--25787046c5b74eab-a909-46a1-a782-6e0e48ccbb82Mon, 20 Apr 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonLearn how podcasting helped the wealth without Wallstreet team grow their business by 300 percent.2729cleanfullThey Said, "Why Not" Now Look at Them!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/they-said-why-not-now-look-at-them--25395668225467d7-9c93-43ac-92c9-899187789847Mon, 13 Apr 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIf you're worried about starting a podcast, this episode can really help.2376cleanfullHow Did Jimmy Kimmel Lose Weight?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-did-jimmy-kimmel-lose-weight--3977113887c3c525-bf8e-4ceb-a337-6ace05463e8bWed, 08 Apr 2020 23:57:59 +0000David JacksonJimmy seems like an ordinary person. How did he lose all his weight? I saw an old YouTube video and his face was large.1509cleanfullWhat podcasters can learn from the Tiger Kinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-the-tiger-king--248690126f548f60-5c80-4c32-b928-ad47d879e897Mon, 06 Apr 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe Tiger King is a train wreck so why are people talking about it sending it up the charts at2737cleanfullLosing Weight While You're Losing Your Mindhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/losing-weight-while-you-re-losing-your-mind--39771139002e045e-5451-44f0-8e8b-7d86ec79c309Tue, 31 Mar 2020 02:43:03 +0000David JacksonWe are all a bit stressed. Maybe we need to practice deep breathing.1488cleanfullThree Reasons Why Radio Personalities Should Be Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-reasons-why-radio-personalities-should-be-podcasting--24613277b79d86d5-faae-4b37-b0cc-0ac63c36d402Mon, 30 Mar 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday Dave talks with a Program Director about radio personalities having podcasts.2464cleanfullWhat Does Bad Audio Sound Like?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-does-bad-audio-sound-like--241940157ae3df3a-d662-4ab9-b632-9adfb5485820Mon, 23 Mar 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBad audio can steer people away from your podcast. What does "Bad Audio" sound like?2009cleanfullEmergency Podcasting For Teachershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/emergency-podcasting-for-teachers--2392053759cc7640-58dd-4c3b-a8ba-ff60c3fb481dMon, 16 Mar 2020 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAs teachers scramble to get their lessons online as School shut down due to COVID-19 I offer a solution. We also look at the new AT2100x microphone.2095cleanfullBlack and White Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/black-and-white-weight-loss--39771148ae3becb2-b582-4e81-b68c-e6c476cdab86Thu, 12 Mar 2020 21:44:44 +0000David JacksonI'm back from the road, and I'm ready to get back in the saddle. Last time I was 220.6 and I'm at 221.8 so I'm ready to recommit. Back Home is Back To Your Triggers When I'm on the road I don't know where the closest ice cream place is. I don't know...1535cleanfullGive Yourself Credit With Ronsley Vazhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/give-yourself-credit-with-ronsley-vaz--23665285http://bit.ly/PSM_Dave-Jackson Enter the competition today! Timeline 00:00 Focusrite Giveaway 03:20 Table of Contents 04:33 Because of My Podcast Ronsley Vaz 17:22. Recorded Using an iPhone 18:17. Give Yourself Credit Mentioned In this Episode Book: Amplify: Raise Your Voice, Boost Your Brand and Grow Your Business The Psychology of Entrepreneurship Sarah Mikatel podcasting Step by Step Podfest Multimedia Expo Start Your Podcast Today Step by step tutorials Live group coaching (get your questions asked) Private Facebook filled with other brilliant podcasting minds Priority email support with private instructional videos (ask a question expect a video answer) 30-day money-back Guarantee www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listen]]>63070ee8-fc57-4a96-8298-3cc8cf0cac8dMon, 09 Mar 2020 06:11:54 +0000David JacksonToday I am recording from Podfest Multimedia Expo 2020 and I capture a conversation with Ronsley Vaz in the hallway after he shares an amazing story about listener loyalty. Sometimes we are our own worst enemy. When we don't give ourselves credit,...http://bit.ly/PSM_Dave-Jackson Enter the competition today! Timeline 00:00 Focusrite Giveaway 03:20 Table of Contents 04:33 Because of My Podcast Ronsley Vaz 17:22. Recorded Using an iPhone 18:17. Give Yourself Credit Mentioned In this Episode Book: Amplify: Raise Your Voice, Boost Your Brand and Grow Your Business The Psychology of Entrepreneurship Sarah Mikatel podcasting Step by Step Podfest Multimedia Expo Start Your Podcast Today Step by step tutorials Live group coaching (get your questions asked) Private Facebook filled with other brilliant podcasting minds Priority email support with private instructional videos (ask a question expect a video answer) 30-day money-back Guarantee www.schoolofpodcasting.com/listen]]>2519cleanfullA First Look at Descript Software- Transcriptions and Audio Editor in Onehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-first-look-at-descript-software-transcriptions-and-audio-editor-in-one--23377484www.schoolofpodcasting.com/mpr to get your free month Podcast Review Day March 8 #podrevday 24:12 Steph Fuccio has started a tradition of picking one day out of the month to review at least one podcast. You can join in on Twitter and Instagram by using #podrevday -more information. Because of My Podcast - Carey Green Carey Green is a podcast editor (see podcastfasttrack.com) and does a podcast about podcasting at podcastification.com but his show Morning Mindset has been growing very quickly, and he is having meetups with listeners, and now he is frequently receiving prayer requests. Carey is now doing one episode where it is Carey praying for multiple people on one episode. Think about the comfort and closeness one must feel to ask someone "Will you pray for me?" Check out Carey's Morning Mindset podcast at https://careygreen.com/ Robin Christopherson loved the Glow Episode Robin does a daily Dot to Dot show about Amazon skills. He has a large audience but was looking for a new way to monetize his show. He heard my interview with Glow.fm CEO and loved it. You can hear it at https://schoolofpodcasting.com/706 If you want to check out my Glow page see www.glow.fm/schoolofpodcasting March Podcasting Events March 3: Podcast Portland Meetup March 4: The Publisher Podcast Awards March 6-8: Podfest Multimedia Expo March 6: Podcast Editors Club, Spots Podcon and others) March 7: Podfest Cairo March 9-11: New Media Summit March 11: Podup Virtual Summit March 16: Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup March 17: California Podcasters Association (Oakland) March 17 Virginia Podcasters Association Meetup March 19-20 Become a Podcaster in One Day March 19: Podcast Cracking the Code March 19: Phoenix Podcast Club Social March 31: Columbus Podcasters Meetup For more information see www.podcastingevents.com Ready to Start Your Podcast? Step by step tutorials Live group coaching (get your questions asked) Private Facebook filled with other brilliant podcasting minds Priority email support with private instructional videos (ask a question expect a video answer) 30-day money-back Guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>6ac12064-9c44-4f8d-a18a-e089ecfa6a35Mon, 02 Mar 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonDescript is software that transcribes your episode and then you can go to the transcript and when you removed it from your transcript, it removes it from the audio. You can fade in and cuts that are a little rough to smooth them out. You can mix in...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/mpr to get your free month Podcast Review Day March 8 #podrevday 24:12 Steph Fuccio has started a tradition of picking one day out of the month to review at least one podcast. You can join in on Twitter and Instagram by using #podrevday -more information. Because of My Podcast - Carey Green Carey Green is a podcast editor (see podcastfasttrack.com) and does a podcast about podcasting at podcastification.com but his show Morning Mindset has been growing very quickly, and he is having meetups with listeners, and now he is frequently receiving prayer requests. Carey is now doing one episode where it is Carey praying for multiple people on one episode. Think about the comfort and closeness one must feel to ask someone "Will you pray for me?" Check out Carey's Morning Mindset podcast at https://careygreen.com/ Robin Christopherson loved the Glow Episode Robin does a daily Dot to Dot show about Amazon skills. He has a large audience but was looking for a new way to monetize his show. He heard my interview with Glow.fm CEO and loved it. You can hear it at https://schoolofpodcasting.com/706 If you want to check out my Glow page see www.glow.fm/schoolofpodcasting March Podcasting Events March 3: Podcast Portland Meetup March 4: The Publisher Podcast Awards March 6-8: Podfest Multimedia Expo March 6: Podcast Editors Club, Spots Podcon and others) March 7: Podfest...]]>2323cleanfull15 Things Podcasters Can Learn from Joel Osteenhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/15-things-podcasters-can-learn-from-joel-osteen--23122968http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/webinar Question of the Month for March 2020 42:25 If you surveyed your audience, what was the biggest thing you learned? If you didn't survey your audience (or a focus group) why not? Answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question ]]>d1202c20-18ef-4a5a-ba19-b37cd767a887Mon, 24 Feb 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was in Houston for the Spark Christian Podcast Conference where I was speaking. It was a great event for the first time out of the gate and I met some really cool people. My buddy Sunny from the IPN asked me if I wanted to go see Joel Osteen who...2630cleanfullLosing Weight on the Roadhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/losing-weight-on-the-road--39771191https://ouraring.com/ Biggest Loser is Back The biggest loser is back. I have a Facebook group to talk about the show HERE. The thing I noticed this week is the team that lost seem to have the worse attitude. One guy kept saying "It's impossible." The trainer corrected him and said "Not impossible - I'm Possible." Check out my Biggest Loser Fan Cast Logical Losers Support Group Help support the show by buying me a coffee, or join the Logical Losers support group ( a private facebook group) and help keep the lights on here at the Logical Weight loss show (and get the podcast Advertising-free. ]]>7233d9e6-f1b1-4a13-954e-d3ce99742a72Tue, 18 Feb 2020 13:02:39 +0000David JacksonToday I weight in a 220.6 - down 4.2 lbs Losing Weight on the Road A quick way to burn some calories is to take the stairs on any breaks. I did this two to three times a day and according to my Apple watch, my heart rate was in the "exercise zone"...https://ouraring.com/ Biggest Loser is Back The biggest loser is back. I have a Facebook group to talk about the show HERE. The thing I noticed this week is the team that lost seem to have the worse attitude. One guy kept saying "It's impossible." The trainer corrected him and said "Not impossible - I'm Possible." Check out my Biggest Loser Fan Cast Logical Losers Support Group Help support the show by buying me a coffee, or join the Logical Losers support group ( a private facebook group) and help keep the lights on here at the Logical Weight loss show (and get the podcast Advertising-free. ]]>1401cleanfullHow Does Your Podcast Compete Against Giant Show?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-does-your-podcast-compete-against-giant-show--22861027www.schoolofpodcasting.com/webinar where we will go over podcast equipment and the best option for you. If buying the right equipment has been a hurdle for you this will help you get over the hurdle. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/webinar Life Without the School of Podcasting Today I helped someone who randomly contacted me on Facebook. They hadn't purchased enough storage space for their show. They were exporting their files in the wrong format. They didn't know how to export in the proper format. They were using the wrong format for artwork. Podcasting can be fun and fulfilling when you don't have to band your head against a wall to release a simple episode. At the School of Podcasting, we show you in videos how to export your show in the proper format. We show you how to order the right plan for your podcast so your media host matches your strategy. We help you podcast frustrating free. Join today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start The New Academy of Podcasting Let's start off with the positive. Wondery, a company with 82 employees and revenues (according to growjo.com) of around 15 million per year organized a new "Academy of Podcasters" and will launch a Golden Mic awards in 2021. Per their website, "The Academy is professionally run by an Executive Director and an Account Manager. These roles are overseen by a volunteer Board of Governors who set the strategic vision and goals of the organization. 17 Founding Members will establish the organization and guide its initial creation with a goal of 1) moving The Golden Mics into a key recognition position and 2) encouraging growth and networking of the Academy and the industry. Members are individuals in the podcast industry who are part of one of the Academy’s Peer Groups; each Peer Group will vote on its respective categories for The Golden Mics." So it's great that big companies with big budgets are going to be promoting podcasting. This is a good thing. Someone Needs to Learn How to Google The companies listed above need to learn how to do some Google searches. When you come in with a "We've arrived" mentality, you can easily offend those who have already been here working in the trenches. I mean who do you think you are the pilgrims? The larger media companies keep saying things that seem to just ignore history. For example, an article that came out THIS WEEK stated that " Born in the halls of public radio, podcasting has emerged as one of the fastest-growing businesses in media over the past few years." Podcasting was NOT born in the halls of public radio. It was born in a hotel room where Dave Winer and Adam Curry met. In the past, I've just let them roll off m back, but I remember someone from one of these companies who stated there weren't any women podcasters in the early years (completely erasing people like Mignon Fogerty and Murr Raferty. Who can forget Steve Jobs referring to podcasting as "Amateur Hour." So when I approached Hernan Lopez the founder and CEO of Wondery that there HAS BEEN a “completely peer-based, not for profit, fully representative" awards show and I had won such an a]]>097263dd-55f0-4a00-961c-9cc4203affa6Mon, 17 Feb 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonTable of Contents 01:29 How Do You Compete Against Large Networks? 06:44 25 People Vs 1 09:42 Two Things That Kill Podcasts 11:52 Buying an Audience 15:32 Life Without the School of Podcasting 17:01 So How Do You Compete? 19:24 Jet Ski vs Cruise Ship...2166cleanfullPodcast Reviews Automatically Delivered To Your Inboxhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-reviews-automatically-delivered-to-your-inbox--22606500160a1609-1071-48a3-91b1-dff3d7aca302Mon, 10 Feb 2020 05:00:00 +0000David Jackson2106cleanfullNew Logo for the School of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-logo-for-the-school-of-podcasting--22522039www.podcastbranding.co Tell Mark that Dave sent ya. See you Monday.]]>ced36b7e-dec7-4108-b4c6-98c83595b2cfFri, 07 Feb 2020 17:00:00 +0000David JacksonIf you're listening to this it means you're a subscriber so thanks for being a subscriber. It's here the logo from www.podcastbranding.co Tell Mark that Dave sent ya. See you Monday.www.podcastbranding.co Tell Mark that Dave sent ya. See you Monday.]]>76cleanfullShaping Your Unique Voice with Eric Nuzumhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/shaping-your-unique-voice-with-eric-nuzum--22356474a4c8c8b4-ac3e-413a-a181-fbec80d3588eMon, 03 Feb 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonAudience Engagement In a previous episode about Glow.fm I talked about how hard it is to obtain an engaged audience and you might be lucky if you get 5% engagement. This week on the finale of The Good Place they mentioned the Podcast Radio Lab, and on...2762cleanfullTwo Motivational Movies To Inspire Weight Loss and Being Healthyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/two-motivational-movies-to-inspire-weight-loss-and-being-healthy--39771140https://amzn.to/2Gw1mhQ Super Size Me 2: Holy Chicken! This movie gives you a glimpse into "Big Chicken" and the lovely US government. I really loved the movie as it clues you into marketing jargon that tricks us into thinking things are healthy when they are not. This is not an "anti-chicken" in a "we are killing chickens" kind of way (the moviemakers seem to understand you need to kill them to eat them). You do see where these birds are raised and bred to gain so much weight so fast that they often have heart attacks - and that is seen as a good thing. see https://amzn.to/36sqzUM Commit to 3 App CommitTo3 is a daily task management system that increases productivity through focused tasks and peer accountability. Accomplish more and achieve success — all with the help and support of your team. Each day you pick THREE things you need to get done by the end of the day. You can invite friends and family to be on your team and everyone can see everyone's tasks (so you might want to leave "have ore sex" off the list). This way you can see when someone if not hitting their marks on a consistent basis and offer support. To use the app you need to subscribe for $3/year (not a typo). Commit to three on Apple https://podclick.me/committo3ios Commit to three on Android Click Here Become a Logical Loser Go to Logicallosers.com Just want to donate to the show? see www.supportthisshow.com]]>e2d1d145-8870-4a3f-8c2a-222e6f6f6aceTue, 28 Jan 2020 05:09:41 +0000David JacksonWeigh In I am down to 224.8 ( a .6 lb loss). Not great, but its better than going up. Brittany Runs a Marathon Review This is a fun comedy with some serious undertones. I really liked it. Ladies this has some other things that you will connect with...https://amzn.to/2Gw1mhQ Super Size Me 2: Holy Chicken! This movie gives you a glimpse into "Big Chicken" and the lovely US government. I really loved the movie as it clues you into marketing jargon that tricks us into thinking things are healthy when they are not. This is not an "anti-chicken" in a "we are killing chickens" kind of way (the moviemakers seem to understand you need to kill them to eat them). You do see where these birds are raised and bred to gain so much weight so fast that they often have heart attacks - and that is seen as a good thing. see https://amzn.to/36sqzUM Commit to 3 App CommitTo3 is a daily task management system that increases productivity through focused tasks and peer accountability. Accomplish more and achieve success — all with the help and support of your team. Each day you pick THREE things you need to get done by the end of the day. You can invite friends and family to be on your team and everyone can see everyone's tasks (so you might want to leave "have ore sex" off the list). This way you can see when someone if not hitting their marks on a consistent basis and offer support. To use the app you need to subscribe for $3/year (not a typo). Commit to three on Apple https://podclick.me/committo3ios Commit to three on Android Click Here Become a Logical Loser Go to Logicallosers.com Just want to donate to the show? see www.supportthisshow.com]]>1298cleanfullDoing Something Differenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/doing-something-different--22109680www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Glow Follow Up Some of my audience had issues (but to their credit they fixed any issues. In the end, I had 1.06% of my audience went to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/glow So this is why I say some people get UP TO 3% of their audience engaging with their content. Options. Buy me a coffee (here is my page) You can also use a paypal donation link. Check out www.supportthisshow.com Subscribe to the show at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscribe Full show notes at http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/707 Mentioned in This Episode Start Your Podcast at the School of Podcasting Buy Me A Coffee Tipping Tool Glow.fm Getting Over Imposter Syndrome Focus Is More Important Than Microphones Buy Dave a Coffee Table of Contents 00:01:19 Because of My Podcast 00:03:22 What are you going to do differently in 2020 00:04:33 Author Inside You 00:05:25 Talk about Talk 00:06:56 Radio Fire Radio 00:10:04 Gather Geeks Podcast 00:11:28 Repurpose Your Career Podcast 00:14:53 Uncommon Life 00:15:53 Kids Health !01 00:17:02 Brew Roots Podcasts 00:18:47 Games From Folk Tales 00:22:41 What is Stopping You From Starting a Podcast 00:31:06 Feb. Question of the Month 00:32:42 Where I Will Be 00:33:46 Glow .FM Follow Up 00:40:30 Bloopers]]>de35168e-2f19-416c-bf12-60510a1ad2f2Mon, 27 Jan 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonEvery month we have a "question of the month" and this month it's what are you going to do differently in 2020 with your podcast? Because of My Podcast Lee from the Covert Nerd podcast was trying to speak at a panel. He was sensing a little pushback...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Glow Follow Up Some of my audience had issues (but to their credit they fixed any issues. In the end, I had 1.06% of my audience went to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/glow So this is why I say some people get UP TO 3% of their audience engaging with their content. Options. Buy me a coffee (here is my page) You can also use a paypal donation link. Check out www.supportthisshow.com Subscribe to the show at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/subscribe Full show notes at http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/707 Mentioned in This Episode Start Your Podcast at the School of Podcasting Buy Me A Coffee Tipping Tool Glow.fm Getting Over Imposter Syndrome Focus Is More Important Than Microphones Buy Dave a Coffee Table of Contents 00:01:19 Because of My Podcast 00:03:22 What are you going to do differently in 2020 00:04:33 Author Inside You 00:05:25 Talk about Talk 00:06:56 Radio Fire Radio 00:10:04 Gather Geeks Podcast 00:11:28 Repurpose Your Career Podcast 00:14:53 Uncommon Life 00:15:53 Kids Health !01 00:17:02 Brew Roots Podcasts 00:18:47 Games From Folk Tales 00:22:41 What is Stopping You From Starting a Podcast 00:31:06 Feb. Question of the Month 00:32:42 Where I Will Be 00:33:46 Glow .FM Follow Up 00:40:30 Bloopers]]>2480cleanfullGlow.fm an EASY Way to Accept Money From Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/glow-fm-an-easy-way-to-accept-money-from-your-audience--21868822http://paypal.me/podcastcoach or https://cash.app/$schoolofpodcasting With the cash.app you need to download an app and create an account. With Paypal you need to provide an email address to pay with a credit card (you can pay without having a paypal account). They all seem to take the same 3%. With Glow after you pay a podcast it will ask you if you want to complete your setup (optional), but if you continue you choose a password and now you have a Glow.fm account. I could be missing something, but I'm not seeing a ton of difference except glow.fm gives you a little more control over your brand (although I wish companies would tell you what size of the image to use instead of letting up guess). Premium Plans If you have a listener pay you $5/month you would Keep $4.30 with Glow.fm (5 - (.55+.15)) Keep $4.45 with Patreon (5 - (.4+.15) In doing the math, you don't make more money selling bonus/private content until you charge $13/month. In that instance, you would keep $11.36 with Glow, and $11.28 with Patreon. Also, keep in mind with Patreon you can upload audio (and get ZERO stats on downloads). With Glow.fm you can use most media hosts to provide private feed for your bonus content. Buy Dave a Coffee If you've like to support the show as well as see Glow in action CLICK HERE or go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/glow Podcast Magazine Launching in January I will be appearing in the inaugural edition of Podcast Magazine. In having some email back and forth with Editor in Chief Seve Olsher he said there are three reasons for starting this magazine. 1) We are passionate about podcasting and want to do our part to support its growth. Podcasting has, we believe, reached an important tipping point for either attaining critical mass or returning to its roots as a compelling tool for hobbyists. We are unabashedly committed to doing whatever we can to ensure that podcasting’s current status reflects its embryonic stages rather than the maturation of the medium. 2) We strive to serve podcast FANS, taking them ‘Beyond The Microphone’ and into the lives of today’s leading podcasters and the shows they love. While there are several publications that do a wonderful job of covering podcasters and the industry at large, their focus is not on serving listeners. Our goal is to create the preeminent lifestyle publication that veraciously serves podcast fans while exploring the ever-evolving world of its culture. 3) And perhaps most importantly, we are committed to leveling the playing field for ALL podcasters. As a podcaster since 2009 when we launched our first episode of Reinvention Radio, and continuing with Beyond 8 Figures (and, soon, the Podcast Magazine Podcast, of course!), I have witnessed firsthand the challenges of being a “mere mortal” without a huge platform who is unable to break onto the charts simply by “bouncing” existing fans and followers toward one’s new podcast. Breaking into the ascending spiral of Apple’s, Spotify’s, or Stitcher’s (to name a few) charts is incredibly difficult. Podcasts that are popular rank in the charts; new listeners find these shows because they’re visible and subsequently download, rate, review, and subscribe to them. As a result, these podcasts continue their popularity ascent, making it nearly impossible for other shows to be discovered. To aid in addressing this issue, each month, the 19 Podcast Magazine Category Directors highlight an “Under The Radar” show that podcast fans likely haven’t heard of, but should be listening to; select a personal favorite for “Off The Charts”, which showcases Podcast Magazine’s Top Podcast Picks of the Month, and… Each month we release the industry’s only fan-driven chart: Podcast Magazine’s Hot 50! To make this happen, we need to hear from YOU. What are YOUR favorite podcasts? What shows can’t you get enough of? What podcasts do you feel should receive more recognition? You will be able to leave your input coming soon. Each month, we’ll tally the results, and a new Podcast Magazine Hot 50 chart will be released. Will some of the more popular shows appear on our charts? Odds are, they will. However, we also have strong confidence that a significant number of podcasts that aren’t among the current “usual suspects” will make it onto the Hot 50. And we very much look forward to introducing you to them. In today’s divisive times, it is easier than ever to be a critic… and hard to be a creator. Those who have the audacity to podcast are creators, and we will do everything we can to support them. Thank you for sharing our enthusiasm and accompanying us on this journey. Steve Olsher Founder/Editor-in-Chief For more information see www.podcastmagazine.com Slow Down When Talking About Your Podcast On the latest version of the Podcast Review Show, we reviewed a podcast that spoke at a very fast rate when discussing those items that were repeated every episode. The problem is new listeners can't understand what you are saying it. You can get your show reviewed at www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme Podcasting Events This Week 1/20 Northeast Ohio Podcast Meetup 1/21 California Podcast Association – Oakland, California 1/22-25 Brooklyn Podcast Festival 1/23 Atlanta, "LIVE On-Stage Podcast Event with Audience and Networking" 1/24 The Voices of Dentistry -Scottsdale Arizona 1/24 Mass Media Podcast Online Event 1/24 Outlier Podcast Festival - Salt Lake City For more events see http://podcastingevents.net/ I Will be Appearing at the Following Events January 24-26 Mass Media Podcast Summit (use coupon SCHOOL ) February 8th Bay Area Independent Publishers Assoc. Novato, CA February 12-15th Podcast Movement Evolutions Los Angelas, Ca February 21-22 Spark Christian Podcast Conference Houston, TX March 6-8 Podfest Multimedia Expo Orlando, Fl June 12-13 Utah Podcast Summit Sandy, Utah Start Your Podcast Join the School of Podcasting and get access to the courses, the private group coaching, and the private Facebook group. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>a4571e3b-5590-4274-b3c9-0b5cd7d16f54Mon, 20 Jan 2020 05:08:15 +0000David JacksonTABLE OF CONTENTS 00:00:58 Slow Down When You Talk About Yourself 00:03:08 Podcast Magazine 00:08:50 Glow.fm Interview 00:31:38 Fun with Math 00:42:28 Question of the Month 00:43:26 Podcasting Events 00:45:33 schoolofpodcasting.com/start Different...http://paypal.me/podcastcoach or https://cash.app/$schoolofpodcasting With the cash.app you need to download an app and create an account. With Paypal you need to provide an email address to pay with a credit card (you can pay without having a paypal account). They all seem to take the same 3%. With Glow after you pay a podcast it will ask you if you want to complete your setup (optional), but if you continue you choose a password and now you have a Glow.fm account. I could be missing something, but I'm not seeing a ton of difference except glow.fm gives you a little more control over your brand (although I wish companies would tell you what size of the image to use instead of letting up guess). Premium Plans If you have a listener pay you $5/month you would Keep $4.30 with Glow.fm (5 - (.55+.15)) Keep $4.45 with Patreon (5 - (.4+.15) In doing the math, you don't make more money selling bonus/private content until you charge $13/month. In that instance, you would keep $11.36 with Glow, and $11.28 with Patreon. Also, keep in mind with Patreon you can upload audio (and get ZERO stats on downloads). With Glow.fm you can use most media hosts to provide private feed for your bonus content. Buy Dave a Coffee If you've like to support the show as well as see Glow in action CLICK HERE or go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/glow Podcast Magazine Launching in January I will be appearing in the inaugural edition of Podcast Magazine. In having some email back and forth with Editor in Chief Seve Olsher he said there are three reasons for starting this magazine. 1) We are passionate about podcasting and want to do our part to support its growth. Podcasting has, we believe,...]]>2776cleanfullCatch the Plane to Wonderlandhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/catch-the-plane-to-wonderland--39771144f0e74abd-6faa-4fd3-b91a-b95c631b24d0Mon, 13 Jan 2020 13:28:48 +0000David JacksonI started the year at 225.3 and after losing a few pounds, I'm back to 226. This is partly due to me going out of town for the weekend. I tried to do things like skip breakfast and I even exercised one day. None the less my scale went up when I got...1192cleanfullWhat Makes This Podcast Great? Marc Maron Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-makes-this-podcast-great-marc-maron-edition--21627372www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question to leave your answer. Mentioned In this Episode Join the School of Podcasting Erik K. Johnson's episode on creating a good tease. Robbie Samuels On the Schmooze Podcast ( great first question) Marc Maron's WTF Podcast. The episode with BRAD PITT & LEONARDO DICAPRIO Ed Sullivan's Sonic Cupcake Audio Editing The Cigar Authority Podcast. Which Dave uses to promote 2 Guys Cigars Check out the Studio 21 Cafe where they record the podcast. AMAZING]]>b1ffc35c-6f0c-4f8f-b4a7-6bfe962a0188Mon, 13 Jan 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about creating great content that people will share, and take a slightly deeper dive into the topic by looking at WTF by Marc Maron. When I reverse engineered the content I consumed, I noticed that no matter if its a book, magazine, TV...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question to leave your answer. Mentioned In this Episode Join the School of Podcasting Erik K. Johnson's episode on creating a good tease. Robbie Samuels On the Schmooze Podcast ( great first question) Marc Maron's WTF Podcast. The episode with BRAD PITT & LEONARDO DICAPRIO Ed Sullivan's Sonic Cupcake Audio Editing The Cigar Authority Podcast. Which Dave uses to promote 2 Guys Cigars Check out the Studio 21 Cafe where they record the podcast. AMAZING]]>2711cleanfullThe 80-20 Lifestylehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-80-20-lifestyle--39771151www.logicallosers.com ]]>e6c516e6-9920-48b3-ae78-24d745a8c841Thu, 09 Jan 2020 22:30:49 +0000David JacksonI started the year at 225.3 and after losing a few pounds, I'm back to 225. It's frustrating. I was doing good, but by skipping a few days and not really paying attention to my calories, and not exercising they came right back. The other thing that is...www.logicallosers.com ]]>1522cleanfullPodcast Launch Reality Checkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-launch-reality-check--21393484www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 1/24/20. Where I Will Be 00:33:09.268 January 11th National Speakers Association Waltham, MA Ready to Get Your Message Out There? I'm ready to help you and look forward to working with you. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Make Noise: A Creator's Guide To Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling How long does it take to make money Another example of how long it takes Beyond Powerful Radio: Valerie Geller]]>c6e68b57-1ee6-46d8-afb4-7aca755141ccMon, 06 Jan 2020 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonEvery January I get people who want to start a podcast and I am glad to help them, but there are some people who have absolutely unrealistic expectations. Today I want to talk about what to expect. Every podcaster starts with the same two things: A)...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question I need your answers by 1/24/20. Where I Will Be 00:33:09.268 January 11th National Speakers Association Waltham, MA Ready to Get Your Message Out There? I'm ready to help you and look forward to working with you. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Mentioned in This Episode Make Noise: A Creator's Guide To Podcasting and Great Audio Storytelling How long does it take to make money Another example of how long it takes Beyond Powerful Radio: Valerie Geller]]>2118cleanfullTomorrow is not going to workhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tomorrow-is-not-going-to-work--3977118854f8fb72-ca8f-4505-b6ee-7b675cceae36Tue, 31 Dec 2019 03:28:43 +0000David JacksonWeigh-in: I'm up 1.6 lb back to 225.3 I skipped a workout (typically every other day) and said, "I'll just end up doing two workouts back to back days." In other words," I"ll do it tomorrow." So I did and I'm here to tell you my body doesn't like it....1482cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast ( 2019 Edition)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-2019-edition--21181260www.schoolofpodcasting.com/703 Ready To Start Your Podcast? Visit www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>89713a75-eb94-4b0e-b691-8d697eb3c2a0Mon, 30 Dec 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonEvery year I ask my audience: 1. What is their favorite podcast 2. Why is it their favorite? I also want to know about their podcast if they have one, and where we can find these shows. Time Table: This episode has been created with chapters. Your...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/703 Ready To Start Your Podcast? Visit www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>3946cleanfullCreating a Healthy Calorie Deficithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-a-healthy-calorie-deficit--39771157cc483c17-f91c-4d3d-a7c9-a004d38cf6e4Mon, 23 Dec 2019 13:55:43 +0000David JacksonI was reading an article and it had a great plan. Track your feed for 10 days and look at those days where your weight maintains. Then take the average of those days and subtract 500 calories. So if you had 2100 1900 2200 1950 2300 1876 2400 1911...1785cleanfullIs it Too Late To Start a Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-it-too-late-to-start-a-podcast--20992931www.schoolofpodcasting.com/702 Sponsor: Focusrite Ready to Podcast? www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>1dd208a0-c58c-49a9-b534-5ee376f07afcMon, 23 Dec 2019 05:00:00 +0000David Jackson01:39 Because of My Podcast 06:33 Focusrite Scarlet USB Interfaces 08:35 Is it Too Late To Start a Podcast? 24:16 Great Podcasts Lead to Binge Listening 26:08 Question of the Month 28:09 Hindenburg Chapters Trick 30:45 The Importance of File...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/702 Sponsor: Focusrite Ready to Podcast? www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2396cleanfullDifferent Is Better Than Betterhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/different-is-better-than-better--20784013https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/school-of-podcasting-64937 Here is my profile on Podchaser Table of Contents: 00:01:11.850 Question of the Month 00:02:19.600 Focusrite USB Interfaces 00:04:13.957 Different is Better Than Better 00:13:13.993 Cole Raven From Podchaser.com 00:35:01.521 How I Might Use Podchaser 00:36:56.585 Apple Podcasts Now on Alexa 00:41:09.000 Blooper Mentioned in this Show Sally Hogshead author of the book Fascinate Your Podcast Consultant Podcast Squdcast for Recording Interviews Ready to Start and Grow Your Podcast? www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>e5560fa0-c414-497c-8006-dc9f480775b1Mon, 16 Dec 2019 06:18:08 +0000David JacksonToday I take a lesson from my nine-year-old niece who goes crazy about a Christmas toy that makes absolutely no sense at all. I also have a great conversation with Cole River of Podchaser to explain what it is, where it's going and how you can use it...https://www.podchaser.com/podcasts/school-of-podcasting-64937 Here is my profile on Podchaser Table of Contents: 00:01:11.850 Question of the Month 00:02:19.600 Focusrite USB Interfaces 00:04:13.957 Different is Better Than Better 00:13:13.993 Cole Raven From Podchaser.com 00:35:01.521 How I Might Use Podchaser 00:36:56.585 Apple Podcasts Now on Alexa 00:41:09.000 Blooper Mentioned in this Show Sally Hogshead author of the book Fascinate Your Podcast Consultant Podcast Squdcast for Recording Interviews Ready to Start and Grow Your Podcast? www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2494cleanfullSuper Addictive Foodshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/super-addictive-foods--39771173www.logicallosers.com]]>e14ee58d-fb93-406b-8974-9bc97d995149Tue, 10 Dec 2019 03:12:41 +0000David JacksonWeigh In First things, I'm down .3 lbs. Not a huge win, but not a loss. Currently, the Noom app is giving me Green, Yellow and Red foods. The Most Addictive Foods Interesting article on the most addictive foods (hint its not broccoli) Eat Yourself...www.logicallosers.com]]>1620cleanfullFifty Four Podcast Questions in Twenty Six Minutes - Episode 700https://www.spreaker.com/episode/fifty-four-podcast-questions-in-twenty-six-minutes-episode-700--20592690www.schoolofpodcasting.com/700]]>244de530-426b-41e5-aae9-a12580cda618Mon, 09 Dec 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I spend a small amount of time remember the past 700 episodes. Then I launch into a "Lightning Round" if you're a new podcaster or seasoned veterans you should get something out of this show. Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/700www.schoolofpodcasting.com/700]]>1605cleanfullA New Strategy to Overcome the Scalehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-new-strategy-to-overcome-the-scale--39771182https://podclick.me/ffc2020 Become a Logical Loser This is our private Facebook accountability group. It's a safe place to ask for help, get support, and help you reach your weight loss goals. Logical Losers also get the show advertisement free. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>4d7a1cc0-ca12-4ee4-8a5e-694fe1cc294dMon, 02 Dec 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I share a new strategy when it comes to weighing yourself. I've updated the weigh-in spreadsheet for the Logical Loser Support Group to use this strategy By adding a weekly average option it really is a red flag when you see your weekly average...https://podclick.me/ffc2020 Become a Logical Loser This is our private Facebook accountability group. It's a safe place to ask for help, get support, and help you reach your weight loss goals. Logical Losers also get the show advertisement free. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>1432cleanfullHow Clay Groves the Fish Nerd Reeled in a Radio Jobhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-clay-groves-the-fish-nerd-reeled-in-a-radio-job--20418454www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (I really need these in audio format) Mentioned In This Episode Fish Nerds Podcast Clays Equipment: Zoom H4n ATR 2100 Microphone 93.5 WMVW National Podcast Publishing Month Join the School of Podcasting Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start and get access to the courses, group coaching, and private network. Put your worries about getting the wrong equipment, sounding stupid, and shaping your show behind you. Join worry-free with a 30 day money-back guarantee www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>5e5bbe65-f8af-4e2f-888e-117985eb17b0Mon, 02 Dec 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonClay Groves is one of the nicest guys on the planet. I always smile when I see him at an event. I know I'm going to be smiling and laughing soon. He is the host of Fish Nerds, and over the years when I saw him in person he would tell me a "Because of...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question (I really need these in audio format) Mentioned In This Episode Fish Nerds Podcast Clays Equipment: Zoom H4n ATR 2100 Microphone 93.5 WMVW National Podcast Publishing Month Join the School of Podcasting Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start and get access to the courses, group coaching, and private network. Put your worries about getting the wrong equipment, sounding stupid, and shaping your show behind you. Join worry-free with a 30 day money-back guarantee www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>3131cleanfullHow Triggers Come into Play with the Holidayshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-triggers-come-into-play-with-the-holidays--397711604d5b9657-a50c-4cdd-b6f9-694ad37ebd44Thu, 28 Nov 2019 04:02:20 +0000David JacksonWeight update. November 5th I am at 226. November 19th 225. Different Types of Food Triggers Behavior Chains start with triggers: Environmental Biological Mental Emotional Social Triggers Produce Thoughts Thoughts Lead to Actions Actions lead to...1723cleanfullTools To Clean Up Bad Audiohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tools-to-clean-up-bad-audio--20250595www.schoolofpodcasting.com/era Videos and more at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/698 Question of the Month 20:00 What is bugging you? Brandy Henry from engaging on social media with Brandy Henry Karrie Bond from the Keywest Perspective Podcast Jason Sacco from The Ankylosing Spondylitis Podcast Libsyn and Spotify Changes Spotify no longers makes a copy of your file and puts it on their website (they serve it directly from Libsyn). This makes it much easier to replace a file. This also means your stats are going to shift in the Libsyn dashboard. Instead of being in a separate section, the Spotify stats will go under the "normal" Libsyn stats (so don't panic). Question of the Month for December I do this every year. Please record your response and include the following: Your name and the name of your podcast Your website where we can find your podcast A brief synopsis of what your podcast is about (who its for, and what to expect) What is your favorite podcast from 2019? Why is it your favorite? What is the website of this podcast? I need the answers in by December 27th, 2019 so it can be heard on December 30th. Mentioned In This Episode First Things First (Book by Steven Covey) The Stephen R. Covey Interactive Reader - 4 Books in 1 (includes audio and video) Audphonic Levelizing and Noise Removal Tool Start Your Podcast - Grow Your Influence (and numbers) Join the School of Podcasting and quit worrying about buying the right equipment, sounding stupid, unprofessional, etc. We take you from idea to influencer and offer a 30-day money-back guarantee. Sign up for a monthly or yearly subscription.]]>9729a6e7-3fc9-4466-af14-f04134626da7Mon, 25 Nov 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we are talking about Plugins. Plugins are things you add to your audio editing software to make it better, more efficient, etc. The best way to avoid buying these (or using these) is to record good audio in the first place. That is not always an...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/era Videos and more at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/698 Question of the Month 20:00 What is bugging you? Brandy Henry from engaging on social media with Brandy Henry Karrie Bond from the Keywest Perspective Podcast Jason Sacco from The Ankylosing Spondylitis Podcast Libsyn and Spotify Changes Spotify no longers makes a copy of your file and puts it on their website (they serve it directly from Libsyn). This makes it much easier to replace a file. This also means your stats are going to shift in the Libsyn dashboard. Instead of being in a separate section, the Spotify stats will go under the "normal" Libsyn stats (so don't panic). Question of the Month for December I do this every year. Please record your response and include the following: Your name and the name of your podcast Your website where we can find your podcast A brief synopsis of what your podcast is about (who its for, and what to expect) What is your favorite podcast from 2019? Why is it your favorite? What is the website of this podcast? I need the answers in by December 27th, 2019 so it can be heard on December 30th. Mentioned In This Episode First Things First (Book by Steven Covey) The Stephen R. Covey Interactive Reader - 4 Books in 1 (includes audio and video) Audphonic Levelizing and Noise Removal Tool Start Your Podcast - Grow Your Influence (and numbers) Join the School of Podcasting and quit worrying about buying the right equipment, sounding stupid, unprofessional, etc. We take you from idea to influencer and offer a 30-day money-back guarantee. Sign up for a monthly or yearly subscription.]]>2606cleanfullCelebrate All Victorieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/celebrate-all-victories--39771168https://hwage.co/1408044/ Lose 6% of your weight by February Controlling Your Attitude I've been pretty good on hitting my benchmarks: 10 glasses of water 7 hours of sleep 30-60 minutes of exercise 1900 calories. And yet.... Trust the process. Hang in there. Mentioned in this Episode Zero Fasting App Available on Android and Apple Life Fasting Tracker (available on Apple or Android) https://lifeapps.io/apps/life-fasting-tracker/ Diet Fiction]]>1b4e9250-32c3-42d9-9b07-34e1ce6e1a94Wed, 20 Nov 2019 03:26:37 +0000David JacksonWeight update. November 5th I am at 226. November 19th 225. Join the Healthy Wage Challenge https://hwage.co/1408044/ Lose 6% of your weight by February Controlling Your Attitude I've been pretty good on hitting my benchmarks: 10 glasses of water 7...https://hwage.co/1408044/ Lose 6% of your weight by February Controlling Your Attitude I've been pretty good on hitting my benchmarks: 10 glasses of water 7 hours of sleep 30-60 minutes of exercise 1900 calories. And yet.... Trust the process. Hang in there. Mentioned in this Episode Zero Fasting App Available on Android and Apple Life Fasting Tracker (available on Apple or Android) https://lifeapps.io/apps/life-fasting-tracker/ Diet Fiction]]>1016cleanfullBehind the Scenes of Podcast Advertisinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-podcast-advertising--2008971307b36619-3b96-4107-a32a-a2e1dc59227eMon, 18 Nov 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonSo many people jump to podcast advertising when they think of making money with their podcast. This may be partially due to listening to the radio which makes its money via advertising. About Heather Osgood She started her career in advertising sales...2535cleanfullWhere Should I List My Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-should-i-list-my-podcast--19966827www.schoolofpodcasting.com/696]]>59f47816cd024e7f8021be06d053bd4aMon, 11 Nov 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonIn the same way that kids on Halloween want candy, podcasters want downloads. How much? MORE is the only answer. Should your list your show in (insert directory name)? Well, will it help you potentially grow your audience? Then the answer is yes....www.schoolofpodcasting.com/696]]>2670cleanfullHealthy Wage Fitness Challengehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/healthy-wage-fitness-challenge--39771143https://www.healthywage.com/join/logical-weight-loss/ Become a Logical Loser If you would like to support the show, go to www.logicallosers.com]]>8f557fac100d4c4282ee64e638917eb5Wed, 06 Nov 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWeight Update Last episode on October 19th I was 228.3. Today on November 5th I am at 226. How Do I See My Step Count on an Apple Watch? Press the button on the side and scroll down until you see "all Apps" and choose the activity app and then scroll...https://www.healthywage.com/join/logical-weight-loss/ Become a Logical Loser If you would like to support the show, go to www.logicallosers.com]]>1352cleanfull8 Tools to Help You Generate Ideas For Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/8-tools-to-help-you-generate-ideas-for-your-podcast--19843249 Most Popular. If you do this on my channel you will see my top videos are How to record Skype the easy way Anchor.fm Review Watch Before Using Why you should NOT use Soundcloud as a media host What is a podcast? Understanding the mechanics of podcasting. The idea here is not to steal someone's content. The idea is to see what is popular and then see if you have an opinion, insight, or story about that topic. Maybe there are a couple of topics you could combine to create a new look on an old subject. Resources For Interviews Check out the Guest Booking resources at https://podcastingresources.com/listing-category/podcast-guest-booking/ What if Someone Else Has Already Talked About This Subject? There are times when you may notice that your "competition" may have talked about a subject you want to talk about. Go ahead and talk about it here is why: In the USA every night there are at a bare minimum of six different stations reporting on politics. People want to hear what YOU think about something. You are assuming people listen to BOTH you and your "competition (and that may not be the case). November Podcasting Events For links and information see www.podcastingevents.net Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>084ede67ed5c40a89f1145a90e055916Mon, 04 Nov 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonHow do I come up with an idea for episodes? This show just celebrated 14 years in podcasting, and I would be lying if I said it was easy to come up with ideas for an episode every week. I will say this. There are some episodes that I feel are great,... Most Popular. If you do this on my channel you will see my top videos are How to record Skype the easy way Anchor.fm Review Watch Before Using Why you should NOT use Soundcloud as a media host What is a podcast? Understanding the mechanics of podcasting. The idea here is not to steal someone's content. The idea is to see what is popular and then see if you have an opinion, insight, or story about that topic. Maybe there are a couple of topics you could combine to create a new look on an old subject. Resources For Interviews Check out the Guest Booking resources at 2064cleanfullThe Biggest Regret From Starting a Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-biggest-regret-from-starting-a-podcast--19725412www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Podcast Focus is more important than microphones Podcast Review Show Next Week: 8 Tools to Help You Generate Ideas For Your Podcast. Subscribe to the show and get access as soon as the episodes is available. Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>e184b81701a74e6c982db72b1dc66f8bMon, 28 Oct 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe har about the benefits of podcasting on this show, and I attempt to get people to start their podcast and often ask, "What is the worst thing that could happen?" I wanted to hear what was the worst thing that happened to you by starting a podcast,...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Podcast Focus is more important than microphones Podcast Review Show Next Week: 8 Tools to Help You Generate Ideas For Your Podcast. Subscribe to the show and get access as soon as the episodes is available. Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>1894cleanfullBuilding Your Own Value Pyramidhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-your-own-value-pyramid--19605695www.schoolofpodcating.com/question I need the answers by 10/25/19. Mentioned in This Episode Video Creators My Stuttering Life More on Value Propositions Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>a6dc0dcc68474f628cee55b3997ed4b2Mon, 21 Oct 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we are going to take the phrase "Value Proposition" which is typically used in business and apply it to podcast. In the past few months, I've attended a fair amount of conferences and I ask people about their podcast. In most cases, people...2456pyramid,valuecleanfullNordic Track S22i vs Paleton - Start Where You Arehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nordic-track-s22i-vs-paleton-start-where-you-are--397712030f42727505fd4690937084ae24c94f69Sat, 19 Oct 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI've seen commercials for the Peloton bike and I was getting sucked in. I had some friends who were talking about how their apartment building has one, and they spoke about how these live classes were really addicting. I saw where you can get one for...1427cleanfullThe Magic of Podcasting - She Podcasts Live 2019https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-magic-of-podcasting-she-podcasts-live-2019--195102295730df9e38904d2aa6963acf89724bb7Tue, 15 Oct 2019 01:25:57 +0000David JacksonI'm back from She Podcasts Live 2019 with some insights from an all women's podcast conference. It was great fun, great conversations and LOTS of laughs. Elise and Jess put on a great event, and everyone walked out with lots of actionable items to put...2224cleanfullHomework For Life - Storyworthy is a Book I Couldn't Stop Readinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/homework-for-life-storyworthy-is-a-book-i-couldn-t-stop-reading--19382434www.schoolofpodcasting.com/691]]>2f2c5946055448dda5853b4ef0540690Mon, 07 Oct 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI have added a new book to my "Must Read" list if you are a podcaster. The first one was Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World by Michael Hyatt. Why? Because he talks about making WOW content. My second must-read book is Will It Fly?: How to Test...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/691]]>2870cleanfullPressing Resethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pressing-reset--39771170https://tb12sports.com/blog/what-does-tom-brady-eat I'm glad to be back, and ready to get motivated. Thanks for being a patron!]]>e620c15a9a50434eb5966b65eff7c64cWed, 02 Oct 2019 03:26:45 +0000David JacksonI'm Back! at 226.8 After writing a book, I'm back and up in my weight. I could cry and beat myself up, but I just looked at the calendar and said: "October 1st the day I turn this thing around." I reset some data in my apps, starting getting up a...https://tb12sports.com/blog/what-does-tom-brady-eat I'm glad to be back, and ready to get motivated. Thanks for being a patron!]]>1544cleanfullHelp My Podcast is Stuck and Not Growinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/help-my-podcast-is-stuck-and-not-growing--19287143a459baeecc8d4e0d88d0dc29f6c4c154Mon, 30 Sep 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonShould I Even Start a Podcast? Yes, and here is why. Americans spend over 60 billion dollars a year on diet books. Now you might say that is why people write books because people buy books - because each year more and more people are getting fat. How...3591cleanfullMaking the World a Better Place with Dr. Richard Shusterhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-the-world-a-better-place-with-dr-richard-shuster--19192704https://www.thedailyhelping.com/ Donate to his charity at http://everykidrocks.org Bonus Content 34:51 Dr. Richard talks about his assessment tool is different than Myers Briggs. What is PULSAR and how it helps with addiction? Why he is putting people's lives over profits. The P.O.W.E.R.S. assessment. Check out www.seekyourpowers.com My Thoughts on Fincon and MICDC 35:54 I was asked to speak at Fincon and the Military Influencers Conference. Both conferences were in DC. I had a great time and probably got more clients out of that week than I have at any other conference. Why? Because the people at Fincon had a budget to learn how to podcast (or they just hire Steve Stewart) and the Military people are disciplined, focused, and not afraid to march into areas and situations they have never been in before. The interesting thing (and by that I mean hard) was these people having conversations I couldn't jump into. The financial people were talking Monte Carlo Simulations, and the military people had so many letters and numbers put together in ways I had never heard of I was always confused (when your A1 tried to get to the G7 before the protocol of WHAT?). At Fincon there was a speakers dinner. Everyone I was looking at was a speaker. I got my food and moved as far away from the crowd as I could. I can talk to anybody at podcast movement about podcasting, but this was different. Then I thought, "If anyone is going to benefit from a podcast in this conference it's probably a speaker." I walked over and did my best to jump into conversations. These were nice people, and they would eventually try to pull me in, but you feel awkward just watching others talk. You feel like a kid trying to jump into a double dutch jump rope. You're looking for the best time to jump in, and you're scared you're going to trip and fall. I say this to let you know that it's scary. I say this to let you know that it's a bit overwhelming to do something you've never done. The fear of the unknown is real. I was able to pull myself up, and I can help you to. Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>ade431294a9d4c59b86e8a40ca5f741cMon, 23 Sep 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDr. Richard Shuster did spend thousands of dollars on his equipment when he started. He used what he had, and moved forward. Little did he know his podcast would stop someone from taking their own life. Richard has a clear goal and focus of the show,...https://www.thedailyhelping.com/ Donate to his charity at http://everykidrocks.org Bonus Content 34:51 Dr. Richard talks about his assessment tool is different than Myers Briggs. What is PULSAR and how it helps with addiction? Why he is putting people's lives over profits. The P.O.W.E.R.S. assessment. Check out www.seekyourpowers.com My Thoughts on Fincon and MICDC 35:54 I was asked to speak at Fincon and the Military Influencers Conference. Both conferences were in DC. I had a great time and probably got more clients out of that week than I have at any other conference. Why? Because the people at Fincon had a budget to learn how to podcast (or they just hire Steve Stewart) and the Military people are disciplined, focused, and not afraid to march into areas and situations they have never been in before. The interesting thing (and by that I mean hard) was these people having conversations I couldn't jump into. The financial people were talking Monte Carlo Simulations, and the military people had so many letters and numbers put together in ways I had never heard of I was always confused (when your A1 tried to get to the G7 before the protocol of WHAT?). At Fincon there was a speakers dinner. Everyone I was looking at was a speaker. I got my food and moved as far away from the crowd as I could. I can talk to anybody at podcast movement about podcasting, but this was different. Then I thought, "If anyone is going to benefit from a podcast in this conference it's probably a speaker." I walked over and did my best to jump into conversations. These were nice people, and they would eventually try to pull me in, but you feel awkward just watching others talk. You feel like a kid trying to jump into a double dutch jump rope. You're looking for the best time to jump in, and you're...]]>2787cleanfull8 Months Later Do I Still Like the Rodecaster Pro?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/8-months-later-do-i-still-like-the-rodecaster-pro--19112400https://www.jcaldigital.org/ Check out StudeeoB at https://anchor.fm/studeeo-b and https://www.twine.fm/studeeob Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>2788a83c6cf04901be55ce0268bf1b5dMon, 16 Sep 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIn a previous episode, three podcasters shared their opinion on the Rodecaster pro. We all liked it but wanted some more PRO options. Today I give you an update. Because of My Podcast - I Got a Sponsor Brandon/StudeeoB of the Beats to Inspire has...https://www.jcaldigital.org/ Check out StudeeoB at https://anchor.fm/studeeo-b and https://www.twine.fm/studeeob Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>1661cleanfullHere is Something Great, But First, THIS....https://www.spreaker.com/episode/here-is-something-great-but-first-this--19043626www.podcastreviewshow.com Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>3f2c62ce339b4013a4e1ad522d4ee683Mon, 09 Sep 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou have a great guest or you have a great story, and instead of getting to the thing that will inspire your audience to share your episode, you go to something else. This may be some sort of housekeeping or minor information that could easily be...www.podcastreviewshow.com Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>2828cleanfullFinding What Works for You with Dan Rosadohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-what-works-for-you-with-dan-rosado--39771169https://www.instagram.com/bigfatlifepodcast/ Today we hear: Daniel's "ENOUGH!" moment How he found a nutritionist What hasn't worked for him His advice for anyone feeling discouraged Dave's carb experiment His show is Big Fat Life Podcast and is available in Apple and Google ]]>dc6d8b7a3e7f4a37a08cb71c9bbafc01Mon, 02 Sep 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I am joined by who does the Big Fat Podcast Description: Having been overweight for most of his life, Daniel Rosado experiments with his diet and starts to lose weight. The struggles and successes are all documented here as well as interviews...https://www.instagram.com/bigfatlifepodcast/ Today we hear: Daniel's "ENOUGH!" moment How he found a nutritionist What hasn't worked for him His advice for anyone feeling discouraged Dave's carb experiment His show is Big Fat Life Podcast and is available in Apple and Google ]]>1731cleanfullWhat is the International Podcast Association?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-the-international-podcast-association--18976279www.hatetoweight.com The International Podcast Association 06:10 We are joined by Liz and Glenn from the International Podcast Association who help explain: What is it? Why do we need it? Who is shaping it? What do they need from you? What do you need from them? How long will board members be active? How much does it cost? What is their first order of business? Why they chose to only use board members with no corporate ties at this point. If you haven't already, please visit www.internatinalpodcastassociation.org/survey 22: 55 Why podcasters are better communicators 28:14 What about the podcast puppies? 29:42 No Question of the month in September Podcast Review Show Prices are Going Up in October 33:24 If you want some honest feedback on every inch of your show, you need to move fast at www.podcastreviewshow.com as prices are going up in October. Currently, you get: Two on one consulting (two consultants Dave Jackson of the School of Podcasting and Erik K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach) Review of your audio quality, your flow of content, your goals, your website, artwork, - everything Exposure on the Podcast Review Show podcast Exposure on the School of Podcasting YouTube Channel Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>b3e74a233bce4d7199b357513e27fcd5Mon, 02 Sep 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe International Podcast Association was launched at Podcast Movement 2019. Today I talk with two members of the executive board Liz Covart of Ben Franklin's World and Glenn Hebert from the Horse Radio Network. Because of Our Podcast - We Lost 100...www.hatetoweight.com The International Podcast Association 06:10 We are joined by Liz and Glenn from the International Podcast Association who help explain: What is it? Why do we need it? Who is shaping it? What do they need from you? What do you need from them? How long will board members be active? How much does it cost? What is their first order of business? Why they chose to only use board members with no corporate ties at this point. If you haven't already, please visit www.internatinalpodcastassociation.org/survey 22: 55 Why podcasters are better communicators 28:14 What about the podcast puppies? 29:42 No Question of the month in September Podcast Review Show Prices are Going Up in October 33:24 If you want some honest feedback on every inch of your show, you need to move fast at www.podcastreviewshow.com as prices are going up in October. Currently, you get: Two on one consulting (two consultants Dave Jackson of the School of Podcasting and Erik K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach) Review of your audio quality, your flow of content, your goals, your website, artwork, - everything Exposure on the Podcast Review Show podcast Exposure on the School of Podcasting YouTube Channel Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>2167cleanfullWhy Do People Share Content?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-do-people-share-content--18915512www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned On This Episode vacuumpodcast.com Podcast Review Show (prices going up)]]>2e30ce2d79cc41a2af9a77330b0495bdMon, 26 Aug 2019 04:51:52 +0000David JacksonTwo reasons people might share things are that they are interesting and that they are useful. Emotions also play into why people share items. When you have something in common with the host it can boost the chance of us sharing the content. Emotions...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned On This Episode vacuumpodcast.com Podcast Review Show (prices going up)]]>2449cleanfullMy Blood Pressure Motivates Mehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-blood-pressure-motivates-me--3977119607547ab4ee314bf092add1a223114f57Mon, 19 Aug 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWeight Check-In 224.4 When I last recorded I was 224.4 and as of today, I'm at 224.3. Am I happy that I went down a tenth of a pound? Not really. If there was a silver lining, in my weight update its that I was traveling for a week where I was stuck...1356cleanfullPodcast Movement 2019 Insightshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-movement-2019-insights--18853034www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Show Join the School of Podcasting Ask the Podcast Coach The Average Guy Network Podcast Rodeo Show ]]>2f80167146b04c30be476cc19e371b2cMon, 19 Aug 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was at Podcast Movement last week. I've attended all six Podcast Movement eventss and it's been a blast to watch it grow. This year the venue was HUGE and it was weird as the number of people also grew so it was hard to tell just how much bigger it...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Mentioned In This Show Join the School of Podcasting Ask the Podcast Coach The Average Guy Network Podcast Rodeo Show ]]>2428cleanfullGoogle Embraces Podcasting a Little Tighterhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/google-embraces-podcasting-a-little-tighter--18794380www.becauseofmypodcast.com Are You Making ANY Money With Your Podcast? I'm working on the book "More Podcast Money" and conducting more interviews for the book. If you are making ANY money with your podcast, I'm trying to interview more podcasters to better identify strategies, and what is and is not working. If you'd like to be considered for the book please contact me Question of the Month What was the last thing you shared (that wasn't yours) and why did you share it? Be sure to mention your podcast and website. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question]]>b2dd610f5816462c9d57be8f4de527d2Mon, 12 Aug 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonLast week an announcement from Google stated that podcast episodes will now appear in Google Search Results: Starting today, when you’re searching for a podcast about a topic on Google, such as “podcasts about Awkwafina” or “Instant Pot recipe...www.becauseofmypodcast.com Are You Making ANY Money With Your Podcast? I'm working on the book "More Podcast Money" and conducting more interviews for the book. If you are making ANY money with your podcast, I'm trying to interview more podcasters to better identify strategies, and what is and is not working. If you'd like to be considered for the book please contact me Question of the Month What was the last thing you shared (that wasn't yours) and why did you share it? Be sure to mention your podcast and website. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question]]>2198cleanfullPersonality, Creativity, and Diversity - Starting a Podcast With Kristen Meinzerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/personality-creativity-and-diversity-starting-a-podcast-with-kristen-meinzer--18724383https://www.kristenmeinzer.com Twitter: @kristenmeinzer Instagram @k10meinzer Buy the Book "So You Want to Start a Podcast" Mentioned in This Episode Buy the Book "So You Want to Start a Podcast" Get the Book For Free on Audible Work with Me Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>bc6f713cc72841d5af3c734f252a17dfMon, 05 Aug 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was lucky enough to meet Kristen Meizner last year and the On-Air fest, and I heard her speak. I knew immediately I wanted to her come on the show. She was working on her new book So You Want to Start a Podcast: Finding Your Voice, Telling Your...https://www.kristenmeinzer.com Twitter: @kristenmeinzer Instagram @k10meinzer Buy the Book "So You Want to Start a Podcast" Mentioned in This Episode Buy the Book "So You Want to Start a Podcast" Get the Book For Free on Audible Work with Me Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>3085cleanfullWhy I Dumped My Fitbit for an Apple Watchhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-i-dumped-my-fitbit-for-an-apple-watch--39771198e5de8719adc04bdab5e1dbbc2fdee9dcThu, 01 Aug 2019 03:48:51 +0000David JacksonI've been a happy Fitbit owner for over a decade until last week. I switched to an Apple Watch. Yes, it's more expensive but it does more than monitor my health. I found some tools to help you compete against your friends (up to 10) for free no matter...1881cleanfullFine Tuning Your Content With Audience Surveyshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fine-tuning-your-content-with-audience-surveys--18663938e019ff6d436949e49a4f68702840e243Mon, 29 Jul 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIf you have the courage to ask your audience how to improve, they will help you. They want you to succeed. Some people may suggest things that don't fit the scope of your show.3313cleanfullThe Many Ways To Gauge Podcast Success -More Then Downloads And Moneyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-many-ways-to-gauge-podcast-success-more-then-downloads-and-money--18607734www.podcastengineeringschoool.com Other Ways To Count Podcast Success If your goal was to find like-minded people (cause your spouse said they would not participate in any more conversations around Batman) and you've found some people online to have the conversations you've been longing to have - your podcast is a success. If you had no luck getting in touch with certain people - but the minute they said yes to being interviewed on your podcast - it was a success If your goal was to be seen as an expert and someone sends you an email asking you for your opinion - your podcast is a success If your goal was to "get the message out there" and your podcast has a number that is higher than zero - your podcast is a success. If your goal was to get something off your chest, you want to put your thoughts out into the universe - so you don't feel so invisible - and someone hears it - you're not invisible. Glenn the Geek has people write Christmas songs about his podcast at the horseradionetwork.com Theracasts can be audio journals that can help you more than your audience in some cases, but they are much less expensive than therapy. Some might say you should do these in a private journal (and you can do that) but sometimes you need someone to hear you - even if its a complete stranger. When someone in your audience chimes in on a conversation that helps you save money or time - that is a bonus to your life. Binders Can Be a Good Thing When I asked Uncle Google what blinders are, I see that blinder "attach to a horse's bridle or hood and prevent a horse from seeing behind and beside him." I mention this alot because its important. Comparing your show to another show is one of the worst things you can do. Blinder can stop you from looking at your past (cause there may be regrets) and they help you focus on your future. Your current value is not based on your mistakes of the past. Keep focused on your audience and answer every email, tweet, etc and keep the conversation going (don't just answer the question). It Might Take a Bit To Get Some Feedback I started a show called Your Podcast Consultant ( small lessons with big value) for those who like a shorter podcast. I've been doing it for nine months, and finally just got some feedback. The Power of Relationships Jen Briney doest the Congressional Dish podcast that every American should be subscribed to and she recently did an episode on Suprise Medical Bills in America and did a touching tribute to a listener who died. Jen monetizes the show on the "Value for Value" model (meaning it is 100% listener supported) and Jen explains how listeners are a bit like pen pals. It really shows the kind of relationships you build online. Likewise, when I heard Jen cry on her show remembering her listener I wanted to crawl through my phone and give her a giant hug. Why? Because of the relationship, I feel I have with her as a listener. While Jen will blow off and poke fun of herself for crying on the show, what it is - is courageous. She went 100% vulnerable on her show. This also helps build relationships with your audience. The No Agenda Show with John C Dvorak and Adam Curry do a show they deconstruct the media. Their audience is so engaged they are doing meetups to talk about their subject(s). Their audience loves the subject to much they want to continue on the discussion. They even set up a website at www.noagendameetups.com and there are MANY websites maintained by their audience with the goal of helping to promote the show Jim Collison is my cohost for Ask the Podcast Coach on Saturday mornings and host a show for his job at Gallop as well as Home Gadget Geeks. He just mentioned that he had started enjoying a cigar every now and then and he was contacted multiple times by his audience who wanted to send him their favorite cigar. Question of the Month This month I'm doing an audience survey (my first in YEARS) and I would love to know 1. What you like about the show 2. What you wish I'd change (I'm a big boy, be honest) 3. What would you like to hear in the future (guests, topics) Please go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question and leave your response (there may be a prize for a random person who takes the online version AND leaves an audio version) Last Five in Five What were the last five podcasts you listened to? Dan from the Thank God I'm an Atheist and the How to Heretic show God Awful Movies The Constant Scathing Atheist Pod Save America The Allusionist Mentioned on This Show Dealing with My Grief Congressional Dish No Agenda Show Home Gadget Geeks Your Podcast Consultant Todd Cochrane New Media Show Zoom.us Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>6b7f081457284c689f8fbb2d651869eaMon, 22 Jul 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonFrom time to time I see people in Facebook groups announcing "Hey I got my first 1000 download episode!" or "I just got (insane amount of money)" for my podcast. When you are just starting out, or even if you've been podcasting for a while if you're...www.podcastengineeringschoool.com Other Ways To Count Podcast Success If your goal was to find like-minded people (cause your spouse said they would not participate in any more conversations around Batman) and you've found some people online to have the conversations you've been longing to have - your podcast is a success. If you had no luck getting in touch with certain people - but the minute they said yes to being interviewed on your podcast - it was a success If your goal was to be seen as an expert and someone sends you an email asking you for your opinion - your podcast is a success If your goal was to "get the message out there" and your podcast has a number that is higher than zero - your podcast is a success. If your goal was to get something off your chest, you want to put your thoughts out into the universe - so you don't feel so invisible - and someone hears it - you're not invisible. Glenn the Geek has people write Christmas songs about his podcast at the horseradionetwork.com Theracasts can be audio journals that can help you more than your audience in some cases, but they are much less expensive than therapy. Some might say you should do these in a private journal (and you can do that) but sometimes you need someone to hear you - even if its a complete stranger. When someone in your audience chimes in on a conversation that helps you save money or time - that is a bonus to your life. Binders Can Be a Good Thing When I asked Uncle Google what blinders are, I see that blinder "attach to a horse's bridle or hood and prevent a horse from seeing behind and beside him." I mention this alot because its important. Comparing your show to another show is one of the worst things you can do. Blinder can stop you from looking at your past (cause there may be regrets) and they help you focus on your future. Your current value is not based on your mistakes of the past. Keep focused on your audience and answer every email, tweet, etc and keep the conversation going (don't just answer the question). It Might Take a Bit To Get Some Feedback I started a show called Your Podcast Consultant ( small lessons with big value) for those who like a shorter podcast. I've been doing it for nine months, and finally just got some feedback. The Power of Relationships Jen Briney doest the Congressional Dish podcast that every American should be subscribed to and she recently did an episode on Suprise Medical Bills in America and did a touching tribute to a listener who died. Jen monetizes the show on the "Value for Value" model (meaning it is 100% listener supported) and Jen explains how listeners are a bit like pen pals. It really shows the kind of relationships you build online. Likewise, when I heard Jen cry on her show remembering her listener I wanted to crawl through my phone and give her a giant hug. Why? Because of the relationship, I feel I have with her as a listener. While Jen will blow off and poke fun of herself for crying on the show, what it is - is courageous. She went 100% vulnerable on her show. This also helps build relationships with your...]]>2477cleanfullSchool of Podcasting Audience Surveyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/school-of-podcasting-audience-survey--18590733www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Thanks in advance]]>288be160f8f745ee86d894d575d71d47Fri, 19 Jul 2019 14:11:11 +0000David JacksonPlease go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Thanks in advancewww.schoolofpodcasting.com/question Thanks in advance]]>131cleanfullHow Kayla Cox Lost 80 lbs and Kept it Offhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-kayla-cox-lost-80-lbs-and-kept-it-off--39771183www.sixmilestosupper.com Check out her book The Laid Back Guide To Intermittent Fasting Her website has courses, her blog, resources, YouTube and more Support The Show Become a logical loser and join our support group where we all lose together see www.logicallosers.com]]>a60a967f3c94435b99b192a1c947320bMon, 15 Jul 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonKayla Cox is the author of the book, "The Laid Back Guide To Intermittent Fasting: How I Lost Over 80 Pounds and Kept It Off Eating Whatever I Wanted" she has 30 thousand subscribers but the reason I'm excited to have her there is she has lost 80 lbs...www.sixmilestosupper.com Check out her book The Laid Back Guide To Intermittent Fasting Her website has courses, her blog, resources, YouTube and more Support The Show Become a logical loser and join our support group where we all lose together see www.logicallosers.com]]>1775cleanfullGetting Past "Depends" in Podcast Answershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-past-depends-in-podcast-answers--18550871www.podcastengineeringschoool.com What Do I Need To Start A Podcast? I recently appeared at a local meetup for a group in Alabama. The question, "what do I need to start a podcast" came up. I've talked about this in the past and hit different aspects, and I'm going to try to hit all aspects in this episode. Things Everyone Needs No Matter What A Pop filter for your microphone. This could be a foam ball to put over the end, or a mesh shield that goes between you and the microphone. I'm a fan of the Nady SSPF-3 if you're using an ATR2100 or a Samson Q2U. If you are using something like an Electrovoice RE320 you might consider a foam shield with a shock mount or this "repop" filter only available at BSW Your Topic Your topic should be something that you can't help but talk about. You would be willing to talk about it for free for HOURS (cause you are). It's a topic that needs to hold the attention of your target audience and inspire them to tell a friend. It also needs to be in alignment with your goals for the podcast. It Depends... From there you get the most used answer in podcasting, "It depends." While this is true, you often don't get the pros and cons of your options so that is what I'm going to try to do here - make you away of your options. What Microphone Should I Use for My Podcast? Why it Depends: Option 1: Traveling Podcaster If you're going to be traveling alot and need something a little more durable, you might use the Audio Technica Atr2100 as it has a lifetime warranty. Option 2: Stationary Podcaster I like the sound of the SamsonQ2U a little better than the ATR2100. It doesn't have a lifetime warranty, but you're not moving it much. Another option for the stationary podcaster on a semi-professional level is the mic I use the Electrovoice RE320 What Microphone Stand Should I Get for the Microphone? If you are stationary (meaning you're using a room as your studio) check out the Samson MBA38 boom arm that can clamp on to a desk. If you need to take down your gear or if you're traveling, check out the On Stage Combo Stand Recording Co-Hosts or Interviews What Do I Need? Why it Depends: If they are in the room with you I like the Focusrite 2i2 for two people or the Focusrite 8i8 for four people. You could also purchase a Zoom H6 (and be able to record anywhere) If you're on a budget, then see the Behringer U-PHORIA UMC202HD (for two people), or the UMC404HD for four people Another option for recording up to four people in the room with you is the Rode Rodcaster pro Shouldn't I Use a Mixer? When it comes to mixer vs interface, a mixer allows you to adjust the audio (add bass, treble) where an interface you would do this in software later. Some people prefer interfaces as they are less confusing due to a generally smaller number of knobs. If you want a mixer, one of the best values I feel is the Presonus AR8 USB 8 as it has up to four people, connects to your computer, AND it has a built-in recorder. If you are on a budget then you could check out Mackie PROFX8V2 Do I Need a Portable Recorder? If you're traveling yes. My favorite is the Zoom H6 as it is super versatile. If all you need is a recording, you might check out the Zoom H1 I'm Going to Do All My Episodes on the Road If you're traveling and only going to be recording you and a guest you might check out the Tascam DR-10X that you plug your microphone into. In this situation, you might look into the Rode Interview Microphone My Guests/Co-hosts Are In Another Location If you're on a budget you can use Skype and Ecam call recorder on the Mac, and Squadcast is my Favorite way of recording remote people no matter what the type of computer (you just have to use chrome). Everyone is in the Same Room, but our guest is not... Then you could use the Focusrite 2i2 and connect to the guest via Skype or Squadcast. If your co-host can join Squadcast as an individual (with their own computer) then make sure you and the co-host have even volume levels as you will be on the same channel. How Much Storage Do I Need For My Media Host? To figure out how much space you need, you need to know: 1. How often you will publish 2. How long your shows will be 3. What format This short video tutorial helps you calculate any how much space you need https://libsyn.d.pr/XDpqmM I did a podcast about different formats that explains stereo vs Mono vs 64 kbps vs 128 kbps at https://overcast.fm/+IzZEC-P0/4:29 For more information on file formats, go to https://support.libsyn.com/kb/recommended-file-formats-encoding/ I've also created speadsheet that will calculate these for you. Use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month at Libsyn.com What Web Hosting Should I Use? Here again, it depends. If all you need is a place for people to listen and subscribe to your show your media host often has a free website that will suffice. Right now I'm a fan of Cooler Websites (My Goaddy Reseller) for many of my sites. Siteground starts at $4/month for their Wordpress hosting (which is $12/month after the first year) Recording Podcasts on the Road In this situation, it's best to understand the gear and what it does and then mix and match to create the system that suits you best If you're traveling and only going to be recording you and a guest you might check out the Tascam DR-10X that you plug your microphone into. In this situation, you might look into the Rode Interview Microphone. This is great for the person who is trying to eliminate carrying around a lot of gear If you want people on separate tracks, but don't want a ton of gear the Rode SC6-L Mobile Interview Kit with Interface & 2 smartLav+ Microphones is great for iOs phone users. The Zoom H6 is a sweet spot of not too large, and tons of versatility to record up to six people, and mix in sounds of an iPad if needed. No computer required. You would want to consider a headphone amplifier and headphones for everyone The Rode Procaster is great for performing live shows and can be stored in a backpack or in one of the special cases. Podcast Rewind: Podwrecked I appeared on the Podwrecked show where I explained how I released an episode with a boo-boo, and what my options were to fix it. Podwrecked is about helping you and your podcast survive the ebb and flow of the podcast industry. Check it out at http://podwrecked.com/salvaging-your-podcast-with-dave-jackson/ Question of the Month: Audience Survey Please go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/survey19 Then go to our Contact Page and upload your recording where you answer the questions: What do you like about this show? What do you wish I'd change? What topics would you like to see in the future? Please submit your audio by 7/26/19 Work With Me Join the School of Podcasting or let me be your podcast mentor]]>6be8f82e499e40d2be99281f1c01075cMon, 15 Jul 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonSPONSOR: Podcast Engineering School Be equipped to start their own podcast production company or be hired as an employee. Program Includes: LIVE Interactive Online Training Two Mentoring Sessions with Chris Curran Major Discounts on Software...www.podcastengineeringschoool.com What Do I Need To Start A Podcast? I recently appeared at a local meetup for a group in Alabama. The question, "what do I need to start a podcast" came up. I've talked about this in the past and hit different aspects, and I'm going to try to hit all aspects in this episode. Things Everyone Needs No Matter What A Pop filter for your microphone. This could be a foam ball to put over the end, or a mesh shield that goes between you and the microphone. I'm a fan of the Nady SSPF-3 if you're using an ATR2100 or a Samson Q2U. If you are using something like an Electrovoice RE320 you might consider a foam shield with a shock mount or this "repop" filter only available at BSW Your Topic Your topic should be something that you can't help but talk about. You would be willing to talk about it for free for HOURS (cause you are). It's a topic that needs to hold the attention of your target audience and inspire them to tell a friend. It also needs to be in alignment with your goals for the podcast. It Depends... From there you get the most used answer in podcasting, "It depends." While this is true, you often don't get the pros and cons of your options so that is what I'm going to try to do here - make you away of your options. What Microphone Should I Use for My Podcast? Why it Depends: Option 1: Traveling Podcaster If you're going to be traveling alot and need something a little more durable, you might use the Audio Technica Atr2100 as it has a lifetime warranty. Option 2: Stationary Podcaster I like the sound of the SamsonQ2U a little better than the ATR2100. It doesn't have a lifetime warranty, but you're not moving it much. Another option for the stationary podcaster on a semi-professional level is the mic I use the Electrovoice RE320 What Microphone Stand Should I Get for the Microphone? If you are stationary (meaning you're using a room as your studio) check out the Samson MBA38 boom arm that can clamp on to a desk. If you need to take down your gear or if you're traveling, check out the On Stage Combo Stand Recording Co-Hosts or Interviews What Do I Need? Why it Depends: If they are in the room with you I like the Focusrite 2i2 for two people or the Focusrite 8i8 for four people. You could also purchase a Zoom H6 (and be able to record anywhere) If you're on a budget, then see the Behringer U-PHORIA UMC202HD (for two people), or the UMC404HD for four people Another option for recording up to four people in the room with you is the Rode Rodcaster pro Shouldn't I Use a Mixer? When it comes to mixer vs interface, a mixer allows you to adjust the audio (add bass, treble) where an interface you would do this in software later. Some people prefer interfaces as they are less confusing due to a generally smaller number of knobs. If you want a mixer, one of the best values I feel is the Presonus AR8 USB 8 as it has up to four people, connects to your computer, AND it has a built-in recorder. If you are on a budget then you could check out Mackie PROFX8V2 Do I Need a Portable Recorder? If you're traveling yes. My favorite is the Zoom H6 as it is super versatile. If all you need is a recording, you might check out the Zoom H1 I'm Going to Do All My Episodes on the Road If you're traveling and only going to be recording you and a guest you might check out the Tascam DR-10X that you plug your microphone into. In this situation, you might look into the Rode Interview Microphone My Guests/Co-hosts Are In Another Location If you're on a...]]>2629cleanfullThe Ultimate Guide to Hosting and Guesting Podcast Interviewshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ultimate-guide-to-hosting-and-guesting-podcast-interviews--184861500328548c557245c081a7a132b7b1d148Mon, 08 Jul 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThei MEGAEPISODE answers every question about hosting and guesting on podcast interviews.5932cleanfullTop Five Way to Make Money with your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/top-five-way-to-make-money-with-your-podcast--1842882216f3af990dbf4e77910d7606472c8375Mon, 01 Jul 2019 04:51:31 +0000David JacksonIs "Quitting Your Day" job a fantasy? Can you make a living doing a podcast?3651cleanfullTo Be Something You Have to DO Somethinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-be-something-you-have-to-do-something--397711857c4c18812d644fceae7d28c82b3b7f3bMon, 01 Jul 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI have new inspiration and it is overflowing, and I didn't have to do much to find it. You can do it too.1671cleanfullHow Should You Celebrate Your Podcast Milestone?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-should-you-celebrate-your-podcast-milestone--183571652dbfdbe8f0fe49a4be2821e624fdb6a3Mon, 24 Jun 2019 05:08:34 +0000David JacksonYou have a milestone episode coming up on your podcast. Should I do something special to celebrate?1799cleanfullOvercoming Your Fears So You Can Start Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/overcoming-your-fears-so-you-can-start-your-podcast--18292429059f06295ca44700bd2c888517da2673Mon, 17 Jun 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI had to overcome my fear of heights to go hiking in Utah, and I share the techniques I used to help you get over your fears of podcasting2747cleanfullIf Your Life Was a Movie...https://www.spreaker.com/episode/if-your-life-was-a-movie--397711567b8594e1a5d24a5987236a04dc05f4e3Mon, 17 Jun 2019 03:16:02 +0000David JacksonFun in the Utah Sun I have a pretty bad fear of heights, and I have sun poisoning. However with a little planning, and some help from a friend I was able to go hiking in Utah. It was a lot of fun, and the scenery was beautiful.   I had some great...1128cleanfullHow To Rebrand Your Podcast Without Losing Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-rebrand-your-podcast-without-losing-your-audience--18224060dc993463c2da4e498b553915f87a992cMon, 10 Jun 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou need to rename your podcast but you're worried about losing your audience. Today we share the steps to rebrand your podcast, change your name and image.1801cleanfullDon't Worry About Things You Can't Controlhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-worry-about-things-you-can-t-control--1815473116217ebe7b95421f903056c33767f8ebMon, 03 Jun 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBeing Seen in Google Podcasts, Being Found In Apps, Having Google Put Play Buttons In Search Results. Are you worrying about things you don't need to?1520cleanfullTaking Back Some Timehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-back-some-time--397711970c540382865144d89dd20d2513a6cb04Mon, 27 May 2019 13:17:08 +0000David JacksonA new temporary schedule to the show and an invite for you.431cleanfullThe Biggest Pain in Creating a Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-biggest-pain-in-creating-a-podcast--18085360af27f155420546db879f21cbcd4cac90Mon, 27 May 2019 07:27:57 +0000David JacksonThe Audience chimes in on "What is the biggest pain you face in podcasting?" We also have a "Because of My Podcast" story and Dave explains how taking a 12-hour car ride ties into podcasting2677cleanfullDoes Your Podcast Name Need a Trademark?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/does-your-podcast-name-need-a-trademark--180199191f29a3ef9f4e48a0b4dba5a65286a026Mon, 20 May 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonEntertainment Lawyer Gordon Firemark explains Trademarks. What are they? Do I need one? What type of protection do they provide?2164podcast,trademarkcleanfullPodcoin App Pays Listeners to Listen to Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcoin-app-pays-listeners-to-listen-to-podcast--179112954ea102b34f0f4af5a90e888a391aa1aeMon, 13 May 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonNew apps, new technologies are coming into podcasting all the time. Today we interview Geoff Cook of podcoin.com2402cleanfullHumiliation and Shamehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/humiliation-and-shame--3977125315d2b69af6e242b98184673c6b31a0edFri, 10 May 2019 00:31:11 +0000David JacksonWe don't need uber!. Apps that use Humiliation, Stretching, and Probiotics. You are not a bad person.2008cleanfullCheese festival blueshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cheese-festival-blues--1787972258e1bcf9154c4645b9d30f034d620b04Thu, 09 May 2019 12:59:06 +0000David Jackson409cleanfullPodcast Pre-Interviews - Ensuring Valuable Conversationshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-pre-interviews-ensuring-valuable-conversations--178457365802c480f94c43cfae7cf38903f685b2Mon, 06 May 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDave interviews Kent Covington about how and when to do a podcast interview2990cleanfullIs It Possible to Air Check My Own Show?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-it-possible-to-air-check-my-own-show--1777467649b1bea0b953454d813e689bf54250e1Mon, 29 Apr 2019 05:02:10 +0000David JacksonYou've asked your family, but you need some honest feedback? Can you review your own show?2584cleanfullFocus Is More Important Than Microphoneshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/focus-is-more-important-than-microphones--17709470fa2f0066702f435aa79225e9b340bd64Mon, 22 Apr 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe all have 24 hours, and today I talk about how to get the most out of those hours. If you don't have focus it doesn't matter what microphone you have.2820cleanfullLet's Go Streakinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-s-go-streaking--397712235ba06f9e77c7432d94dd66087ff1512aFri, 19 Apr 2019 02:10:19 +0000David JacksonHow do you stay consistent? Set a goal and make it challenging, but not TOO challenging. Today I'm finding the motivation of not having two bad days in a row is inspiring me. Apps that track streaks are a great way to visually see how you are doing.987cleanfullFive Things That WON'T Grow Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/five-things-that-won-t-grow-your-audience--1764347256d40633d94641c187cda079d29d6d31Mon, 15 Apr 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe only have so many hours in a day, and today I'm starting a two-part series on being more productive. The first thing you need to identify is activities that take up your time and provide no benefits. Today I have five. 1997cleanfullLack of Directionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lack-of-direction--39771184fb0c06e7ea7e4ca7a43fa95ee0adb37aMon, 08 Apr 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI got a review in Apple Podcasts from Bridghside92 It’s depressing how much he bounces back and forth with his weight and seems to constantly make excuses as to why he keeps gaining weight despite the podcast before he talks about making better...1108cleanfullSaying More With Less - The Power of Editing Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/saying-more-with-less-the-power-of-editing-your-podcast--175656070cfa1c57ebf14ee5b5112d3cb4e873c4Mon, 08 Apr 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonReal life examples of things you might consider removing from your episodes2112cleanfullListening, Talking, Planning, and Adjusting with Big Podcast Author David Hooperhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/listening-talking-planning-and-adjusting-with-big-podcast-author-david-hooper--17494315ebcf040d02ca473fbf2be2392e0714c6Mon, 01 Apr 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonTons of podcasting tips and insights from this marketing and podcasting3510cleanfullThe Power of Groupthinkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-groupthink--397712398c4b6120caba4b26bddf04558e204283Mon, 01 Apr 2019 03:11:16 +0000David JacksonBeing around people who don't support, or share your passion for being healthy can lead you down the wrong path according to the book Atomic Habits.1095cleanfullThe Top Podcasting Crutch Words and How To Stop Saying Themhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-top-podcasting-crutch-words-and-how-to-stop-saying-them--17427570c4fb734e57f248209a5be47659bab5b6Mon, 25 Mar 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonCrutch words can make your show hard to swallow. Today we talk about how to stop using them.3050cleanfullWhat Does it Feel Like to Be a Podcaster?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-does-it-feel-like-to-be-a-podcaster--173553437b1d1cfffb8045018a1345e426ff34e7Mon, 18 Mar 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAre you stuck trying to launch your show? Hear what its like to be a podcaster.1906cleanfullMy Weekend with Procasters: Start with the Storyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-weekend-with-procasters-start-with-the-story--1728464782bf8b6ffd544605aba118972b8e8c9eMon, 11 Mar 2019 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI spent the weekend with "Procasters" who have a team of people working on their episodes2540cleanfullPodcaster Burnout: Sources, Symptoms, Solutionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcaster-burnout-sources-symptoms-solutions--1721485599f9f1789210456c8e2f89f4eab08e55Mon, 04 Mar 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonContent creation is hard. You want to serve your audience, but at times we sacrifice too much.2971cleanfullSPECIAL UPDATE: Time to Double-Check Your iTunes Episode Titleshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/special-update-time-to-double-check-your-itunes-episode-titles--17182688be2da9c41c354943b693b8179cf46d19Thu, 28 Feb 2019 14:54:06 +0000David JacksonApple may start removing podcasts that don't follow their guidelines387cleanfullBe Proud of the Present by Talking to the Futurehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/be-proud-of-the-present-by-talking-to-the-future--39771171www.youwannadowhat.com ) and she had a great segment I wanted to pass along (as well as add some thoughts I had). There is some food in front of you. You want to eat it. You know it's not a good choice. However, you really would love to eat it. Monica brought up a great point. Talk to your future self. In the past, I've said I never felt bad getting off of a treadmill. I have felt bad waking up the next day and stepping on a scale and realizing that food choice that I knew wasn't good has had a negative effect on my weight loss efforts. So Monica says to talk to your future self. Think about how future self will be. Ask yourself do you really need the thing you are wanting to eat. Ask yourself "tomorrow will I be glad that I _____" and if you answer NO, then you'll be glad you stopped yourself from taking bad steps. Make Your Goals Attractive I'm still listening to Atomic Habits (get it free on Audible) and he previously talked about habit stacking where I have stacked lifting weights while I wait for the microwave to finish. In the last chapter, I read he talked about taking things you know you should do and tie them to something you WANT to do. I do this during football season. I can only watch football if I'm on my treadmill or my exercise bike. The idea is you start to look forward to the exercise you have tied to the activity you want to do. This requires discipline and integrity. In other words, don't lie to yourself. If you say, "I'll walk around the block before I watch my favorite TV show, and decide "I'll walk around the block AFTER the TV show, you have to discipline yourself. This sounds a bit like parents trying to get their kids to eat vegetables. "If you eat your green beans, you get an extra 15 minutes of video games..." I love the idea of tieing actions to things you want to do, but don't fool yourself. From the Audience: Hey, my name is Caryn and I just started listening to some of your podcasts here recently and I have really enjoyed them. I like that you talk about what people really go through with their weight journey. I myself have been on a "WEIGHT JOURNEY" for quite some time now and it never fails I give up when I plateau just because I get so discouraged that I am not losing weight and I want that instant gratification that I got from say the first 30-40lbs. I started back in May(this time) on the Keto diet and lost 40lbs without exercise, then I lost my dad in October to cancer and kind of plateaued and then started to gain weight back. I had gained almost 10 lbs and was struggling with keeping it off. I would gain and lose it in the same week. I was basically going from 198 to 204 for months, so here recently since listening to your podcast and the Ed Mylett podcast, I have changed some things. I decided I need to exercise more (well Duh), but also switch up my diet. Like I said before I was on the Keto diet since May, well I just switched to healthy foods and slowed down on my cheese intake. When I say healthy, I added in good healthy carbs as well, like I was able to have a baked potato and steak with salad the first night and it was so YUMMY. being on Keto you can't have stuff like that, I also switched to doing intermittent fasting just a couple times a week, not every day. I was so shocked today being the end the 1st week of the change, I have almost lost 6lbs I started at 201.4 when I changed everything and now I am at 195.8. It was able to get me over thinking about giving up and has helped me focus on why I started doing this in the first place. I started listening to your older podcast and have kind of skimmed through the list and listened to different ones and I just want to thank you for what you do, it really can make a difference in someone's life. - Caryn Support the Show, be a Logical Loser Be part of our private Facebook group by going to www.logicallosers.com]]>4f118368ca7442989642c97733f199aaMon, 25 Feb 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonTalk to Future You I was listening to a friend's podcasts called "You Wanna Do What?!" (www.youwannadowhat.com ) and she had a great segment I wanted to pass along (as well as add some thoughts I had). There is some food in front of you. You want to...www.youwannadowhat.com ) and she had a great segment I wanted to pass along (as well as add some thoughts I had). There is some food in front of you. You want to eat it. You know it's not a good choice. However, you really would love to eat it. Monica brought up a great point. Talk to your future self. In the past, I've said I never felt bad getting off of a treadmill. I have felt bad waking up the next day and stepping on a scale and realizing that food choice that I knew wasn't good has had a negative effect on my weight loss efforts. So Monica says to talk to your future self. Think about how future self will be. Ask yourself do you really need the thing you are wanting to eat. Ask yourself "tomorrow will I be glad that I _____" and if you answer NO, then you'll be glad you stopped yourself from taking bad steps. Make Your Goals Attractive I'm still listening to Atomic Habits (get it free on Audible) and he previously talked about habit stacking where I have stacked lifting weights while I wait for the microwave to finish. In the last chapter, I read he talked about taking things you know you should do and tie them to something you WANT to do. I do this during football season. I can only watch football if I'm on my treadmill or my exercise bike. The idea is you start to look forward to the exercise you have tied to the activity you want to do. This requires discipline and integrity. In other words, don't lie to yourself. If you say, "I'll walk around the block before I watch my favorite TV show, and decide "I'll walk around the block AFTER the TV show, you have to discipline yourself. This sounds a bit like parents trying to get their kids to eat vegetables. "If you eat your green beans, you get an extra 15 minutes of video games..." I love the idea of tieing actions to things you want to do, but don't fool yourself. From the Audience: Hey, my name is Caryn and I just started listening to some of your podcasts here recently and I have really enjoyed them. I like that you talk about what people really go through with their weight journey. I myself have been on a "WEIGHT JOURNEY" for quite some time now and it never fails I give up when I plateau just because I get so discouraged that I am not losing weight and I want that instant gratification that I got from say the first 30-40lbs. I started back in May(this time) on the Keto diet and lost 40lbs without exercise, then I lost my dad in October to cancer and kind of plateaued and then started to gain weight back. I had gained almost 10 lbs and was struggling with keeping it off. I would gain and lose it in the same week. I was basically going from 198 to 204 for months, so here recently since listening to your podcast and the Ed Mylett podcast, I have changed some things. I decided I need to exercise more (well Duh), but also switch up my diet. Like I said before I was on the Keto diet since May, well I just switched to healthy foods and slowed down on my cheese intake. When I say healthy, I added in good healthy carbs as well, like I was able to have a baked potato and steak with salad the first night and it was so YUMMY. being on Keto you can't have stuff like that, I also switched to doing intermittent fasting just a couple times a week, not every day. I was so shocked today being the end the 1st week of the change, I have almost lost 6lbs I started at 201.4 when I changed everything and now I am at 195.8. It was able to get me over thinking about giving up and has helped me focus on why I started doing this in the first place. I started listening to your older podcast and have kind of skimmed through the list and listened to different ones and I just want to thank you for what you do, it really can make a difference in someone's life. - Caryn Support the Show, be a Logical Loser Be part of our private Facebook...]]>1257cleanfullYour TOP Podcast Peeves 2019 Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-top-podcast-peeves-2019-edition--17137682e6fcb38781664e70abc9e0c7e15318b4Mon, 25 Feb 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhat are the things that make you unsubscribe from a show? My audience shares their pet peeves.2808peeve,pet,podcastcleanfullFinding Love in Podcasting - Being Found By Googlehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-love-in-podcasting-being-found-by-google--17071520a5494b8f992d4e34a696ec2bb9670cb6Mon, 18 Feb 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonAs valentines was this week so we have a special edition of "Because of My Podcast," and speaking of finding things, today we talk about some tools to help you be found in Google. We also talk mp3 vs m4a, and some free tools to help you be found by...2200google,love,podcast,seocleanfullStacking Habits: Piggybacking Your Way to Successhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stacking-habits-piggybacking-your-way-to-success--39771241143d8f83753a4055b1858834350df351Mon, 11 Feb 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonRight now as I look at my progress, I want to quit eating all food, go on a liquid diet, run a marathon, and dump a ton of weight by 6:30. We want the weight off. We want it off yesterday. Meanwhile back, in reality, a better strategy is to set up...1693cleanfullWord of Mouth is Your Armyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/word-of-mouth-is-your-army--17007263ac81c512215846d1bd20988c8d863cb9Mon, 11 Feb 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCarolyn Cole almost quit her podcast, and because she pushed through, more opportunities came her way2905cleanfullPodcast Quick Start 54% Off TODAY ONLYhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-quick-start-54-off-today-only--17002344077a83efdb454e8399269e26cf30d715Sun, 10 Feb 2019 14:04:33 +0000David JacksonIf you're looking for a podcast mentor, this is the best deal (one day only) on the planet201cleanfullBuilding Community The No BS Approach to 1000+ Membershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-community-the-no-bs-approach-to-1000-members--16943085214f0ee3febd4254b2c12dec6ec5affbMon, 04 Feb 2019 05:39:09 +0000David JacksonWe talk with Jeremy Ens who has built up a community to over 1000 members and Dave gets free press passes because of his podcast.2066cleanfullHe Lost 70 lbs and Has Kept if Off For Four Yearshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/he-lost-70-lbs-and-has-kept-if-off-for-four-years--39771218c0f2d2d406934ca699995bf3e58e83daWed, 30 Jan 2019 02:49:20 +0000David JacksonHe use to eat three pizza by himself every Friday. How he turned it around, lost the weight, and keeps it off.1837cleanfullHow Do You Know Your Podcast is Connecting With Your Audience?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-do-you-know-your-podcast-is-connecting-with-your-audience--1685949693eb1282aba744b08be469c14044d576Mon, 28 Jan 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYes, there are download numbers, but how do you KNOW your show is good?3139content,cotnent,creation,goodcleanfullThe Poison of Perfectionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-poison-of-perfection--3977116535f162ef369c499eb82e5949cccf6d25Tue, 22 Jan 2019 13:47:24 +0000David JacksonTrying to be perfect is impossible. We put off until tomorrow thinking we are going to take a running start, but we never start because we want to be perfect.1393cleanfullThe Podcast Launch Attitudehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-podcast-launch-attitude--16766366557b7f22e36c437cb38744ed6ba7a3aaMon, 21 Jan 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonShould you launch your podcast along with a Crowdfunding campaign? Is this wrong? Is it harmful?2691patreoncleanfullThree Opinions on the Rode Rodecaster Prohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-opinions-on-the-rode-rodecaster-pro--167045780cfe792abe954e5bb018939b3490e830Mon, 14 Jan 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe Rode Rodecaster Pro has gained a lot of attention from podcasters and today we hear from three people who have used one.3619pro,rodcastercleanfullThe Psychology of Weight Loss With Karina Melvinhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-psychology-of-weight-loss-with-karina-melvin--397712098f97398d241b48649a8d8f682d8beae0Mon, 14 Jan 2019 04:52:30 +0000David JacksonI brought in an expert in the psychology of weight loss to help us understand how our thoughts affect our weight loss efforts.2522cleanfullSmarter Podcasting - Avoid These 7 Time Wastershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/smarter-podcasting-avoid-these-7-time-wasters--166453776f0ec6b164b844a7bf7f399d01dc3cf1Mon, 07 Jan 2019 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe all want our audience to grow. We all have 24 hours in a day, and yet we keep doing things that make us appear active (but not productive) or we are chasing things because they are new and shiny (but have no real value). There are better ways to...2240cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast Is 2018 Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-is-2018-edition--1659734597585b724c8448e5a9d0e0f4910ab1eeMon, 31 Dec 2018 05:29:31 +0000David JacksonListeners of the School of Podcasting explain what their favorite podcast is and why it's their favorite4277cleanfullI'm So Glad I Didn't Quithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-m-so-glad-i-didn-t-quit--39771161http://www.logicallosers.com Topics For the Future Have you tried Theraworx Relief? I keep hearing about this product for sore muscles on other podcasts and was curious if you've tried it. If so leave a comment below Start Your Own Weight Loss Competition If you start going to start your own weight loss competition like the old “biggest loser” TV show, I've already done all the work for the calculations. Just put in your starting weight, and the weights as you weigh in, and the spreadsheet calculates your weight loss. Check it out.]]>7883e90badef4790b13badc5ac472d07Mon, 24 Dec 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonSpecial thanks to Nick Florido for the $30 Today I share how I was doing everything I was supposed to do I: Drink 60-80 oz of water Get seven hours of sleep a night Eat less than 2000 calories Get 60 minutes of exercise or 10,000 steps and yet the...http://www.logicallosers.com Topics For the Future Have you tried Theraworx Relief? I keep hearing about this product for sore muscles on other podcasts and was curious if you've tried it. If so leave a comment below Start Your Own Weight Loss Competition If you start going to start your own weight loss competition like the old “biggest loser” TV show, I've already done all the work for the calculations. Just put in your starting weight, and the weights as you weigh in, and the spreadsheet calculates your weight loss. Check it out.]]>1163cleanfullTurn Your Podcast Into a Book with Dave Chessenhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/turn-your-podcast-into-a-book-with-dave-chessen--16556725902d8cbf1870487aa5726aa87a193fe4Mon, 24 Dec 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we see how launching a successful book is similar to launching a successful podcast, We also found some great gear.2202cleanfullLoyal Dax Shepard Fans Are Selling Out Theatershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/loyal-dax-shepard-fans-are-selling-out-theaters--1649261103a3c10fc3ac418eb10b03d5523d762dMon, 17 Dec 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonTryo Heinritz attended a live event from Dax Shepard, and David Hooper gives us behind the scenes of hosting an event.2929cleanfullSeeing is Believinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seeing-is-believing--39771199https://youtu.be/CqDf2M6gq7c As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases Become a Logical Loser www.logicallosers.com]]>77ba7b0c67054eefb909861215bbb0d4Mon, 17 Dec 2018 04:58:30 +0000David JacksonGo with me for a moment. Most of your friends come from your job. You are all close in age, you spend 40 hours together and often go to lunch together. In some cases, you even hang out after hours. Then you hire a new person. They are also similar to...2041cleanfullSome Things Never Changehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/some-things-never-change--397711466ebaae60042b4e28a9d44795334fe5fcMon, 10 Dec 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonHow do you go about restarting your weight loss efforts.1252cleanfullDr. Ryan Gray Prescribes Value and Consistency Above Allhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dr-ryan-gray-prescribes-value-and-consistency-above-all--16427913a78f13f00c984aa28ca478a2a236817aMon, 10 Dec 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonDr. Ryan Gray from Medical School Headquarters shares insights from his years of experience.2800cleanfull11 Steps To Grow Your Podcast Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/11-steps-to-grow-your-podcast-audience--163689520aa3bdebc27643a780f0f5c7e23c9f06Mon, 03 Dec 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe all want a bigger audience, here are the steps that lead to growing your audience3337cleanfullHow To Recover From A Thanksgiving Bingehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-recover-from-a-thanksgiving-binge--39771154www.logicalloss.com/quip Become a Logical Loser Do you receive value from this show? Help keep it on the air by becoming a Logical Loser and join our private community (you can join for as little as $1/month) See ww.logicallosers.com ]]>1737c42697674c69ae7d7f1f2be7ed06Mon, 26 Nov 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonSo the Friday after Thanksgiving I was up 2 lbs. Today I'm down 1.5 lbs and I expect to be back on track tomorrow when I step on the scale. Here are some things to consider when coming off Thanksgiving. 1. Congratulations You're An American We plan...www.logicalloss.com/quip Become a Logical Loser Do you receive value from this show? Help keep it on the air by becoming a Logical Loser and join our private community (you...]]>1227cleanfullWhere Are All These Downloads Coming From? Steph Taylor on Tracking the Source of Your Listenershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/where-are-all-these-downloads-coming-from-steph-taylor-on-tracking-the-source-of-your-listeners--16309817d54235f258fb42719c9d10fe5fc7f5c5Mon, 26 Nov 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonLibsyn.com has some new custom tracking tools to allow you to see who is referring people to your podcast. Social Media Marketer Nerd stops by to show how you can do this with any media host using a free tools from Google as well as strategies for...2856steph,taylorcleanfullThe New Fitbit Charge 3https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-new-fitbit-charge-3--39771192c4b6b991bce94ad69044cdb468f4283fMon, 19 Nov 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about my new Fitbit Charge 3, and I'm playing with a new App that pays you to do healthy things.1873cleanfullThe Courage to Make Mediocre Things - Cathy Heller from Don't Keep Your Day Jobhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-courage-to-make-mediocre-things-cathy-heller-from-don-t-keep-your-day-job--16255665e1adf3b6c97b4397ad4b41fd165f8197Mon, 19 Nov 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCathy Heller shares how examining what her audience wanted and giving it to them turned her career around. Tim Paige shares tips on transitioning from your day job.2560cathy,heller,paige,timcleanfullPositioning Your Podcast For the Long Haul (Three Things You Need 2018 Version)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/positioning-your-podcast-for-the-long-haul-three-things-you-need-2018-version--1619503333f2c30c98744aa78b250b149815820cMon, 12 Nov 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou can't have a long-running podcast without the right attitude, health, and support system.2937cleanfullHow to Start a Podcast Network: The Good, the Bad, the Uglyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-start-a-podcast-network-the-good-the-bad-the-ugly--16136908152cbe8a3cd44cde8bbd4948d2a8da6aMon, 05 Nov 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonA podcast network is a lot of work. Today you hear the pros and cons of starting (or joining) a podcast network4372cleanfullDo Audiograms Boost Podcast Podcast Discovery?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-audiograms-boost-podcast-podcast-discovery--160790520cb4e3abc71c489db3a1391cf59aac29Mon, 29 Oct 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we look at the effectiveness of Audiograms. I also share some insights into my Australian trip that was amazing2866cleanfull11 Things Podcasters Can Learn From Netflixhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/11-things-podcasters-can-learn-from-netflix--16018830cb653691d0a04672aa1680c3c0c0ca99Mon, 22 Oct 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonNetflix has 130 Million users and making billions in revenue, and there are lessons to be learned that can be applied to your show1595cleanfullDon't Dump Your Podcast For Facebook Live Just Yethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-dump-your-podcast-for-facebook-live-just-yet--15962646d4153e2fa98048eb8e2c4ccec1cfa8fdMon, 15 Oct 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWould you be happy with a 3% consumption rate?2651cleanfullVicious Listener Comments That Were 100% Truehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/vicious-listener-comments-that-were-100-true--159047162ce87ce45c254a4ca3fae63cba6650dfMon, 08 Oct 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I share a story of the most vicious comment I've ever received.2954branding,comments,trollscleanfullYour Spin Free Zonehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-spin-free-zone--158475201d0332a2ce4d4997a00abc16a2afce3eMon, 01 Oct 2018 04:22:53 +0000David JacksonToday we hear the behind the scenes of Squadcast, and how American Airlines has their own podcast to explain their policies2197cleanfullCommon Knowledge From Different Dietshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/common-knowledge-from-different-diets--39771155f59685693b704cea83dfb508f8d1c742Mon, 01 Oct 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPaleo, Keto, DASH, Whole30, and more. What do they have in common1542cleanfullBusting the 21 Days to Create a Habit Mythhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/busting-the-21-days-to-create-a-habit-myth--39771167f6c05fd7b4304f31a479268a38d91d34Mon, 24 Sep 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI found out that the whole 21 days to change a habit is false. Plus we have a plan for the holidays to help you lose weight1246cleanfullIs Podcasting Frying Your Brain?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-podcasting-frying-your-brain--1579115186663f4fe09743e1b3dc68a70dd51de9Mon, 24 Sep 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we hear what "Fills the tank" of most podcasters3541cleanfullThe Ultimate Guide to Launching Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ultimate-guide-to-launching-your-podcast--15734252944614a037744d9292bdef37640a19d4Mon, 17 Sep 2018 04:27:16 +0000David JacksonI revisit this idea with new information to update my original "27 steps to get your show into Apple."3356cleanfullHow to Get and Stay Hydrated with the Ulla Hydration Reminderhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-get-and-stay-hydrated-with-the-ulla-hydration-reminder--3977118933938091bde9425f9e800cd559e4a7e8Tue, 11 Sep 2018 02:10:22 +0000David JacksonUlla Hydration Reminder reviewed and a look at Apple Cider Vinegar1037cleanfullLogic and Emotion in Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/logic-and-emotion-in-your-podcast--15680131e52b07a73ad2496f8be7cb59fad430cdMon, 10 Sep 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIs podcasting Dying? And joining logic and emotions in your podcast3137cleanfull10 Thousands Downloads Per Episode in Five Monthshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/10-thousands-downloads-per-episode-in-five-months--15628178b69c20f2d2534161a4ffd061ffa055c4Mon, 03 Sep 2018 04:23:19 +0000David JacksonNoah Stetzner is 17, been podcasting for five months is already has 10,000 downloads per episode. Find out how.2531cleanfullWhat's The Deal With Intermittent Fastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-s-the-deal-with-intermittent-fasting--397711809a3b7ba623b7421eb24eb8e718cc0fb8Mon, 03 Sep 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThere is a lot of noise around Intermittent Fasting. I decided to go see what the big deal is1979cleanfullThree Options to Help You Finishhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-options-to-help-you-finish--39771232www.logicalloss.com/freebook Thanks to Everyone Supporting the Show See https://www.patreon.com/logicalweightloss]]>f5a0f0b978f24186a6f65f29d0219500Wed, 29 Aug 2018 04:19:06 +0000David JacksonI am listening to the book Finish: Give Yourself the Gift of Done by Jon Acuff. I love the book and here is why Some books are nothing but studies. They are interesting, but not entertaining. Some books are just "inspirational stories" but they lack...www.logicalloss.com/freebook Thanks to Everyone Supporting the Show See https://www.patreon.com/logicalweightloss]]>1468cleanfullDanny Peña Is On a Mission For Additional Listenershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/danny-pena-is-on-a-mission-for-additional-listeners--15576219c0cb264b3f7745a8a699d859264125b2Mon, 27 Aug 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting needs more listeners and Danny Peña is out to find them and lead them to his show. We catch up with this Hall of Fame Podcaster3392danny,peacleanfullStarting a Podcast With a Sponsor - How Marcus Couch Got To Yeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/starting-a-podcast-with-a-sponsor-how-marcus-couch-got-to-yes--15527448d5fdcc97042e410b843b5ac87e32b4afMon, 20 Aug 2018 04:11:43 +0000David JacksonMarcus Couch was told NO 20 times. He didn't give up, and instead got creative and found a path to success.2118cleanfullHow Podcasting is Like Shoe Shoppinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-podcasting-is-like-shoe-shopping--1547917881bc74a7dc4a4510885bd509b5e62a57Mon, 13 Aug 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDifferent shapes, sizes, colors, but in the end your intro needs to do some basic functions1823cleanfullShould My Podcast Have an Email List?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/should-my-podcast-have-an-email-list--154285139e49e912b7164d3abbd0e3b7682e0983Mon, 06 Aug 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDo I need an email list? Do People use email in the age of social media? If so where should I start?2152cleanfull13 Years of Proof That Podcasting Workshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/13-years-of-proof-that-podcasting-works--153559073aa101905922422b8c71ba28a6a966a1Mon, 30 Jul 2018 04:11:23 +0000David JacksonYour valuable content leads to relationships that lead to opportunities.3771cleanfullAre You Making These Podcast Mistakes Part IIhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-making-these-podcast-mistakes-part-ii--1530876837403545695d40b9a1ff1af9b231a91aMon, 23 Jul 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonA cool because of my podcast story, and we look at some common podcast mistakes that are stopping your show from growing1756cleanfullOvercoming Impostor Syndromehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/overcoming-impostor-syndrome--1526330794a7c63c6cc9483cbe07ce54ab0e17f2Mon, 16 Jul 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhat is impostor syndrome? 70% of People Have it, and it cripples people with fear. How do you overcome it? I have 12 strategies3050cleanfullOops I Forgot Somethinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/oops-i-forgot-something--15235773a3726166f174445a8128e28c1efbc3c5Wed, 11 Jul 2018 16:49:28 +0000David JacksonIn this bonus episode I had some time-sensitive items for last week's episode and I forgot to mention them414cleanfullAdding Journaling and Removing Sugar Equals Successhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/adding-journaling-and-removing-sugar-equals-success--39771162d834487726c84057bcff1edc48d5a23fMon, 09 Jul 2018 04:28:52 +0000David JacksonKaren gained weight after breaking both her legs. Hear what she did to rebound and get the weight off.1406cleanfullMy First Impression of Radio Publichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-first-impression-of-radio-public--152172951723e97520ad40b9881b617f65bbcfa6Mon, 09 Jul 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonRadio Public is an option for monetizing your podcast. I signed up and shared what I found.2588pippa,public,radiocleanfullCreating Actionable, Empowering Content with Kyle Grayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-actionable-empowering-content-with-kyle-gray--15173056abef5b03ed834937ab75f9d1feb55960Mon, 02 Jul 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have a conversation with Kyle Gray author of the book The Story Engine: An entrepreneur's guide to content strategy and brand storytelling without spending all day writing.2363gray,kyle,storyenginecleanfullYou Can Turn Right Instead of Left, Right?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-turn-right-instead-of-left-right--39771172fde0f9188ba84de8833e9384f261f3a8Mon, 25 Jun 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWeight loss boils down to making your next decision a good one.1099cleanfullIs Anyone Reading Your Podcast Show Notes?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-anyone-reading-your-podcast-show-notes--15123132768184510e27414d9c5b39b49687db79Mon, 25 Jun 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhat should you include in show notes? Is anyone using them? What about titles? iTunes Summaries?3018notes,podcasting,showcleanfullWhen in Doubt, Ask Your Audience: Cody Gough Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-in-doubt-ask-your-audience-cody-gough-interview--150719900110837d8acd42a59dc1a6d4d51ecb64Mon, 18 Jun 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we interview Cody Gough of Curiosity.com and hear how they had the courage to change the format of a popular podcast based on user feedback3371cleanfullThe Power of Your Knowing Your Whyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-your-knowing-your-why--15015334c5346e932fd04353b63da94566b118b7Mon, 11 Jun 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe two most important days of your life are the day you were born and the day you discover why you were born.– Mark Twain2719how,pocast,podcast,podcasting,to,whycleanfullHow to Get Motivated Nowhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-get-motivated-now--397711669bdac31bb37e4f2ca90546aa8c1ed612Thu, 07 Jun 2018 23:49:44 +0000David JacksonMotivation does not come before action, but actually comes AFTER your actions949cleanfullConsistently Creating a Great Show:James Cridland from Podnews.nethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/consistently-creating-a-great-show-james-cridland-from-podnews-net--1496310504e267159d234b55b74a99fafc89f592Mon, 04 Jun 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonJames Cridland from podnews.net shares what it takes to consistently make a great daily show3188cleanfullMotivation to Get Back In The Gym at 6:45 AMhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/motivation-to-get-back-in-the-gym-at-6-45-am--39771158f48a870127c241449e8dc2548ac85e80Fri, 01 Jun 2018 00:30:30 +0000David JacksonI've tried for months to get up early and go to the gym but failed. Today I talk about one thing I changed that is making it easy1164cleanfullHow Did You Get Your Podcast Sponsor?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-did-you-get-your-podcast-sponsor--14904809eb63b6e65edd4ddaad9d22fe3d0e15b6Mon, 28 May 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday in episode 620 you will learn two strategies to grow your audience and your subscriptions and you will learn how other podcasters got podcast sponsor.2919podcast,sponsorcleanfullTreating His Guests Like an Opportunity Instead of Transactions - Harry Duran Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/treating-his-guests-like-an-opportunity-instead-of-transactions-harry-duran-interview--14843484ab51ffe16c2c4f259be250ed3486bd83Mon, 21 May 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonHarry Duran is the host of Podcast Junkies. His interview style is unique, and his podcast is filled with engaging stories. Today I try to understand how he creates his magic.3231coaching,duran,harry,interviews,podcastingcleanfullRevelations From the Bike Pathhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/revelations-from-the-bike-path--39771163www.logicalloss.com/support www.logicallosers.com ]]>2b657b28f904dde60c191825de10385cMon, 14 May 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI've been a bit down lately, and consequently, my weight has gone up. I just had some things happen that were disappointing. I went over 220, and once again that always gets my dandruff up. I pulled a muscle in my shoulder that is taking forever to...www.logicalloss.com/support www.logicallosers.com ]]>1668cleanfullJordan Harbinger - How to Avoid Being Fired From Your Own Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jordan-harbinger-how-to-avoid-being-fired-from-your-own-podcast--14786390fb56c317c5cfbb056514495a035a6246Mon, 14 May 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonJordan Harbinger was getting millions of downloads a month and had it all ripped away from him. What can you do to avoid this happening to you?2927cleanfullTranscribing Your Podcast Is Better Than What?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/transcribing-your-podcast-is-better-than-what--1472262854b0766f6c878ac5bca6ee0d346f7d87Mon, 07 May 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonShould you transcribe your podcast? Two transcription tools reviewed (temi.com and reportex.io )2041cleanfullConsistency and Willpowerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/consistency-and-willpower--39771186d06a095000224e0a55337690a1997ec1Mon, 07 May 2018 03:26:40 +0000David JacksonI've lost over 100 lbs... there is a catch, I talk about a new book about Willpower I am reading.1783cleanfullThree Audio Sharing Tools Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-audio-sharing-tools-reviewed--146658717ea5021efc1ab2ed2f9c1e3df5e1ca4dMon, 30 Apr 2018 04:31:52 +0000David JacksonWavve, Audiogram, And Sparemin can help share your show on social media. is it worth the extra expense?2763cleanfullDon't Quit Your Day Jobhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-quit-your-day-job--1460445550802b3426da0019040803626fa15415Mon, 23 Apr 2018 04:43:37 +0000David JacksonI'm back from Nashville with my reflections on Podfecta, and Craft Content Nashville.1915cleanfullThe Question Most Podcasters Forget to Ask Before Starting - And They Wish They Hadhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-question-most-podcasters-forget-to-ask-before-starting-and-they-wish-they-had--1454792658a3c8042a3b4801a52e4c70944777e6Mon, 16 Apr 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonTodaywe are talking about the most important question a new podcaster should answer before they start. We also have a cool resource for royalty free music. I also share my thought in podcast sponsor markets. 2307a,lufs,podcast,podmosphere,spotify,startcleanfullGiving You The Nudge You Need to Create Episode 1 Of Your Podcast With Monica Riverahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/giving-you-the-nudge-you-need-to-create-episode-1-of-your-podcast-with-monica-rivera--14489684e8cdbfd88654b99e219405078eb6ecf7Mon, 09 Apr 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonMonica River hosts the You Wanna Do What Show and shares her results after podcasting 7 months.2864monica,podcasting,riveracleanfullDealing With Your Ego - How to Stay In Your Lanehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dealing-with-your-ego-how-to-stay-in-your-lane--14438309374fc3c0818548a2118ff423ef482213Mon, 02 Apr 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonHow much ego is too much? Today we talk why you need an ego, but not too much, and how putting your ego on the back burner can lead to great content.2452cleanfullThe Best Sounding Audio For Your Budgethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-best-sounding-audio-for-your-budget--14384097ae67844346799220b0482a4dc94c90aaMon, 26 Mar 2018 05:00:21 +0000David JacksonWhat format (mono, stereo), what format 64 kbps, 128 kbps. How I saved $44/month and got faster Internet and recording skype tips3063cleanfullCutting Through the BS with JJ Virginhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cutting-through-the-bs-with-jj-virgin--3977115906b4b15d6245766cb3385341a98f1a85Mon, 26 Mar 2018 04:00:00 +0000David Jackson4 Time NY Times Best Selling Author shares her insights on losing weight as Dave becomes a guinea pig.2356cleanfullSurvival vs Disciplinehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/survival-vs-discipline--397711795be41213edcf07221889c6e092c413f3Wed, 21 Mar 2018 00:42:45 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about mastering self-discipline and the wisdom of Will Smith1246cleanfullStrategies For Creating a T-Shirt That Sellshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/strategies-for-creating-a-t-shirt-that-sells--1432521153c7b5990d6998f071ed1be5fcf582e5Mon, 19 Mar 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonTips from three different people having success selling t-shirts about their podcast.2890podcasting,teepublic,tshirtscleanfullWrestling With Your Weight - Pin Your Struggles with the Miracle Mindsethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/wrestling-with-your-weight-pin-your-struggles-with-the-miracle-mindset--39771187www.mattalkonline.com I went for two reasons. First I never get to see Jason in person, and I wanted to support my friend as he did his thang. I had no idea what to expect. There were so many guys in spandex I thought I was at a rock concert in the 80's. There were six different matches going on at one time with Jason and another voice over person calling all of them. As a person with a slight case of A.D.D., it was a lot fo soak in. With a quick google search to see how to score a wrestling match, I settled in. Some of these matches were very close with almost no scoring. Then you'd see a blowout where one person was just getting thrown around the matt with little or no control. There was one GIANT guy who weighed 275 lbs that just kept throwing his opponents around. But here is what got me. I would look up and see someone who pretty much had no chance to win. There they were lining back up to continue the match, face to face with their opponent. They weren't giving up. In wrestling, there are times when you line up where you are on all fours, and your opponent has their hand under you on your stomach, and one arm on your arm. I was thinking; this would not be a good way to start. The choice of who would start up or down was determined with a coin flip. These guys were really going at it. At one point wrestler #1 had tried to rap his thigh around the wrestler #2's neck. Wrestler #2 stood up, and this was when I caught them. Back to back with one guy leg around the other guy's neck. One guy was standing on his hands with his leg around the guys head. It was a very weird position, and I'm sure either wrestler saw this coming tonight. It is at this point that they both just somewhat paused for a second, figured out where they were, and they knew where they wanted to go. They would "talk it over" in their head and all of a sudden they would put their plan into action. Remember the big guy I was talking about? I watched him win match after match. He was just throwing his opponents around like a bag of potatoes. THUMP they would land, he would jump on top of them, and the next thing you know they were pinned, and the match was over. Now it was later in the night; only the best had survived. It was the last match of the night, and here came the big guy in blue. His opponent in red was no small either but still was much smaller than the big guy in blue. The match started, and much like the other matches, the big dude commenced to throwing the other guy around like a bag of potatoes. I thought this was going to be another short match. Once again, this wrestler who many would think had no way of winning kept coming back. He kept finding a way to keep the match going. I watched as once again their arms and legs were all intertwined. The red guy was stuck. Both wrestlers paused a second, and I thought, "Oh here it comes." I was right, but I got a big surprise. All of the sudden the red wrestler spun around and ended up on top of the blue wrestler and before I could finish being surprised the ref called the match and the big blue wrestler had been pinned. The match was over. What Does This Have to Do With Weight Loss? Everything As we get older we often find ourselves in different weight divisions. The amount of weight I had to lose in my 20's is probably less than the weight I have to lose in my fifties. Throw on top of that, I've been losing muscle all these years and the effort it's going to take to lose the weight is going to take more effort. When I was little, I would play ping pong with my Dad and he would kick my butt. I had no chance. I would also play my best friend. We would play for hours, and then on the weekends, my Dad would get home (he was a long distance truck driver) and he would come down and kick our butts. He showed no mercy for these young teenagers. If you were going to beat him, there was only one way. I just got done listening to the Miracle Mindset book from JJ Virgin. JJ shares the story of her son being a victim of a hit and run that left him for dead. He had severe brain damage, his body was, well broken. He was never supposed to live, or wake up, or walk, or talk. Yet, due to a great mindset, he is. It is an amazing story. I listen to a lot of audiobooks, but this one I tackled in two days. I listened to it on the treadmill. It is an amazing story. Oh yeah, there was one more piece of the pie. JJ had just gone ALL IN on her book The Virgin Diet, the big publishing machine wheels were starting to roll, and if the book was not a success, JJ would be in financial ruin. Did I mention it's a great story? One of the things that stood out for me is how we always rise to the occasion. I remember my Dad laughing. Not a giggle, but a big hearty bear laugh when I beat him the first game. The second game, he realized that I wasn't some little teenager anymore and I had improved. He paid more attention. It was a close game. He laughed again when I beat him. He was sweating now. "Alright, one more game Mr. Smarty Pants..." I was having a hard time playing as I was excited. My Dad was somewhat scary. He was a big guy, and I swear the whole house shook when he would march down the hall and throw open the door and tell me and my brother, "you boys need to sleep NOW!" Again, it was a very close match. We went into overtime. You had to win by two points, and in the end, I won. My Dad laughed, sighed, took a deep breath, and shook his head and came over and put his arm around me. You don't grow without facing challenges. JJ talks about this in her book. Just like the wrestlers, you need to figure out where you are, what you're up against, and the give it everything you have. When I got back from Florida about a month ago, I told myself it was time to notch it up a bit and pay closer attention to my health. It was time to go to the gym before getting on the computer. It was time to put me first. So I did. I was taking Advocare products as well. I now paid attention and took those and I'm down almost three lbs. It's not dropping fast, but its dropping. I had a weekend with a birthday and an out town guest (otherwise it would've been close to five lbs lost). Just like wrestling, there will be surprises that life throws at you. Sometimes you win, and sometimes you end up with someone's butt in your face. The bottom line is you've overcome obstacles before, and this new challenge is what is going to take you to the new level. The new you. It's not going to be easy, and you may feel the cards are stacked against you, and that the score is life 10 you 0, but you can come up with a new plan, and you can do this. For me, I read The Virgin Diet. I'm cutting things out of my diet for three weeks. I had to go to my PO BOx today. I had to pass SO MUCH fast food and ice cream. I've committed to taking my health seriously. I can do this. It wasn't easy, but I even passed a Dairy Queen and the next time I do it I have that experience to draw on to make it easier. JJ is about being ALL IN, so I've ordered some of her shakes, supplements, and I borrowed her cookbook from the Library (Sweet Potatoes with cinnamon is quite yummy). It's my new strategy, and I'm willing to give it a try. The bottom line is, the only way you lose is if you quit, and I'm not dead yet, so I'm not quitting. Become a Logical Loser www.logicallosers.com]]>dd754acb64178c1b11ee72a00de2af41Thu, 15 Mar 2018 23:28:14 +0000David JacksonLast weekend I went to the Division 3 NCAA wrestling championships. A friend of mine does all the voice-over work. You know the big guy with the cool voice. His name is Jason Bryant and has a billion shows on college wrestling at www.mattalkonline.com...www.mattalkonline.com I went for two reasons. First I never get to see Jason in person, and I wanted to support my friend as he did his thang. I had no idea what to expect. There were so many guys in spandex I thought I was at a rock concert in the 80's. There were six different matches going on at one time with Jason and another voice over person calling all of them. As a person with a slight case of A.D.D., it was a lot fo soak in. With a quick google search to see how to score a wrestling match, I settled in. Some of these matches were very close with almost no scoring. Then you'd see a blowout where one person was just getting thrown around the matt with little or no control. There was one GIANT guy who weighed 275 lbs that just kept throwing his opponents around. But here is what got me. I would look up and see someone who pretty much had no chance to win. There they were lining back up to continue the match, face to face with their opponent. They weren't giving up. In wrestling, there are times when you line up where you are on all fours, and your opponent has their hand under you on your stomach, and one arm on your arm. I was thinking; this would not be a good way to start. The choice of who would start up or down was determined with a coin flip. These guys were really going at it. At one point wrestler #1 had tried to rap his thigh around the wrestler #2's neck. Wrestler #2 stood up, and this was when I caught them. Back to back with one guy leg around the other guy's neck. One guy was standing on his hands with his leg around the guys head. It was a very weird position, and I'm sure either wrestler saw this coming tonight. It is at this point that they both just somewhat paused for a second, figured out where they were, and they knew where they wanted to go. They would "talk it over" in their head and all of a sudden they would put their plan into action. Remember the big guy I was talking about? I watched him win match after match. He was just throwing his opponents around like a bag of potatoes. THUMP they would land, he would jump on top of them, and the next thing you know they were pinned, and the match was over. Now it was later in the night; only the best had survived. It was the last match of the night, and here came the big guy in blue. His opponent in red was no small either but still was much smaller than the big guy in blue. The match started, and much like the other matches, the big dude commenced to throwing the other guy around like a bag of potatoes. I thought this was going to be another short match. Once again, this wrestler who many would think had no way of winning kept coming back. He kept finding a way to keep the match going. I watched as once again their arms and legs were all intertwined. The red guy was stuck. Both wrestlers paused a second, and I thought, "Oh here it comes." I was right, but I got a big surprise. All of the sudden the red wrestler spun around and ended up on top of the blue wrestler and before I could finish being surprised the ref called the match and the big blue wrestler had been pinned. The match was over. What Does This Have to Do With Weight Loss? Everything As we get older we often find ourselves in different weight divisions. The amount of weight I had to lose in my 20's is probably less than the weight I have to lose in my fifties. Throw on top of that, I've been losing muscle all these years and the effort it's going to take to lose the weight is going to take more effort. When I was little, I would play ping pong with my Dad and he would kick my butt. I had no chance. I would also play my best friend. We would play for hours, and then on the weekends, my Dad would get...]]>1871cleanfullPodcast Icing To Bring Your Audience Backhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-icing-to-bring-your-audience-back--14261570da009cab6a5e7aee88a3cfc5cb470dfcMon, 12 Mar 2018 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonMy reflections on the little things that made a big difference at Social Media Marketing World, and how Podcasters can do the same for their show.2807cleanfullIs Steaming Food in Plastic OK?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-steaming-food-in-plastic-ok--397712567ded2b39b50563608c59de90c7f5e342Mon, 05 Mar 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonI investigate steaming food in plastic, talk about knowing your why (I have a new one) and I give a slight nudge.1951cleanfullTips on Choosing and Working with Co-Hostshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tips-on-choosing-and-working-with-co-hosts--142001791c5b8e869b0a4cf735cdcd3ae80582d5Mon, 05 Mar 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonTips on co-hosts, getting free stuff, and why stats don't always matter.2677cleanfullDay by Day - Hour By Hourhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/day-by-day-hour-by-hour--39771240e91e052256938b2175b2267c0fac5418Mon, 26 Feb 2018 05:01:32 +0000David JacksonWhat tasks do you need to do each day to reach your goals.1410cleanfullThree Powerful Words: You're Not Alone - an interview with Chris and Steven from Is This Adulting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-powerful-words-you-re-not-alone-an-interview-with-chris-and-steven-from-is-this-adulting--14142697a1c711e0068de683f55f49dcb8537714Mon, 26 Feb 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonChris and Steven started a podcast to stay connected and ended up with a podcast that is changing lives.3069cleanfullShould I Talk About My Personal Life?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/should-i-talk-about-my-personal-life--14086795a4ad8c92616a8b8d4deaa8a4d863def7Mon, 19 Feb 2018 06:17:28 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about using sharing personal heartaches with your audience, and squacast.fm3224cleanfullLive From the Floor of Podfesthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/live-from-the-floor-of-podfest--140400345a10166cc704469aaabe3a58ed13344bTue, 13 Feb 2018 08:33:10 +0000David JacksonQuick interviews from Podcast Movement1694cleanfullGetting Focused with Jeff Sandershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-focused-with-jeff-sanders--1397208194ef43008e3a278aac80b02d074b135bMon, 05 Feb 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonJeff Sanders has a very popular podcast about productivity. We talk audience growth, productivity, and his new book.2703cleanfullYour Podcast Websitehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-podcast-website--13912479d281a54bb2f5c9e17cc9ca3766410e90Mon, 29 Jan 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonDo you NEED a website to Podcast? If so what should it contain?3022cleanfullWhat Happens After Weight Loss Surgery?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-happens-after-weight-loss-surgery--3977128420f0595c5b555b0001a12a805ee87d4aMon, 29 Jan 2018 03:44:31 +0000David JacksonDo people gain back the weight after surgery?1696cleanfullOlder Equipment May Download My Episodeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/older-equipment-may-download-my-episodes--13905578f0fefab46028199beb76f374fea03538Sun, 28 Jan 2018 05:27:53 +0000David JacksonJust a quick announcement for people using really old equipment80cleanfullSwitching Podcast Hosting Companieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/switching-podcast-hosting-companies--13858444e4ead97da1a5fdd2ee7d5a4507cd9dccMon, 22 Jan 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about what I look for in a podcast hosting company. I share how trying and failing can lead to success2879cleanfull21 Ways To Lose Weighthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/21-ways-to-lose-weight--39771206www.healthline.com Maltodextrin is a food ingredient made from starch. It is used as a flavor carrier and to improve thickness, texture, body, and taste of food products. Maltodextrin is a polymer that consists of multiple units of glucose linked together in a linear fashion. Maltodextrin is commercially made starting with a simple starch and using the hydrolysis process. It is also a main ingredient in the brand-name sugar substitute Splenda it is controversial as it is often made from corn, and most corn is genetically modified, this Maltodextrin is GMO based. There are no known GMO versions available. A controversy has started on the internet about maltodextrin causing a spike in blood sugar. But maltodextrin is seldom used by itself as a food, but rather as an ingredient in a food, thus this isn’t a serious concern. - Go Clean Label https://gocleanlabel.com/what-is-maltodextrin/ According to Livestrong.com "The Center for Science in the Public Interest has recognized maltodextrin as safe and fructose as an additive to cut back on in the diet. Experts agree that sugar, no matter the form, should comprise no more than 10 percent of total caloric intake. Most Americans get double this recommendation." Source For me, it just seems like every form of sugar isn't for you and this may show as a carb instead of sugar in your food tracking. It seems wherever they pull out sugar, they just replace it with a substitute. 21 Ways To Lose Weight Forcast Your Meal, and eliminate the question, "What's for Dinner?" Rein in your sweet tooth Once a day eat a salad Sit down when you eat Find a workout buddy Exercise even when you don't feel like it Hope on a scale once a week Get to bed at a decent hour Rish, shine and eat Don't rely on willpower Track your steps, but watch your feed Cut back on TV time Double down on Produce Reorganize your fridge Watch the booze Think: Fast, slow, repeat. Stop sipping your calories Make friends with free weights Try a new exercise Do lunch like the Japanese Learn how to relax about food. Become a Logical Loser Keep the conversation going by being a patron (as little as $1 a month) and be part of our private Facebook group. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>66a92dce4743e9f5b5bf2cbe8cf6ef66Mon, 15 Jan 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhat's the Deal With Maltodextrin? So I noticed that in my new Advocate Spark (I love the grape) that it included Matlodextrin. Then I looked at their really yummy Chocolate protein drink. What did I find? You guessed it Maltodextrin. At first, I...www.healthline.com Maltodextrin is a food ingredient made from starch. It is used as a flavor carrier and to improve thickness, texture, body, and taste of food products. Maltodextrin is a polymer that consists of multiple units of glucose linked together in a linear fashion. Maltodextrin is commercially made starting with a simple starch and using the hydrolysis process. It is also a main ingredient in the brand-name sugar substitute Splenda it is controversial as it is often made from corn, and most corn is genetically modified, this Maltodextrin is GMO based. There are no known GMO versions available. A controversy has started on the internet about maltodextrin causing a spike in blood sugar. But maltodextrin is seldom used by itself as a food, but rather as an ingredient in a food, thus this isn’t a serious concern. - Go Clean Label https://gocleanlabel.com/what-is-maltodextrin/ According to Livestrong.com "The Center for Science in the Public Interest has recognized maltodextrin as safe and fructose as an additive to cut back on in the diet. Experts agree that sugar, no matter the form, should comprise no more than 10 percent of total caloric intake. Most Americans get double this recommendation." Source For me, it just seems like every form of sugar isn't for you and this may show as a carb instead of sugar in your food tracking. It seems wherever they pull out sugar, they just replace it with a substitute. 21 Ways To Lose Weight Forcast Your Meal, and eliminate the question, "What's for Dinner?" Rein in your sweet tooth Once a day eat a salad Sit down when you eat Find a workout buddy Exercise even when you don't feel like it Hope on a scale once a week Get to bed at a decent hour Rish, shine and eat Don't rely on willpower Track your steps, but watch your feed Cut back on TV time Double down on Produce Reorganize your fridge Watch the booze Think: Fast, slow, repeat. Stop sipping your calories Make friends with free weights Try a new exercise Do lunch like the Japanese Learn how to relax about food. Become a Logical Loser Keep the conversation going by being a patron (as little as $1 a month) and be part of our private Facebook group. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>1724cleanfullBe a Guest - Book a Guest: Andrew Alleman of Podcastguests.comhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/be-a-guest-book-a-guest-andrew-alleman-of-podcastguests-com--138033910edd7790cd25468cadf98d0c2c008ac7Mon, 15 Jan 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we interview Andrew Alleman of Podcastguests.com on how to find podcasts guests, and how to be a guest on other shows2477booking,coaching,consulting,guests,podcastscleanfullAre you REALLY Being HONEST With Yourself?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-really-being-honest-with-yourself--397712047fb9c97d34cdb231361a891d9043fa2cThu, 11 Jan 2018 05:03:31 +0000David JacksonDave talks about being truly honest with yourself can lead to you finding the things that you need to stop. Also some free apps that support accountability.1636cleanfullThis Episode is Not About Podcasting - Ask Dave Anythinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-episode-is-not-about-podcasting-ask-dave-anything--13745932967330489c68425600519cf60586048dMon, 08 Jan 2018 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWe celebrate episode 600 and break format and have do the first ever "Ask Dave Anything - that's not podcasting" episode.3444cleanfullGoing Back to What Workedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/going-back-to-what-worked--3977121235b995bb9f0240a4aeabefa5a5be331eThu, 04 Jan 2018 05:04:18 +0000David JacksonI lost 30 lbs a year ago, and then quit doing what was working. Now I'm going back to that plan, with new tools.1299cleanfullHow to Make Your Audience Go WOWhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-make-your-audience-go-wow--137032367088c5c3868785e58ac9350e832e3862Mon, 01 Jan 2018 06:12:02 +0000David JacksonToday we look at the elements of content that inspire people to share it. We also have a great because of my podcast story involving a book deal.3102cleanfullMindhacking and Meal Goalshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mindhacking-and-meal-goals--39771244876c5bf8708d938fa9ac983bf7574576Mon, 25 Dec 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about creating goals on a per meal basis and using those to create a meal plan you can live with. I also talk about five steps you can take to re-program your brain from a free book you can get about hacking your mind1758cleanfullTop Podcasts Of 2017https://www.spreaker.com/episode/top-podcasts-of-2017--13665126bba75df2358a3ea02e582ade11fac9bdMon, 25 Dec 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonMy audience shares their favorite podcasts and more importantly WHY. You'll hear about some great podcasts, and gain some great insights into why people listen. Also a MEGA mix of "Because of My Podcast."3062cleanfullFitness Reality TR300 Manual Treadmill and Hello Fresh Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fitness-reality-tr300-manual-treadmill-and-hello-fresh-review--397712928557cdbc7ba3b7e483e3adfc7d1bb705Mon, 18 Dec 2017 05:53:04 +0000David JacksonI got my manual treadmill, and I share my first impression. I also tried my first meal from Hello Fresh and tell you what I think. The food was pretty good.1938cleanfullSimple Works - New Apple Stats - and One Size Does Not Fit Allhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/simple-works-new-apple-stats-and-one-size-does-not-fit-all--136126484d0c29d858dfcdb85b61d2c156d6c1b9Mon, 18 Dec 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou don't need a super extravagant setup to achieve great results in podcasting, Apple, Libsyn, and Blubrry update and release their stats. I also talk about how one size does not fit all when it comes to podcasting. The answer is often "it depends."...2171cleanfullLessons and Observations from PodConhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-and-observations-from-podcon--13563077ef49ce41779d9e1fca7413d630cab1a1Mon, 11 Dec 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonI share my impressions of the first ever PodCon in Seattle Washing this past weekend. We also have a "Because of my Podcast" story and an easy way to grow your audience.2381cleanfullFlattening the Podcast Learning Curvehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/flattening-the-podcast-learning-curve--135007953383d6cf0bd8cf2721d4bac807f8be04Mon, 04 Dec 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonA band fires up a kickstart with their podcast, we look at how to start a podcast without burning out, and you can now get your podcast into Spotify.2631cleanfullCat Hair and Treadmill Motors Don't Mixhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cat-hair-and-treadmill-motors-don-t-mix--3977120160a2f5af59a049a53b000d6e4cb46aebMon, 04 Dec 2017 04:32:27 +0000David JacksonA quick update on my health. I talk about using an elliptical that fits under your desk, and my dietbet is over! I reveal how much money I won.1198cleanfullWhat Will You Differently For Your Podcast in 2018?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-will-you-differently-for-your-podcast-in-2018--13433822http://modernselfprotection.com/ will be more consistent and is adding a blog to his site, and create some online courses to deliver this content. Dave uses Thinkific to manage the School of Podcasting membership area. 8:50 Brad- wearethecinemaguys.com 11:04 Bryan - engagingmissions.com 13:45 Clay - Fishnerds.com 16:24 Daniel Everybody's National Parks 18:22 Erik K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach and the Podcast Review Show 20:06 Kim from Toastmasters 101 21:34 Kit from Active Travel Adventures Podcast 22:57 Landen from Calling All Platforms 25:08 Randy Cantrel from Peer Advantage Groups 26:18 Scott from the Computer Tutor podcast (plus a big announcement about Podfest.us) 29:16 Seth from Geekville Radio 31:17 Todd From Trucker Dump Podcast 35:29 Darwyn from Dealing with My Grief Podcast 37:59 Win from Butterflies of Wisdom 39:38 Zack from Rasing (pa)Rents Summary Some people are adjusting their schedules (wanting to be more consistent, most are planning on doing fewer episodes to avoid burnout, and to provide more time to promote Some listeners are planning on focusing on running their show like a business and attempt to bring in some income with their podcast Some are updating their platform by trying interviews (if they were solo) and vice versa (doing solo shows if they were doing primarily interviews) Some are looking to find ways to engage their audience more by attending events, creating Facebook Groups, and ramping up their social media presence. Some are having fun doing their show, and because of that, they aren't going to change a thing The bottom line is your show is just that YOUR SHOW and you can do whatever you want. If things are going great, then don't change a thing. If you want to try something, then you can. There is only one way to know if it will work. That is to get it in front of your audience. This can be in the form of an email or Facebook looking for feedback, or by just trying something in your show and seeing what kind of feedback you get. Next Question Episode For episode 600 I am breaking format. I am doing what is called an "Ask Me Anything" episode (AMA). I am throwing in one more bit of criteria. You can ask me about anything EXCEPT podcasting. So if you've ever wanted to know the person behind the microphone, now is the time. This feels a little narcissistic, but the people I passed this idea by thought it would be a good way to let people get to know me (just this one time). I need your questions by January 1st, 2018 (preferably in audio format). Episode 600 is January 8th, 2018. There are different formats you can contact me on my contact page How Can I Help You With Your Podcast? One on One Consulting? Self Paced Tutorials and Membership at the School of Podcasting? Six Week Group Coaching Podcast Course I've been podcasting since 2005, and my background is in Technical Education. I'm an award-winning podcaster ( and trainer) and would love to help you with your podcast.]]>23b66fd2faa52b8c0085b97188ccdc84Mon, 27 Nov 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonEvery now and then I do an episode where you provide an answer to a question and we all learn together. This episode we asked the question, "What will you be doing differently in 2018?" Here are the people and their answers (in Alphabetical order)...http://modernselfprotection.com/ will be more consistent and is adding a blog to his site, and create some online courses to deliver this content. Dave uses Thinkific to manage the School of Podcasting membership area. 8:50 Brad- wearethecinemaguys.com 11:04 Bryan - engagingmissions.com 13:45 Clay - Fishnerds.com 16:24 Daniel Everybody's National Parks 18:22 Erik K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach and the Podcast Review Show 20:06 Kim from Toastmasters 101 21:34 Kit from Active Travel Adventures Podcast 22:57 Landen from Calling All Platforms 25:08 Randy Cantrel from Peer Advantage Groups 26:18 Scott from the Computer Tutor podcast (plus a big announcement about Podfest.us) 29:16 Seth from Geekville Radio 31:17 Todd From Trucker Dump Podcast 35:29 Darwyn from Dealing with My Grief Podcast 37:59 Win from Butterflies of Wisdom 39:38 Zack from Rasing (pa)Rents Summary Some people are adjusting their schedules (wanting to be more consistent, most are planning on doing fewer episodes to avoid burnout, and to provide more time to promote Some listeners are planning on focusing on running their show like a business and attempt to bring in some income with their podcast Some are updating their platform by trying interviews (if they were solo) and vice versa (doing solo shows if they were doing primarily interviews) Some are looking to find ways to engage their audience more by attending events, creating Facebook Groups, and ramping up their social media presence. Some are having fun doing their show, and because of that, they aren't going to change a thing The bottom line is your show is just that YOUR SHOW and you can do whatever you want. If things are going great, then don't change a thing. If you want to try something, then you can. There is only one way to know if it will work. That is to get it in front of your audience. This can be in the form of an email or Facebook looking for feedback, or by just trying something in your show and seeing what kind of feedback you get. Next Question Episode For episode 600 I am breaking format. I am doing what is called an "Ask Me Anything" episode (AMA). I am throwing in one more bit of criteria. You can ask me about anything EXCEPT podcasting. So if you've ever wanted to know the person behind the microphone, now is the time. This feels a little narcissistic, but the people I passed this idea by thought it would be a good way to let people get to know me (just this one time). I need your questions by January 1st, 2018 (preferably in audio format). Episode 600 is January 8th, 2018. There are different formats you can contact me on my contact page How Can I Help You With Your Podcast? One on One Consulting? Self Paced Tutorials and Membership at the School of Podcasting? Six Week Group Coaching Podcast Course I've been podcasting since 2005, and my background is in Technical Education. I'm an award-winning podcaster ( and trainer) and would love to help you with your podcast.]]>3327cleanfullCommitted to Weight Loss: Are You Really?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/committed-to-weight-loss-are-you-really--39771231www.logicallosers.com]]>4aa01a18a661624b5825f606e0348546Mon, 20 Nov 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCommitted to Weight Loss Are You? What does commitment mean? According to Merriam-Webster: a :an agreement or pledge to do something in the future a commitment to improve conditions at the prison; especially :an engagement to assume a financial...1759cleanfullShould You Make Your Guests Jump Through Hoops?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/should-you-make-your-guests-jump-through-hoops--13372846 Previously Published and edit the Episode. There you can use the replace option to upload the repaired version of the episode. I strongly suggest you use the exact same file name. This way you don't have to wait for your episode to propagate across the Internet. Your feed has the name of the file, and when someone who didn't download the episode with the mistake presses download, they get the repaired version. If you're using Blubrry, you can go into PowerPress and upload your repaired file (and it will replace the old file). Again, I strongly urge you to use the exact same file name. Who Gets the File? When someone gets the first (wrong) version of your file, the app they use doesn't know there is an issue. Consequently, the app won't download the new version (because to the app, it's the same file). But I Want Everyone to Get the New Version! The only way to have all of your audience to get new version is to create a completely new episode (and delete the old episode). This might annoy your subscribers (who typically are the people who get your episode first as it's automated). They may have already listened to and delete the episode, and then all the sudden here it comes again. What's the Best Solution? The best solution is to ALWAYS listen to the ENTIRE episode before uploading it to your media host. In other words, the best way to fix the mistake is to not make it in the first place. With that in mind, we are all human and it will happen. I personally just replace the old version and if someone tells me about the mistake I apologize to them and explain they now have a collectors edition. How Can I Help You Need one on one conslting? Schedule Some Time Learn at your own pace at the School of Podcasting Podcasting in Six Weeks Group Coaching Mentioned in Today's Show Scott Johnson From the Computer Tutor Show Podcast Review Show Podcast Rodeo Show ]]>edb783ff53da87235358233994f5545fMon, 20 Nov 2017 04:45:34 +0000David JacksonLast week I explained how I learned of a strategy from Doug Sandler of the Nice Guys on Business show where the goal is to bring on guests who would be a good client for you (assuming you're podcasting as part of your business). Doug's business is... Previously Published and edit the Episode. There you can use the replace option to upload the repaired version of the episode. I strongly suggest you use the exact same file name. This way you don't have to wait for your episode to propagate across the Internet. Your feed has the name of the file, and when someone who didn't download the episode with the mistake presses download, they get the repaired version. If you're using Blubrry, you can go into PowerPress and upload your repaired file (and it will replace the old file). Again, I strongly urge you to use the exact same file name. Who Gets the File? When someone gets the first (wrong) version of your file, the app they use doesn't know there is an issue. Consequently, the app won't download the new version (because to the app, it's the same file). But I Want Everyone to Get the New Version! The only way to have all of your audience to get new version is to create a completely new episode (and delete the old episode). This might annoy your subscribers (who typically are the people who get your episode first as it's automated). They may have already listened to and delete the episode, and then all the sudden here it comes again. What's the Best Solution? The...]]>2774cleanfullYour Customer Is Your Guesthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-customer-is-your-guest--133100250d14beab92871f81d2a5a138e93a5985Mon, 13 Nov 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I'm back from Speaking at DC Podfest (what a great event) and I went to a session that had some interesting points that I wanted to share. The session was titled, "Size Doesn’t Matter: Build a Monetization Program with Any Size Audience...1827cleanfullCreating Events For Your Audience Part 2 - Mark Dealhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-events-for-your-audience-part-2-mark-deal--13254051www.podatl.com). We get great tips on growing a local meetup, tips, and resources for better interviews, and how is creating podcasts for a living. How Long Does it Take Until Your Show Catches On? George Hrab answered this question on his Geologic podcast, and George told me a long time ago that if I ever want to use a clip I could. George's show spotlights his life as the drummer of the Philadelphia Funk Authority, but also features George's Skeptic point of view with highlights on Science as well as the "Religious Moron of the Week." George mentions that you shouldn't start a podcast to "be something" but instead make it because you can make something cool, interesting and fun. Make a podcast because you have a different point of view and it needs to be heard. It took him two years before an absolute stranger mentioned they listened to the show. As George says, "You're making something and that is more than most people." Growing Your Local Meetup Group Mark Deal runs podcast Atlanta and in 18 months his group has grown to 500+ members. In today's discussion you hear: Not all 500 show up at the same time The different formats of meeting he uses What he's doing to grow the group What didn't work in regards to growing the group How a meetup group is not exactly the same a growing a podcast How to pick a location How he offsets the price of running the meetup group How he got Gordon Firemark to come to a meetup The typical breakdown of a meeting How often they meet, and how they stay connected between meetings. The pros and cons of Meetup vs a Facebook Group The kind of "Special Events" they have Podcast Guest Experts and the Podcast Editors Facebook Groups What has happened because of hosting a podcaster's meetup (18:00) Podcast Studio Certifications, and what he feels every studio should have How he is making a living with podcasting Having Alcohol at events Other platforms he uses in addition to Faceboook, and Meetup. (Eventbrite.com ) He makes money from Podcasting not Podcasters Why he uses Steve Stewart to edit his show Check out Mark at www.podatl.com Podcasting in Six Weeks Starts January 2018 Six weeks of group coaching and personalized attention 1 Year Subscription to the School of Podcasting Private Facebook Group Be in the relevant Podcasting Directories by February Direct access to me / Priority Email Support Focus Group to Help Shape Your Idea Your Podcast will Sound Great Erase Your Fear of "Sounding Stupid" Go to www.podcastinginsixweeks.com for more information. Class Size is limited. Want a more leisurely pace, check out the School of Podcasting. Mentioned on This Show Gordon Firemark (Entertainment Lawyer) Author Inside You Podcast Eventbrite.com (ticketing for evens) Social Media Marketing World Podfest.us DC Podfest]]>97821e2cfb754281df4645ea25d200f2Mon, 06 Nov 2017 05:01:00 +0000David JacksonToday we are talking with Mark Deal who has grown Podcast Atlanta to over 500 members (www.podatl.com). We get great tips on growing a local meetup, tips, and resources for better interviews, and how is creating podcasts for a living. How Long Does...www.podatl.com). We get great tips on growing a local meetup, tips, and resources for better interviews, and how is creating podcasts for a living. How Long Does it Take Until Your Show Catches On? George Hrab answered this question on his Geologic podcast, and George told me a long time ago that if I ever want to use a clip I could. George's show spotlights his life as the drummer of the Philadelphia Funk Authority, but also features George's Skeptic point of view with highlights on Science as well as the "Religious Moron of the Week." George mentions that you shouldn't start a podcast to "be something" but instead make it because you can make something cool, interesting and fun. Make a podcast because you have a different point of view and it needs to be heard. It took him two years before an absolute stranger mentioned they listened to the show. As George says, "You're making something and that is more than most people." Growing Your Local Meetup Group Mark Deal runs podcast Atlanta and in 18 months his group has grown to 500+ members. In today's discussion you hear: Not all 500 show up at the same time The different formats of meeting he uses What he's doing to grow the group What didn't work in regards to growing the group How a meetup group is not exactly the same a growing a podcast How to pick a location How he offsets the price of running the meetup group How he got Gordon Firemark to come to a meetup The typical breakdown of a meeting How often they meet, and how they stay connected between meetings. The pros and cons of Meetup vs a Facebook Group The kind of "Special Events" they have Podcast Guest Experts and the Podcast Editors Facebook Groups What has happened because of hosting a podcaster's meetup (18:00) Podcast Studio Certifications, and what he feels every studio should have How he is making a living with podcasting Having Alcohol at events Other platforms he uses in addition to Faceboook, and Meetup. (Eventbrite.com ) He makes money from Podcasting not Podcasters Why he uses Steve Stewart to edit his show Check out Mark at www.podatl.com Podcasting in Six Weeks Starts January 2018 Six weeks of group coaching and personalized attention 1 Year Subscription to the School of Podcasting Private Facebook Group Be in the relevant Podcasting Directories by February Direct access to me / Priority Email Support Focus Group to Help Shape Your Idea Your Podcast will Sound Great Erase Your Fear of "Sounding Stupid" Go to www.podcastinginsixweeks.com for more information. Class Size is limited. Want a more leisurely pace, check out the School of Podcasting. Mentioned on This Show Gordon Firemark (Entertainment Lawyer) Author Inside You Podcast Eventbrite.com (ticketing for evens) Social Media Marketing World Podfest.us DC Podfest]]>2943cleanfullDo Fitbits Really Help? - My New Air Fryer The NuWave Brio Air Fryerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-fitbits-really-help-my-new-air-fryer-the-nuwave-brio-air-fryer--397711748f19d917a5dfa91b05239344ae0f15e9Mon, 06 Nov 2017 04:37:09 +0000David JacksonThis week I didn't get to my weight lifting, I go all my steps in (more on that later) but I'm up .4 lbs. I'm not going to cry over that, but I need to get back to the gym. While you can't exercise yourself out of a diet, I want to continue with my...1862cleanfullLessons From Steven Spielberg - Podcast Woodshedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-from-steven-spielberg-podcast-woodshed--13158247www.goldensprialmedia.com Questions of the Month 3:00 I need the answer to two questions by November 13th 2017. What will you be doing differently in 2018 with your podcast? What is your favorite podcast (if you could only pick 1)? What is it, what is it about? where is it? and most importantly WHY is your favorite? (be sure to mention your show as well). I need your answers by November 13th, 2017. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Embracing the Experience Gap 4:52 When podcasters first start, they put a lot of thought into their launch (sometimes too much), and they get their show out and into Apple Podcasts and the other directories. Then they do one thing that can really knock the passion out of them: they compare themselves to others. They want to know how many downloads other shows get, and start to focus on other podcasters instead of focusing on their audience. Back to the Woodshed I've played the guitar since I was 11. When I got done with school I would deliver my papers to my paper route, eat dinner, and my friend would come over and we would play guitar for hours. We weren't very good. We weren't taking lessons, and I was learning to play lead by trying to recreate the sounds I heard on albums. In other words, I would study music, and then practice, practice, practice, until I could play it. The music that was produced on the path to "getting it" was not pretty. I have hours of tapes of us playing Ted Nugent's Stranglehold for hours. Each of us would take turns soloing over the top of it. I recorded these so I could evaluate my process. I never intended to release them to the public. You can do the same with your podcast. Record a couple test shows for evaluation. How Can Podcasters Get Better? Podcasters get better by podcasting. I know that sounds stupid, but there is no way to know if you're content is good unless you get it in front of your target audience. You can also study other podcasts and entertainment. You see podcasting is part of the entertainment industry. Sure some of it is educational. Then again so is Sesame Street, and it's pretty entertaining. I recently watched a documentary on Steven Spielberg. Spielberg got turned down to be in the USC film school due to grades. He would take a tour of Universal Studios, and when the bus stopped for a bathroom break he would sneak away and watch people like Alfred Hitchcock direct. One of his first films (Amblin 1968 ) was geared toward studio executives to show he was not a normal independent filmmaker. - he knew his audience, and it worked it got him hired. As the youngest director under contract, he was a bit of a novelty item, so he had to prove himself over and over. One famous director pulled Steven aside and said, "There are days you will go on the set and have no idea what you're doing. Your job is to make sure the cast doesn't know that. The film interviewed Richard Dreyfuss who sais he was hired on the third day of the Movie Jaws. He said they didn't have a script, and they didn't have a shark. Steven decided to the movie on the ocean instead of a back lot of a movie studio. In fact, the first shark doesn’t appear until one hour and 21 minutes into the two-hour film. This was partly due to the mechanical sharks they built didn't work. The cost was 225,000. So you'll notice the use of barrels moving instead of the shark. You didn't need to see the shark. Just the music and the thought of the shark made it scary. The sharks were smaller than expected so they hired shorter actors to be next to the shark. The line, "“You’re going to need a bigger boat" was improvised. Jaws became the first motion picture to gross more than $100 million and won three Academy Awards (for Best Sound, Best Film Editing, and Best Original Dramatic Score). So how did Steven Spielberg get getter? Jaws had come in way over budget, and instead of taking 55 days, it took 159. His next two films also came in way over budget. This actually stopped from studios from working with him. Yes, he was making a lot of money at the box office, but his integrity was on the line and he improved. As podcasters we are storytellers. The only way we can get better is to keep podcasting. Final Lessons In the same way that Steven Spielberg didn't have all the equipment he wanted, you can make great content without having the top of the line equipment. Your next episode should be better than your previous one. You will get more confident, and your skills will improve. The only way to get better at any skill is to do it. Don't be distracted by other podcaster's success. Keep working to improve your own skills (keep woodshedding). The Best Compliment a Podcaster Can Receive 24:20 For me, to have someone say that I am the same off the mic as I am off the mix is a huge compliment. This happened to me when Jim Collison from theaverageguy.tv was a guest on the Podcast Junkies Show. They talk about Jim's background, a bit about his network, working with me, and how Jim balances his podcast and his life. Its a great interview, and Harry Durran is a great interviewer. My First Impression with Squarespace 28:42 I was under the assumption that the Squarespace platform for building a website was so easy that the site almost built itself. I've head a million commercials about it. I decided to try it for my Podcasting in Six Weeks Course. While it is flexible, it is more or less a "page builder" tool. I've seen these on WordPress like Divi From Elegant Themes. The Second Line theme I mentioned comes with a page builder. Squarespace is not that different. You add an element to a page and edjust the properties of that item. I was surprised there weren't more elements. While they had enough elements to make most websites, you can look at it two ways, "hooray I'm not overwhelmed with the choices," or "Hey where is the FAQ template?" I was surprised that I couldn't change the background color of different elements. The biggest complaint is they have an e-commerce tool. This ties in with Paypal and Stripe. Both of those tools take about three percent plus a transaction fee. This is normal. What is not normal is Squarespace takes an additional three percent. When you are talking about products that are four figures, that can be a chunk of change you are paying to keep people on your website (instead of sending them to another page to check out). The bottom line is everyone says this is super drag and drop easy, and while it is easy to drag and drop, to really adjust customize items, there are lots of little boxes that pop up based on where you click. While I didn't expect zero learning curve, the onboarding process was not as easy as expected. Speed up Podcast Production 36:20 If you're on a pc, you can add a folder to the quick access area (left column) of the File Explorer Window. Go to the folder you want to access all the time, and right-click and choose Pin To Quick Access." Now you will see it on the left-hand side. You can remove it by right-clicking on it and choose "unpin from quick access." This avoids you having to "Drill down" by double-clicking on folder after folder to get to that folder. Mentioned In This Episode The School of Podcasting Podcasting in Six Weeks (Early Bird Special Ends December 1st) Podcast Junkies Show Squarespace Elegant Themes Divi Second Line Podcast Themes]]>656593de4cf5595e46bcaf4589f6014dMon, 30 Oct 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast, I Will Be Attending A Taping of the Black List Television Show - Troy Heinritz 1:58 Troy Heinritz has had story after story when it comes to his Black List Exposed show. He recently won a podcast award, and now was called by...www.goldensprialmedia.com Questions of the Month 3:00 I need the answer to two questions by November 13th 2017. What will you be doing differently in 2018 with your podcast? What is your favorite podcast (if you could only pick 1)? What is it, what is it about? where is it? and most importantly WHY is your favorite? (be sure to mention your show as well). I need your answers by November 13th, 2017. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Embracing the Experience Gap 4:52 When podcasters first start, they put a lot of thought into their launch (sometimes too much), and they get their show out and into Apple Podcasts and the other directories. Then they do one thing that can really knock the passion out of them: they compare themselves to others. They want to know how many downloads other shows get, and start to focus on other podcasters instead of focusing on their audience. Back to the Woodshed I've played the guitar since I was 11. When I got done with school I would deliver my papers to my paper route, eat dinner, and my friend would come over and we would play guitar for hours. We weren't very good. We weren't taking lessons, and I was learning to play lead by trying to recreate the sounds I heard on albums. In other words, I would study music, and then practice, practice, practice, until I could play it. The music that was produced on the path to "getting it" was not pretty. I have hours of tapes of us playing Ted Nugent's Stranglehold for hours. Each of us would take turns soloing over the top of it. I recorded these so I could evaluate my process. I never intended to release them to the public. You can do the same with your podcast. Record a couple test shows for evaluation. How Can Podcasters Get Better? Podcasters get better by podcasting. I know that sounds stupid, but there is no way to know if you're content is good unless you get it in front of your target audience. You can also study other podcasts and entertainment. You see podcasting is part of the entertainment industry. Sure some of it is educational. Then again so is Sesame Street, and it's pretty entertaining. I recently watched a documentary on Steven Spielberg. Spielberg got turned down to be in the USC film school due to grades. He would take a tour of Universal Studios, and when the bus stopped for a bathroom break he would sneak away and watch people like Alfred Hitchcock direct. One of his first films (Amblin 1968 ) was geared toward studio executives to show he was not a normal independent filmmaker. - he knew his audience, and it worked it got him hired. As the youngest director under contract, he was a bit of a novelty item, so he had to prove himself over and over. One famous director pulled Steven aside and said, "There are days you will go on the set and have no idea what you're doing. Your job is to make sure the cast doesn't know that. The film interviewed Richard Dreyfuss who sais he was hired on the third day of the Movie Jaws. He said they didn't have a script, and they didn't have a shark. Steven decided to the movie on the ocean instead of a back lot of a movie studio. In fact, the first shark doesn’t appear until one hour and 21 minutes into the two-hour film. This was partly due to the mechanical sharks they built didn't work. The cost was 225,000. So you'll notice the use of...]]>2465cleanfullGet Paid For Walking - Best Affirmation Apphttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-paid-for-walking-best-affirmation-app--39771262www.stepbet.com ) Understanding Affirmations I was reading the book Burn the Fat Feed the Muscle and it had one of the best descriptions of why and how they work. In the book Tony states: All day long you carry on a mental conversation with yourself. Psychologists estimate that we think up to 60,000 thoughts a day and that 98 percent of these thoughts are the same ones we had yesterday—most of them negative. In a year, that’s almost 22 million thoughts! The basis for positive thinking and philosophies such as the law of attraction is that the subconscious is amenable to suggestion. People who say that positive thoughts and affirmations don’t work aren’t using them effectively or consistently, or they’re wishing for the positive while thinking about the negative. This is me. I would try them for maybe three days. Mixed messages If a captain gives an order such as “Go east,” then keeps changing his mind—“No, go west … no, go north”—the ship would never get anywhere! This is also why most people get nowhere with their fitness, weight loss, or muscle-building endeavors. Ironically, the very statement “Positive thinking doesn’t work” is a negative suggestion guaranteeing that it won’t work! Again, this is 100% me. The conscious mind is a lot like the captain on the bridge of a ship. The captain sends a command to the engine room. The subconscious mind is like the people down in the engine room. No matter what orders come down from the bridge (conscious mind), the crew obeys, even if the orders are stupid ones that crash the ship into a rocky shore. The reason this happens is that the crew (the subconscious) can’t see where the ship is going; they are simply following orders. Like the ship’s crew, your subconscious mind carries out every command it accepts from your conscious mind. Its sole purpose is to obey your orders, even if you give ones like “I’ll always be fat.” Frequent repetition of thoughts (mental orders) is one certain way to penetrate the subconscious mind. By constantly repeating negative commands such as “I can’t lose weight,” your subconscious will see to it that you never lose weight because that’s its job: to follow your every command literally and without question. If you program your mind with negative suggestions often enough, it will lead you right into cheating on your diet, skipping workouts, or some other form of self-sabotage. Without a target, your subconscious simply steers you toward your dominant thoughts. The subconscious mind is always at work 24 hours a day, whether you direct it consciously or not. Because of how your subconscious operates, it’s crucial to focus on what you want to achieve, not on what you want to avoid. He mentions in the book that much like weight lifting you need to give affirmations 25-30 days to sink in. I've never been able to completely buy into Affirmations. To “affirm” something, by dictionary definition, means that you are declaring it to be true. When you say an affirmation over and over again, a couple of things happen. Your sub-conscience gets busy noticing ways to help you achieve your goals.   Because your brain is constantly looking for clues to filter your environment and guide your actions, it will pick up on any available influence. This could mean all the subconscious fears and doubts you haven’t dealt with or even messages in your environment. The reason you need to repeat them is To run efficiently, your brain strengthens its connections every time you think, feel and do. This helps you perform tasks with less energy and more focus. Think about driving a car or riding a bike. It can be awkward at first when you're learning, but after you figure it out, it comes naturally. The Tension of Repeating a "Lie" May Be the Key One article stated, "If you feel uncomfortable about lying to yourself, you’ll want to fix it. You’ll either change the affirmation to make it comfortable, or you’ll change your lifestyle and habits to make the affirmation true.The latter action is the response that will completely transform your life for the better!" While another article suggested adding reality to your affirmations such as: I am frustrated by my eating habits, but I am learning to treat myself with the respect I deserve. I am learning to do better. I am sad about the fact that I’m still single, but I am learning how to relate with men in a more open, brave, and vulnerable way. I am learning to do better. I am scared about handling this big, new project, but I am learning to have confidence in my ability to achieve my goals. I am learning to do better. These statements aren’t “empty self-praise” or temporary “mood-boosters.” They’re honest, self-respecting assessments about where we’re at, what we’re learning, and what we’re capable of becoming. They are affirmations of truth—and the truth will set you free. One Article on Psychology Today in 2017 stated, "the process of self-affirmation changes the way we think about our tasks or goals, so that we think about our tasks in more abstract/value-related ways, as opposed to concrete, lower-level actions." How Do You Write an Affirmation? One study found that if you have really low self-esteem, doing positive self-esteem can actually BOOST your negative self-esteem as you argue with yourself. FULL ARTICLE Some people suggest a more honest affirmation. ThinkUp Affirmation App I found this app ThinkUp: Positive Affirmations & Motivation Daily - Precise Wellness LLC that is super helpful, easy to navigate and guides you through creating your own affirmations. You record them in your own voice, and then pick the background music, and more. You can test it for free, and then either rent the app for $3/month or buy a lifetime license for $24. I've used other affirmation apps, and this one is the easiest to use, and just seems more thought out and professional. You have access to affirmations from experts (for those who don't want to make up their own), and I just liked using the app. I can see me using this on a daily basis. Support the Show Become a Patron See www.logicallosers.com]]>63779d8645ae5a9a184972fb2871d5ebWed, 25 Oct 2017 03:50:09 +0000David JacksonGet Paid For Walking with Step Bet Step Bet is the sister to Diet Bet. With Step Bet you put in some money, and it reads the data from your fitness Tracker (Fitbit, Garmin, Apple Watch) and assigns you a goal. You have active days (a smaller goal) and...www.stepbet.com ) Understanding Affirmations I was reading the book Burn the Fat Feed the Muscle and it had one of the best descriptions of why and how they work. In the book Tony states: All day long you carry on a mental conversation with yourself. Psychologists estimate that we think up to 60,000 thoughts a day and that 98 percent of these thoughts are the same ones we had yesterday—most of them negative. In a year, that’s almost 22 million thoughts! The basis for positive thinking and philosophies such as the law of attraction is that the subconscious is amenable to suggestion. People who say that positive thoughts and affirmations don’t work aren’t using them effectively or consistently, or they’re wishing for the positive while thinking about the negative. This is me. I would try them for maybe three days. Mixed messages If a captain gives an order such as “Go east,” then keeps changing his mind—“No, go west … no, go north”—the ship would never get anywhere! This is also why most people get nowhere with their fitness, weight loss, or muscle-building endeavors. Ironically, the very statement “Positive thinking doesn’t work” is a negative suggestion guaranteeing that it won’t work! Again, this is 100% me. The conscious mind is a lot like the captain on the bridge of a ship. The captain sends a command to the engine room. The subconscious mind is like the people down in the engine room. No matter what orders come down from the bridge (conscious mind), the crew obeys, even if the orders are stupid ones that crash the ship into a rocky shore. The reason this happens is that the crew (the subconscious) can’t see where the ship is going; they are simply following orders. Like the ship’s crew, your subconscious mind carries out every command it accepts from your conscious mind. Its sole purpose is to obey your orders, even if you give ones like “I’ll always be fat.” Frequent repetition of thoughts (mental orders) is one certain way to penetrate the subconscious mind. By constantly repeating negative commands such as “I can’t lose weight,” your subconscious will see to it that you never lose weight because that’s its job: to follow your every command literally and without question. If you program your mind with negative suggestions often enough, it will lead you right into cheating on your diet, skipping workouts, or some other form of self-sabotage. Without a target, your subconscious simply steers you toward your dominant thoughts. The subconscious mind is always at work 24 hours a day, whether you direct it consciously or not. Because of how your subconscious operates, it’s crucial to focus on what you want to achieve, not on what you want to avoid. He mentions in the book that much like weight lifting you need to give affirmations 25-30 days to sink in. I've never been able to completely buy into Affirmations. To “affirm”...]]>1938cleanfullNew Ideas - Lead To New Facts - Lead to New Actionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-ideas-lead-to-new-facts-lead-to-new-actions--13102629d090e83be214bac1f9978b22202b0d3bMon, 23 Oct 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe Essential Items For Your Podcast Website Let me state, that this has nothing to do with Wordpress vs Wix vs Squarespace. These are the items that I feel should be on your website (and why) A Play Button Think of this as a free sample. If someone...3501cleanfullSkulpt Chisel, Stacked Workout Tracker App Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/skulpt-chisel-stacked-workout-tracker-app-reviewed--39771177www.logicallosers.com]]>fa9d28d76562bf19fb65d8ef9baf7ab5Mon, 16 Oct 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonSo after reading the book Burn the Fat Feed the Muscle by Tom Venuto, I got re-inspired to really try weight lifting. I HATE WEIGHT LIFTING due to the soreness that always follows. So what changed my mind? I shut up and did. I got up at six AM and...1937cleanfullAre You Doing Everything To Grow My Podcast Audience?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-doing-everything-to-grow-my-podcast-audience--13043187451d7152ddd3924bda41683a6c90f79dMon, 16 Oct 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI'm doing everything to grow my audience, but it's not. Today we address that question. Are you REALLY doing everything? Click the link below to see the full show notes.2427audience,growth,monetization,podcastingcleanfullSwitching the Motivation Mindsethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/switching-the-motivation-mindset--39771178 Action > Results mindset. We wait until we hit rock bottom, and we get motivated to take some action. Those actions lead to results. Thos results motivate us to the take more actions, which brings more results (and it keeps on repeating). The author changes the trigger. Instead of waiting for rock bottom, change it to where step one is Take Action > Results > Motivation. That motivation then leads to more action. Thus to get the ball rolling DO SOMETHING. This is especially true if you did something and the results were not what you were looking for. Does this mean there is no motivation? Well, there may be motivation to not do something that apparently did not work. Motivated to Help Others? Try Charity Miles Earn money for charities every time you run, walk, or bicycle by using the free Charity Miles app. Corporate sponsors (whose information you'll see as a backdrop image in the app) agree to donate a few cents for every mile you complete. Browse the app's list of charities, find the one that you support, and then hit the road. When a lot of people use Charity Miles, those little bits of money add up. When Charity Miles first launched, its developers created an initial pool of $1 million to donate to charities as people used the app. Once that pool of money ran out (and it has), the developers said they would find corporate sponsors to continue making donations on the user's behalf (and they have). Running and walking earns 25 cents per mile, while bicycling earns 10 cents per mile. As the end-user, you don't have to do anything at all to make sure that money reaches your charity. Charity Miles handles that part. Before you start running, walking, or bicycling, you select a charity from a list. These charities include the World Wildlife Foundation, Alzheimer's Association, Wounded Warrior Project, Stand Up to Cancer, and many others. You can choose a different charity each time you log more miles, or you can stick with just one. It's entirely up to you. As you start to move, you see your speed and total miles add up. Behind these basic stats is a backdrop image that's also an advertisement from the sponsoring organization. (That's how they make money). The app starts tracking when you pick an activity. When you finish your run, walk, or ride, you press the red button to complete the activity. The app shows you a summary of how far you traveled and how much money you earned for your organization of choice. There are a few other features in the app, such as the ability to join a team or form your own team so that you can collectively raise money for charities with friends. Charity Miles users have earned over 2.5 million dollars for charity. For more info go to http://www.charitymiles.org/ What is Dave Reading? Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle: Transform Your Body Forever Using the Secrets of the Leanest People in the World I'm not looking to get six pack abs, but burning fat sounds good. Like every other book I've read, the first part of the book explains why THIS ONE is better. I just started it (listening on Audible) Join the Logical Losers Support the show and get access to our private Facebook group. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>1171e586178420595842095b64bed3b5Mon, 09 Oct 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was listening to a book (from Audible) (get a free book when you sign up) called the Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck, and to summarize it: You can only have 1 number one priority. If you try to do everything, you may be able to do a lot of stuff,... Action > Results mindset. We wait until we hit rock bottom, and we get motivated to take some action. Those actions lead to results. Thos results motivate us to the take more actions, which brings more results (and it keeps on repeating). The author changes the trigger. Instead of waiting for rock bottom, change it to where step one is Take Action > Results > Motivation. That motivation then leads to more action. Thus to get the ball rolling DO SOMETHING. This is especially true if you did something and the results were not what you were looking for. Does this mean there is no motivation? Well, there may be motivation to not do something that apparently did not work. Motivated to Help Others? Try Charity Miles Earn money for charities every time you run, walk, or bicycle by using the free Charity Miles app. Corporate sponsors (whose information you'll see as a backdrop image in the app) agree to donate a few cents for every mile you complete. Browse the app's list of charities, find the one that you support, and then hit the road. When a lot of people use Charity Miles, those little bits of money add up. When Charity Miles first launched, its developers created an initial pool of $1 million to donate to charities as people used the app. Once that pool of money ran out (and it has), the developers said they would find corporate sponsors to continue making donations on the user's behalf (and they have). Running and walking earns 25 cents per mile, while bicycling earns 10 cents per mile. As the end-user, you don't have to do anything at all to make sure that money reaches your charity. Charity Miles handles that part. Before you start running, walking, or bicycling, you select a charity from a list. These charities include the World Wildlife Foundation, Alzheimer's Association, Wounded Warrior Project, Stand Up to Cancer, and many others. You can choose a different charity each time you log more miles, or you can stick with just one. It's entirely up to you. As you start to move, you see your speed and total miles add up. Behind these basic stats is a backdrop image that's also an advertisement from the sponsoring organization. (That's how they make money). The app starts tracking when you pick an activity. When you finish your run, walk, or ride, you press the red button to complete the activity. The app shows you a summary of how far you traveled and how much money you earned for your organization of choice. There are a few other features in the app, such as the ability to join a team or form your own team so that you can collectively raise money for charities with friends. Charity Miles users have earned over 2.5 million dollars for charity. For more info go to http://www.charitymiles.org/ What is Dave Reading? Burn the Fat, Feed the Muscle: Transform Your Body Forever Using the Secrets of the Leanest People in the World I'm not looking to get six pack abs, but burning fat sounds good. Like every other book I've read, the first part of the book explains why THIS ONE is better. I just started it (listening on Audible) Join the Logical Losers Support the show and get access to our private Facebook group. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>1582cleanfullSimply Sonic SS1 and Second Line Dix WordPress Theme Reviewshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/simply-sonic-ss1-and-second-line-dix-wordpress-theme-reviews--12991721https://blog.libsyn.com/2017/09/18/stats-overhaul-iab-compliance-podcasts-stats-libsyn-company-announcement/ https://blog.libsyn.com/2017/09/18/libsyn-stats-overhaul-need-know/ NOTE: Libsyn sent out an email to all Libsyn users on September 18th - if you did not see that email - you might want to check your spam folder. It would have gone to the email registered to your Libsyn account. Rob Walch also talked about it more on our latest episode of the Libsyn Podcast: http://thefeed.libsyn.com/105-stats-follow-up-and-apple-podcasts-feed-tags The conversation starts right after the promo at the 52 Minute mark. My Poker Game Analogy Picture yourself at a poker game (a really, really big table) Ben Robins, Audible.com Lindsay Lawrence, WideOrbit Ilwira Marciszek, AdLarge Media Eurry Kim, New York Public Radio Earl Swigert, WideOrbit Yukifumi Touya, Digital Advertising Consortium Inc. Hirofumi Kanda, Cyber Communications Inc. Dan Misener, Pacific Content Mohammad Al-Abdullah, RhythmOne Jose Alvarez Muguerza, BlogTalkRadio John Zoephel, Pandora Kevin McCaul, Acast Stories USA John Rosenius, Acast Stories USA Ilham Elkatani, DoubleVerify Steve Mulder, National Public Media Stephen Haptonstahl, National Public Media Candace Williams, BlogTalkRadio David Marple, Triton Digital Conrad Trautmann, Westwood One Robert Peterson, Westwood One Bob Charish, BlogTalkRadio Jason Cox, Slate Bosko Milekic, AdGear Technologies, Inc. Francois Fortin, AdGear Technologies, Inc. Andy Toh, BlogTalkRadio Bruno Nieuwenhuys, Adswizz Inc Rob Walch, Libsyn Joel Withrow, Slate Erik Barraud, Adswizz Inc Erik Diehn, Midroll Media Robert Freeland, Podtrac Dan Jeselsohn, New York Public Radio Angelo Mandato, RawVoice Hugo Martel, Triton Digital Tim Clarke, Cox Media Group Greg Batusic, PodcastOne Hernan Lopez, Wondery LLC Allan Bressler, CBS Local Norm Pattiz, PodcastOne Kit Gray, PodcastOne Jim Kott, WideOrbit Rob Kass, Nielsen Millie Mrvica, Westwood One Jaime Singson, Sizmek Kelli Hurley, Westwood One Brian Lynch, Westwood One Ryan Granner, ESPN.com Joe Mead, ESPN.com Skyler Tobey, ESPN.com Jennifer Susalis, CBS Local Silvia Mihailescu, Adswizz Inc Stefan Olson, Minnesota Public Radio Karim Rayes, RhythmOne Todd Cochrane, RawVoice Jean-Luc Wasmer, Triton Digital Peter deVroede, Midroll Media Todd Pringle, Midroll Media Yi Huang, Condé Nast Gregg Rogers, Sizmek Alixandra Liner, New York Public Radio Brett Robinson, National Public Media The Interactive Advertising Bureau (IAB) empowers the media and marketing industries to thrive in the digital economy. Its membership is comprised of more than 650 leading media and technology companies that are responsible for selling, delivering, and optimizing digital advertising or marketing campaigns. They were up to deal the next hand and they stated that "downloads are wild" and everyone went "WHAT?" at the table and they didn't want downloads to be wild. For the industry to be able to move forward, the table had to come together and decide on what would constitute a download. Their answer can be seen in this report. They are currently working on a second version. If you were going to "Sit at the table" you had to agree to the terms and they all did. Much like when the music industry went from Cassettes to CD's it was a pain. This meant we had to buy all of our favorite music again. But the audio was better. As a music listener, I had no choice but to buy a CD player. It's the way the industry went. Could Libsyn communicate better? I guess so, there is always room for improvement. It gets tough as no podcast company is going to peel back the curtain 100% as if they tell you how they do their stats, you open the door for people to game the system. I personally don't know the formula (I just help you "drive the car" as a Libsyn support person, I don't build it). This is similar to the guy who throws the chicken in the Fryer at KFC. He knows hows to cook the chicken but has no idea what the 11 herbs and spices are. The numbers are lower as the INDUSTRY (remember to poker table above) decided to move toward a number closer to the unique downloads This is an Industry-Wide Situation I did a test over the last few weeks, and I released an episode that had tracking from Libsyn, Podtrac, and Blubrry. In a recent episode of Podcast Ninja, Todd Cochrane explained how years ago Podtrac, Blubrry, and Libsyn came up with specs for an organization for the Association of Downloadable Media (it starts at the 11:44 mark ). So for years, Podtarac, Blubrry, and Libsyn were close in numbers. Fast forward to today and due to how apps are now consuming media it appears that the larger the f]]>027f0e3072006cdeaa0dae1701b15bcaMon, 09 Oct 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonSimply Sound Company SS1 PreAmp Review While I've never used any preamps like the Triton Audio Fethead Microphone Preamp or the Cloudlifter CL-1, I was really impressed with the amazing amount of boost to the sound. The large dose of extra gain can...2429cleanfullFinding Podcast Listeners At the Mall?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-podcast-listeners-at-the-mall--12935423www.schoolofpodcasting.com/586 School of Podcasting Wins The People's Choice Podcast Award in the Technology I've been nominated NUMEROUS times for the different shows I create such a the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, Feeding My Faith, and others, but I've never won an award. The School of Podcasting won this year in the technology category. Thanks so all of my listeners. It is DEEPLY Appreciated. Because of My Podcast - Douglas 3:45 Douglas from Zerobooks.com got a job, and is now podcasting as part of this job! Check him out at www.zerobooks.com His podcast is called Zero Squared. Looking For Podcast Listeners at the Mall 5:28 I went to the mall to ask random people if they knew about podcasts? Most people had not heard of podcasting, those who had listened to a podcast, really loved them. There are some people who need some help in understanding what a podcast is. You can always send your audience to www.learntosubscribe.com Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone If took me 40 minutes to get up the nerve to talk to complete strangers. I may appear outgoing, but underneath I can be pretty shy. As I moved along, it got easier. It was funny watching people put up their guard when I would ask, "Can I talk to you for a few minutes?" You can see their defenses go up. If I do this next year I need to find people who are bored (laundromats, or maybe set up a table at an Apple store). I'm not sure if Apple would allow this, but all they can say is no. Podcasting Does Not Waste Your Time 10:45 I had a talk this week with a potential podcaster who wants to build an audience and monetize his podcast. He wanted a step by step approach that would ensure that he was making a full-time living in the future. While there are people out there who are happy to charge you $4000 to tell you to believe in yourself, get into New and Noteworthy, and your dreams can come true, I prefer a more realistic approach. That is to say Gimlet Media producers super popular shows, and yet not every show they launch makes the cut a few months later. There are great shows like Action that was on a major network with A-list celebrities making appearances and yet the show was canceled. You can follow their footsteps and do a pilot episode, get feedback and shape your content accordingly. In the same way, you can't practice comedy in a basement (you have to tell your jokes in public to know if they are funny) you need to publish your episodes to the audience to get feedback. Even if your show doesn't end up doing as well as you had hoped, you will gain new friends, you will learn new skills, and you will benefit from the experience (I've had people say they are better speakers due to creating a podcast). You can get started with a small investment of $100 - $300 for equipment. See http://www.bestpodcastinggear.com/kits/ Common Audio Issues 15:02 The podcast sounds weird on a phone or single speaker (mono) - your recording may be stereo and out of phase. The solution is to copy one of the channels and copy and paste it into a new file and save it as mono. Check out this video to better understand My podcast is not displaying properly - This is almost always a case where you are exporting your podcast using a Variable Bit Rate (VBR). This will cause the episode to not display properly, and in some cases, if you press pause, and the podcast goes back to the beginning when you press play again. My podcast doesn't display the artwork in iTunes/Apple Podcasts - iTunes/Apple Podcasts does NOT display episodic artwork. It only displays the artwork for your show Growing An Entertainment Based Podcast 23:30 One strategy is to go to imdb.com and use their 30-day free trial to get the information on actors, directors, producers, for your show. Free Media Host Opinion Podcasting Goes Out of Business 26:30 I wrote an article about free media hosting on my blog and in it I look at six different podcast media hosting that have gone out of business. It turns out that the average lifespan of a podcast media hosting company that does not charge is 31 months. I do not recommend free media hosting for your podcast. It is building your podcast on very thin ice. Free Podcast Tutorials How Much Storage Space Do I Need For My Podcast? Busting Podcasting Myths The Truth about New and Noteworthy Join the School of Podcasting Check out the 19 courses, live group coaching, private facebook group at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/live]]>53b0812a15e9b60f42c89c79236bda89Mon, 02 Oct 2017 04:05:27 +0000David JacksonIn honor of International Podcast Day, I went to the local mall (that's still open) and asked people, "Have you have of podcasting?" If they said yes I would ask, "Have you actually heard a podcast?" Many people said NO. The people who had been...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/586 School of Podcasting Wins The People's Choice Podcast Award in the Technology I've been nominated NUMEROUS times for the different shows I create such a the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, Feeding My Faith, and others, but I've never won an award. The School of Podcasting won this year in the technology category. Thanks so all of my listeners. It is DEEPLY Appreciated. Because of My Podcast - Douglas 3:45 Douglas from Zerobooks.com got a job, and is now podcasting as part of this job! Check him out at www.zerobooks.com His podcast is called Zero Squared. Looking For Podcast Listeners at the Mall 5:28 I went to the mall to ask random people if they knew about podcasts? Most people had not heard of podcasting, those who had listened to a podcast, really loved them. There are some people who need some help in understanding what a podcast is. You can always send your audience to www.learntosubscribe.com Get Out Of Your Comfort Zone If took me 40 minutes to get up the nerve to talk to complete strangers. I may appear outgoing, but underneath I can be pretty shy. As I moved along, it got easier. It was funny watching people put up their guard when I would ask, "Can I talk to you for a few minutes?" You can see their defenses go up. If I do this next year I need to find people who are bored (laundromats, or maybe set up a table at an Apple store). I'm not sure if Apple would allow this, but all they can say is no. Podcasting Does Not Waste Your Time 10:45 I had a talk this week with a potential podcaster who wants to build an audience and monetize his podcast. He wanted a step by step approach that would ensure that he was making a full-time living in the future. While there are people out there who are happy to charge you $4000 to tell you to believe in yourself, get into New and Noteworthy, and your dreams can come true, I prefer a more realistic approach. That is to say Gimlet Media producers super popular shows, and yet not every show they launch makes the cut a few months later. There are great shows like Action that was on a major network with A-list celebrities making appearances and yet the show was canceled. You can follow their footsteps and do a pilot episode, get feedback and shape your content accordingly. In the same way, you can't practice comedy in a basement (you have to tell your jokes in public to know if they are funny) you need to publish your episodes to the audience to get feedback. Even if your show doesn't end up doing as well as you had hoped, you will gain new friends, you will learn new skills, and you will benefit from the experience (I've had people say they are better speakers due to creating a podcast). You can get started with a small investment of $100 - $300 for equipment. See http://www.bestpodcastinggear.com/kits/ Common Audio Issues 15:02 The podcast sounds weird on a phone or single speaker (mono) - your recording may be stereo and out of phase. The solution is to copy one of the channels and copy and paste it into a new file and save it as mono. Check out this video to better understand My podcast is not displaying properly - This is almost always a case where you are exporting your podcast using a Variable Bit Rate (VBR). This will cause the episode to not display properly, and in some cases, if you press pause, and the podcast goes back to the beginning when you press play again. My podcast...]]>2646cleanfullInternational Podcast Dayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/international-podcast-day--12902228www.internationalpodcastday.com They have cool tools to help you promote the power of podcasting check them out at https://internationalpodcastday.com/promotion/ Check out the Podcast Success Summit as well]]>60f63f240d392d45bf9893f18a01ad1eWed, 27 Sep 2017 19:16:06 +0000David JacksonHello, everyone, I realized in my last episode I didn't talk about International Podcast Day. If you haven't checked out their site it is www.internationalpodcastday.com They have cool tools to help you promote the power of podcasting check them out...www.internationalpodcastday.com They have cool tools to help you promote the power of podcasting check them out at https://internationalpodcastday.com/promotion/ Check out the Podcast Success Summit as well]]>294cleanfullThe Subtle Art of Not Giving a .....https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-subtle-art-of-not-giving-a--39771278fac074c5693282b34c79153661644335Tue, 26 Sep 2017 02:37:15 +0000David JacksonI've been listening to the Book, "The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F*ck by Mark Manson. It's an interesting book (get it on Audible.com) Here are some key points: 1. You only have so much capacity to care without stressing out. Pick what you care about...1516cleanfullCreating Events For Your Audience Part 1https://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-events-for-your-audience-part-1--12879092458ff3a92c918d509360c9760048a8f3Mon, 25 Sep 2017 04:01:54 +0000David JacksonEver want to create an event for your fans? A casual meetup, workshop, or event? This is the episode for you.524cleanfullJuggling the Podcaster Attitudehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/juggling-the-podcaster-attitude--1282652332f0294ff4a941b433bdb5beb3516de3Mon, 18 Sep 2017 04:23:54 +0000David JacksonThe podcaster attitude can be a tricky one to juggle. You care about your content, you care about your audience, but at times you might want to try something new, and that means your audience may not like it. If you like it, should you do it? Amy...2131cleanfullWhat Motivated Me to Lose Weight This Weekhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-motivated-me-to-lose-weight-this-week--397712133e8be6a8f56fedc66e801822833fe58eMon, 18 Sep 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we look at identifying triggers and brainstorming how to replace bad habits with good ones.2045cleanfullHow To Compete with the Big Networkshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-compete-with-the-big-networks--12770464d8b3fe81e82e5f9cca6a7300582c52e7Mon, 11 Sep 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhat does it mean for indie podcasters now that radio people are coming? How can we sharpen our podcast focus to compete?3000cleanfullUm, Yeah, NO! - Keeping Bad Content Away From Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/um-yeah-no-keeping-bad-content-away-from-your-audience--12720756www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>d86f4a25e7be182df63113053236ac23Mon, 04 Sep 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonEvery month I ask my audience a question. This month is have you ever been approached by someone who OBVIOUSLY has NO CLUE about your show? Special Thanks To: Bernie from Bernie the Cat Show Lee Silverstein from the Colon Cancer Podcast has people...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2359cleanfullRoger Anderson Can Help You Get Back into the Kitchenhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/roger-anderson-can-help-you-get-back-into-the-kitchen--397712540a5f104e8ca9f9b85ab36765154b21a4Mon, 04 Sep 2017 03:54:27 +0000David JacksonToday we talk with Roger Anderson of the Kitchen Counter Podcast. The Kitchen Counter podcast is dedicated to helping aspiring home cooks grow their skills and confidence in the kitchen so they can start cooking up memories with their family and...2480cleanfullPodcast Movement 2017 Refrelectionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-movement-2017-refrelections--1266722608292e474a954d1a2e47edb8587490b4Mon, 28 Aug 2017 03:50:24 +0000David JacksonFun behind the scenes stories from Podcast Movement. Magical moments of people connecting and insights into the power of editing your podcast.2637cleanfullAre You Being Honest With Yourself?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-being-honest-with-yourself--39771271c3df1d9b08d5311608dfdd15df621b40Mon, 21 Aug 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAre you really telling the truth about what you eat and how much you exercise? I also share about my Thrivemarket purchase. I share insights from the book Younger Next year Book2469cleanfullSound Devices MixPre-3 Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sound-devices-mixpre-3-review--12615421www.schoolofpodcasting.com/580 Why Keeping It Simple is a Good idea I do a show every Saturday call Ask the Podcast Coach with Jim Collison from theaverageguy.tv and at one point I decided to connect with Jim over Google hangouts, as well as have a Call In Number for the phone. I had to send a mix to Jim that had myself and the caller (but not Jim) while sending a mix to the caller than had myself and Jim (but not the caller). For those up on the lingo, I had to configure two mix minuses. I needed a mixer with two auxiliary outs. I found the Behringer X1832. It did the job well. I had a ton of extra channels, and effects that I never used. Then we switched and instead of using a phone (using CallinStudio.com) we went to a chat window to take questions. This was simple and free (using chatwing.com) . So now I have a giant mixer taking up half my desk, and I was looking for an alternative. I have a Yamaha MG102c Mixer (which has been replaced by the MG10XU) that would do the job. For whatever reason, I just didn't like it. It seemed like I had to crank everything up to the max. It still had a clean sound, but it seemed like I really had to push everything. I realize this is stupid (cause you should vote with your ears, not your eyes) but I've been hesitant to go back to it. The Other Problem with Recording Levels I use a Zoom H5. A great device with a giant screen. However, due to the way the studio is setup with the majority of the light coming in from Behind the Zoom H5 I cant' really get a clear reading. While there are lights to let me know when things are peaking, I tend to feel those are too sensitive. Then I heard about the Sound Devices MixPre-3. This might solve all my problems. Bad Time for a Product Review I received the Sound Devices MixPre-3 this week. It's horrible timing as I'm getting ready to run off to Podcast Movement, and I'm busy packing, buying Dramamine, recording podcasts and won't have time to do a super deep dive. So here is what I want it to do: Power my Electrovocie RE320 without a ton of his I want to do a mix minus for when I do shows with a co-host via skype or Google hangouts I want to plugin my ipad to play sound effects. First Impressions Of the Mix Pre-3 WOW IS THIS THING SMALL. I have an iPhone 6s, and it might be an inch wider, but it is the size of an iPhone on steroids. VERY COOL. At first, I was worried about the touchscreen display. But the display is super clear, and you can adjust the brightness. I had no problems reading it. I was worried about the touchscreen is small. That didn't seem to be an issue (I'm a guitar player with long fingers and not very fat). I almost didn't need the manual. I plugged in a microphone, hit record and was up and running. Using it as an Interface - WHY AM I DRUNK? I went into Hindenburg Journalist and did a recording. it was nice and clear, but I sounded slightly drunk as my voice was lower (as if the sound had been slowed down). I launched Adobe Audition and got the same issue. Hmmm. As I'm on a PC, I right-clicked on the Speaker in the bottom right-hand corner of my screen and went to the Properties of the Mix Pre-3. I had to set the recording and playback to 2 channel 24 bit, 48K. This solved the issue, and everything sounded fine. How Do I Setup a Mix Minus? I was able to set the input of Channel 2 to USB-1, and I could now hear my Skype caller. I was on Channel 3, and life was good. How do I go about making sure that the sound of the caller does not go back to the caller? I look at the output, and all the output routing is for the stereo out mix. Where do I adjust what goes back to the caller? I looked, and looked, and headed to YouTube. They have a video on the Sound Devices website, but they just said, "Set the input and out to the MixPre-3. My thought was, Yeah, but then what. Finally, I saw a video that explained you can't route what is going back to the USB output, and that you don't need to setup a mix minus, as IT JUST DOES IT. Well, that's cool. I'm definitely stopping by their booth at Podcast Movement and asking some questions about this as (and this is important) I'm not sure I'm 100% right on that. If I wanted to use the Stereo Output jack into another USB device (in my case I use a Griffin imic) than I could get into more advanced setups. What Would I Fix About it? The On/Off switch is placed in a not so great spot, but then again because this thing is so tiny, any place you put the switch it's going to be right on top of something. It seems like having the SD card behind the battery pack is a bad idea. However, when I push a button and turn on file transfer, it was super fast to copy the files from the device to my computer. I originally was somewhat bummed that it doesn't have a "Marker" feature, but using the wingman app (free) I can lookup and see what time the boo-boo happened and make a mental note. Not as cool as a marker (especially if you wanted to pass your audio to someone else), but it's a hack for the lack of marker. While I would almost always be using USB to power the unit, I think charging $40 for an AC power adapter (not included) is BS. If they didn't have the wingman app (which is very cool) trying to rename something would be a joke. I love that I downloaded the app, and it just connected. So the short answer of what would I change? - Not almost nothing. What About the Price? The price for the unit Pre-3 Unit is $699, the Pre-6 is $899, and the price of the adapter (AC) is $40. Sound Devices MixPre-3 Audio Recorder/Mixer and USB Audio Interface Sound Devices MixPre-6 Audio Recorder/Mixer and USB Audio Interface Sound Devices MX-Charge AC Power Supply for MixPre-3 and MixPre-6 Who Should Buy This? Someone who is going to be traveling alot, and wants to create great audio without having to worry (too much) about breaking the unit. The person wouldn't use the built-in microphones of a Zoom H5, and will always be traveling with a mic to record, and headphones to listen. Someone who has a small space, and they don't want their kids messing with a mixer. These units allow you to create presets, so you can fire up the unit press a button and everything is set. Also, it is super easy to plug stuff in. The person who understands that any tweaking of sound (more bass, treble,) will be done later in post production (where a mixer allows you to add it while you record) Fun Things To Check Out Mike Russel's YouTube Channel (AMAZING ADOBE AUDITION TUTORIALS Answer the Public - Interesting keyword/question tool (don't use the visualization view) Zoom H6 Course - Want to get the most out of your H6? Check out this course from my friend Daniel J. Lewis This video show an insane test on which device has the best preamps]]>f551a988d3753f72a89ff7d99e2481eaMon, 21 Aug 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonFull show notes can be seen at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/580 Why Keeping It Simple is a Good idea I do a show every Saturday call Ask the Podcast Coach with Jim Collison from theaverageguy.tv and at one point I decided to connect with Jim over Google...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/580 Why Keeping It Simple is a Good idea I do a show every Saturday call Ask the Podcast Coach with Jim Collison from theaverageguy.tv and at one point I decided to connect with Jim over Google hangouts, as well as have a Call In Number for the phone. I had to send a mix to Jim that had myself and the caller (but not Jim) while sending a mix to the caller than had myself and Jim (but not the caller). For those up on the lingo, I had to configure two mix minuses. I needed a mixer with two auxiliary outs. I found the Behringer X1832. It did the job well. I had a ton of extra channels, and effects that I never used. Then we switched and instead of using a phone (using CallinStudio.com) we went to a chat window to take questions. This was simple and free (using chatwing.com) . So now I have a giant mixer taking up half my desk, and I was looking for an alternative. I have a Yamaha MG102c Mixer (which has been replaced by the MG10XU) that would do the job. For whatever reason, I just didn't like it. It seemed like I had to crank everything up to the max. It still had a clean sound, but it seemed like I really had to push everything. I realize this is stupid (cause you should vote with your ears, not your eyes) but I've been hesitant to go back to it. The Other Problem with Recording Levels I use a Zoom H5. A great device with a giant screen. However, due to the way the studio is setup with the majority of the light coming in from Behind the Zoom H5 I cant' really get a clear reading. While there are lights to let me know when things are peaking, I tend to feel those are too sensitive. Then I heard about the Sound Devices MixPre-3. This might solve all my problems. Bad Time for a Product Review I received the Sound Devices MixPre-3 this week. It's horrible timing as I'm getting ready to run off to Podcast Movement, and I'm busy packing, buying Dramamine, recording podcasts and won't have time to do a super deep dive. So here is what I want it to do: Power my Electrovocie RE320 without a ton of his I want to do a mix minus for when I do shows with a co-host via skype or Google hangouts I want to plugin my ipad to play sound effects. First Impressions Of the Mix Pre-3 WOW IS THIS THING SMALL. I have an iPhone 6s, and it might be an inch wider, but it is the size of an iPhone on steroids. VERY COOL. At first, I was worried about the touchscreen display. But the display is super clear, and you can adjust the brightness. I had no problems reading it. I was worried about the touchscreen is small. That didn't seem to be an issue (I'm a guitar player with long fingers and not very fat). I almost didn't need the manual. I plugged in a microphone, hit record and was up and running. Using it as an Interface - WHY AM I DRUNK? I went into Hindenburg Journalist and did a recording. it was nice and clear, but I sounded slightly drunk as my voice was lower (as if the sound had been slowed down). I launched Adobe Audition and got the same issue. Hmmm. As I'm on a PC, I right-clicked on the Speaker in the bottom right-hand corner of my screen and went to the Properties of the Mix Pre-3. I had to set the recording and playback to 2 channel 24 bit, 48K. This solved the issue, and everything sounded fine. How Do I Setup a Mix Minus? I was able to set the input of Channel 2 to USB-1, and I could now hear my Skype caller. I was on Channel 3, and life was good. How do I go about making sure that the sound of the caller does not go back to the caller? I look at the output, and all the output routing is for the stereo out mix. Where do I adjust what goes back to the caller? I looked, and looked, and headed to YouTube. They have a video on the Sound Devices website, but they just said, "Set the input and out to the MixPre-3. My thought was, Yeah, but then what. Finally, I saw a video that explained you can't route what is going...]]>2294cleanfullThe Battle of Green Goo - Green Powder Superfoodshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-battle-of-green-goo-green-powder-superfoods--39771224f336aba3a96d29e2f6420b0ae2fb374bMon, 14 Aug 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDo green drinks taste like grass? How to stay focused, and playing with Thrive Market.2299cleanfullThree Years After Starting a Podcast He Has a Six Figure Incomehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-years-after-starting-a-podcast-he-has-a-six-figure-income--12569187875582fad820917dc8f3f0b001306a6bMon, 14 Aug 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDarren Dake started a podcast three years ago, and now he's going to make a six figure income this year.2659cleanfullNo Longer Trapped in Radio, Phillip Keller Turns His Spotlight on Real People with Real Miracleshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/no-longer-trapped-in-radio-phillip-keller-turns-his-spotlight-on-real-people-with-real-miracles--12518670www.JKMAgency.com and helps podcasters find sponsors. This segment is to help podcasters looking to monetize their podcast by helping them avoid the mistakes other are making. Keep in mind, you do not have to monetize your show. In this first initial segment, Jessica explains that when quoting numbers to a potential sponsor the number people are interested is your episode downloads after 30 days of being available. Monthly stats don't count because in that monthly downloads are episodes in your back catalog (and the sponsor is not going to be in those episodes). While most podcasters are not crazy about the CPM Model (where you are paid a certain amount of money for a thousand downloads, such as 30 CPM would mean when your episode goes over 1000 downloads you would be paid $30). If you're creating a media kit, you need to have a dollar value in mind so that when people ask for it, you're ready. Being secretive about your pricing is not going to help you. Yes, everything is up for negotiation but you have to have a starting price. Phillip Keller (Formerly Trapper Jack on Cleveland Radio) Spotlighting a Living Saint Phillip Keller spent 25 years in Cleveland Radio. He took not one, but TWO stations to number one. His show might be seen as controversial as he interviews people who have been healed by a local Dr. Issam Nemeh. This has lead to national attention. The miracle stories became so commonplace that programs as varying as Dr. Oz and 700 club feature Dr. Nemeh. Phillip does all of his own production and editing even though he is legally blind. In today's interview he talks about: The difference between radio and podcasting and the different broadcast muscles you need to flex What kind of prep he was doing when he was on a #1 Radio Station (and going to work at 3 AM) How he was treated when he got to #1 is amazing. Why he doesn't miss radio. Besides radio, what other things have gone away in his life? How long should your podcast be? How being featured got his numbers to jump How his first podcast was awful. Where did the name Trapper Jack come from? How he turning his podcast into a book using rev.com What is his favorite miracle story (Episode 210) Check out Phillips show at www.blindfatihlive.com and subscribe to them in Apple iTunes Support his show on Patreon Mentioned In This Show Ham Radio 360 The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Preorder in iTunes after pre-ordering the documentary (see the trailer) and you can get 40% off the School of Podcasting for the first 6 months (send an email with the subject line "I have a message - your name) I will show you how you can also get entered into drawing to get free items like a Heil Pro 40 Microphone, digital recorder and more I will be speaking at the National Podcasting Power Event in Perrysburg Ohio on September 23, 2017. See http://www.nationalpodcastpower.com/ I will also be speaking at Podcast Movement (use the coupon code sop10) in August. I will also be at Podcast MidAtlantic in September Join the School of Podcasting Join worry free with a 30-day Money-back-guarantee Private Facebook Group For Networking Live Group Coaching ($400 value) 16 Online Podcast Courses Covering All Aspects of Podcasting Join Today]]>d2938b2455b22a3ed9b1ef471a0b1e9cMon, 07 Aug 2017 04:55:19 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast Randy Goers of the Drone Radio Show When you start a podcast you are seen as a digital influencer and today's example of something that wouldn't have happened if it wasn't because of their podcast is from Randy Goers who produces...www.JKMAgency.com and helps podcasters find sponsors. This segment is to help podcasters looking to monetize their podcast by helping them avoid the mistakes other are making. Keep in mind, you do not have to monetize your show. In this first initial segment, Jessica explains that when quoting numbers to a potential sponsor the number people are interested is your episode downloads after 30 days of being available. Monthly stats don't count because in that monthly downloads are episodes in your back catalog (and the sponsor is not going to be in those episodes). While most podcasters are not crazy about the CPM Model (where you are paid a certain amount of money for a thousand downloads, such as 30 CPM would mean when your episode goes over 1000 downloads you would be paid $30). If you're creating a media kit, you need to have a dollar value in mind so that when people ask for it, you're ready. Being secretive about your pricing is not going to help you. Yes, everything is up for negotiation but you have to have a starting price. Phillip Keller (Formerly Trapper Jack on Cleveland Radio) Spotlighting a Living Saint Phillip Keller spent 25 years in Cleveland Radio. He took not one, but TWO stations to number one. His show might be seen as controversial as he interviews people who have been healed by a local Dr. Issam Nemeh. This has lead to national attention. The miracle stories became so commonplace that programs as varying as Dr. Oz and 700 club feature Dr. Nemeh. Phillip does all of his own production and editing even though he is legally blind. In today's interview he talks about: The difference between radio and podcasting and the different broadcast muscles you need to flex What kind of prep he was doing when he was on a #1 Radio Station (and going to work at 3 AM) How he was treated when he got to #1 is amazing. Why he doesn't miss radio. Besides radio, what other things have gone away in his life? How long should your podcast be? How being featured got his numbers to jump How his first podcast was awful. Where did the name Trapper Jack come from? How he turning his podcast into a book using rev.com What is his favorite miracle story (Episode 210) Check out Phillips show at www.blindfatihlive.com and subscribe to them in Apple iTunes Support his show on Patreon Mentioned In This Show Ham Radio 360 The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Preorder in iTunes after pre-ordering the documentary (see the trailer) and you can get 40% off the School of Podcasting for the first 6 months (send an email with the subject line "I have a message - your name) I will show you how you can also get entered into drawing to get free items like a Heil Pro 40 Microphone, digital recorder and more I will be speaking at the National Podcasting Power Event in Perrysburg Ohio on September 23, 2017. See http://www.nationalpodcastpower.com/ I will also be speaking at Podcast Movement (use the coupon code sop10) in August. I will also be at Podcast MidAtlantic in September Join the School of Podcasting Join worry free with a 30-day Money-back-guarantee Private Facebook Group For Networking...]]>2690cleanfullI'm Not a Hippie, I Don't Do Yoga, But I May be Turning Into a Vegetarianhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-m-not-a-hippie-i-don-t-do-yoga-but-i-may-be-turning-into-a-vegetarian--39771193https://www.meatfreemondays.com/) which has great recipes, etc. If I can do one day a week, then maybe I'll go two days a week (then three) The biggest problem I see with all diets is we all shoot for perfection. As I speak right now I have a package of drumsticks, and a box of frozen burgers. I work too hard to throw food away. I know trying to go Vegetarian cold turkey is rough, but if I can do this over time, little by little, I can pull this off. This means I'm going to have to try new things. I'm going to end up eating humis at some point. I'm going to be using my Air Fryer to cook Squash and Cauliflower instead of Chicken. There are three types of vegetarians: Lacto-ovo-vegetarians eat both dairy products and eggs; this is the most common type of vegetarian diet. Lacto-vegetarians eat dairy products but avoid eggs. Ovo-vegetarian. Eats eggs but not dairy products. Vegans do not eat dairy products, eggs, or any other products which are derived from animals. - source I can see me starting out as Lacto-ovo-vegetarians and going from there. It will take time, but I do see the undeniable health benefits (and will get into iron, and other things another day). Join the Logical Losers Join our private Facebook group for a judge free zone to network and share with other people trying to lose weight. Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>77f0b526069f0127aa6b984e0a2ddd69Mon, 31 Jul 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonCall into the show 888-563-3228 I've watched a ton of movies on Netflix in preparation for this episode. Cowspiracy - which explains how much resources it takes to create a cow (acres of land, gallons of water) What the Health - Which shows the...2253cleanfullWhat Did You Change In Your Podcast and Whyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-did-you-change-in-your-podcast-and-why--12470908www.christianscienceforkids.com Dads Spotlight Lawschool Insider Emily from thestorybehindpodcast.com Craig from Inglespodcast Gabe Guys and food podcast Gary and Margaret from Kiwi Mana - Bee Keeping PodcastJenny K From Studio ChaoticJohn The Wired home SchoolKim from toastmaters101.net and onthetablepodcasts.comMark King (Venture Captial) http://markwking.com/Paul from http://www.trinitydigitalmedia.com/Scott from the Computer Tutor Podcast Sean from Slept in Government ClassBryan From Engaging MissionsRandy Cantrel From Pear Advisory GroupZack from Raising Rents (as in Parents) In the end, this shows you can change your podcast. Your podcast is not a statue, it's a recipe. If you want to change it you can. If you're happy with it, keep doing it, but there is nothing stopping you from throwing something out there, seeing the feedback, and go from there. Buy the Messengers and Save 40% on the School of Podcasting You can get 40% the first six months at the School of Podcasting. Just preorder the Messengers on iTunes, take a screenshot, or a selfie with the screen in the background (you know, prove to me you bought it, I trust you) and I will send you a coupon for 40% off your monthly subscription. Just email me and in the subject line put "I have a message - your name" and I will send you the coupon. To preorder go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/themessengers The Power Of Distraction I had an awkward moment this weekend. My ex-father-in-law passed away. I wanted to be there for my ex-wife and my ex-step-children. I remember when my Mom died how weird it is to be in a room with your loved one in a box. My goal was to distract them from their Grandfather in the casket. I wanted to make them laugh (if possible) and get them talking about anything. While people alway say, "Thank you so much for coming.." when my oldest step daughter came up and gave me a hug and said, "I'm so glad you came" it seemed a little more heartfelt. It made me feel so good to be there for people in need. WHAT DOES THIS HAVE TO DO WITH PODCASTING? There are times when people have bad days, weeks, maybe bad months, and YOUR SHOW can be the distraction that helps them get through the day. Your show's ability to make them laugh, cry, think, grown, educated, or entertain, can take them away from whatever is bugging them. I saw that today face to face, and it can be huge. So if you're not getting feedback, or you're not selling a course, realize you can be doing a ton of service to people and never know it.]]>920a455a91faafe8f8f8d070b10750b9Mon, 31 Jul 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonEach month I ask my audience a question and they answer and we all learn together. This month I asked, "What have you changed about your show and why?" Some people added/removed co-hosts. Some people updated artwork and intro music. Others...www.christianscienceforkids.com Dads Spotlight Lawschool Insider Emily from thestorybehindpodcast.com Craig from Inglespodcast Gabe Guys and food podcast Gary and Margaret from Kiwi Mana - Bee Keeping PodcastJenny K From Studio ChaoticJohn The Wired home SchoolKim from toastmaters101.net and onthetablepodcasts.comMark King (Venture Captial) http://markwking.com/Paul from http://www.trinitydigitalmedia.com/Scott from the Computer Tutor Podcast Sean from Slept in Government ClassBryan From Engaging MissionsRandy Cantrel From Pear Advisory GroupZack from Raising Rents (as in Parents) In the end, this shows you can change your podcast. Your podcast is not a statue, it's a recipe. If you want to change it you can. If you're happy with it, keep doing it, but there is nothing stopping you from throwing something out there, seeing the feedback, and go from there. Buy the Messengers and Save 40% on the School of Podcasting You can get 40% the first six months at the School of Podcasting. Just preorder the Messengers on iTunes, take a screenshot, or a selfie with the screen in the background (you know, prove to me you bought it, I trust you) and I will send you a coupon for 40% off your monthly subscription. Just email me and in the subject line put "I have a message - your name" and I will send you the coupon. To preorder go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/themessengers The Power Of Distraction I had an awkward moment this weekend. My ex-father-in-law passed away. I wanted to be there for my ex-wife and my ex-step-children. I remember when my Mom died how weird it is to be in a room with your loved one in a box. My goal was to distract them from their Grandfather in the casket. I wanted to make them laugh (if possible) and get them talking about anything. While people alway say, "Thank you so much for coming.." when my oldest step daughter came up and gave me a hug and said, "I'm so glad you came" it seemed a little more heartfelt. It made me feel so good to be there for people in need. WHAT DOES THIS HAVE TO DO WITH PODCASTING? There are times when people have bad days, weeks, maybe bad months, and YOUR SHOW can be the distraction that helps them get through the day. Your show's ability to make them laugh, cry, think, grown, educated, or entertain, can take them away from whatever is bugging them. I saw that today face to face, and it can be huge. So if you're not getting feedback, or you're not selling a course, realize you can be doing a ton of service to people and never know it.]]>3924cleanfullShe Does a Podcast About What?! Alexandra Harbushka interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/she-does-a-podcast-about-what-alexandra-harbushka-interview--12419179http://twitch.tv/gamertagradio that there is a way for people to tip Danny as his crew, and Danny also gets a piece of the $5.99 subscription fee (which gives you more access, and the ability to watch the video on demand). Check out Danny's Show at www.gamertagradio.com The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Now Available for Pre Order - Very Special Deal I was asked to work with the crew that created the movie, The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary. I created a podcast to give you the behind the scenes view of making the documentary. Well, the movie is now available for Pre-Order. We want it to be #1 when it is released. If you've ever wanted to support the show now is the time. This is a time when independent podcasters can ban together to show the true power of podcasting. It will be released August 23rd. From now until then I'm doing a special deal. I will give you a coupon for 40% off your first 6 months at the School of Podcasting. Just send forward the email of your purchase, take a self with your confirmation, in general, prove to me you purchased the film, and I'll send you a coupon. Make the subject line, "I have a message - Your Name" so in my case it would be "I have a message - Dave Jackson". The price is only $5.99, and you'll save $20 a month or $120 over the six months (before it goes back to your regular price of $49/month) Purchase the movie and get inspired when it comes out and start your podcast today. Here is the link Congrats to Niel, Willie, Ralph, Chris, and John for a job well done. Order the Movie Here Nominate the School of Podcasting for the People's Choice Podcast Awards I've been so busy working on finding good content for you each week, I have failed to announce that you can now nominate the School of Podcasting for a Podcast Award. I would deeply appreciate it www.podcastawards.com as the voting is different this year (no more having the vote every day). So if you ever got any value out of the School of Podcasting or this podcast, please go to and nominate the School of Podcasting in the Technology category Alexandra Harbushka May Be the Most Courageous Woman in Podcasting While all podcasters have to deal with hating their voice the first time they hear it, as well as worry about if anyone would listen or like the show. Alexandra had all those and one more BIG distinction. Her show is about Herpes, and yes Alexandra has Herpes. Her show is called Life With Herpes, and her first episode was one of the most insanely personal podcasts I've ever heard. She reveals how she found out, how she felt, and how scared she was. I couldn't believe what I was hearing. I wanted to have her on the show for a few reasons: If someone can do a podcast and stand up and say, "Hi I'm Alexandra and I have herpes" surely you can find the courage to start your podcast about your hobby or business She is building a community that is super connected because only people with this disease can truly understand what it is like to deal with this disease. As much as there is a stigma around this disease, she hasn't received any negative comments or name calling. Instead, she receives emails from people thanking her for her courage, and support as they struggle with understanding what is the "new normal." In today's interview we hear: a) What inspired her to start a podcast? b) What it's like to talk about a controversial subject. c) How having a super niche show is enabling her to be found, and her downloads are growing (not a ton of competition) d) How a change in philosophy helps her embrace the day, and inspire her to podcast. e) We hear some of the biggest misconceptions about Herpes (Grandma you gave me herpes!) Check out Alexandra and the Living With Herpes show at www.lifewithherpes.com Dave's Jackson Podcast Experience Ready to start a podcast? I have as of 7/23/17 Dave Jackson has produced over 2988 episodes of 31 podcasts with a total number of 3,182,220 downloads. Some were super niche (Alexacast) other were experiments (Worst Podcast Ever) but through my experience, I have seen what works and what does not. I can help you avoid the common pitfalls of podcast and would love to work with you. You can watch old out dated YouTube videos, or join the School of Podcasting and get access to 16 difference courses on building a podcast that will completely WOW your audience, as well as a private Facebook group, and twice a month there are live Q&A calls with Dave Join today by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>c24967885b7e303c674fb2c432cfdeccMon, 24 Jul 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast Danny Peña’ is Now on Twitch.tv Danny is a Hall of Fame podcaster who shared his story about how he started off with a cassette deck (see episode 506), and ended up playing video games with Bill Gates, and getting a spot on CBS...http://twitch.tv/gamertagradio that there is a way for people to tip Danny as his crew, and Danny also gets a piece of the $5.99 subscription fee (which gives you more access, and the ability to watch the video on demand). Check out Danny's Show at www.gamertagradio.com The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary Now Available for Pre Order - Very Special Deal I was asked to work with the crew that created the movie, The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary. I created a podcast to give you the behind the scenes view of making the documentary. Well, the movie is now available for Pre-Order. We want it to be #1 when it is released. If you've ever wanted to support the show now is the time. This is a time when independent podcasters can ban together to show the true power of podcasting. It will be released August 23rd. From now until then I'm doing a special deal. I will give you a coupon for 40% off your first 6 months at the School of Podcasting. Just send forward the email of your purchase, take a self with your confirmation, in general, prove to me you purchased the film, and I'll send you a coupon. Make the subject line, "I have a message - Your Name" so in my case it would be "I have a message - Dave Jackson". The price is only $5.99, and you'll save $20 a month or $120 over the six months (before it goes back to your regular price of $49/month) Purchase the movie and get inspired when it comes out and start your podcast today. Here is the link Congrats to Niel, Willie, Ralph, Chris, and John for a job well done. Order the Movie Here Nominate the School of Podcasting for the People's Choice Podcast Awards I've been so busy working on finding good content for you each week, I have failed to announce that you can now nominate the School of Podcasting for a Podcast Award. I would deeply appreciate it www.podcastawards.com as the voting is different this year (no more having the vote every day). So if you ever got any value out of the School of Podcasting or this podcast, please go to and nominate the School of Podcasting in the Technology category Alexandra Harbushka May Be the Most Courageous Woman in Podcasting While all podcasters have to deal with hating their voice the first time they hear it, as well as worry about if anyone would listen or like the show. Alexandra had all those and one more BIG distinction. Her show is about Herpes, and yes Alexandra has Herpes. Her show is called Life With Herpes, and her first episode was one of the most insanely personal podcasts I've ever heard. She reveals how she found out, how she felt, and how scared she was. I couldn't believe what I was hearing. I wanted to have her on the show for a few reasons: If someone can do a podcast and stand up and say, "Hi I'm Alexandra and I have herpes" surely you can find the courage to start your podcast about your hobby or business She is building a community that is super connected because only people with this disease...]]>2644cleanfullUsing Your Amazon to Help You Stay Healthyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/using-your-amazon-to-help-you-stay-healthy--397712194f39e3f20ef312979d02b635baad44f2Mon, 17 Jul 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonA new episode1753cleanfullHis Podcast Brought Him So Much Business His Supplier Can't Keep Up - Bill Strand of Chameleon Breederhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/his-podcast-brought-him-so-much-business-his-supplier-can-t-keep-up-bill-strand-of-chameleon-breeder--12368740http://westonaprice.org/ Libsyn and Blubrry ready for New iTunes Tags As Soundcloud continues to plummet (and they hope Chance the wrapper saves them the way Justin Timberlake save Myspace?), Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com have already stated (and demonstrated in some cases) how the new iTunes Tags are in place. You can see Libsyn's new layout and demonstration here Mentioned in this Show Happy 100th Episode to The Feed (the official podcast from Libsyn.com Hero of the week Jessica Kupferman from the jkmagency.com for telling advertisers to stick their $6 per episode offers where the sun doesn't shine. Jimmy Iovine says it takes 6 years for great musicians to break into the music business (from the Howard Stern show on Siriusxm.com ) School of Podcasting Provides Direct Access to my twelve years of experience Private Facebook Group Access to all 16 courses Priority Email Support Live Group Coaching 30-Day Moneyback -Guarantee JOIN TODAY ]]>4dcca082be59a4c4c4abbdd9ed62fdecMon, 17 Jul 2017 04:00:00 +0000David Jackson King of the Niche Podcasts Bill Strand of Chameleonbreeder.com In this 20 minute interview we hear how: Bill has been involved with Chameleon's For Over 40 Years His Podcast Has Lead His Audience to Trust Him and Engage with him on Social Media This...http://westonaprice.org/ Libsyn and Blubrry ready for New iTunes Tags As Soundcloud continues to plummet (and they hope Chance the wrapper saves them the way Justin Timberlake save Myspace?), Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com have already stated (and demonstrated in some cases) how the new iTunes Tags are in place. You can see Libsyn's new layout and demonstration here Mentioned in this Show Happy 100th Episode to The Feed (the official podcast from Libsyn.com Hero of the week Jessica Kupferman from the jkmagency.com for telling advertisers to stick their $6 per episode offers where the sun doesn't shine. Jimmy Iovine...]]>2429cleanfullAre Podcasters Entertainers?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-podcasters-entertainers--12318263www.jonnylang.com and kingsxrocks.com Other Topic Nominate the School of Podcasting in the technology category at www.podcastawards.com Soundcloud laid of 40% of their employees see http://www.spin.com/2017/07/soundcloud-lays-off-40-of-staff/ ]]>e4c5fafd383c33fe4ab7e7398e829a2aMon, 10 Jul 2017 04:46:45 +0000David JacksonI went to two concerts this weekend and underneath all the education and information, podcasters are entertainers. If you're not entertaining your audience, you're losing them. Dictionary.com defines entertain as,...2184cleanfullBeeminder Weight Loss App and Lifestyle Change Tipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beeminder-weight-loss-app-and-lifestyle-change-tips--39771200www.beeminder.com Realistic Lifestyle Change - Tips New study from Harvard with tips on achieving Lifestyle Change. Read the full story   Join The Logical Losers Facebook Group Our private Facebook groups gives you more information, and a safe environment to ask questions, get inspiration, and more. Check it out at www.logicallosers.com]]>0fcae291d942909c107ba7ced508b4a1Wed, 05 Jul 2017 04:52:41 +0000David JacksonToday I share my first impression with a new app Beeminder which I'm using to replace the PACT app. The pact app was slick, polished, and I loved it (you pledged to give money if you didn't hit a goal and it was distributed to those who made their...www.beeminder.com Realistic Lifestyle Change - Tips New study from Harvard with tips on achieving Lifestyle Change. Read the full story   Join The Logical Losers Facebook Group Our private Facebook groups gives you more information, and a safe environment to ask questions, get inspiration, and more. Check it out at www.logicallosers.com]]>1659cleanfullIt's a Lot of Work To Sound This Boring - Drew Ackerman of Sleep with Me Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-s-a-lot-of-work-to-sound-this-boring-drew-ackerman-of-sleep-with-me-podcast--12271056www.sleepwithmepodcast.com Anchor.fm Trying Hard to Be Everything and Succeeding at.... I took another look at Anchor.fm now that you can create a podcast for free. This is another great example of a company knowing NOTHING about podcasting and jumping into the space. Leading people who are uninformed into situations that they are going to hate in a few months. They are going to control your feed if you let them submit your podcast feed "for you" which means later you won't be able to see your Apple stats. As a feedback mechanism, it's easy to receive feedback, but impossible to get it off your phone (and if they knew anything about podcasting they would know this). For now, I'm going to play with it for a week, but getting these files into a podcast (not using their horrible system) is not easy. Ready To Start a Podcast? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start You get step by step tutorials on 16 courses Private Facebook group to pick the brains of other podcasters Priority email support and Live Group Coaching 30 Day Money Back Guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>444b7aa9fb435cda0d8f5ad2d9f1ecddMon, 03 Jul 2017 04:07:24 +0000David JacksonToday I talk with Drew Ackerman of the Sleep with Me Podcast. I met him at Podfest.us and I was amazed at the amount of detail he puts into a show that has a singular goal of putting you to sleep. In the interview you will hear: How Drew started his...www.sleepwithmepodcast.com Anchor.fm Trying Hard to Be Everything and Succeeding at.... I took another look at Anchor.fm now that you can create a podcast for free. This is another great example of a company knowing NOTHING about podcasting and jumping into the space. Leading people who are uninformed into situations that they are going to hate in a few months. They are going to control your feed if you let them submit your podcast feed "for you" which means later you won't be able to see your Apple stats. As a feedback mechanism, it's easy to receive feedback, but impossible to get it off your phone (and if they knew anything about podcasting they would know this). For now, I'm going to play with it for a week, but getting these files into a podcast (not using their horrible system) is not easy. Ready To Start a Podcast? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start You get step by step tutorials on 16 courses Private Facebook group to pick the brains of other podcasters Priority email support and Live Group Coaching 30 Day Money Back Guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>2979cleanfullFive Minute Journal - Five Second Rulehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/five-minute-journal-five-second-rule--39771237https://youtu.be/xqOyXeR2jqY Available as a Hard Cover http://amzn.to/2tmGZ1N Also available as an App Get it on iOs also available on Android The Strength to Change Mel Robbins author the book the five-second rule did a cool Ted talk about the five-minute rule. She mentions how your brain has two speeds: autopilot, and emergency brake. So when you start doing something that it's not used to, it loves to pull the emergency brake. Anything that is a break in your routine, is going to be something you have to force yourself to do. Most of our life is on autopilot. We eat the same things every day, drive the same route to work. Do the same things with the same people. No wonder we love autopilot. When you feel stuck, it may be that you haven't forced yourself to do anything new. You need to force yourself out of your head. You would not hang out with people who talk to you like you talk to yourself. You need to get outside of your comfort zone. When you see something you might do, you feel like doing something, but you sit back down. Why? Because your emergency brake was pulled. If have an impulse to do something new, if you don't stand up and takes steps, and marry it to action, your emergency brake will be pulled. Your problem isn't ideas, its that you don't act on them. So if you see someone and want to talk to them, marry that idea with action and walk over to them. Become a Logical Loser Did you get value from this show? Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>390b5233eb4b6c8f156d5a787e0ef120Wed, 28 Jun 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI've heard a few different people talk about the Five Minute Journal and how it changed their attitude, their lives, and their productivity. According to the creators, "With a simple structured format based on positive psychology research, you will...https://youtu.be/xqOyXeR2jqY Available as a Hard Cover http://amzn.to/2tmGZ1N Also available as an App Get it on iOs also available on Android The Strength to Change Mel Robbins author the book the five-second rule did a cool Ted talk about the five-minute rule. She mentions how your brain has two speeds: autopilot, and emergency brake. So when you start doing something that it's not used to, it loves to pull the emergency brake. Anything that is a break in your routine, is going to be something you have to force yourself to do. Most of our life is on autopilot. We eat the same things every day, drive the same route to work. Do the same things with the same people. No wonder we love autopilot. When you feel stuck, it may be that you haven't forced yourself to do anything new. You need to force yourself out of your head. You would not hang out with people who talk to you like you talk to yourself. You need to get outside of your comfort zone. When you see something you might do, you feel like doing something, but you sit back down. Why? Because your emergency brake was pulled. If have an impulse to do something new, if you don't stand up and takes steps, and marry it to action, your emergency brake will be pulled. Your problem isn't ideas, its that you don't act on them. So if you see someone and want to talk to them, marry that idea with action and walk over to them. Become a Logical Loser Did you get value from this show? Go to www.logicallosers.com]]>1463cleanfullHow Many Strikes Do Podcasters Get?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-many-strikes-do-podcasters-get--12230834www.podcastanswerman.com Tim From the Sled Dog Podcast Jenny from Studiochaotic.com (personal journal podcast) Kyle from Reckoneer.com Reckoneer is your #1 resource for the race promoter who didn't major in business. Darren from coronertalk.com (thanks for the shirt!) Haley from Adopteeson.com a podcast where Adoptees talk about the adoption experience Larry from goinglinux.com Sean from Slept in Government Class Dennis from Evil Podcast The CUB Approach to Podcast Reviews CUB stands for is it Confusing, Unbelievable, or Boring. If you have any of these, it's time to edit the show. Because of My Podcast: Ray Edwards I attend Ray's copywriting Academy and Ray mentioned how he had a client hire him for a $10,000 job from a podcast Ray puts out for free. This was part two of episode 572, and originated at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/572 July's Question What has changed about your show since you started, and why did you make the change? Contact me, and be sure to mention 577 Ready to start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting.com using the coupon listener]]>f49a7e78c5fc41c8c5e2a8e58324ad20Wed, 28 Jun 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonEven though I asked, "How many strikes do you give a podcast before turning out?" nobody answered with a number. Instead, the answers were "it depends." It sounds that you are going to get more strikes if you are delivering Contributors to the show...www.podcastanswerman.com Tim From the Sled Dog Podcast Jenny from Studiochaotic.com (personal journal podcast) Kyle from Reckoneer.com Reckoneer is your #1 resource for the race promoter who didn't major in business. Darren from coronertalk.com (thanks for the shirt!) Haley from Adopteeson.com a podcast where Adoptees talk about the adoption experience Larry from goinglinux.com Sean from Slept in Government Class Dennis from Evil Podcast The CUB Approach to Podcast Reviews CUB stands for is it Confusing, Unbelievable, or Boring. If you have any of these, it's time to edit the show. Because of My Podcast: Ray Edwards I attend Ray's copywriting Academy and Ray mentioned how he had a client hire him for a $10,000 job from a podcast Ray puts out for free. This was part two of episode 572, and originated at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/572 July's Question What has changed about your show since you started, and why did you make the change? Contact me, and be sure to mention 577 Ready to start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting.com using the coupon listener]]>2923cleanfullBumper Sticker Reflectionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bumper-sticker-reflections--1221330493b0874f79371fafa93b157597417c6fMon, 26 Jun 2017 06:11:33 +0000David JacksonWe seem to think we don't know what to do, when in truth we don't do what we know. This week I attended Ray Edwards copyrighting academy, and it was pretty cool. I went there as I will be updating the School of Podcasting's website later this year....1113cleanfullMy Report: I Got a Standing Deskhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-report-i-got-a-standing-desk--39771248b6c0de5e24a33c2a4382a71886d71e85Wed, 21 Jun 2017 03:50:56 +0000David JacksonSo as my old desk was falling apart, it was time to buy a new desk and I wanted to get a standing desk as I now work from home. I use to stand for 8 hours a day as an instructor but now I sit on my butt all day and something needed to change. What...1222cleanfullHow Improv Skills Can Boost Your Podcasting Attitudehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-improv-skills-can-boost-your-podcasting-attitude--12151507www.fishnreds.com The Sometimes Condescending Nature of Radio People Towards Podcasting There are some really cool people from the radio industry that get podcasting. People like Eric K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach and the Podcast Review Show, Michael Sharkey from the Talent Show, Jeff Brown From Read to Lead, Tim Sinclair from Ringr and My Worst Interview Ever, and Phillip Keller from Blind Faith live GET PODCASTING. I don't want to lump all radio people together. There are times when someone comes across with a condescending tone of voice. It comes across like "Podcasting is a fad, or not "Real Broadcasting." They seem to think that now that the "Real" broadcasters are here and it's time to step aside and let the "real" broadcasters take over. I recently listened to The Sound Off Show with Matt Cundill. In the episode, he was talking about how a recent professional survey company had polled listeners in Canda.Matt asks, "Is the hype on podcasting just a lot of noise and it takes a study like this one to figure out where it really ranks?" What a douchebag. AS if study after study showing podcasting's slow but steady growth, and radio's slow and steady decline aren't enough. This is what I say "Radio People" with a negative slant. This is what I'm basing my opinion on, and when I say "Some radio people have a bias," this is why. How Improv Skills Can Help Your Podcast Today I have Chad Elliot from the Off the Cuff Comedy Improv Podcast, and http://seattleimprovclasses.com/ I appeared on episode 7 and was SUPER nervous as I didn't get this I would be doing improv on his show. I have never done improv. Luckily Chad sent me his book Improv Manifesto: 7 Easy Steps to Confidence, Creativity, and Charisma - Even If You're Shy! (Think On Your Feet Under Pressure with Tools of Improvisational Theater & Improv Comedy.) which helped me get ready. Here are some things I learned. Talk with confidence, even when you're not confident about your answer. You will be amazed at how your brain "Fills in the blank" when you start talking. The key to improv is listening to every word of the person you are working with. If things horrible, it is a learning experience and you will handle it better next time, and will build skills to help get through it better. You can see results when you start doing one improve exercise What Does This Do With Podcasting? When you are 100% focused on what your guest/co-host is saying you are better prepared to ask a better follow up question (than if you had a premade lit of questions). If you have a bad interview, living through this experience shows you that you will survive and equips you to handle it better in the future You can contemplate different stories to pull from an idea (see The Story Factor: Inspiration, Influence, and Persuasion through the Art of Storytelling by Annette Simmons) It builds confidence and can get you our of your comfort zone. This way when podcasting opens the doors to new relationships, you will have the confidence to walk through Face Your Podcasting Fears Chad had a client who said, "You know what I want to do this because I'm scared of it, but I don't want to do it because I'm scared of it." The pros of podcasting outweigh any negatives and if you can make it through the learning curve, you will be so happy you made it through (see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start to start your podcast today) This Month's Podcast Question How many "strikes" do you give a podcast before you unsubscribe (if you have subscribed) or if you don't subscribe how many strikes do they get before you quit streaming their show. Got to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact and use the information there. You can send an email with an audio attachment and put 572 in the subject line. Be sure to mention your show and website so I can put a link in the show notes Start Your Podcast Today - Risk-Free The School of Podcasting has a 30-day Money-back Guarantee, so if you sign up and decide podcasting is not for you. Contact me anytime within the first 30 days and get a full refund. Sign up today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start ]]>1bf11a2573ebe88ced101f40be235a0fMon, 19 Jun 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecuase of my Podcast: Clay From Fish Nerds Clay has had some very cool things happen on his Fish Nerds Show including having a touring opera singer invite clay to do a show at a theater. Check out Clay at www.fishnreds.com The Sometimes Condescending...www.fishnreds.com The Sometimes Condescending Nature of Radio People Towards Podcasting There are some really cool people from the radio industry that get podcasting. People like Eric K Johnson from Podcast Talent Coach and the Podcast Review Show, Michael Sharkey from the Talent Show, Jeff Brown From Read to Lead, Tim Sinclair from Ringr and My Worst Interview Ever, and Phillip Keller from Blind Faith live GET PODCASTING. I don't want to lump all radio people together. There are times when someone comes across with a condescending tone of voice. It comes across like "Podcasting is a fad, or not "Real Broadcasting." They seem to think that now that the "Real" broadcasters are here and it's time to step aside and let the "real" broadcasters take over. I recently listened to The Sound Off Show with Matt Cundill. In the episode, he was talking about how a recent professional survey company had polled listeners in Canda.Matt asks, "Is the hype on podcasting just a lot of noise and it takes a study like this one to figure out where it really ranks?" What a douchebag. AS if study after study showing podcasting's slow but steady growth, and radio's slow and steady decline aren't enough. This is what I say "Radio People" with a negative slant. This is what I'm basing my opinion on, and when I say "Some radio people have a bias," this is why. How Improv Skills Can Help Your Podcast Today I have Chad Elliot from the Off the Cuff Comedy Improv Podcast, and http://seattleimprovclasses.com/ I appeared on episode 7 and was SUPER nervous as I didn't get this I would be doing improv on his show. I have never done improv. Luckily Chad sent me his book Improv Manifesto: 7 Easy Steps to Confidence, Creativity, and Charisma - Even If You're Shy! (Think On Your Feet Under Pressure with Tools of Improvisational Theater & Improv Comedy.) which helped me get ready. Here are some things I learned. Talk with confidence, even when you're not confident about your answer. You will be amazed at how your brain "Fills in the blank" when you start talking. The key to improv is listening to every word of the person you are working with. If things horrible, it is a learning experience and you will handle it better next time, and will build skills to help get through it better. You can see results when you start doing one improve exercise What Does This Do With Podcasting? When you are 100% focused on what your guest/co-host is saying you are better prepared to ask a better follow up question (than if you had a premade lit of questions). If you have a bad interview, living through this experience shows you that you will survive and equips you to handle it better in the future You can contemplate different stories to pull from an idea (see The Story Factor: Inspiration, Influence, and Persuasion through the Art of Storytelling by Annette Simmons) It builds confidence and can get you our of your comfort zone. This way when podcasting opens the doors to new relationships, you will have the confidence to walk through Face Your Podcasting Fears Chad had a client who said, "You know what I want to do this because I'm scared of it, but I don't want to do it because I'm scared of it." The pros of podcasting outweigh any negatives and if you can make it through the learning curve, you will be so happy you made it through (see www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start to start your podcast today) This Month's Podcast Question How many "strikes" do you give a podcast before you unsubscribe (if you have subscribed) or if you don't subscribe how many strikes do they get before you quit streaming...]]>2973cleanfullYou Can't Burn Fat When You're Full of Sugarhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-t-burn-fat-when-you-re-full-of-sugar--39771208www.thatsugarfilm.com (if you're in Australia, there is also an app for your phone). If you want to know how many teaspoons of sugar are in something, divide the number of grams by 4. So if something has 16 grams of sugar, that is four teaspoons. It was an eye-opening movie, done in an educational and entertaining way. Almost Caught My Kitchen on Fire I spoke about how I bought an Air Fryer on a previous episode and I LOVED it. The last few times it started to smoke a bit. I always clean the part that you cook in and wipe down the bottom on the inside. Well, after setting off the smoke alarms in my apartment, I busted out the manual and I see where I need to wipe down the whole thing on the inside (which means you have to let it cool down, which means its kind of a pain in the butt). So if you get one, keep it clean. This is So Dumb, and Yet so Cool - A Baby Ice Machine know you can buy 2 ice cube trays for $6 on Amazon. So when you start talking about spending $90-$159 for a baby refrigerator that just makes ice, that is a lot of ice cube trays. I bought mine at Walmart and I'm not sure why (cause breaking ice out of trays was not that tough) but I love it. I fill it up with water in the morning and I have cubes the rest of the day. I like my water cold, so this has been great. But there was a problem My water bottle was a sweaty mess. My cork coaster was soaked through. Solution? a cup within a cup. You can get a set of Six for $22. This is awesome. The water stays super cold, and I don't have a single drop of sweat on the outside of my cup. So I don't have to worry about soaking my coaster (I still use one just in case). The end result is I'm drinking a ton of super cold water on some super hot summer days here in Ohio. Check out the Igloo Portable Ice Macker Thanks to our Patrons!Laura, Kevin, Julianne, Luther, and Cheryl. Become Logical Weight Loss Supporter by going to www.logicallosers.com ]]>89dc3446ae741536fa8a9373a7548c76Fri, 16 Jun 2017 02:04:12 +0000David JacksonI just watched That Sugar Film on Amazon. (prime for free, but you can rent it), and I was amazed. In it, the filmmaker went on a diet that included 40 teaspoons of sugar per day (this is what people eating "healthy" diets get). Here are some fun...www.thatsugarfilm.com (if you're in Australia, there is also an app for your phone). If you want to know how many teaspoons of sugar are in something, divide the number of grams by 4. So if something has 16 grams of sugar, that is four teaspoons. It was an eye-opening movie, done in an educational and entertaining way. Almost Caught My Kitchen on Fire I spoke about how I bought an Air Fryer on a previous episode and I LOVED it. The last few times it started to smoke a bit. I always clean the part that you cook in and wipe down the bottom on the inside. Well, after setting off the smoke alarms in my apartment, I busted out the manual and I see where I need to wipe down the whole thing on the inside (which means you have to let it cool down, which means its kind of a pain in the butt). So if you get one, keep it clean. This is So Dumb, and Yet so Cool - A Baby Ice Machine know you can buy 2 ice cube trays for $6 on Amazon. So when you start talking about spending $90-$159 for a baby refrigerator that just makes ice, that is a lot of ice cube trays. I bought mine at Walmart and I'm not sure why (cause breaking ice out of trays was not that tough) but I love it. I fill it up with water in the morning and I have cubes the rest of the day. I like my water cold, so this has been great. But there was a problem My water bottle was a sweaty mess. My cork coaster was soaked through. Solution? a cup within a cup. You can get a set of Six for $22. This is awesome. The water stays super cold, and I don't have a single drop of sweat on the outside of my cup. So I don't have to worry about soaking my coaster (I still use one just in case). The end result is I'm drinking a ton of super cold water on some super hot summer days here in Ohio. Check out the Igloo Portable Ice Macker Thanks to our Patrons!Laura, Kevin, Julianne, Luther, and Cheryl. Become Logical Weight Loss Supporter by going to www.logicallosers.com ]]>1213cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From Kevin Harthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-kevin-hart--12089259https://podcastingspark.com/ Great Follow Up Questions Make Great Podcasts Your homework for today is to reach out to a podcast you listen to, and let them know you enjoy their show (I call this "putting gas in their tank). For me I did this after listening to Lee Silverstein on Podcast Junkies What Podcasters Can Learn From Kevin Hart I remember watching the comedy special I'm a Grown Little Man and he was hilarious as he shared stories about his family. At the end, he said, "I want to show you why I do this," and brought out his two little children. It was touching, and transparent. I've seen copier salesmen drag their kids around as a gimmick. This just seemed genuine. I've seen every one of his specials since then, and when his book came out, I instantly got the audio version (read by Kevin) on Audible. (you can get it for free if you're new to audible). I always if you can make me laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertain me I'm in. This book did all of that, but the things that podcasters can take away from this story is Kevin's relentless pursuit of getting better at his craft. You also see how those "hard times" that we have often come back to life in a way that you are thankful that you had them. Here are some of the things that jumped out of the book: Kevin's Father is crazy. He did things to his children that were cruel. One time he stole a bike and tried to give it to Kevin as a present. His Mom knew it was stolen, and instantly made Kevin give it back. He "borrowed" a neighborhood dog and gave it to his children, only to have the neighbor come back and get the dog. Kevin soon realized, his father wasn't going to win any medals for "Father of the year."He accepted it, but instead of hating his father, he forgave him. Kevin got a mentor after making it "big" in Philidelphia and wanted to takes grow his career. He drove from Philidelphia to New York City (according to Google Maps that is one hour and forty-five minutes one way). He would then sit and watch his mentor perform a numerous clubs. He wouldn't get to sit at the table with all the comedians. He was building a relationship with his mentor, and eventually would be able to do five minutes of stand-up. To boil this down, he spent three hours in a car, three or four times a week, to perform for five minutes. His career starting taking off. He started getting some acting roles. He was in a movie called Fools Gold (it tanked) and later was in Soul Plane. Soul plane has historical relevance as one of the most bootlegged movies in history. People were watching a DVD of the movie before post-production was finished. Consequently, when it came out nobody went to see it. Kevin had worked so hard to get this point, but with two flops under his belt, nobody would cast him in any movies. So what did he do? Sink into oblivion? Instead, he decided to build his career up so much, that they HAD to put him in a film. So once again, he went back to working on his craft. He wanted to be good. He did this for seven years. Seven years. There is no practice in comedy. This is why big comedians play smaller venues. They want to test their material. The only way to get better is to do it. The only way to get better is to increase you stage time. It is the same with podcasting. You can read all about it. You can watch videos, record episodes, but you don't know if it's any good until you let someone not named Mom listen to it. Kevin got deals that lead to nothing. He figured out that the reason why things weren't working with TV is other people were writing for him. So he creates a sitcom. Then it got turned into a pilot, and YES, it got picked up. They filmed the show, and he was flown to New York to this big event to meet all the people at the networks and he is ready to walk on stage and tell the world who he is and tell them about his show. He is on the side of the stage when the stage manager tells him NOT to go on stage. Instead, they send the cast of another show onto the stage to promote their stuff. Wait, what? What was going on? Seconds before Kevin was to go on to a stage and introduce himself to a nationwide audience, he is informed his show was dropped. Can you imagine? Growing up Kevin's mother was BEYOND strict. There was a lot of "NO" in Kevin's childhood. There was a fair amount of embarrassment in his childhood. In all case, Kevin would shrug his shoulders, say, "OK" and go back to making his stand up better. To quote a famous comedy manager Barry Katz, "If you are undeniable, you won't be denied." Kevin as a Brand Kevin had some people helping him. One person was threatening people when it came time to pay Kevin. He was very assertive and people didn't' want to work with him. Kevin always focused not on just his jokes, but what was the experience like. He wanted a nice theater. He wanted people to have fun, and not worry about getting into fights, etc. Kevin Listened When Kevin was a child his mother was strict. He didn't agree with the rules, but he followed them. All those "No's" from his Mother help prepare Kevin for the movie business where you go on audition after audition. His jokes, in the beginning, were funny, but any comic could have told those jokes. There was very little about Kevin in the act. Some of his stories were made up. His mentor kept saying, your life is funny. Talk about you. Kevin had a stage name. George Carlin, Richard Pryor, none of the great comedians had a stage name (Kevin's names was Lil' Kev the Bastard). He changed his name. He Listened. His name is his brand. At one point he was offered to play a very large comedy event in Canada. This is a launching pad for many comedians. His manager told him he wasn't ready. He wasn't happy, but he listened. When he was invited back the next year, he was ready. It worked, and it began his come back." The bottom line is Kevin's attitude is AMAZING, and we can learn a lot about how to handle adversity in your life based on his attitude. Summary Being told no over and over build endurance When you have "Downtime" use it to work on your craft It's better to forgive than to hold a grudge Make sure people have a good experience consuming your content Always strive to do more, but have an attitude of gratitude for the things you have. Get the book at Amazon Get the Audio Book for Free Get a Free Month of Hosting a Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree Start your podcast today, join the School of Podcasting risk free ]]>684080f6ce2fc35bdd3623e799f4f35aMon, 12 Jun 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonNew Apple Specs Coming In the future, Apple Podcasts app will support some new features including: One the podcast level you will have Seasons Serial and Episodic podcast types On the Episode level Title, episode number, and season number Summary and...https://podcastingspark.com/ Great Follow Up Questions Make Great Podcasts Your homework for today is to reach out to a podcast you listen to, and let them know you enjoy their show (I call this "putting gas in their tank). For me I did this after listening to Lee Silverstein on Podcast Junkies What Podcasters Can Learn From Kevin Hart I remember watching the comedy special I'm a Grown Little Man and he was hilarious as he shared stories about his family. At the end, he said, "I want to show you why I do this," and brought out his two little children. It was touching, and transparent. I've seen copier salesmen drag their kids around as a gimmick. This just seemed genuine. I've seen every one of his specials since then, and when his book came out, I instantly got the audio version (read by Kevin) on Audible. (you can get it for free if you're new to audible). I always if you can make me laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertain me I'm in. This book did all of that, but the things that podcasters can take away from this story is Kevin's relentless pursuit of...]]>2900cleanfullMarketing Your Podcast - How Long Does it Take?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/marketing-your-podcast-how-long-does-it-take--120351549a1862676ba10750d402f7b6de1bfd76Mon, 05 Jun 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonUnderstand Before Being Understood About a month ago I left a comment on the Spreaker Live show, and this comment resulted in a response from the host that in a conversation he had with me was "Disproportional." So after we both hissed at each I set...3211cleanfullEat Less Exercise More is Wrong?!?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/eat-less-exercise-more-is-wrong--39771291www.learntosubscribe.com New Logical Losers Support Group People have been asking how they can support the group, and I've been wanting to create a facebook group, so I've put the two together. If you go to www.logicallosers.com this will be our new community to create a safe place to talk, support, and inspire each other. If you get at least $1 worth of value from the podcast, I urge you to sign up. Why is there a fee? Because we are talking health, fitness, etc, everybody and their brother have a product or service to tell. I believe we may be talking about services and such, but I don't want "Coach Steve" or " Fitness Franny" coming in and spamming us. There are different rewards, and again, this is all optional. $1 a month Access to Facebook group Sneak Peak at Content Access to Patron Only Information $5 a month All of the above rewards plus: Private Patron polls Behind the scenes process Name listed on our support page $20 A Month All of the above rewards plus: A shout out on the show When I reach my goal of $500/month, I will give away a Fitbit blaze to a member in the Biggest Loser Tier once a quarter. For those outside the US, we will come up with a similar value prize. Come join the community at www.logicallosers.com Why We Get Fat: And What to Do About It - Reviewed This is a book written by Gary Taubes, and he takes on a very controversial subject and that is that Eating less and moving more is bad advice. WHAT? Well, he spends the better part of the first ten chapters going over why, and by chapter two I was like "OK, SERIOUSLY, MOVE ON." But I had to suffer through many chapters for him to get to what we are supposed to do. So I'm going to sum it up. Cut down carbohydrate, and cut down on Sugar. (more or less adopt a paleo diet). As he puts it, Cut back on Carbs. "On this diet, no sugars (simple carbohydrates) and no starches (complex carbohydrates) are eaten. The only carbohydrates encouraged are the nutritionally dense, fiber-rich vegetables listed. Sugars are simple carbohydrates. Avoid these kinds of foods: white sugar, brown sugar, honey, maple syrup, molasses, corn syrup, beer (contains barley malt), milk (contains lactose), flavored yogurts, fruit juice, and fruit. Starches are complex carbohydrates. Avoid these kinds of foods: grains (even “whole” grains), rice, cereals, flour, cornstarch, breads, pastas, muffins, bagels, crackers, and “starchy” vegetables such as slow-cooked beans (pinto, lima, black beans), carrots, parsnips, corn, peas, potatoes, French fries, potato chips" Do Not Eat You should completely cut out sugar, bread, cereal, flour containing items, fruits, juices, honey, whole or skimmed milk, yogurt, canned soups, dairy substitutes, ketchup, sweet condiments and relishes. Avoid these common mistakes: Beware of “fat-free” or “lite” diet products, and foods containing “hidden” sugars and starches (such as coleslaw or sugarfree cookies and cakes). Check the labels of liquid medications, cough syrups, cough drops, and other over-the-counter medications that may contain sugar. Avoid products that are labeled “Great for Low-Carb Diets!” So Why Do I Get Fat? Gary Taubes wrote this book for doctors I believe, but in a nutshell, when we each these items our blood sugar goes up. This then makes our Insulin go up. The release of fatty acids from fat cells, "Requires only the negative stimulus of insulin deficiency" - Rosalyn Yalow, Solomon Merson, 1965 Her explains this in this video (which is more or less the book in 56 minutes) He Does Mention the GI The glycemic index is a measure of how quickly food raises our blood sugar. And the scale of the glycemic index goes from 0 all the way up to 100. Foods with a higher glycemic index are more readily absorbed in our body and raise our blood sugar more. A lower glycemic index doesn't affect our blood sugar as much. The glycemic index is an imperfect system because everyone's body responds a little bit different. It also doesn't consider how much food we eat. But it is overall a useful tool to help keep our blood sugar steady and eating more nutritious foods. Foods that have a low glycemic index typically have more fiber and less sugar, but it's important to know that low glycemic index food doesn't necessarily mean that it's healthy. After all, lard has a very low glycemic index. According to Web MD The smaller the number, the less impact the food has on your blood sugar. 55 or less = Low (good) 56- 69 = Medium 70 or higher = High (bad) Here is a list of resources that list foods and their GI Rated by FI from Harvard http://lowcarbdiets.about.com/od/whattoeat/a/glycemicindlist.htm http://www.livestrong.com/glycemic-index-food-list/ http://www.lifetimefatloss.com/glycemic-index-list-of-foods.html Red Rock Apps: Running For Weight Loss App What is it: A unique program of interval training especially for weight loss. A ready-made 2-month training plan with 3 workout days a week. Good: Easy to use, tracks weight, water (and prompts you to drink more), keeps your stats of your exercising, and ties in with Fitbit. Cons: EVERY TIME you touch this app you are prompted to update to their paid ($10/month) plan. So bring your patience. When the voice tells you that you are half way, when the announcement is over, the music does not return to its regular volume (in my case Spotify). Conclusion: I can handle press the X every five minutes. It's easy to use, and when I leave the gym I'm sweating. I'm keeping it for now and considering upgrading to their pro plan. How Do I Cancel a Subscription on an Apple Device? I recently wanted to cancel a subscription for one app I was using, and once you know where to look it is not that hard. For me, I started looking at my account on iTunes, and that is the wrong place. Here is how you cancel an Apple subscription: Access Settings in the home of your device; Scroll down and tap iTunes Store and AppStore; Tap your e-mail and Apple ID, View Apple ID and enter your password; Now, tap Subscription - Manage and select PlayKids; Turn off the auto-renewal option and tap Done.]]>5e50ca5895b67fe3fc137a0cb57fd904Mon, 29 May 2017 05:18:54 +0000David JacksonWelcome to episode 327 of the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, I appreciate you stopping by. If you like what you hear/see do consider subscribing to the show. If you're new to subscribing to a podcast, see www.learntosubscribe.com New Logical Losers...www.learntosubscribe.com New Logical Losers Support Group People have been asking how they can support the group, and I've been wanting to create a facebook group, so I've put the two together. If you go to www.logicallosers.com this will be our new community to create a safe place to talk, support, and inspire each other. If you get at least $1 worth of value from the podcast, I urge you to sign up. Why is there a fee? Because we are talking health, fitness, etc, everybody and their brother have a product or service to tell. I believe we may be talking about services and such, but I don't want "Coach Steve" or " Fitness Franny" coming in and spamming us. There are different rewards, and again, this is all optional. $1 a month Access to Facebook group Sneak Peak at Content Access to Patron Only Information $5 a month All of the above rewards plus: Private Patron polls Behind the scenes process Name listed on our support page $20 A Month All of the above rewards plus: A shout out on the show When I reach my goal of $500/month, I will give away a Fitbit blaze to a member in the Biggest Loser Tier once a quarter. For those outside the US, we will come up with a similar value prize. Come join the community at www.logicallosers.com Why We Get Fat: And What to Do About It - Reviewed This is a book written by Gary Taubes, and he takes on a very controversial subject and that is that Eating less and moving more is bad advice. WHAT? Well, he spends the better part of the first ten chapters going over why, and by chapter two I was like "OK, SERIOUSLY, MOVE ON." But I had to suffer through many chapters for him to get to what we are supposed to do. So I'm going to sum it up. Cut down carbohydrate, and cut down on Sugar. (more or less adopt a paleo diet). As he puts it, Cut back on Carbs. "On this diet, no sugars (simple carbohydrates) and no starches (complex carbohydrates) are eaten. The only carbohydrates encouraged are the nutritionally dense, fiber-rich vegetables listed. Sugars are simple carbohydrates. Avoid these kinds of foods: white sugar, brown sugar, honey, maple syrup, molasses, corn syrup, beer (contains barley malt), milk (contains lactose), flavored yogurts, fruit juice, and fruit. Starches are complex carbohydrates. Avoid these kinds of foods: grains (even “whole” grains), rice, cereals, flour, cornstarch, breads, pastas, muffins, bagels, crackers, and “starchy” vegetables such as slow-cooked beans (pinto, lima, black beans), carrots, parsnips, corn, peas, potatoes, French fries, potato chips" Do Not Eat You should completely cut out sugar, bread, cereal, flour containing items, fruits, juices, honey, whole or skimmed milk, yogurt, canned soups, dairy substitutes, ketchup, sweet condiments and relishes. Avoid these common mistakes: Beware of “fat-free” or “lite” diet products, and foods containing “hidden” sugars and starches (such as coleslaw or sugarfree cookies and cakes). Check the labels of liquid medications, cough syrups, cough drops, and other over-the-counter medications that may contain sugar. Avoid products that are labeled “Great for Low-Carb Diets!” So Why Do I Get Fat? Gary Taubes wrote this book for doctors I believe, but in a nutshell, when we each these items our blood sugar goes up. This then makes our Insulin go up. The release of fatty acids from fat cells, "Requires only the negative stimulus of insulin deficiency" - Rosalyn Yalow, Solomon Merson, 1965 Her explains this in this video (which is more or less the book in 56 minutes) He Does Mention the GI The glycemic index is a measure of how quickly food raises our blood...]]>1705cleanfullWhy are You Podcasting? The Other F-Wordhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-are-you-podcasting-the-other-f-word--119785007542c1fec610f56fc3330c9862358211Mon, 29 May 2017 04:30:55 +0000David JacksonI asked the question: Are you podcasting? If so where and why? If you quit podcasting, why? If you haven't started yet, why? Matt from the Author Inside You Sleep Whispers Podcast Simple Money Solutions Steve Stewart Podcast Editor Jeff had a blog...3113cleanfullHave Alexa Track Your Calories With Your Voice via Nutrionixhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/have-alexa-track-your-calories-with-your-voice-via-nutrionix--39771181www.logicalloss.com/support]]>734401855711a6d4abed848d14fac73aTue, 23 May 2017 04:07:28 +0000David JacksonKeep Your Progress in Front Of You Sometimes when we think about how far we need to go, it can be overwhelming. Here are some visual tools that you can use to keep you motivated Two Jars: One marked pounds to go, and the other marked pounds destroyed...www.logicalloss.com/support]]>1312cleanfullGreat Podcasting Begins with Listening to Your Audience -Jonathan Oakes Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-podcasting-begins-with-listening-to-your-audience-jonathan-oakes-interview--11922710www.trivialwarfare.com Today in episode 567 we hear: How Jonathan worked with his co-hosts to set expectations when it comes to dividing any money. He brought on co-hosts that brought in different viewpoints He listened to what his audience wanted (to be on the show) and found a way so that both the show and the listener benefit. He has incorporated giveaways into his Patreon to increase patron in the higher support tiers He uses a Facebook Group to gather feedback on ideas to Check out Jonathan's Show at www.trivialwarfare.com and check out his Patreon Account at https://www.patreon.com/TWA Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start 30-Day Money-back Guarantee Access to all of our courses Live group coaching sessions Priority Email Support Find out more at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Next Week is the Audience Poll Episode Are you podcasting? If so why? Did you post and quit? If so why? Have you never launched a podcast but want to? What's stopping you? Call 888-563-3228 or use any of the contact options at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact answer the question by 5/26/17 (be sure to mention your show if you have one) Mentioned in This Show Jonathan's Appearance on "Harry's Show" Podcast Junkies Jessica Kupferman's JKM Agency helps podcasters get sponsors Podcasting 101]]>9de15aa8a7f84ecffb9d189ae3f999c6Mon, 22 May 2017 03:29:43 +0000David JacksonComments? 888-56-33228 Podcasting Microphone Shootout Microphone 1 - Audio Technica ATR2100 $59 (Here is Bundle with Boom arm) Microphone 2 - Audio Technica ATR2005 $79 Microphone 3 - Samson Q2U $54 (with headphones) Microphone 4 - Knox Dynamic USB...www.trivialwarfare.com Today in episode 567 we hear: How Jonathan worked with his co-hosts to set expectations when it comes to dividing any money. He brought on co-hosts that brought in different viewpoints He listened to what his audience wanted (to be on the show) and found a way so that both the show and the listener benefit. He has incorporated giveaways into his Patreon to increase patron in the higher support tiers He uses a Facebook Group to gather feedback on ideas to Check out Jonathan's Show at www.trivialwarfare.com and check out his Patreon Account at https://www.patreon.com/TWA Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start 30-Day Money-back Guarantee Access to all of our courses Live group coaching sessions Priority Email Support Find out more at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Next Week is the Audience Poll Episode Are you podcasting? If so why? Did you post and quit? If so why? Have you never launched a podcast but want to? What's stopping you? Call 888-563-3228 or use any of the contact options at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact answer the question by 5/26/17 (be sure to mention your show if you have one) Mentioned in This Show Jonathan's Appearance on "Harry's Show" Podcast Junkies Jessica Kupferman's JKM Agency helps podcasters get sponsors Podcasting 101]]>3479cleanfullStepping On Your Listeners Toeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stepping-on-your-listeners-toes--11868352www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>757a7ec5bc1b61dcc8b58354d0f6a0cfMon, 15 May 2017 11:30:10 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast: Lee Silverstein Lee Silverstein is the man behind the Colon Cancer Podcast and the Color Cancer Network was able to get press passes to a very cool event in his area. Cool Image Tools For Your Podcast I've been working on...2415cleanfullGrowing Valuable Podcast Content With a Facebook Group - Katie Krimitsoshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/growing-valuable-podcast-content-with-a-facebook-group-katie-krimitsos--11815512http://bizwomenrock.com In today's interview, we learn the following with Katie: How to avoid the common mistakes of creating a Facebook Group The Different types of groups and what each type offers. How she makes her Facebook group feel special How she maintains control of her group and keeps them engaged. Why she had a successful relationship with a sponsor, and quit using them. How she grew her coaching business with a strategy that anyone can use. How her podcast fuels her Facebook Group, the Facebook group fuels the podcast, and they both fuel her coaching. Why she almost quit, and what stopped her from walking away from podcasting. Check out Katie's tools for growing your community with a Facebook group, taking that group on a retreat, as well as her private coaching to help you grow your business by going to www.bizwomenrock.com and check out her podcast on iTunes (as well as on her site) Mentioned in this Show Banner Poll - Are you Interested in a Banner Exchange for Podcasters? Ready to Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting Podcast Movement - Use the Coupon Code sop10 to save 10%]]>fff7be95af821b696aed48d2bd894307Mon, 08 May 2017 04:36:47 +0000David JacksonI Just Launched My Podcast, How Many Downloads Should I Have? This question has no "Set" answer. It depends on a couple of things: How much value do your episodes bring to your audience? (is it any good) How much promotion do you do? What is your...http://bizwomenrock.com In today's interview, we learn the following with Katie: How to avoid the common mistakes of creating a Facebook Group The Different types of groups and what each type offers. How she makes her Facebook group feel special How she maintains control of her group and keeps them engaged. Why she had a successful relationship with a sponsor, and quit using them. How she grew her coaching business with a strategy that anyone can use. How her podcast fuels her Facebook Group, the Facebook group fuels the podcast, and they both fuel her coaching. Why she almost quit, and what stopped her from walking away from podcasting. Check out Katie's tools for growing your community with a Facebook group, taking that group on a retreat, as well as her private coaching to help you grow your business by going to www.bizwomenrock.com and check out her podcast on iTunes (as well as on her site) Mentioned in this Show Banner Poll - Are you Interested in a Banner Exchange for Podcasters? Ready to Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting Podcast Movement - Use the Coupon Code sop10 to save 10%]]>3602cleanfullAmericans Are Giving Up Because they Feel There is No Hope - Don't Be the New Normalhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/americans-are-giving-up-because-they-feel-there-is-no-hope-don-t-be-the-new-normal--39771195www.logicalloss.com/support ]]>8291208ae49cb2824251bc40068adb04Sun, 07 May 2017 15:44:01 +0000David JacksonThe proportion of American adults who were either overweight or obese has been growing steadily for decades, rising from about 53% a generation ago to roughly 66% more recently. But the share of these adults who had gone on a diet dropped during the...www.logicalloss.com/support ]]>1981cleanfullBest Podcasting Practices - Per Bridge Ratingshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/best-podcasting-practices-per-bridge-ratings--11756334110d062efd162887c38bd171fe87f915Mon, 01 May 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast: Katie Krimitsos Katie is the host of the Biz Women Rock show, and when I asked her how she would finish the "Becuase of my podcast ____" she answered, "Everything" She feels her business, her consulting, courses, and coaching...3340cleanfullShaping Your Content for Maximum Impact - Niel J. Guilartehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/shaping-your-content-for-maximum-impact-niel-j-guilarte--11704623https://youtu.be/lyR-K2CZIHQ Leave Out Stuff That You Don't Need Here is an example from the TED Talks book byChris Anderson(also available on Audible) Once, when I was eight years old, my father took me fishing. We were in a tiny boat, five miles from shore, when a massive storm blew in. Dad put a life jacket on me and whispered in my ear, "Do you trust me, son?" I nodded. He threw me overboard. [pause] I kid you not. Just tossed me over! I hit the water and bobbed up to the surface, gasping for breath. It was shockingly cold. The waves were terrifying. Monstrous. Then . . . Dad dived in after me. We watched in horror as our little boat flipped and sank. But he was holding me the whole time, telling me it was going to be OK. Fifteen minutes later, the Coast Guard helicopter arrived. It turned out that Dad knew the boat was damaged and was going to sink, and he had called them with our exact location. He guessed it was better to chuck me in the open sea than risk getting trapped when the boat flipped. And that is how I learned the true meaning of the word trust. EXAMPLE 2: SAME STORY WITH TOO MUCH DETAIL AND NO EMOTION I learned trust from my father when I was eight years old and we got caught in a storm while out fishing for mackerel. We failed to catch a single one before the storm hit. Dad knew the boat was going to sink, because it was one of those Saturn brand inflatable boats, which are usually pretty strong, but this one had been punctured once and Dad thought it might happen again. In any case, the storm was too big for an inflatable boat and it was already leaking. So he called the Coast Guard rescue service, who, back then, were available 24/7, unlike today. He told them our location, and then, to avoid the risk of getting trapped underwater, he put a life jacket on me and threw me overboard before jumping in himself. We then waited for the Coast Guard to come and, sure enough, 15 minutes later the helicopter showed up—I think it was a Sikorsky MH-60 Jayhawk— and we were fine. The first version is a story of trust and emotion. The second version has tangents left and right and is filled with information that doesn't back up the main story. If we "X Y" this, My Dad and I went fishing, but he threw me overboard. And this is interesting as we all need to learn how to trust people. The second version doesn't even bring up the key sentence for me, "Do you trust me son?" In the book Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power author Ken Davis states, "To make it as clear and powerful as possible, it is necessary to know exactly what you want to accomplish and then keep only material that will contribute to the objective." He also states, If you aim at nothing, you will hit it every time. Another strategy is that if you just throw enough things at your audience, one of them is bound to have an impact. Niel J. Guilarte Editor of The Messengers: a Podcast Documentary Niel who is the editor the The Messengers: a Podcast Documentary as well as the host of All Things Post, and the owner of Wildstyle Media, and star of his YouTube Channel shares some of the non-traditional items he has shot video to get experience and talk about the steps of assembling your story. Know who your audience is Take inventory of what you have Come up with the story, the message you want to share Follow your gut Don't be afraid to start over, or get a different set of ear/eyes In the same way that you don't take your car to the dentist to get it fixed, Niel thinks business people should stop editing their show and pass that off to editors to help them tell their story. Niel uses Dropbox to swap files back and forth with his clients as well as Frame.io One of the common mistakes that podcasters make that Niel has to edit out is letting their guest go on weird tangents in the interview that end up on the chopping floor. Check out Niels awesome videos (his wedding videos are awesome) at www.wildstylemedia.net and his podcast All Things Post (about Post Production) at www.allthingspost.net What is the Smallest Amount You Would Take From a Sponsor for One Episode? If I could do this again I would. I was looking for a number like "16" not a range of an EPISODE (not a month) after 30 days. So look at an episode from 30 days ago and tell me how many downloads it has. Then when I asked what was the least amount, I'm not sure I was clear enough to say PER EPISODE. So I would call this survey a wash. I thank all 37 people who replied. Are you interested in making money from your podcast? 89.2% Said Yes. 10.8% said no. How Many Downloads Do You Get Per Episode After 30 days, and what is the smallest amount of money you would take from an Advertiser. 7 Respondents had 100 downloads or less, and they said they would take anywhere from $5-$500. The people close to 100 downloads per episode were looking for $25-35. 3 Respondents got between 101-200 downloads. Two were not interested in making money, and the third wants at least $10. 3 Respondents had between 201-300 downloads and said they would take $5, $10. 1 Respondent had between 300-400 downloads said they were highly relevant and would take $500. 1 Respondent had between 401 -500 downloads said they would take $200 1 Respondent said they had 600 downloads per episode and would take a minimum of $10 1 Respondent said they had 800 downloads per episode and would take a minimum of $150 1 Respondent said they had 900 downloads per episode and would take a minimum of $50 for advertisers but on Patreon I will mention a fans business for $25 1 Respondent said they had 1000 downloads per episode and are getting (currently) $50 1 Respondent said they had 1000 downloads per episode and would take $225 1 Respondent said they had 1250 downloads per episode and would take $50 1 Respondent said they had 2000 downloads per episode and would take $50 1 Respondent said they had 2400 downloads per episode and would take $20 2 Respondents said they had 2500 downloads per episode and would take $25. The other is getting $100 1 Respondent said they had 3000 downloads per episode and would take $50 2 Respondent said they had 4000 downloads per episode and one is getting $250, the other wants $300 1 Respondent said they had 4673 do]]>360c22628898cdd7d8bae6050ab23443Mon, 24 Apr 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWelcome to episode 563 of the School of Podcasting Have you ever had a problem with something, and then when you stated your problem out loud the answer came to you as you were saying it? You can use that exercise to help your podcast. I recently read...https://youtu.be/lyR-K2CZIHQ Leave Out Stuff That You Don't Need Here is an example from the TED Talks book byChris Anderson(also available on Audible) Once, when I was eight years old, my father took me fishing. We were in a tiny...]]>3286cleanfullSync Solver and Bed Makinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sync-solver-and-bed-making--39771215http://syncsolver.com/ Fitbit to health, Health to CSV. Health to Fitbit, and many combinations of all of the above. Here is a video. Women Are Drinking More Binge drinking (defined as imbibing four or more drinks within two hours) increased by 3.7% annually among older women, but held steady among older men. In a single decade — from 2002 to 2012 — the proportion of women who drank rose from 44.9% to 48.3%, while the proportion of male drinkers fell from 57.4% to 56.1%. A survey conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) between 2011 and 2013 indicated that 53.6% of women ages 18 to 44 were drinking, and 18.2% were binge drinking. The CDC followed up with an alert that three million US women were at risk of increasing the likelihood of sudden infant death syndrome and fetal alcohol spectrum disorders. According to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA), the gender gap has closed among teens, with about 20% of 17-year-olds drinking regularly and 13% binge drinking. See Full Story Make Your Bed: Little Things That Can Change Your Life...And Maybe the World The author of this book did a commencement speech and he points out how doing the little things can help you with a better attitude, but he also points out that life is not always fair. You can get a glimpse of this book in this commencement speech https://youtu.be/pxBQLFLei70 He points out that you are going to fail, and fail often, but if you don't quit you still have a chance of winning. Why I Was Gaining Weight For me, weight loss is about food. Control your food, and you control your weight. Well, I used to plan out my meals ahead of time and as I mentioned last week, even if everything in your house is "healthy" you can still eat too much. Well, I use the Fitbit app. I'm also playing with the fooducate app. Both of these allow you to put in your food and your activity. The Fitbit takes in the steps you have for the day, and adds up the calories burned. This is good and bad. The good thing is it's easy. It happens automatically. The bad news is now if you have more than usual steps it shows you that you can eat more calories (and I was). If the calories it says you are burning is inaccurate, then you have a problem. So Im taking the extra step to go in and look at the number of calories IN, instead of the net calories (calories in and then subtract a number of calories burned). From the Mailbag From Laura: Dave I love your podcast! I look forward to it very week. Keep up the great work. Stay honest. Stay true to yourself. You are such an inspiration for me. My current struggle is trying to cut out the C-R-A-P that has found its way back into my daily life. I lost 50 pounds (from 200-yikes! down to a sleek150-size 8) by cutting out all the processed, nutrition-less, Franken foods. Yep just like you, I was focused on hydration, real food (mainly meat & vegetables), sleep and fitness. I lost weight by having as many four-star days as possible. It took 9 months but I’ve kept it off since 2011. Well almost. Truthfully, I’m bouncing around 157 now. I’m writing you because I’ve got to nip this in the bud. I look good. I feel good. I can still wear the same clothes, but everything is just a little too snug. I’m reeling it in right here, right now. No cheats. No slips. No skipping exercise. For 30 days. 30 consecutive 4-star days should get me back down to 150 pounds and back on track to a lifetime of clean eating. Come on Dave – we can do this!! Thank For Supporting the Show Go to www.logicalloss.com/support and shopping at Amazon and for contributing on Paypal. ]]>da5aa1a2c7f85c0a123cb30a08b70222Mon, 24 Apr 2017 03:46:15 +0000David JacksonSync Solver This app saves the day in some cases when your two apps don't talk to each other http://syncsolver.com/ Fitbit to health, Health to CSV. Health to Fitbit, and many combinations of all of the above. Here is a video. Women Are Drinking More...http://syncsolver.com/ Fitbit to health, Health to CSV. Health to Fitbit, and many combinations of all of the above. Here is a video. Women Are Drinking More Binge drinking (defined as imbibing four or more drinks within two hours) increased by 3.7% annually among older women, but held steady among older men. In a single decade — from 2002 to 2012 — the proportion of women who drank rose from 44.9% to 48.3%, while the proportion of male drinkers fell from 57.4% to 56.1%. A survey conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) between 2011 and 2013 indicated that 53.6% of women ages 18 to 44 were drinking, and 18.2% were binge drinking. The CDC followed up with an alert that three million US women were at risk of increasing the likelihood of sudden infant death syndrome and fetal alcohol spectrum disorders. According to the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism (NIAAA), the gender gap has closed among teens, with about 20% of 17-year-olds drinking regularly and 13% binge drinking. See Full Story Make Your Bed: Little Things That Can Change Your Life...And Maybe the World The author of this book did a commencement speech and he points out how doing the little things can help you with a better attitude, but he also points out that life is not always fair. You can get a glimpse of this book in this commencement speech https://youtu.be/pxBQLFLei70 He points out that you are going to fail, and fail often, but if you don't quit you still have a chance of winning. Why I Was Gaining Weight For me, weight loss is about food. Control your food, and you control your weight. Well, I used to plan out my meals ahead of time and as I mentioned last week, even if everything in your house is "healthy" you can still eat too much. Well, I use the Fitbit app. I'm also playing with the fooducate app. Both of these allow you to put in your food and your activity. The Fitbit takes in the steps you have for the day, and adds up the calories burned. This is good and bad. The good thing is it's easy. It happens automatically. The bad news is now if you have more than usual steps it shows you that you can eat more calories (and I was). If the calories it says you are burning is inaccurate, then you have a problem. So Im taking the extra step to go in and look at the number of calories IN, instead of the net calories (calories in and then subtract a number of calories burned). From the Mailbag From Laura: Dave I love your podcast! I look forward to it very week. Keep up the great work. Stay honest. Stay true to yourself. You are such an inspiration for me. My current struggle is trying to cut out the C-R-A-P that has found its way back into my daily life. I lost 50 pounds (from 200-yikes! down to a sleek150-size 8) by cutting out all the processed, nutrition-less, Franken foods. Yep just like you, I was focused on hydration, real food (mainly meat & vegetables), sleep and fitness. I lost weight by having as many four-star days as possible. It took 9 months but I’ve kept it off since 2011. Well almost. Truthfully, I’m bouncing around 157 now. I’m writing you because I’ve got to nip this in the bud. I look good. I feel good. I can still wear the same clothes, but everything is just a little too snug. I’m reeling it in right here, right now. No cheats. No slips. No skipping exercise. For 30 days. 30 consecutive 4-star days should get me back down to 150 pounds and back on track to a lifetime of clean eating. Come on Dave – we can do this!! Thank For Supporting the Show Go to www.logicalloss.com/support and shopping at Amazon and for contributing on Paypal. ]]>2014cleanfullHe Changed His Format and Grew His Audience -Joe Saul-Sehy of Stacking Benjaminshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/he-changed-his-format-and-grew-his-audience-joe-saul-sehy-of-stacking-benjamins--11647165https://schoolofpodcasting.com/poll564 Mentioned In This Episode Stacking Benjamins Podcast Book: Steel Like an Artist and the Steel Like an Artist Journal netgalley.com Promo Republic Be a Podcaster Join the School of Podcasting today]]>9f02aa4b3f580f58e1a4ad34688ef161Mon, 17 Apr 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday on episode 562 Joe Saul Sehy of the Stacking Benjamins podcast explains how he changed his podcast format, and lost 30% of his audience but now is working on his fifth sponsor. Joe Saul-Sehy is the creator and co-host of the Stacking Benjamins...3569cleanfullThat Stuff Happens To Other People, Right?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/that-stuff-happens-to-other-people-right--39771227ff014938e55fff076a02bcc998101ba7Thu, 13 Apr 2017 04:28:23 +0000David JacksonToday I explain why my weight has gone up. 1. If you buy cookies, you eat cookies 2. Almonds are not filling, and when you cover them in chocolate, smoke flavoring, etc they might as well be called CANDY. 3. I'm not drinking as much water 4. I'm not...1598cleanfullPodcast Expectations vs Reality: How Natalie Eckdal Shifted Her Podcast To Be Successfulhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-expectations-vs-reality-how-natalie-eckdal-shifted-her-podcast-to-be-successful--11594154www.bizchix.com/workwithme Mentioned In This Episode Bizchix.com She Podcasts Biz Women Rock Stop Chasing Influencers book by Jared Easley Music Radio Creative Aweber Need Some One on One Podcast Consulting? Book a coaching call with Dave (as short as 15 minutes) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Start Podcasting Today Tap into Dave's 12 Years of Podcast experience and enjoy: Step by Step Tutorials Private Facebook Group Live Group Coaching Priority Email Support 30 Money Back Guarantee Start podcasting today by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>a23e2f28e46306c1ec571f96a5a2c823Mon, 10 Apr 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting in the Media: Teen Titans I want to thank Caine Door of the Adventure Frequency for letting me know that: "In the newly released animated film: Teen Titans the Judas contract (Warner Brothers) Kevin Smith is in the movie as himself...www.bizchix.com/workwithme Mentioned In This Episode Bizchix.com She Podcasts Biz Women Rock Stop Chasing Influencers book by Jared Easley Music Radio Creative Aweber Need Some One on One Podcast Consulting? Book a coaching call with Dave (as short as 15 minutes) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Start Podcasting Today Tap into Dave's 12 Years of Podcast experience and enjoy: Step by Step Tutorials Private Facebook Group Live Group Coaching Priority Email Support 30 Money Back Guarantee Start podcasting today by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>3373cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From Chuck Berryhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-chuck-berry--11540549b09a14b40c07534b5098cabb033f56a8Mon, 03 Apr 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonChuck Berry died last month at the age of 90. I saw him four years ago at a special event that honored him with tons of musicians (Merle Haggard, Ronnie Hawkins, Darryl "DMC" McDaniels, Joe Bonamassa and Lemmy Kilmister) coming to play his music and...3350cleanfullAsking Your Audience For Feedbackhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/asking-your-audience-for-feedback--11487360https://youtu.be/BvYihe3tah4 Don't Be Afraid To Look in the Mirror Somewhere in your life, you had someone give you feedback, or maybe you made a mistake, but it leads to you becoming better at that task. Constant improvement has been a mantra of mine for many years. You just spent all that time in the kitchen slaving over your podcast. Shouldn't you take the time to ask people what they think? Are You Ready To Launch a Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting and: Get step by step tutorials A private Facebook group for networking Live group coaching (a $400 value) Priority Email support A 30-day money back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Episode 559 first appeared at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/559 Contributors to this Episode J Cleveland Payne - Theinternettoolbox.net Darwin -dealingwithmygrief.com Amanda greatbeetadventure.com Anna - authenticparenting.com Cale- hamradio360.com Randy growgreat.com Carolyn carbonbasedpodcast.com Chris podcastengineeringschool.com themysticshow.net Connie positivelylifeafterfifty.com Craig from ingleaspodcast.com Daniel- theaudacitytopodcast.com Jessica -interviewconnections.com Jeff -http://genealogypodcast.com/ Geoff - dealtalkpodcast.com Jessica -shepodcasts.com - jkmagency.com Juan thegentlemensbrotherhood.com Kim toastmasters101.net Less thecancerradionetwork.com Matt- theauthorinsideyou.com Scott -computertutorflorida.com   Nick Cincinnatisoccertalk.com Terry - itprovidernetwork.com Tina - thestartsomethingshow.com Tyler - CashFlowGuys.com]]>e3b54d1f0b9aef2eab10173dd3f1dbcbMon, 27 Mar 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhen you create a recipe for food, you serve it to someone and ask them "What do you think?' They might say, "it needs more salt" or some other suggestion. It is then up to you like the chef to decide if you want to implement that recommendation or...https://youtu.be/BvYihe3tah4 Don't Be Afraid To Look in the Mirror Somewhere in your life, you had someone give you feedback, or maybe you made a mistake, but it leads to you becoming better at that task. Constant improvement has been a mantra of mine for many years. You just spent all that time in the kitchen slaving over your podcast. Shouldn't you take the time to ask people what they think? Are You Ready To Launch a Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting and: Get step by step tutorials A private Facebook group for networking Live group coaching (a $400 value) Priority Email support A 30-day money back guarantee Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Episode 559 first appeared at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/559 Contributors to this Episode J Cleveland Payne - Theinternettoolbox.net Darwin -dealingwithmygrief.com Amanda greatbeetadventure.com Anna - authenticparenting.com Cale- hamradio360.com Randy growgreat.com Carolyn carbonbasedpodcast.com Chris podcastengineeringschool.com themysticshow.net Connie positivelylifeafterfifty.com Craig from ingleaspodcast.com Daniel-...]]>3837cleanfullWhat Makes Good Content?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-makes-good-content--11430693https://garyleland.com/ Characteristic's of Good Content Have Something To Say Have something to say before you turn on the microphone. After listening to your audience or using your experiences, you have determined you can create content worth listening to. Keep your message in mind. What is the key point you are are trying to make? Make sure all the other points back up your main idea. Be Engaging Engaging by definition is "to occupy the attention or efforts of (a person or persons)." So how do you do that? It all starts in the first few moments of the show. Let your audience know where they're going, and what they are going to see. Let them know how they are going to benefit. If you can use stories to illustrate a point, that's a great strategy. When you have hit all your points and said what you need to say, then you should stop talking. Let your passion come through. Don't try to be someone you're not. If you want your audience to be enthusiastic about something, you have to let your enthusiasm shine through. Be Original. Many moons ago there are ezine articles, and there would be sites that ranked well in Google. So everyone wrote an article and put it on an ezine list. It didn't last. Why? Be most of these sites didn't' have any original material. It was the same stuff over and over. Be Stuff You Can't Get Any Place Else Some of my favorite podcasts are the No Agenda Show, The Bitterest Pill, the Rock And Roll Geek Show. The No Agenda Show does this stuff I call "journalism" where they scour the news and then decipher it. The Rock and Roll Geek show talks music, and (illegally I might add) plays new music on his show. The Bitterest Pill is the story of a stay at home Dad who is trying to make it in acting and stand up. Good Content Isn't Easy or Cheap The first thing that comes to mind when people get into content creation is, "How do I do this quick and cheap" and still make it good. There is a saying that I first heard on Profitcast. You have three things Good, Quick, Cheap, but you can only choose two. I recently had a horrible experience with a web host where I had put multiple domains on one hosting account. One got malware, and they took down ALL of my sites. Sure I was saving 30 a month, but now ten years later when I have an audience, my reputation is taking a hit, and I'm paying hundreds of dollars to clean up the mess. You get what you pay for. Be Authentic Get emotional. A study in the New York Times that show the most-shared content garnered a strong connection in the reader, igniting one of six key emotions: surprise, fear, joy, sadness, anger, or disgust. If you disagree, draw your line in the sand and explain why. Can You Answer A Question? In doing this episode, I typed in the question into google "What makes good content." Can You Answer That Question Quickly? Keep in mind that people don't just want answers. When someone comes in and in a passionate tone asks the question, "Where is your bathroom?!" they want an answer fast. Be Accurate All podcasters start with two things in common. They have no listeners and a handful of integrity. When I listen to the No Agenda Show, and I hear a story that is kind of "out there" they always quote their sources. I trust the words that are coming out of their mouths. When Emily from the Story Behind Podcast gets done with her story, she cites her sources. Editing is Your Friend Are there any words I can take out? Have I given the readers the best information I possibly can? Is it complete? The So What Test? Would you share this post? Value The World's Best Side Effect When you are accurate, engaging, provide facts with integrity, peppered with stories, and delivered in an efficient manner you are providing value. Icing on the Cake Use images in your show notes to draw people in Create Good Headlines According to Neil Patel (who is a marketing genius), 80% of people read your headline, and 20% read your stuff. Use great headlines. When was the last time you read a headline and thought, "That looks boring, I think I'll read it?" Can People Find it? Can People Share It? Shareaholic studied 200,000 publisher websites in October 2012 and learned that 27.27% of those sites' traffic came from social media referrals. That means when content is shared on Twitter, Facebook, LinkedIn and other platforms, there is a tremendous opportunity for it to get discovered by others, as well. In your sidebar do you have a search widget? Include Your Audience Coke Raise their sales by 2% slapping people's names on the bottle. What If I'm Not a HOW TO Podcast? With some podcasts, there are action items. When the episode is done, people will be able to ______. I remember on the podcast review show; I reviewed a sci-fi movie podcast. I'm not a sci-fi person. After listening to that show, I was empowered to watch a movie differently. When I listen to the Kenn Blanchard show or the Grow Great show, I am empowered to think differently. In Kenn's case, he more than likely made me laugh which brightened my day. There may not be an action to take, but for a brief moment, my life was lighter. If You're Going to Have Advertisements Make them Great Content Make sure they are short and to the point, and that it fits your audience. Something to Realize When You Have Multiple Websites On One Hosting Account I have/had a HostGator account. When I started my second podcast (and third, fourth, fifth), I found out that you could host multiple domains on one single hosting account. This strategy appeared great as I was great as I saved $8 a month every time I did it. I didn't realize that 12 years later when one of the websites would get some malware, HostGator would turn them all off (thankfully the School of Podcasting is on its account on WPEngine). While I saved some money over the years, most the money I saved was lost paying Sucuri.net hundreds of dollars to clean up the website. I'll be talking more about security in the future, but I now say this with more passion than every: make sure your Wordpress Website is up to date, delete any unused plugins or themes, and have multiple backups that you can use. Need Some Podcast Consulting? You can schedule one on one consulting lasting as little as 15 minutes. Check the availability by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Mentioned in This Show Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power Kenn Blanchard Show Grow Great Show Rock and Roll Geek Show No Agenda Show Bitterest Pill The Story Behind Podcast Sources For This Epiosde https://blog.kissmetrics.com/ingredients-of-great-content/ http://www.wordstream.com/blog/ws/2013/07/29/great-content http://www.whitehatmedia.com/blog/what-makes-good-content]]>4323bd1e66004594cf03bdca90bb33b1Mon, 20 Mar 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonSteve Martin is going to have a class on comedy on masterclass.com, and he said that so many people are asking "How do I get an Agent, or "How do I get a Manager" when they should be asking, "How do I get good." So today I'm going to try and answer...https://garyleland.com/ Characteristic's of Good Content Have Something To Say Have something to say before you turn on the microphone. After listening to your audience or using your experiences, you have determined you can create content worth listening to. Keep your message in mind. What is the key point you are are trying to make? Make sure all the other points back up your main idea. Be Engaging Engaging by definition is "to occupy the attention or efforts of (a person or persons)." So how do you do that? It all starts in the first few moments of the show. Let your audience know where they're going, and what they are going to see. Let them know how they are going to benefit. If you can use stories to illustrate a point, that's a great strategy. When you have hit all your points and said what you need to say, then you should stop talking. Let your passion come through. Don't try to be someone you're not. If you want your audience to be enthusiastic about something, you have to let your enthusiasm shine through. Be Original. Many moons ago there are ezine articles, and there would be sites that ranked well in Google. So everyone wrote an article and put it on an ezine list. It didn't last. Why? Be most of these sites didn't' have any original material. It was the same stuff over and over. Be Stuff You Can't Get Any Place Else Some of my favorite podcasts are the No Agenda Show, The Bitterest Pill, the Rock And Roll Geek Show. The No Agenda Show does this stuff I call "journalism" where they scour the news and then decipher it. The Rock and Roll Geek show talks music, and (illegally I might add) plays new music on his show. The Bitterest Pill is the story of a stay at home Dad who is trying to make it in acting and stand up. Good Content Isn't Easy or Cheap The first thing that comes to mind when people get into content creation is, "How do I do this quick and cheap" and still make it good. There is a saying that I first heard on Profitcast. You have three things Good, Quick, Cheap, but you can only choose two. I recently had a horrible experience with a web host where I had put multiple domains on one hosting account. One got malware, and they took down ALL of my sites. Sure I was saving 30 a month, but now ten years later when I have an audience, my reputation is taking a hit, and I'm paying hundreds of dollars to clean up the mess. You get what you pay for. Be Authentic Get emotional. A study in the New York Times that show the most-shared content garnered a strong connection in the reader, igniting one of six key emotions: surprise, fear, joy, sadness, anger, or disgust. If you disagree, draw your line in the sand and explain why. Can You Answer A Question? In doing this episode, I typed in the question into google "What makes good content." Can You Answer That Question Quickly? Keep in mind that people don't just want answers. When someone comes in and in a passionate tone asks the question, "Where is your bathroom?!" they want an answer fast. Be Accurate All podcasters start with two things in common. They have no listeners and a handful of integrity. When I listen to the No Agenda Show, and I hear a story that is kind of "out there" they always quote their sources. I trust the words that are coming out of their mouths. When Emily from the Story...]]>3048cleanfullPodcasting Continues to Grow 22% in Two Yearshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-continues-to-grow-22-in-two-years--11375305http://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2017/ One More Thing.. 50% of people have a Netflix account, and 43% of them use it on a weekly basis 60% of people are familiar with a podcast. 40% have listened to one, but 24% listen monthly, and 15% listen weekly. Why? In my opinion, you have a better chance at finding quality programming in Netflix than you do in iTunes. I'm going to do some random experiments on this going forward. Pinecast is a new "Free" media hosting service. It is founded by Matt Basta who is an engineer for Uber. It was founded in August of 2015 (per his LinkedIn profile). Their free hosting has the following features: Demo accounts are limited to three podcasts per account. The podcast import tool is not available for demo accounts. An unlimited number of episodes may be added, but only the most recent ten episodes will be available to view in the podcast dashboard and the podcast RSS feed.* Episode audio is limited to 48MB (per episode). You are free, however, to split episodes into smaller episodes. Only a small subset of the basic analytics will be available. This includes subscriber and listener counts. Episode descriptions will contain a link to Pinecast. Episodes older than the most recent ten are not deleted, but they are not available to view or edit. Upgrading your plan will make them available again. Upgrading to a plan will remove the link to Pinecast from the show's episode descriptions. All analytics data that is collected for higher-tier plans will always be collected for all podcasts (even ones owned by demo accounts), meaning analytics data will retroactively be provided if the account is upgraded. Unavailable Features The following features are not available to demo accounts: Feedback Geo analytics Import tool Ability to create networks Embeddable (HTML5) player Bittorrent downloads Podcast website or blog They have a demo (free) account, Starter ($5/month) and Pro ($50) a month. The pro plans allow you to create a network, and allow you to receive comments on your page, as well as have multiple users on your account. Their free (known as "Community" plans meet the following requirements: These plans may not be used exclusively for marketing, evangelical, or other promotional purposes of any sort. The user's content must provide unique creative or informational value. Things that seem cool but aren't Subscriber counts are pointless. If I subscribe on my phone, my tablet and iTunes it's going to potentially show me as three separate subscribers. I do give them credit for being blatantly honest. On their website it states, "Pinecast will only mark a subscriber a single time in any 24-hour window. Note that this is not a great metric for measuring podcast success; there is no foolproof means of tracking the number of subscribers." There is a tip jar where you put in your bank account information, and when someone leaves you a tip, it goes to your bank. This is done securely through Stripe, but Pinecast is also going to take another 5%. As this is not available on the free plan, I'm not sure why they feel the need to take a cut. Keep in mind that you can make your PayPal donation button in about 2 minutes. Their podcast site needs work, and you have one shot to get it right. I uploaded artwork that was made to the spec they suggested. It looked horrible when I went to go back and upload a new version that was not an option. So here is my checklist 1. Don't mess with my file. What I upload is what I want people to download. - Pass 2. Give me the ability to have an unlimited back catalog (unlimited storage) - Pass 3. Don't limit my audience size (unlimited bandwidth) - Pass 4. Don't control my feed, and make it easy to leave if I choose to do so. I need to be able to put in an iTunes redirect script. - Yes, but you have to ask 5. Give me support. - Yes, Matt answered my email about redirection fairly promptly. 6. Charge me for your service so you can stay in business - Yes. But there is a chance he may get overloaded with free customers. 7. Give me stats so I can see what's working. It would be nice if they were accurate. - Very basic stats What About the Almighty Stats? Listens by Source: This is a breakdown of how your audience is consuming your episodes. "Subscription" means that the listener heard an episode by using the feed for your podcast. "Direct" means the listener clicked a link and downloaded the audio file directly. "Embed" means the listener used the embeddable player to play the episode from a web page. Subscriber History: Whenever your feed is downloaded, Pinecast remembers the fingerprint of that user. Pinecast will only mark a subscriber a single time in any 24-hour window. Note that this is not a great metric for measuring podcast success; there is no foolproof means of tracking the number of subscribers. Listens by Device: When Pinecast can determine what type of device an episode was listened to on, it will break that down here. Note that some podcast software does not reveal this information. Listens by Browser: If Pinecrest can determine the software used to listen to the podcast, it will break that down here. Note that some podcast software will identify itself as other applications (e.g., some applications will identify themselves as iTunes, even though they are not). Listens by OS: If Pinecast can determine the operating system of the listener, it will be broken down in this section. In general, they remind me of podbean stats. So, yes, they have stats. Why You Can't Rely on iTunes I started a podcast called the Podcast New Flash. It's a daily show m-f with quick headlines, reviews, etc. I made it for the Amazon Echo (you can add it to your daily news). I late added it to Twitter and Facebook. I average about 30 downloads. I kept it this way for a month. Then I added it to iTunes. I didn't tell a soul that it was now on iTunes. This way I could see the effect of "being in iTunes." What was the effect of being in iTunes? Almost nothing. Previously I would get around 30 downloads an episode (all twitter and facebook). Now I get 35. I might have 10% of my downloads coming from my RSS feed (meaning subscribers). So what this means is that you need to go to where your audience is, make friends, listen to them, and then tell them about your podcast. Being in iTunes is not the holy grail. It's a convenient place to tell your audience where to go. A better solution is to have a subscribe button on your website. Now granted this is a hyper-niche podcast about podcasting, but I still think you need to realize that it may not bring you a ton of listens. Update on the Messengers a Podcast Documentary BIG NEWS: The Historic Tampa Theatre has confirmed to play our Movie The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary as one of its selection. The tickets will be $11 for anyone that would want to attend. Here is the info: Messengers Premiere: Wed March 22nd @Tampa Theatre Ticket price for family and friends $11 per person Theatre opens@ 6:30pm Soundcloud Is Still Losing LOTS of Money $51.22 million last year. That's $140,329 A DAY see http://www.musicbusinessworldwide.com/soundcloud-may-run-out-of-cash-this-year-as-it-posts-e51m-loss/ Ready To Start Podcasting? Avoid the headaches, avoid spending too much on equipment, avoid website issues, join the School of Podcasting today]]>bda6243d9930a63a2bdd0eadd93176f0Mon, 13 Mar 2017 04:22:04 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast I'm on the Cover of a Comic Book Jeremy Dennis explains how he was able to commission a custom comic book cover thanks to his supporters. New Edison Research on Podcasting Edison Research did a telephone survey of 2000 people...http://www.edisonresearch.com/infinite-dial-2017/ One More Thing.. 50% of people have a Netflix account, and 43% of them use it on a weekly basis 60% of people are familiar with a podcast. 40% have listened to one, but 24% listen monthly, and 15% listen weekly. Why? In my opinion, you have a better chance at finding quality programming in Netflix than you do in iTunes. I'm going to do some random experiments on this going forward. Pinecast is a new "Free" media hosting service. It is founded by Matt Basta who is an engineer for Uber. It was founded in August of 2015 (per his LinkedIn profile). Their free hosting has the following features: Demo accounts are limited to three podcasts per account. The podcast import tool is not available for demo accounts. An unlimited number of episodes may be added, but only the most recent ten episodes will be available to view in the podcast dashboard and the podcast RSS feed.* Episode audio is limited to 48MB (per episode). You are free, however, to split episodes into smaller episodes. Only a small subset of the basic analytics will be available. This includes subscriber and listener counts. Episode descriptions will contain a link to Pinecast. Episodes older than the most recent ten are not deleted, but they are not available to view or edit. Upgrading your plan will make them available again. Upgrading to a plan will remove the link to Pinecast from the show's episode descriptions. All analytics data that is collected for higher-tier plans will always be collected for all podcasts (even ones owned by demo accounts), meaning analytics data will retroactively be provided if the account is upgraded. Unavailable Features The following features are not available to demo accounts: Feedback Geo analytics Import tool Ability to create networks Embeddable (HTML5) player Bittorrent downloads Podcast website or blog They have a demo (free) account, Starter ($5/month) and Pro ($50) a month. The pro plans allow you to create a network, and allow you to receive comments on your page, as well as have multiple users on your account. Their free (known as "Community" plans meet the following requirements: These plans may not be used exclusively for marketing, evangelical, or other promotional purposes of any sort. The user's content must provide unique creative or informational value. Things that seem cool but aren't Subscriber counts are pointless. If I subscribe on my phone, my tablet and iTunes it's going to potentially show me as three separate subscribers. I do give them credit for being blatantly honest. On their website it states, "Pinecast will only mark a...]]>3818cleanfullI Bought an Air Fryer - Was it Worth the Price?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-bought-an-air-fryer-was-it-worth-the-price--39771297www.logicalloss.com/support and using our Amazon and donation links ]]>518c544dc805fd8b1f6e462ea544ee0aMon, 13 Mar 2017 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAir Fryer Are the "NEW" Thing, but Are They Really Healthy? This is what we hear about Air Fryers: Less chance of a grease fire with no grease Less chance of getting burned by popping grease when there is no grease Much less clean up, and no worries...www.logicalloss.com/support and using our Amazon and donation links ]]>1952cleanfullJournalism 101 For Podcastershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/journalism-101-for-podcasters--11320370www.thestorybehindpodcast.com Final Thoughts Unlike newspapers and radio, we don't have those MUST HIT deadlines. While you want to publish on a regular basis, we can make sure that the episode is right before we publish it. You can get the best resources (see podcastingresources.com), whip up a great headline, and come out of the gate with great content. Mentioned In This Podcast The Story Behind Podcast How to Male Great Headlines Podcasting Resources Join the School of Podcasting]]>329180c7843f22700257cfd58fe3c67bMon, 06 Mar 2017 05:01:27 +0000David JacksonYou can be the media. In a world where what is and is not true, you have the power and distribution to be your own media outlet. I have known Emily Prokop (of the Story Behind Podcast) as we run in the same circles, but I was unaware of her background...www.thestorybehindpodcast.com Final Thoughts Unlike newspapers and radio, we don't have those MUST HIT deadlines. While you want to publish on a regular basis, we can make sure that the episode is right before we publish it. You can get the best resources (see podcastingresources.com), whip up a great headline, and come out of the gate with great content. Mentioned In This Podcast The Story Behind Podcast How to Male Great Headlines Podcasting Resources Join the School of Podcasting]]>3476cleanfullMy Favorite Episode Is - Podfest Reflectionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-episode-is-podfest-reflections--11196055http://www.sporkful.com/calls-a-root-beer-float-to-cure-the-cancer-blues/ and http://www.sporkful.com/margaret-chos-eating-disorder-advice-to-a-teenage-girl/ Both were poignant and heartfelt depictions of people who are going through pain and the ways that they try to handle it. Their stories are told in an authentic and human way. These episodes stand on their own because of that. However, they especially stand out when juxtaposed to the other, more lighthearted episodes. It reminds me of the TV show MASH in this way. 11:42 Lee From This is Rammy loved and episode of the Social Media Examiner and one of the things he does't is recommend it to his friends. 14:12 Zack Demopoulos of the Rasing Rants Podcast loved the Story of Monty Roberts on the Relaunch Show with Joel Boggess 18:12 Kuldryn from Kuldrin's Krypt loved the emotion behind episode three of the Messengers Podcast 21:30 Emily from the Story Behind Podcast loved the story of Charles Manson's Hollywood. The Dave Jackson Two Question Challenge 25:36 The first question is what do you like about my show, the second question is what you wish I would change. Write and email with the title of "559" and send in a voicemail, or audio by 3/24 Behind the Scenes of My Podfest Presentation My presentation got off to a rocky start, this lead to many voice in my head filled with panic. Things weren't turning out the way I wanted. When I was done, as things had not gone the way I wanted, I assumed it was awful. Yet I was approached by people who told me it was a great presentation. I've said this before, if you aim at perfect and miss, you'll land on really, really good. Quit Obsessing Over Things That Don't Matter People are failing to launch their podcast because they are obsessed over things that don't really matter (color of website, the player your are using). I don't recommend a podcast based on the player or color of the website. Mentioned in the Show Grow Great Podcast Lee Silverstein's Colon Cancer Podcast Horse Radio Network Ham Radio 360 Podcast Kenn Blanchard - Black Man with a Gun Kenn Blanchard Show Join the School of Podcasting ]]>4248487742cf5747dcb4d85a2c683b91Mon, 27 Feb 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I'm back from Podfest in Orlando Florida. What a great show, there were tons of brand new podcasters looking to jump into the space. This week we share if you had one podcast episode that sticks in your brain, if so why. Joining the Podcast...http://www.sporkful.com/calls-a-root-beer-float-to-cure-the-cancer-blues/ and http://www.sporkful.com/margaret-chos-eating-disorder-advice-to-a-teenage-girl/ Both were poignant and heartfelt depictions of people who are going through pain and the ways that they try to handle it. Their stories are told in an authentic and human way. These episodes stand on their own because of that. However, they especially stand out when juxtaposed to the other, more lighthearted episodes. It reminds me of the TV show MASH in this way. 11:42 Lee From This is Rammy loved and episode of the Social Media Examiner and one of the things he does't is recommend it to his friends. 14:12 Zack Demopoulos of the Rasing Rants Podcast loved the Story of Monty Roberts on the Relaunch Show with Joel Boggess 18:12 Kuldryn from Kuldrin's Krypt loved the emotion behind episode three of the Messengers Podcast 21:30 Emily from the Story Behind Podcast loved the story of Charles Manson's Hollywood. The Dave Jackson Two Question Challenge 25:36 The first question is what do you like about my show, the second question is what you wish I would change. Write and email with the title of "559" and send in a voicemail, or audio by 3/24 Behind the Scenes of My Podfest Presentation My presentation got off to a rocky start, this lead to many voice in my head filled with panic. Things weren't turning out the way I wanted. When I was done, as things had not gone the way I wanted, I assumed it was awful. Yet I was approached by people who told me it was a great presentation. I've said this before, if you aim at perfect and miss, you'll land on really, really good. Quit Obsessing Over Things That Don't Matter People are failing to launch their podcast because they are obsessed over things that don't really matter (color of website, the player your are using). I don't recommend a podcast based on the player or color of the website. Mentioned in the Show Grow Great Podcast Lee Silverstein's Colon Cancer Podcast Horse Radio Network Ham Radio 360 Podcast Kenn Blanchard - Black Man with a Gun Kenn Blanchard Show Join the School of Podcasting ]]>2749cleanfullBehind The Scenes of Creating a Local Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-creating-a-local-podcast--10953777639ea41d785d71ceedfd9bf7b9b861ecMon, 20 Feb 2017 05:57:49 +0000David JacksonToday I share some insights after talking with Jason Norris of Podcast Logical Chris Holifield of I Am Salt Lake Lee of This is Rammy Ken Blannchard from Upper Marlboro (and black man with a gun) We hear what it is like to start a local podcast...3222cleanfullFooducate - Probiotics - My Bland Soup Experimenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fooducate-probiotics-my-bland-soup-experiment--397712550c5cd7b82e848d5766d32d29f29b8845Mon, 20 Feb 2017 04:22:44 +0000David JacksonMy Bland Soup Experiment Today I talk about how I went to purchased a 2 Quart Slow Cooker ($8) and was amazed at how much SALT is in the "ready made" seasoning mixes for slow cookers. So I decided to make my own. I purchased some stew meat, a bag of...1893cleanfullWeight Loss Melt Down - NEW CHALLENGE JOIN TODAYhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weight-loss-melt-down-new-challenge-join-today--39771236www.logicalloss.com/challenge17 FROM THE EMAIL BAG You mentioned how “instant oatmeal” is not the same as it was ten years ago. I like oatmeal, and eat it most weekdays. I make it in a small “Crock Pot” that is intended for things like dip, fondue, etc. I think it’s called the “Little Dipper” ($14.95)– capacity of 16 oz. I use McCann’s Steel Cut Oats, put in a 1/4 cup, and then add 10 oz of water. Plug it in when I go to bed, and in the morning it is perfectly done. Stir, add a little milk, or whatever you prefer as “milk” and you are ready! I also drink OJ in the morning, but I “cut it” 50/50 with non-sodium seltzer. BTW, the McCann’s comes in a can and retails for about 5.99 for 20 servings, so it’s economical too. -Carol I've been enjoying the podcast for quite some time now. Thanks for keeping at it! And congratulations on your 30lb loss last year. That's awesome! Question for you - I know that you have mentioned some weight loss challenge apps in the past. Some co-workers want to do a weight loss challenge but they want to raise money for a charity that we support. Do you have any recommendations on an app that they could use to do that? I would appreciate any suggestions. Thanks! Longtime fan, Nikki in SoCal Weight Loss Challenges - Websites and Resources I haven't talked about this in a while, and I went and look at and some of the resources of the past have gone away (well, that's the internet, and it's also hard to stay in business when you charge 0.00) Here are a couple that seem up to date My Weight Loss Challenge Spreadsheet. If you just need a spreadsheet where all the math is done for you, here it is. Diet Bet Dietbet.com is one of the top sites. It allows you to have teams, and they have kickstarters (4% weight loss), Challenges (for most % of body weight), and they have bets for those who want to maintain. Check it out at dietbet.com Heathwage Healthwage has got a lot of press coverage that just pays you to lose weight. You put in how much you want to lose, how long you want to lost it, and it calculates a prize. For me I told it I wanted to lose 15 pounds of 6 months. It said I would need to lose 20 and I would earn $133 (I would have put in 120 which is 11% return). I am at a weight that I don't think I could get that low. (I lost 30 lbs last year). Meltodwn Challenge I really liked this one, and started challenge. IT STARTS TODAY so get in on this now! This has an app, and you can easily setup a group, or if you want have it go to charity, or have some of it go to the person running it (which we did in my case to pay for it). Stickk Stickk.com is an interesting twist meant for ANY resolution. You pick a referee to keep you accountable. You can earn money, or motivate yourself by having your money go to something you hate. Check it out at stickk.com Thintopia and Fatbet Both of these sites are still around. They help people login and track their weight and you see the progress. With Dietbet, Healthwage, and Stickk, there is some sort of anti-cheat involved (videos, pictures, etc) These two sites (both free) operate on the honor system. Fatbet is at fatbet.net and Thintopia is Thintopia.com Join the Challenge Today]]>4f41b4a949ab4d252f381fd05587f291Mon, 13 Feb 2017 05:29:24 +0000David JacksonThanks to Nicole for the lovely donation to keep the lights on. We are starting a new weight loss challenge, join today at www.logicalloss.com/challenge17 FROM THE EMAIL BAG You mentioned how “instant oatmeal” is not the same as it was ten years ago....www.logicalloss.com/challenge17 FROM THE EMAIL BAG You mentioned how “instant oatmeal” is not the same as it was ten years ago. I like oatmeal, and eat it most weekdays. I make it in a small “Crock Pot” that is intended for things like dip, fondue, etc. I think it’s called the “Little Dipper” ($14.95)– capacity of 16 oz. I use McCann’s Steel Cut Oats, put in a 1/4 cup, and then add 10 oz of water. Plug it in when I go to bed, and in the morning it is perfectly done. Stir, add a little milk, or whatever you prefer as “milk” and you are ready! I also drink OJ in the morning, but I “cut it” 50/50 with non-sodium seltzer. BTW, the McCann’s comes in a can and retails for about 5.99 for 20 servings, so it’s economical too. -Carol I've been enjoying the podcast for quite some time now. Thanks for keeping at it! And congratulations on your 30lb loss last year. That's awesome! Question for you - I know that you have mentioned some weight loss challenge apps in the past. Some co-workers want to do a weight loss challenge but they want to raise money for a charity that we support. Do you have any recommendations on an app that they could use to do that? I would appreciate any suggestions. Thanks! Longtime fan, Nikki in SoCal Weight Loss Challenges - Websites and Resources I haven't talked about this in a while, and I went and look at and some of the resources of the past have gone away (well, that's the internet, and it's also hard to stay in business when you charge 0.00) Here are a couple that seem up to date My Weight Loss Challenge Spreadsheet. If you just need a spreadsheet where all the math is done for you, here it is. Diet Bet Dietbet.com is one of the top sites. It allows you to have teams, and they have kickstarters (4% weight loss), Challenges (for most % of body weight), and they have bets for those who want to maintain. Check it out at dietbet.com Heathwage Healthwage has got a lot of press coverage that just pays you to lose weight. You put in how much you want to lose, how long you want to lost it, and it calculates a prize. For me I told it I wanted to lose 15 pounds of 6 months. It said I would need to lose 20 and I would earn $133 (I would have put in 120 which is 11% return). I am at a weight that I don't think I could get that low. (I lost 30 lbs last year). Meltodwn Challenge I really liked this one, and started challenge. IT STARTS TODAY so get in on this now! This has an app, and you can easily setup a group, or if you want have it go to charity, or have some of it go to the person running it (which we did in my case to pay for it). Stickk Stickk.com is an interesting twist meant for ANY resolution. You pick a referee to keep you accountable. You can earn money, or motivate yourself by having your money go to something you hate. Check it out at stickk.com Thintopia and Fatbet Both of these sites are still around. They help people login and track their weight and you see the progress. With Dietbet, Healthwage, and Stickk, there is some sort of anti-cheat involved (videos, pictures, etc) These two sites (both free) operate on the honor system. Fatbet is at fatbet.net and Thintopia is Thintopia.com Join the Challenge Today]]>1206cleanfullGlenn Rubenstein - Podcast Advertising Workshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/glenn-rubenstein-podcast-advertising-works--10762138https://adopter.media/) World Radio Day Get Hindenburgh Journalist For $1.90 You can purchase Hindenburg Journalist for $1.90 (Not a typo, typically $95) and help fight hunger. You can upgrade to their pro version for $215 (usually over $300). Need help learning the software? Check out the School of Podcasting's Hindenburgh Journalist for Podcasting Course Because of My Podcast - I'm Going to Spring Training for Free Corey Fineran hosts the Ivy Envy Podcast, and shares how his audience is paying for him, his co-host (and their families) to go to the Chicago Cubs spring training in Arizona (in addition to making some great keepsakes for their studio). Podcast Advertising Works - Glenn Rubenstein Interview Glenn has been working in Ad Sales in podcasting for many years and today he shares some insights into: What mistakes podcasters are making What a future of dynamic advertising could look like How to overcome common objections when trying to sell advertising The book Podcast Advertising Works is great for someone who is trying to sell advertisements on their show. If you want more about advertising and monetizing your show. Check out the Episodes with Jessica Kupferman, and Glenn The Geek Hebert What Do You Mean When You Say Edit Your Podcast? Today I'm going to play some clips of a podcast (friend of mine, who has come and said he should've edited) to help demonstrate things you should consider editing out of your show. Michael Butler knows his episode was going down a dark path (he has spoken about this on his show). Luckily for those who know Michael and the Rock and Roll Geek show, we found it funny. Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Advertising Works Rock and Roll Geek show The Bitterest Pill  Check out Dan Klass' book Podcasting Solutions Adopter Media Hindenburg Journalist Radio Day Promotion Join the School of Podcasting Risk Free www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/start]]>b25e09cafea784637e5a6587789495eaMon, 13 Feb 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonComments? Call them in 888-563-3228 Today we talk with Glenn Rubenstein who is the author of the book Podcast Advertising Works. Glenn worked at the TWIT podcast network in both ad sales and as the company’s Director of Marketing. He is also the...https://adopter.media/) World Radio Day Get Hindenburgh Journalist For $1.90 You can purchase Hindenburg Journalist for $1.90 (Not a typo, typically $95) and help fight hunger. You can upgrade to their pro version for $215 (usually over $300). Need help learning the software? Check out the School of Podcasting's Hindenburgh Journalist for Podcasting Course Because of My Podcast - I'm Going to Spring Training for Free Corey Fineran hosts the Ivy Envy Podcast, and shares how his audience is paying for him, his co-host (and their families) to go to the Chicago Cubs spring training in Arizona (in addition to making some great keepsakes for their studio). Podcast Advertising Works - Glenn Rubenstein Interview Glenn has been working in Ad Sales in podcasting for many years and today he shares some insights into: What mistakes podcasters are making What a future of dynamic advertising could look like How to overcome common objections when trying to sell advertising The book Podcast Advertising Works is great for someone who is trying to sell advertisements on their show. If you want more about advertising and monetizing your show. Check out the Episodes with Jessica Kupferman, and Glenn The Geek Hebert What Do You Mean When You Say Edit Your Podcast? Today I'm going to play some clips of a podcast (friend of mine, who has come and said he should've edited) to help demonstrate things you should consider editing out of your show. Michael Butler knows his episode was going down a dark path (he has spoken about this on his show). Luckily for those who know Michael and the Rock and Roll Geek show, we found it funny. Mentioned In This Episode Podcast Advertising Works Rock and Roll Geek show The Bitterest Pill  Check out Dan Klass' book Podcasting Solutions Adopter Media Hindenburg Journalist Radio Day Promotion Join the School of Podcasting Risk Free www.schoolofpodcasitng.com/start]]>3083cleanfullDealing With Post Super Bowl Guilthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dealing-with-post-super-bowl-guilt--39771194b33040cad8962c37a441b8d71f7da5e3Mon, 06 Feb 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou didn't do well avoiding the chicken wings, potato chips, etc and now you feel bad cause knew the scale was going to go up (and it did). Now what? Well you could shame yourself to death, make yourself feel bad, which will lead to you making...1861cleanfullPodcasting Gives a Listener a Reason To Livehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-gives-a-listener-a-reason-to-live--10570316http://feld.com/archives/2014/10/founder-suicides.html http://www.businessinsider.com/austen-heinzs-suicide-and-depression-in-startups-2015-7 http://thehustle.co/depression-among-entrepreneurs-is-an-epidemic-nobody-is-talking-about http://www.inc.com/magazine/201309/jessica-bruder/psychological-price-of-entrepreneurship.html Ready To Start Podcasting? Don't Just Start a Podcast, Start a Podcast Right Join the School of Podcasting and enjoy these valuable assets Step by step tutorials that work on all platforms (Windows, Mac, iPad, etc) Live Group Coaching - Get Your Questions Answered Live Priority Email Support - Get your questions answered quickly Private Facebook Group - Network, and brainstorm ideas. 30 Day Money Back Guarantee Click Here to Join today]]>318f398a77ebef4ff29fc8c8453a00ffMon, 06 Feb 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have a serious subject that isn't so much about getting more downloads, and new cool gear, but the fact that your podcast can make a difference. I've helped people save money on fear, and help them launch podcasts. I've helped them find ways...3109cleanfullPodcasting Pet Peeves of My Listenershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-pet-peeves-of-my-listeners--10429004www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop (other companies are charging $99 an episode) What Makes You Unsubscribe From a Podcast? Failure to Get to the Point 4:10 Haley Redke (Adopteeson.com) is not a fan of not getting to the point, and people that interrupt their guests. 5:33 Tracie Bonnick also hates when the podcast hosts hates it when the host of the podcast doesn't let the guest talk 6:05 Glenn the Geek Hebert of Horse Radio Network was on Podcast Junkies and said he hates it when the podcast hosts just runs down a list of questions 6:39 Brian Weber (bartenderjourney.net) hates it when people don't get to the point 7:15 Ishamael Colderon - Hates long intro 7:43 John Wilkerson (www.strugglingforpurpose.com ) hates a super long intro 10:00 Daryl hates a ton of ads at the beginning (Joe Rogan?) as in three minutes of nothing but ads. 11:00 James Aaron of https://2middleageddudes.wordpress.com/ hates people talking to hear themselves talk. 11:53 From new Father Daniel J Lewis (YEAH NOODLE BABY) from the Audacity to Podcast said, "I go "ugh" when a conversation with a guest starts with "getting to know you" stuff. I don't care about the guest's background until after I care about their message." 12:40 Riding the Volume Knob 13:10 Kathe Kline from Rock Your Retirement goes nuts when she has to keep adjusting the volume 14:30 John Hilman hates it when the hosts and guest have WAY different volume levels. 15:50 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast - Four People Around One Microphone makes her turn off the show immediately. 17:20 Kuldrin Fire (kuldrinskrypt.com ) hates the word, "Right" and having to ride the volume knob, and he hates when hosts put down other hosts. 19:50 Inside Jokes 20:15 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast when they forget they have new listeners and talk about things from past episodes 20:53 Mark Des Cotes from the Resourceful Designer  (and http://solotalkmedia.com/)hates it when TV Show podcasts refer to the actress name only (and not the character) 22:23 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast hates people who are note authentic and giant commercials. Experts Who Don't Know What They're Talking About 24:00 Connie From the Small Business 101 Podcast couldn't believe the advice she heard about starting a business 27:00 Hall of Fame Podcaster Danny Peña from Gamer Tag Radio hates it when Podcasts about Podcasting promote the importance of New and Noteworthy (see newandnoteworthy.info ) 27:30 Cedric Green hates it when people Curse.(cookingwithceddy.ws - coming soon). It unprofessional and you can't listen to it with kids in the car. 28:35 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast judges harshly when easy to remove ums are not removed. 30.17 Michael Blakston (Road Noises Podcast) hates mouth noises 32:00 Boomy Room Noise 33:14 Cheri Fields (Christian Science 4 Kids) had some show that were so boomy she couldn't understand the podcasters due to the room noise 35:07 Nivek Thompson of Real Democracy Now Podcast - hates when the host sounds like they are in a barn. 35:50 Chris Hache (chrishache.com) - If your podcast is not pleasing to my ears you are gone! 36:25 Things You Say That Drive Me Crazy Try Price (Completely Comics) hates when a podcaster will "be right back." 37:12 Rob Kerns from Living the Vet Life - When a podcast is filled with complaints, but there are no solutions proposed. 38:55 Steve Stewart - hates it when people don't edit, and when people kinda, sort of, maybe, think about, taking action. 41:27 Cheri Fields (Christian Science 4 Kids) the ultimate pet peeve is when people can't listen to your show cause it doesn't work. Start Your Podcast Today Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start Step by step tutorials Private Facebook Group Live Group Coaching]]>780ce91af79455c703d1dd2a996e4c3aMon, 30 Jan 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonOnce a month this year, I'm going ask you a question and use those answers for an episode. I want to get to under you more, and in general get a better understand of what you like and dislike. This month I asked, "What are those things that make your...www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop (other companies are charging $99 an episode) What Makes You Unsubscribe From a Podcast? Failure to Get to the Point 4:10 Haley Redke (Adopteeson.com) is not a fan of not getting to the point, and people that interrupt their guests. 5:33 Tracie Bonnick also hates when the podcast hosts hates it when the host of the podcast doesn't let the guest talk 6:05 Glenn the Geek Hebert of Horse Radio Network was on Podcast Junkies and said he hates it when the podcast hosts just runs down a list of questions 6:39 Brian Weber (bartenderjourney.net) hates it when people don't get to the point 7:15 Ishamael Colderon - Hates long intro 7:43 John Wilkerson (www.strugglingforpurpose.com ) hates a super long intro 10:00 Daryl hates a ton of ads at the beginning (Joe Rogan?) as in three minutes of nothing but ads. 11:00 James Aaron of https://2middleageddudes.wordpress.com/ hates people talking to hear themselves talk. 11:53 From new Father Daniel J Lewis (YEAH NOODLE BABY) from the Audacity to Podcast said, "I go "ugh" when a conversation with a guest starts with "getting to know you" stuff. I don't care about the guest's background until after I care about their message." 12:40 Riding the Volume Knob 13:10 Kathe Kline from Rock Your Retirement goes nuts when she has to keep adjusting the volume 14:30 John Hilman hates it when the hosts and guest have WAY different volume levels. 15:50 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast - Four People Around One Microphone makes her turn off the show immediately. 17:20 Kuldrin Fire (kuldrinskrypt.com ) hates the word, "Right" and having to ride the volume knob, and he hates when hosts put down other hosts. 19:50 Inside Jokes 20:15 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast when they forget they have new listeners and talk about things from past episodes 20:53 Mark Des Cotes from the Resourceful Designer  (and http://solotalkmedia.com/)hates it when TV Show podcasts refer to the actress name only (and not the character) 22:23 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast hates people who are note authentic and giant commercials. Experts Who Don't Know What They're Talking About 24:00 Connie From the Small Business 101 Podcast couldn't believe the advice she heard about starting a business 27:00 Hall of Fame Podcaster Danny Peña from Gamer Tag Radio hates it when Podcasts about Podcasting promote the importance of New and Noteworthy (see newandnoteworthy.info ) 27:30 Cedric Green hates it when people Curse.(cookingwithceddy.ws - coming soon). It unprofessional and you can't listen to it with kids in the car. 28:35 Emily from The Story Behind Podcast judges harshly when easy to remove ums are not removed. 30.17 Michael Blakston (Road Noises Podcast) hates mouth noises 32:00 Boomy Room Noise 33:14 Cheri Fields (Christian Science 4 Kids) had some show that were so boomy she couldn't understand the podcasters due to the room noise 35:07 Nivek Thompson of Real Democracy Now Podcast - hates when the host sounds like they are in a barn. 35:50 Chris Hache (chrishache.com) - If your podcast is not pleasing to my ears you are gone! 36:25 Things You Say That Drive Me Crazy Try Price (Completely Comics) hates when a podcaster will "be right back." 37:12 Rob Kerns from Living the Vet Life - When a...]]>3111cleanfullWeight Loss and Alcoholhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weight-loss-and-alcohol--39771210https://youtu.be/fG2o0I8amvY Support the Show www.logicalloss.com/support]]>49600f230c0491af43641750bc7750caMon, 30 Jan 2017 02:56:37 +0000David JacksonToday I get into why its not a good idea to drink alcohol if you are trying to lose weight. Your body only has so much time during the day to burn calories. Alcohol is empty calories, and basically get burned first. Then when you run out of time, you...https://youtu.be/fG2o0I8amvY Support the Show www.logicalloss.com/support]]>1315cleanfullBehind the Scenes of the Horse Radio Networkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-the-horse-radio-network--10365654www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop (other companies are charging $99 an episode) Because of my Podcast: Ravi Jayagopal Ravi is the man behind Digital Access Pass which is a great membership script if you're looking to turn your Wordpress Website into a Membership site. Ravi shares how starting his Subscribe Me and Cut to the Chase Podcasts has boosted sales, introduced him to new friends and resources, got consulting clients, and created doors where none existed. Check out Ravi's "Subscribe Me" Book, His Subscribe Me podcast, and his Wordpress Player "Cool Cast" Player Glenn The Geek Takes Us Behind The Operations of The Horse Radio Podcast Network. What a typical day looks like The rules of setting up additional shows What media group is RIPE to start their own podcast What Glenn does with his advertisers to keep them engaged Check out Glenn at www.horseradionetwork.com Glenn was on the SOP talking about Sponsorships Mentioned In This Show Dealing With My Grief Podcast Podfest.us February in Florida Podcast Engineering School (Chris was on a previous show) Digital Access Pass My Podcast Reviews Confessions of a Wannabe PodcaSTAR: The Biggest Podcasting Myths Busted Honestly: My Life and Stryper Revealed Divi Wordpress Theme Not Sure Where To Start With Podcasting? Free video course "Podcast baby steps" will show you in bite size chunks what to do. ]]>c24c063c7f6e53af5ac12d364d177c01Mon, 23 Jan 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we go deep into running the business that is The Horse Radio Network. We talk with America's Horse Husband Glenn "the Geek" Hebert and he shares: SPONSOR: Emerald City Productions Get your first four episodes edited for $15 each (and only $40...www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop (other companies are charging $99 an episode) Because of my Podcast: Ravi Jayagopal Ravi is the man behind Digital Access Pass which is a great membership script if you're looking to turn your Wordpress Website into a Membership site. Ravi shares how starting his Subscribe Me and Cut to the Chase Podcasts has boosted sales, introduced him to new friends and resources, got consulting clients, and created doors where none existed. Check out Ravi's "Subscribe Me" Book, His Subscribe Me podcast, and his Wordpress Player "Cool Cast" Player Glenn The Geek Takes Us Behind The Operations of The Horse Radio Podcast Network. What a typical day looks like The rules of setting up additional shows What media group is RIPE to start their own podcast What Glenn does with his advertisers to keep them engaged Check out Glenn at www.horseradionetwork.com Glenn was on the SOP talking about Sponsorships Mentioned In This Show Dealing With My Grief Podcast Podfest.us February in Florida Podcast Engineering School (Chris was on a previous show) Digital Access Pass My Podcast Reviews Confessions of a Wannabe PodcaSTAR: The Biggest Podcasting Myths Busted Honestly: My Life and Stryper Revealed Divi Wordpress Theme Not Sure Where To Start With Podcasting? Free video course "Podcast baby steps" will show you in bite size chunks what to do. ]]>3491cleanfullA Wake Up Call From Fank Payne of My Big fat Bodyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-wake-up-call-from-fank-payne-of-my-big-fat-body--39771205227ab0c67c6610142c88ac1d13e82055Thu, 19 Jan 2017 04:16:49 +0000David JacksonI watched the documentary My Big fat Body by Frank Payne on Amazon Prime (it was included with the Prime membership). The movie shows Frank going through the process of losing 60 lbs. It was impressive. I wanted to see how Frank was doing now. The...1258cleanfullSpreaker Introduces Ad Revenue Systemhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spreaker-introduces-ad-revenue-system--10315038http://www.conversationsnetwork.org/levelator Libsyn Liberated Syndication (libsyn) pioneered the system to host and publish podcasts in 2004. And since then has grown to the largest leading podcast network with over 2.6 billion downloads in 2014. Libsyn hosts over 25,000 shows with 44 million monthly audience member. Find it at www.libsyn.com (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month) My Podcast Launch Kit I had someone said to me, I don't want to think about it, I trust you. Tell me what to do. Well, there is no one size fits all, but here are some things that I recommend: I say use a self hosted Wordpress Website. I do not like Blue host, or dreamhost, I am moving my things to Coolerwebsites.com which is my reseller account for Godaddy. I've also used Hostgator. I use Libsyn for my media hosting and distribution. I used them 10 years before I started working for them in 2016. For my Wordpress theme I use Appendipty themes which run on the Genesis platform, or if your situation is a website that has a podcast, I like the Elegant themes Divi (which I will be using on this website later this year) The Actual "Launch" I would record a few episodes. This lets me see how much it takes to get create an episode, and then it lets me decide what my publishing scheduling. I would ask some people who are my target audience to listen, and get feedback. The goal is to ensure you are delivering value that makes people do one (or more ) of the following: Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain I would have a few "in the can" (which means recorded but not released) if possible so that if life happens you can still publish without missing your schedule. Publish an episode or two (I don't believe you need 3, 5, 8 episodes - unless you have content coming out of your ears) and then list them in the following directories iTunes Stitcher Google Play Music TuneIn Most apps like pocketcasts and overcast pull from iTunes. Then you tell everyone you know, use email, social media, etc. You might try creating a Thunderclap campaign, and then use social jukebox or Buffer.com to promote your episodes as they go out Sponsored By Emerald City Productions Get your first four episodes (up to 30 minutes per episode) edited for $15 each. From head to toe you will sound great. Go to www.emeraldcitpro.com/sop Mentioned In This Show Mark Neslon Show Thunderclap campaign Coolerwebsites.com Dana Gould Hour on iTunes Start Podcasting Today School of Podcasting - Podcasting Courses]]>24816f3e0ef17b29e2be5c429281b579Mon, 16 Jan 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast Dana Gould I was reading an article where West Word was interviewing Dana Gould (Who I find hilarious) and they asked him he still does his podcast (the Dana Gould Hour) while now running/writing the show Stan Against Evil. Here...http://www.conversationsnetwork.org/levelator Libsyn Liberated Syndication (libsyn) pioneered the system to host and publish podcasts in 2004. And since then has grown to the largest leading podcast network with over 2.6 billion downloads in 2014. Libsyn hosts over 25,000 shows with 44 million monthly audience member. Find it at www.libsyn.com (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month) My Podcast Launch Kit I had someone said to me, I don't want to think about it, I trust you. Tell me what to do. Well, there is no one size fits all, but here are some things that I recommend: I say use a self hosted Wordpress Website. I do not like Blue host, or dreamhost, I am moving my things to Coolerwebsites.com which is my reseller account for Godaddy. I've also used Hostgator. I use Libsyn for my media hosting and distribution. I used them 10 years before I started working for them in 2016. For my Wordpress theme I use Appendipty themes which run on the Genesis platform, or if your situation is a website that has a podcast, I like the Elegant themes Divi (which I will be using on this website later this year) The Actual "Launch" I would record a few episodes. This lets me see how much it takes to get create an episode, and then it lets me decide what my publishing scheduling. I would ask some people who are my target audience to listen, and get feedback. The goal is to ensure you are delivering value that makes people do one (or more ) of the following: Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain I would have a few "in the can" (which means recorded but not released) if possible so that if life happens you can still publish without missing your schedule. Publish an episode or two (I don't believe you need 3, 5, 8 episodes - unless you have content coming out of your ears) and then list...]]>2218cleanfullFacing the Fat - Cheflinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/facing-the-fat-chefling--39771235ccec1dec42196e78792c9cf309a742b2Wed, 11 Jan 2017 22:36:34 +0000David JacksonSee logicalloss.com/3161282cleanfullA Great Example of Podcasting For Your Businesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-great-example-of-podcasting-for-your-business--10267270http://ringr.com/podcastcoach The people that use Tim's technology interview people and want a good recording. There are two ways to learn things. You can be shown how to do it right, or your can bring in those two famous trainers that seem to help everyone. You may know them as Trial and Error. They are not very efficient, but their lessons cut deep. You want your podcast to do one of these things Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain If you have your show do more than one of the above, you're headed in the right direction. So what Tim did is launch a podcast filled with fun, entertaining stories that can be educational as well. The podcast is called My Worst Interview Ever. He has interviewed people like Cliff Ravenscraft, The Mobile Pro Shawn Smith, The App Guy Paul Kemp, XM Radio’s Doug Hannah, Blubrry’s Todd Cochrane, Libsyn’s Rob Walch, syndicated radio host Brant Hansen, Dave Jackson, Dan Franks, Jeff Brown, Daniel J. Lewis. The stories I understand are hilarious. The first episode is John Lee Dumas talking about his worst interview ( a rock icon famous for selling coffins). So when creating a podcast, one strategy is to create a podcast that your target audience wants to hear. Tim identified his audience and has come up with a fun and entertaining way to produce good content without making his show a giant infomercial. Remember, nobody tunes into an infomercial on purpose. The next thing I like is Tim is already in iTunes and Stitcher. He doesn't seem too worried about the magical happy place of New and Noteworthy and his first eight weeks. With content like this, I bet he'll get listed because he didn't name his show wtf this week in cold cases on fire. He also made sure NOT to make it giant Ringr commercial. He does a quick mention in the middle. He understands the idea is to build an audience first. Check out his show at worstinterviews.com and check out his service at ringr.com A Not Great Example The Penzu podcast is meant to help promote their company (penzu.com which I love and use) Nobody is looking for "Penzu" that doesn't know then) so how is this supposed to bring in new people? They are using Soundcloud as their platform (who are leaking money). Switch to Libsyn.com and your back catalog comes for free during the first quarter of 2017, and get a free month using the coupon code sopfree Their titles look awful. There is no description. They only have seven episodes (which is fine), but they have the podcast in their software (so their customers have had "episode 7 in their platform all year) Back to the Basics Of Your Website I recently did the "Favorite Podcast Ever" show where you sent in your favorite podcasts and explained why they were your favorite. I always then go to the website of those show and share that someone thinks you're the best. I am amazed at some of the things I find. Before we get into those, you do need to decide what your website is for. By this mean I mean if your podcast is to drive leads to your business, then you might have a giant sign up form. If you're trying to grow your community, you might really be sending people to your Facebook group. So in the end, there is no one size fits all. However, there are two things I hear over and over and over. I hear, "I want more downloads, and I want more interaction." When I go to the websites of these people, there are no links to subscribe to their show. There is no easy way to contact you. One person I had to tweet at (and their twitter account was waaaay at the bottom of their screen). I had someone who was going to hire me to help him get more subscribers. I went to their website, and said you don't need to pay me for this, but there isn't a single subscriber button on your website. Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting or Schedule some One on One Consulting]]>68b082547240b831bad0aa522783d216Mon, 09 Jan 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast: My Family Was Fed A Giant Meal Cale Nelson of Ham Radio 360 sent in a great story where a listener told him NOTt to make dinner the Thursday before Christmas. Then sent Cale a giant box of Barbecue. When you've got a houseful of...http://ringr.com/podcastcoach The people that use Tim's technology interview people and want a good recording. There are two ways to learn things. You can be shown how to do it right, or your can bring in those two famous trainers that seem to help everyone. You may know them as Trial and Error. They are not very efficient, but their lessons cut deep. You want your podcast to do one of these things Laugh Cry Think Groan Educate Entertain If you have your show do more than one of the above, you're headed in the right direction. So what Tim did is launch a podcast filled with fun, entertaining stories that can be educational as well. The podcast is called My Worst Interview Ever. He has interviewed people like Cliff Ravenscraft, The Mobile Pro Shawn Smith, The App Guy Paul Kemp, XM Radio’s Doug Hannah, Blubrry’s Todd Cochrane, Libsyn’s Rob Walch, syndicated radio host Brant Hansen, Dave Jackson, Dan Franks, Jeff Brown, Daniel J. Lewis. The stories I understand are hilarious. The first episode is John Lee Dumas talking about his worst interview ( a rock icon famous for selling coffins). So when creating a podcast, one strategy is to create a podcast that your target audience wants to hear. Tim identified his audience and has come up with a fun and entertaining way to produce good content without making his show a giant infomercial. Remember, nobody tunes into an infomercial on purpose. The next thing I like is Tim is already in iTunes and Stitcher. He doesn't seem too worried about the magical happy place of New and Noteworthy and his first eight weeks. With content like this, I bet he'll get listed because he didn't name his show wtf this week in cold cases on fire. He also made sure NOT to make it giant Ringr commercial. He does a quick mention in the middle. He understands the idea is to build an audience first. Check out his show at worstinterviews.com and check out his service at ringr.com A Not Great Example The Penzu podcast is meant to help promote their company (penzu.com which I love and use) Nobody is looking for "Penzu" that doesn't know then) so how is this supposed to bring in new people? They are using Soundcloud as their platform (who are leaking money). Switch to Libsyn.com and your back catalog comes for free during the first quarter of 2017, and get a free month using the coupon code sopfree Their titles look awful. There is no description. They only have seven episodes (which is fine), but they have the podcast in their software (so their customers have had "episode 7 in their platform all year) Back to the Basics Of Your Website I recently did the "Favorite Podcast Ever" show where you sent in your favorite podcasts and explained why they were your favorite. I always then go to the...]]>2968cleanfullDo Something You've Never Done Beforehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-something-you-ve-never-done-before--39771207b6ec76d6da215b2d4828ce4fd60254fcTue, 03 Jan 2017 05:14:02 +0000David JacksonI found a quote: When you want something you’ve never had, you have to do something you’ve never done. -Thomas Jefferson This is true for EVERYTHING. The bad news is it is "Weight Loss Season" where every other commercial is someone telling you that...1392cleanfullThis is Your Podcast Wake Up Callhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/this-is-your-podcast-wake-up-call--10223276http://apple.co/1UBr3yD which is a podcast about history. Because of my podcast - 1. I've been able to interview Pulitzer Prize winning historians about their latest work. History Nerdapaloosa. 2. my college (the real job) just built me a new state of the art podcast studio! It's not just for me, of course, but because I was up and running as a podcaster it spurred them to do it. 3. I've been invited by Chris K to be part of PodFest 2017 (day 1). 4. I snared an audition for a new program on The History Channel - in part because they checked out my podcast and seemed convinced that I'd be funny and free spirited and not just knowledgeable about history. If anything comes of this, it will certainly be my big time "because of my podcast" story! Mentioned in this Podcast Start podcasting at the School of Podcasting Speakermatch (service to help speakers find events to speak at ) Gleason Documentary on Amazon Podfest Podcast Podcasting Event in Orlando Florida (coupon code Dave) Podcast Movement podcasting event (use coupon code sop10) Podcast Baby Steps Free Video Podcasting Course]]>904f0d73032e4e11227bd8070000a7bbMon, 02 Jan 2017 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonHere it is 2017. Congratulations you made it through another year. Some of you were going to start podcasting last year, some of you go back to 2015. Some of you, are going back even further. Today I want to give you some ideas and strategies to...3061cleanfullEven Smarter Water Bottles and Standing Deskshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/even-smarter-water-bottles-and-standing-desks--39771211http://hidratespark.com/ $59. The things I like about this one is: Fits in a stand cupholder in your car Has both an Ios and Android app (H2OPal is iOs only) Less Expensive More colors to choose from Moikit Cuptime 2 This is another bottle with a sensor on the bottom to measure the weight of your beverage. it also tells you the temperature of the beverage. This one is rechargable (where the Spark, and Pal use watch batteries that last a few months, and can be changed to keep on going). This comes with a charging station (great for being "the work cup"). It has a display on the cup as well as an app and it also syncs with Fitbit. The Cuptime 2 goes for around $80 Sippo Sippo is "more of the same" with both and android and iOs app. Their app has more of a social feel where you can share with friends and family and compete. Sippo goes for $69 Support The Show Thanks to everyone who has been going to our support page and shopping and donating.]]>02214f840c62f9463ef0ce453e8ebb53Tue, 27 Dec 2016 03:10:36 +0000David JacksonWe've spoken in the past how sitting down too long is just not a great habit to get into. However, when we've look ed at Standing Desk they are rather expensive with prices starting around $500 and go up from there. In looking back at these, I now am...http://hidratespark.com/ $59. The things I like about this one is: Fits in a stand cupholder in your car Has both an Ios and Android app (H2OPal is iOs only) Less Expensive More colors to choose from Moikit Cuptime 2 This is another bottle with a sensor on the bottom to measure the weight of your beverage. it also tells you the temperature of the beverage. This one is rechargable (where the Spark, and Pal use watch batteries that last a few months, and can be changed to keep on going). This comes with a charging station (great for being "the work cup"). It has a display on the cup as well as an app and it also syncs with Fitbit. The Cuptime 2 goes for around $80 Sippo Sippo is "more of the same" with both and android and iOs app. Their app has more of a social feel where you can share with friends and family and compete. Sippo goes for $69 Support The Show Thanks to everyone who has been going to our support page and shopping and donating.]]>1601cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast is 2016 Editionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-is-2016-edition--10182187http://adamcarolla.com/ 4:42 Bloodround - http://www.bloodround.com 6:58 Freakonomincs - http://www.freakonomics.com 9:18 Hollywood Bable On - http://www.smodcast.com/channel/hollywoodbabbleon 11:35 Kate’s Take - http://www.eofire.com/audio-blog/ 12:34 Medication Oasis - http://www.meditationoasis.com/podcast/ 13:25 Mighty Blue on the Appalachian Trail - http://mightyblueontheat.com/ 14:23 Mike Row’s The Way I Heard It - http://mikerowe.com/podcast/ 15:54 Mixergy - https://mixergy.com 17:00 Mysterious Universe - mysteriousuniverse.org 17:54 Mystery Show - https://gimletmedia.com/mystery-show/ 20:11 Old Pre-Meds - http://www.oldpremeds.org/ 22:10 Radio Labyrinth - https://audioboom.com/channel/radio-labyrinth 23:12 RED Podcast - http://www.redpodcast.com 24:25 Retired Exited - http://www.retiredexcited.com 25:30 Rock Your Retirement - http://www.rockyourretirement.com 27:25 She Podcasts - http://www.shepdocasts.com 29:20 Spawn On Me - http://spawnon.me/ 30:47 Stacking Benjamins - http://www.stackingbenjamins.com 35:42 Stuff You Missed in History - http://www.missedinhistory.com/ 39:05 Ted Radio Hour - http://www.npr.org/programs/ted-radio-hour/ 40:17 The Audacity to Podcast - http://www.theaudacitytopodcast.com 41:25 The School of Podcasting - http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com 42:50 Trecks in Sci -Fi - http://treksinscifi.com/podcast_notes/ 46:55 Tumble - http://www.sciencepodcastforkids.com/ Contribtuors Amanda from the Great Beer Adventure greatbeeradventure.com Brian Entzminger, host of the Engaging Missions Shows at http://www.engagingmissions.com Bryan Goodwin with http://www.goodwinsocialmedia.com Cale Nelson from www.hamradio360.com Chris Hache of the Noshing Nova Scotians podcast http://www.chrishache.com Glenn “The Geek” Hebert of the Horse Radio Network http:/www.horseradionetwork.com Hall of Fame Podcaster Danny Pena, founder and co-host of Gamertag Radio (http://www.gamertagradio.com Henry Shapiro of the Retired Excited podcast http://www.retiredexcited.com Jason Bryant from Mat Talk Online http://www.MatTalkOnline.com Jason Norris of Podcast Local from On the Go FM. http://www.podcastlocal.com Jayson Sacco of the Outdoor Adventures with Jason http://www.oawjs.com Jen is one of the founding co-hosts of the Anomaly Podcast, anomalypodcast.com Jonathan Christopher, host of the Career Eden Podcast http://careereden.libsyn.com/podcast Jonathan Messenger of The Alien Adventure of Finn Caspian show FinnCaspian.com Kathe Kline of the “Rock Your Retirement" podcast. rockyourretirement.com Katie Krimitsos of Biz Women Rock http://www.bizwomenrock.com Kim Krajci of Toast Masters 101, http://www.toastmasters101.net Lee Silverstein of the Colon Cancer Podcast http://thecoloncancerpodcast.com/) Randy Cantrell who is the host of the Grow Great podcast http://www.GrowGreat.com Rob Kerns of Living the Vet Life podcast http://www.livingthevetlife.com Stargate Pioneer of the Gonna Geek Network gonnageek.com Steve Stewart at You can find Steve at SteveStewart.me. Tyler Sheff of the Cash Flow Guys podcast http://www.cashflowguys.com Zen Runner of www.slowrunnersclub.com HOMEWORK What are you top podcasting pet peeves? Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact and let me know READY TO START PODCASTING Go to www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>eba8aa6d43f0d124d2aff3b930e2f8a2Mon, 26 Dec 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThis Year SOP Listeners said the following list was "Their Favorite Podcast" This means if they could only listen to ONE, this would be the show. Here they are in alphabetical order 4:00 Adam Carolla Show - http://adamcarolla.com/ 4:42 Bloodround -...http://adamcarolla.com/ 4:42 Bloodround - http://www.bloodround.com 6:58 Freakonomincs - http://www.freakonomics.com 9:18 Hollywood Bable On - http://www.smodcast.com/channel/hollywoodbabbleon 11:35 Kate’s Take - http://www.eofire.com/audio-blog/ 12:34 Medication Oasis - http://www.meditationoasis.com/podcast/ 13:25 Mighty Blue on the Appalachian Trail - http://mightyblueontheat.com/ 14:23 Mike Row’s The Way I Heard It - http://mikerowe.com/podcast/ 15:54 Mixergy - https://mixergy.com 17:00 Mysterious Universe - mysteriousuniverse.org 17:54 Mystery Show - https://gimletmedia.com/mystery-show/ 20:11 Old Pre-Meds - http://www.oldpremeds.org/ 22:10 Radio Labyrinth - https://audioboom.com/channel/radio-labyrinth 23:12 RED Podcast - http://www.redpodcast.com 24:25 Retired Exited - http://www.retiredexcited.com 25:30 Rock Your Retirement - http://www.rockyourretirement.com 27:25 She Podcasts - http://www.shepdocasts.com 29:20 Spawn On Me - http://spawnon.me/ 30:47 Stacking Benjamins - http://www.stackingbenjamins.com 35:42 Stuff You Missed in History - http://www.missedinhistory.com/ 39:05 Ted Radio Hour - http://www.npr.org/programs/ted-radio-hour/ 40:17 The Audacity to Podcast - http://www.theaudacitytopodcast.com 41:25 The School of Podcasting - http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com 42:50 Trecks in Sci -Fi - http://treksinscifi.com/podcast_notes/ 46:55 Tumble - http://www.sciencepodcastforkids.com/ Contribtuors Amanda from the Great Beer Adventure greatbeeradventure.com Brian Entzminger, host of the Engaging Missions Shows at http://www.engagingmissions.com Bryan Goodwin with http://www.goodwinsocialmedia.com Cale Nelson from www.hamradio360.com Chris Hache of the Noshing Nova Scotians podcast http://www.chrishache.com Glenn “The Geek” Hebert of the Horse Radio Network http:/www.horseradionetwork.com Hall of Fame Podcaster Danny Pena, founder and co-host of Gamertag Radio (http://www.gamertagradio.com Henry Shapiro of the Retired Excited podcast 3288cleanfullWhat Can Podcasters Learn From Amazon.comhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-can-podcasters-learn-from-amazon-com--10137695http://creationscience4kids.com/ What Podcaster's Can Learn From Amazon.com Amazon is an amazing company. Recently I purchased an Amazon Echo, and Later and Amazon Dot. These devices allow me to do things through voice activation system known as Alexa. You can control Alexa with an Amazon Echo, an Amazon Dot, and Amazon Tap, and now you can control your Amazon Fire TV. If you're interested, check out my Buyer's Guide. The item that made me purchase the Echo? The ability to say “Alexa, add eggs to the grocery list.” The more I examine the Amazon company, the more I believe there are tips we podcasters can learn from them. Amazon Makes It Easy To Find Stuff Their search is at the top of their page. You don’t have to search for the search. Amazon understands their customer may want a number of things, so they make it easy to find. Podcasters you need a search button that is easy to find, if you provide topics that are more of a reference. Podcasters you could use categories to create filter to only show those episodes that are categorized a certain way. Customer First Mentality Any research into amazon and you will read how they make all decisions based on serving the customer. They are spending money on items that will better serve the customer. So when you are thinking about purchasing some equipment for your podcast you need to ask yourself who the purchase is serving, you or your audience? Amazon project lead Ian McAllister has described a sort of reverse engineering that happens frequently at company HQ. “We try to work backwards from the customer, rather than starting with an idea for a product and trying to bolt customers onto it,” he wrote on Quora.com. When someone approaches you to to be a guest on your show, you need think, “Will my audience want to hear this content?” Personalized Recommendations There are plugins that can add related links to other episodes on your site. So when someone listens to an episode about Topic A there could be links to more Topic A shows at the bottom of the post. There are plugins such as Yet Another Related Wordpress Post Plugin (which has lots of features, but can be a bit of a resource hog), and Related Wordpress Posts is a lighter weight plugin with an easy setup. If you’re using Appendipity themes, this is a built in feature They Don’t Always Win, but They Try I completely forgot that Amazon launched a “Fire Phone.” That tells you how much of an impact it had on the phone space. They’ve done quite a few things that didn’t land well. It wants to infiltrate people’s lives to such an extent that they can’t imagine living without it — that they don’t even try to imagine living without it. We always joke that "No one will punch you in the face," here at the School of Podcasting. Your podcast is a recipe, not a statue. One of the cool things about being cloud based, is they are constantly adding new features to the Alexa system Keep Your Pages Loading Fast After analyzing the ratio of sales to website performance, Amazon discovered that for every 100ms of page load time there was a 1% decrease in sales. So how fast does your website need to be? Many usability experts propose that the ideal page load time is 2 seconds or less. You can easily test the page load time of your own website by using free tools such as WebPageTest.org So podcasters be careful loading tons of plugins if you're using WordPress. Some of those may slow down your site. Make it Fun Google the phrase "Alexa Easter Eggs" and you will find a giant list of goof things you can get Alexa to say. There are Make it Easy The one thing the Amazon Echo and Dot do is they make it super easy to ORDER STUFF. With a few phrases, "Alexa order Angel Soft Toilet paper" it is pretty much on the way. She will state what size the package is and the price and ask me if I want to order it. There are safeguard can put in so your kids do order every thing under the sun. Podcasters who are saying thins like, "Find me in iTunes" are missing a golden opportunity to lead their customers by the hand and show them exactly how to subscribe to their show. One of the things I did as a young grocery clerk was if someone asked where something was, I would take them to it, and make sure they could reach it. I wanted to see that product go into their cart. I would also ask if there was anything else they were looking for before I returned to whatever I was doing before. Make it easy. You can do this by finding your show in iTunes, and right clicking on your art work and copying the link then add a button to your site and attach that link to the button (there is a tutorial for this at the School of Podcasting Amazon's Ultimate Goal - Routine Amazon wants to be your right arm. They want to be integrated into your life. When I recently traveled without my Amazon Dot, it was weird not to wake up, check my to do list, get the weather, and hear my custom news. If you can podcast on a regular schedule, you become part of your audience's routine. Podcast Glossary "K" I couldn't think of any "I's, or J's" so we are moving o the the K's. kbps - This is stands for kilo bits per second. This is a measurement that you use when you are exporting your files. Typical settings are 128 kbps - Stereo (if your primarily music) 96 kbps - mono (for those doing speech, and want a slightly better sound than 64 ) 64 - kbps mono (same as 128 stereo, but mono) When exporting you do not want to use VBR (variable bit rate) as you mp3 file may not play on all players. Podcast Rewind - I Was On the SoloPreneur Hour with Michael O'Neal I appeared on episode 509 of the Solopreneur Hour with Michael O'Neil. We talked a little music, we talk about my early days of training people on office equipment, getting fired after busting your butt, and how I ended up in Podcasting. Check it out HERE You can hear Michael on this show sharing how he stands out from other podcast when I interviewed him on episode 542 Podcast Launch the Mark Nelson Show Mark is going to help you with your negotiating skills. Check out his show at http://www.marknelsonshow.com/ or Subscribe in iTunes Mentioned in This Show Computer Tutor Podcast Solopreneur Hour Podfest.Us (use the code Dave to save) Alexa Cast Amazon Alexa Buyers Guide Building a Better Dave Quora.com (questions website) Horse Radio Network Ready To Start Podcasting? Join the School of Podcasting. You get 16 courses Priority Email Support Group Coaching Private FaceBook Group 30 Day Guarantee Join Today]]>35064e6d14d6b46d1267fb6d1937874dMon, 19 Dec 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast I Got Media Passes - Cheri Field Cheri Fields has at least 7 children, and produces the Creation Science for Kids Podcast http://creationscience4kids.com/ What Podcaster's Can Learn From Amazon.com Amazon is an amazing company....http://creationscience4kids.com/ What Podcaster's Can Learn From Amazon.com Amazon is an amazing company. Recently I purchased an Amazon Echo, and Later and Amazon Dot. These devices allow me to do things through voice activation system known as Alexa. You can control Alexa with an Amazon Echo, an Amazon Dot, and Amazon Tap, and now you can control your Amazon Fire TV. If you're interested, check out my Buyer's Guide. The item that made me purchase the Echo? The ability to say “Alexa, add eggs to the grocery list.” The more I examine the Amazon company, the more I believe there are tips we podcasters can learn from them. Amazon Makes It Easy To Find Stuff Their search is at the top of their page. You don’t have to search for the search. Amazon understands their customer may want a number of things, so they make it easy to find. Podcasters you need a search button that is easy to find, if you provide topics that are more of a reference. Podcasters you could use categories to create filter to only show those episodes that are categorized a certain way. Customer First Mentality Any research into amazon and you will read how they make all decisions based on serving the customer. They are spending money on items that will better serve the customer. So when you are thinking about purchasing some equipment for your podcast you need to ask yourself who the purchase is serving, you or your audience? Amazon project lead Ian McAllister has described a sort of reverse engineering that happens frequently at company HQ. “We try to work backwards from the customer, rather than starting with an idea for a product and trying to bolt customers onto it,” he wrote on Quora.com. When someone approaches you to to be a guest on your show, you need think, “Will my audience want to hear this content?” Personalized Recommendations There are plugins that can add related links to other episodes on your site. So when someone listens to an episode about Topic A there could be links to more Topic A shows at the bottom of the post. There are plugins such as Yet Another Related Wordpress Post Plugin (which has lots of features, but can be a bit of a resource hog), and Related Wordpress Posts is a lighter weight plugin with an easy setup. If you’re using Appendipity themes, this is a built in feature They Don’t Always Win, but They Try I completely forgot that Amazon launched a “Fire Phone.” That tells you how much of an impact it had on the phone space. They’ve done quite a few things that didn’t land well. It wants to infiltrate people’s lives to such an extent that they can’t imagine living without it — that they don’t even try to imagine living without it. We always joke that "No one will punch you in the face," here at the School of Podcasting. Your podcast is a recipe, not a statue. One of the cool things about being cloud based, is they are constantly adding new features to the Alexa system Keep Your Pages Loading Fast After analyzing the ratio of sales to website performance, Amazon discovered that for every 100ms of page load time there was a 1% decrease in sales. So how fast does your website need to be? Many usability experts propose that the ideal page load time is 2 seconds or less. You can easily test the page load time of your own website by using free tools such as WebPageTest.org So podcasters be careful loading tons of plugins if you're using WordPress. Some of those may slow down your site. Make it Fun Google the phrase "Alexa Easter Eggs" and you will find a giant list of goof things you can get Alexa to say. There are Make it Easy The one thing the Amazon Echo and Dot do is they make it super easy to ORDER STUFF. With a few phrases, "Alexa order Angel Soft Toilet paper" it is pretty much on the way. She will state what size the...]]>1985cleanfullPodcast Guest and Hosting Dutieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-guest-and-hosting-duties--10087512www.hamradio360.com Be the Best Podcast Guest Be the Best Podcast Host Maybe it's Friday and I am just tired after so many hours of programming this week but if you send me an interview request that includes the following I will not even respond to you. 1: you must have a hour for the interview 2: you must have headphones 3: you must have a quiet space 4: We request all guest to share our podcast on social media I must? I must? You are asking me for an interview and you say I must? Plus, if in your initial email request you say I should share it to my social media, I will never respond to you. I will share it to my social media if I think it is valuable to my friends, family and audience. Show some respect when you are asking for interviews. Wow. Whew, ok now I am going take a break this weekend! Have a good one everybody! Stop Chasing Influencers Jared Easley is one of my My Favorite People on the Planet. I do't interact with him much, but when I do, I'm always glad I did. His Book Stop Chasing Influencers: The True Path to Building Your Business and Living Your Dream had a TON of useful advice that came from the real world. Here is a quick excerpt. A majority of the influencers and A-listers on his guest wish-list did not have time or interest in being on his new show, which had zero listeners. The guests who were gracious enough to give him the time for an interview were not inclined to share it with their audiences. Finally, the guests who did give him their time, and who also shared the show with their networks on social media, did not translate into a large Starve the Doubts audience that listened to the guest interviews and subscribed or stuck around as well. So if you're looking for GIANT numbers by having GIANT names, that is not going to happen. Host Tips If you of alot of interviews, you're going to lose your mind without a scheduling tool I love Acuity Scheduling. If you're looking for a free (scaled down) tool I've heard good things about Calendly.com Let the guest know WHY they are there. WHO they are talking to, WHAT they will be talking about and HOW long the interview will be. Go to their website and get the bio, headshot, etc. Then ask for what is missing. Do some research (if you want, listen to other interviews, check out their Facebook page, twitter), and come up with some questions. This list of questions (for me) will be used as "game plan" but not as an interrogation Email the day off (if not before, or better BOTH) the interview to remind them of your appointment. Make sure they know to get the best microphone available, and to have headphones on. Find out what website your want to promote. Where are we sending people? If they don't sound good (meaning their sound is distracting from the content), stop and ask them to get a different microphone, different position, etc. TRUST ME, you will not want to release this to you audience. Who do you want to upset, your legions of followers or ONE guest. You will spend a lot of time trying to clean up bad audio, and some times you just can't. When the guest arrives let them know its not live (unless it is) and that if they mess up you can do it over. Let them know that if you pause, you may be looking for the next question (and you're not looking for a longer answer). Erik K Johnson has a great tip and says to come up with a great first question to get the interview pointed in the right direction. Make sure you know how to say their name (sometimes you find them on YouTube and learn how to pronounce their name) Michael O'Neal has a great tip in his Art of the Interview Course. If you know a guest loves to tell the same story over and over, use it in the intro, and now they can't repeat it. Don't make them sit through the whole show if it's done live. If it's a live call, then bring them on 5 minutes before they go on the air. Michael O'Neal said (when he was on this show) to promote the guests stuff first, then they are happier to be on the show, promote the episode, and they aren't looking for opportunities to promote because you already did. After the interview is over -before you it stop - ask them if there is anything they'd like to change. When the interview goes live, make it INSANELY Easy to share your stuff. Give them links to the mp3 file, to your episode on your website, and a graphic. Realize they may not share it at all, and that's OK. They did their job, they provided content. You can use tools like Click to Tweet so you give them one link and it sends the tweet. Podcast Guest Tips Don't give one word answers. Listen to an episode to understand a bit about the show, the vibe, the audience. Get the best microphone available in your house (I suggest the Audio Technica atr2100) and wear headphones (even if it's earbuds) Email the host the day of the show Show up on time. Have one sheet that explains you, your bio, websites, social media, and attache a headshot. If you're promoting something, see if you can give people access to your product before the interview. Try to customize your answers to their audience. Don't go crazy with the hosts name, and compliments on "That's a good question" (unless it was an actual good question). Nobody tunes into an infomercial on purpose. Bring Value. If the episode would bring value to your audience, promote it on twitter, and any other venues you feel comfortable. Podcast Glossary "H" htaccess file A file on your website that dictates how your website functions, and what files are accessible Hindenburg Journalist This is one of my favorite tools to edit audio with. It doesn’t have all the bells and whistle of Adobe Audition, but it also has much less confusion. Mentioned In This Episode Erik K Johnson Jessica Rhodes Michael O'Neal Start Podcasting Today Go to www.theschoolofpodcasting.com and use the coupon code listener]]>f260c5ef352c431d4617c14296b38cbaMon, 12 Dec 2016 05:22:31 +0000David JacksonCall the Show 888-563-3228 Because of my Podcast Cale Nelson Last week, a listener contacted me via email. He is one of my Pateron Supporters. He said he noticed on my Pateron page the goal for buying a new Mixer. He went on to inquire about which...www.hamradio360.com Be the Best Podcast Guest Be the Best Podcast Host Maybe it's Friday and I am just tired after so many hours of programming this week but if you send me an interview request that includes the following I will not even respond to you. 1: you must have a hour for the interview 2: you must have headphones 3: you must have a quiet space 4: We request all guest to share our podcast on social media I must? I must? You are asking me for an interview and you say I must? Plus, if in your initial email request you say I should share it to my social media, I will never respond to you. I will share it to my social media if I think it is valuable to my friends, family and audience. Show some respect when you are asking for interviews. Wow. Whew, ok now I am going take a break this weekend! Have a good one everybody! Stop Chasing Influencers Jared Easley is one of my My Favorite People on the Planet. I do't interact with him much, but when I do, I'm always glad I did. His Book Stop Chasing Influencers: The True Path to Building Your Business and Living Your Dream had a TON of useful advice that came from the real world. Here is a quick excerpt. A majority of the influencers and A-listers on his guest wish-list did not have time or interest in being on his new show, which had zero listeners. The guests who were gracious enough to give him the time for an interview were not inclined to share it with their audiences. Finally, the guests who did give him their time, and who also shared the show with their networks on social media, did not translate into a large Starve the Doubts audience that listened to the guest interviews and subscribed or stuck around as well. So if you're looking for GIANT numbers by having GIANT names, that is not going to happen. Host Tips If you of alot of interviews, you're going to lose your mind without a scheduling tool I love Acuity Scheduling. If you're looking for a free (scaled down) tool I've heard good things about Calendly.com Let the guest know WHY they are there. WHO they are talking to, WHAT they will be talking about and HOW long the interview will be. Go to their website and get the bio, headshot, etc. Then ask for what is missing. Do some research (if you want, listen to other interviews, check out their Facebook page, twitter), and come up with some questions. This list of questions (for me) will be used as "game plan" but not as an interrogation Email the day off (if not before, or better BOTH) the interview to remind them of your appointment. Make sure they know to get the best microphone available, and to have headphones on. Find out what website your want to promote. Where are we sending people? If they don't sound good (meaning their sound is distracting from the content), stop and ask them to get a different microphone, different position, etc. TRUST ME, you will not want to release this to you audience. Who do you want to upset, your legions of followers or ONE guest. You will spend a lot of time trying to...]]>2727cleanfullStay the Coursehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stay-the-course--39771304www.logicalloss.com/support]]>89b1b363e2de05e158ce1637ff67c95aTue, 06 Dec 2016 04:53:02 +0000David JacksonBetter Chocolate is on the Way Ways to increase Sleep MOrgan Spurlock is opening HOLY CHICKEN Support the Show at www.logicalloss.com/supportwww.logicalloss.com/support]]>1488cleanfullCreating and Growing Your Podcast Brand with Marketing Manager Lauren Nelsonhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-and-growing-your-podcast-brand-with-marketing-manager-lauren-nelson--10038281www.crowdspring.com/sop free guide promoting your show, and your design needs. Blue Yeti - A Hands On Review The Blue Yeti is quoted WAY TOO MUCH as a great podcast microphone. It is a condensor microphone, and if not used properly can make really bad sounding recordings. It can pick up what is right in front of it, what is behind it, or everything around it. You want to "Cardoid" setting for your best recording of a solo podcaster. To avoid sounding like you’re in a tunnel you need to turn the gain down, and get close the the microphone. When you do this, you will have what most people call “popping p’s” when you say worse that start with P’s, B’s, H’s, etc as the from your mouth goes into the microphone. The solution is to purchase a pop filter. Due to it’s unique size you need a specialized pop filter. You can purchase the Blue Pop Filter for $59, or you can grab a perfectly good one for $22 from Auphonix . The other thing you need is a shock mount. The reason for this is ANY touching of the desk that the Yeti is sitting on will pick up the vibrations. So you can purchase the shock mount from Blue for $56, or this one from for Auphonix for $30. So the price of a Yeti goes from $89 to somewhere between to $$141 to 204. The shock mount is going to need a stand so I recommend either the Rode PSA1 ($99) or the Heil PL-2T ($130) This is why the Audio Technica ATR2100 is the Best Podcasting Microphone NOT the Blue yeti. The Audio Technica us a dynamic microphone (which means it will pick up less noise than the yet) While the stand that comes with the ATR2100 is very simple, it will pick up less thumping (but I would still recommend a shock mount. This unit is a shock mount and pop filter in one for $9. Because its more of a “traditional” microphone you are a little more open to pop filters and shock mounts. The ATR2100 works via USB and XLR ( can work with a mixer) so if you’re flying solo, or need to plug into a mixer you’re good to go. So to get the same features you would need a Blue Yeti ($199), Pop Filter ($22), Shock Mount ($30), so would be out $251. Where is the ATR2100 is $77, the pop filter shock mount is $9, so you would be out around $86. Podcast Glossary "G" Garageband Grageband is a free software on the Macintosh platform that can be used to create a podcast. While great looking and equipped with some powerful tools, I feel its great for assembling podcasts, but not the best for editing out “Ums, and ya knows.” "Glenn the Geek'd it" Glenn "the Geek" Hebert runs horseradionetwork.com and is doing a great job getting advertisers on his show. He gets sponsors to help promote his show and other actions. An example Jim Collison got a sponsor to pay for a custom app and said, "I Glenn the Geek'd it." To hear Glenn talk about his techniques check out http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/glenn1 Podcast Rewind Podcast Roundtable "Getting Your Show Out To Your Audience" The Pub "Investigative reporting costs thousands of dollars" Because of My Podcast - My Network Has Grown Nick Snapp of the The “Make it Snappy” Productivity Show has had his network of resources and friends grown since starting his podcast. He even got to Puerto Rico with a film documentary and film John Lee Dumas of eofire.com Check out Nick's Show at www.makeitsnappyshow.com Mentioned in This Show Alexacast - Get the most out of your Amazon Echo Best Podcasting Gear - Find out the best podcasting gear Start Podcasting Today Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>71dee0b6e02eaa2d47e3c1077660fd04Mon, 05 Dec 2016 05:06:45 +0000David JacksonBranding and Marketing Your Podcast: Lauren Nelson Interview Today on episode 543 we talk with fellow podcast Lauren Nelson who is the Marketing Manager for Crowdspring.com She produce the audio drama podcast "The Box" and share her insights on how...www.crowdspring.com/sop free guide promoting your show, and your design needs. Blue Yeti - A Hands On Review The Blue Yeti is quoted WAY TOO MUCH as a great podcast microphone. It is a condensor microphone, and if not used properly can make really bad sounding recordings. It can pick up what is right in front of it, what is behind it, or everything around it. You want to "Cardoid" setting for your best recording of a solo podcaster. To avoid sounding like you’re in a tunnel you need to turn the gain down, and get close the the microphone. When you do this, you will have what most people call “popping p’s” when you say worse that start with P’s, B’s, H’s, etc as the from your mouth goes into the microphone. The solution is to purchase a pop filter. Due to it’s unique size you need a specialized pop filter. You can purchase the Blue Pop Filter for $59, or you can grab a perfectly good one for $22 from Auphonix . The other thing you need is a shock mount. The reason for this is ANY touching of the desk that the Yeti is sitting on will pick up the vibrations. So you can purchase the shock mount from Blue for $56, or this one from for Auphonix for $30. So the price of a Yeti goes from $89 to somewhere between to $$141 to 204. The shock mount is going to need a stand so I recommend either the Rode PSA1 ($99) or the Heil PL-2T ($130) This is why the Audio Technica ATR2100 is the Best Podcasting Microphone NOT the Blue yeti. The Audio Technica us a dynamic microphone (which means it will pick up less noise than the yet) While the stand that comes with the ATR2100 is very simple, it will pick up less thumping (but I would still recommend a shock mount. This unit is a shock mount and pop filter in one for $9. Because its more of a “traditional” microphone you are a little more open to pop filters and shock mounts. The ATR2100 works via USB and XLR ( can work with a mixer) so if you’re flying solo, or need to plug into a mixer you’re good to go. So to get the same features you would need a Blue Yeti ($199), Pop Filter ($22), Shock Mount ($30), so would be out $251. Where is the ATR2100 is $77, the pop filter shock mount is $9, so you would be out around $86. Podcast Glossary "G" Garageband Grageband is a free software on the Macintosh platform that can be used to create a podcast. While great looking and equipped with some powerful tools, I feel its great for assembling podcasts, but not the best for editing out “Ums, and ya knows.” "Glenn the Geek'd it" Glenn "the Geek" Hebert runs horseradionetwork.com and is doing a great job getting advertisers on his show. He gets sponsors to help promote his show and other actions. An example Jim Collison got a sponsor to pay for a custom app and said, "I Glenn the Geek'd it." To hear Glenn talk about his techniques check out 3068cleanfullStanding Out Leads To Better Opportunities and A Six Figure Podcast Income: Michael O’Neal Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/standing-out-leads-to-better-opportunities-and-a-six-figure-podcast-income-michael-o-neal-interview--9984897www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Because of my Podcast: Jim Collison Caught the Attention of the Department of Labor 3:06 Jim Collison does a podcast for his job. Also at his job he works with high school students in an intern program. The country needs more programmers. Gallup is making it happen. He got interviewed on the program (see the video at http://gallupgethip.com/info, but what caught the ears of the State of Nebraska Department of Labor? The Audio podcast. So because of Jim’s Podcast, he got a meeting with the Department of Labor for the State of Nebraska. See Jim’s podcast for Gallup at http://coaching.gallup.com Jim also does his podcast which you can find at www.theavaergeguy.tv Michael Oneal Stand Outs Above the Rest 9:51 Michael Oneal comes up with stuff that is awesome, and the beauty of his information is that it is stuff you can put into action immediately. Here is an example. If you are doing an interview with someone and you don't want them to use the "same old stories" in this interview. What do you do? Use those stories in your introduction, and they can't use them in their answers. They are forced to come up with NEW answers. BRILLIANT. He has a new course called the Art of the Interview which you can find at www.artoftheinterview.co Michael started out as a web designer who has lived all over the country and has had some great experiences. He is a professional drummer and has acquired skills in all sorts of areas. He filled in on the David Wood Show, started his own show and within a year was making a six figure income. Today we want to know how he did it. Michael stood out by giving Pat Flynn an iTunes gift card, and late taking him to lunch (after slowly building the relationship) then DIDN'T grill him about business (he zagged when everyone else zigged). This "non-grilling" talk then stood out from every conversation that Pat usually has at lunch. So Michael turned that into the Solopreneur Hour Show and how he has over 8 million downloads. Michael produces/hosts a show with Hines Ward Show from the Pittsburgh Steelers. Today you hear how relationships got Michael in the door that had been closed. Michael spent 90% of his bank account to buy flowers for John Lee Dumas, and it resulted in a great friendship that has lead to Michael partnering with John with different projects. Michael turned down coaching because he didn't feel he was a coach. His audience showed him he was missing an opportunity. He didn't launch with giant platforms. He got to know his audience by talking directly with his community and launched with a private Facebook group. This private Facebook Group has now evolved to Michael's Solo Lab. 28:02 Michael is launching a new show about Hi End Stereo Equipment because he likes talking about it. He's not thinking about sponsors. He's not thinking about downloads. He's thinking he enjoys super high-end audio equipment and wants to talk about it. Now think about that. THIS AUDIENCE (hi-end stereo equipment) HAS MONEY, AND they don't have a problem spending it. He didn't over think it. He didn't do months of research. He wants to talk about it, so he did. As he said on his Solorpreneur show, "I'll figure the rest out later." Most shows are awful because they are started not on passion, but on the idea of monetization and making big bucks. So when life happens, and you run out of steam, your episodes suffer. The Art of the Interview 30:00 Michael trains people that "Patterns Become Products" and that is what inspired the Art of the Interview Course that Michael recently launched. People kept asking him for it (a pattern) so he turned it into a product; Here again, Michael took steps to stand out. He made three separate courses in one. He recorded the course in a video format For the audio version, he didn't just strip the audio from the video. He recorded different audio to maximize the audio format. He had some take transcripts of the audio, and then tweak it into a Kindle book. He does a "directors cut" version of one of his toughest interviews. You get to hear Michael "Armchair Quarterback" the interview. More Ways To Stand Out 38:01 Michael shared the stories of gift cards and flowers, but Michael shares GREAT tips on making sure your guest will promote your show People don't take the word "host" serious enough. As many podcast listeners don't listen to the end of the show, don't wait to plug the guest at the end of the show (please note that is why I plugged Michael's courses at the beginning of the interview). Michaels Resources Solo Media Ninja Course Michael's Coaching Program Michael's Free Course on Attending Contentions Michaels Solo Lab Art of the interview course Solopreneur Hour Podcast Dynamic Ad Insertion Is Awful 45:20 Dynamic ads allow you to populate our back catalog with advertisements. I play a clip from a show, and the transition from content to ad back to content is mind boggling. Advertisecast.com has announced that they partnered with Podomatic. While this is interesting, what we need is not more podcasts. For those that want to monetize, we need MORE SPONSORS. Mentioned In This Show New Media Show JKM Agency (Podcast Advertising) Ryan K Parker from the Food Craftsmen Alexa Cast (New Test Podcast From Dave Jackson about the Amazon Echo) Podcast Consulting Sale (ENDS SOON) Use the coupon code backfriday now through the end of the month on one on one consulting Purchase 60 minutes of consulting and get a free month at the School of Podcasting]]>588cebaee89d1c177b3630cc3aee09d3Mon, 28 Nov 2016 06:17:06 +0000David JacksonToday we talk with Michael Oneal. Michael has over 500 episodes of his Solopreneur Hour, and also a co-host/producer of the Hines Ward show. Michael talks about how standing out leads to better relationships which lead to better opportunities. He also...www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Because of my Podcast: Jim Collison Caught the Attention of the Department of Labor 3:06 Jim Collison does a podcast for his job. Also at his job he works with high school students in an intern program. The country needs more programmers. Gallup is making it happen. He got interviewed on the program (see the video at http://gallupgethip.com/info, but what caught the ears of the State of Nebraska Department of Labor? The Audio podcast. So because of Jim’s Podcast, he got a meeting with the Department of Labor for the State of Nebraska. See Jim’s podcast for Gallup at http://coaching.gallup.com Jim also does his podcast which you can find at www.theavaergeguy.tv Michael Oneal Stand Outs Above the Rest 9:51 Michael Oneal comes up with stuff that is awesome, and the beauty of his information is that it is stuff you can put into action immediately. Here is an example. If you are doing an interview with someone and you don't want them to use the "same old stories" in this interview. What do you do? Use those stories in your introduction, and they can't use them in their answers. They are forced to come up with NEW answers. BRILLIANT. He has a new course called the Art of the Interview which you can find at www.artoftheinterview.co Michael started out as a web designer who has lived all over the country and has had some great experiences. He is a professional drummer and has acquired skills in all sorts of areas. He filled in on the David Wood Show, started his own show and within a year was making a six figure income. Today we want to know how he did it. Michael stood out by giving Pat Flynn an iTunes gift card, and late taking him to lunch (after slowly building the relationship) then DIDN'T grill him about business (he zagged when everyone else zigged). This "non-grilling" talk then stood out from every conversation that Pat usually has at lunch. So Michael turned that into the Solopreneur Hour Show and how he has over 8 million downloads. Michael produces/hosts a show with Hines Ward Show from the Pittsburgh Steelers. Today you hear how relationships got Michael in the door that had been closed. Michael spent 90% of his bank account to buy flowers for John Lee Dumas, and it resulted in a great friendship that has lead to Michael partnering with John with different projects. Michael turned down coaching because he didn't feel he was a coach. His audience showed him he was missing an opportunity. He didn't launch with giant platforms. He got to know his audience by talking directly with his community and launched with a private Facebook group. This private Facebook Group has now evolved to Michael's Solo Lab. 28:02 Michael is launching a new show about Hi End Stereo Equipment because he likes talking about it. He's not thinking about sponsors. He's not thinking about downloads. He's thinking he enjoys super high-end audio equipment and wants to talk about it. Now think about that. THIS AUDIENCE (hi-end stereo equipment) HAS MONEY, AND they don't have a problem spending...]]>3462cleanfullMy Favorite Fitness Giftshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-fitness-gifts--39771217www.alexacast.com/buyersguide so I have it tied into my Fitbit (and I can ask it for an update). If I'm doing good, Alexa give me praise. If I'm behind schedule she encourages me. In the Amazon world there are no apps (OK there are, but they are called "Skills"). One of the skills is a 7 minute workout. This is completely free. I believe I could have started some music first, then started the workout and had both. Remember if you're going to be shopping, please visit www.logicalloss.com/support and use our Amazon link (it doesn't cost you anything extra, and we get a small commission) ]]>43b235a47ea257cbaefd0745545161e0Mon, 28 Nov 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I share with you some things I have (or will in the future) pick up. Fitbit If you're starting out and you want to track your activity, I love fitbits. I've owned a few and currently wear a blaze. My favorite is the fitbit One, but if you just...www.alexacast.com/buyersguide so I have it tied into my Fitbit (and I can ask it for an update). If I'm doing good, Alexa give me praise. If I'm behind schedule she encourages me. In the Amazon world there are no apps (OK there are, but they are called "Skills"). One of the skills is a 7 minute workout. This is completely free. I believe I could have started some music first, then started the workout and had both. Remember if you're going to be shopping, please visit www.logicalloss.com/support and use our Amazon link (it doesn't cost you anything extra, and we get a small commission) ]]>2230cleanfullWhat Goes Into Making a Podcast Episode?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-goes-into-making-a-podcast-episode--9929453www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Because of My Podcast I Got A New Job: Super Joe Pardo Joe Pardo is the man behind the Dreamers Podcast, and also the organizer of Podcast MidAtlantic. Today Joe shares how his podcast got him invited to an event. At that event he got to meet some influencial people. Those people got to know Joe, and through his podcast they knew what his credentials were, and offered him a job. Find Joe at SuperJoePardo.com Being the Scenes Of Making a Podcast Episode So I had someone who was surprised at the amount of work that might go into a podcast. So this week as I prepared to publish an episode of the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, I took notes. There is one key point here. Length of time spent on and episode does NOT equal more downloads. You can spend all day working on content that doesn't connect with you audience. So here is what I did. First based on the ideas in the book [easyazon_link identifier="0849921902" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power[/easyazon_link] I came up with my main idea. Which is, "Based on mainstream media, it is easy to feel out of place if you are alone for the holidays. This along with the numerous activities of the holidays can lead to stress, and stress can lead to emotional eating." That is where I started. Here is a little confession. Last year I was "Alone" for the holidays. It turned out it wasn't that bad. Different? Sure. Bad? Nope. I wanted to help anyone who might be feeling down for the holidays. So I set out for strategies and insights for those who are alone on the holidays. I started with Google. I looked through about 10 articles, and ended up reading five. I pulled from my own experiences. I looked into resources for people who really were in a bad place and then made sure they were legit. I then went down a rabbit hole, when I found iPrevail. A pretty cool website that offers live chat for those who need to talk, and for those who want to go deeper, the offer some online courses. Intrigued, I signed up and took one. Note: This wasn't needed to complete the episode, but I always go with the thought "If it interests me, it probably interests my audience." I then looked at the holidays, and tried to find things that might be entertaining. I injected some humor to stop the episode from being so dark. I found examples I thought people could relate to (overly gushy Jewelry commercials), decorating a Christmas Tree, and weird family members. All of these to point out that the holidays are not a world of splendor filled with Rainbows and Lollipops. I took some time to figure out what topics I wanted to hit first. In other words, I tried to take the smattering of ideas and organize them into a stream of ideas that flowed nicely. I also through in a quick segment on an egg cooker I recently purchased. Finally I recorded it. My show notes were pretty done as I now make my show notes first to organize my thoughts. I recorded directly into my [easyazon_link identifier="B00KCXMBES" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Zoom H5 Four-Track Portable Recorder[/easyazon_link] , and then took that recording and put it into Hindenburg Journalist ,and added the intro and outro music along with some transition music. If you need music check out podcastingresources.com. I uploaded the file to Libsyn.com and copied and pasted the file into my Wordpress (as this is an old site, I'm still using the PowerPress plugin, if this was a new show I would use the Libsyn plugin). Use the coupon sopfree when signing up at Libsyn.com to get a free month (in addition to the current month) . Podcast Microphone Shootout $300 Range All prices are based on Amazon. Audio Techncia BP40 (Full Loaded $547) Microphone #1 Was [easyazon_link identifier="B00VXSVF6G" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Audio Technica BP40 Large-Diaphragm Dynamic Broadcast Microphone[/easyazon_link] is $349. The [easyazon_link identifier="B011VJOU8Q" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Audio-Technica AT8484 Shockmount for BP40[/easyazon_link] is an additional $99. I would recommend the Rode PSA1 Arm ($99) Heil PR40 ( Fully Loaded $495) Microphone #2 Was the [easyazon_link identifier="B000SOYOTQ" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Heil PR-40 Dynamic Studio Recording Microphone[/easyazon_link]. There is a nice bundle with a boom arm and shock mount [easyazon_link identifier="B00T6JBAUA" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Heil Sound PR 40 Dynamic Cardioid Studio Microphone Bundle with PRSM Shock Mount, PL2T Overhead Studio and Broadcast Boom Mount and Microphone Cable[/easyazon_link] for $479. You would still need a pop filter or Wind Screen I had set the volume the same for all microphones and found them all were about the same. You might want to pick up a Fet head to boost the signal of the PR40 Electrovoice RE320 ( fully Loaded $507) Microphone #3 is the [easyazon_link identifier="B00KCN83VI" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]EV RE320 Variable-D Dynamic Vocal and Instrument Microphone[/easyazon_link] which costs $294. The [easyazon_link identifier="B003BQ2DKK" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Electro-Voice 309A Suspension Shockmount (for RE20 or RE27ND)[/easyazon_link] is $99. Here again you need a pop filter, or a Windscreen and a Rode PSA1 boom arm. Why Did We Hear Microphone #3 Twice? (the RE320) because it has a bass roll off switch, and for me (my opinion) I thought that was the best of the tree. The first two (to my ear) sounded almost identical. I love the shock mount for the BP40 (it is specially made fpr the microphone and makes getting the mic in and out super easy. According to my kitchen food scale, the RE320 was the heaviest at 1.7 lbs, the BP40 was 1.66 lbs, and the PR40 was only 13.7 oz. Here again, there is no bad choice. I use the Eletrovoice RE320, and none of the other microphones moved me to lose this mic. In the end the difference between the three was minimal in my non "audio snob" ears. How Podcasting Helped My First TV Appearance I was interviewed on the Golden Opportunities show this week (it will air at 11:30 AM EST on Channel 3 in Cleveland on December 11). Here was the process: The goal was to explain podcasting to people over 55. I had a phone call with the show runner and we talked for 10 minutes. From that the show runner picked the parts that she liked, and explained the answers that I provided that fit their audience. I didn't have to memorize the answers (but I more or less did). The segment would be four questions. I practiced the night before, and I practiced the morning before. On the way up to Cleveland, I kept botching at least one answer. I wasn't blowing it, but it wasn't smooth. I came up with words that would trigger a response that would help me remember the answers. I had a feeling I might "mess up" a little bit. In the end I did slightly have a flub, but because of podcasting I caught it, clarified and continue. I didn't freak out. All those "Ask the Podcast Coach" live sessions on Saturday helped me keep my cool. Podcast Glossary "F" Feed A feed is a file that contains all the details of a podcast. The feed is often generated by your media host, or plugin, and is read by apps that then use that details to show the details on a screen (computer, phone, or tablet). FeedburnerFeed burner is tool from Google that can take an RSS feed and add additional items to the feed. You also get stats on how many people are subscribed. Feedburner is deemed by many experts to be out of date and a prime cause for many trouble tickets for podcasting hosting providers (it often stops updating your feed and has been shown to scramble the show description and the episode descriptions). While it was once recommended in 2006, most podcast consultants tell their customers to steer clear of this now outdated tool. FetHead Fethead is a microphone amplifier that delivers 22 DB of clean gain to your microphone. So if you are using a microphone that needs a “push” to be louder, then you might try plugging your microphone into the Fethead. FTP FTP stands for file transfer protocol. In a nutshell, there are two ways to upload files. Http stands for hypertext transfer protocol. Of those two ftp is faster. It requires a separate program to upload files. Start Podcasting Today Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start 30 Day Guarantee Step by Step Tutorials Priority Email Support Private Facebook Group Live Group Coaching Calls Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>1ca468cf1db117d899ec7b3dd5d170b6Mon, 21 Nov 2016 04:54:00 +0000David JacksonToday I want to share what I do to put together an episode. My example will be the the latest episode of the Logical Weight Loss Podcast. I also do a podcast microphone shootout with microphones in the $300 range (last week we did a shootout with...www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop Because of My Podcast I Got A New Job: Super Joe Pardo Joe Pardo is the man behind the Dreamers Podcast, and also the organizer of Podcast MidAtlantic. Today Joe shares how his podcast got him invited to an event. At that event he got to meet some influencial people. Those people got to know Joe, and through his podcast they knew what his credentials were, and offered him a job. Find Joe at SuperJoePardo.com Being the Scenes Of Making a Podcast Episode So I had someone who was surprised at the amount of work that might go into a podcast. So this week as I prepared to publish an episode of the Logical Weight Loss Podcast, I took notes. There is one key point here. Length of time spent on and episode does NOT equal more downloads. You can spend all day working on content that doesn't connect with you audience. So here is what I did. First based on the ideas in the book [easyazon_link identifier="0849921902" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power[/easyazon_link] I came up with my main idea. Which is, "Based on mainstream media, it is easy to feel out of place if you are alone for the holidays. This along with the numerous activities of the holidays can lead to stress, and stress can lead to emotional eating." That is where I started. Here is a little confession. Last year I was "Alone" for the holidays. It turned out it wasn't that bad. Different? Sure. Bad? Nope. I wanted to help anyone who might be feeling down for the holidays. So I set out for strategies and insights for those who are alone on the holidays. I started with Google. I looked through about 10 articles, and ended up reading five. I pulled from my own experiences. I looked into resources for people who really were in a bad place and then made sure they were legit. I then went down a rabbit hole, when I found iPrevail. A pretty cool website that offers live chat for those who need to talk, and for those who want to go deeper, the offer some online courses. Intrigued, I signed up and took one. Note: This wasn't needed to complete the episode, but I always go with the thought "If it interests me, it probably interests my audience." I then looked at the holidays, and tried to find things that might be entertaining. I injected some humor to stop the episode from being so dark. I found examples I thought people could relate to (overly gushy Jewelry commercials), decorating a Christmas Tree, and weird family members. All of these to point out that the holidays are not a world of splendor filled with Rainbows and Lollipops. I took some time to figure out what topics I wanted to hit first. In other words, I tried to take the smattering of ideas and organize them into a stream of ideas that flowed nicely. I also through in a quick segment on an egg cooker I recently purchased. Finally I recorded it. My show notes were pretty done as I now make my show notes first to organize my thoughts. I recorded directly into my [easyazon_link identifier="B00KCXMBES" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Zoom H5 Four-Track Portable Recorder[/easyazon_link] , and then took that recording and put it into Hindenburg Journalist ,and added the intro and outro music along with some transition music. If you need music check out podcastingresources.com. I uploaded the file to...]]>2245cleanfullBeing Alone During the Holidays - A Truthfull Look at Traditionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/being-alone-during-the-holidays-a-truthfull-look-at-traditions--39771312www.logicalloss.com/support The holidays. How many of you just went "ugh!" or "sigh...." We have so much pressure, so much baggage, so many emotions and that's why we often head straight to the fridge for a fix of sugar. After all you HAVE To eat one of Aunt Jill's peanut butter sugar cookies covered in frosting, whip cream and chocolate! No you don't. But we need to step back from the emotions (easier said than done) and take a long hard look at the holidays. Most of the articles I looked at about "Surviving the holidays" gave out great advice like "have another cookie (glamour)" or basically get drunk. We stress out about the holidays because what the holidays are supposed to be if your "normal" is jammed down our faces. There are all sorts of normal things we are supposed to be doing. Jewelry commercials are the worst. Attractive happy people so in love. Ugh. "This is what everyone is doing," you think. I want to see the Jewlery couple a year later when they are arguing over what type of lights to put on the tree, and whose house they are going to first on their Christmas tour of inlaws. "The woman of your dreams is now treating you like a child as you carry the pumpkin pie, as she insists it goes into the trunk and NOT the backseat" the diamond from last year is almost paid off thanks to the 18% interest on the credit card you opened to purchase it. For example, ladies if you are not sitting in the living room sipping wine and giggling, you're not normal. Apparently, women can't do anything without wine. It is the equivalent of beer commercials with men. Men drink beer. Women drink wine (apparently when they are doing everything). Flip Your Thinking Have you ever decorated a tree alone? It is one of the most depressing things you can do. Why? Because on TV everyone decorates with their family. So when I decorate my tree alone last year, I felt horrible. I felt abnormal. I felt like an outsider looking in. The reality of tree decorating is there is usually a discussion on what ornaments go in the front (because your heartfelt ornament is considered ugly by others). Do we put icicles on the tree? Flashing lights, old style lights, LED, so many things to argue over. The flip side of this is you get to decorate YOUR tree with all the ornaments YOU want. Enjoy the power. You get to decorate HASSLE free. How many times do you do something and feel like "Let's just get it over with" when it comes to traditions? Hate gift exchanges with strangers at work? Don't participate. Why go through another pointless activity to get a gift card from someone? Gift cards, the gift that says "I don't know you, and didn't feel like asking the person who sits next to you what you might enjoy. Happy Shopping. I hope you like Kohls." You have to weigh the lesser of two evils. Are you going to be seen as the Grinch, or have to put on a fake smile for 90 minutes. Holiday Parties with Families Let's face it, we are glad we only see some of these people once a year. Apparently, bathing is optional for some people. Who knew? I can't wait for someone to asking me about my dating life. If I'm lucky, they will rub my shoulder and give me the pity look. "Hang in there, you'll find someone" they say. Have an answer ready for, "So are you dating anyone?" This could be, "Im so glad you asked Aunt Mildred, I'm sleeping with five different people" just to see the reaction. You could also state that you've been having too many adventures to squeeze someone in (then tell them what you've been up to). You may avoid the pity face. Get them talking about themselves (if they are parents, ask about their kids) when they are done, go for more punch before they ask about your dating life. Offer to help out with whatever is going on in the kitchen. Speaking of families, my cousin (who has never married) once told me he would rather want what he doesn't have, then to have something he didn't want. That one made me think. What Is Up With All the Kissing? Put scissors in your pocket and cut down all the mistletoe Realize that New Years Eve is alot like prom: highly overrated. I remember one year I didn't even stay up to watch the ball drop. When I woke up, the new year was here anyway. Ever notice that cold and flu season coincides with the holidays? It's all the kissing. Seriously Snoopy Just Made Me Cry Why do we get depressed? Because its the most wonderful time of the year. Andy Williams said so. The bottom line is when you expect something to happen, and it doesn't, you feel lousy. Start a new tradition. There is a lot of pressure to smile, look good, and be happy. Eliminate some of the pressure by saying No. The holidays are about being thankful and giving. Be thankful for who you are and give yourself a break. You don't need to be scrooge, but you don't have to say yes to everything. Then there are those people who remind you about the true meaning of Christmas, and the baby Jesus. When you are lonely, there are times the story of a baby getting perfume don't cheer you up. There may be times when you're just blue. If you feel like crying, do it. It's an orgasm for your soul in some cases. Quit fighting it and let it out. If you find yourself in a "real dark place" there is nothing wrong with going and getting some help. Another way to let your feelings out is to start a journal. The idea here is to let it out. Sometimes writing our feelings allows us to step outside of ourselves, and look at them differently. I use penzu. Here are Some Tips to Make You Feel Better Downsize and donate. Go through the closet and all those things you only wear when everything else is dirty? Give it to a charity. It will make you feel better (and make room in your closet) Go the the gym. Instead of arguing over the holidays with someone , go to the gym and get a jump on those new years resolution. I've never felt bad about going to the gym. I've felt sore, but not filled with regret. Plus in a month it is going to be packed at the gym, you might as well go there now while it's empty. Forgive someone . Some of the stress in our lives is based on grudges and stuff that happened in the past. Take advantage of this time when people think of family and friends and reach out and maybe patch things up with someone. In the event you don't want to get back to a place where this person is in your life, see if there is a way to get some closure on a situation. Start the new year with less regrets. Focus on what you DO have instead of what you don't. So much of the holidays are spent remembering the past. Maybe its time to start a new tradition. So many people put down other people to feel good about themselves, go a different route. Quit talking about working in a soup kitchen, and go do it. I guarantee you will walk out of their feeling thankful for everything you have. To Sum It Up Acknowledge your feelings. If you recently lost someone, it's OK to cry and miss them as you try to adjust to the new normal. Reach out to organizations if you need help. Realize the holidays don't have to be perfect. Trying to make them perfect will only bring pressure. Accept your family or who they are. Don't binge on food, shopping, or alcohol. Don't throw away any good habits you have. If you can plan ahead, it might help eliminate last minute scrambling. Try to plan some "down time" even if its 15 minutes to just sit and be quiet. Most people who care about you will understand if you just say,"I'd love to, but I've got too much going on already." In the end, the holidays are a mental game. With pressure from the media of what we are "supposed" to do, throw in relatives and we may be outnumbered. So with this I say, if you feel a little blue it's OK. Take solace in knowing you're not the only one, and thus is it normal to feel this way. Realize then that you are normal. The holidays are three days (Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Years) 72 hours. You can make it. If you need to hear a voice, I found this place Samaritans Crisis Response Hotline When You Need Someone to Talk To (212) 673-3000 As always, if you need emergency help, call the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline at 1-800-273-TALK (8255), or call 911. If you prefer to chat with someone via a chat window, check out iPrevail. This is a pretty cool service. If you need someone to talk to, and if you decide later you'd like to do some counseling, they have some pretty cool online classes. mentors, and more. The price is only $10 a month, the live chat is free.]]>25b56db3c56c15c90a13845ceefba60cSun, 20 Nov 2016 23:31:20 +0000David JacksonShopping at Amazon For the Holidays? PLEASE visit www.logicalloss.com/support The holidays. How many of you just went "ugh!" or "sigh...." We have so much pressure, so much baggage, so many emotions and that's why we often head straight to the fridge...www.logicalloss.com/support The holidays. How many of you just went "ugh!" or "sigh...." We have so much pressure, so much baggage, so many emotions and that's why we often head straight to the fridge for a fix of sugar. After all you HAVE To eat one of Aunt Jill's peanut butter sugar cookies covered in frosting, whip cream and chocolate! No you don't. But we need to step back from the emotions (easier said than done) and take a long hard look at the holidays. Most of the articles I looked at about "Surviving the holidays" gave out great advice like "have another cookie (glamour)" or basically get drunk. We stress out about the holidays because what the holidays are supposed to be if your "normal" is jammed down our faces. There are all sorts of normal things we are supposed to be doing. Jewelry commercials are the worst. Attractive happy people so in love. Ugh. "This is what everyone is doing," you think. I want to see the Jewlery couple a year later when they are arguing over what type of lights to put on the tree, and whose house they are going to first on their Christmas tour of inlaws. "The woman of your dreams is now treating you like a child as you carry the pumpkin pie, as she insists it goes into the trunk and NOT the backseat" the diamond from last year is almost paid off thanks to the 18% interest on the credit card you opened to purchase it. For example, ladies if you are not sitting in the living room sipping wine and giggling, you're not normal. Apparently, women can't do anything without wine. It is the equivalent of beer commercials with men. Men drink beer. Women drink wine (apparently when they are doing everything). Flip Your Thinking Have you ever decorated a tree alone? It is one of the most depressing things you can do. Why? Because on TV everyone decorates with their family. So when I decorate my tree alone last year, I felt horrible. I felt abnormal. I felt like an outsider looking in. The reality of tree decorating is there is usually a discussion on what ornaments go in the front (because your heartfelt ornament is considered ugly by others). Do we put icicles on the tree? Flashing lights, old style lights, LED, so many things to argue over. The flip side of this is you get to decorate YOUR tree with all the ornaments YOU want. Enjoy the power. You get to decorate HASSLE free. How many times do you do something and feel like "Let's just get it over with" when it comes to traditions? Hate gift exchanges with strangers at work? Don't participate. Why go through another pointless activity to get a gift card from someone? Gift cards, the gift that says "I don't know you, and didn't feel like asking the person who sits next to you what you might enjoy. Happy Shopping. I hope you like Kohls." You have to weigh the lesser of two evils. Are you going to be seen as the Grinch, or have to put on a fake smile for 90 minutes. Holiday Parties with Families Let's face it, we are glad we only see some of these people once a year. Apparently, bathing is optional for some people. Who knew? I can't wait for someone to asking me about my dating life. If I'm lucky, they will rub my shoulder and give me the pity look. "Hang in there, you'll find someone" they say. Have an answer ready for, "So are you dating anyone?" This could be, "Im so glad you asked Aunt Mildred, I'm sleeping with five different people" just to see the reaction. You could also state that you've been having too many adventures to squeeze someone in (then tell them what you've been up to). You may avoid the pity face. Get them talking about themselves (if they are parents, ask about their kids) when they are done, go for more punch before they ask about your dating life. Offer to help out with whatever is going on in the kitchen. Speaking of families, my cousin (who has never married) once told me he would rather want what he doesn't...]]>2255cleanfullIs The Audio Technica ATR2100 Still the Best Podcasting Microphone?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-the-audio-technica-atr2100-still-the-best-podcasting-microphone--9869729www.schoolofpodcasting.com/shop The other advantage Amazon has is if you are an Amazon Prime member, you can get free two day shipping Same Day Music If you were going to purchase an Electrovoice RE320 Microphone you might be tempted to go to Amazon where the price is $279. Did you know that Same Day Musichas the Electrovoice RE320 microphone for $299 and they have non-new versions for $269 AND you don’t have to pay tax on your purchased unless you live in New Jersey. BSW BSW (www.bswusa.com ) is all about audio and broadcasting so they have some niche items that you may not find in some places. They also run specials and have bundles that you won’t find at some places. For example if you wanted to go totally pro and buy an Elecrovoice RE20 Mic, 309A Shockmount, BSW Broadcast Microphone cable & REPop Filter Package it would be $479. If you bought the equivalent at Amazon. B & H Photo Their prices are typically about the same as others (occasionally more expensive), but if you can’t find it in another place, chances are you find it at BNH. For example they have a package for the RE2o that has a cloud lifter.. The other thing you will find at BNH (and you will have this at BSW) is a knowledgeable staff. For example one package with the RE20 comes with a cloud lifter which boosts your signal (which is a pretty good idea). They have another package that has the RE20 and the DBX 286 preamp (a totally pro setup) Podcast Stock Test If you were using a microphone like the Heil Pro40, or a Sure SM7B, these need a lot of gain to work properly. One Solution is a piece of equipment called a "Fethead" so I went to the above mentioned place. BNH – Yes $89 Same Day Music – No Amazon – No (suggested a cloud lifter) BSWUSA – No So like I said, it helps to know where to shop based on what you are looking for. Do I Need a Mixer What is an Audio Mixer? If you and your co-host are in the same room, and you are playing music in your podcast the purpose of the mixer is to allow you to adjust (mix) the audio levels of you, your guest(s), and the music so the listener does not have to ride the volume knob and make constant adjustments. Key Word Here is NEED When I say NEED here, I mean “Can’t do it without it.” You can always find a use for a mixer, but I’ll explain when you NEED one, and when you WANT one (there is a big difference). Keep in mind that the simpler you keep it, the less headaches. The more you add, the more things that can go wrong. When You Need a Mixer? If you have multiple people in the same room. Everyone should have their own microphone, and that should go into a mixer. If you are mixing in live music and sound effects. When You DON’T NEED an Audio Mixer If you are recording a solo podcast and you are going to add any music or sounds in later. When You DON’T NEED a Mixer, but Probably Could Use One If you are doing a show with a co-host or guests who are remote. You could record this with an ATr2100 microphone and a portable recorder (and use Skype as the mixer) Best Podcast Microphones For Less Than $100 Today I test the following microphones: Samson Q2U Audio Technica AT 2005 Audio Technica ATR2100 Overview: For the most part, if you look at the specs of these microphones they should sound very close. They all are dynamic (pick up less room noise), and you can plug them into a mixer, or directly into the computer using USB. Out of the three the AT2005 looks the best. In regards to which one sounds better I rank them in the following order ATR2100 - TOP Samson Q2u - a little warmer AT 2005 - Still sounded good Realize sound is subjective and some microphones sound good with one voice, and not so good with another. This is where a mixer can be handy (even if you're flying solo). BOTTOM LINE: These are all fine choices, and you won't regret purchasing any of them. The big take away, is you don't need to spend $1600 to start a podcast. Great content can save poor audio, but great gear will not save horrible content. Once you get your microphone, focus on the your audience and the content. One Final Note: So many podcasters recommend the Blue Yeti. Is it a bad microphone? NO. Is it a good choice? NO WAY!. Why? It is a condensor microphone and condensor microphones pick up a ton of room noise (I know I have not one, but TWO in a drawer). It's always interesting when I hear someone recomend the Blule Yeti, it is often with the phrase, "I use that one when I started out." One other point, the [easyazon_link identifier="B002VA464S" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Blue Yeti USB Microphone - Silver[/easyazon_link] is $149. It would be great for gamers who don't want to wear a headset. Podcast Glossary "E" Part Two Mark from the Resourceful Designer had a comment stating I skipped a bunch of "E's" in last week's show, so here they are. Let it never be said that Dave Jackson is not up for some constructive feedback. You can find out more about Marc at http://marksmandesign.ca/ Episode zero Episode zero is a podcast episode that is often a simple introduction episode used as a placeholder as you need one live podcast in iTunes. Effects Effects are things you can add to your audio such as reverb, echo, compression. Equalization Equalization is a fancy word for adding bass, treble, etc that affects the tone of your audio. Enunciate Enunciation is talking in a way that everyone can clearly understand what you are saying. So instead of saying “I’m doin’ allrigh….” you would say I’m doing allright.” Ecamm Call Recorder Ecamm Call Recorder is software for the Mac platform that allows you to record skype conversations. Some people refer to the software with just the phrase “ecamm.” Evernote Evernote is a free software that allows you to organize…. Well anything you want. You can have text,pdf, images, these all then sync to all of your devices. As you can share information with other people, this is a great tool for collaborating on show notes. You can learn how to use Evernote quickly in the Organizing Your Podast Course. Email List An email list is a software (typically a web based company such as MailChimp, Aweber, Convert Kit and many, many others) that enable you to put a form on your website. Your listeners can sign up to get updates via email. You then can go in and right one email that goes to all of your subscribers. It's a Boy - Derek Daniels Launches a New Podcast One thing I don't do enough of on this show is spotlight new podcast from members of the School of Podcasting. So this week I'm spotlighting the Derek Daniel Podcast. Find it at thederekdaniel.com real people doing real life. Ready to Start a Podcast? 30 Day Money Back Guarantee Live Coaching Calls Private Facebook Group Priority Email Support Go to www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>68e6b63a5d3e98cd8d6d091a824cc89dMon, 14 Nov 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we are going to get our gear on. All you gear heads are going to love this. We are going to talk about some of the best places to purchase gear, we are going to talk about mixers, and we are going to compare three microphones that are under $100...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/shop The other advantage Amazon has is if you are an Amazon Prime member, you can get free two day shipping Same Day Music If you were going to purchase an Electrovoice RE320 Microphone you might be tempted to go to Amazon where the price is $279. Did you know that Same Day Musichas the Electrovoice RE320 microphone for $299 and they have non-new versions for $269 AND you don’t have to pay tax on your purchased unless you live in New Jersey. BSW BSW (www.bswusa.com ) is all about audio and broadcasting so they have some niche items that you may not find in some places. They also run specials and have bundles that you won’t find at some places. For example if you wanted to go totally pro and buy an Elecrovoice RE20 Mic, 309A Shockmount, BSW Broadcast Microphone cable & REPop Filter Package it would be $479. If you bought the equivalent at Amazon. B & H Photo Their prices are typically about the same as others (occasionally more expensive), but if you can’t find it in another place, chances are you find it at BNH. For example they have a package for the RE2o that has a cloud lifter.. The other thing you will find at BNH (and you will have this at BSW) is a knowledgeable staff. For example one package with the RE20 comes with a cloud lifter which boosts your signal (which is a pretty good idea). They have another package that has the RE20 and the DBX 286 preamp (a totally pro setup) Podcast Stock Test If you were using a microphone like the Heil Pro40, or a Sure SM7B, these need a lot of gain to work properly. One Solution is a piece of equipment called a "Fethead" so I went to the above mentioned place. BNH – Yes $89 Same Day Music – No Amazon – No (suggested a cloud lifter) BSWUSA – No So like I said, it helps to know where to shop based on what you are looking for. Do I Need a Mixer What is an Audio Mixer? If you and your co-host are in the same room, and you are playing music in your podcast the purpose of the mixer is to allow you to adjust (mix) the audio levels of you, your guest(s), and the music so the listener does not have to ride the volume knob and make constant adjustments. Key Word Here is NEED When I say NEED here, I mean “Can’t do it without it.” You can always find a use for a mixer, but I’ll explain when you NEED one, and when you WANT one (there is a big difference). Keep in mind that the simpler you keep it, the less headaches. The more you add, the more things that can go wrong. When You Need a Mixer? If you have multiple people in the same room. Everyone should have their own microphone, and that should go into a mixer. If you are mixing in live music and sound effects. When You DON’T NEED an Audio Mixer If you are recording a solo podcast and you are going to add any music or sounds in later. When You DON’T NEED a Mixer, but Probably Could Use One If...]]>2681cleanfullHow to Avoid Holiday Weight Gainhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-avoid-holiday-weight-gain--39771306www.logicalloss.com/support]]>21a54782715134a0992d0a3fda98b190Tue, 08 Nov 2016 21:27:05 +0000David JacksonIts that time of year again, we just went passed Halloween, and we are headed for Thanksgiving, and then Christmas cookies for everyone. Despite our worst fears, the average American really only puts on one pound during the holiday season — which...www.logicalloss.com/support]]>1516cleanfullLee Silverstein is a Messenger, and Guardian of his Target Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lee-silverstein-is-a-messenger-and-guardian-of-his-target-audience--9815627www.thecolorcancerpoddcast.com Today's Show it brought to you buy Emerald City Productions SPECIAL DEAL: Four episodes edited for $15/each. Then after that, it's only $40. They will edit out ums, etc. remove noise, adjust volumes, and make you sound fantastic. For more information go to http://www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop [powerpress] Lee Silverstein Delivers Hope With His Podcast Lee Silverstein started a podcast that he wish he had when he was told he had stage four colon cancer. Lee has been battling cancer since he was five years old, and he considers himself more than "A podcaster," but a messenger. He delivers hope, information, and inspiration. Today we hear: Feedback from his audience that brought Lee to tears How Lee has secured three sponsors by finding products that fits his niche perfectly How Lee had strict criteria for his sponsors What pitch Lee uses to get sponsors. A "Because of my podcast" story that you HAVE to hear. Podcast Glossary "E" Episode zero Episode zero is a podcast episode that is often a simple introduction episode used as a placeholder as you need one live podcast in iTunes. In my opinion, I would do more than introduce yourself. We always want to deliver value in our podcast episodes, and right now your audience doesn't know you, and probably (to be honest) doesn't care who are what you are. They are asking, "What is in it for me?" Be sure to give them something that makes them wish there were more episodes. Why My Eleven Years of Podcasting Sets Me Apart I recently discovered another "Podcast About Podcasting," and was checking it out. I'm sure the host is a fine person that loves their family and wants to help their audience. Some people come into the space, and only repeat the favorite memes at the time and never go about checking if they are true. So I threw up in my mouth a bit when I heard them perpetuating the same old podcasting tips that are just wrong. This included The Blue Yetis is a great microphone (it is if you are in a very, very, very, quiet room - which 99.9% of podcasters are not - so it's NOT a great microphone) You only get 8 weeks to be in new and noteworthy (TV show podcasts go in and out of New and Noteworthy all the time) You should launch with at least three episodes so when people subscribe you get three downloads (this is false. It does not happen automatically. Your listen would have to choose to download the back catalog) My friend Ravi from Digital Access Pass as well as two podcasts (subscribeme.fm about membership websites, and Cut to the Chase )has a new book out called Confessions of a Wanna Be Podcast Star that goes over many of the myths that a puked out over and over. In the book he covers these myths and much more. Now for the record, Ravi uses a Blu Yeti, but thankfully in his book explains how you need a really quiet room (which he has). I was quoted quite a bit in the book, as well as other podcast consultants. In some cases, Ravi did his own investigation and provided screenshots to show the results of his research. I read it over two nights and found it an easy read, will be pointing people to it in the future when I see they have been sucked into the bad advice train that comes through the Internet on a regular basis. Take Aways From DC Podfest This was a great event for me. I met so many people who I had never met and were brand new to podcasting. The event was run very professional, and all the speakers were great in keeping to their time slots. One of the coolest phrases to describe what we do as podcasters. We are digital influencers. Put that on your business card. I heard about Amolto from Mathew Passy from podtopod.com which is a skype recording software for the PC (that I will need to check out). Keep your interactions from Social Media. So for me, I had some people say some very nice things about my presentation on twitter. Take a screen shot and put those on your website. http://www.gratisography.com/ a cool site for Royalty Free images which I have added to podcastingresources.com. This site has Free high-resolution pictures you can use on your personal and commercial projects. All pictures were photographed by Ryan McGuire and free of copyright restrictions. Need Podcast Coaching? Sign up for a session today. Sessions can be as short as 15 minutes. Schedule yours today at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Join the School of Podcasting today]]>01a11e04d9bc57fa5d3c75765b4778dfMon, 07 Nov 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonLee Silverstein got a call on New years Eve to let him know he had cancer and needed Chemotherapy. Lee is the man that gave "The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary" film it's name. He is a messenger for his audience. He delivers stories that provide...www.thecolorcancerpoddcast.com Today's Show it brought to you buy Emerald City Productions SPECIAL DEAL: Four episodes edited for $15/each. Then after that, it's only $40. They will edit out ums, etc. remove noise, adjust volumes, and make you sound fantastic. For more information go to http://www.emeraldcitypro.com/sop [powerpress] Lee Silverstein Delivers Hope With His Podcast Lee Silverstein started a podcast that he wish he had when he was told he had stage four colon cancer. Lee has been battling cancer since he was five years old, and he considers himself more than "A podcaster," but a messenger. He delivers hope, information, and inspiration. Today we hear: Feedback from his audience that brought Lee to tears How Lee has secured three sponsors by finding products that fits his niche perfectly How Lee had strict criteria for his sponsors What pitch Lee uses to get sponsors. A "Because of my podcast" story that you HAVE to hear. Podcast Glossary "E" Episode zero Episode zero is a podcast episode that is often a simple introduction episode used as a placeholder as you need one live podcast in iTunes. In my opinion, I would do more than introduce yourself. We always want to deliver value in our podcast episodes, and right now your audience doesn't know you, and probably (to be honest) doesn't care who are what you are. They are asking, "What is in it for me?" Be sure to give them something that makes them wish there were more episodes. Why My Eleven Years of Podcasting Sets Me Apart I recently discovered another "Podcast About Podcasting," and was checking it out. I'm sure the host is a fine person that loves their family and wants to help their audience. Some people come into the space, and only repeat the favorite memes at the time and never go about checking if they are true. So I threw up in my mouth a bit when I heard them perpetuating the same old podcasting tips that are just wrong. This included The Blue Yetis is a great microphone (it is if you are in a very, very, very, quiet room - which 99.9% of podcasters are not - so it's NOT a great microphone) You only get 8 weeks to be in new and noteworthy (TV show podcasts go in and out of New and Noteworthy all the time) You should launch with at least three episodes so when people subscribe you get three downloads (this is false. It does not happen automatically. Your listen would have to choose to download the back catalog) My friend Ravi from Digital Access Pass as well as two podcasts (subscribeme.fm about membership websites, and Cut to the Chase )has a new book out called Confessions of a Wanna Be Podcast Star that goes over many of the myths that a puked out over and over. In the book he covers these myths and much more. Now for the record, Ravi uses a Blu Yeti, but thankfully in his book explains how you need a really quiet room (which he has). I was quoted quite a bit in the book, as well as other podcast consultants. In some cases, Ravi did his own investigation and provided screenshots to show the results of his research. I read it over two nights and found it an easy read, will be pointing people to it in the future when I see they have been sucked into the bad advice train that comes through the Internet on a regular basis. Take Aways From DC Podfest This was a great event for me. I met so many people who I had never met and were brand new to podcasting. The event was run very professional, and all the speakers were great in keeping to their time slots. One of the coolest phrases to describe what we do as podcasters. We are...]]>3844cleanfullGrow Your Audience Using the KFC Approachhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/grow-your-audience-using-the-kfc-approach--9761416www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audibletrial (If you want to be an affiliate for audible, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audible ) The part is Know what you want out of podcasting. I've said before that you need to know WHY you're getting into podcasting. If you don't, you'll never make it through the how. Are you looking to be seen as an expert? Then maybe you should do some Q & A. Are you looking to get people to know and like you, then maybe it's time to ditch the interview format and talk directly to your audience. If you're trying to get a message out, then come up with a hashtag so you can track your progress. The other thing this does is it helps you know if you're being successful or not, or if you're even on track. The F in this instance stands for find what you are getting. When I get feedback from people, they seem to like my style. They say I seem laid back, and I break things down into easy bite size chunks. They appreciate the fact that I occasionally try to get your to laugh. In the past, I've told you about surveymonkey.com and polldaddy.com and how I've used those services for surveys. My favorite tool for this now is Google Sheets (sheets.google.com). You can easily take this spreadsheet tool, and with a few mouse clicks turn it into a survey for your audience. Unlike the previous tools I mentioned, it is free, and there are unlimited questions and unlimited responses. But what if the feedback you're getting isn't what you were expecting. What if things are going in the wrong direction. You've heard me quote Ryan K Parker of Foodcrafstmen.com for years. I quote it because it's true. No one will punch you in the face if you change your podcast. In fact, look at any long running series on TV, and you will see how things evolved. Many times that was because what they found out was that their ratings were going the wrong way. Not it takes courage to be able to have people leave your feedback. If you go back to the beginning, when you KNOW what you want out of podcasting, you will be willing to tweak it to get what you want, as you give your audience what they want. Many Streams Make Up A River Launching my New Godaddy Reseller Account Recently we've been talking a fair amount of about sponsorship, so I want to restate something. YOU DO NOT HAVE TO MAKE MONEY WITH YOUR PODCAST. If you are looking to have some income one of the things you might consider is instead of trying to get a big giant paycheck, get a lot of small checks. Earlier this year I added some features to the School of Podcasting and raised the prices quite a bit. It turned out those features weren't exactly what people were looking for. So, I tweaked some things, and adjusted the pricing. I also looked at the financials of the SOP. Part of the expenses for the School of Podcasting is my ongoing addiction to buying domain names. Yes they are only $9.99 a year at www.coolerwebsites.com (more on that in a second), but when you have over 100 domains, that adds up. My solution was to eliminate the middle man. I became a reseller for Godaddy. So if you need web hosting, domains, SSL certificates, or any other web related services, you can go to www.coolerwebsites.com and support me, and have the power of Godadddy. I Was Won Over With Support It wasn't just the domains that got me to put my eggs in the godaddy basket. I helped a friend setup a website using Bluehost. Now for the record I have a few websites on Bluehost. This is because I always try to use what I recommend. He hit a bit of a snag, so I told him how they had good service. He got on the phone, and I got on the live chat. As a person who works in support, I may be a bit more critical, but it was not fast at all. He finally got someone on the phone who was sticking with their script. We got our problem solved, but it took the better part of 90 minutes. I've been promoting Host Gator for years. I've used them for over 15 years. I've always thought their support was better than Bluehost, and still do. Over the last year, what use to take 3-5 minutes to get a live chat person to answer a question was turning into 5-20 minutes, and then I often felt like they were holding 5 different chats at the same time. Not horrible, but not great. When I tried out Godaddy, I was floored by their support. Over the years they called me to show me how I could save money with their company. No really catch when they called. They just saw my current situation and wanted to let me know if I did things a certain way I could save a few hundred dollars a year. When I get on their chat, I usually have someone within a few minutes and I get my questions answered. So I have a website I'm hosting on them, I didn't have any problems, so I became a reseller. I'm sure they are not perfect, no host is, but their support won me over. Currently if you want to order web hosting specifically designed to be lighting quick with Wordpress, I have a special going where you get 2 websites 30GB SSD storage 400,000 monthly visitors One-click staging site SSH / sFTP Search engine optimization plugin Malware scan & removal Standard SSL Certificate - 1 year free ( renewed annually) For $11.99 for more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/hosting Why Mystery Show Was Cancelled by Gimlet When this show first aired I stated that this show was well produced, but in the end the content was stupid. That's why the show got cancelled. See my original review. Ready to Start Podcasting? The School of Podcasting offers: Step by step tutorials Purchase a single course or a bundle 30 day Guarantee Live Group Coaching Priority Email Support Sign Up Today One on One Consulting Need one on one consulting? Sessions start at 15 minutes Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule]]>2d8101f8b027230e7d49293284ebf305Mon, 31 Oct 2016 03:02:09 +0000David JacksonHindenburg Journalist Noise Reduction The latest version of Hindenburg Journalist Software (slowly becoming one of my favorites for people who "Aren't too technical"). They have a new noise reduction feature that is super easy to use, and actually not...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audibletrial (If you want to be an affiliate for audible, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audible ) The part is Know what you want out of podcasting. I've said before that you need to know WHY you're getting into podcasting. If you don't, you'll never make it through the how. Are you looking to be seen as an expert? Then maybe you should do some Q & A. Are you looking to get people to know and like you, then maybe it's time to ditch the interview format and talk directly to your audience. If you're trying to get a message out, then come up with a hashtag so you can track your progress. The other thing this does is it helps you know if you're being successful or not, or if you're even on track. The F in this instance stands for find what you are getting. When I get feedback from people, they seem to like my style. They say I seem laid back, and I break things down into easy bite size chunks. They appreciate the fact that I occasionally try to get your to laugh. In the past, I've told you about surveymonkey.com and polldaddy.com and how I've used those services for surveys. My favorite tool for this now is Google Sheets (sheets.google.com). You can easily take this spreadsheet tool, and with a few mouse clicks turn it into a survey for your audience. Unlike the previous tools I mentioned, it is free, and there are unlimited questions and unlimited responses. But what if the feedback you're getting isn't what you were expecting. What if things are going in the wrong direction. You've heard me quote Ryan K Parker of Foodcrafstmen.com for years. I quote it because it's true. No one will punch you in the face if you change your podcast. In fact, look at any long running series on TV, and you will see how things evolved. Many times that was because what they found out was that their ratings were going the wrong way. Not it takes courage to be able to have people leave your feedback. If you go back to the beginning, when you KNOW what you want out of podcasting, you will be willing to tweak it to get what you want, as you give your audience what they want. Many Streams Make Up A River Launching my New Godaddy Reseller Account Recently we've been talking a fair amount of about sponsorship, so I want to restate something. YOU DO NOT HAVE TO MAKE MONEY WITH YOUR PODCAST. If you are looking to have some income one of the things you might consider is instead of trying to get a big giant paycheck, get a lot of small checks. Earlier this year I added some features to the School of Podcasting and raised the prices quite a bit. It turned out those features weren't exactly what people were looking for. So, I tweaked some things, and adjusted the pricing. I also looked at the financials of the SOP. Part of the expenses for the School of Podcasting is my ongoing addiction to buying domain names. Yes they are only $9.99 a year at 2619cleanfullHow I Got a Sponsor On My Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-i-got-a-sponsor-on-my-podcast--9708169www.emeraldcitypro.com and tell them you are from the School of Podcasting and have your first four podcasts done for $15 an episode. My Favorite Podcast Is 2:50 I'm working on the last episode of the year where we all share what our favorite podcast is (you can only pick one, and no, it can't be yours). Then be sure to tells us a little about it, and WHY you like it. Also, be sure to tell us a little bit about your show and where we can find it. So its free promotion for your show, and later I get these transcribed and turn them into a book. The deadline is October 31. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite16 Getting A Sponsor For Your Show 4:30 Today I share my story on how I secured a sponsor for my show. I'm doing this as an experiment as I prepare to update my book More Podcast Money Next year. I also share the behind the scenes of what it was like to take on a sponsor. There are some things that I have to tackle mentally. Getting A Sponsor For Your Show Today I talk with Jessica Kupferman who has been selling advertising for a very long time (back in the day on banner advertising) and has been podcasting since 2013. I know her best for her Shepodcasts.com show which she does with Elsie Escobar (it's a fascinating take on podcasting from a Women's point of view). Jessica just launched jkmagency.com an add agency that helps sponsors find podcasters, and podcasters find sponsors. Here are some of the insights from today's discussion You need to know how many downloads you get per month If you don't have a ton of downloads, but you have an active community, that may enable you to secure a sponsor You don't need a media kit if you don't have one. Jessica can create one for you. If you're pricing per episode, you might as well flush your money down the toilet. The smallest contract/campaign she sells is three months. She will go two months if there are no other options. Podcasters should be open to having the sponsor on the show to help create content. In regards to platforms, sponsors are looking at Twitter and Instagram followers. You just need to create a report once a month Never lie about your stats. Not only does it make you look bad, but it also makes podcasting, in general, look bad. How do you figure out what to charge for your podcast? The current standards for CPM is $15-$100 which is why it doesn't work for most podcasters and is the worst way to sell your show Can unique genres get a sponsor? (i.e. Science Fiction movie reviews) To be considered for adds go to jkmagency.com/considerme She also is a co-host for She Podcasts The Mental Side of Podcast Advertising 34:00 When you take on an advertiser, you have a couple of things to consider. You need to make sure your sponsor fits your audience and is something you can talk about honestly. When you promote something that you don't believe in, that is (in my opinion) the definition of selling out. Make sure you are aware what you will be delivering, and then deliver it. Remember who your TRUE audience is. Having multiple audiences can be a struggle. My audience is you. You've been with me for almost 12 years. If I pay too much attention to promoting the sponsor, I lose the true audience (again, you). If I don't pay enough attention to the sponsor, I lose the sponsor. The problem is I'm being paid for a 15-second spot. I recorded the spot four times last night, and the first one went over two minutes long. I figured out what I needed to say, and figured out how to see it as quickly as possible. This first ad was a bit longer as I needed to introduce you to the sponsor. I've always liked he way Gimlet media does their advertisements, and I plan on borrowing as much as I can. If you are a regular listener, you know I like to think outside the box. Just know, this can mess with your brain. Remember you worked hard to get an audience, and advertisers will come and go. I have never heard one, but I've heard stories about Leo Laporte going on for what seems days when he does a spot for Audible. If you don't pay attention to your listeners, then there will be nobody to hear your advertisements. What if you have a Patreon account? Well if you are delivering extra value to your patrons, then this shouldn't be a problem. They are getting what they pay for. Also, Patrons are people who want to support you. When they hear, you are benefiting from an advertiser they may be all for it. Just don't be surprised if someone stops being a patron because "You don't need us." Speaking of that, realize that someone will not like the fact that you have advertisements. There is nothing you can do about that. Focus on the one who stays. Podcast Rewind 38:18 I appeared on the Rock Your Retirement show talking about Alzheimer's disease I appear on the new Cut to the Chase from the friend Ravi from Digital Access Pass. This is business advice with not fluff (hence cut to the chase ) so it is some of my best podcast advice in one quick blast. While I have appeared on Podcast Junkies, I wanted to point you to the episode with Jonathan Oakes of Triva Warfare (who I've been on his show). It was just a great show where you hear Jonathon talk about how he shaped his show over time, and ever has a cool because of my podcast story. Check it out Podcast Glossary 43:08 BlubrryBlubrry is a media hosting company (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month). They are also the people who make the PowerPress plugin. The PowerPress plugin will work with any media host (although it does full integration with blubrry) such as Podbean, Libsyn, Soundcloud. We will talk about PowerPress later when we get to the P's, so for now Blubrry is a media hosting company. Compressor A compressor is an effect you can add to your audio. In its simplest form, it makes louder things softer, and softer things louder to ensure a level audio output. These can be applied in software, or they can be physical pieces of hardware such a DBX 286 CPM CPM is a pricing model used by the Radio industry. With CPM you get paid a certain amount for 1000 listeners. So if you have a CPM rate of $6, and you have 20,000 listeners you would pay the radio station 6 X 20 = $120. CPM rates in Podcasting typically start at $20 and go up. Some reporting as high as $60 or more. For most podcasters (without thousands of downloads) CPM is not a viable model to making money with your podcast Mentioned in This Show Cast Interview Recording Service Ready To Start a Podcast? Join www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>46e61063aac7bb8a0983dfba24933795Mon, 24 Oct 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I share my story on how I secured a sponsor for my show. I'm doing this as an experiment as I prepare to update my book More Podcast Money Next year. I also share the behind the scenes of what it was like to take on a sponsor. There are some...www.emeraldcitypro.com and tell them you are from the School of Podcasting and have your first four podcasts done for $15 an episode. My Favorite Podcast Is 2:50 I'm working on the last episode of the year where we all share what our favorite podcast is (you can only pick one, and no, it can't be yours). Then be sure to tells us a little about it, and WHY you like it. Also, be sure to tell us a little bit about your show and where we can find it. So its free promotion for your show, and later I get these transcribed and turn them into a book. The deadline is October 31. Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite16 Getting A Sponsor For Your Show 4:30 Today I share my story on how I secured a sponsor for my show. I'm doing this as an experiment as I prepare to update my book More Podcast Money Next year. I also share the behind the scenes of what it was like to take on a sponsor. There are some things that I have to tackle mentally. Getting A Sponsor For Your Show Today I talk with Jessica Kupferman who has been selling advertising for a very long time (back in the day on banner advertising) and has been podcasting since 2013. I know her best for her Shepodcasts.com show which she does with Elsie Escobar (it's a fascinating take on podcasting from a Women's point of view). Jessica just launched jkmagency.com an add agency that helps sponsors find podcasters, and podcasters find sponsors. Here are some of the insights from today's discussion You need to know how many downloads you get per month If you don't have a ton of downloads, but you have an active community, that may enable you to secure a sponsor You don't need a media kit if you don't have one. Jessica can create one for you. If you're pricing per episode, you might as well flush your money down the toilet. The smallest contract/campaign she sells is three months. She will go two months if there are no other options. Podcasters should be open to having the sponsor on the show to help create content. In regards to platforms, sponsors are looking at Twitter and Instagram followers. You just need to create a report once a month Never lie about your stats. Not only does it make you look bad, but it also makes podcasting, in general, look bad. How do you figure out what to charge for your podcast? The current standards for CPM is $15-$100 which is why it doesn't work for most podcasters and is the worst way to sell your show Can unique genres get a sponsor? (i.e. Science Fiction movie reviews) To be considered for adds go to jkmagency.com/considerme She also is a co-host for She Podcasts The Mental Side of Podcast Advertising 34:00 When you take on an advertiser, you have a couple of things to consider. You need to make sure your sponsor fits your audience and is something you can talk about honestly. When you promote something that you don't believe in, that is (in my opinion) the definition of selling out. Make sure you are aware what you will be delivering, and then deliver it. Remember who your TRUE audience is. Having multiple audiences can be a struggle. My audience is you. You've been with me for almost 12 years. If I pay too much attention to promoting the sponsor, I lose the true audience (again, you). If I don't pay enough attention to the sponsor, I lose the sponsor. The problem is I'm being paid for a 15-second spot. I recorded the spot four times last night, and the first one went over two minutes long. I figured out what I needed to say, and figured out how to see...]]>3034cleanfullSurviving Halloween on a Diethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/surviving-halloween-on-a-diet--39771221www.logicalloss.com/309]]>6e0a35e61e24ef6e4b59070b3907de45Wed, 19 Oct 2016 01:45:38 +0000David JacksonSurviving Halloween Don't buy the candy until the last minute. You can't eat what you don't have. Keep Them Hidden - Out of site out of mind. Take the Kids Don't Feed the Kids - Try to avoid be the one handing out the candy, instead be the person...www.logicalloss.com/309]]>948cleanfullCorey Fineran's Podcast Lead Him To Start His Own Businesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/corey-fineran-s-podcast-lead-him-to-start-his-own-business--9654293www.podfest.us Mentioned In This Show www.dcpodfest.com Submit Your My Favorite Podcast Is Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite16 MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Membership Guys Podcast Marketing School Podcast Audio Technica 2100 (Dave's Preferred Microphone) Launch Your Own Podcast 30 day Money Back Gaurentee go to http://www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>643cf02da6c565dbbdc912a26ade26f9Mon, 17 Oct 2016 05:06:50 +0000David JacksonComments" Call 888-563-3228 I've spoken about Corey Fineran before and how his Chicago Cubs podcast Ivy Envy helped get a rule changed in Major League Baseball. Corey's boss saw the impact podcasting creates and talked Corey into starting a podcast...www.podfest.us Mentioned In This Show www.dcpodfest.com Submit Your My Favorite Podcast Is Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite16 MENTIONED IN THIS EPISODE Membership Guys Podcast Marketing School Podcast Audio Technica 2100 (Dave's Preferred Microphone) Launch Your Own Podcast 30 day Money Back Gaurentee go to http://www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>2847cleanfullIs It Time for You To Zag?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-it-time-for-you-to-zag--9604431www.schoolofpodasting.com/schedule]]>49a145e7070cfcd286f7b5ce1b769830Mon, 10 Oct 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have some lessons from fast food that apply to podcasting, and I talk about zagging when everyone is zigging. Comments? Call them in at 888-563-3228 Bernie's Greatest Hits 1:58 My cat is pretty popular on this show as he chimes in all the...2563cleanfullTake Inventory of Your Feelingshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/take-inventory-of-your-feelings--397712689eed4d6024aedb7cd72c1ac891e3c27aWed, 05 Oct 2016 03:10:02 +0000David JacksonToday I want us to look at our feelings in two different places. While We Are Eating After We Eat We see something and we think it would make us feel sooooo gooood if we could just eat that. And you know what? It's true. Some food today is...1777cleanfullSOP534-100316bhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sop534-100316b--9552121www.auphonic.com The Levelator software is free (for PC or Mac) that adjusts the volume of your file to be equal. So if you have two people and one is quieter, it will boost the quiet person to match the volume of the other person. You can find it at http://www.conversationsnetwork.org/levelator Sleazy Guest Who Hijack Your Website 44:27 Jon Buscall shared a story on episode 48 titled "Integrity" of his Online Marketing and Communications podcast about a guest who kind of used a special link to overly promote themselves on Jon's website. It was so intrusive that Jon eventually pulled his episode. It's a very fascinating story. Maybe in the future we will have to spell out the common sense details to guests who come on our show and explain how they are allowed to link to our websites. School of Podcasting is Now Open with New Options to Meet Any Need You can purchase courses separately, or you can order a monthly membership You can also purchase a yearly subscription (and it's like getting two months free) Mentioned in This Episode Platform by Michael Hyatt Podcast Legends by Todd Cochran Podcast Junkies Podcast XV - King's X]]>11fb5835d74098d4ebeb2dd9ad0146d7Mon, 03 Oct 2016 04:03:07 +0000David JacksonToday we in this episode: We have a great because of my podcast story that has someone getting paid to do something they would do for free We tackle some of the podcast jargon starting with the A's We revisit the File For Download debate in a podcast...3274cleanfullAre You Ready To Give Up on Podcasting? Why I Believe What I Believehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-ready-to-give-up-on-podcasting-why-i-believe-what-i-believe--9488152http://5by5.tv/podcastmethod The Wolf's Den Podcast Eric Fisher from Beyond the ToDo List Mark from Late Night Internet Marketing Rob Walch from The Feed Podcast and Today in iOs Elsie Escobar from She Podcasts Jessica Kupferman from She Podcasts Michael Sharky from The Talent Show Nick Seuberling http://spnt.tv/ Jared Easley and Starve the Doubts ( Check out Stop Chasing Influencers) George Hrab of the Geologic Podcast See Me Speak I will appear at the following events CD Podfest Novmber 5-6 Washing DC http://www.dcpodfest.com/ Pofest in Tampa Florida February 2017 See www.podfest.us Northeast Ohio Podcaster's Meeting see www.neohiopodcasters.com Ready To Start Your Podcast? Join the School of Podcasting]]>c621d1cc389437d946f99cae21c66faeMon, 26 Sep 2016 04:44:04 +0000David JacksonBecuase of My Podcast - Rick Seizemore of VRStudio Workforce Rick Seizemore from VRStudio Workforce shares how your podcast will help you land guests, and those guests can then point people to your website. Your site then becomes an audio business...3817cleanfullAwaken Your Confidence - Rachel Smetshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/awaken-your-confidence-rachel-smets--9432917https://internationalpodcastday.com Ready to Start Podcasting? Visit www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>a2f6e4342eaa61777cb5aac9227f2a98Mon, 19 Sep 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonRachel Smets is the author of Awaken Your Confidence and stops by to share some insights into building your confidence. You can find her at Racehsmets.com as well as @rachelsmets and Facebook. and YouTube We talk about overcoming imposter syndrome,...3340cleanfullYour Thoughts Might Be Misleadinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-thoughts-might-be-misleading--39771246www.logicalloss.com/support and clicking on the Amazon banner to go shopping, or just clicking on the donate button. It really helps alot. ]]>395ed5f9b81e7739c4ef2589e39158f8Wed, 14 Sep 2016 16:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was in Philadelphia, and everyone said, OH YOU HAVE TO GET A CHEESE STEAK. It is what they are known for, and a Philly cheese steak is like no other. For most of my time there I followed my diet, but on Sunday I had a car and that meant options. I...www.logicalloss.com/support and clicking on the Amazon banner to go shopping, or just clicking on the donate button. It really helps alot. ]]>1777cleanfullPodcast Mid-Atlantic Relfectionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-mid-atlantic-relfections--9391381www.jkmagency.com showed that people love an underdog. Poor Jess had lost her voice, but we were all pulling for her as she tried to present with her lack of pipes. Her content made up for the lack of tone and quality of voice. This works in person, I'm not sure it would work as a podcast. Your might have a perspective that nobody else has. On Sunday 9/11/16 I had breakfast with Rob Greenlee from Spreaker, and Heather Ordover from Craftlit. We kind of shared some thoughts on 9/11 as it was the 15 year anniversary. Heather's perspective was like no other I had ever heard in 15 years. Why? Because she lived it. The plane engine from the second plane fell on the roof of her school. At one point, she turned to see the second dust cloud as it covered her. Her husband knew she was in the cloud. He was watching it on TV. You are a unique person. Only you have your history, perspective, and experiences. It gave me goosbumps. Christian Lee and CJ - What My Son is Learning From Podcasting Chrisian Lee does a podcast with his 10-year-old son. It's called What are we watching. Chrisitan (a standup comic) was very entertaining and dropped some great knowledge including: His son is learning how to push on when technology lets your down. He is getting to talk to celebrities. Their podcast has lead to some conversations that were needed. They opened the doors to some much-needed conversations. He is comfortable with technology, and working in his school. He is building his confidence. Because of My Podcast: Jim Collison (Starts at 1:56 )Jim Collison does show for his job (how cool is that). Jim was recently given an award for his work on the podcast (demonstrating that his podcast is making him a more valuable employee), and when Jim goes out to meet his audience he is somewhat swarmed. Congrats to Jim. Dave and Jim do the Ask the Podcast Coach show every Saturday Morning at 10:30 AM EST at www.askthepodcastcoach.com/live Jim's show for his job are at Http://coaching.gallup.com Jim also is the man behind the Average Guy Network Dave Jackson Talking Podcast Success I appeared on episode 19 of the Podcast Fiend show talking podcast success Check it out at http://podcastfiend.com/show/19 Podcast Questions? Call them in 888-563-3228 Get Podcast Consulting Find an available time at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Get the Show Notes Delivered To You www.scoolofpodcasting.com/newsletter]]>11bdf01caf271fe1ce741a5c9ed040e1Mon, 12 Sep 2016 12:31:18 +0000David JacksonToday I'm fresh back from a trip to Podcast Midatlantic where I spoke on a panel about podcasting. On Sunday I had some time before I flew home so Rob Greenlee and I Went to see the Liberty Bell in Independence Hall in Philadelphia. There are some...www.jkmagency.com showed that people love an underdog. Poor Jess had lost her voice, but we were all pulling for her as she tried to present with her lack of pipes. Her content made up for the lack of tone and quality of voice. This works in person, I'm not sure it would work as a podcast. Your might have a perspective that nobody else has. On Sunday 9/11/16 I had...]]>2386cleanfullDon't Gamble With Your Healthhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-gamble-with-your-health--39771216www.logicalloss.com/audible Taking the Before Picture and Tracking Your Statistics I recently passed my one year of really trying to lose weight. I'm down 30 lbs. Well I went and look at my stats. I'm also down from 33% fat to 20.5%. These stats give you confidence to keep going when the going gets tough. Thanks to those who have been supporting the Logical Weight Loss Podcast]]>7d9d111a3018c8bc1ede98325b179096Wed, 07 Sep 2016 21:07:11 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about an article I found on Nerd Fitness from Steve Kamb who is the author of the book Level Up Your Life: How to Unlock Adventure and Happiness by Becoming the Hero of Your Own Story He made some great point how in the same way that...www.logicalloss.com/audible Taking the Before Picture and Tracking Your Statistics I recently passed my one year of really trying to lose weight. I'm down 30 lbs. Well I went and look at my stats. I'm also down from 33% fat to 20.5%. These stats give you confidence to keep going when the going gets tough. Thanks to those who have been supporting the Logical Weight Loss Podcast]]>1681cleanfullContent You Can't Get Any Place Else with Jennifer Briney of The Congressional Dish Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/content-you-can-t-get-any-place-else-with-jennifer-briney-of-the-congressional-dish-podcast--9331947www.congressionaldish.com as we as in iTunes, or download the Congressional Dish iOs App as well as Android App Because of Her Podcast Jen has been on the Jessie Ventura show on TV, and she has been asked to speak at Podcast Movement. Mentioned In This Show Please support The Messengers Podcast Documentary. They are sooo close to reaching their crowdfunding goal. Goal chip in a few bucks, and then tell a friend to go to www.supportthemessengers.com Podcast Consulting Need some podcast consulting? Book a session at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule sessions start at 15 minutes. This is show #530 of the School of Podcasting and originated at www.schoolofpodcasting.com]]>3f1ec2d60dcf5c621e8b608a9bac38a9Mon, 05 Sep 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I am excited to have Jen Briney of the Congressional Dish podcast on my show. Jen reads legislature that is going through the house of representatives. She then reports back to you with no slant on democratic or republican slant but more of a...www.congressionaldish.com as we as in iTunes, or download the Congressional Dish iOs App as well as Android App Because of Her Podcast Jen has been on the Jessie Ventura show on TV, and she has been asked to speak at Podcast Movement. Mentioned In This Show Please support The Messengers Podcast Documentary. They are sooo close to reaching their crowdfunding goal. Goal chip in a few bucks, and then tell a friend to go to www.supportthemessengers.com Podcast Consulting Need some podcast consulting? Book a session at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule sessions start at 15 minutes. This is show #530 of the School of Podcasting and originated at www.schoolofpodcasting.com]]>3336cleanfullGross Water Bottles - Leaky Guthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/gross-water-bottles-leaky-gut--39771259www.logicalloss.com/support and used the Amazon link as well as the donation link. Mentioned in the show Easy to clean water bottle at Amazon http://amzn.to/2crF312 ]]>13c0a5a3475cb8a6a03ae9a653d9d74dWed, 31 Aug 2016 20:32:59 +0000David JacksonToday I did one of the most gross job I've ever done. I cleaned a bottle that had noting in it but water. Water that had been run though a Brita filter. A bottle that had gone through the dishwasher, and yet I never had taken the pieces parts apart....www.logicalloss.com/support and used the Amazon link as well as the donation link. Mentioned in the show Easy to clean water bottle at Amazon http://amzn.to/2crF312 ]]>1572cleanfullKeep Your Audience By Losing the Jargon - Busting Podcast Mythshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keep-your-audience-by-losing-the-jargon-busting-podcast-myths--9286244www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes and subscribe and see if my back catalog automatically downloads. You Only Get 8 Weeks to be in New and Noteworthy Podcasts based on TV shows go in and out of New and Noteworthy all the time 50+ Honest Reviews Will Get You Into New and Noteworthy Nope. It's subscribers that really count. Not that reviews don't mean anything, but subscribers appear to carry more weight. Also boosting people to the top of the charts before they have found their own voice doesn't work. Case in point Philip Phillips. Who? Exactly (season 11 winner of American Idol). They talk about generating buzz, and getting people to talk about your show. You want to do this every week you are podcasting. You want to bring value on a consistent basis. Here is a video that explains why I know these are not true https://youtu.be/gp1T4aj3ucw Rob Walch at Podcast Movement said the following things about New and Noteworthy His KC Startup podcast was featured (front page) of iTunes and saw a bump of about 300 His son's podcast Porter's podcast saw a bump of about 1000 He said a front page listing will get a bump of anywhere from 200-a couple thousand. Podcasters who game the system to be #2 in the Education category and rarely got over 200 downloads per episode (most were around 100ish). The sad thing is people are never launching because they can't get the recommended number of podcasts (3,5,8, 30) ready to launch. Just launch. Losing Your Audience in Jargon and Inside Jokes We are all too close to the trees to see the forest and depending on who you audience is, we need to remember that we get new listeners all the time. When we start using jargon (words that only people with experience in you field, or potentially an inside joke ) you can leave them confused. This makes them feel like an outsider, and potentially tune out. Recently on an episode of the Podcast Review show both myself and my co-host Erik K. Johnson were lost in the hosts use of big words and inside jargon. Now, maybe we aren't their target audience but it really took away from the experience. Being a person who grew up in the church Christian people who are trying to reach the world when they start spouting things like "Lion of Judah, Bathed in Blood, Alpha and Omega, evangelical, Holy Ghost, born again, unspoken prayer requests (which just means someone in my family messed up again). Be a "Proverbs 31 woman". The list goes on. I asked my buddy Cale Nelson from HamRadio360 to come in and share some jargon. Tascam US-32 Tascam MiNiSTUDIO Personal US-32 Audio Interface for Online Broadcasts is a brand new interface for podcasters who are looking to broadcast live and have the ability to mix in (up to) three sounds. There is also the ability to add effects. Most of the effects are pointless (make your voice deeper, higher, reverb, echo, distortion). This is kind of exciting as this particular https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1263856-REG/tascam_ministudio_personal_us_32.html/BI/5223/KBID/5977 Mentioned On This Episode Podcasters Roundtable Round 76 State of Live Streaming Hamradio360.com Black List Exposed Milaminthemiddle.com Book a Podcast Coaching Call With Dave Jackson Sessions start at 15 minutes and go up. See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule for availability ]]>8c18c441f8547929ab045583b1b7ac9aMon, 29 Aug 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI can handle some people explaining their strategies of launching a podcast, but there are some things that are just blatantly WRONG. Here are a couple that get my goat. Episodes Get Downloaded When People Subscribe If you simply launch with only one...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes and subscribe and see if my back catalog automatically downloads. You Only Get 8 Weeks to be in New and Noteworthy Podcasts based on TV shows go in and out of New and Noteworthy all the time 50+ Honest Reviews Will Get You Into New and Noteworthy Nope. It's subscribers that really count. Not that reviews don't mean anything, but subscribers appear to carry more weight. Also boosting people to the top of the charts before they have found their own voice doesn't work. Case in point Philip Phillips. Who? Exactly (season 11 winner of American Idol). They talk about generating buzz, and getting people to talk about your show. You want to do this every week you are podcasting. You want to bring value on a consistent basis. Here is a video that explains why I know these are not true https://youtu.be/gp1T4aj3ucw Rob Walch at Podcast Movement said the following things about New and Noteworthy His KC Startup podcast was featured (front page) of iTunes and saw a bump of about 300 His son's podcast Porter's podcast saw a bump of about 1000 He said a front page listing will get a bump of anywhere from 200-a couple thousand. Podcasters who game the system to be #2 in the Education category and rarely got over 200 downloads per episode (most were around 100ish). The sad thing is people are never launching because they can't get the recommended number of podcasts (3,5,8, 30) ready to launch. Just launch. Losing Your Audience in Jargon and Inside Jokes We are all too close to the trees to see the forest and depending on who you audience is, we need to remember that we get new listeners all the time. When we start using jargon (words that only people with experience in you field, or potentially an inside joke ) you can leave them confused. This makes them feel like an outsider, and potentially tune out. Recently on an episode of the Podcast Review show both myself and my co-host Erik K. Johnson were lost in the hosts use of big words and inside jargon. Now, maybe we aren't their target audience but it really took away from the experience. Being a person who grew up in the church Christian people who are trying to reach the world when they start spouting things like "Lion of Judah, Bathed in Blood, Alpha and Omega, evangelical, Holy Ghost, born again, unspoken prayer requests (which just means someone in my family messed up again). Be a "Proverbs 31 woman". The list goes on. I asked my buddy Cale Nelson from HamRadio360 to come in and share some jargon. Tascam US-32 Tascam MiNiSTUDIO Personal US-32 Audio Interface for Online Broadcasts is a brand new interface for podcasters who are looking to broadcast live and have the ability to mix in (up to) three sounds. There is also the ability to add effects. Most of the effects are pointless (make your voice deeper, higher, reverb, echo, distortion). This is kind of exciting as this particular https://www.bhphotovideo.com/c/product/1263856-REG/tascam_ministudio_personal_us_32.html/BI/5223/KBID/5977 Mentioned On This Episode Podcasters Roundtable Round 76 State of Live Streaming Hamradio360.com Black List Exposed Milaminthemiddle.com Book a Podcast Coaching Call With Dave...]]>2358cleanfullPodcast Q & A From Podcast Movementhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-q-a-from-podcast-movement--9237361www.supportthemessengers.com I also go to hang out with Angelo from blubrry.com and Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to podcast. At the North East Ohio Podcasters Meetup the crew showed off some footage and I got to me Scott Sykora from the Beardcaster. Scott does a podcast about professional competitive "bearding". I have got to go checkout a competition they sound fascinating. Upcoming Speaking Gigs I will be speaking at Podcast Mid Atlantic (go to www.podcastmidatlantic.com/sop to save $10). DC Podfest in November 4-5 I will also be speaking at Podfest in Florida in February 2017. I will be having a meetup at Podfest. Need Podcast Consulting? Hire Dave for podcast consulting by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule sessions lengths can be as short as 15 minutes (great if you have just a few questions). This episode 528 appeared first at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/528 Mentioned in This Show www.podcastgeargroup.org Beyond Powerful Radio Book by Valerie Geller Free Book at Audible.com ]]>1ee48fc463c50cf8a0200f4494edef2fMon, 22 Aug 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonHow Do I Grow My Audience? Know Who Your Audience Is Know What They Want Go Where They Are Make Friends With Them and Bring Value to Your Conversations Tell them About Your Show Make it Is To Find, Share, and Remember How Long Should My Podcast Be?...2593cleanfullAnger as a Motivatorhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/anger-as-a-motivator--3977130502a7539f879e5bedccb5715dab9ad137Fri, 19 Aug 2016 20:19:08 +0000David JacksonThis week I read some email, and I talk about how someone held up a mental mirror that had me realizing that I hadn't been "giving it my all." Now don't go crazy and go super negative, but instead use your anger to motivate you to try harder, push...1907cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From Geese, Ringo Star, and Michael Phelpshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-geese-ringo-star-and-michael-phelps--9193122www.neohiopodcasters.com If you haven't heard the behind the scenes podcast about the making of the movie, check out www.themessengersdoc.com/podcast Here is a recent write up about the podcast and movie (and it's not done yet). Attention Podcasters' Hangout Family... I'd like to take a moment and recognize Dave Jackson from The School of Podcasting for spending what has to be an ENORMOUS amount of time editing and producing a podcast that highlights "behind the scenes" for an upcoming film called The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary. The film is the brainchild of Executive Producer Chris Krimitsos and I also serve as Executive Producer myself. This film has taken us and the crew - Director Niel Guilarte, D.P. Willie L. Harper, and Lead Film Editor Saulo Zayas - literally into other countries to highlight the stories of how podcasters have used this medium to make a MAJOR impact in their communities and/or through their audience. This episode chronicles the back-story of our experience flying down to Guatemala to support and film mobile podcaster Shawn Smith's Now Is The Time Mission, where the organization serves villages living in extreme poverty through building and installing high efficiency stoves, laying down concrete floors inside homes, donating *tremendous* amounts of clothing, school supplies and other goods as well as lead a daily VBS program for all the kids of the villages they serve in... Shawn has been doing this every single year for over TEN years. At the end of each day, Shawn sits down to interview the volunteers about their experience and as you can imagine, these conversations get raw and emotional. These podcast episodes are then uploaded and shared with loved ones back home. This episode of our podcast for The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary highlights this trip and some our own experiences -- and emotions. I hope you take the time to listen to it and enjoy it, and also enjoy the level of production podcasting PRO Dave Jackson has poured into this. Thanks Dave, you are freaking amazingly talented. Join the email list and get access to behind the scenes footage by going to www.themessengersdoc.com Podcamp Pittsburgh In a slide show of the previous 11 years of Podcamp Pittsburgh, you could see where this event was well attended in the past. This year they had approximately 50 people. NOW HOLD ON, before you judging things just by numbers. For me, my goal is to find individuals who want to launch a podcast. I started off my opening keynote speech asking the intimate crowd how many of them already had podcasts. Very few hands went up. When I asked how many people didn't have a podcast yet, TONS of hands went up. So while this was an intimate group, it was a perfect group for me. So judging things by numbers only goes back to people looking at producers who love to share their huge numbers. They might think, "I wish I had those numbers" but what you don't know is how engaged that audience is. While there is no spam in podcasting, some people may not be that engaged with the host. For example, I get very little interaction from my Weekly Web Tools podcast. I love the show, and I love my listeners, but it's a fact that my School of Podcasting Audience is more engaged than the Weekly Web Tools audience. As always I go to events to network with some folks, Saturday night I got to meet some very cool people. I also got to hang out with some of my awesome Libsyn people (Elsie Escobar from Shepodcasts.com and Krystal O'Connor the mind and voice behind all the libsyn tutorials. Sometimes Different is Better Than Better In talking with someone at Podcamp Pittsburgh, they asked how not to sound monotonous. The person explained how they did a show where they asked the same questions to each guest. Now I could be wrong, but my knee-jerk reaction was to think that this person might be trying to follow in the steps of John Lee Dumas (who wouldn't? He makes millions of dollars with his podcast), but (and I've said this before) you will never out "John Lee Dumas the actual John Lee Dumas." You see, it comes to him naturally. I live in an apartment complex with a few lakes. Because of the lakes and the lovely surroundings, we have hundreds of geese. I see them all the time as I walk around my neighborhood getting some exercise. Last week I saw a goose where it looked like they ran out of black paint when they were painting his head. Typically a goose's head is black, with some white coming up from their neck. This goose looked like his head was white, and someone had sprinkled some black on his head (instead of the other way around). I don't know if the geese do this on purpose, but this goose is also separated from the rest of the geese by about 10 feet. When I ran into tonight, they were all by the lake; he was 30 feet away walking down the sidewalk. Now I see these geese every day. They all look identical. I could see the same goose day after day, and I wouldn't know it because they all look the same. That goose with the different paint job may be thinking to itself, "I wish I had more black on my head. I don't look like the other geese. I'm ugly. I stand out. " My point is because this goose is different and it DOES stand out. Embrace your uniqueness. There may another goose in that flock that can fly better, honk louder, and swim faster and I would never know because it looks like all the other geese. I do not notice them. Sure they may be "better" geese, but I don't remember them. The goose with the different paint job I will remember. I have one more example. Ringo Starr is probably one of the most famous drummers of all time. He has a specific style. These are due to a couple of things. One, he was born left handed but his Grandmother "made him" right handed. He still plays the drums with his primarily with his left hand. Meanwhile he plays drums that are designed for a right handed person. He also plays (as he describes it) with his "shoulders" and this often causes his snare drum to be just a shade late on hitting the beat. Many people say they can tell when he is behind the drums because his "wrong" style of playing delivers a unique style. In Ringo's case, different is better. So you may be thinking, I'm not like the other podcasters. I can't publish a daily show, I don't have a Heil PR40, I can't, I don't, etc. To this I say, It's not the tech. If you have nothing to say but have a great microphone, it won't matter. For the record, when John started HE looked DIFFERENT. Nobody had done a daily show for entrepreneurs. Michael Phelps Competition I didn't watch much of the Rio Olympics, but what I saw was very inspirational. Michael Phelps is the best swimmer of all time. The media was preparing for his final swim meets, and they were talking about who he would be up against. Different athletes were coming from different countries with different ages and speeds. These were Michael's competition. This was when I thought about swimming. It's not like his competition is in his lane blocking him from swimming. They weren't going to be grabbing his arms, or legs. The only person Michael Phelps had to beat was Michael Phelps. Podcasting is very much the same way. You are only as good as you last episode (for the most part), and we shouldn't shouldn't measure ourselves against other podcasters. We never have the full story, of what is going on behind the scenes of someone's podcast success. Obsessing over other podcaster's success takes your focus off your audience. Blab.im is Dead Here are some comments from their farewell letter We took a hackathon project that we built in 3 weeks and grew it from 0 users to → 3.9 million users in less than one year. The average daily user spent over 65 minutes per day on Blab The problem? According to their farewell letter, "Of the 3.9 million total users, only 10% (~400,000) came back on a regular basis." This is really stupid part of this statement is they provided a download link to the audio and video. People then took these files and put them on YouTube, and their Media hosts like Libsyn (use the promo code sopfree to get a free month). They also said, "Because the off-the-cuff, unpredictable nature of live streams make for terrible replays." You mean average untrained people are not masters of improv entertainment? They said, "But the majority of usage came from everyday people “just hanging out”. They weren’t making content; they were making friends." The best ‘content creators’ used it ~once a week, for ~2 hours. The people who were hanging out with friends used it 5–6 hours per day, every day. My team is here for one reason. To build a product that millions of people will use everyday. Another classic line which I respect is "For us; we would rather fail to try to achieve our mission than succeed at someone else’s mission." Here is another example of someone shooting for perfection (a life changing social network like Facebook), they missed the mark, and ended up on pretty good. Well, that wasn't their goal. To that, I can say I understand, but people hanging out and making friends will be much harder to monetize. In the meantime, I've moved over to firetalk.com and will be playing with Huzza.io Need Some Help With Your Podcast? I'm available for one on one consulting. Check my schedule at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Get Future Episodes the Minute They Are Released Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes and subscribe today]]>7ed45ab7afe0ff93d969d62f38b5a330Mon, 15 Aug 2016 04:07:06 +0000David JacksonToday shares his thought on Podcamp Pittsburgh, the death of blab.im, and what geese, Ringo Star, and Michael Phelps can teach podcasters. The Messengers Are Coming! If you live within driving distance of Akron, Ohio you might want to make a trip this...www.neohiopodcasters.com If you haven't heard the behind the scenes podcast about the making of the movie, check out www.themessengersdoc.com/podcast Here is a recent write up about the podcast and movie (and it's not done yet). Attention Podcasters' Hangout Family... I'd like to take a moment and recognize Dave Jackson from The School of Podcasting for spending what has to be an ENORMOUS amount of time editing and producing a podcast that highlights "behind the scenes" for an upcoming film called The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary. The film is the brainchild of Executive Producer Chris Krimitsos and I also serve as Executive Producer myself. This film has taken us and the crew - Director Niel Guilarte, D.P. Willie L. Harper, and Lead Film Editor Saulo Zayas - literally into other countries to highlight the stories of how podcasters have used this medium to make a MAJOR impact in their communities and/or through their audience. This episode chronicles the back-story of our experience flying down to Guatemala to support and film mobile podcaster Shawn Smith's Now Is The Time Mission, where the organization serves villages living in extreme poverty through building and installing high efficiency stoves, laying down concrete floors inside homes, donating *tremendous* amounts of clothing, school supplies and other goods as well as lead a daily VBS program for all the kids of the villages they serve in... Shawn has been doing this every single year for over TEN years. At the end of each day, Shawn sits down to interview the volunteers about their experience and as you can imagine, these conversations get raw and emotional. These podcast episodes are then uploaded and shared with loved ones back home. This episode of our podcast for The Messengers: A Podcast Documentary highlights this trip and some our own experiences -- and emotions. I hope you take the time to listen to it and enjoy it, and also enjoy the level of production podcasting PRO Dave Jackson has poured into this. Thanks Dave, you are freaking amazingly talented. Join the email list and get access to behind the scenes footage by going to www.themessengersdoc.com Podcamp Pittsburgh In a slide show of the previous 11 years of Podcamp Pittsburgh, you could see where this event was well attended in the past. This year they had approximately 50 people. NOW HOLD ON, before you judging things just by numbers. For me, my goal is to find individuals who want to launch a podcast. I started off my opening keynote speech asking the intimate crowd how many of them already had podcasts. Very few hands went up. When I asked how many people didn't have a podcast yet, TONS of hands went up. So while this was an intimate group, it was a perfect group for me. So judging things by numbers only goes back to people looking at producers who love to share their huge numbers. They might think, "I wish I had those numbers" but what you don't know is how engaged that audience is. While there is no spam in podcasting, some people may not be that engaged with the host. For example, I get very little interaction from my Weekly Web Tools podcast. I love the show, and I love my listeners, but it's a fact that my School of Podcasting Audience is more engaged than the Weekly Web Tools...]]>2495cleanfullThe Three Things Your Podcast Needs That Have Nothing to Do With Microphones, Downloads, or Hostinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-three-things-your-podcast-needs-that-have-nothing-to-do-with-microphones-downloads-or-hosting--9146198https://create.blubrry.com/resources/blubrry-podcast-advertising/blubrry-advertising-priority-list/ Ask the Podcast Coach Moves to a New Platform After blab.im waved it's middle finger at podcasters, this week we waved back (after last week it just stopped working). The platform I am using is firetalk.com which has the same functionality (give or take) as blab, and its free. You don't get the audio file (just the video). You can always "rip" the audio out of the video file. So far I like it, and will continue to use it going forward. Because of His Podcast Michael O'Connell Got a Book Deal. I was interviewed for a future episode of It's All Journalism by Michael O'Connell and he shared that due to his podcast he now has a book deal about podcasting. The Messengers Documentary Team will be in Akron Ohio on August 2oth The Messengers Documentary team (doing a film on podcasting) will be in Akron Ohio (Cuyahoga Falls to be exact) on August 20th to film me, and to share some video and film the Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup (normally the third Monday of the month, but moved to Saturday this month). The exact location and time will be announced later (more than likely 2-5ish in Cuyahoga Falls - location to be determined very soon). For more information go to www.themessengersdoc.com to check out Dave's podcast about the project go to www.themessengerspodcast.com/podcast Podcast Rewind The Biz Chix Podcast episode 26 had a super frank talk about sex after children. Gentlemen if you want to know what women think and feel about sex, now is you chance it starts at the 27 minute mark. http://bizchix.com/226/ Another new show I've been listening to is the Rhoades to Success Podcast with Jessica Rhoades who has great tips on getting and being interviewed. The Three Things Your Podcast Needs That Have Nothing to Do With Microphones, Downloads, or Hosting Today I want to talk about podcast success and the things you need to achieve. Here is the fun part I’m not talking about microphones, downloads, or hosting. While those are ingredients that you need to podcast, without these you are doomed. They are attitude, health, and support. The first thing is your expectations and/or attitude. I have people contact me weekly with dreams of getting into Apple’s New and Noteworthy and “making it big” (whatever that means). Per Rob Walch of Libsyn, fifty percent of podcasters get less than 160 downloads, and fifty percent get above. I feel this is mainly due to the thousand plus podcasts launching every week. They are just starting to build their audience. I come from a training background where if I had twenty students in my class, my hands were going to be full. When you have 160 listeners, that would equal eight classrooms. In the last building I worked in, that would be an entire floor of classrooms filled with people who want to listen to you. People who could consume AM, FM, CD, Sirius, Local and Cable channels, HBO, Netflix, Hulu, Audible, etc. They choose to listen to you. So how do you get your attitude straight? You have to be able to answer the question, “Why are you starting a podcast?” For me, I love to help people. That’s what I worked in training departments for 20+ years. Now, let’s not fool ourselves. I like making money as well. However, when I have someone come to me too scared to launch a podcast, and I later I hear them cry over the phone as they see their podcast in iTunes, it is hard to put a price on that. The other reason you need to know you “Why” is so you can create content that fits in with your goal. If the purpose of your podcast is to position yourself as a leader in your field, then maybe you should use a Q&A format. What if you’re in just to make money. You’re in it to boost sales. Remember when you first start out you don’t have an audience, so if the goal is to convert your audience to sales, the first thing you need to do is focus on getting an audience, and second how to convert them. The length of time it takes to achieve this is why Podcasting is often said to have a slow burn. You have to have an audience before you can sell to your audience. Also, you better be willing to podcast for free, because when you start out, you are. In fact, you’re losing around $30 a month in expenses. The second thing is your health. Certain gurus love to tell you to stay up until three in the morning, get up at 6 and go to work. If you really want it, you will do this. If you don’t do this, well then (LOSER) you don’t really want it right? You just need to dig down deeper. After all, it’s not going to come to you; you have to HUSSLE DOWN and GO GET IT TIGER! No for the record, you do have to do the work, but killing yourself to live is not a great option. I did this for a while. Here is what it produced. A crappy attitude because I constantly felt “behind.” That I wasn’t working hard enough, and that was I was doing wasn’t good enough, and that I need to sacrifice more. A crappy product. I make enough typos when I’m awake, let alone when I’m sleep deprived. I was struggling with energy, and creativity because my body wanted something. It was called sleep. I recently lost 30 lbs. You know one of the key ingredients? Sleep. I now get at least 6, typically 7 hours of sleep a night. WHAT? THAT IS INSANE. No, what it is, is a strategy to be more productive because you’re not doing rookie mistakes because you can’t keep your eyes open. I can focus. You have the attention span of a puppy hopped up on red bull. The other thing it did was mess up my back. Countless time I would wake up at my desk with my head pointing down in some weird position as my body was in some strange position sleeping in a chair. Great, my hustle would now slow me down cause I can’t stand up straight. I gained weight. Why? Because I was BUSY, I had THINGS TO DO, so I would go get some “fast food” and slam my Double Mystery Meat, Fries, and a Coke. Never realizing by the time I drove to the Burger Hut, waited in the drive through, and got home to eat my luke-warm home slop, I could’ve cooked something much more healthy at home. Eating fast food is like pouring the cheapest gas you can find in your car. It doesn’t burn well, and it leaves a residue in your engine. Well, in this case, you body doesn’t know what to do with strange chemistry abortion called fast food that tricks your mind into thinking it’s not full so it can dump enough sugar down you face to light you up like a Christmas tree. You will notice on ingredient labels they don’t put the percentage of sugar contained in that Starbucks (because your morning Late probably has your over your daily limit already). Poor nutrition leads to you getting sick, and tired. Which eventually leads you to be sick and tired of being sick and tired. Now instead of being upbeat, creative, and inspired you are tired, unmotivated, potentially cranky, and/or depressed. Now because you’re tired and cranky (and maybe depressed), you will probably notice your family and friends don’t want to be around you. Being tired, sick, and cranky leads to: The third thing you need to have a successful podcast: Support. When your friends and family (going forward let’s just say family) don’t support your podcasting efforts, it will suck whatever energy you have left in your body. It is often the final nail in the coffin. You can’t demand support. Demanding support often can lead to resentment on the person waiting in the wings. When you FORCE someone to support you, they aren’t supporting you because they believe in you, or they want to. They are supporting you because they HAVE to. If someone puts a gun to my head forces me to say “Soundcloud is the best podcasting platform on the planet” I would do it because I like breathing, but would that really be support? When your family is complaining about the time, money and effort you are putting into your show it creates stress. Stress is not a great fertilizer for creativity. Some people strive under pressure, but many have a hard time concentrating. They can’t “be in the now” because they are too busy waiting for the shoe to drop. So those are the problems. How do you solve them? For Health Do the Following: Batch cook food. For me, I buy a family pack of chicken thighs and dump them into a pressure cooker. I then package them up and put them in the refrigerator. When I need a quick snack, I throw them into the microwave, and while I’m eating the chicken I microwave a vegetable, and I’m done in 10 minutes. It’s true fast food. The pressure cooker requires no overseeing. For me, I look at what time I’m getting up in the morning. For me, that is 7:30 AM as I have to be at work by 8:30. If I want seven hours sleep, I have to be in bed by 12:30. I know I need to exercise for at least 30 minutes that means takes me back to 12:00. Now Let’s Take This Thought into the Support Area I need to eat and spend some time with my family. Let’s call that two hours. That would be 10 PM. If I arrive home at 6 PM, I would have FOUR FREE HOURS. Now my family isn’t going to want to eat at 10 PM. So from 6-8PM I enjoy my family. I then spend 30 minutes exercising. It’s not 8:30. I have three]]>b66e0f6c0c7a0150a033da32cd73f38eMon, 08 Aug 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I'm going to share three things your podcast needs to be successful, I'm also going to share some podcasting news, and a product review on a blab.im replacement. Call the Show at 888-563-3228 Blubrry Launches Adverting Partner Plan If you are...https://create.blubrry.com/resources/blubrry-podcast-advertising/blubrry-advertising-priority-list/ Ask the Podcast Coach Moves to a New Platform After blab.im waved it's middle finger at podcasters, this week we waved back (after last week it just stopped working). The platform I am using is firetalk.com which has the same functionality (give or take) as blab, and its free. You don't get the audio file (just the video). You can always "rip" the audio out of the video file. So far I like it, and will continue to use it going forward. Because of His Podcast Michael O'Connell Got a Book Deal. I was interviewed for a future episode of It's All Journalism by Michael O'Connell and he shared that due to his podcast he now has a book deal about podcasting. The Messengers Documentary Team will be in Akron Ohio on August 2oth The Messengers Documentary team (doing a film on podcasting) will be in Akron Ohio (Cuyahoga Falls to be exact) on August 20th to film me, and to share some video and film the Northeast Ohio Podcasters Meetup (normally the third Monday of the month, but moved to Saturday this month). The exact location and time will be announced later (more than likely 2-5ish in Cuyahoga Falls - location to be determined very soon). For more information go to www.themessengersdoc.com to check out Dave's podcast about the project go to www.themessengerspodcast.com/podcast Podcast Rewind The Biz Chix Podcast episode 26 had a super frank talk about sex after children. Gentlemen if you want to know what women think and feel about sex, now is you chance it starts at the 27 minute mark. http://bizchix.com/226/ Another new show I've been listening to is the Rhoades to Success Podcast with Jessica Rhoades who has great tips on getting and being interviewed. The Three Things Your Podcast Needs That Have Nothing to Do With Microphones, Downloads, or Hosting Today I want to talk about podcast success and the things you need to achieve. Here is the fun part I’m not talking about microphones, downloads, or hosting. While those are ingredients that you need to podcast, without these you are doomed. They are attitude, health, and support. The first thing is your expectations and/or attitude. I have people contact me weekly with dreams of getting into Apple’s New and Noteworthy and “making it big” (whatever that means). Per Rob Walch of Libsyn, fifty percent of podcasters get less than 160 downloads, and fifty percent get above. I feel this is mainly due to the thousand plus podcasts launching every week. They are just starting to build their audience. I come from a training background where if I had twenty students in my class, my hands were going to be full. When you have 160 listeners, that would equal eight classrooms. In the last building I worked in, that would be an entire floor of classrooms filled with people who want to...]]>3812cleanfullGreat Content: Reverse Engineering a Driveway Momenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-content-reverse-engineering-a-driveway-moment--9100092www.redpodcast.com/scam) his first attempt kept the person on the line for more than an hour (and he was not happy when he figured out that Dave was playing with him). Eventually, Dave was able to get someone to "put their guard down" and explain their operation (at the risk of getting in trouble). This intimacy was fascinating. Dave wasn't yelling at the worker but just wanted information. It made for a very intriguing episode. Then in true David Hooper fashion, he used the experience as a lesson to learn about growing your business. Episode 206 of the RED Podcast David Hooper has a very wide skill set. He spent many years doing marketing for musicians (at one point managed his own event for musicians). Dave is the author of NUMEROUS books on Amazon. He has been doing his Music Business Radio program on Lightning 100 WRLT in Nashville (and subsequent podcast) where he has interviewed some pretty big names. He recently started shifting his focus to include other types of marketing outside of music. His RED Podcast is NOT another podcast that interviews entrepreneurs about escaping their dreadful lives into the world of six-figure incomes etc., etc. It's not named RED Podcast On Fire. Instead, Dave has a solo show where he uses his life's travels and ties them to lessons you can use to grow your business. Just to make it easy, here is the link to Episode 206 to hear the whole "Scam" call go to www.redpodcast.com/scam In this interview you will hear: How it took multiple calls to get this hard to believe interview. Dave ended up with lots of content, but it would need editing before putting it before his audience. By not judging his guest, the person felt safe to open up and reveal inside information. Dave stuck to his guns and didn't take advertisers that didn't fit his show, or advertisers that wanted to pay him peanuts to get in front of his audience. Dave puts thought into his episode, so there is a theme that lends itself to transitioning from one part of his show to the other. Dave realizes there is a skip button and starts of his show with a tease to keep people tuned in, and includes one at the end to make them come back. The Power of Editing I've been called to produce The Messengers Podcast. The Messengers is a documentary about podcasting. I'm making a podcast about the movie about podcasting (yeah, I know). The difference is it's up to me to stitch together the story of what has been going on (with help from executive producer Chris Krimitsos). When I'm done, I submit the rough draft to Chris. At this point, I've put in lots of hours, and I want it to be done. Chris has always come back with ideas. You know what? They are always good insights. I'm too close to the trees to see the forest. Editing can make a good thing great if you're open to feedback. Some people do the, "I just hit record and post it. I'm keeping it real." It's podcasting, and you can do what you want. I'm keeping it real by knowing that every word out of my mouth is not gold, and everything can ALWAYS have room for improvement. So I took an hour today and edit this interview. Here is what got cut: A bunch of UMs from me. A tangent that Dave and I took about playing music backward. Dave was explaining how he is starting a new podcast. His new podcast is not out yet. I cut out many things I said that were giving a second example of something that Dave had just said (thus I was creating duplicate content). What Did I Learn From Editing? I did very little prep for this interview. I knew I was just going talk to Dave about his episode and pull the best. In the end, I don't think I did a good job of letting Dave know why I asked him to come on the show. I OFTEN take a very roundabout way to a question. This action happens as I've started talking before fully forming the question in my head. As always, more preparation up front leads to less editing. Mentioned on This Episode Pro Coach Podcast - How to Get More Clients Building a Better Dave - Dave's"Say whatever I want" podcast Support The Messengers Documentary at www.supportthemessengers.com Schedule a Podcast Consultation at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule Toastmasters 101 School of Laughs Glenn The Geek Episode]]>ca8655b9302aa7c8cece901055fb6698Mon, 01 Aug 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDriveway moments are podcasts that have you so captivated that when you get to home instead of going in to be with your family, you sit in the driveway to finish the episode. This week I had such a moment with episode 206 of the RED podcast hosted by...www.redpodcast.com/scam) his first attempt kept the person on the line for more than an hour (and he was not happy when he figured out that Dave was playing with him). Eventually, Dave was able to get someone to "put their guard down" and explain their operation (at the risk of getting in trouble). This intimacy was fascinating. Dave wasn't yelling at the worker but just wanted information. It made for a very intriguing episode. Then in true David Hooper fashion, he used the experience as a lesson to learn about growing your business. Episode 206 of the RED Podcast David Hooper has a very wide skill set. He spent many years doing marketing for musicians (at one point managed his own event for musicians). Dave is the author of NUMEROUS books on Amazon. He has been doing his Music Business Radio program on Lightning 100 WRLT in Nashville (and subsequent podcast) where he has interviewed some pretty big names. He recently started shifting his focus to include other types of marketing outside of music. His RED Podcast is NOT another podcast that interviews entrepreneurs about escaping their dreadful lives into the world of six-figure incomes etc., etc. It's not named RED Podcast On Fire. Instead, Dave has a solo show where he uses his life's travels and ties them to lessons you can use to grow your business. Just to make it easy, here is the link to Episode 206 to hear the whole "Scam" call go to www.redpodcast.com/scam In this interview you will hear: How it took multiple calls to get this hard to believe interview. Dave ended up with lots of content, but it would need editing before putting it before his audience. By not judging his guest, the person felt safe to open up and reveal inside information. Dave stuck to his guns and didn't take advertisers that didn't fit his...]]>3681cleanfullStrategy is the Key to Replacing Bad Habitshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/strategy-is-the-key-to-replacing-bad-habits--39771234c9e62bae0fca3376dbe644de7e08577eMon, 01 Aug 2016 03:51:20 +0000David JacksonToday I share an article I found on changing bad habits. This episode was inspired by me starting to eat more Reese Cups when I go to the grocery store. I had one a few months ago, and that lead to another, and another. As I have said before when we...1470cleanfullIt Started With a Tweet - The Amazing Troy Heinritz Storyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-started-with-a-tweet-the-amazing-troy-heinritz-story--9053825www.theblacklistexposed.com www.packersfanpodcast.com 112263 Golden Spiral Media Mentioned in this Episode www.clammr.com The Blacklist, Season 1 - The Blacklist Wordswag App Spreaker.com (use the coupon sopfree) Noodle.mx Network Podcast Player Survey (two questions - take the survey) Ready to Start a Podcast? Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>9d7c70d04d5e798fb410b40a2681f13dMon, 25 Jul 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonComments about the show? Call 888-563-3228 At Podcast Movement Kevin Smith said to forget hanging around people who would answer, "Why?" when you said you wanted to try something, and instead hang around people who said, "Why not!" Troy Heinritz is a...www.theblacklistexposed.com www.packersfanpodcast.com 112263 Golden Spiral Media Mentioned in this Episode www.clammr.com The Blacklist, Season 1 - The Blacklist Wordswag App Spreaker.com (use the coupon sopfree) Noodle.mx Network Podcast Player Survey (two questions - take the survey) Ready to Start a Podcast? Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>4136cleanfullCool Productivity App - Tony Robbins I'm Not Your Guruhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cool-productivity-app-tony-robbins-i-m-not-your-guru--39771267https://youtu.be/HUHMZf3qwsQ For me, I wanted children my whole life. I adore kids. I melt when my little great niece says "I love you Unc." To make a long story short, I spent myself into bankruptcy trying to have one with my first wife. We couldn't have any kids. So while the whole world has their spouse, child, white picket fence, I've always felt like I'm on the outside looking in. Meanwhile, I have a great job, great friends, a cool apartment with air conditioning (as I sit here we are in the middle of a heat wave). Life could be so much worse. We need to focus on the attitude of gratitude. There are plenty of people who need love, even if they aren't your offspring. Get A Tony Robbins Audio Book For Free If you've never heard of Tony Robbins, and you're not a current Audible subscriber, check out Audible and get a free book (Tony has a ton. I liked "Awaken the Giant Within."). It's free, and if you cancel within the first thirty days you can keep the audio book. www.logicalloss.com/audible]]>991b60cf18fb9e3240be53bd7d50a03aSun, 24 Jul 2016 15:53:00 +0000David JacksonI've had an app called 30/30 on my iPhone but I really just started using it. What you do is you put in a task, and how much time you think it will take to complete it. So for my job I have me doing 50 minutes of work, and then taking a quick break....https://youtu.be/HUHMZf3qwsQ For me, I wanted children my whole life. I adore kids. I melt when my little great niece says "I love you Unc." To make a long story short, I spent myself into bankruptcy trying to have one with my first wife. We couldn't have any kids. So while the whole world has their spouse, child, white picket fence, I've always felt like I'm on the outside looking in. Meanwhile, I have a great job, great friends, a cool apartment with air conditioning (as I sit here we are in the middle of a heat wave). Life could be so much worse. We need to focus on the attitude of gratitude. There are plenty of people who need love, even if they aren't your offspring. Get A Tony Robbins Audio Book For Free If you've never heard of Tony Robbins, and you're not a current Audible subscriber, check out Audible and get a free book (Tony has a ton. I liked "Awaken the Giant Within."). It's free, and if you cancel within the first thirty days you can keep the audio book. www.logicalloss.com/audible]]>1970cleanfullLessons From My First Crack at a Narrative Podcast Episodehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-from-my-first-crack-at-a-narrative-podcast-episode--9005106da943cc4bd9677c2f3a5490dd5ffc7e9Mon, 18 Jul 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhat I've Learned From One Episode of a Storytelling NPR styled Podcast I recently started a podcast in a narrative fashion about a documentary called the Messengers, as I've never done this style of podcasting before. Here is what I've learned. You...2798cleanfullThe Power of the BEFORE Picture - Fitbit Blaze Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-the-before-picture-fitbit-blaze-review--397712148db18861f08184f330641af7da0f8544Mon, 11 Jul 2016 16:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was talking with some friends this weekend when I went to a podcasting event in Chicago. Many of them had not seen me in a year and they noticed I was down 30 lbs. So in looking at pictures on my phone I found some pictures of me from last year....1471cleanfullLessons From the Pizza Parlorhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-from-the-pizza-parlor--8958532www.inglespodcast.com www.shepodcasts.com www.bizchix.com bizwomenrock.com Podcamp Pittsburgh Podcast Mid Atlantic Join the School of Podcasting Doors close in a week. Hurry to reserve your spot. Join Today]]>b1d4fd451579dce014c393e9968ac960Mon, 11 Jul 2016 06:00:17 +0000David JacksonPodcast Movement was a great success as all of the previous events. WOW. The one thing different this year was I was working for Libsyn. I spent pretty much three days talking from about 7 in the morning to somewhere between midnight and 2 AM talking...2669cleanfullHow Glenn Hebert Does Morning Radio From His House - Couch Cushions Testhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-glenn-hebert-does-morning-radio-from-his-house-couch-cushions-test--8912742www.horseradionetwork.com Couch Cushion Experiment 43:50 An easy way to cut down on "room noise" grab the cushion from your couch. You could purchase Milk Crate, Egg Carton Foam or you can just order one already built and save the time and effort. New and Noteworthy Experiment 51:42 If you go to www.becauseofmypodcast.com/itunes Please rate, review, and most improbably subscribe to the Because of my podcast show. I now have 65 ratings. I have a total of 559 downloads over six episodes with the highest episode being 171 and the lowest being 58 I'm on row 91 of the Technology > Podcasting category. I am still not listed in the "main" new and noteworthy. But I'm noticing a trend on who is. Jim Norton - comedian Kathy Smith - "famous" health expert Chris Hardwick The Dallas Morning News Gimlet Media - Ebay podcast that's not about eBay Michael Kosta- Comedian E! Network. Mentioned in this Episode The Messengers Documentary]]>e9c4302c5c58cd0efba75f8dcb68bfdeMon, 04 Jul 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonComments? Call 888-563-3228 Join the School of Podcasting today Podcast Movement is Next Week I will be working Libsyn booth all week except for my Q & A Season on Friday at 10:15-11:00 on the Solutions Stage. Please find me and say hello. I would...www.horseradionetwork.com Couch Cushion Experiment 43:50 An easy way to cut down on "room noise" grab the cushion from your couch. You could purchase Milk Crate, Egg Carton Foam or you can just order one already built and save the time and effort. New and Noteworthy Experiment 51:42 If you go to www.becauseofmypodcast.com/itunes Please rate, review, and most improbably subscribe to the Because of my podcast show. I now have 65 ratings. I have a total of 559 downloads over six episodes with the highest episode being 171 and the lowest being 58 I'm on row 91 of the Technology > Podcasting category. I am still not listed in the "main" new and noteworthy. But I'm noticing a trend on who is. Jim Norton - comedian Kathy Smith - "famous" health expert Chris Hardwick The Dallas Morning News Gimlet Media - Ebay podcast that's not about eBay Michael Kosta- Comedian E! Network. Mentioned in this Episode The Messengers Documentary]]>3634cleanfullThe Podcast Mindset - Favorite Social Network - New and Noteworthy Part 1https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-podcast-mindset-favorite-social-network-new-and-noteworthy-part-1--8861452www.dealingwithmygrief.com New and Noteworthy Investigation People are obsessed with iTunes New and Noteworthy. What is the effect? Well I wanted to find out. I don't think it's much, but I wanted to KNOW. So I started a podcast called "Because of my Podcast." I started tracking items. It seemed so easy to get into New and Noteworthy in the past, so here is what I've found. Maybe not. The show has 357 downloads (ranging from 43-120 per episode), and 51 reviews. While I'm line 90 of the New and Noteworthy in my category, I am not New and Noteworthy from the main page. Some clients of mine are and here are there numbers: I do have some clients in N&N. Client 1 is on line 110, they have 4000 downloads (ranging from 166 to 740 per episode). They have 15 episodes and zero reviews. Another is on line 135. They have 3500 total downloads (ranging from 80-400 downloads per episode). They have 20 episodes, and zero reviews. Other things I've found have been that shows that need to be pulled are not. Rumor Girls Uncut has not had and episode since 2011, and none of their files will download. I will keep my eye open for more shows that might show that Apple needs to prune the tree. If you'd like to help with the experiment, go to www.becauseofmypodcast.com/itunes and subscriber, rate, and review. I'll report on the standings as the show goes forward. Ready to Start Podcasting Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com Step by Step Tutorials Live Podcast Consulting Priority Email Support Private Facebook Group]]>18b882e60ec85172768d7bdcb47fcab7Mon, 27 Jun 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was born in Akron, Ohio. I lived in Cleveland, Ohio for 8 years and now moved back to Akron. So when LeBron James join the Cleveland Cavaliers we were all excited. Last year we came close, but we lost (there is a long history of Cleveland Sports...3193cleanfullPodcasting With Your Kids - Promoting Outside of iTuneshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-with-your-kids-promoting-outside-of-itunes--8810940www.bigactiveaudience.com slideshare.net meetup.com Pinterest.com New Features Coming to Podcasting Blubrry will be launching Podcast Sites. This is a free website based on Wordpress. Libsyn has destination stats, audio files to YouTube, Episode Defaults, Entranced ID3 tags Spreaker is coming out with a new CMS Use the coupon sopfree at any of these companies to get a free month (full discloser I work for Libsyn). Podcast Rewind I appeared on round 73 of the Podcasters Rountable talking about branding your podcast I appeared on Episode two of the Membership Coach show with Marcus Couch talking about the Burden and the Benefit of Membership sites. Check out Paul Colligan's Look back at 10 years of Video with Lauria Petrucci (Cali Lewis) Last 5 in 5 Cale Nelson Cale Neslon from the Ham Radio 360 Show shares the last 5 podcasts he listened to. Everything Ham Radio Linux in the Ham Shack School of Podcasting (this show) Black Man with a Gun Kenn Blanchard Show Wealth Steading (howto invest) Mentioned in this Episode Feeding My Faith - Does God Have Brain Damage? Podcast Movement Almost Sold Out. Use the coupon code sop40 Join the School of Podcasting Step by Step tutorials Priority Email Support Live Podcast Consulting Private Facebook Group for Networking Join the School of Podcasting Today]]>e3f5b83ef80eb880257c662744b4540aMon, 20 Jun 2016 04:51:02 +0000David JacksonAnswering Audience Questions Is a podcast a good way to promote a multi-level marketing (MLM) business? If your sole goal of a podcast is to generate income, you need to realize a few things: Nobody tunes into an infomercial on purpose (usually it's...www.bigactiveaudience.com slideshare.net meetup.com Pinterest.com New Features Coming to Podcasting Blubrry will be launching Podcast Sites. This is a free website based on Wordpress. Libsyn has destination stats, audio files to YouTube, Episode Defaults, Entranced ID3 tags Spreaker is coming out with a new CMS Use the coupon sopfree at any of these companies to get a free month (full discloser I work for Libsyn). Podcast Rewind I appeared on round 73 of the Podcasters Rountable talking about branding your podcast I appeared on Episode two of the Membership Coach show with Marcus Couch talking about the Burden and the Benefit of Membership sites. Check out Paul Colligan's Look back at 10 years of Video with Lauria Petrucci (Cali Lewis) Last 5 in 5 Cale Nelson Cale Neslon from the Ham Radio 360 Show shares the last 5 podcasts he listened to. Everything Ham Radio Linux in the Ham Shack School of Podcasting (this show) Black Man with a Gun Kenn Blanchard Show Wealth Steading (howto invest) Mentioned in this Episode Feeding My Faith - Does God Have Brain Damage? Podcast Movement Almost Sold Out. Use the coupon code sop40 Join the School of Podcasting Step by Step...]]>2701cleanfullWhat Does a Cheat Day Get You? - Meal Planning 101https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-does-a-cheat-day-get-you-meal-planning-101--39771233www.logicalloss.com/299 for more details Check out Plan to Eat and get a free 30 day trial Call in 888-563-3228]]>342d2d2df0e932ce946f53271dbd0043Tue, 14 Jun 2016 18:56:51 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about a "Cheat day" and I had a health breakfast and by the end of the day I had ice cream, and a burger and fries. The cost? A month's worth of work down the drain. I also talk about meal planning. See www.logicalloss.com/299 for more...www.logicalloss.com/299 for more details Check out Plan to Eat and get a free 30 day trial Call in 888-563-3228]]>1625cleanfullThe Power of Meeting Your Podcast Audience Fact to Facehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-meeting-your-podcast-audience-fact-to-face--8755920https://www.google.com/advanced_search Check out barndi Youn'gs article on advanced Google Searches Find People on twitter, but use the advanced twitter. https://twitter.com/search-advanced?lang=en You can use a tool like http://buzzsumo.com/ You type in keywords and it'll show you what's being read in your space in the last year, two years, etc. 30Cast.com Helps Podcasters 30Cast is a new service launching next month to help podcasters find music to use in your podcast. :30cast offers fully produced tracks that fit any theme, topic, vibe, or feel.Each piece of music is 30 seconds long (not my favorite part of this idea). This is not for a person who wants to be a DJ and play the entire song. Pricing will be 9.99 for a one time use 24.99 for a month 49.99 for three months 89.99 for six months $129 for a full year. During the time your license is active, you can use that piece of music in as many podcasts as you want. This is not for major label music. This is indie musicians that make professional sounding music. From the Audience As if 35 podcasts weren't enough to keep up with, you gave me a 36th to listen to. Now I'm binge-listening to The Podcast Engineering Show. As a compulsive gear-head and self-confessed audio snob, it's the kind of show I've been hoping for. Having been podcasting myself since 2008, I'm well beyond "how do you set up a mix-minus?" and "what is gain-staging?" And because the tea leaves were pretty clear to me 3-4 years ago, I knew that serious podcasters were going to have to step up their audio engineering game. Plus, I love this kind of crap. So Dave, thanks for adding yet another podcast to my life. I'll have to look through the list of shows and unsubscribe from one of them to restore balance to my life. But don't worry, it won't be yours! Best, Max www.airplanegeeks.com Muhhamad Ali Follow Up 44:07 Last week I did a segment on what Podcasters could learn from Muhammad Ali. I wasn't sure how this would go over. I was a little worried, but it interested me so I went with it. Apparently, it interested you as well as I had a few people email me to say that they enjoyed the episode. One last thing I have also learned about Ali since last week. One movie I watched explained how he was somewhere with Jim Brown who was basically a Super Hero who played for the Cleveland Browns. He went to Jim and said, "Let's go for a walk and talk to some people." He was always above serving and connecting with his audience. The Naked Episode46:23 I had a few people comment on the Naked Episode. This was an episode I did with just the Audio technica ATR2100 microphone and Audacity. This was to show you that you don't need to spend $1600 on equipment. I've had a few people say to me, "I don't hear a difference." This proves my point that we can sit in a room with our headphones squished into our head, but for the person on the bus, subway, walking the dog, etc. Nobody hears these subtle differences that the extra hardware creates. I actually had one person that thought it sounded better Latest Podcast Reviews 47:49 I subscribed to Dave's School of Podcasting after listening to several episodes of his show. There are other people out there who teach podcasting with a bit more hype, pomp and circumstance, but I don't believe that those methods will produce long term results. What I like about Dave is he seems to actually care not only about people individually, but about the podcasting field in general. Dave will never tell you to exchange reviews. I know this practice exists, and yes, of course I've been tempted to go this route myself, but think about it.... why should you get someone to review your show who will never listen to it? Don't you want REAL listeners to review your show? You will only gain listeners by producing great content and marketing your show to actual potential listeners. Also don't be fooled by Dave's humility. He really knows his stuff and if you spend a few shows listening to him, you'll start to learn it too. I've greatly improved my podcasting skills by listening to his show, and being a member of his School of Podcasting hasn't hurt either because he always answers my questions, usually within an hour of my emailing him. If you are going to pay for a podcasting coach, the value you get from the School of Podcasting can't be beat. - BirdBrain 99 It's not boring and you do learn new things on each episode. - VeronicaMoreno010308 Courtesy of My Podcast Reviews Your reviews are deeply appreciated. Leave you review today. Don't Compare Yourself to Others There is always someone better, and someone worse than you. Today we heard from Cale Nelson, and how he is impacting people (and how he is being impacted). We never mentioned his numbers. Know WHY you want to podcast, and realize that after three months you're not going to have 1000 downloads per episode (unless you name is recognizable). Join The School of Podcasting You get: Step by step tutorials Priority Email support Private Facebook Group Free "office hours" Consulting Mentioned in this Episode 56:39 Bernie the Cat and his thoughts on Bernie Sander's losing. Late Night Internet Podcast New Media Show The Feed Podcast Classy Little Podcast Audio Jungle Best Podcasting Gear Learn to Subscribe to a Podcast Ask Gary Vee show Yngwie Malmsteen Podcast Review Show]]>40410eb71c268509233aedc7edf0b28fMon, 13 Jun 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast - I Got to Go To The Largest Event in My Niche 2:05 Cale Nelson from hamradio360.com wanted to go to world's largest Ham Radio event. He wanted to go, but had these pesky things called kids that need silly things like food,...https://www.google.com/advanced_search Check out barndi Youn'gs article on advanced Google Searches Find People on twitter, but use the advanced twitter. https://twitter.com/search-advanced?lang=en You can use a tool like http://buzzsumo.com/ You type in keywords and it'll show you what's being read in your space in the last year, two years, etc. 30Cast.com Helps Podcasters 30Cast is a new service launching next month to help podcasters find music to use in your podcast. :30cast offers fully produced tracks that fit any theme, topic, vibe, or feel.Each piece of music is 30 seconds long (not my favorite part of this idea). This is not for a person who wants to be...]]>3515cleanfullThe Ultimate New and Noteworthy - Muhammad Ali - Podcastguests.com Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-ultimate-new-and-noteworthy-muhammad-ali-podcastguests-com-reviewed--8700615d0eddda3b5aabfe7ded48c0bbe9a1802Mon, 06 Jun 2016 04:57:31 +0000David JacksonThis week I am saddened by the lost of my champ Muhammad Ali. When I was growing up there were two things that were constant in my life. Richard Nixon was President Muhammad Ali was the Greatest Boxer of All Time Today there are lesson I feel we can...2213cleanfullYes, You Can Change Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/yes-you-can-change-your-podcast--8642087http://podcastmidatlantic.com/sop to save 10% Because of His Podcast: Michael Butler Gets a New Computer! When Michael Butler found out his old computer needed $600 worth of parts, he turned to his audience who had someone who was able to get him a computer for free. Michael was down to recording his show on his Phone using the Bossjock app. ]]>9f6de7ab76b81ffd21ac404522216561Mon, 30 May 2016 04:07:45 +0000David JacksonPodcast Rewind: Podcasts on Jeopardy This week PODCASTS was a category on Jeopardy. This again shows how podcasting is growing and becoming more and more main stream.Awareness over the last year has gone from 48% to 49 % now it jumped to 55%. The...http://podcastmidatlantic.com/sop to save 10% Because of His Podcast: Michael Butler Gets a New Computer! When Michael Butler found out his old computer needed $600 worth of parts, he turned to his audience who had someone who was able to get him a computer for free. Michael was down to recording his show on his Phone using the Bossjock app. ]]>2946cleanfullCompressor, Noise Gates, De Essers in Plain Englishhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/compressor-noise-gates-de-essers-in-plain-english--8582032http://transitioncurriculum.com Another Problem with Your Show's Title Headline As I now work for Libsyn (where you can get a free month using the coupon code sopfree), and I get to see some mistakes that people are making. Now I'm doing a bit of a repeat, and that is people make horrible headlines. In the past I've talked about starting off a headline with the date. What I am seeing now is people putting the name of their show at the beginning of the headline. Why this makes no sens, is any place you can see the headline (your website, a listing in iTunes) you already see the name of the show. Also here is another thing to keep in mind, on the podcasts app from Apple, you can only see 45 characters of the headline if you're not subscribed to it. Once you subscribe you see the entire headline. However, would you subscribe if every headline was: School of Podcasting - How to Podcast Today w School of Podcasting - How to Podcast Today w School of Podcasting - How to Podcast Today w You're wasting really, really valuable space. Why do we care? I had a client who had a respected media outlet that wanted to put their RSS feed on their site. They tested it and the headlines were horrible, and they wanted the producer to change all of their headlines. Want to make great Headlines, check out my Free Headlines Resources Multiple Websites Question Revisited Paul said, " Heard your comments about updating multiple websites. I have 7 x WordPress sites, have used ManageWP for a couple of years now, love it! VERY easy to update all sites at once, gives you immediate admin access to all sites without login and very simple to add and take new WP installations, with dynamic pricing. Daniel said, " I use iThemes Sync. ]But you should also check out JetPack’s built-in module for plugin updates. Then, you can login to wordpress.com/plugins (I think) and update all your plugins from there. It’s not as thorough as Sync or others. But it’s free with no limit on sites. Is Blab.Im Going Away? The quick answer is no. However, the CEO stated this week "Blab is not doubling down on broadcaster tools.” They want to focus more on equipping people to hang out. We talked about this on the Ask the Podcast Coach show that I do every Saturday at 10:30 AM EST and here are some theories of what this might really mean. They can't make it reliable Podcasters are perfectionists They are working on other projects (an app for teens) This is as good as it gets. For me it means, I'm not leaving the platform until it doesn't work for me. I will be scouting other options. Thanks For the Review "What a fantastic resource this show has been for me. As a 51 year old professional in the entertainment industry, I knew nothing about podcasting when I decided to have my own show. The School of Podcasting has and will continue to be my GPS (great podcasting source). Thanks Dave for doing your homework! Alan Bruess, Tailgate Entertainer" from AlanB-Tractor Guy. This review was sent to me automatically from My Podcast Reviews (have all reviews from all countries, as well as sticher be sent to your email ) Advanced Podcasting Recording Tools in Plain English Today I'm joined by Chris Curran of the podcastengineeringschool.com and http://fractalrecording.com/ who has spent years as an audio engineer in the music business, and is now turning his skills on podcasting. Now keep in mind, you do NOT need these items to get started. Next week I'm doing a podcast with just a microphone and audacity. No effects at all. Today we talk through What is a compressor? What do the knobs do? What does it sound like if I messed up? What is a noise gate? What do the knobs do? What does it sound like if I messed up? What is a De-Esser? What do the knobs do? What does it sound like if I messed up? Thinking of Starting a Podcast? Check out www.podcastingpuzzle.com and www.schoolofpodcasting.com ]]>8b5e4c43306844e83d3699749931591cMon, 23 May 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of his Podcast: He Discovered a Niche Who Needed A Product Got a note from Corey Fineran I just handed my boss my resignation letter! This podcasting journey started 7 1/2 years ago and it's now allowed me to leave my job and start my own...http://transitioncurriculum.com Another Problem with Your Show's Title Headline As I now work for Libsyn (where you can get a free month using the coupon code sopfree), and I get to see some mistakes that people are making. Now I'm doing a bit of a repeat, and that is people make horrible headlines. In the past I've talked about starting off a headline with the date. What I am seeing now is people putting the name of their show at the beginning of the headline. Why this makes no sens, is any place you can see the headline (your website, a listing in iTunes) you already see the name of the show. Also here is another thing to keep in mind, on the podcasts app from Apple, you can only see 45 characters of the headline if you're not subscribed to it. Once you subscribe you see the entire headline. However, would you subscribe if every headline was: School of Podcasting - How to Podcast Today w School of Podcasting - How to Podcast Today w School of Podcasting - How to Podcast Today w You're wasting really, really valuable space. Why do we care? I had a client who had a respected media outlet that wanted to put their RSS feed on their site. They tested it and the headlines were horrible, and they wanted the producer to change all of their headlines. Want to make great Headlines, check out my Free Headlines Resources Multiple Websites Question Revisited Paul said, " Heard your comments about updating multiple websites. I have 7 x WordPress sites, have used ManageWP for a couple of years now, love it! VERY easy to update all sites at once, gives you immediate admin access to all sites without login and very simple to add and take new WP installations, with dynamic pricing. Daniel said, " I use iThemes Sync. ]But you should also check out JetPack’s built-in module for plugin updates. Then, you can login to wordpress.com/plugins (I think) and update all your plugins from there. It’s not as thorough as Sync or others. But it’s free with no limit on sites. Is Blab.Im Going Away? The quick answer is no. However, the CEO stated this week "Blab is not doubling down on broadcaster tools.” They want to focus more on equipping people to hang out. We talked about this on the Ask the Podcast Coach show that I do every Saturday at 10:30 AM EST and here are some theories of what this might really mean. They can't make it reliable Podcasters are perfectionists They are working...]]>3497cleanfullSugar is the New Tobacco that is Poisoning Us Every Dayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sugar-is-the-new-tobacco-that-is-poisoning-us-every-day--39771228www.logicalloss.com/298]]>4f4cfa78882a3ed68f1d3f7aa91e9f2aSun, 22 May 2016 16:19:22 +0000David JacksonI just watched the move Sugar Coated on Netflix. You need to watch this voice because we are getting more an more sugar pumped into our food, and more and more of us are becoming diabetics. Studies are showing this is not a coincidence. Take time to...www.logicalloss.com/298]]>1926cleanfullPodcasting Brings More Customers, Better Students, and More Traffichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-brings-more-customers-better-students-and-more-traffic--8520885www.maximizeexcellence.com or subscribe in iTunes. Because of Podcasting 5:20 I have read the book, Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less: How to Tell a Different Story, ... and Win More Customers by Marketing Less and it had some great stories of content marketing. There was a blacksmith that worked with farmers. He would listen to them complain about how mud would get stuck on their plow. He later invented a plow made of steel that the mud didn't stick to. He listened to his audience and gave them what they needed. In 1885, he started a magazine called The Furrow. The purpose of the magazine was to  educate farmers on new technology and how they could be more successful business owners and farmers (thus, content marketing). The Furrow was not filled with promotional messages and self-serving content. It was developed by thoughtful journalists, storytellers, and designers, and covered topics that farmers cared about deeply. The goal of the content was to help farmers become more prosperous and, of course, profitable. Now, 120 years later, The Furrow is still going strong. It is the largest circulated farming magazine in the world, delivered monthly to over 1.5 million farmers, in 12 languages to 40 different countries. Who was this blacksmith? John Deere, he was quite an inventor. You may have heard of his tractors. 1900: Michelin develops The Michelin Guide. This 400-page guide, now with its iconic red cover, helps drivers maintain their cars and find decent lodging. In its first edition, 35,000 copies were distributed for free. 1904: Jell-O recipe book pays off. Jell-O distributes free copies of a recipe book that contributes to sales of over $ 1 million by 1906. 1913: Burns & McDonnell Engineering launch BenchMark. This Kansas City engineering and consulting firm still produces its award-winning BenchMark magazine to this day. 1930's Proctor and Gamble started making radio dramas. This was an extremely successful strategy. It often would feature ads for Duz and Oxydol detergents. Later these would move to Television. Many people refer to them as Soap Operas. Your podcast could be the next Furrow. You use your podcast to build your brand. You use it to gain the trust of your audience. You build a relationship with your audience. Then later you can capitalize on that relationship. So content marketing is not new, but it can be tricky Podcasting Boosts Grades 12: 52 Craig from Ingleaspodcast.com shared a story on the Ask the Podcast Coach on how he had students do extra homework by listening to podcasts. The other in the class did not. Those who reinforced their learning with podcasting had better grades. He did have one student who originally did not listen to the podcasts (but his grades had improved). Later, he confessed he had been listening to the podcasts. Using Content Upgrades In Your Podcast 19:08 A content upgrade offers extra value on the initial article or content. It typically is a downloadable, email-gated piece that strikes while the proverbial iron is hot. For podcasters maybe the price of admission is not an email address, but simply a click to get back to your site, where you can then get them to subscribe, click, etc. Great Example Scott Johnson does the Computer Tutor Podcast. It is one of my favorites. It's around 5 minutes, and Scott brings cool tips that even as someone who was teaching software for a living for 20+ years, I learned things. Well in his last episode he did something that appears similar to a content upgrade. He explained that if you type in http://netflix.com/browse/genre/xxxxx that XXX can be a category number that can range from Action & Adventure: 1365 to Zombie Horror Movies: 75405 while this is helpful, if you don't have the category numbers you're stuck. So where do you go to get those category numbers? You guessed it Scott's Computer Florida Website So what does this do. You only get people on your website who really want this information. Casual Netflix users may not care. Me? I do a lot of Netflix, so I was all over it. So I went over, and I checked out some music-related categories, and then I went to documentaries. There it was. The documentary Alive Inside. Have you seen it? IT'S AMAZING. Check this out. So I find this MIND BLOWING MOVIE, and who gets credit? Scott Johnson from the Computer Tutor Podcast. I challenge you. Yes, you. I challenge you Netflix users to watch the movie Alive Inside and NOT tell someone about it. When I talk about creating content that makes people talk about your show, that's the kind of information I'm talking about. Being Real Can Inspire Real Results 33:00 In some cases, just being real can catch people off guard. Our world is one where lies are the native tongue of our politicians. When we hear someone be brutally honest, it can really catch us off guard. On Episode 701 of the WTF podcast with Marc Maron, he talks about dealing with grief as he prepares to go to a funeral and reflects on the death of Prince. He explained how he deals with his feelings, and how it's easy to ignore your feelings. He explained how it's better to deal with your feelings. It sounded as if he was at times fighting back tears. Then on episode 702 he reads a letter on how Marc sharing his feelings, and being honest, allowed someone to better deal with his grief, and to deal with a situation he is going through. It's not always about downloads and CPM rates. Sometimes, it's about connecting with people and leaving the world a better place. Money Making Strategy for Those Promoting Kickstarter Campaigns 37:38 If you are ever promoting kickstart campaigns on your show (like Rob Today in iOs) you might want to check out kickbooster.me Here is how it works. Become a Booster to get immediate access of hundreds of crowdfunding campaigns in the Kickbooster Marketplace that are offering a reward for helping spread the word about their campaign. Choose the ones you want to promote, blog, post, and tweet about them, and get paid for your efforts. You earn 10% on all successful referrals. You can even earn 10% cashback on your own pledge Mentioned in this Show Podcast Review Show More Podcast Money Kindle Book Sign up for the Newsletter Podcasting Puzzle (Podcasting 101 Webinar) ]]>699af3ad7047458efc6097229f8cc866Mon, 16 May 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday on the School of Podcasting we talk content marketing, why podcasting is a perfect tool for this strategy, and how to overcome one of the biggest hurdles for those needing interaction on their website. Podcast Rewind 2:15 I appeared on...www.maximizeexcellence.com or subscribe in iTunes. Because of Podcasting 5:20 I have read the book, Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less: How to Tell a Different Story, ... and Win More Customers by Marketing Less and it had some great stories of content marketing. There was a blacksmith that worked with farmers. He would listen to them complain about how mud would get stuck on their plow. He later invented a plow made of steel that the mud didn't stick to. He listened to his audience and gave them what they needed. In 1885, he started a magazine called The Furrow. The purpose of the magazine was to  educate farmers on new technology and how they could be more successful business owners and farmers (thus, content marketing). The Furrow was not filled with promotional messages and self-serving content. It was developed by thoughtful journalists, storytellers, and designers, and covered topics that farmers cared about deeply. The goal of the content was to help farmers become more prosperous and, of course, profitable. Now, 120 years later, The Furrow is still going strong. It is the largest circulated farming magazine in the world, delivered monthly to over 1.5 million farmers, in 12 languages to 40 different countries. Who was this blacksmith? John Deere, he was quite an inventor. You may have heard of his tractors. 1900: Michelin develops The Michelin Guide. This 400-page guide, now with its iconic red cover, helps drivers maintain their cars and find decent lodging. In its first edition, 35,000 copies were distributed for free. 1904: Jell-O recipe book pays off. Jell-O distributes free copies of a recipe book that contributes to sales of over $ 1 million by 1906. 1913: Burns & McDonnell Engineering launch BenchMark. This Kansas City engineering and consulting firm still produces its award-winning BenchMark magazine to this day. 1930's Proctor and Gamble started making radio dramas. This was an extremely successful strategy. It often would feature ads for Duz and Oxydol detergents. Later these would move to Television. Many people refer to them as Soap Operas. Your podcast could be the next Furrow. You use your podcast to build your brand. You use it to gain the trust of your audience. You build a relationship with your audience. Then later you can capitalize on that relationship. So content marketing is not new, but it can be tricky Podcasting Boosts Grades 12: 52 Craig from Ingleaspodcast.com shared a story on the Ask the Podcast Coach on how he had students do extra homework by listening to podcasts. The other in the class did not. Those who reinforced their learning with podcasting had better grades. He did have one student who originally did not listen to the podcasts (but his grades had improved). Later, he confessed he had been listening to the podcasts. Using Content Upgrades In Your Podcast 19:08 A content upgrade offers extra value on the initial article or content. It typically is a downloadable, email-gated piece that strikes while the proverbial iron is hot. For podcasters maybe the price of admission is not an email address, but simply a click to get back to your site, where you can then get them to subscribe, click, etc. Great Example Scott Johnson does the Computer Tutor Podcast. It is one of my favorites. It's around 5 minutes, and Scott brings cool tips that even as someone who was teaching software...]]>2489cleanfullConscious Livinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/conscious-living--39771320http://www.nytimes.com/2016/05/02/health/biggest-loser-weight-loss.html]]>11945244056081057086b76fa33c07e4Tue, 10 May 2016 02:50:04 +0000David JacksonSee logicalloss.com/297 http://www.nytimes.com/2016/05/02/health/biggest-loser-weight-loss.htmlhttp://www.nytimes.com/2016/05/02/health/biggest-loser-weight-loss.html]]>1506cleanfullKeeping Your Podcast Legal - Gordon Firemarkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keeping-your-podcast-legal-gordon-firemark--8457709http://www.podcastlawbook.com/ Today we talk about: How Gordon got into entertainment law How to register a trademark. How a trademark is your brand. Here is the US Patent and Trademark Office Website www.uspto.gov Understanding Copyright When is it OK to play music in your podcast? How do you avoid being sued for slander? Fair Use (Gordan has a great video about this on YouTube) Tips on Negotiating contacts Dave explains how he got fined for using an image from images.google.com (so yes, you can get busted) How to avoid "Defaming" someone. Release forms. podcastrelease.com is a free example (email address required). How he found his co-host. How lawyers are using podcasting to get more clients. Affiliate links. copyright.gov dmca agent Gordon (like Dave) recommends the Audio Technica 2100 microphone Because of My Podcast Dave Hooper of Red Podcast- I am Much Smoother on the Microphone when I'm doing promos for my radio show Ryan K park of Foodcraftsmen.com was much more confident when he appeared on the local news Question For the Audience I've heard about Manage WP and CMS Commander, InfiniteWP,  WPRemote, iContrlWP, iThemes Sync, but I've never used any. If you have any insights I would love to hear them. If you have any insights that would allow you to update multiple sites from one location (and I'm not looking to get into WordPress Multi-site ). Free Podcasting Puzzle Webinars The Ultimate Podcasting 101 Live Webinar I will be holding three webinars as we prepare for registration to open at the School of Podcasting June 1. It's call "Understanding the Podcasting Puzzle" and you can sign up to get the links to the LIVE not pre-recorded) webinars. Here are the dates to attend: Saturday May 21 1 - 2 PM EST Wednesday May 25th 8-9 PM EST Saturday May 28th 1 -2 PM EST Go to podcastingpuzzle.com for more information on attending. ]]>8c6057913f61fc8dca66d37a6ca63d30Mon, 09 May 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIn this episode we are joined by Lawyer Gordon Firemark who produces multiple podcasts that include, Entertainment Industry Insights, Entertainment Law Update, and The Law Podcasting as well as his own course that teachers lawyers how to podcast...http://www.podcastlawbook.com/ Today we talk about: How Gordon got into entertainment law How to register a trademark. How a trademark is your brand. Here is the US Patent and Trademark Office Website www.uspto.gov Understanding Copyright When is it OK to play music in your podcast? How do you avoid being sued for slander? Fair Use (Gordan has a great video about this on YouTube) Tips on Negotiating contacts Dave explains how he got fined for using an image from images.google.com (so yes, you can get busted) How to avoid "Defaming" someone. Release forms. podcastrelease.com is a free example (email address required). How he found his co-host. How lawyers are using podcasting to get more clients. Affiliate links. copyright.gov dmca agent Gordon (like Dave) recommends the Audio Technica 2100 microphone Because of My Podcast Dave Hooper of Red Podcast- I am Much Smoother on the Microphone when I'm doing promos for my radio show Ryan K park of Foodcraftsmen.com was much more confident when he appeared on the local news Question For the Audience I've heard about Manage WP and CMS Commander, InfiniteWP,  WPRemote, iContrlWP, iThemes Sync, but I've never used any. If you have any insights I would love to hear them. If you have any insights that would allow you to update multiple sites from one location (and I'm not looking to get into WordPress Multi-site ). Free Podcasting Puzzle Webinars The Ultimate Podcasting 101 Live Webinar I will be holding three webinars as we prepare for registration to open at the School of Podcasting June 1. It's call "Understanding the Podcasting Puzzle" and you can sign up to get the links to the LIVE not pre-recorded) webinars. Here are the dates to attend: Saturday May 21 1 - 2 PM EST Wednesday May 25th 8-9 PM EST Saturday May 28th 1 -2 PM EST Go to podcastingpuzzle.com for more information on attending. ]]>3445cleanfullAre you a Buffalo or a Cow?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-a-buffalo-or-a-cow--39771225Wisdom podcast. He pointed out that
Cows run away from storms.
Buffalo run toward a storm.
Who is in the storm the least amount of time?
The Buffalo.
It's not as fun, but it's not as fun for a shorter period of
time.
We want this to be done quickly, so instead of doing things
"half way" maybe we should realize we are running with the storm
not into it.
We need to quit looking at Diet Coke is "doing
something".
When we get of a treadmill and we are barely breaking a sweat,
we are not really attacking thins head on (always contact your
doctor before doing any exercise).
Tony Gentilcore tells us to GROW UP, and TAKE RESPONSIBILITY for our
actions, and for the shape we are in.
Mentioned in this Episode
Smarter, Faster, Better
Audible.com (free book for new subscribers)
Support the Show]]>a3314e8c4554ff121ecae755a0e7fe93Mon, 02 May 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I borrow a topic from Randy Cantrel of Leaning Toward Wisdom podcast. He pointed out that Cows run away from storms. Buffalo run toward a storm. Who is in the storm the least amount of time? The Buffalo. It's not as fun, but it's not as fun for...Wisdom podcast. He pointed out that
Cows run away from storms.
Buffalo run toward a storm.
Who is in the storm the least amount of time?
The Buffalo.
It's not as fun, but it's not as fun for a shorter period of
time.
We want this to be done quickly, so instead of doing things
"half way" maybe we should realize we are running with the storm
not into it.
We need to quit looking at Diet Coke is "doing
something".
When we get of a treadmill and we are barely breaking a sweat,
we are not really attacking thins head on (always contact your
doctor before doing any exercise).
Tony Gentilcore tells us to GROW UP, and TAKE RESPONSIBILITY for our
actions, and for the shape we are in.
Mentioned in this Episode
Smarter, Faster, Better
Audible.com (free book for new subscribers)
Support the Show]]>1855cleanfullWhat If Podcasting Was A Sport? Have You Been To Training Camp?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-if-podcasting-was-a-sport-have-you-been-to-training-camp--8395508Veteran Got a Home
Robert Kerns produces the Living
the Vet life. He had a mortgage specialist on his show. He was
contacted by someone in another state (again, podcasting is global)
and the mortgage specialist was able to get the listener in contact
with another specialist and the veteran was able to get his loan
with a special VA Home Loan rate. None of this would have happened,
but it did because of hist podcast. Check out Rob at livingthevetlife.com
If Podcasting Was A
Sport.
I live in Cleveland. A fairly
famous sports town. Famous, for not quite being good
enough.
We were 1 pitch away from winning
the world series.
Two yards away from going to the
Super Bowl.
Over the years the Cleveland
Browns Football team has taken over leading the pack of bad sports
teams in Cleveland. Every few years we fire our coaches and their
staffs. Our players get suspended. Our coaches stink when they are
here, we fire them, and they win mutliple super bowls.
What does this have to do with
podcasting? Stick with me.
In 2014 after having a miserable
year the owners of the Cleveland Browns decided to work on the
stadium. They installed:
Massive, uniquely shaped video
boards,
Escalators that helped eliminate
congestion
and a cranked-up audio
system
The quote was they hoped these
items "Improved the fan experience."
The next year they added more
concessions and better lighting. The cost over two years? $125
million
Again they stated they wanted an
"improved fan experience."
The best way to improve the fan
experience is to put a WINNING FOOTBALL TEAM TOGETHER. The last two
years our combined record is 11-21.
HOW DOES THIS APPLY TO
PODCASTING?
At the core of the stadium is the
team. A team we come to root for, and a team we expect to win. When
they win, the fans brave insane temperatures to pack the stadium in
the winter. Everyone is talking about the game on Monday morning.
When the team stinks, they don't. I don't care if I can take an
escalator to my seat. If the team has no shot at winning, I'm not
going. I'm not watching from home, and nobody is talking about it
at work, because it is horrible.
Well, we see people investing in
a better microphone (when their original microphone was fine). They
invest in a new theme for their website (that most of their
audience never visits). They switch email list providers. They
switch media hosting companies. They get a new player for their
website. In a sense they are sprucing up the stadium of a losing
team.
They need to put a winning team
on the field. They need to create content that will impact their
audience. We need to focus on our audience, that leads to great
content, and the finally we need to promote that content (and
hopefully get our audience to promote it as well).
How Do Sports Teams Get
Better?
They
prepare.
They watch film of both their
opponent as well as watch tapes of their own games and look for
mistakes they made to help avoid them.
They
Listen
Good players are open to
feedback. They listen to their coaches. They listen to their fellow
players. They have a mindset of constant improvement. They might
take a week off when the season is over, but then it is back to the
gym to prepare for next season
They Trade Players That
Didn't Work
When a player doesn't meet
expectations (Johnny Manzel in my case) and you gave him a chance,
you cut your losses.
They Bring in A New
Set of Eyes
Tiger Woods has had numerous
coaches over the years. The Browns hired a guy from BASEBALL who
has a completely new perspective and strategy on choosing
players.
How Do Podcasters Get
Better?
They
Prepare
They Prepare. They think about
what they want to say before they hit record. I am writing these
notes way before I press record (it's the way I do it, and I find I
get better content). They listen to other podcasts. Not to rip off
the content, examine why a show works (and what they can learn from
it) and what doesn't work (and how they can avoid it). Realize this
is all subjective, but if you don't improve, and your show's
content does not inspire people to come back and listen again, your
show will die.
They
Listen
They form a "Focus group" of
listeners who are not afraid to give constructive feedback, or they
take the time to think through a negative comment to see if there
is any Merritt to it.
They Lose Segments That
Don't Resonate.
I once had a segment where I would
ask the audience to listen to three episodes before unsubscribing.
Not a bad idea (I borrowed it from radio talk show host Jim Rome).
I made a jingle for it, and it really annoyed a listener. I also
started branding myself as an "Acquired taste." In the end, I
didn't want to be someone you had to force down to consume. I
dropped the segment. I also at one point started spotlighting my
back catalog with a "This day in School of Podcasting History."
There was only one problem. It bored me.
You Bring in a New Set of
Ears
I get hired by people to consult
on their show. Why? Because I have a fresh set of ears, and I also
have an experienced set of ears. I also want you help to bring out
the best parts of your show, and tweak those parts that aren't
working. Now there are times when I'm not your target audience, but
I can still spot things that you are missing because you're too
close to see it. See podcastreviewshow.com
Focus and Dedication is
Key to a Long Career in Podcasting
Johnny Manzel had talent, but no
focus or discipline> Johnny focused on the money. Not serving
his audience (the fans).
Josh Gordon was suspended in his
College Days for Marijuana, and that continues as a pro. He's been
suspended three times (at least) He doesn't get the big
picture.
Wide Receiver for the Pittsburgh
Steelers was suspended without pay because of a failed drug test.
His second suspension for the same problem.
You have to stay focused making
great content, and looking for smart opportunities to promote your
show and create strategic partners.
A Key Point About Making
it Into the Pros
According to a Google
search:
NCAA senior players drafted by an
NFL team: About one in 50, or 2.0 percent. High school senior
players eventually drafted by an NFL team: About nine in 10,000, or
0.09 percent.
NCAA senior players drafted by an
NBA team: Less than one in 75, or 1.3 percent. -- High school
senior players eventually drafted by an NBA team: About three in
10,000, or 0.03 percent
Less than eleven in 100, or about
10.5 percent, of NCAA senior male baseball players will get drafted
by a Major League Baseball (MLB) team. Approximately one in 200, or
approximately 0.5 percent of high school senior boys playing
interscholastic baseball will eventually be drafted by an MLB
team.
only 132 out of those 22,000 made
it into the top feeder leagues for the NHL (.6%). Of those 132
players, only 7 played in the NHL. .0312%
Those are astonishing
numbers.
These are people who have been
playing the game all their life.
Number of podcasters who get
enough downloads to get a "big" advertiser: 8% (source Rob from
Libsyn.com). (You can make a good living with smaller sponsors see
Glenn Hebert Interview)
Special
Thanks
Thanks to Kim for playing the
part of the female reporter in the skit today. Kim does the
Toastmasters 101 podcast at toastmasters101.net
Podcast Conferences Where
I Will Be Speaking
Podcast
Movement – Chicago – July 6-8 Use coupon (sop40)
Podcast Success Summit – Online May 16th June
9th
Podcast
MidAtltantic – NJ – September 9 -10th
Great Notes From Tim
Ferris
His goal is to not make money,
but build his relationship with his audience. In this article he says:
"I want to convert casual
listeners into die-hard, fervent listeners, and I want to convert
casual sponsors into die-hard, fervent sponsors. This requires two
things: 1) Playing the long game, and 2) Strategically leaving some
chips on the table. As a mentor once told me, “You can shear a
sheep many times, but you can skin him only once.”"
Later he added:
Novice podcasters (which I
was) and bloggers get too distracted in nascent stages with
monetization. In the first 3-9 months, you should be honing your
craft and putting out increasingly better work.
The recording gear is better
and cheaper every year. It’s extremely easy for me to travel with a
small recording studio in my backpack. If you’re on a budget, even
an iPhone will do, but–bang for the buck–the ATR-2100 is hard to
beat.
My mantra for gear is
borrowed from my podcast with Morgan Spurlock: “Once you get fancy,
fancy gets broken.” Keep it simple.
Simple Can be
Astounding
Here are some songs that are
incredibly simple.
Who Made Who by AC/DC The first
15 seconds are one note, and one chord.
Lick it Up by Kiss- Most of this
consists of two chords and one note on the bass.
Turn Me Loose - Loverboy - The
beginning of this song is one chord and some hi-hat hits
And yet, when I was a young boy,
people would run -not walk - to the dance floor to "get their jam
on."
Ready to Start
Podcasting?
Check out www.planningyourpodcast.com]]>f03658f9b57311ed0f00c911262bbb5bMon, 02 May 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast: A Veteran Got a Home Robert Kerns produces the Living the Vet life. He had a mortgage specialist on his show. He was contacted by someone in another state (again, podcasting is global) and the mortgage specialist was able to get...Veteran Got a Home
Robert Kerns produces the Living
the Vet life. He had a mortgage specialist on his show. He was
contacted by someone in another state (again, podcasting is global)
and the mortgage specialist was able to get the listener in contact
with another specialist and the veteran was able to get his loan
with a special VA Home Loan rate. None of this would have happened,
but it did because of hist podcast. Check out Rob at livingthevetlife.com
If Podcasting Was A
Sport.
I live in Cleveland. A fairly
famous sports town. Famous, for not quite being good
enough.
We were 1 pitch away from winning
the world series.
Two yards away from going to the
Super Bowl.
Over the years the Cleveland
Browns Football team has taken over leading the pack of bad sports
teams in Cleveland. Every few years we fire our coaches and their
staffs. Our players get suspended. Our coaches stink when they are
here, we fire them, and they win mutliple super bowls.
What does this have to do with
podcasting? Stick with me.
In 2014 after having a miserable
year the owners of the Cleveland Browns decided to work on the
stadium. They installed:
Massive, uniquely shaped video
boards,
Escalators that helped eliminate
congestion
and a cranked-up audio
system
The quote was they hoped these
items "Improved the fan experience."
The next year they added more
concessions and better lighting. The cost over two years? $125
million
Again they stated they wanted an
"improved fan experience."
The best way to improve the fan
experience is to put a WINNING FOOTBALL TEAM TOGETHER. The last two
years our combined record is 11-21.
HOW DOES THIS APPLY TO
PODCASTING?
At the core of the stadium is the
team. A team we come to root for, and a team we expect to win. When
they win, the fans brave insane temperatures to pack the stadium in
the winter. Everyone is talking about the game on Monday morning.
When the team stinks, they don't. I don't care if I can take an
escalator to my seat. If the team has no shot at winning, I'm not
going. I'm not watching from home, and nobody is talking about it
at work, because it is horrible.
Well, we see people investing in
a better microphone (when their original microphone was fine). They
invest in a new theme for their website (that most of their
audience never visits). They switch email list providers. They
switch media hosting companies. They get a new player for their
website. In a sense they are sprucing up the stadium of a losing
team.
They need to put a winning team
on the field. They need to create content that will impact their
audience. We need to focus on our audience, that leads to great
content, and the finally we need to promote that content (and
hopefully get our audience to promote it as well).
How Do Sports Teams Get
Better?
They
prepare.
They watch film of both their
opponent as well as watch tapes of their own games and look for
mistakes they made to help avoid them.
They
Listen
Good players are open to
feedback. They listen to their coaches. They listen to their fellow
players. They have a mindset of constant improvement. They might
take a week off when the season is over, but then it is back to the
gym to prepare for next season
They Trade Players That
Didn't Work
When a player doesn't meet
expectations (Johnny Manzel in my case) and you gave him a chance,
you cut your losses.
They Bring in A New
Set of Eyes
Tiger Woods has had numerous
coaches over the years. The Browns hired a guy from BASEBALL who
has a completely new perspective and strategy on...]]>2771cleanfullMisto - PRIME - Self Esteemhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/misto-prime-self-esteem--39771220cooking
As I am cooking more and more, I need the right tools. Some of
hese recipes talk about spraying your meat with Olive Oil. So I
found a Misto. This thing is cool. You pour in
your Olive Oil about 1/2 way, pump up the canister and spray. Super
easy and it's less
than $10.

Save Time with Amazon Prime
I wasted a night this week running from store to store and not
finding what I was looking for. Then I realized I had an Amazon Prime account, and it
has free two day shipping. So I'm worried saying this. I don't want
you to use this tool to sit on the couch. I want you to take that
20 minutes you saved, and get up and go walking! But I've started
using it. Today I ordered Sunscreen, and a baseball hat after getting too much
sun this weekend. You can pay $10.99 a month, or $99/year ($8.25 a
month), and I have even purchased can goods like Green
Beans. If you plan this ahead (something you don't
need for two days) it's a great time saver. Oh yeah, in some cases
there is no tax (so you save time and money). Check it out
The Six Pillars or
Self-Esteem
I started listening to this book called The Six Pillars of Self
Esteem by Nathaniel Branden after hearing about it on a podcast.
I'm only through chapter one, but it makes sense. We need to know
we have the capability of thinking, making decisions, just like
anyone else. We are not stupid.
We need to believe we have worth, and that we are worth fighting
for. When we don't believe that we don't try, and then say, "See I
told you I couldn't do it" and spiral in the wrong direction. I'm
interested to hear more. I'm surprised he hasn't listed what the
six pillars are, but I'm still listening.
You can listen to an audio book for free by going to www.logicalloss.com/audible and starting your free
trial (cancel anytime) they have TONS of books, and I really like
the way they suggest books for you. I've found some great books at
audible
This post originated at www.logicalloss.com/295]]>9beb5570a26f6917fd8e042f3d13e1d1Wed, 27 Apr 2016 00:58:47 +0000David JacksonMisto is a cool easy way to mix in Olive Oil into your cooking As I am cooking more and more, I need the right tools. Some of hese recipes talk about spraying your meat with Olive Oil. So I found a Misto. This thing is cool. You pour in your Olive Oil...cooking
As I am cooking more and more, I need the right tools. Some of
hese recipes talk about spraying your meat with Olive Oil. So I
found a Misto. This thing is cool. You pour in
your Olive Oil about 1/2 way, pump up the canister and spray. Super
easy and it's less
than $10.

Save Time with Amazon Prime
I wasted a night this week running from store to store and not
finding what I was looking for. Then I realized I had an Amazon Prime account, and it
has free two day shipping. So I'm worried saying this. I don't want
you to use this tool to sit on the couch. I want you to take that
20 minutes you saved, and get up and go walking! But I've started
using it. Today I ordered Sunscreen, and a baseball hat after getting too much
sun this weekend. You can pay $10.99 a month, or $99/year ($8.25 a
month), and I have even purchased can goods like Green
Beans. If you plan this ahead (something you don't
need for two days) it's a great time saver. Oh yeah, in some cases
there is no tax (so you save time and money). Check it out
The Six Pillars or
Self-Esteem
I started listening to this book called The Six Pillars of Self
Esteem by Nathaniel Branden after hearing about it on a podcast.
I'm only through chapter one, but it makes sense. We need to know
we have the capability of thinking, making decisions, just like
anyone else. We are not stupid.
We need to believe we have worth, and that we are worth fighting
for. When we don't believe that we don't try, and then say, "See I
told you I couldn't do it" and spiral in the wrong direction. I'm
interested to hear more. I'm surprised he hasn't listed what the
six pillars are, but I'm still listening.
You can listen to an audio book for free by going to www.logicalloss.com/audible and starting your free
trial (cancel anytime) they have TONS of books, and I really like
the way they suggest books for you. I've found some great books at
audible
This post originated at www.logicalloss.com/295]]>1812cleanfullYou Can't Change - What You Won't Starthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-t-change-what-you-won-t-start--8340863Today Matthew Cox from Brunch with the Brits explains how he went to a podcast event who eventually became his wife.
Why I Turned Down My First Podcast Sponsor
I had been contacted by a sponsor at advertisecast.com. I decided to low ball my pricing ($10 an episode) just to see if anyone would jump. An advertiser did. They wanted 10 episodes of my Weekly Web Tools podcast. That would be almost three months and the advertising would pay for my hosting (minus the 20% that advertisecast take). I would take home $96. My hosting will cost me $45 for three months. I might have some gas money. Here are some of the bullet points:
To get started and receive a $50 signup bonus
You’ll earn $1 for every new email lead and up to $200 for every new member you refer from your computer
Has already generated millions of dollars for over 200,000 happy entrepreneurs
My audience is predominant male, and I know I have some entrepreneurs in my audience. So far this sounds like a great fit. Then I went to see what I was promoting.
It turns out the product was a video chat and dating service. Hmmm, that doesn't really fit, but maybe I would do this as an experiment. Then I dug a little deeper. You see this wasn't some ordinary video chat/dating service. It was porn, oh I wait I mean adult chat. Can we just call it what it is? Porn.
Beside my religious beliefs there are lots of non-religious reasons that porn is a cancer that most people feel is "not a problem." Well I disagree. It's an opinion, and we're not here to talk about that. Let's get back to podcasting.
I will not have a sponsor on my show that I can't go to bed at night feeling I served my audience by sending them toward a product I fully endorse. So I turned them down. I also contacted advertisecasts.com and suggested they put in a way for podcasters to save people time so I can say, "No porn, cigarette, alcohol, etc)
Every podcasters starts with two things in common. Zero listeners, and they have integrity. When you lose your integrity, you may not ever get it back.
Don't Be Afraid To Start Your Podcast and Find Your Voice
When I started college I thought I wanted to "Fix stuff" so I went to an electronics school and got a degree in electronic engineering. The other thing I got was a clear understanding that I wasn't very good at fixing stuff. I fixed copiers, but luckily got an opportunity (based on relationships I had formed in the company) to go out and set up the equipment and train the users. I was a customer service rep. Had I not gone to college to be a technician, I never would've ended up in training.
I later would go back to School to get a Bachelor's Degree in Education. My dream job was to get back to training people on Microsoft Products. I had the most fun doing that in the past, and I was good at it. I could be funny and educational. Because of my knowledge of computers I start to dabble in building websites, and the Internet. That lead to me a guy who had come back from a conference who told me about podcasting.
I started podcasting, and got to know people in the industry. Using my strongest skills of serving and teaching, I created value. I developed relationships with all of the podcasting companies. I remember one day about a year and a half ago when a student asked me a question about combining two features in Microsoft Excel. I explained I had never tried those two features together, to which he pulled out his iPhone and asked Siri. Right in front of my eyes, the phone solved my customers problem. I thought, I'm going to be replaced by a phone. A year and a half later what was once a staff of five trainers, what cut down to one (and it wasn't me). However, because I had been playing with computers, and playing with the Internet, that lead me to podcasting. Those relationships I built over ten years lead me to being employed by Libsyn.com (A podcast media company).
Now I would never have though my life would turn out the way it has. Anything that put me into position to help me later began by starting something. Knowledge is only power when you act on it.
Richard Prior is considered by some to the THE best comedian ever. Richard launched his career being very safe, and incorporating a lot of physical comedy in his routines. He was basically trying to be Bill Cosby. There was only one problem. He was Richard Prior and being Bill Cosby-ish was not easy, and eventually Richard walked off the stage mid-performance cause he couldn't do it anymore. But he wouldn't have known that if he hadn't started stand up. You can manage, pivot, adjust, something that you never start.
I Want My Podcast to Be Original
It's hard to really come up with something completely original. Why? Because talking and entertainment and education have been around for a long time. In the movies most plots can be summarized by one of seven plot lines.
Overcoming Monsters - Dracula
Rags to Riches - Cinderella
The Quest - Lord of the Rings
Voyage and Return - Alice in Wonderland, The Wizard of Oz
Comedy - Four Weddings and A Funeral
Tragedy - Breaking bad
Rebirth - The Grinch who stole Christmas
Source
Create an Original Combination
As I write this, the musician Prince died last Thursday. Some might say there was nobody like Prince, and that is true. What was original about Prince was his mixing of Genres and styles. If you ever saw him live, he borrowed a lot from James Brown. If you watched him play the guitar, he reminded you a lot if Jimi Hendrix. There was a hint of gospel an blues. What Prince had that was unique to him was his vocal range. He took that range and surrounded with the stylings of James, Jimi, and his own influences. So the way he paired these genres was original.
Learn From Others Who Are Doing it Well
I've spoken in the past about grabbing people's attention right up front. One of the longest running shows on television does this the best: 60 minutes. They pull at your heart making it near impossible to turn off the channel. Can you incorporate this into your podcast? You sure can.
Podcast News:
Google (Yawn) Play
What should have been a tidal wave of opportunity was a drop of technology as Google Play Music was "Launched" kind of. Here is what's missing:
70% of podcasts are listened on a portable device but Google is using Flash technology which dosn't work on mobile devices.
You can't download the podcasts.
It's not really available anywhere except on the web
The good news is starting today (28th) you will be able to have more stats to obsess over. HOORAY!
Music MTV Is Getting into Podcasting
MTV announced five new podcasts focused on film, politics, pop culture and, obviously, music that will roll out over the next week. The shows will be hosted by a mix of current MTV News journalists including Anna Marie Cox and several new hires.
For MTV, the move into podcasting shows how it’s targeting young people who are staring at their phones, rather than the television. Dan Fierman, MTV News’ editorial director, told Digiday that of its young target audience, 80 percent of all content they consume is on their phones and that the audience has been underserved with podcast options.
Customer FeedBack
Multiple Feeds of a Podcast
How do you handle more than one feed with Libsyn or Blubrry?
WordPress as a Free Website Option
John Wilkerson comments on last week’s show and wondered why I didn’t mention WordPress.
BTW, I have a new favorite podcast because of your “favorite podcast” episode at year end. Never heard of No Agenda until I heard someone mention it on your end year end show, actually it was last years show i listened to after downloading the transcript. I know shame on me for being a podcaster and not knowing of Adam Curry’s show until recently, but I have not missed an episode since hearing about it earlier this year and have also sent a few dollars their way. ? it’s exceptionally good given the upcoming presidential election.
Hope all is well and I’m sending money your way too via Amazon shopping. ?Thanks,Richard Warfield, Jr.RDubStudios.comLoudPipes.net
Podcast Conferences Where I Will Be Speaking
Podcast Movement - Chicago - July 6-8 Use coupon (sop40)
Podcast Success Summit - Online May 16th June 9th
Podcast MidAtltantic - NJ - September 9 -10th

Check out Dave's Course
Planning Your Podcast
]]>526a376705ce9f957adcaf6b94690ff2Mon, 25 Apr 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast: I'm Getting Married Today Matthew Cox from Brunch with the Brits explains how he went to a podcast event who eventually became his wife. Why I Turned Down My First Podcast Sponsor I had been contacted by a sponsor at...Today Matthew Cox from Brunch with the Brits explains how he went to a podcast event who eventually became his wife.
Why I Turned Down My First Podcast Sponsor
I had been contacted by a sponsor at advertisecast.com. I decided to low ball my pricing ($10 an episode) just to see if anyone would jump. An advertiser did. They wanted 10 episodes of my Weekly Web Tools podcast. That would be almost three months and the advertising would pay for my hosting (minus the 20% that advertisecast take). I would take home $96. My hosting will cost me $45 for three months. I might have some gas money. Here are some of the bullet points:
To get started and receive a $50 signup bonus
You’ll earn $1 for every new email lead and up to $200 for every new member you refer from your computer
Has already generated millions of dollars for over 200,000 happy entrepreneurs
My audience is predominant male, and I know I have some entrepreneurs in my audience. So far this sounds like a great fit. Then I went to see what I was promoting.
It turns out the product was a video chat and dating service. Hmmm, that doesn't really fit, but maybe I would do this as an experiment. Then I dug a little deeper. You see this wasn't some ordinary video chat/dating service. It was porn, oh I wait I mean adult chat. Can we just call it what it is? Porn.
Beside my religious beliefs there are lots of non-religious reasons that porn is a cancer that most people feel is "not a problem." Well I disagree. It's an opinion, and we're not here to talk about that. Let's get back to podcasting.
I will not have a sponsor on my show that I can't go to bed at night feeling I served my audience by sending them toward a product I fully endorse. So I turned them down. I also contacted advertisecasts.com and suggested they put in a way for podcasters to save people time so I can say, "No porn, cigarette, alcohol, etc)
Every podcasters starts with two things in common. Zero listeners, and they have integrity. When you lose your integrity, you may not ever get it back.
Don't Be Afraid To Start Your Podcast and Find Your Voice
When I started college I thought I wanted to "Fix stuff" so I went to an electronics school and got a degree in electronic engineering. The other thing I got was a clear understanding that I wasn't very good at fixing stuff. I fixed copiers, but luckily got an opportunity (based on relationships I had formed in the company) to go out and set up the equipment and train the users. I was a customer service rep. Had I not gone to college to be a technician, I never would've ended up in training.
I later would go back to School to get a Bachelor's Degree in Education. My dream job was to get back to training people on Microsoft Products. I had the most fun doing that in the past, and I was good at it. I could be funny and educational. Because of my knowledge of computers I start to dabble in building websites, and the Internet. That lead to me a guy who had come back from a conference who told me about podcasting.
I started podcasting, and got to know people in the industry. Using my strongest skills of serving and teaching, I created value. I developed relationships with all of the podcasting companies. I remember one day about a year and a half ago when a student asked me a question about combining two features in Microsoft Excel. I explained I had never tried those two features together, to which he pulled out his iPhone and asked Siri. Right in front of my eyes, the phone solved my customers problem. I thought, I'm going to be replaced by a phone. A year and a half later what was once a staff of five trainers, what cut down to one (and it wasn't me). However, because I had been playing with computers, and playing with the Internet, that lead me to podcasting. Those relationships I built over ten years lead me to being employed by Libsyn.com (A podcast...]]>2840cleanfullThe Two Most Important Parts Of Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-two-most-important-parts-of-your-podcast--8285563If you've ever benefitted from this podcast, do please take the time and nominate the show (school of podcasting) in the EDUCATION category.
The Two Most Important Parts of Your Podcast
I was watching an episode of Live From Daryl's House (Daryl Hall of Hall and Oats Fame). He has all sorts of musicians of different styles and genres. There is always a small segment where you hear them getting ready. They have had time to prepare. They know the music, but there are two things you always need to figure out and this is no different in podcasting.
How to start a segment.
How to end a segment.
Why because the first part is your first impression. A bad first impression can really lose your audience for the rest of the song (podcast in our case). A bad last impression and we've just blown all the positive mojo we just created.
We talked a couple of weeks ago about the Podcast Interview Wizard software and how it helps you get to the point quicker. It gets you focused on the meat of the interview.
One strategy is to pick your main point, the one that really inspires people to laugh, cry, think, or groan and come back to that with a tone that signals to the audience that we're moving on, we are done, this is the final thought. Unless you're Jerry Springer, you don't need to announce "here are my final thoughts," you can just say them.
Likewise if you are transitioning to another segment, just transition. Get yourself some royalty free music, fade it, etc, (or just leave a pause of silence). There was only one person who could get away with announcing a transition and his name was James Brown. Why did he do this? Because his band would launch into a groove, and just repeat it over James's singing. So James would be in the middle of the song and ask "Can we take it to the bridge?" and eventually they would take it to the bridge. In other cases James would "hit it and quit it."
Announcing a transition is about as stupid as someone asking, "Can I ask you a question?" (cause they just did). At least that is my opinion.
Because of My Podcast Troy Henritz & Nick Seuberling
Troy does the blacklist exposed (theblacklistexposed.com), and recently he's been getting flooded with swag. He got an album (as in an LP) and a Blacklist encyclopedia.
Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/510 to see swag
Nick Seuberling - First Advertiser Check for Minor League Soccer Podcast
I was able to seal my first podcast/website sponsor. I've been podcasting for 11 years now and this is my very first sponsor. On a podcast that only has 8 episodes produced. I recently launched a new podcast that covers FC Cincinnati (http://cincinnatisoccertalk.com ), the newest soccer team in Cincy and I approached them about marketing their team store and ticket sales on my podcast. They immediately jumped at it. Today I received my first check in the mail, and I don't even have a signed agreement yet with the team. I'd say they're eager. Just goes to show, if you're in the right niche, you can sell it to anyone no matter how many episodes you've produced - Nick Seuberling

New and Noteworthy Update - Corey Finneran
Corey did a push for iTunes reviews for Ivy Envy. He gained 56 reviews this week. He now has 226 ratings and 191 reviews. He did not budge from #3 when you search "Chicago Cubs" in iTunes. The two that rank ahead of us?#1 - 150 ratings, 128 reviews and the last published episode was 11/11/2010.#2 - 7 ratings, 4 reviews.

Promote your show like iTunes doesn't exist. Use it. It's a tool. But I wouldn't put all my eggs in that basket.

Wordpress as a Free Website Option
John Wilkerson comments on last week's show and wondered why I didn't mention Wordpress.
BTW, I have a new favorite podcast because of your "favorite podcast" episode at year end. Never heard of No Agenda until I heard someone mention it on your end year end show, actually it was last years show i listened to after downloading the transcript. I know shame on me for being a podcaster and not knowing of Adam Curry's show until recently, but I have not missed an episode since hearing about it earlier this year and have also sent a few dollars their way. :) it's exceptionally good given the upcoming presidential election.Hope all is well and I'm sending money your way too via Amazon shopping. 😎Thanks,
Richard Warfield, Jr. RDubStudios.com LoudPipes.net
My Podcast Episode is Not Appearing in iTunes!?!?
Here are some things to keep in mind.

It takes up to 24 hours for your show to show up in iTunes
Your subscribers get it instantly
If you have the file on your website, your visitors have instant access
Is your feed valid? Check it at feedvalidator.org
Is your artwork in spec?

1400x1400px (minimum)3000x3000px (maximum, anything in between as long as it’s square)Under 500kbUse sRGB color spaceBe a JPG, JPEG, or a PNG file

If so, you can go to podcastsconnect.apple.com and click on your artwork, click Refresh (and then leave immediately - this is a very dangerous place).
There is a video on Libsyn's support page to explain more

Check out

planningyourpodcast.com for Dave's COurse]]>e3a0d4640c75c06805cfba84463c7662Mon, 18 Apr 2016 04:03:30 +0000David JacksonThe Podcast Award Are Open If you've ever benefitted from this podcast, do please take the time and nominate the show (school of podcasting) in the EDUCATION category. The Two Most Important Parts of Your Podcast I was watching an episode of Live From...If you've ever benefitted from this podcast, do please take the time and nominate the show (school of podcasting) in the EDUCATION category.
The Two Most Important Parts of Your Podcast
I was watching an episode of Live From Daryl's House (Daryl Hall of Hall and Oats Fame). He has all sorts of musicians of different styles and genres. There is always a small segment where you hear them getting ready. They have had time to prepare. They know the music, but there are two things you always need to figure out and this is no different in podcasting.
How to start a segment.
How to end a segment.
Why because the first part is your first impression. A bad first impression can really lose your audience for the rest of the song (podcast in our case). A bad last impression and we've just blown all the positive mojo we just created.
We talked a couple of weeks ago about the Podcast Interview Wizard software and how it helps you get to the point quicker. It gets you focused on the meat of the interview.
One strategy is to pick your main point, the one that really inspires people to laugh, cry, think, or groan and come back to that with a tone that signals to the audience that we're moving on, we are done, this is the final thought. Unless you're Jerry Springer, you don't need to announce "here are my final thoughts," you can just say them.
Likewise if you are transitioning to another segment, just transition. Get yourself some royalty free music, fade it, etc, (or just leave a pause of silence). There was only one person who could get away with announcing a transition and his name was James Brown. Why did he do this? Because his band would launch into a groove, and just repeat it over James's singing. So James would be in the middle of the song and ask "Can we take it to the bridge?" and eventually they would take it to the bridge. In other cases James would "hit it and quit it."
Announcing a transition is about as stupid as someone asking, "Can I ask you a question?" (cause they just did). At least that is my opinion.
Because of My Podcast Troy Henritz & Nick Seuberling
Troy does the blacklist exposed (theblacklistexposed.com), and recently he's been getting flooded with swag. He got an album (as in an LP) and a Blacklist encyclopedia.
Go to schoolofpodcasting.com/510 to see swag
Nick Seuberling - First Advertiser Check for Minor League Soccer Podcast
I was able to seal my first podcast/website sponsor. I've been podcasting for 11 years now and this is my very first sponsor. On a podcast that only has 8 episodes produced. I recently launched a new podcast that covers FC Cincinnati (http://cincinnatisoccertalk.com ), the newest soccer team in Cincy and I approached them about marketing their team store and ticket sales on my podcast. They immediately jumped at it. Today I received my first check in the mail, and I don't even have a signed agreement yet with the team. I'd say they're eager. Just goes to show, if you're in the right niche, you can sell it to anyone no matter how many episodes you've produced - Nick Seuberling

New and Noteworthy Update - Corey Finneran
Corey did a push for iTunes reviews for Ivy Envy. He gained 56 reviews this week. He now has 226 ratings and 191 reviews. He did not budge from #3 when you search "Chicago Cubs" in iTunes. The two that rank ahead of us?#1 - 150 ratings, 128 reviews and the last published episode was 11/11/2010.#2 - 7 ratings, 4 reviews.

Promote your show like iTunes doesn't exist. Use it. It's a tool. But I wouldn't put all my eggs in that basket.

Wordpress as a Free Website Option
John Wilkerson comments on last week's show and wondered why I didn't mention Wordpress.
BTW, I have a new favorite podcast because of your "favorite podcast" episode at year end. Never...]]>1881cleanfullMindfull Eating - Fitness Gadget To Keep us on Trackhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mindfull-eating-fitness-gadget-to-keep-us-on-track--39771316There was an article on Mindful Eating at Spark People it has some interesting points.

Use all five senses.
Only eat when you're hungry.
Serve media-free meals.
Involve kids in the prep work.
Make meals a positive experience.
Talk during meals.

Meal Prep Heaven 7 Day Container
This Meal Prep Heaven 7 Day Container set is enough for a full week and it has three compartments. One larger one for your protein, and two for veggies and fruit. The best part is you get the whole set for $15 and they are microwave and dishwasher safe.
Umoro One Multi function Water Bottle & Drink Shaker w/ Top-End Storage - Portable "Protein Blender" for The Fitness Minded
I'm not entirely sold on the Umoro One. The idea is it's a shaker bottle that stores the power/smoothie items in the top of the bottle. When you choose you press a button and the power/mix hits your water and it turns into a shaker bottle. The idea being you can use it as a water bottle an then when you're ready to add some protein, etc you press a button. I thought that was cool until I saw where it's a one time use of adding the power. The price is $25, and for me it doesn't fir a need. Check it out.
Hapi Fork Eating Coach
HAPI fork Bluetooth-Enabled Smart Fork. The smart fork that coaches you into healthier eating habits. The HAPIfork is the world's first smart fork. It's an electronic fork that lights up and vibrates when you are eating too fast. As it takes 15-20 minutes to feel satisfied, by simply slowing down your pace while eating, you will consume fewer calories. Pair with your smartphone or tablet over Bluetooth to see your eating stats in real time. Download the HAPIfork app for iOS or Android and connect it to your device via Bluetooth to check: How long it took to eat your meal The number of "fork servings" (each time food is brought to the mouth) per minute A timer to help you pace your fork servings Actual intervals between fork servings Your success rate and overspeed ratio Upload your eating data for analysis and coaching. This data is then uploaded via USB to your Online Dashboard on HAPI.com to track your progress. Here, you can also follow an online coaching program to help improve your eating behavior. With the Online Dashboard at HAPI.com and the mobile app, you can: View and manage all the data from your devices Set your workout objectives, track your progress and score points in the HAPILABS challenge Share your HAPI moments online with your friends. More friends... More fun! GC Product Specs Power: Rechargeable Lithium. Check it out.]]>4202bf2dca3c86f4cb180faa7ccdc3faSun, 17 Apr 2016 15:53:44 +0000David JacksonMindful Eating There was an article on Mindful Eating at Spark People it has some interesting points. Use all five senses. Only eat when you're hungry. Serve media-free meals. Involve kids in the prep work. Make meals a positive experience. Talk...There was an article on Mindful Eating at Spark People it has some interesting points.

Use all five senses.
Only eat when you're hungry.
Serve media-free meals.
Involve kids in the prep work.
Make meals a positive experience.
Talk during meals.

Meal Prep Heaven 7 Day Container
This Meal Prep Heaven 7 Day Container set is enough for a full week and it has three compartments. One larger one for your protein, and two for veggies and fruit. The best part is you get the whole set for $15 and they are microwave and dishwasher safe.
Umoro One Multi function Water Bottle & Drink Shaker w/ Top-End Storage - Portable "Protein Blender" for The Fitness Minded
I'm not entirely sold on the Umoro One. The idea is it's a shaker bottle that stores the power/smoothie items in the top of the bottle. When you choose you press a button and the power/mix hits your water and it turns into a shaker bottle. The idea being you can use it as a water bottle an then when you're ready to add some protein, etc you press a button. I thought that was cool until I saw where it's a one time use of adding the power. The price is $25, and for me it doesn't fir a need. Check it out.
Hapi Fork Eating Coach
HAPI fork Bluetooth-Enabled Smart Fork. The smart fork that coaches you into healthier eating habits. The HAPIfork is the world's first smart fork. It's an electronic fork that lights up and vibrates when you are eating too fast. As it takes 15-20 minutes to feel satisfied, by simply slowing down your pace while eating, you will consume fewer calories. Pair with your smartphone or tablet over Bluetooth to see your eating stats in real time. Download the HAPIfork app for iOS or Android and connect it to your device via Bluetooth to check: How long it took to eat your meal The number of "fork servings" (each time food is brought to the mouth) per minute A timer to help you pace your fork servings Actual intervals between fork servings Your success rate and overspeed ratio Upload your eating data for analysis and coaching. This data is then uploaded via USB to your Online Dashboard on HAPI.com to track your progress. Here, you can also follow an online coaching program to help improve your eating behavior. With the Online Dashboard at HAPI.com and the mobile app, you can: View and manage all the data from your devices Set your workout objectives, track your progress and score points in the HAPILABS challenge Share your HAPI moments online with your friends. More friends... More fun! GC Product Specs Power: Rechargeable Lithium. Check it out.]]>1523cleanfullCreate a Podcast Website For Free - Are You Making a $200 WordPess Mistakehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/create-a-podcast-website-for-free-are-you-making-a-200-wordpess-mistake--8231563Hey there! I checked out your podcast today where you spoke about video podcasting. I think the way you explained it makes perfect sense. I was actually looking for a way to upload videos faster to YouTube and found a specific way to do it where you compress the file.

There is free software called Handbrake that people suggest. (I think it has been used in the past to rip DVDs illegally, but that is not what I am using it for.) Basically, once you create the HD file (which is usually about 1GB for videos I have made that are about 5-7 minutes at 1080p) and then use Handbrake to compress the file. I can usually get it down to around around 100-150mb (yes...MB) and less if the file is smaller.

I was wondering if you thought this was a good option so you can have HD on all platforms. It doesn't seem to lose in quality especially with simple "blog" type videos.

Anyway, just thought I would check in on that. Thanks for all the hard work!

-Derek Daniel

Free Websites For Those Podcasting on a Budget
I had someone contact me this week. They were on SoundCloud, they didn't have a website, and yet, they wanted to end up making a living from their podcast. Their topic was "talking about movies and video games with my friends." Not to say that you it is impossible to do this, but without hearing your show it I would say it is highly unlikely. Why do you need a website to do a podcast?
1. Easy Clicks If you are going to force people to search for the item that will bring your revenue, you're making it too hard. It has to be easy - peasy.
2. Email List Growth IF you want to build an email list (and as they say the money is in the list, why? Easy Clicks) you have to have a sign up form. No website- no form.
3. Reputation It's $10 a month if you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/hosting and go with the cheapest plans it's around $9. If you drink 5 20 oz bottle of Mountain Dew a month, you have spend close to $10 on soda. Switch to water, and you have the money. Would you buy a car from someone selling it out of a tent (and it looked like they were going to bolt the minute they got your money). You don't date someone who is going to leave it two weeks. You get the point. In a nutshell If you don't have $10 a month (.03 a day) then don't start a podcast expecting it to pay your mortgage. Seriously. In the immortal words of Mick Jagger, "You can't always get what you want."
4. Ease of Listener Subscriptions When you have a website, you can put a link to your iTunes listing, and make it easier for people to subscribe in iTunes, Stitcher, etc. Without a website, you're saying things like "Find my show in iTunes." Have you tried the iTunes search? I've typed in the exact name of someone's show and still had zero results.
5. Easy Contact The one page you need on a website is a contact page and and about page. We all want interaction with our audience. While you can say your phone number and email address in your podcast, when it is a clickable link on your websites, it's super easy and requires no memorization.
I Am Always Open To Other Points of View
So when a client told me they were using Tumblr as their website I thought, "Really?" Then I looked at the website notold-better.com and yeah, that's a free tumblr website. Now to be honest, he had his graphics made by a graphic designer, and that graphic matches the artwork of his podcast. So if you have 2-3 hours to learn how to adjust a tumblr site, check out their themes, and go from there. Keep in mind, you won't have all the flexibility of a Wordpress site, but you will be saving $9 a month. You can even put Google Analytics code into a tumblr site for stats. So if someone is really pushed for a budget, or they just wanted to test the waters, I would Tumblr is a platform I would recommend.
Time Saving Tip Using Libsyn
If you decide that you are going to use Tumblr as your website, you could use Libsyn as your media host (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month at Libsyn.com) and Libsyn will automatically publish your content to Tumblr.
One More Thing about $9 a Month
Just so I know we're on the same page, you say you don't have 30 cents a day to spend on your podcast. Thirteen dollars a year on a domain (another .03 a day), and you'll use Canva to make your artwork for free, and you want the product and art you provide enough income to generate enough money to live on. Can you please enlighten me of anyone who has put out no money, and generate a business that provided enough income to live on? Even a lottery player has to buy a ticket, and the chances of you spending no money and generating a podcast that will generate enough income to live on is about the same odds as winning the lottery.
Not Updating My WordPress Cost Me $200
I've always said to keep things simple. Remove any plugins or themes you are not using on a WordPress website. I thought I had done that, but I forgot to do it on one website. I do a show about Jillian Michaels. She has raving fans, and they love to buy her stuff. The best part is most of that is sold through places that have an affiliate program. When her book came out on Audible, I made a four figure affiliate check. You can be an audible affiliate by clicking here. Well on my website for Jillian Michaels I had been using the Thesis theme years ago. I now use themes from Appendipity which runs on the Genesis Framework. I never removed the Thesis theme, and my site got infected with Malware. I got blacklisted by Google. I went to my hosting company who in 2013 DID remove the malware for free, only to find out they no longer offer that. I went to a few different places, and could not find anyone who did a one time cleaning. I ended up going with sucuri.net who (like everyone else) charges $200 for the year. It's a great system, and they keep me more than updated on the status of my site. They even have a security tool to help block hackers. If you're website is healthy now you might look into the plugin Wordfence. It can help keep you safe (and it's free).
Podcasting Pulling in Some Big Names
Tony Robbins (famed motivational speaker and New York times best Selling Author) now has The Tony Robbins Podcast.
Jeffrey Glaser who has quite the TV resume. He oversaw such hit shows as “Glee,” “Empire,” “Arrested Development,” “Modern Family,” “New Girl” and “American Horror Story” at the network’s production arm, and guided more than 25 shows to syndication. He has been named president of content at podcasting network Wondery, spent 19 years at 20th Century Fox Television, where he oversaw many hits and guided more than 25 shows to syndication. More info
The New York Times has launched a podcast team. Full Report. They launched a Modern Love show that is getting 300,000 downloads a week.
Podcast Rewind
I appeared on the Podcaster's Roundtable where we talked about Show Prep I appeared on the first episode of the Podcast Producers Jessica Rhodes is the person behind interview connections, and she has her own Rhodes to Success podcast, Corey is the man behind Podfly.net a podcast editing service.

Thanks for the iTunes Reviews
I was turned on to SOP by Daniel J. Lewis, Cliff Ravenscraft, & Ray Ortega. Dave's content is solidly produced from a technical POV. Great audio as one would expect from a podcast about podcasting. The flow of the show is superior and feels like radio but no commercials :-) As I've made my way through the back catalog I am picking up so much information as I look to take my own podcast, House of #EdTech to a higher level! ~ Chris Nesi Host, House of #EdTech Podcast chrisnesi.com To leave a review go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes (view in iTunes, and then rate and review). Want yuor reviews from all countries and stitcher coming to your inbox? Check out My Podcast Reviews

START YOUR PODCAST
Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start]]>795bc17f7121dcdc625ee2d8484821c0Sun, 10 Apr 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonFeedback from Last Week's Show About Video Podcasting Hey there! I checked out your podcast today where you spoke about video podcasting. I think the way you explained it makes perfect sense. I was actually looking for a way to upload videos faster...Hey there! I checked out your podcast today where you spoke about video podcasting. I think the way you explained it makes perfect sense. I was actually looking for a way to upload videos faster to YouTube and found a specific way to do it where you compress the file.

There is free software called Handbrake that people suggest. (I think it has been used in the past to rip DVDs illegally, but that is not what I am using it for.) Basically, once you create the HD file (which is usually about 1GB for videos I have made that are about 5-7 minutes at 1080p) and then use Handbrake to compress the file. I can usually get it down to around around 100-150mb (yes...MB) and less if the file is smaller.

I was wondering if you thought this was a good option so you can have HD on all platforms. It doesn't seem to lose in quality especially with simple "blog" type videos.

Anyway, just thought I would check in on that. Thanks for all the hard work!

-Derek Daniel

Free Websites For Those Podcasting on a Budget
I had someone contact me this week. They were on SoundCloud, they didn't have a website, and yet, they wanted to end up making a living from their podcast. Their topic was "talking about movies and video games with my friends." Not to say that you it is impossible to do this, but without hearing your show it I would say it is highly unlikely. Why do you need a website to do a podcast?
1. Easy Clicks If you are going to force people to search for the item that will bring your revenue, you're making it too hard. It has to be easy - peasy.
2. Email List Growth IF you want to build an email list (and as they say the money is in the list, why? Easy Clicks) you have to have a sign up form. No website- no form.
3. Reputation It's $10 a month if you go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/hosting and go with the cheapest plans it's around $9. If you drink 5 20 oz bottle of Mountain Dew a month, you have spend close to $10 on soda. Switch to water, and you have the money. Would you buy a car from someone selling it out of a tent (and it looked like they were going to bolt the minute they got your money). You don't date someone who is going to leave it two weeks. You get the point. In a nutshell If you don't have $10 a month (.03 a day) then don't start a podcast expecting it to pay your mortgage. Seriously. In the immortal words of Mick Jagger, "You can't always get what you want."
4. Ease of Listener Subscriptions When you have a website, you can put a link to your iTunes listing, and make it easier for people to subscribe in iTunes, Stitcher, etc. Without a website, you're saying things like "Find my show in iTunes." Have you tried the iTunes search? I've typed in the exact name of someone's show and still had zero results.
5. Easy Contact The one page you need on a website is a contact page and and about page. We all want interaction with our audience. While you can say your phone number and email address in your podcast, when it is a clickable link on your websites, it's super easy and requires no memorization.
I Am Always Open To Other Points of View
So when a client told me they were using Tumblr as their website I thought, "Really?" Then I looked at the website notold-better.com and yeah, that's a free tumblr website. Now to be honest, he had his graphics made by a graphic designer, and that graphic matches the artwork of his podcast. So if you have 2-3 hours to learn how to adjust a tumblr site, check out their themes, and go from there. Keep in mind, you won't have all the flexibility of a Wordpress site, but you will be saving $9 a month. You can even put Google Analytics code into a tumblr site for stats. So if someone is really pushed for a budget, or they just wanted to test the waters, I would...]]>2422cleanfullBreak Things You Hate into Chunks - BMI is it Accurate?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/break-things-you-hate-into-chunks-bmi-is-it-accurate--3977122675d2d7c897dec718c75c50b25ea64991Tue, 05 Apr 2016 03:51:27 +0000David JacksonA new episode1164cleanfullDBS 286 Vs Aphex Channel Master - Video Podcast Settings - Advertising Platformshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dbs-286-vs-aphex-channel-master-video-podcast-settings-advertising-platforms--8172464Cale from Fotimepodcast.com was having a problem with his website (using Wordpress) when an audience member offered to help out. It turns out the audience member works for the creators of Wordpress.
The DBS 286X vs Aphex 230 Master Channel
Before I even start, you do NOT need either one of these to start podcast. It's a nice piece of icing on the cake. It makes you sound better, but you will not gain a single subscriber by using these. If you have poor content, great sounding garbage is still garbage.
I've got the older version of the DBX 286 (I have a 286A which has now been replaced by the 286S). Likewise I recently picked up a used Aphex 230 Master Voice Channel (which is now replaced by the Aphex Channel Master
What's the difference?
Cost: The Aphex is 999, the DBX is 199. So you are looking at $800 in difference.
The Aphex's gives you more options in regards to inverting polarity, changing the phase polarity. It also offers a low cut filter.
The Aphex noise gate is super easy to set and sounds great. You simply talk and turn the dial until a red light illuminates, and then turn the other knob to scale back any background noise. I love the sound of the gate more than the DBX. Anytime I set the DBX to be aggressive, the cutting in and out was a bit more noticeable. Yes you can hear the Aphex's gate, but to me it's less noticeable.
With the DBX you have low and high enhancers. You have the same thing on the Aphex, but you can choose what frequency to boost. You also have a parametrix equalizer so you can find a frequency that you either want to boost or cut from your voice and the determine how much you want to cut/boost. This is the same for the Aural Exciter on the Aphex. It does what the DBX does with more control. You can "tune" what frequencies you want to boost on the high end.
I never will get de-essers. I know what they are supposed to do, I don't hear any difference on either unit. I swear this is a feature that manufacturers build into units so they can charge more.
While appreciate what the unit does, for the money, I would recommend the 286 for most people unless you really, really want total control.

Video Podcasting? How Would I Go About Doing This?
I currently don't do any video podcasts, but that doesn't mean I don't think they are worth doing. I just know they take more time. So how would I do it if I did?
Video Podcasting Software
If you're on a mac, try Screenflow or even iMovie.
If you're on a PC check out Sony Vegas or Camtasia.
What Format?
I would create my video for my podcast (downloads) you are exporting a "LD" version for phones, so you could go 640X480. You can do this in QuickTime if you want to as there are tons of presets. I would try to stick with mp4 if possible as it seems to have less conflicts. You take this format and put it in your RSS feed, so it goes to subscribers. You might put at the begining of the video that to see ah HD version go to your website (and provide a pretty link so they don't have to search for it)
The Format For Your Website
Now you create an HD version (1280X720) that you can upload it to YouTube (it's free, let them eat the bandwidth) and put that video on your website. Now your subscribers don't hate you for sending a 5 gig file to their phone, and your visitors get an HD version that also happens to be on the #4 search engine.
Podcasting Lessons I've Learned From My Cat
I'm a dog person. Always have been. I inherited a cat in my recent divorce, and I love Bernie, but I do hate cleaning the litter box. I actually hurt my back cause I was leaning over so much, and for an extended period of time. I just hate, hate, hate, cleaning the litter box. I did it about once every 5-7 days. I thought to myself, "Dogs are so much easier as I don't have to deal with this." Then it came to me.
What a pain it would be if my dog only got to "do his business" once every 5-7 days. In thinking about it, I would take my dog out three to 4 times a day. So I started treating my cat like a dog, and checking his litter box in the morning, when I got home, after dinner, and once before bed. Now it takes me seconds to clean his cat box and it's not a big deal.
So what does this have to do with Podcasting?
If you wait until the last second to record your show, you're going to have to do all the prep, recording, editing, promotion, at the same time. It's a lot of work, and it can be overwhelming. So instead, start planning it earlier in the week. Start writing show notes during the week and flushing out the best parts of your topic. Then later record it, and edit it. Then publish on another day. By doing a little every day, it's not that big a deal, and it's not so cumbersome of a job. It will avoid burning out and quitting your podcast.
Advertising Platforms
Advertisecast.com is rolling out this week.
Cast.market has been our for a bit.
Blubrry.com has been around since 2006.
Libsyn.com has been around since 2004 (you need at least 5K downloads per episode with Libsyn)
Audible Trial
Get the new Gary V Book #AskGaryVee
http://schoolofpodcasting.com/audibletrial
Earn Money With Audible on Your Podcast
www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audible

Schedule One on One Coaching
Have a question you need answered? You can purchase coaching in 15 minute increments. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/schedule

]]>a3171dad1f857acbe701067bf577e3c0Mon, 04 Apr 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast: My Audience Fixed My Website Cale from Fotimepodcast.com was having a problem with his website (using Wordpress) when an audience member offered to help out. It turns out the audience member works for the creators of Wordpress....Cale from Fotimepodcast.com was having a problem with his website (using Wordpress) when an audience member offered to help out. It turns out the audience member works for the creators of Wordpress.
The DBS 286X vs Aphex 230 Master Channel
Before I even start, you do NOT need either one of these to start podcast. It's a nice piece of icing on the cake. It makes you sound better, but you will not gain a single subscriber by using these. If you have poor content, great sounding garbage is still garbage.
I've got the older version of the DBX 286 (I have a 286A which has now been replaced by the 286S). Likewise I recently picked up a used Aphex 230 Master Voice Channel (which is now replaced by the Aphex Channel Master
What's the difference?
Cost: The Aphex is 999, the DBX is 199. So you are looking at $800 in difference.
The Aphex's gives you more options in regards to inverting polarity, changing the phase polarity. It also offers a low cut filter.
The Aphex noise gate is super easy to set and sounds great. You simply talk and turn the dial until a red light illuminates, and then turn the other knob to scale back any background noise. I love the sound of the gate more than the DBX. Anytime I set the DBX to be aggressive, the cutting in and out was a bit more noticeable. Yes you can hear the Aphex's gate, but to me it's less noticeable.
With the DBX you have low and high enhancers. You have the same thing on the Aphex, but you can choose what frequency to boost. You also have a parametrix equalizer so you can find a frequency that you either want to boost or cut from your voice and the determine how much you want to cut/boost. This is the same for the Aural Exciter on the Aphex. It does what the DBX does with more control. You can "tune" what frequencies you want to boost on the high end.
I never will get de-essers. I know what they are supposed to do, I don't hear any difference on either unit. I swear this is a feature that manufacturers build into units so they can charge more.
While appreciate what the unit does, for the money, I would recommend the 286 for most people unless you really, really want total control.

Video Podcasting? How Would I Go About Doing This?
I currently don't do any video podcasts, but that doesn't mean I don't think they are worth doing. I just know they take more time. So how would I do it if I did?
Video Podcasting Software
If you're on a mac, try Screenflow or even iMovie.
If you're on a PC check out Sony Vegas or Camtasia.
What Format?
I would create my video for my podcast (downloads) you are exporting a "LD" version for phones, so you could go 640X480. You can do this in QuickTime if you want to as there are tons of presets. I would try to stick with mp4 if possible as it seems to have less conflicts. You take this format and put it in your RSS feed, so it goes to subscribers. You might put at the begining of the video that to see ah HD version go to your website (and provide a pretty link so they don't have to search for it)
The Format For Your Website
Now you create an HD version (1280X720) that you can upload it to YouTube (it's free, let them eat the bandwidth) and put that video on your website. Now your subscribers don't hate you for sending a 5 gig file to their phone, and your visitors get an HD version that also happens to be on the #4 search engine.
Podcasting Lessons I've Learned From My Cat
I'm a dog person. Always have been. I inherited a cat in my recent divorce, and I love Bernie, but I do hate cleaning the litter box. I actually hurt my back cause I was leaning over so much, and for an extended period of time. I just hate, hate, hate, cleaning the litter box. I did it about once every 5-7 days. I thought to myself, "Dogs are so much easier as I don't have to deal with this." Then it came to me.
What...]]>2948cleanfullPodcast Interview Wizard: Brainstorm With Yourself and Create Better Interviews, and Get More Exposure in Half the Timehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-interview-wizard-brainstorm-with-yourself-and-create-better-interviews-and-get-more-exposure-in-half-the-time--8116702Podcast Interview Wizard and Who is Jim Edwards
Jim Edwards is a guy I've known online for years. I loved his "I Gotta Tell you" email list. We are talking back in the day when I was teaching people how to make websites with Microsoft Front page, and making videos with camcorder. I bought one of Jim's products he made with Mike Stewart and I thought they delivered value. I had bought some stuff from other "Internet Marketers" at the time, and thought this was better than some. I've always liked Jim's style as he takes his topic seriously, but always dishes it with a good helping of sarcasm. In a nutshell, Jim has been writing ebooks and making products for over 20+ years. According to his bio:
Jim Edwards, founder of Guaranteed Response Marketing, LLC, is an Internet expert, marketing entrepreneur, newspaper columnist, author, motivational speaker and elite mentor and coach.Having gained personal and financial freedom, he shares his proven strategies with self-motivated, hard-working people to help them attain personal and financial independence.
He has written and published dozens of ebooks, several print books and hundreds of articles.
Through his company, Jim has produced some 40 informational products on DVD and many more available in the latest electronic formats downloadable from the Internet. Jim produces and hosts webinars on a weekly basis and has been a frequent guest speaker at numerous international Internet marketing seminars.
What is the podcast interview wizard?
It's a software that works on mac or PC that walks you through planning your interview. It does this by having you figure out what you want to talk about before the interview. It walks you through 16 questions .These questions are then used in a series of tools used by the software. These include:
Email templates to help get the interview
Email messages to setup and remind the guest for the interview. Later you can use it to create an email that you can send to the guest post interview as well.
Email templates for Referrals
Email Templates to say Thank You
Quick or Full Show Templates (complete with intro / outro ext and questions)
Audience Handouts - A worksheet for people to fill out as they listen to your episode.
Show Bullets - Custom Sales Copy for Each Interview
There are 12 different types of interview types
It will generate show notes for your episode
It will generate multiple Titles for your show and let you pick the best one.
Build Ads to help promote the show on Facebook, Twitter, etc.
Putting it Through It's Paces
So I took the interview from last week and added the information about my guest Danny Peña to see if I had used the software last week would the interview had been different. The closest interview style would be the "How the Expert Got Started" style. Now last week's show was different. I already knew the answers to the questions. I knew Danny's story and I wanted to walk him through the parts that focused on building his audience. Using the PIW I did some interesting questions that I could've asked but didn't:

What roadblocks did you face early on and how did you overcome them?
Did you have any early mentors or did you have to figure it all out on your own?
If you had to start all over again with audience growth in today's world, with today's tools, time constraints and other factors, what would you do:a. Differently?b. More of?c. Less of?d. Faster?e. Not at all?

Under the "Myths and Misconceptions" style of interview I saw "Where are the big opportunities in audience growth that many podcasters might be missing?" or "What are the best audience growth tools every podcaster needs to use and know about?"
Brainstorming By Yourself
Now I realize that the software is meant for you to use ONE style of interview, but if you're looking to come up with good questions, I can see where spitting out multiple versions of the interview might help you spotlight questions that really spur other questions that aren't in the software. Now I realize the "Show notes" and other templates are meant to come from one template not multiple ones. So if you mix and match questions, you are somewhat shooting yourself in the foot, and will have to mix and match to make the additional messages.
On the other hand if one style of questions gives you everything you need, you are golden. In watching a webinar for the software they made a great point. In some cases (for the person who hates to write) it's easier to edit than create.
Going Down the List Of Tools
Podcast show notes - Yes I could see using this in many places (G+, Facebook)
Email announce - Yes, this could be cool and it even says to copy and paste your bullet points
iTunes Episode Descriptions - YES this gave me 7 different descriptions and slew of titles
Show Title Templates - Yes. Again, a great way to brainstorm with yourself.
Ads - Very Similar to Titles and Descriptions - Useful again.
Email templates - ALL of the templates are great starting points. I ALWAYS would recommend personalizing these but they are focused and to the point. A good starting point.
Beginners Guide Interview Style _ At first this one was "meh" what is the first thing, second thing, but then it had this question, "What is the perfect mindset for a beginner podcaster at this point that would virtually guarantee their success?" and I went, "That's a good question."
Book Review Non-Fiction - Kind of a who, what, why, when and where. Nothing earth shattering, but useful for the absolutely newbie.
Critical Skills Interview - This is a cool template cause it has built in follow up questions. Yes its what's the first, second, third, but it also has you dig deeper. Thumbs up.
Faq - Probably my favorite style. Lots of good questions
Getting Started - A good set of questions. It does what it says it would do (there is a focus here)
Mistakes Style interview - I do plan on having Gordon Firemark ( a Lawyer) on the show eventually, and this would be a good template for Gordon
Myths and Misunderstandings - Here again, at first glance this seems too simple, but it has good follow up questions.
New Idea Interview - Here again, it would work for that type of interview, but this one isn't my typical interview so it didn't hit me as hard.
New Products - Again kind of the who, what, why, When, and how, but more to it. Great for beginners.
Rules of the Road - Probably the worst of all the template it was the same set of questions, but it fits the subject. What is rule 1, rule 2, etc.
State of union - I could see using these. I can see this tool helping you to never say "Oh how could I have forgotten to ask.."
Ste by Step Roadmap - This is a distant cousin of the Rules of the Road. Not my favorite.
Tips and Tricks - Here again pretty basic, and not earth shattering. I do like on some of these that kind of have repeat questions, there are additional questions at the bottom of the list.
How Much Does it Cost?
Right now as I write this Podcast Interview Wizard is $197 at www.podcastinterviewwizard.com/sop (and yes that is an affiliate link). In addition to the software you get something called the Podcast interview wizard Blueprint which just walks you through using the software. There is some additional training on conducting interviews and I've only watched one of the videos, but was pleasantly surprised at how in depth Jim Edwards gets in this.
While anything more than a cup of coffee sound too expensive for software, there are people charging $85 per episode to write your show notes. So the software would pay for iteself with three episodes.
Key Tips On How I'm Going to Use This
Make sure your podcast is a conversation and an not an interrogation. Just because you have your next question ready, don't forget to listen, listen, listen, because the best question to ask MAY NOT BE ON THE PAGE. Use these questions as a game plan, but be ready to call an audible. I've been interviewed where I'm pretty sure the host isn't paying attention to what I'm saying because they have their 7 questions, and they are just waiting for me to be quiet so they can ask the next questions.
DON'T DO THAT!
Don't forget to be you. You can use this tool to help you come up with an angle to help you QUICKLY get to the meat of the interview that is going to connect with your audience. There are going to be things that won't fit into a template, and that's where YOU come into play. This software doesn't know your audience. Last week I asked my audience what they wanted to know from Danny and they asked about how he works with his crew. That would not be in any of these templates.
Because of My Podcast - I've Met People From All Over the Globe
Becuase of their podcast Gary and Margaret of the Kiwi Mana Podcast (all about bees) have met people from all over the globe.
Check them out at http://kiwimana.co.nz/
Congrats to all the New Hall of Fame Inductees
Dawn and Drew
Gary Leland   (hear Gary on a previous episode)
Mignon Fogharty (Hear Mignon on this show)
Rob Walch  (Hear Walch on a previous episode)
Podcast Rewind
I appeared on round 63 of the Podcasters Round Table where we were talking Podcasting hacks (great episode)
I appeared on Business Mistakes Episode 35 talking about mistakes I've made.
Eric K Johnson did a great episode on critiquing your own show, and he mentioned last's week's episode.
Don't Be Afraid to Try Something New
So last week I was in a bit of a pickle. I knew Danny Peña had a great story. I had known it for a long time, but I never made the effort to have Danny on the show. I always known I would get around to it. Well in my laziness he appeared on the New Media Show, and Podcast Junkies. Now this is not a big deal, but I wanted to really bring Danny's story before anyone had really heard his story (that wasn't in the gaming world that is). So now I was going to have Danny on the show.
What could I do to make my interview stand out?
Danny's stor]]>c0a25856ea462fb68ae9df78d788f0e8Mon, 28 Mar 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I look at tools available for podcasters to help them produce a better show. Podcast Interview Wizard and Who is Jim Edwards Jim Edwards is a guy I've known online for years. I loved his "I Gotta Tell you" email list. We are talking back in the...Podcast Interview Wizard and Who is Jim Edwards
Jim Edwards is a guy I've known online for years. I loved his "I Gotta Tell you" email list. We are talking back in the day when I was teaching people how to make websites with Microsoft Front page, and making videos with camcorder. I bought one of Jim's products he made with Mike Stewart and I thought they delivered value. I had bought some stuff from other "Internet Marketers" at the time, and thought this was better than some. I've always liked Jim's style as he takes his topic seriously, but always dishes it with a good helping of sarcasm. In a nutshell, Jim has been writing ebooks and making products for over 20+ years. According to his bio:
Jim Edwards, founder of Guaranteed Response Marketing, LLC, is an Internet expert, marketing entrepreneur, newspaper columnist, author, motivational speaker and elite mentor and coach.Having gained personal and financial freedom, he shares his proven strategies with self-motivated, hard-working people to help them attain personal and financial independence.
He has written and published dozens of ebooks, several print books and hundreds of articles.
Through his company, Jim has produced some 40 informational products on DVD and many more available in the latest electronic formats downloadable from the Internet. Jim produces and hosts webinars on a weekly basis and has been a frequent guest speaker at numerous international Internet marketing seminars.
What is the podcast interview wizard?
It's a software that works on mac or PC that walks you through planning your interview. It does this by having you figure out what you want to talk about before the interview. It walks you through 16 questions .These questions are then used in a series of tools used by the software. These include:
Email templates to help get the interview
Email messages to setup and remind the guest for the interview. Later you can use it to create an email that you can send to the guest post interview as well.
Email templates for Referrals
Email Templates to say Thank You
Quick or Full Show Templates (complete with intro / outro ext and questions)
Audience Handouts - A worksheet for people to fill out as they listen to your episode.
Show Bullets - Custom Sales Copy for Each Interview
There are 12 different types of interview types
It will generate show notes for your episode
It will generate multiple Titles for your show and let you pick the best one.
Build Ads to help promote the show on Facebook, Twitter, etc.
Putting it Through It's Paces
So I took the interview from last week and added the information about my guest Danny Peña to see if I had used the software last week would the interview had been different. The closest interview style would be the "How the Expert Got Started" style. Now last week's show was different. I already knew the answers to the questions. I knew Danny's story and I wanted to walk him through the parts that focused on building his audience. Using the PIW I did some interesting questions that I could've asked but didn't:

What roadblocks did you face early on and how did you overcome them?
Did you have any early mentors or did you have to figure it all out on your own?
If you had to start all over again with audience growth in today's world, with today's tools, time constraints and other factors, what would you do:a. Differently?b. More of?c. Less of?d. Faster?e. Not at all?

Under the "Myths and Misconceptions" style of interview I saw "Where are the big opportunities in audience growth that many podcasters might be missing?" or "What are the best audience growth tools every podcaster needs to use and know about?"
Brainstorming By Yourself
Now I realize that the software is meant for you to use ONE style of...]]>3116cleanfullGet Outside While You Can - Be A Kid - 17 Tips on Losing Weighthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-outside-while-you-can-be-a-kid-17-tips-on-losing-weight--39771230
Today I also talk about a great article by a women who lost 85 lbs.

Mentioned in this Article:
Plant Nanny - Water Reminder with Cute Plants - Fourdesire (voted best app of 2013)
Plant Nanny combines health with fun to remind you to drink water regularly. The cute plant keeps you company every day by living in your phone.
Fitbit fitness tracker. Fitbit makes activity tracking easy and automatic.]]>41a6952705791724bbd44c6fe0999fc1Mon, 28 Mar 2016 00:27:04 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about looking at someone who is doing what you want, and do what they do. Fpr example when I was a kid I didn't have the weight issues I do now. Why? because I rode my bike in the morning, afternoon, and evening. So now that the weather...
Today I also talk about a great article by a women who lost 85 lbs.

Mentioned in this Article:
Plant Nanny - Water Reminder with Cute Plants - Fourdesire (voted best app of 2013)
Plant Nanny combines health with fun to remind you to drink water regularly. The cute plant keeps you company every day by living in your phone.
Fitbit fitness tracker. Fitbit makes activity tracking easy and automatic.]]>1716cleanfullCommitment to Community: How Danny Peña Grew His Podcast Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/commitment-to-community-how-danny-pena-grew-his-podcast-audience--8060490There are sooooooo many lessons to be learned today.
Interview starts at 3:38
Free Doesn't Last: Danny got his first check from mp3.com a site that was "Too big to fail" just like MySpace (and who knows some day Facebook?).
The party of the year took a year of planning: You don't get these kind of results by "winging it." Check out this video of the party and you can read how the Miami New Times called it the Best Super Bowl party in South FL.
Know more about your audience than their age and sex: Danny brought in musicians who his audience liked. The musicians brought in their audience who probably liked to play games.
Be straight with your audience: Any perks Danny and his crew have received has always been communicated to their audience.
TRUST is everything: It takes a long time to earn it. It's very powerful, and can be lost with one bad decision.
Let your audience be part of your journey: Anywhere Danny goes he invites his audience to come along.
Ten years to get on CBS Radio: Patience ins a virtue, and it took Danny 10 years to get to where he is. He took advantage of every opportunity he saw.
Time Management Tips: Set a schedule and stick to it. Danny has a full time job, a girlfriend, and his podcast.
Having the right people on your team is essential and keep everything transparent so you are all on the same page.
Danny is real. When Danny says, that's a good question, that's because its a good question. Some people on my show do it just to stroke my ego.
Danny's Community Created Events That Drew the Attention of Main Stream Media
Check out Danny's Commercial on the Discovery Channel
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l5oKqp-sZA0
Watch his acceptance speech as he is inducted into the Podcaster's Hall of Fame
ttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K64TXMuYNlY
Here, Danny made the news by accidentally spilling the beans on the Microsoft release.
In this article, Gamertag radio is mentioned in Forbes magazine.

Save $40 Off Podcast Movement
If you plan on attending Podcast Movement, you can save $40 off your ticket when you use the coupon code sop40.
This is THE podcast event. I will be holding a Q& A session and I am really looking forward to it.
Coming Next Week
I have a on of people ask me about Podcast Interview Wizard from Jim Edwards. Well I'm going to buy it and play with and let you know what I think. If you want to check it out, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/piw (affiliate link)
I will also be talking about the Cool Cast Player which makes really pretty players for your website
Ready To Start Your Podcast?
The School of Podcasting is OPEN NOW. Get in before 4/1 (doors close ).
Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start
Step by Step tutorials (that are not outdated like the one on the Internet)
BONUSES
Private Facebook group for Networking
Email support for all your podcast questions.
Live Q & A Webinars - ask whatever you want.
Sign up before we close the doors 4/1
www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start
]]>a274274f336e0a9ffd7504563db1a2ceMon, 21 Mar 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDanny Peña got his first video game console from his Grandmother and his life was forever changed. Little did Danny know (who goes by the name of Godfree on his show) that he would someday be getting paid to fly around the world and play video games...There are sooooooo many lessons to be learned today.
Interview starts at 3:38
Free Doesn't Last: Danny got his first check from mp3.com a site that was "Too big to fail" just like MySpace (and who knows some day Facebook?).
The party of the year took a year of planning: You don't get these kind of results by "winging it." Check out this video of the party and you can read how the Miami New Times called it the Best Super Bowl party in South FL.
Know more about your audience than their age and sex: Danny brought in musicians who his audience liked. The musicians brought in their audience who probably liked to play games.
Be straight with your audience: Any perks Danny and his crew have received has always been communicated to their audience.
TRUST is everything: It takes a long time to earn it. It's very powerful, and can be lost with one bad decision.
Let your audience be part of your journey: Anywhere Danny goes he invites his audience to come along.
Ten years to get on CBS Radio: Patience ins a virtue, and it took Danny 10 years to get to where he is. He took advantage of every opportunity he saw.
Time Management Tips: Set a schedule and stick to it. Danny has a full time job, a girlfriend, and his podcast.
Having the right people on your team is essential and keep everything transparent so you are all on the same page.
Danny is real. When Danny says, that's a good question, that's because its a good question. Some people on my show do it just to stroke my ego.
Danny's Community Created Events That Drew the Attention of Main Stream Media
Check out Danny's Commercial on the Discovery Channel
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=l5oKqp-sZA0
Watch his acceptance speech as he is inducted into the Podcaster's Hall of Fame
ttps://www.youtube.com/watch?v=K64TXMuYNlY
Here, Danny made the news by accidentally spilling the beans on the Microsoft release.
In this article, Gamertag radio is mentioned in Forbes magazine.

Save $40 Off Podcast Movement
If you plan on attending Podcast Movement, you can save $40 off your ticket when you use the coupon code sop40.
This is THE podcast event. I will be holding a Q& A session and I am really looking forward to it.
Coming Next Week
I have a on of people ask me about Podcast Interview Wizard from Jim Edwards. Well I'm going to buy it and play with and let you know what I think. If you want to check it out, go to schoolofpodcasting.com/piw (affiliate link)
I will also be talking about the Cool Cast Player which makes really pretty players for your website
Ready To Start Your Podcast?
The School of Podcasting is OPEN NOW. Get in before 4/1 (doors close ).
Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start
Step by Step tutorials (that are not outdated like the one on the Internet)
BONUSES
Private Facebook group for Networking
Email support for all your podcast questions.
Live Q & A Webinars - ask whatever you want.
Sign up before we close the doors 4/1
www.schoolofpodcasting.com/start
]]>3624cleanfullS.T.R.O.N.G. TV Coming -GymWatch - My Working Mantrahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/s-t-r-o-n-g-tv-coming-gymwatch-my-working-mantra--397712494764720187a39df93b6d6cbcaefa833cSun, 20 Mar 2016 22:48:46 +0000David JacksonA new episode1599cleanfullAre Review Swaps Hurting Podcasting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-review-swaps-hurting-podcasting--7998108Podcast Review Swap - Trying to Cut in Line in the Apple Charts is Bad For Podcasting
I was in a private Facebook group when the owner of the group (the same guy selling a $9,000 podcast course) places this post:
RATE AND REVIEW SWAP - POST YOUR SHOW BELOW (LET'S GET A LONG THREAD GOING)Is it ok to post your show via iTunes link? and ask for rate and review swaps?I HIGHLY ENCOURAGE TO DO THISsomething like hey everyone, wanna do rate and review swap? Here's my show --show link removed by Dave--Let me know when you've done it and I'll go do the same. Extra points for screenshots or copy paste of review smile emoticonWHAT I DON'T ENCOURAGE'Hey guys check out the most bomb, amazing spectacular show on the planet - insert link. and subscribe please...NOPE!example #2Hey guys this week we talk about how we are the real deal, and we discuss it in such an amazing way. ARen't we awesome! - link to youtube. **Please don't F'ing do this! I am considering kicking you out if you do this more than 1x. and I won't tell you, so don't do it at all.BEST PRACTICE FOR ASKING FOR RATE AND REVIEWS"Anyone opne for rate and review swap: here's my show""Just left review for TAG PERSON - great show, here's what I wrote - insert message - THEN say - here's my show can you hit me back too"
The people lined up DROVES. The post was growing like a weed. This was like a unicorn. I had heard of them, but had never seen one, and it was depressing. After no less than 20 people I had put in their link I chimed in as asked why we were asking people who had never heard your show to give us a give star review. As always, I'm open to other sides of the story so I asked, "Why are you doing this? If you can't get your audience (who has heard your show) to review it, that is a red flag that your content is not resonating with your audience. Please shed some light on this. He repled:
The idea here is that people can listen, rate, and review and not be stranger. As artists we need a place to be ale to get feedback to share on our show, and this is a thread for people to be able to do that. We are not encouraging people to be strangers here and in a podcasting group it only makes sense to have a place where people can openly asks for reviews and feedback.
There is a place for podcasters to get feedback and share it on your show. It's called your audience. It's called comments on your website, facebook, email, voicemail from people who can help shape your content for the better. They are called YOUR AUDIENCE.
The answer is a lie. They are trying to game the system, jump up the charts, and boost their downloads. I get that. Who doesn't want a bigger audience? Do you remember William Hung from American Idol. This poor kid couldn't sing or dance, but he was so bad we shot him on the charts. William produced an album, and that's the last I heard of him. He doesn't have the talent to remain on that stage.
More and more professional content creators are getting into podcasting (radio people). They have paid their dues, and they have had lots of practice. They have found their voice, and they know what their audience wants. So now when we shoot your inexperienced probably not great podcast to the top of the charts, you look like William Hung. Your audience doesn't stay, and your career is over.
Don't be a Flash in the Pan
Never week Danny Peña will be on the show. He is a hall of fame podcaster who started out on caseete tapes. His main focus is on his audience, and he now works for CBS. He gets paid to play video games because he did the work, listened to his audience, and promoted his show endlessly. He didn't cheat, he didn't cut in line, he didn't spam anyone, and the guy is a rock star in the gaming world. Back in 2005ish Dr. Joe Vitale start podcasting. His first episode was all about him, and how great he was and why you should listen. It did nothing for the listener. he had a huge email list, and he must've sent out an email for people to vote for him on Podcast Alley (this was pre iTunes). They did. Joe went from 0 to the top of the charts. His episode was awful, and the next week he was completely off the charts.
Apple is Not Going to be Happy That Your are Negative Effecting Their Product
By "gaming" the iTunes charts the results are not entirely accurate. Apple went to a lot of work to build the system, and I'm pretty sure they are not going to be happy that you are playing it for the fool.
More "Bad" Advice Coming Out Daily
A recent article focusing on how to get to the to of iTunes New and Noteworthy came out and suggested this:
The article (which I'm purposely not linking to) states, "Fact: Once your show is approved by iTunes, they (Apple) give you an 8-week window to rise to the top in the "New and Noteworthy" categories. This is your best opportunity to strike podcast launch gold." To this I BEG you SHARE YOUR NUMBERS.
I've asked my audience to share their pre, during and post "New and Noteworthy Numbers" and the only people who have had shown that with over 1000 podcasts being added to iTunes each week (www.newmediashow.com) that the impact of New and Noteworthy is not thousands of downloads like it was in the past. If you can show me differently, I would love, love, love to see it.
Set a Date for Your Podcast Launch
I have seen so many people make really bad mistakes because they don't know what's involved with a podcast and they will pick a date. Even if it is six weeks out there is so much that go wrong with:
ArtworkMusicTechnologyThe InternetRecording GearApple
That to pick a date that you will launch is a pretty risky move. It is better to pick a day that you plan on having everything you need to pick the actual launch day. To this people freak out and state the 8 week rule. This is BS. You have 8 weeks to be NEW, you can be NOTEWORTHY any time.
Use Template to Contact People
The article states to use a personal approach and then states that he uses templates (that you can get if you give him your email list)
Be Ready For Your New and Noteworthy Screen Shot
It then states to be ready to take your screen shot (after bugging everyone you know, and as we have seen above - people you don't know) so you can climb the charts. If you're going to game the system, do it smart. PHOTOSHOP. Now I'm not saying this is a legit strategy, but it takes a lot less time, and nobody can check the history of New and Noteworthy. So if you're going to cheat, cheat smart.

The author states, Back when I launched my show in the summer of 2014, I set my alarm clock for middle-of-the-night and early morning hours. I didn't want to run the risk of missing my moment in the number one spot.
The more I work with podcasters, the more I see a trend. The people who spend hours OBSESSING over stats, don't have impressive numbers. Why? Because instead of obsessing over their audience, they are obsessing over download numbers.
If you obsess over the audience, the stats will come.
The article states ,"The more frequently you release your shows, the more likely you are to stack up downloads, increase your visibility, and maintain your number-one spot in the "New and Noteworthy." The author forgot one important FACT. The Podcasts app STOPS DOWNLOADING your show if you have not listened to the episodes. Most people will not be able to keep up with you firehouse of information and thus the downloads will stop. How often should you publish? Don't ask me, ask your target audience!
The Bottom Line
the more we align ourselves with Scammers, Gamers, Liars, the more we - podcasters as a whole - risk losing our integrity. If our stats are rendered meaningless by the twitter bombers and the Review Swappers, nobody will sponsor our shows. Really? Ever heard of an endorsement deal getting pulled when the celebrity behaves poorly? Exactly, so knock it off.
Why Dave Believes What He Believes
Scott Johnson Computer Tutor Florida - People WILL download your back catalog
Henry Jasper Turned into a Fan Boy
Because of My Podcast
Henry Jasper is now starting to make money by helping companies with their social media using skills he learned from the School of Podcasting
Podcast Rewind : Starve the Doubts
I appeared on the Starve the Doubts Show with Jared Easley and Dan Franks. Check out Jared's new book. Quit Chasing Influencers
What were the last 5 that Clive from the Future Past Podcast listened to?
Six figure side gig
Profitcast
Unmistakable creative
the Robcast
The Ray Edwards Show Ray Edwards New Book How to Write Copy That Sells
Mentioned on This Show
Glen The Geek from Horse Radio Network
Ready to Join the School of Podcasting?
Open enrollment is now through March 31. Get in while the School of Podcasting is open.
Get step by step tutorials, live webinars, a Private Facebook Group, and priority email support.
Join Today
Subscribe in iTunes
www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes
This episode first appeared at http://schoolofpodcasting.com/review-swaps-hurting-podcasting/
]]>c824874724dcb085e8aba4df81cc9ee3Mon, 14 Mar 2016 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI went to Podfest.us a couple of weeks ago and I saw a person do a presentation that offered to help people launch their podcast for $8999. Just for that weekend there was a sale and they would only charge you $3990. This is America and if you can get...Podcast Review Swap - Trying to Cut in Line in the Apple Charts is Bad For Podcasting
I was in a private Facebook group when the owner of the group (the same guy selling a $9,000 podcast course) places this post:
RATE AND REVIEW SWAP - POST YOUR SHOW BELOW (LET'S GET A LONG THREAD GOING)Is it ok to post your show via iTunes link? and ask for rate and review swaps?I HIGHLY ENCOURAGE TO DO THISsomething like hey everyone, wanna do rate and review swap? Here's my show --show link removed by Dave--Let me know when you've done it and I'll go do the same. Extra points for screenshots or copy paste of review smile emoticonWHAT I DON'T ENCOURAGE'Hey guys check out the most bomb, amazing spectacular show on the planet - insert link. and subscribe please...NOPE!example #2Hey guys this week we talk about how we are the real deal, and we discuss it in such an amazing way. ARen't we awesome! - link to youtube. **Please don't F'ing do this! I am considering kicking you out if you do this more than 1x. and I won't tell you, so don't do it at all.BEST PRACTICE FOR ASKING FOR RATE AND REVIEWS"Anyone opne for rate and review swap: here's my show""Just left review for TAG PERSON - great show, here's what I wrote - insert message - THEN say - here's my show can you hit me back too"
The people lined up DROVES. The post was growing like a weed. This was like a unicorn. I had heard of them, but had never seen one, and it was depressing. After no less than 20 people I had put in their link I chimed in as asked why we were asking people who had never heard your show to give us a give star review. As always, I'm open to other sides of the story so I asked, "Why are you doing this? If you can't get your audience (who has heard your show) to review it, that is a red flag that your content is not resonating with your audience. Please shed some light on this. He repled:
The idea here is that people can listen, rate, and review and not be stranger. As artists we need a place to be ale to get feedback to share on our show, and this is a thread for people to be able to do that. We are not encouraging people to be strangers here and in a podcasting group it only makes sense to have a place where people can openly asks for reviews and feedback.
There is a place for podcasters to get feedback and share it on your show. It's called your audience. It's called comments on your website, facebook, email, voicemail from people who can help shape your content for the better. They are called YOUR AUDIENCE.
The answer is a lie. They are trying to game the system, jump up the charts, and boost their downloads. I get that. Who doesn't want a bigger audience? Do you remember William Hung from American Idol. This poor kid couldn't sing or dance, but he was so bad we shot him on the charts. William produced an album, and that's the last I heard of him. He doesn't have the talent to remain on that stage.
More and more professional content creators are getting into podcasting (radio people). They have paid their dues, and they have had lots of practice. They have found their voice, and they know what their audience wants. So now when we shoot your inexperienced probably not great podcast to the top of the charts, you look like William Hung. Your audience doesn't stay, and your career is over.
Don't be a Flash in the Pan
Never...]]>2873cleanfullClean the Kitchen to Inspire Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/clean-the-kitchen-to-inspire-weight-loss--39771295As researchers found, the group that faced the possibility of losing cold, hard cash worked out about 50 percent more than the group that had no incentive.
See study

The other thing I wanted to share is how much better I felt coming home to a clean house. Since so much of weight loss is mental, why not get off the couch and do some cleaning. You will burn more calories than sitting on the couch, and you make yourself feel better.]]>99cc51ef83921841cc2207f299de7395Tue, 08 Mar 2016 05:23:43 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about a study that tied money to weight loss. As researchers found, the group that faced the possibility of losing cold, hard cash worked out about 50 percent more than the group that had no incentive. See study The other thing I...As researchers found, the group that faced the possibility of losing cold, hard cash worked out about 50 percent more than the group that had no incentive.
See study

The other thing I wanted to share is how much better I felt coming home to a clean house. Since so much of weight loss is mental, why not get off the couch and do some cleaning. You will burn more calories than sitting on the couch, and you make yourself feel better.]]>1007cleanfullJim Harold Makes A Living Talking about Ghostshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jim-harold-makes-a-living-talking-about-ghosts--7942374Podcasting News
In a nutshell, use podcastsconnect.apple.com to submit your podcast to iTunes, but don't mess with anything else in that platform for now (you can really shoot yourself in the foot).
Understanding iTunes and Podcasting
iTunes is somewhat confusing. You submit an iTunes RSS feed to iTunes and in return, they give you a link to your listing in iTunes. iTunes is like a giant phone book of podcasts.
The interesting thing is when someone goes to iTunes and subscribes to your show, iTunes sets the original feed you submitted in their software. This can create confusing.
When you publish a new show it will not show up in the iTunes Store immediately because they have to refreshed your listing. However, anyone who is subscribed to your show gets that show because they are looking at your original feed.
My advice here is to subscribe to your own show. This way when you think there is a problem because your show is not "showing up" in iTunes, check your show using whatever app you use. If the show appears, then it just means the iTunes store has not refreshed your listing yet. Wait at least 24 hours.
Jim Harold's Paranormal Podcast is Paying the Bills
(interview starts at 9:51 - recorded with a Zoom H5 recorder and two Audio Technica ATR2005usb microphones )
Here are some bullet points from our conversation with Jim Harold from the Paranormal Podcast
Jim wanted to be on the radio, but ended up in radio sales.
Jim loved reading about the Paranormal growing up.
He sputtered at the beginning of his show, but his fans wanted more. Why? Because nobody was talking about this like Jim was, and he delivered value.
After 6 months , Jim was offered a sponsorship from Audible, and that helped him get more serious about his show.
Jim has multiple streams of income. He has a plus club (membership site), he has multiple books, and he has advertisers. Jim uses Wishlist member to manage his membership site
Jim's first book was "traditionally" published. It was cool to see it in Barns and Noble, but Jim later purchased the rights to that book and sold it on his own. Check out Jim's books at Amazon.com
Podcasting has opened door for Jim
His podcast grows about 10% every year.
His podcast is named well. It's called the "paranormal podcast." He went with the obvious name for his show. When people Google "Paranormal Podcast' his show comes up.
There is a difference between radio ads and podcast ads.
Jim explains how he feels like he knows me because he listens to my show.
Podcasting advertising has great impact because we care about your audience. Jim has rejected ads that didn't fit his audience, or that he couldn't endorse.
Jim is currently using a Heil Pr40, a Mackie Mixer, and a Behringer Processor.
Check out Jim's shows at Jimharold.com as well as his TV You Grew Up With podcast.
Mentioned in this Show
Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast
Steve Stewart from SteveStewart.me
Stargate Pioneer from the Gonna Geek Network
Danny Pena from Gamer Tag Radio
Auphonic Audio Tool
Show 503 on Compelling Podcasts
School of Podcasting Newsletter]]>90576fce201183d427314427925e0c5dMon, 07 Mar 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonYou will notice that I am in pursuit of people who have been able to make a living with their podcast. Today we interview Jim Harold who does the Paranormal Podcastt and the Campfire Podcast. Podcasting News In a nutshell, use...Podcasting News
In a nutshell, use podcastsconnect.apple.com to submit your podcast to iTunes, but don't mess with anything else in that platform for now (you can really shoot yourself in the foot).
Understanding iTunes and Podcasting
iTunes is somewhat confusing. You submit an iTunes RSS feed to iTunes and in return, they give you a link to your listing in iTunes. iTunes is like a giant phone book of podcasts.
The interesting thing is when someone goes to iTunes and subscribes to your show, iTunes sets the original feed you submitted in their software. This can create confusing.
When you publish a new show it will not show up in the iTunes Store immediately because they have to refreshed your listing. However, anyone who is subscribed to your show gets that show because they are looking at your original feed.
My advice here is to subscribe to your own show. This way when you think there is a problem because your show is not "showing up" in iTunes, check your show using whatever app you use. If the show appears, then it just means the iTunes store has not refreshed your listing yet. Wait at least 24 hours.
Jim Harold's Paranormal Podcast is Paying the Bills
(interview starts at 9:51 - recorded with a Zoom H5 recorder and two Audio Technica ATR2005usb microphones )
Here are some bullet points from our conversation with Jim Harold from the Paranormal Podcast
Jim wanted to be on the radio, but ended up in radio sales.
Jim loved reading about the Paranormal growing up.
He sputtered at the beginning of his show, but his fans wanted more. Why? Because nobody was talking about this like Jim was, and he delivered value.
After 6 months , Jim was offered a sponsorship from Audible, and that helped him get more serious about his show.
Jim has multiple streams of income. He has a plus club (membership site), he has multiple books, and he has advertisers. Jim uses Wishlist member to manage his membership site
Jim's first book was "traditionally" published. It was cool to see it in Barns and Noble, but Jim later purchased the rights to that book and sold it on his own. Check out Jim's books at Amazon.com
Podcasting has opened door for Jim
His podcast grows about 10% every year.
His podcast is named well. It's called the "paranormal podcast." He went with the obvious name for his show. When people Google "Paranormal Podcast' his show comes up.
There is a difference between radio ads and podcast ads.
Jim explains how he feels like he knows me because he listens to my show.
Podcasting advertising has great impact because we care about your audience. Jim has rejected ads that didn't fit his audience, or that he couldn't endorse.
Jim is currently using a Heil Pr40, a Mackie Mixer, and a Behringer Processor.
Check out Jim's shows at Jimharold.com as well as his TV You Grew Up With podcast.
Mentioned in this Show
Daniel J Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast
Steve Stewart from SteveStewart.me
Stargate Pioneer from the Gonna Geek Network
Danny Pena from Gamer Tag Radio
Auphonic Audio Tool
Show 503 on Compelling Podcasts
School of Podcasting Newsletter]]>3720cleanfullThe Emotional Effects of Being Overweighthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-emotional-effects-of-being-overweight--39771310You think it would be fun to eat whatever you want, but you see this is not all its cracked up to be.
So if you find yourself depressed, irritable, slugish, it's time to get on the treadmill. It's time to lose start eating better, and exercising more.
Check out the show at http://www.aetv.com/shows/fit-to-fat-to-fit
McDonald's Shamrock Shake has 93 Grams of Sugar
The Shamrock shae kis back at McDonald's. This lovely shake packs 93 grams of sugar. This would be 18.6 teaspoons of sugar (according to http://www.convertunits.com/). According to the American Heart Sociaety our maximum sugar intake is 9 teaspoons per day for men and 6 for women. So a Shamrock shake has almost TWICE the amount of sugar (for men) and THREE TIMES as much for Women. Then (don't forget) you are probably going to eat something else the rest of the day.]]>0e72512981349720dabd0364d5c2bdaaTue, 01 Mar 2016 13:40:25 +0000David JacksonNormally I say turn off the Television, but I found a tv show that is interesting. It's called Fit to Fat to Fit. It shows trainers gaining TONS of weight so that they can then lose it with their clients. The part that I found interesting is the...You think it would be fun to eat whatever you want, but you see this is not all its cracked up to be.
So if you find yourself depressed, irritable, slugish, it's time to get on the treadmill. It's time to lose start eating better, and exercising more.
Check out the show at http://www.aetv.com/shows/fit-to-fat-to-fit
McDonald's Shamrock Shake has 93 Grams of Sugar
The Shamrock shae kis back at McDonald's. This lovely shake packs 93 grams of sugar. This would be 18.6 teaspoons of sugar (according to http://www.convertunits.com/). According to the American Heart Sociaety our maximum sugar intake is 9 teaspoons per day for men and 6 for women. So a Shamrock shake has almost TWICE the amount of sugar (for men) and THREE TIMES as much for Women. Then (don't forget) you are probably going to eat something else the rest of the day.]]>1006cleanfullCreating Compelling Podcasts - Podfest 2016 Reflectionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-compelling-podcasts-podfest-2016-reflections--7891697Cool Things About Podfest
Being a new event (this was year two) they had one track. This meant that all the attendees sat in the same room and the speakers would rotate in and out. We were strongly encouraged to network on breaks and sit in new locations. It was cool. I ran out of business cards, an luckily had a box of "stand by" business cards.
One of the coolest things were did was like Speed Networking. You had a time keeper at the table, and each person had 90 seconds to share their name, their podcast, and their target audience. Then each round you would go to a new table and meet more people. By the end of the session, you had pretty much met everyone in the room. This was one of the coolest things I've ever seen.
They had a schedule flowed nicely together. This lead to speakers often referring to something mentioned previously in the conference.
Great speakers. Simple. All brought value.
Relative sponsors: Audio editing services, marketing, interviewing, trademark, conferences, hosting, all were relevant to the audience.
I saw, felt, and participated in Content Marketing. I met Katie Krimitsos the night before. I saw her presentation on Facebook Goups, and she showed me how much more I could be doing. I will be a customer.
When Will The School of Podcasting Open?
As God as my witness, ready or not, it will open next weekend 3/5
What am I doing? I'm reshot many of the videos. I've added quite a few videos, and I'm restructuring how I will do business. At this point (subject to change) I want to let a certain amount of people in at one point, and the close the doors so we can all kind of be "on the same page." Then I can help, encourage, and guide you through your process, while still providing value to current members through additional videos and live office hour webinars.
Creating Compelling Podcasts
Adjective: having a powerful and irresistible effect; requiring acute admiration, attention, or respect
How Podcasts are like Potatoes
You have instant potatoes out of a box. These are quick, easy, and cheap. The end result? Bland. You can make mashed potatoes from scratch. They take longer, it takes more effort, and they are more expensive to create. The result? They are delicious and your recipients want more.
It's Not About the Audio Quality
If you record with your laptop microphone, that's bad. I think we all can recognize audio that is distracting (if you make me adjust the volume during your podcast, we have a problem). You can purchase an Audio Technica 2100 for around $60 and have great audio. Be sure to get a pop filter (check out this package with a swing arm). Once you have that, MOVE ON.
I would listen to an 8-track tape of the Beatles because the content is good. My friend Paul Colligan from the Podcast Report records in all sorts of fun locations. Some are better than others. One time it sounded like Paul was recording fro ma submarine. I listened to every minute. Why? Because Paul makes me think.
On the other hand, Metallica put out and album with Lou Reed. Van Halen Put out an album with Gary Cherone.
One of more of the following need to happen:

Laugh
Cry
Think
Grown
Entertain
Educate

If none of the above is happening then don't press record.
Identify Your Audience
If you have a "Secret Santa" at your job and you get someone's name that you don't know you have two choices:

Gift Card (quick, easy, fast - bland)
Go ask someone who knows the person and get them a gift they want

Which one gets the best response?
This is why you have to know who your audience is, so you can go to where they are and listen to what they are talking about. Start of listening when you find your audience. Ask them what they might want to hear. Be sure to take notes using tools like Evernote or OneNote
The ADDIE Approach
Anaylize - Go research your audienceDesign - Decide how you'r going to cover your topicDevelop - Buy the podcasting equipment, figure out what segments you will use.Implement - Let a member of your target audience listen to the show.Evaluate - Did they like it? Get feedback
Feedback is just that - feedback. It leads to failure if the feedback causes you to quit. Don't quit. Instead Analyze the feedback, design a new approach, develop a new version of your podcast, and have a target listener evaluate it. This goes on and on, forever.
How Many Downloads Should My Podcast Get?
Here is the equation:
Total Number of Downloads
X
Effective Production
=
Total Number of Downloads
If you have no value (bit focused, horrendous audio quality) then it doesn't matter how much you promote it. If you have great value, but don't tell anyone about it, that won't work either. This is why you need to record a couple of shows so you know how much time it takes to create an episode. THEN you can choose your publishing schedule.
Check out the Slides at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/503
Creating Compelling Podcasts from podcastcoach]]>fcf89947ec41c0f48e3b93b03f462d49Mon, 29 Feb 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodfest hapned this weekend in tamp Florida. Wow was it fun. I got to hang out with Hall of Fame podcasters like Danny Pena, and meet some people who are trying to get their podcast off the ground. I love, love, love, the podcast community. It's...Cool Things About Podfest
Being a new event (this was year two) they had one track. This meant that all the attendees sat in the same room and the speakers would rotate in and out. We were strongly encouraged to network on breaks and sit in new locations. It was cool. I ran out of business cards, an luckily had a box of "stand by" business cards.
One of the coolest things were did was like Speed Networking. You had a time keeper at the table, and each person had 90 seconds to share their name, their podcast, and their target audience. Then each round you would go to a new table and meet more people. By the end of the session, you had pretty much met everyone in the room. This was one of the coolest things I've ever seen.
They had a schedule flowed nicely together. This lead to speakers often referring to something mentioned previously in the conference.
Great speakers. Simple. All brought value.
Relative sponsors: Audio editing services, marketing, interviewing, trademark, conferences, hosting, all were relevant to the audience.
I saw, felt, and participated in Content Marketing. I met Katie Krimitsos the night before. I saw her presentation on Facebook Goups, and she showed me how much more I could be doing. I will be a customer.
When Will The School of Podcasting Open?
As God as my witness, ready or not, it will open next weekend 3/5
What am I doing? I'm reshot many of the videos. I've added quite a few videos, and I'm restructuring how I will do business. At this point (subject to change) I want to let a certain amount of people in at one point, and the close the doors so we can all kind of be "on the same page." Then I can help, encourage, and guide you through your process, while still providing value to current members through additional videos and live office hour webinars.
Creating Compelling Podcasts
Adjective: having a powerful and irresistible effect; requiring acute admiration, attention, or respect
How Podcasts are like Potatoes
You have instant potatoes out of a box. These are quick, easy, and cheap. The end result? Bland. You can make mashed potatoes from scratch. They take longer, it takes more effort, and they are more expensive to create. The result? They are delicious and your recipients want more.
It's Not About the Audio Quality
If you record with your laptop microphone, that's bad. I think we all can recognize audio that is distracting (if you make me adjust the volume during your podcast, we have a problem). You can purchase an Audio Technica 2100 for around $60 and have great audio. Be sure to get a pop filter (check out this package with a swing arm). Once you have that, MOVE ON.
I would listen to an 8-track tape of the Beatles because the content is good. My friend Paul Colligan from the Podcast Report records in all sorts of fun locations. Some are better than others. One time it sounded like Paul was recording fro ma submarine. I listened to every minute. Why? Because Paul makes me think.
On the other hand, Metallica put out and album with Lou Reed. Van Halen Put out an album with Gary Cherone.
One of more of the following need to happen:

Laugh
Cry
Think
Grown
Entertain
Educate

If none of the above is happening then don't press record.
Identify Your Audience
If you have a "Secret Santa" at your job and you get someone's name that you don't know you have two choices:
3096cleanfull5 Voice Related Tools for Engagement and Podcast Promotionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/5-voice-related-tools-for-engagement-and-podcast-promotion--7840731A couple of weeks ago I let you know that my "Day job" had gone away. A little update on the story, I reached out to the head of HR only to find she no longer works there, and I got an email stating that payroll would be postponed two days. So there I was, thinking about getting into training and support. So I asked myself. What do I want to do for a living? I love podcasting. So in a nutshell.
I want to help people in the podcasting space.
Who is the biggest player in the podcast space?
Libsyn.com
I reached out to a person I knew (remember how it's all about relationships) and just let them know I was available if they needed someone. A little over two weeks later I was given a proposal to join their team.
I gladly accepted.
I can still do consulting, but you will now hear me give out a disclaimer that I am an employee of Libsyn. You will hear me give out my promo code of sopfree for Libsyn on this show, but not at a trade show where I'm acting as a Libsyn employee. For those who are new to my show, I've been a big fan of Libsyn as well as Blubrry, and Spreaker for years. I think the insights I get from working in support will help me created better content for you on this show, as well as additional documentation for Libsyn.
I've always wanted to make a living around podcasting, and now I can. I can do podcasting as my full-time gig, and my night time hobby. Wait, that's Ray's line.
Because of My Podcast I Quit My Day Job - Jim Harold
Every Saturday at 10:30 AM I do a live call-in show called "Ask the Podcast Coach" at www.askthepdocastcoach.com/live and this week Jim asked a question about the controversy over measuring podcasts (see this episode of the Podcasters Roundtable ) and once he came on I got to talk to him and found out.

Jim previously a sales guy for radio
Jim now does a podcasting full time at jimharold.com

I've already reached out to Jim and we will be doing a deep dive on next week's show.
Anchor.fm Vs Voxer Vs Clammr Vs Speakpipe Vs Voicemail
Today we are joined by Chris Nesi (www.chrisnesi.com) from the House of Ed Tech podcast. Chris is well versed in Voxer. As a member of the School of Podcasting Chris has shown me he really enjoys voxer. So when this new tool (Anchor) came on the scene and everyone was going nuts over it, I wanted to get Chris's opinion. In the end, they are different tools for different audiences who are looking for different results.
The world is all a flutter over the Anchor app for iOs. This is an app that allows you to sign in via your twitter account and create audio. People can follow you, and you can follow them. You can record a "wave" and people can reply. This is all public. You can them embed your wav on your website, like this.
See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/502
Speakpipe.com
Originally I wasn't going to include Speakpipe in this discussion, but if we are talking about getting feedback from your audience, I would look like a fool not to include it. Speakpipe is a way for you to put a button on your website for people to click on it, and using their microphone leave a message. When you get the message you can listen to it, download it, or click reply and send a message back to the audience member. It's free, with a premium version for more storage. Check out speakpipe.com
Anchor.fm
I can see this being used to get feedback from your audience. While this is already easy with tools like speakpipe, when someone leaves a message with speakpipe, you can reply to them as well. This is all public. With Anchor, the conversation is public so everyone can hear the conversation and bring their point of view. The bad news for podcasters is once you get the audio, there is no download option. Now you are stuck with hitting play on your phone and recording it with another device. For me, I shared a link to myself, played the wave on the web, and recorded it using Hindenburg journalist (you can go into settings and tell it to record "other applications." Anchor - True public radio - Anchor FM Inc.
Voxer.com
Voxer is also a free app (with a paid pro version with additional perks) that turns your phone into a walkie talkie. It is cool, and you can invite people into groups. This again creates a community feeling. You can share audio, video, text, and images. With a group it is only public to the group. You can private message each individual if you'd like. The nice thing about voxer is it works on all platforms. You can even just use their website. I do love the fact that you can listen to messages at up 3X speed. With Voxer, you have a public forum if you want it (with only invited guests) or private message that are easy to listen to and easy to download. Every time I play with Voxer I feel I should create a group for the School of Podcasting. Check out the app at Voxer Walkie Talkie Messenger - Voxer LLC
Clammr.com
Clammr is a fun tool to help spread the word about your show. You can use the free app (or their website) to create clips up to 24 seconds. When Clammr was first launched, creating a clammr was a bit cumbersome. They have improved this since the launch, and they've added the ability to use their website (for those not using an iOs device). If someone likes a clammr when they hear it, they are emailed a link to the rest of the episode. You can create widgets to show your favorite clammrs. They look like this. see schoolofpodcasting.com/502
I can also share a playlist via a text link So where clammr is for the audience to help spread the podcast to their friends, tools like Anchor are for getting their opinion or feedback from the show. Check out the clammr at here Clammr Radio – Discover Podcasts, Music, & News Headlines - Clammr, Inc.
Voicemail
I have a number through PodcastVoicemail.com (Kall8) that costs me $2 a month plus .06 a minute. I've never had a bill over $4, and the audio is "meh" but it's simple and it works for those who are not too technically gifted.
What Does My New Position Mean For the School of Podcasting?
As I'm working for Libsyn.com there are a few that will happen, but very little will change. When I write and talk on my podcast, I am writing as Dave Jackson the Professional Podcast Mentor. I have been delivering objective facts about podcasting, technology, and content for almost 11 years. On this blog I can tell you to use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month at Libsyn.com, or Blubrry.com or Spreaker.com. If i'm at a trade show as an "Official Libsyn Employee" I won't be giving out promo codes (if I want to keep my job), and I won't be giving out promo codes to my competition. You will now hear me use a disclaimer when I talk about hosting companies and explain that I work for Libsyn. But in the end, I've always tried to deliver the facts, and let you make informed decisions. For anyone who has listened to my show from 2005, I've been a big fan of Libsyn before they had an affiliate program, and before I was an employee. So in the end, not much is going to change for the podcast.
What I hope to gain is a better understanding of the podcasting community, the industry, and bring that information to the podcast, and to my tutorials. Some of those tutorials may end up here, or at Libsyn.com or both.
When I lost my job on February 5th, I asked myself, "What do you want to do with your life." I've been a teacher for 20+ years. I've worked in customer support, and tech support. My goal was to make a living around podcasting. My first thought was I could do it on my own by doing consulting full time, or I could go work for a company like Libsyn, Blubrry, or Spreaker. While like all of these companies, I've always been the biggest fan of Libsyn. I also love chocolate ice cream and it will win over any other flavor until Oreo Cookie ice cream is available. There is no bad choice there. I reached out to Rob Walch the VP of Podcasting Relations (and someone I've known for 11 years) and just let him know I was available. If something happened I would do Libsyn full time and do consulting in the evenings and weekends. If something didn't happen, I would go full time consulting, and maybe get a part time job doing something else.
When I took the job as the Director of the New Media Expo, what I ended up getting were relationships. I believe this job will get me more in touch with potential guests, insights, and a view I wouldn't have if I didn't accept the position.
I said before, I wanted to make a living helping people podcast and now I will. I will bring my knowledge right back to this microphone.
No Matter What System you Use..
No matter what tool you use, you will still need to ask for communication. You will need to make it super easy to use. Also keep in mind the more tools you use, the more tools you need to check. The worst thing you can do is ask for interaction and then ignore it.
Hot of the Presses: A New Podcast From the School of Podcasting
Rob Kerns new Living the Vet Life Podcast is for a podcast dedicated to making sure Veterans are getting all of their benefits. Check it out at http://livingthevetlife.com/ check it out in iTunes
Rob's got two episodes out and it displays lots of promise to help veterans get what they deserve.

Podcast Mentorship 1 Yr Subscription Starts March 5th

If you are looking to take a serious stab at podcasting, join Dave for a YEAR as he works side by side with you. For more information, go to www.podcastmentorship.com
Mentioned in this show
Jeff Bradburry Teachercast.net
Ray Ortega PodcastersStudio.com
Chris Nesi
Speakpipe
Clammr
PodcastVoicemail.com
Voxer LLC
Anchor
Libsyn.com
Blubrry
livingthevetlife.com
Hindenburg Journalist
Podcast MentorShip]]>657a9dcf82cbde92f1b4ab4810909aa4Mon, 22 Feb 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of my Podcast: I'm Working For Libsyn - Dave Jackson A couple of weeks ago I let you know that my "Day job" had gone away. A little update on the story, I reached out to the head of HR only to find she no longer works there, and I got an email...A couple of weeks ago I let you know that my "Day job" had gone away. A little update on the story, I reached out to the head of HR only to find she no longer works there, and I got an email stating that payroll would be postponed two days. So there I was, thinking about getting into training and support. So I asked myself. What do I want to do for a living? I love podcasting. So in a nutshell.
I want to help people in the podcasting space.
Who is the biggest player in the podcast space?
Libsyn.com
I reached out to a person I knew (remember how it's all about relationships) and just let them know I was available if they needed someone. A little over two weeks later I was given a proposal to join their team.
I gladly accepted.
I can still do consulting, but you will now hear me give out a disclaimer that I am an employee of Libsyn. You will hear me give out my promo code of sopfree for Libsyn on this show, but not at a trade show where I'm acting as a Libsyn employee. For those who are new to my show, I've been a big fan of Libsyn as well as Blubrry, and Spreaker for years. I think the insights I get from working in support will help me created better content for you on this show, as well as additional documentation for Libsyn.
I've always wanted to make a living around podcasting, and now I can. I can do podcasting as my full-time gig, and my night time hobby. Wait, that's Ray's line.
Because of My Podcast I Quit My Day Job - Jim Harold
Every Saturday at 10:30 AM I do a live call-in show called "Ask the Podcast Coach" at www.askthepdocastcoach.com/live and this week Jim asked a question about the controversy over measuring podcasts (see this episode of the Podcasters Roundtable ) and once he came on I got to talk to him and found out.

Jim previously a sales guy for radio
Jim now does a podcasting full time at jimharold.com

I've already reached out to Jim and we will be doing a deep dive on next week's show.
Anchor.fm Vs Voxer Vs Clammr Vs Speakpipe Vs Voicemail
Today we are joined by Chris Nesi (www.chrisnesi.com) from the House of Ed Tech podcast. Chris is well versed in Voxer. As a member of the School of Podcasting Chris has shown me he really enjoys voxer. So when this new tool (Anchor) came on the scene and everyone was going nuts over it, I wanted to get Chris's opinion. In the end, they are different tools for different audiences who are looking for different results.
The world is all a flutter over the Anchor app for iOs. This is an app that allows you to sign in via your twitter account and create audio. People can follow you, and you can follow them. You can record a "wave" and people can reply. This is all public. You can them embed your wav on your website, like this.
See www.schoolofpodcasting.com/502
Speakpipe.com
Originally I wasn't going to include Speakpipe in this discussion, but if we are talking about getting feedback from your audience, I would look like a fool not to include it. Speakpipe is a way for you to put a button on your website for people to click on it, and using their microphone leave a message. When you get the message you can listen to it, download it, or click reply and send a message back to the audience member. It's free, with a premium version for more storage. Check out speakpipe.com
Anchor.fm
I can see this being used to get feedback from your audience. While this is already easy with tools like speakpipe, when someone leaves a message with speakpipe, you can reply to them as well. This is all public. With Anchor, the conversation is public so everyone can hear the conversation and bring their point of view. The bad news for...]]>3954cleanfullBook Guest Spots On Other Podcasts: Are You Making These Mistakes?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/book-guest-spots-on-other-podcasts-are-you-making-these-mistakes--7790333The number one way was hearing the podcaster being interviewed on another podcast. This data is from 100 respondents from my email list, and from social media. So it order with the number one answer first it was
I heard them interviewed on another podcast
I searched the app for my topic
I heard about it from a friend (word of mouth)
Other
The Internet (Google, Bing) Search
The "other" responses were (and I'm summarizing) more or less "Word of mouth." Meaning the podcast host they were listening to mentioned them, or they heard about it on Twitter, Pinterest, etc.
So if one of the top ways to grow your audience is to appear on other podcasts, how do you get booked on other shows? Well, we are going to dig into a smart way of setting yourself up to be booked on other podcasts.
How To Get Booked as A Guest On a Podcast?
OK, there must be some new course, or guru telling people how to contact people to be potential guests. Here is the format

Tell people how much you love the show
Tell them your story
Tell them what topic you can talk about and how much my audience is going to benefit.
Kiss the butt of the host and tell them what an honor it would be on the show.
Drop a hint about the book or course you have, and how my audience would benefit.
Promise to promote.

They are missing one key ingredient
GO AND LISTEN TO THE SHOW
When you start off the email with “I have heard some fantastic things about your radio show, congratulations on your success!”
Again, do some homework, or better yet, go by the book Stop Chasing Influencers: The True Path To Building Your Business and Living Your Dream

Strategies For Securing a Guest Spot on Other Podcasts
Search for your topic in iTunes, Google, etc. the idea is to see who is in the space. Who is the leader in your space? Search for their name in iTunes and see what podcasts they have appeared. You could search for New and Noteworthy as these people are probably more New than Noteworthy (and hungry for guests) Realize your interview will be evergreen. So if someone goes back to get the back catalog, you will be included.
Find influencers in your niche: Look for books on your topic in Amazon, and in Amazon there is a "Customers also bought these items" area. You should probably see other authors names who are also involved with your topic.
Make a list and check it twice
When you find a podcast, look and see the date of their last episode. If they have podfaded, you might consider contacting them to see if you could take over the show. In general, people who haven't put out a show in months, are more than likely not coming back.
Start a spreadsheet with the following information

Website Address
Twitter Handle
e-mail address

The average Twitter followers per user is 208. According to an article on Sumome you can look at Twitter followers using the following scale:

H = Huge = 100k+ Followers
L = Large = 10K+ Followers
M = Medium = 1k+ Followers
S = Getting Started = less than 1k followers

Add these people to your list and make how you found them (they will want to know). Obviously, put if they have a podcast or not. If they don't, you may still want to develop a relationship with them so they can appear on YOUR podcast.
Getting Ready For the Initial Contact
So to determine if you are a good fit for their show, you need to listen to it. There is no way around this if you want to do it right. Does this podcast focus on people who would enjoy your topic? If yes, then we need to get ready to contact them. If not, then we won't focus on them now.
Don't Try to Close the Deal
Instead of sending an email, and asking to come on the show. Why not follow them on Twitter and retweet one of their tweets? Why not leave a comment on the blog. The beginning of every relationship begins with a conversation. This way when you do contact them, you won't be quite the stranger.
Honesty is Refreshing
See if you can get an introduction. See who is following this person on twitter or LinkedIn and see if you can get an introduction.
Instead of telling me great my show is, why not be honest? Tell me you just discovered the show, and tell me why - specifically - in a way that proves you listened - you would be a good fit for my show. Realize the podcaster is going to have to figure out if you're going to bring value, and if you're a good fit. If you've done your homework, you can answer that question for them (and save them time).
You could send an email with something along the lines of "Hey (name), I just got done listening to (episode name) and I have to tell you (specific item that proves you listened) I wanted to let you know as someone who has been involved with (the topic of the podcast) I'm really enjoying the show. "
If you want them to take a look at you, write about their episode on your blog and link to it. Then send them a link to the post. Now you're not just a listener, you're a content creator, and I'm pretty sure they are going to click the "ABOUT" button when they visit.
Think of this as "Courting" your potential future interview.
Why Should I Take This Much Effort For One Interview?
You can “Spray and Pray” that someone will respond. Spend time talking to people who (apparently) will have anybody on their show. Waste their audience time, and your time as well. The good news it didn’t take any effort to pull this off. The bad news is it isn’t very effective. You’re busy, but not productive. There is a difference. Don’t confuse the two.
The other way of doing this is to find a show with the topics you want to talk about, and listen to them and see if you might be a good fit. If you think there is, then leave a comment on the post you listened to and bring value. See if the host replies (you want a host who is connected with his/her audience). Then later, after you listen to a second episode you might consider sending them another email. Talk about some details to prove you listened and bring some value to the conversation. Maybe you have details that they didn’t share in the episode. Maybe you have a resource that could be of value. Bring something to the table that will benefit the host. When the host benefits, you benefit. Why? Because as a podcast host, we serve our audience. We want our audience to benefit. When you deliver value, the host will want you to do the same thing with their audience.
Why don’t people do this? Because contacting people on a personal basis takes TIME. Time is something most of us don’t have. Why don’t we have more time? Because we’re BUSY talking to people that aren’t a good fit. Because we’re drafting the perfect form letter to blast to hundreds of potential podcasters.
Stand Out in the Crowd
If you want to stand out and have people BEGGING YOU to come on the show, do your homework. Write an email that shows you took the time to listen, and you’ve already done the work for the host. They don’t have to figure out if you’re a good guest for the show; you’ve already done it for them. You will STAND OUT.
It’s Not Spray and Pray.
It’s all about Relationships.
Relationships take time. If you’re too “busy”, stop using Spray and Pray, and start working smarter. Start standing out from the crowd by doing your homework and find podcasts that fit your topic, and success will come your way.
Podcast Mentorship Year Long Podcast Course

Is this you?
You don’t know where to start or what steps are required to turn that idea into a reality.
You have a lot of ideas to choose from and you don’t want to choose the wrong one.
Your fear of failure outweighs your fear of not getting started.
You’re not sure if you’re qualified.
You don’t want to let others down.
You’ve discovered others who have executed a similar idea.
You don’t have the resources you need to get started.
You’re just not sure if it’s going to work.
Podcast Mentorship will meet twice a week for the first six weeks, and twice a month for the next 10 months. You will communicate via a private slack group, and you will full access to the School of Podcasting so you are never alone.
Podcast Mentorship is where I work side by side with you as we (together) identify your target audience, and the problems they need solved, and the information they are starving to hear. When we launch your podcast it will be a like breath of fresh air to your audience. It will be like delivering the perfect gift who has been waiting years for it.
For more information go to www.podcastmentorship.com
Ready to start now? Order Today
Mentioned in this show
http://www.jobsearchthatworks.com/
www.askthepodcastcoach.com
]]>32d3bdd125c4549bf764b4321b14003fMon, 15 Feb 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWith so many people focusing on New and Noteworthy, I wanted to see how many people use New and Noteworthy. So I asked people how they found new podcasts and here is what they said. The number one way was hearing the podcaster being interviewed on...The number one way was hearing the podcaster being interviewed on another podcast. This data is from 100 respondents from my email list, and from social media. So it order with the number one answer first it was
I heard them interviewed on another podcast
I searched the app for my topic
I heard about it from a friend (word of mouth)
Other
The Internet (Google, Bing) Search
The "other" responses were (and I'm summarizing) more or less "Word of mouth." Meaning the podcast host they were listening to mentioned them, or they heard about it on Twitter, Pinterest, etc.
So if one of the top ways to grow your audience is to appear on other podcasts, how do you get booked on other shows? Well, we are going to dig into a smart way of setting yourself up to be booked on other podcasts.
How To Get Booked as A Guest On a Podcast?
OK, there must be some new course, or guru telling people how to contact people to be potential guests. Here is the format

Tell people how much you love the show
Tell them your story
Tell them what topic you can talk about and how much my audience is going to benefit.
Kiss the butt of the host and tell them what an honor it would be on the show.
Drop a hint about the book or course you have, and how my audience would benefit.
Promise to promote.

They are missing one key ingredient
GO AND LISTEN TO THE SHOW
When you start off the email with “I have heard some fantastic things about your radio show, congratulations on your success!”
Again, do some homework, or better yet, go by the book Stop Chasing Influencers: The True Path To Building Your Business and Living Your Dream

Strategies For Securing a Guest Spot on Other Podcasts
Search for your topic in iTunes, Google, etc. the idea is to see who is in the space. Who is the leader in your space? Search for their name in iTunes and see what podcasts they have appeared. You could search for New and Noteworthy as these people are probably more New than Noteworthy (and hungry for guests) Realize your interview will be evergreen. So if someone goes back to get the back catalog, you will be included.
Find influencers in your niche: Look for books on your topic in Amazon, and in Amazon there is a "Customers also bought these items" area. You should probably see other authors names who are also involved with your topic.
Make a list and check it twice
When you find a podcast, look and see the date of their last episode. If they have podfaded, you might consider contacting them to see if you could take over the show. In general, people who haven't put out a show in months, are more than likely not coming back.
Start a spreadsheet with the following information

Website Address
Twitter Handle
e-mail address

The average Twitter followers per user is 208. According to an article on Sumome you can look at Twitter followers using the following scale:

H = Huge = 100k+ Followers
L = Large = 10K+ Followers
M = Medium = 1k+ Followers
S = Getting Started = less than 1k followers

Add these people to your list and make how you found them (they will want to know). Obviously, put if they have a podcast or not. If they don't, you may still want to develop a relationship with them so they can appear on YOUR podcast.
Getting Ready For the Initial Contact
So to determine if you are a good fit for their show, you need to listen to it. There is no way around this if you want to do it right. Does this podcast focus on people who would enjoy your topic? If yes, then we need to get ready to contact them. If not, then we won't focus on them now.
Don't Try to Close the Deal
Instead of...]]>3305cleanfullExcuses, Excuses, Excuseshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/excuses-excuses-excuses--39771229You can have success or you can have excuses, but you can only choose one.
Then I thought about that. There are times when we accept circumstances and stop trying to find a way around them. There are times when we don't quit, we take negative consequences as feedback (instead of failure) and we keep moving toward our goal.
Jim Rohn once said, "If you really want to do something, you'll find a way. If you don't, you'll find an excuse.”
If your hands are full of excuses, you don't have any room for success. So let's look at some of the top excuses.
I Don't Have The Money
I eat from the "value menu" and I can't afford organic. I get this, but you can purchase a family package of chicken (for me about $5) and bake this (not fried). I use the Pressure Cooker XL and (just like the informerical) 20 minutes I have great tasting, healthier chicken. I still take off the skin. You can purchase frozen vegetables (or canned) and have a protein (chicken) and a carb (vegetables) ready to go for a healthy meal. That meal (for me) is $3.75.
I Don't Have Time To Cook
This is where we need to start the stopwatch on your phone the next time you go to get some "fast food." You drive there, wait in line, in some cases get asked to pull over, wait, only to get the wrong order. You go to a restaurant. You wait to be seated, wait for the waitress, wait for yours drinks, wait for the waiter to come back, wait for your food, wait for your check. Sure, I get it. You don't have to do dishes. How long does it take to put your dishes in the dishwasher? Then get the family involved in cooking and start your stopwatch. I think you'll find you save time (and money, and calories) eating at home.
I've Never Done This Before
There are tons of things you've succeeded at that you'd never done before you tried. You'd never walked before you did, never driven a car before you first got behind the wheel, never had a job before your first one.
I Don't Know How
One word: Google. No Internet? One Word: Library. Don't have a library. It is as simple as eat less (and eat better), and exercise more.
The Conditions Aren't Right
Zig Ziglar once said, "If you wait for all the lights to turn green at the same time, you will never make it to work.
I Don't have Time To Work out
For me, weight loss begins with the food. In regards to working out, I have done workouts that lasted 7 minutes and I've felt results. Who doesn't have 7 minutes?
I Don't Have a Gym
You don't Need a Gym. You can use your own body weight to get yourself in shape using just your body. You can even deal yourself a workout just using your body with FitDeck Bodyweight
I Don't Have a Babysitter
Do you have a TV? Then you do. Again, you can make this happen. You might even have the kids exercise with you and be the role model of health.
Exercise is Boring
Get some music, and pump up the jams. the workout will be over before you know it. Listen to some podcasts. Not sure how? Check out www.learntosubscribe.com to find out how you can use free software to listen to podcast on your phone.
I Need a Coach or a Partner
Over 60% of Americans are over-weight. See if any of your friends need to lose weight.
I Don't Want to Get Pumped Up With Weights
First of all, getting pumped up takes time. It's not like you're going to go to the gym once and wake up and go "Oh my! What have I done?" Secondly, there are ways to lift weight for muscle more than size.
Please Supprt the Show by visiting www.logicalloss.com/support as Dave is currently unemployed]]>576c8842d8d65cd27907802745d0bdffSun, 14 Feb 2016 18:08:25 +0000David JacksonI heard a phrase this week that really stuck with me. Here it is: You can have success or you can have excuses, but you can only choose one. Then I thought about that. There are times when we accept circumstances and stop trying to find a way around...You can have success or you can have excuses, but you can only choose one.
Then I thought about that. There are times when we accept circumstances and stop trying to find a way around them. There are times when we don't quit, we take negative consequences as feedback (instead of failure) and we keep moving toward our goal.
Jim Rohn once said, "If you really want to do something, you'll find a way. If you don't, you'll find an excuse.”
If your hands are full of excuses, you don't have any room for success. So let's look at some of the top excuses.
I Don't Have The Money
I eat from the "value menu" and I can't afford organic. I get this, but you can purchase a family package of chicken (for me about $5) and bake this (not fried). I use the Pressure Cooker XL and (just like the informerical) 20 minutes I have great tasting, healthier chicken. I still take off the skin. You can purchase frozen vegetables (or canned) and have a protein (chicken) and a carb (vegetables) ready to go for a healthy meal. That meal (for me) is $3.75.
I Don't Have Time To Cook
This is where we need to start the stopwatch on your phone the next time you go to get some "fast food." You drive there, wait in line, in some cases get asked to pull over, wait, only to get the wrong order. You go to a restaurant. You wait to be seated, wait for the waitress, wait for yours drinks, wait for the waiter to come back, wait for your food, wait for your check. Sure, I get it. You don't have to do dishes. How long does it take to put your dishes in the dishwasher? Then get the family involved in cooking and start your stopwatch. I think you'll find you save time (and money, and calories) eating at home.
I've Never Done This Before
There are tons of things you've succeeded at that you'd never done before you tried. You'd never walked before you did, never driven a car before you first got behind the wheel, never had a job before your first one.
I Don't Know How
One word: Google. No Internet? One Word: Library. Don't have a library. It is as simple as eat less (and eat better), and exercise more.
The Conditions Aren't Right
Zig Ziglar once said, "If you wait for all the lights to turn green at the same time, you will never make it to work.
I Don't have Time To Work out
For me, weight loss begins with the food. In regards to working out, I have done workouts that lasted 7 minutes and I've felt results. Who doesn't have 7 minutes?
I Don't Have a Gym
You don't Need a Gym. You can use your own body weight to get yourself in shape using just your body. You can even deal yourself a workout just using your body with FitDeck Bodyweight
I Don't Have a Babysitter
Do you have a TV? Then you do. Again, you can make this happen. You might even have the kids exercise with you and be the role model of health.
Exercise is Boring
Get some music, and pump up the jams. the workout will be over before you know it. Listen to some podcasts. Not sure how? Check out www.learntosubscribe.com to find out how you can use free software to listen to podcast on your phone.
I Need a Coach or a Partner
Over 60% of Americans are over-weight. See if any of your friends need to lose weight.
I Don't Want to Get Pumped Up With Weights
First of all, getting pumped up takes time. It's not like you're going to go to the gym once and wake up and go "Oh my! What have I done?" Secondly, there are ways to lift weight for muscle more than size.
Please Supprt the Show by visiting www.logicalloss.com/support as Dave is currently unemployed]]>2442cleanfullEpisode 500: Groundhog Birthday - A Podcast Launch Storyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/episode-500-groundhog-birthday-a-podcast-launch-story--7738962We also here snippets of past shows at the start of the show.
Special thanks to Adam Curry of the No Agenda Show for loaning me their birthday jingle. Check out their awesome podcast at www.noagendashow.com
Also thanks to Steve Stewart of the No Debt, No Credit, No Problems podcast for kicking off the show, and to Kim Kracji of the onthetablepodcasts.com for being my female voice in the "podcasting commercial". I knew I could count on you both.
Look Back Memory Lane 00:38
Episode 500 Begins 2:00
We cover a story about a man named Jack Davidson. It’s his birthday, he’s gone through some life changes, and he’s thinking of starting a business. He is realizing that you only have so much time on the planet, and he wants to make a difference. His biggest fear in life is being insignificant, or leaving no legacy behind. His mind is whirling today about his future. This has been spurred on by the fact that he is turning 51 today
Morning Burger hit :4:00
Hey It's Your Birthday Version 1 5:01
Podcasting Commercial 5:34
First Jack tries using a free media host that limits your bandwidth - Bad idea
Binky and the Whiz take over the No Agenda Show 8:44
Jack purchases blue snowball microphones only to find out these don't work good in a non-silent environment and its hard to have two usb microphone plugged into one computer.
Whet Bread the Big Lie 11:55
Hey It's Your Birthday Version 2 15:15
Jack and Scooter learn that you should setup an agreement to identify who does what, and if there is any money who gets paid, etc
Hey It's Your Birthday Version 3 18:50
Jack and Scooter lose their friendship after arguing over the money with their podcast.
Jack goes solo, and tries multiple hosts, platforms, and equipment.
Jack and Scooter come to an agreement
Final Thoughts on Episode 500 23:20
What did we learn today?

Blue snowball microphones are not a great choice even though 1000 websites say so. They are not a great fit for podcasters. There are better options
Copying a company that you may be talking about on twitter is a strategy you might want to try
Be sure to have expectation regarding money and responsibilities in place if you have a co-host.
We learned that the only thing more annoying than Binky and the Whiz is hearing the same clip of Binky and the Whiz over and over is quite annoying.
We learned that the more tied Dave gets, the less he stays in character
And lastly if your your episode last longer than four hours, you should always call your doctor.

The Not Ready For FM Players
Podcast Sally 34:10
Mentioned in this Episode
Sign up for the newsletter
Steve Stewart
On the Table Podcast (for toastmasters)
No Agenda Show
More Podcast Money Book
Support This Show]]>e0ca786ff60e429ef0682cc258461ec3Mon, 08 Feb 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonIf you're new to the School of Podcasting, when Dave hits a milestone like 100, 200, 300, 400, he breaks format and tries to do something that is educational, entertaining, and slightly weird. Today being that it is both my 500th episode of the School...We also here snippets of past shows at the start of the show.
Special thanks to Adam Curry of the No Agenda Show for loaning me their birthday jingle. Check out their awesome podcast at www.noagendashow.com
Also thanks to Steve Stewart of the No Debt, No Credit, No Problems podcast for kicking off the show, and to Kim Kracji of the onthetablepodcasts.com for being my female voice in the "podcasting commercial". I knew I could count on you both.
Look Back Memory Lane 00:38
Episode 500 Begins 2:00
We cover a story about a man named Jack Davidson. It’s his birthday, he’s gone through some life changes, and he’s thinking of starting a business. He is realizing that you only have so much time on the planet, and he wants to make a difference. His biggest fear in life is being insignificant, or leaving no legacy behind. His mind is whirling today about his future. This has been spurred on by the fact that he is turning 51 today
Morning Burger hit :4:00
Hey It's Your Birthday Version 1 5:01
Podcasting Commercial 5:34
First Jack tries using a free media host that limits your bandwidth - Bad idea
Binky and the Whiz take over the No Agenda Show 8:44
Jack purchases blue snowball microphones only to find out these don't work good in a non-silent environment and its hard to have two usb microphone plugged into one computer.
Whet Bread the Big Lie 11:55
Hey It's Your Birthday Version 2 15:15
Jack and Scooter learn that you should setup an agreement to identify who does what, and if there is any money who gets paid, etc
Hey It's Your Birthday Version 3 18:50
Jack and Scooter lose their friendship after arguing over the money with their podcast.
Jack goes solo, and tries multiple hosts, platforms, and equipment.
Jack and Scooter come to an agreement
Final Thoughts on Episode 500 23:20
What did we learn today?

Blue snowball microphones are not a great choice even though 1000 websites say so. They are not a great fit for podcasters. There are better options
Copying a company that you may be talking about on twitter is a strategy you might want to try
Be sure to have expectation regarding money and responsibilities in place if you have a co-host.
We learned that the only thing more annoying than Binky and the Whiz is hearing the same clip of Binky and the Whiz over and over is quite annoying.
We learned that the more tied Dave gets, the less he stays in character
And lastly if your your episode last longer than four hours, you should always call your doctor.

The Not Ready For FM Players
Podcast Sally 34:10
Mentioned in this Episode
Sign up for the newsletter
Steve Stewart
On the Table Podcast (for toastmasters)
No Agenda Show
More Podcast Money Book
Support This Show]]>2332cleanfullRip60 Suspension Trainer Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/rip60-suspension-trainer-review--39771317The DVD are well put together but the guy on the video really lost me when he kept reminding me that my body was a river of energy on disk one. It's a little too Berkeley for me. I just wanted someone to show my what exercises to do. The warm was 30 minutes of a 60 minute workout. I didn't have the patience for this (or the fitness) and I tapped out after 20 minutes. For the next two days my legs were killing me, so if you're new to fitness, go in lightly. The workout it delivers.
The other dumb thing about the unit, is although it is built like a tank, the harness is designed to have you putting your weight so that you are leaning in the direction that the door closes. Now I don't know about you, but every placed I've ever lived, my bedroom door opens in. This means I have to exercise in the hallway with my weight pulling the door closed. While this works, I had to mount it to my bathroom door, and watch the dvd in my bedroom. Not convenient. It does seem that the best place for this is not on a door (even though they give you a nice cover to go over the door) but more in the basement where you can tie it to the rafters
My solution was to purchase a $5 app called Virtual Trainer Suspension - Virtual Trainer I like the app. You have all sorts of exercises group by fitness level and you can easily see what muscles are worked. I group a bunch of exercises together (some for legs, some for arms and chest) and got to work. The Virtual Trainer app would count of when to start doing an exercise and when to stop and rest. It doesn't count reps, you specify in second how long you want to do an exercise. This worked, and I was using my phone. The next time I'm going to use my iPad.
While I'm happy I bought it, and it definitely delivers a great workout. As I'm not using the DVDs, I could've done with something like the Gravity Straps from GetFit (sold on fitmoo) For $40 and bought the app and saved $30. If I didn't want the app for exercises I could have got the fitdeck cards FitDeck - TRX Suspension Trainer for $15. Other options are the G strap Pro (in blue or red for $49)
All in all I'm glad I got it. Not a ton of buyers remorse, and I see myself using it even though I don't have a basement or a DVD player in the hallway. It is built strong, it versatile, and it setup in minutes (as apposed to my old Total Gym where half my workout was dragging it out from under the bed, setting it up, etc).]]>9c7b58c15b17d0529dae1541730b2a4dTue, 02 Feb 2016 01:53:14 +0000David JacksonSo I've always had my eye on a TRX system. But at a price point of $189, it was a bit too rich for my blood. So when I heard Jillian Michaels has endorse the RIP60 tool, and then I saw where it clocked in at $75 I was inticed. A couple of quick...The DVD are well put together but the guy on the video really lost me when he kept reminding me that my body was a river of energy on disk one. It's a little too Berkeley for me. I just wanted someone to show my what exercises to do. The warm was 30 minutes of a 60 minute workout. I didn't have the patience for this (or the fitness) and I tapped out after 20 minutes. For the next two days my legs were killing me, so if you're new to fitness, go in lightly. The workout it delivers.
The other dumb thing about the unit, is although it is built like a tank, the harness is designed to have you putting your weight so that you are leaning in the direction that the door closes. Now I don't know about you, but every placed I've ever lived, my bedroom door opens in. This means I have to exercise in the hallway with my weight pulling the door closed. While this works, I had to mount it to my bathroom door, and watch the dvd in my bedroom. Not convenient. It does seem that the best place for this is not on a door (even though they give you a nice cover to go over the door) but more in the basement where you can tie it to the rafters
My solution was to purchase a $5 app called Virtual Trainer Suspension - Virtual Trainer I like the app. You have all sorts of exercises group by fitness level and you can easily see what muscles are worked. I group a bunch of exercises together (some for legs, some for arms and chest) and got to work. The Virtual Trainer app would count of when to start doing an exercise and when to stop and rest. It doesn't count reps, you specify in second how long you want to do an exercise. This worked, and I was using my phone. The next time I'm going to use my iPad.
While I'm happy I bought it, and it definitely delivers a great workout. As I'm not using the DVDs, I could've done with something like the Gravity Straps from GetFit (sold on fitmoo) For $40 and bought the app and saved $30. If I didn't want the app for exercises I could have got the fitdeck cards FitDeck - TRX Suspension Trainer for $15. Other options are the G strap Pro (in blue or red for $49)
All in all I'm glad I got it. Not a ton of buyers remorse, and I see myself using it even though I don't have a basement or a DVD player in the hallway. It is built strong, it versatile, and it setup in minutes (as apposed to my old Total Gym where half my workout was dragging it out from under the bed, setting it up, etc).]]>1427cleanfullMonetizing with Membership Sites: Ravi Jayagopal of Digital Access Passhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/monetizing-with-membership-sites-ravi-jayagopal-of-digital-access-pass--7686282YOU DON'T MAKE MONEY WITH YOUR PODCAST. YOU MAKE MONEY WITH THE RELATIONSHIP YOU BUILD WITH YOUR PODCAST
This is why it takes time. In the same way that it takes time to develop a relationship, it takes time to build an audience that will like and trust you. Things that can speed up this process:

Create content that is valuable.
Come across in a way that build confidence.
Deliver it on a regular basis (so people depend on you).
Let them know you.

Strategies for Making Money with Your Podcast
1. Sell your own product
This is by far the most lucrative because people know, like and trust you. This can be a book, a course, consulting, etc.
2. Refer to other products through affiliate links
Pick a product that matches the audience. Preferably one that you actually like so you can talk open and honestly about the product. Many people use Amazon. or Audible as well.
3. Donations
You can put a paypal button on your site, or websites like Patreon make it easy to build a community by rewarding them for different levels of support. Be careful with the reward and make sure you don't spread yourself too thin.
4. Sponsorship
When you get over 5,000 download per episode, you can start thinking about getting a "big" sponsor (squarespace). As 92% of podcasters are nowhere near that number you are not out of luck. You can find smaller businesses that may be looking for more of a branding play. Check out my interview with Glenn The Geek who is making a living with sponsors by making sure his sponsors fit his audience and he gets them involved.
Selling Digital Downloads
Check out this super powerful shopping cart plugin that allows you to safely sell digital downloads
Gumroad is a handy website that make's it easy to sell digital downloads if you're not using Wordpress. Selz.com is another great looking shopping cart.
Monetizing With Membership Sites
The School of Podcasting was founded in 2005 and I used Digital Access Pass to to make sure the general public could not access my material. I also used it to manage my affiliate program, and e-mail m members. It created coupons for discounts, and generated reports. Is is the cheapest platform? No. But the money you save using different plugins is wasted in the time you spend trying to get them all to work together.
Today I interview Ravi Jayagopal from Digital Access Pass and the author of the book Subscribe Me: Making, Marketing & Monetizing Online Digital Content with Membership Sites, Online Courses and Recurring Subscriptions
The biggest advantage of a membership site is you can build it once, and then sell it many times. Digital Access Pass even has a "drip" feature (now copied by many, but Ravi was the inventor) that allows you to provide your members content over a period of time (instead of giving it to them all at once ).
Today we learn this about membership sites:
1. There is more than just putting up content and protecting it.2. You still have to bring value to your audience.3. You still need to promote it. It's not a "build it and they will come" world.4. You still need to provide new content to get them to stick around.
Check out Ravi's podcast at www.subscribeme.fm
Where Monetization Stumbles
You start out not caring about money, and you turn on the microphone and just wing it. Then later you want to make money with your podcast.
You topic doesn't lend itself to sponsors (too hot of a topic). This doesn't mean you can't get a sponsor, it means it may be tougher.
A podcaster wants to start monetizing after 4 weeks and they haven't developed that know like and trust, or an audience.
Mentioned in this Podcast
Shepodcasts.com
Podcaster's Studio
Snider Comments]]>6c1b63819ac8a4da92694f290bd7bfa8Mon, 01 Feb 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonLast week we talk about being a "hobby podcast" and that you can be a hero to someone. We mentioned that you do NOT have to make money with your podcast. Today we are going the other way and looking at making money with your podcast. So let's start...YOU DON'T MAKE MONEY WITH YOUR PODCAST. YOU MAKE MONEY WITH THE RELATIONSHIP YOU BUILD WITH YOUR PODCAST
This is why it takes time. In the same way that it takes time to develop a relationship, it takes time to build an audience that will like and trust you. Things that can speed up this process:

Create content that is valuable.
Come across in a way that build confidence.
Deliver it on a regular basis (so people depend on you).
Let them know you.

Strategies for Making Money with Your Podcast
1. Sell your own product
This is by far the most lucrative because people know, like and trust you. This can be a book, a course, consulting, etc.
2. Refer to other products through affiliate links
Pick a product that matches the audience. Preferably one that you actually like so you can talk open and honestly about the product. Many people use Amazon. or Audible as well.
3. Donations
You can put a paypal button on your site, or websites like Patreon make it easy to build a community by rewarding them for different levels of support. Be careful with the reward and make sure you don't spread yourself too thin.
4. Sponsorship
When you get over 5,000 download per episode, you can start thinking about getting a "big" sponsor (squarespace). As 92% of podcasters are nowhere near that number you are not out of luck. You can find smaller businesses that may be looking for more of a branding play. Check out my interview with Glenn The Geek who is making a living with sponsors by making sure his sponsors fit his audience and he gets them involved.
Selling Digital Downloads
Check out this super powerful shopping cart plugin that allows you to safely sell digital downloads
Gumroad is a handy website that make's it easy to sell digital downloads if you're not using Wordpress. Selz.com is another great looking shopping cart.
Monetizing With Membership Sites
The School of Podcasting was founded in 2005 and I used Digital Access Pass to to make sure the general public could not access my material. I also used it to manage my affiliate program, and e-mail m members. It created coupons for discounts, and generated reports. Is is the cheapest platform? No. But the money you save using different plugins is wasted in the time you spend trying to get them all to work together.
Today I interview Ravi Jayagopal from Digital Access Pass and the author of the book Subscribe Me: Making, Marketing & Monetizing Online Digital Content with Membership Sites, Online Courses and Recurring Subscriptions
The biggest advantage of a membership site is you can build it once, and then sell it many times. Digital Access Pass even has a "drip" feature (now copied by many, but Ravi was the inventor) that allows you to provide your members content over a period of time (instead of giving it to them all at once ).
Today we learn this about membership sites:
1. There is more than just putting up content and protecting it.2. You still have to bring value to your audience.3. You still need to promote it. It's not a "build it and they will come" world.4. You still need to provide new content to get them to stick around.
Check out Ravi's podcast at www.subscribeme.fm
Where Monetization Stumbles
You start out not caring about money, and you turn on the microphone and just wing it. Then later you want to make money with your podcast.
You topic doesn't lend itself to sponsors (too hot of a topic). This doesn't mean you can't get a sponsor, it means it may be tougher.
A podcaster wants to start monetizing after 4 weeks and...]]>3511cleanfullUnleash the Hero in You and Positively Impact Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unleash-the-hero-in-you-and-positively-impact-your-audience--7633796Darren Dake from the Coroner talk podcast has told us (about a year ago) where he was asked to do some state wide training in Missouri). Well Darren is back because now - because of his podcast - which is now over 100,000 downloads (think about how niche his topic is). Darren is using his podcast as a calling card, and now Darren has been asked to do some teaching on a NATIONAL level as the LEAD INSTRUCTOR for a course. He has made great contacts all over the world and has been asked to speak at numerous conventions. His next goal is to be asked to speak outside of the US. Check out his show at www.coronertalk.com
One more point: Coroner talk was Darren's second podcast. So you don't always hit it out of the park the first time. Darren started, tweaked, learned along the way and now is seeing success.
Podcast Rewind: Podcaster's Roundtable
In the recent episode of the Podcaster's Roundtbale we ask, "Is your podcast paying for itself?" Check it out at podcastersroundtable.com/64
We talk about networks, patreon, and wondering if people making money with their podcast is ruining podcasting for the hobby podcast.
Unleash Your Inner Hero: Defining Podcast Success
A post in a Facebook Group Asked: "What is your idea or definition of a successful podcast, the one that has specific number of downloads, or subscriptions or sponsorship or something else that I might not know??"
Does it make you happy? Do you love doing it every day/week? Do you have a positive impact on the lives of others? is it something you'd love to do every day as your career? You're successful. It's not about dollars and cents or downloads - it's about levels of happiness - Lou Mongello wdwradio.com All I can say is Amen.
Look, I love what money can do for me. I'm up to my eyeballs in student loans, but if you OBSESS over downloads numbers, and OBSESS over New and Noteworthy you are focusing on the wrong thing. You need to focus on your audience and impacting them in a positive fashion.
Example of Podcast Success
12:59 Mark Dowding from the Oh Beep Geocaching Show
Not writing this to boast, or brag, just as a heads up to anyone who is getting a little jaded with their podcast. We've struggled the last few shows and have only recorded one episode in January. We've been questioning our value in our niche and what we bring to the table. Then a listener sent this e mail, which told us we've been achieving what we set out to do every episode.:
"I just wanted to tell you how much I enjoy the show. I listen on my way to work and on my way home from work. My drive is around 1 1/2 hours. I have never laughed so much listening to a podcast. I sometimes have tears in my eyes from laughing so hard. An awesome father and son podcast.

So thank you"
Thats all we want to do, entertain people. There are plenty of deep dive podcasts in our niche and plenty of interview podcasts. We wanted to do something different and it seems we hit the spot - no one before that listener has told us we've done that.
Its worth keeping in mind that someone listening is getting value from your show, so don't give up.
People Are Listening
Glenn The Geek of Horse Radio Network has appeared twice on this show (cause he's that good) and check this out. He posted something in the School of Podcasting's Private Facebook Club. "I need to brag a bit, with the help of Dave Jackson getting the word out I have had four podcasters contact me this week who heard me speak on sponsorship and they all got their first sponsors this week! Rates ranged from $50 to $1500 an episode, congrats everyone. Learn more about this model in my Keynote at Podfest.us
Silencing the Imposter
It is amazing how if we are asked for our favorite childhood memory we may have to think about it. If someone asks for our worst memory, it comes to us without hesitation. These are the thoughts that stop us from reaching out to the world. These are the thoughts that whisper in our head that nobody would listen to a podcast from you. We today we provided three examples of people who are being heard, and who are making a difference.
Learning From My Mistakes
29:25 I left Jeff Hollbrook from wvpodcast.com out of the My Favorite Podcast Is project - for the second year in a row. I've learned to make a more streamlined submission process.
I forgot to press record on a recording - I notice this happens more when the person I'm interviewing is a friend and I'm feeling more comfortable, and more likely to "jump into the conversation."
I blew off the setting for my backup recording. You need to treat this as the file you will be using- because that may be the case.
I forgot to mention that I also sent the Ask the Podcast Coach show down the feed for the School of Podcasting. Lesson? Slow down when publishing.
Ready To Start Your Podcast?
Step by step tutorials
Private facebook group
Personalized e-mail support
"Office hours" live webinars
30 day money back guarentee

Mentioned in this Show
Ryan K Parker of Foodcraftsmen.com
Jim Collison of The Average Guy Network
Digital Access Pass
Subscribe Me: Making, Marketing & Monetizing Online Digital Content with Membership Sites, Online Courses and Subscriptions

The Total Money Makeover: Classic Edition: A Proven Plan for Financial Fitness (Dave Ramsey)
My Favorite Podcast Is...2015: Understanding Audience Loyalty]]>bcf53a175c9de5cdd7d57b3842278a95Mon, 25 Jan 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of my Podcast Darren Dake Darren Dake from the Coroner talk podcast has told us (about a year ago) where he was asked to do some state wide training in Missouri). Well Darren is back because now - because of his podcast - which is now over...Darren Dake from the Coroner talk podcast has told us (about a year ago) where he was asked to do some state wide training in Missouri). Well Darren is back because now - because of his podcast - which is now over 100,000 downloads (think about how niche his topic is). Darren is using his podcast as a calling card, and now Darren has been asked to do some teaching on a NATIONAL level as the LEAD INSTRUCTOR for a course. He has made great contacts all over the world and has been asked to speak at numerous conventions. His next goal is to be asked to speak outside of the US. Check out his show at www.coronertalk.com
One more point: Coroner talk was Darren's second podcast. So you don't always hit it out of the park the first time. Darren started, tweaked, learned along the way and now is seeing success.
Podcast Rewind: Podcaster's Roundtable
In the recent episode of the Podcaster's Roundtbale we ask, "Is your podcast paying for itself?" Check it out at podcastersroundtable.com/64
We talk about networks, patreon, and wondering if people making money with their podcast is ruining podcasting for the hobby podcast.
Unleash Your Inner Hero: Defining Podcast Success
A post in a Facebook Group Asked: "What is your idea or definition of a successful podcast, the one that has specific number of downloads, or subscriptions or sponsorship or something else that I might not know??"
Does it make you happy? Do you love doing it every day/week? Do you have a positive impact on the lives of others? is it something you'd love to do every day as your career? You're successful. It's not about dollars and cents or downloads - it's about levels of happiness - Lou Mongello wdwradio.com All I can say is Amen.
Look, I love what money can do for me. I'm up to my eyeballs in student loans, but if you OBSESS over downloads numbers, and OBSESS over New and Noteworthy you are focusing on the wrong thing. You need to focus on your audience and impacting them in a positive fashion.
Example of Podcast Success
12:59 Mark Dowding from the Oh Beep Geocaching Show
Not writing this to boast, or brag, just as a heads up to anyone who is getting a little jaded with their podcast. We've struggled the last few shows and have only recorded one episode in January. We've been questioning our value in our niche and what we bring to the table. Then a listener sent this e mail, which told us we've been achieving what we set out to do every episode.:
"I just wanted to tell you how much I enjoy the show. I listen on my way to work and on my way home from work. My drive is around 1 1/2 hours. I have never laughed so much listening to a podcast. I sometimes have tears in my eyes from laughing so hard. An awesome father and son podcast.

So thank you"
Thats all we want to do, entertain people. There are plenty of deep dive podcasts in our niche and plenty of interview podcasts. We wanted to do something different and it seems we hit the spot - no one before that listener has told us we've done that.
Its worth keeping in mind that someone listening is getting value from your show, so don't give up.
People Are Listening
Glenn The Geek of Horse Radio Network has appeared twice on this show (cause he's that good) and check this out. He posted something in the School of Podcasting's Private Facebook Club. "I need to brag a bit, with the help of Dave Jackson getting the word out I have had four podcasters contact me this week who heard me speak on sponsorship and they all got their first sponsors this week! Rates ranged from $50 to $1500 an episode, congrats everyone. Learn more about this model in my Keynote at Podfest.us
Silencing the Imposter
It is amazing how if we are asked for our favorite childhood memory we may have to think about it. If someone asks for our worst memory, it comes to...]]>2835cleanfullUnleash The Hero in You - Accepting the Challenge of Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unleash-the-hero-in-you-accepting-the-challenge-of-weight-loss--397712509c03c0519099ac432afec47c3676d5c4Mon, 25 Jan 2016 02:43:57 +0000David JacksonA new episode1481cleanfullAvoiding Burnout on the Road to Being an InFluencer with Tarun Stevensonhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/avoiding-burnout-on-the-road-to-being-an-influencer-with-tarun-stevenson--7583821
Great Content
Great Sound
Great Promotion
Great Attitude

No matter how great your show sound, and how much you promote it, without great content, it won't succeed.
No matter how great your content is, if it is painful to listen to, or you have to constantly adjust the volume, nobody is going to listen.
No matter how great you sound, and how great your content is, if you don't promote it, your growth will be slow.
Without a great attitude, you won't be able to handle it when things don't go according to plan. You have to be able to roll with the punches, dodge the trolls, embrace constructive feedback, celebrate other's success, and remember to always serve your audience. It is easier said than done.
Jump Starting Your Year
There are a number of people who can help you launch a great year. Michael Hyatt has your best year ever. John Lee Dumas can get you where you want to go in 100 days with his Freedom Journal (and yet I bought a copy). Today we have Tarun Stevenson of leadcommunicategrow.com is hear to help us keep our attitude in check, and to make sure we set realistic goals.
Avoiding Burnout
When you lose hope its a very dark place to be and want to quit. Business without purpose can lead to you throwing in the towel. We look at where we want to be, and then look at where we are, and instead of feeling gratitude for what you have, you get discouraged. You have to value your current situation so your attitude can stay positive and allow you to make it to the next step. An App that Dave has been using is Gratitude Journal .
Take A Look At Yourself
Look at last year and figure out what worked, and what could be done better. What experiences help you grow more? When we develop small habits they can lead to giant success.
Goals
Be sure to have specific goals, and make sure the goals push you out of your comfort zone. Make sure they are realistic. Instead of focusing on the goal, focus on the actions that will lead to achieving the successful goal.
Instead of focusing on our stats, focus on the actions that will lead to more downloads.
Anything of value takes time and effort. A garden of weeds takes no time or effort. Your successful podcast will require time and effort, but it will be worth it.
Becoming a Person of Influence

Operate with integrity
Help other people, and deliver value.
Listen to people, and be interested in other people.

Follow Tarun on twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn
Details Goal Setting & Free Audio Teaching on the 15 Laws of Growth
www.leadcommunicategrow.com/growme

Mentioned in this Episode
How to Influence People: Make a Difference in Your World (John Maxwell)
John Maxwell Books at Amazon
You can also get a free John Maxwell Audio Book when you sign up at Audible.
Alternatives to Recording Skype
On the Ask the Podcast Coach show this week we were joined by Josh of Zencastr.com and this is a great tool that allows you to record NUMEROUS guests and all your guest has to do is click a link to join. When the call is done, their file is uploaded to Zencastr. You get a copy of each person's file, and a combined version.
There are popping out of the woodwork. I also just heard about www.epishow.com/ which is basically the same thing.
Both are free, with Zencastr almost ready to come out of beta and start charging.
Omny Studio Media Hosting
I want to upload a file and have it come down the way I uploaded it. I want a media host to support me, and provide stats. Omny studio is different as they have some of the features are radio specific. They do have some unique features as you can edit in the cloud. You can upload your intro and outro and record your podcast with your phone and it will splice the intro, your content, and your outro together. The bad news is there are no ID3 tags. While 70% of podcast listeners may not notice they are missing, anyone listening to your podcast in iTunes on the desktop will notice the lack of information (and you look like a hack). If you care, they also rename your file. They charge $9 a month for unlimited uploads and downloads (which is a disastrous business plan), and provide basic stats. There is a free plan if you want to kick the tires. I did an in depth review on my blog with a video.
Ready to Launch Your Podcast and Get into iTunes?]]>4ed10713ff688663ea4afdf3e71822c1Mon, 18 Jan 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThere are a number of things you need to be successful in podcasting. Great Content Great Sound Great Promotion Great Attitude No matter how great your show sound, and how much you promote it, without great content, it won't succeed. No matter how...
Great Content
Great Sound
Great Promotion
Great Attitude

No matter how great your show sound, and how much you promote it, without great content, it won't succeed.
No matter how great your content is, if it is painful to listen to, or you have to constantly adjust the volume, nobody is going to listen.
No matter how great you sound, and how great your content is, if you don't promote it, your growth will be slow.
Without a great attitude, you won't be able to handle it when things don't go according to plan. You have to be able to roll with the punches, dodge the trolls, embrace constructive feedback, celebrate other's success, and remember to always serve your audience. It is easier said than done.
Jump Starting Your Year
There are a number of people who can help you launch a great year. Michael Hyatt has your best year ever. John Lee Dumas can get you where you want to go in 100 days with his Freedom Journal (and yet I bought a copy). Today we have Tarun Stevenson of leadcommunicategrow.com is hear to help us keep our attitude in check, and to make sure we set realistic goals.
Avoiding Burnout
When you lose hope its a very dark place to be and want to quit. Business without purpose can lead to you throwing in the towel. We look at where we want to be, and then look at where we are, and instead of feeling gratitude for what you have, you get discouraged. You have to value your current situation so your attitude can stay positive and allow you to make it to the next step. An App that Dave has been using is Gratitude Journal .
Take A Look At Yourself
Look at last year and figure out what worked, and what could be done better. What experiences help you grow more? When we develop small habits they can lead to giant success.
Goals
Be sure to have specific goals, and make sure the goals push you out of your comfort zone. Make sure they are realistic. Instead of focusing on the goal, focus on the actions that will lead to achieving the successful goal.
Instead of focusing on our stats, focus on the actions that will lead to more downloads.
Anything of value takes time and effort. A garden of weeds takes no time or effort. Your successful podcast will require time and effort, but it will be worth it.
Becoming a Person of Influence

Operate with integrity
Help other people, and deliver value.
Listen to people, and be interested in other people.

Follow Tarun on twitter, Facebook, and LinkedIn
Details Goal Setting & Free Audio Teaching on the 15 Laws of Growth
www.leadcommunicategrow.com/growme

Mentioned in this Episode
How to Influence People: Make a Difference in Your World (John Maxwell)
John Maxwell Books at Amazon
You can also get a free John Maxwell Audio Book when you sign up at Audible.
Alternatives to Recording Skype
On the Ask the Podcast Coach show this week we were joined by Josh of Zencastr.com and this is a great tool that allows you to record NUMEROUS guests and all your guest has to do is click a link to join. When the call is done, their file is uploaded to Zencastr. You get a copy of each person's file, and a combined version.
There are popping out of the woodwork. I also just heard about www.epishow.com/ which is basically the same thing.
Both are free, with Zencastr almost ready to come out of beta and start charging.
Omny Studio Media Hosting
I want to upload a file and have it come down the way I uploaded it. I want a media host to support me, and provide stats. Omny studio is different as they have some of the features are radio specific. They do have some unique features as you can edit in the cloud. You can upload...]]>2466cleanfull3 Things You Need To Make Money With Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/3-things-you-need-to-make-money-with-your-podcast--7535185
Abundant vs Poverty Mindset 8:10
Identifying the type of client or listener you want 23:50
Invest in yourself and value yourself. 29:31

In the process of going into these bullet points, I expanded the talk to include a discussion of looking at our podcast. There are two sides of podcasting

Podcast is the wild, wild West - and you can do WHATEVER you want.
You need to focus on delivering value to your audience.

So this leads us into uncomfortable places as we love to be encouraging, but we need to be honest and let people know that podcasting does require work (especially if you're trying to deliver value for your audience).
If your show fails to deliver value, then nobody will buy your service either.
How to Overcome Negative Podcast Mindsets
If you take the time so that you KNOW you are delivering value, then you are confident in your content. If you are "guessing" that your audience will enjoy/grow your content, then your confidence is not as solid.
How to Identify Your Listener
There is no easy way around this, and it will probably get tweaked over time. You need to go out and meet your audience. This can be online, or in person, but you need to go meet your audience and make sure they exist. When you talk to people and you hear what they need, then you can deliver the best content.
How To Invest in Yourself
My first piece of advice would be to turn off the television. Television delivers very little value when it comes to helping your podcast earn money (unless you're watching Shark Tank, or The Profit). There are many ways to do this that require no money:
Taking time to read blogs
Going to Meetup
Getting books from the library
Watching relevant video on YouTube
All those things can benefit you in your understanding of your content, your market, and help keep you focused. There are tons of different courses. If you find one that you feel fits your needs, then take the course, and throw yourself 100% into it. Don't purchase another course, book, CDs, DVDs, until you finish that course and put those strategies into action.
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>e1812817c5562726669ba13239d10819Mon, 11 Jan 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday's episode is a special "Dual Episode" as Dave and "The Real Brian" from Profitcast take on the subject of what is needed to make money with your podcast. We got together to talk about three bullet points: Abundant vs Poverty Mindset 8:10...
Abundant vs Poverty Mindset 8:10
Identifying the type of client or listener you want 23:50
Invest in yourself and value yourself. 29:31

In the process of going into these bullet points, I expanded the talk to include a discussion of looking at our podcast. There are two sides of podcasting

Podcast is the wild, wild West - and you can do WHATEVER you want.
You need to focus on delivering value to your audience.

So this leads us into uncomfortable places as we love to be encouraging, but we need to be honest and let people know that podcasting does require work (especially if you're trying to deliver value for your audience).
If your show fails to deliver value, then nobody will buy your service either.
How to Overcome Negative Podcast Mindsets
If you take the time so that you KNOW you are delivering value, then you are confident in your content. If you are "guessing" that your audience will enjoy/grow your content, then your confidence is not as solid.
How to Identify Your Listener
There is no easy way around this, and it will probably get tweaked over time. You need to go out and meet your audience. This can be online, or in person, but you need to go meet your audience and make sure they exist. When you talk to people and you hear what they need, then you can deliver the best content.
How To Invest in Yourself
My first piece of advice would be to turn off the television. Television delivers very little value when it comes to helping your podcast earn money (unless you're watching Shark Tank, or The Profit). There are many ways to do this that require no money:
Taking time to read blogs
Going to Meetup
Getting books from the library
Watching relevant video on YouTube
All those things can benefit you in your understanding of your content, your market, and help keep you focused. There are tons of different courses. If you find one that you feel fits your needs, then take the course, and throw yourself 100% into it. Don't purchase another course, book, CDs, DVDs, until you finish that course and put those strategies into action.
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3812cleanfullNew Food Guidelines - My Diet's Better Than Yourshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-food-guidelines-my-diet-s-better-than-yours--39771242Happy 2016 Dave!I love, love, love your podcast. I’ve been listening since June 2012. I’m so incredibly proud of you eating for health. Dumping sugar. Dumping empty calories from fast “Fraken” foods. Working more activity into your daily routine. Taking care of yourself.
I lost my weight (50 lbs) early on and I keep listening to podcasts like yours to stay motivated in my Sugar and Starch dodging lifestyle. You are always upbeat. I love your voice, your corny jokes, and fun sense of humor.
I’m writing to challenge you to keep pod casting, at least monthly, for a year AFTER you hit your goal weight. Staying on target after you are rocking your (insert size here) jeans turns out to be tougher than I anticipated and I’m really looking forward to your insights.You are always so full of tips, tricks and heartfelt sharing of your trials. You turned me on to FitBit (pedometer on steroids) and I look forward to your tech reviews. Keep it up for 2016!
So happy/ proud/ encouraged for you finally eating like a person who gives a damn about themselves and their world.Thank You for sharing with all of us.Best ,Laura in Oregon
What Dave is Listening to: Always Hungry
David S. Ludwig has a new book where he looks at how we treat obesity currently and if there is science to back up the way we treat this condition. His groundbreaking studies show that overeating doesn't make you fat; the process of getting fat makes you overeat. That's because fat cells play a key role in determining how much weight you gain or lose. Low-fat diets work against you, by triggering fat cells to hoard more calories for themselves, leaving too few for the rest of the body. This "hungry fat" sets off a dangerous chain reaction that leaves you feeling ravenous as your metabolism slows down. Cutting calories only makes the situation worse-creating a battle between mind and metabolism that we're destined to lose. You gain more weight, even as you struggle to eat less food. ALWAYS HUNGRY? turns dieting on its head with a three-phase program that ignores calories and targets fat cells directly
New Fitness TV Shows: My Diet's Better Than Yours
I actually like the new show. It focuses on a bunch of what appears to be fad diets, but in the end they all seem to focus on quality foods, and exercise. The diets that didn't, didn't seem to have as much impact. I don't think the Paleo or on the other side Vegan are the way to go. Everything in moderation, and focus on protein, fruits and vegetables. I like My Diet's Better Than Yours (Thursdays nights on ABC) because it focuses more on food than something like the Biggest Loser (which is also back). You also need to get your head in the game, and there is one diet that is called the No Diet Diet. That program focuses on getting your brain right.
What Dave is Listening to: Always Hungry
David S. Ludwig has a new book where he looks at how we treat obesity currently and if there is science to back up the way we treat this condition. His groundbreaking studies show that overeating doesn't make you fat; the process of getting fat makes you overeat. That's because fat cells play a key role in determining how much weight you gain or lose. Low-fat diets work against you, by triggering fat cells to hoard more calories for themselves, leaving too few for the rest of the body. This "hungry fat" sets off a dangerous chain reaction that leaves you feeling ravenous as your metabolism slows down. Cutting calories only makes the situation worse-creating a battle between mind and metabolism that we're destined to lose. You gain more weight, even as you struggle to eat less food. ALWAYS HUNGRY? turns dieting on its head with a three-phase program that ignores calories and targets fat cells directly
Available at Amazon.com]]>1c80a647b85b6807affb4b258bcc746aSun, 10 Jan 2016 21:01:31 +0000David JacksonListener Comments: Happy 2016 Dave!I love, love, love your podcast. I’ve been listening since June 2012. I’m so incredibly proud of you eating for health. Dumping sugar. Dumping empty calories from fast “Fraken” foods. Working more activity into your...Happy 2016 Dave!I love, love, love your podcast. I’ve been listening since June 2012. I’m so incredibly proud of you eating for health. Dumping sugar. Dumping empty calories from fast “Fraken” foods. Working more activity into your daily routine. Taking care of yourself.
I lost my weight (50 lbs) early on and I keep listening to podcasts like yours to stay motivated in my Sugar and Starch dodging lifestyle. You are always upbeat. I love your voice, your corny jokes, and fun sense of humor.
I’m writing to challenge you to keep pod casting, at least monthly, for a year AFTER you hit your goal weight. Staying on target after you are rocking your (insert size here) jeans turns out to be tougher than I anticipated and I’m really looking forward to your insights.You are always so full of tips, tricks and heartfelt sharing of your trials. You turned me on to FitBit (pedometer on steroids) and I look forward to your tech reviews. Keep it up for 2016!
So happy/ proud/ encouraged for you finally eating like a person who gives a damn about themselves and their world.Thank You for sharing with all of us.Best ,Laura in Oregon
What Dave is Listening to: Always Hungry
David S. Ludwig has a new book where he looks at how we treat obesity currently and if there is science to back up the way we treat this condition. His groundbreaking studies show that overeating doesn't make you fat; the process of getting fat makes you overeat. That's because fat cells play a key role in determining how much weight you gain or lose. Low-fat diets work against you, by triggering fat cells to hoard more calories for themselves, leaving too few for the rest of the body. This "hungry fat" sets off a dangerous chain reaction that leaves you feeling ravenous as your metabolism slows down. Cutting calories only makes the situation worse-creating a battle between mind and metabolism that we're destined to lose. You gain more weight, even as you struggle to eat less food. ALWAYS HUNGRY? turns dieting on its head with a three-phase program that ignores calories and targets fat cells directly
New Fitness TV Shows: My Diet's Better Than Yours
I actually like the new show. It focuses on a bunch of what appears to be fad diets, but in the end they all seem to focus on quality foods, and exercise. The diets that didn't, didn't seem to have as much impact. I don't think the Paleo or on the other side Vegan are the way to go. Everything in moderation, and focus on protein, fruits and vegetables. I like My Diet's Better Than Yours (Thursdays nights on ABC) because it focuses more on food than something like the Biggest Loser (which is also back). You also need to get your head in the game, and there is one diet that is called the No Diet Diet. That program focuses on getting your brain right.
What Dave is Listening to: Always Hungry
David S. Ludwig has a new book where he looks at how we treat obesity currently and if there is science to back up the way we treat this condition. His groundbreaking studies show that overeating doesn't make you fat; the process of getting fat makes you overeat. That's because fat cells play a key role in determining how much weight you gain or lose. Low-fat diets work against you, by triggering fat cells to hoard more calories for themselves, leaving too few for the rest of the body. This "hungry fat" sets off a dangerous chain reaction that leaves you feeling ravenous as your metabolism slows down. Cutting calories only makes the situation worse-creating a battle between mind and metabolism that we're destined to lose. You gain more weight, even as you struggle to eat less food. ALWAYS HUNGRY? turns dieting on its head with a three-phase program that ignores calories and targets fat cells directly
Available at Amazon.com]]>1756cleanfullGetting the Other Side of the Story: $57 Dollar Guy & Glycast.comhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-the-other-side-of-the-story-57-dollar-guy-glycast-com--7489803I could tell by the video that the person was more of a podcast listener and not an actual podcaster. I didn't think he was out to hurt podcasters. But I could see where there was a chance for people to get their RSS feed hijacked with now way to get it back if Glycast went out of business. This video explains it all.
So my first reaction was to tell everyone the house was on fire, and to be careful. My second reaction was to contact the company and get their side of the story. I was BLOWN AWAY when I got this response.
My name is José Pablo Fernández, I live in London, I started coding when I was 7 years old, I also started my first business around that time. I worked for Google some years ago. For the past 4 years I been running a startup I co-founded, first as CTO and then as CEO: Carousel Apps. This company is launching Glycast. I co-founded Hear a Blog, a podcasting-related product, some years ago, and we got selected and Seedcamp Paris finalists. In my video for investors I talk more about my background: https://carouselapps.wistia.com/medias/pv06qw6ap5
We have the core tech for Glycast but not everything, so, we'll build whatever is required for both parties to be happy. We want both parties to be happy, so, if you are not and you want to leave us, we won't stop you. If you require us setting up a redirect of your feed to another system, we'll implement that feature and everybody will have it.
I'm thinking of actually recommending people of using Feedburner, so as to have a setup such as this:
main rss -> glycast -> feedburner -> audience
You give the feedburner RSS to your audience and while Glycast is there, then you have ads, if one day you want to move away, then you just switch your Feedburner account to read directly from your main rss like this:
main rss -> feedburner -> audience
and voila. You don't even need the redirect. Nobody will notice any difference at all.
Depending on what systems people are using we may also develop plug ins. For example, we can have a WordPress plug in that makes your feed look like if it was serve from Glycast, with the ads, but on your feed on your own server. That shouldn't be that hard to implement.
About who is on your show? Do you mean about which ads are played and which ones aren't? I'd love to implement something like that. It'll probably be something like this: if you don't approve any ads, then all ads are approved, if you approve enough ads to take care of your inventory, then only those ads will appear. If there are not enough ads, we'll send an email with an alert. Those ads pay for our hosting and bandwidth so we can't run without ads for long periods of time, but I don't want any podcaster ever to be unhappy about the ads they are getting.
About how much money, I don't know yet. The market will define this over time. I could look at the current expenditure in podcasts but since our model is quite different, it doesn't really apply. When you buy ads in a podcast today you are most likely buying that spot forever, while with Glycast, the spot keeps passing around from advertiser to advertiser over time. Eventually, I think we'll have a bidding system, similar to Google's Adsense, so that the pricing adjusts over time automatically.
About the video. I'm not here to harm anyone. I'm here to make a product to help podcasters and advertisers connect, be more efficient. I'm building whatever podcasters will need to be happy. I understand your worry and your desire to warn your audience that might not understand RSS distribution and make a bad decision now that will cost them a chunk of their audience later on. That's not something I want to do and I wouldn't be happy with any company holding an audience hostage like that. I do want to work with you, and other podcasters, to make sure I meet your needs of an excellent platform that will help monetize your podcast, whatever your size is, whatever your topic is, and focus on your craft, on what you love, on podcasting.
I'm an avid podcast listener, consuming more than 20hs per week of podcasts and every time someone announces they are going off the air because they need to focus on other things to pay the bills it makes me sad... and whenever I look at my feed and I see all the podcasts that silently stopped putting out updates it makes me even sadder. If the problem is funding, I want to help.
What amazed me was why this information was not on their website. José has a great resume, and with some insights into who and what I'm looking at, my fears are much less.
Future Podcast Related Companies: Listen Up

We've all worked hard to build our audience, and the last thing we want to do is create something that will make them jump through hoops, or damage the quality of our content. It's is ALL about the content. I don't want to put a Home Depot commercial in my "Teen Mom" podcast.
I want to know who you are and why I should do business with you.
I want to know WHERE you are, as they may effect support.
If you anything that adds to my process, I want the ability to leave your service with zero effect to my audience.
Don't try to charge me $30 for something that takes 5 minutes. We are not stupid. We all talk to each other. You mess with one podcaster, you mess with the community.
If you mess up, admit it, say your sorry, and explain the steps you've taken so that it won't happen again.
Lastly, if you are designing a product for podcasters - you might want to talk to us to see if we even want your product.

The $57 Dollar Interview Guy Shares His Story
17:10
When I first heard that Aaron Janx was charging $57 to be interviewed on his show. If you have him on your show then he charges nothing. I thought, "Wait, a guest is bringing their content to YOUR show, if anybody is getting paid it should be the guest. After all, no guests - no show right? Well not completely, but my original reaction was this was a bunch of crap. If you've never read it, there is a great book called The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People, and Habit 5 is Seek to Understand before being Understood. You can get the book for free when you sign up at Audible.
Aaron got flack for having the word "War" in his title. No his show is the Aaron Jax show.
Aaron's show is about how to win the War of Success. Winning those little battles in your life to be successful. Some people don't want to answer the questions as we get into the nitty gritty. There are some motivational talks on the show as well. Check it out at www.socialspurs.com as well as in iTunes
Here is a Screen Shot From Aaron's Listing on RadioGuestList.com

In the interview we hear that:
Aaron has done hundreds of interviews and had a large amount of people who would not show up (no call, no notification).
He asks people that approach him (people he doesn't have a relationship with) to pay $57. This way they are more than likely to show up. Some might say they have "Some skin in the game."
He found that people offer to come on the show, and then disappear. This is a tremendous waste of time.
Aaron is not trying to earn a living from his guests, but basically trying to weed out "the men from the boys."
Aaron shared where John Lee Dumas is charging $700 to appear on his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast, so this is not a "new idea."
The person who sent out the $57 to be on the show (the ad above) has been sacked.
Cancellations ranged from 30 - 50% of the time
Aaron was also assuming his guests would promote their appearance (and they often don't - Check out Jared Easley's new book Stop Chasing Influencers which explains how Jared had tons of "big" guests - but it didn't turn into subscribers.
Scheduling Tools
Schedule once starts at $5 (but you probably want $9)
Calendaly.com is $8/month
Appointlet is $15 a month and allows you to charge
Bookly is $46 (once) it's a Wordpress Plugin
Live365 Has Left the Buidling
Live365 (a streaming provider - traditionally for music) tried to get into Podcasting, and stories have now surfaced that they are all but done. This is partly due to fees going up on Licensing music. Full story is here. If you want to create a streaming version of your show, I use Abovecast. I have found people don't listen as long (about 5 minutes) so I make snippets and point people to my website. Much like a podcast has to be listed in directories (iTunes, Stitcher, TuneIn) so do streaming channels. Here is a default (boring) default page.
Free Poddcast Editing
If you are done with cutting out "ums" and want to just create content and let someoone else handle the editing, check out www.podcastmechanic.com I'm ready to take on a few clients.
Ready to Start a Podcast?
In today's show you hear how Marcy Rosenbaum had an idea went out and bought some equipment (bought the wrong microphone) and was just lost. She purchased some one-on-one consulting and her show was in iTunes in a few weeks. Schedule your coaching call today. If you'd rather go "Self-paced" check out the School of Podcasting. Join risk free with out 30 day guarantee.]]>dd75e11c11eef65ddd99bddfe238753bMon, 04 Jan 2016 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonI recently was very concerned when I saw a video from a company call Glycast.com It stated, "“It’s a new approach to podcast advertising. This is how it works. You give us your podcast feed, and we give you a new one to distribute to your audience. ”"...I could tell by the video that the person was more of a podcast listener and not an actual podcaster. I didn't think he was out to hurt podcasters. But I could see where there was a chance for people to get their RSS feed hijacked with now way to get it back if Glycast went out of business. This video explains it all.
So my first reaction was to tell everyone the house was on fire, and to be careful. My second reaction was to contact the company and get their side of the story. I was BLOWN AWAY when I got this response.
My name is José Pablo Fernández, I live in London, I started coding when I was 7 years old, I also started my first business around that time. I worked for Google some years ago. For the past 4 years I been running a startup I co-founded, first as CTO and then as CEO: Carousel Apps. This company is launching Glycast. I co-founded Hear a Blog, a podcasting-related product, some years ago, and we got selected and Seedcamp Paris finalists. In my video for investors I talk more about my background: https://carouselapps.wistia.com/medias/pv06qw6ap5
We have the core tech for Glycast but not everything, so, we'll build whatever is required for both parties to be happy. We want both parties to be happy, so, if you are not and you want to leave us, we won't stop you. If you require us setting up a redirect of your feed to another system, we'll implement that feature and everybody will have it.
I'm thinking of actually recommending people of using Feedburner, so as to have a setup such as this:
main rss -> glycast -> feedburner -> audience
You give the feedburner RSS to your audience and while Glycast is there, then you have ads, if one day you want to move away, then you just switch your Feedburner account to read directly from your main rss like this:
main rss -> feedburner -> audience
and voila. You don't even need the redirect. Nobody will notice any difference at all.
Depending on what systems people are using we may also develop plug ins. For example, we can have a WordPress plug in that makes your feed look like if it was serve from Glycast, with the ads, but on your feed on your own server. That shouldn't be that hard to implement.
About who is on your show? Do you mean about which ads are played and which ones aren't? I'd love to implement something like that. It'll probably be something like this: if you don't approve any ads, then all ads are approved, if you approve enough ads to take care of your inventory, then only those ads will appear. If there are not enough ads, we'll send an email with an alert. Those ads pay for our hosting and bandwidth so we can't run without ads for long periods of time, but I don't want any podcaster ever to be unhappy about the ads they are getting.
About how much money, I don't know yet. The market will define this over time. I could look at the current expenditure in podcasts but since our model is quite different, it doesn't really apply. When you buy ads in a podcast today you are most likely buying that spot forever, while with Glycast, the spot keeps passing around from advertiser to advertiser over time. Eventually, I think we'll have a bidding system, similar to Google's Adsense, so that the pricing adjusts over time automatically.
About the video. I'm not here to harm anyone. I'm here to make a product to help podcasters and advertisers connect, be more efficient. I'm building whatever podcasters will need to be happy. I understand your worry and your desire to warn your audience that might not understand RSS distribution and make a bad decision now that will cost them a chunk...]]>2900cleanfullThe Truth About Bottled Water - Oprah Asks Are You Ready?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-truth-about-bottled-water-oprah-asks-are-you-ready--39771324www.logicalloss.com/283 for more]]>2678272dd0b8acd1f1d62a1d92fc0a01Mon, 04 Jan 2016 02:36:04 +0000David JacksonSee www.logicalloss.com/283 for morewww.logicalloss.com/283 for more]]>1489cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast 2015: A Listener Loyalty Studyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-2015-a-listener-loyalty-study--744900001:25 Exponent - the nuances of tech strategy - Submitted by Max Flight of AirplaneGeeks.com, TheUAVDigest.com, and PaxExPodcast.com
2:48 Up In Your Business - brings in inspiration to help you to create a business - Submitted by Chris Lewis of www.dadspotlight.com
4:33 School of Podcasting - All Things Podcasting - Submitted by Craig from inglespodcast.com and 08:06 Kenn from blackmanwithagun.com
09:53 Ask the Podcast Coach - Your Podcast Questions Answered - Submitted by Dan Lovallo from http://headlinehistory.libsyn.com/podcast
11:18 We Choose Respect - Teaches kids to be respectful - Submitted by Erik K Johnson from www.podcasttalencoach.com
13:35 You Must Remember This - Golden Age of Hollywood - Submitted by Emily and James of www.classylittlepodcast.com
16:40 Canada Land - A deep dive into the media world in Canada - Submitted by Francis McGrogan from www.standcurious.com
19:10 The Mentee - surround yourself with heavy hitting mentors - Submitted by Gretchen from www.alwaysalesson.com
20:10 Learning Leader - focuses on leadership in every field - Submitted by Gretchen (Schultek) Bridgers from www.alwaysalesson.com
20:40 Duncan Trussell Family Hour - have a good laugh every once in a while - Submitted by Harry Duran of www.podcastjunkies.com
21:56 Mat Men - I love wrestling and this network - Jeff Bradburry from www.teachercast.net
22:30 The Morning Stream - a great mix of humor, news, music, pop culture - Submitted by Jeremy Denise of transmissionspodcast.com
23:33 Bowery Boys - New York City history - Submitted by Jessica Bailey of www.funkyfitnessnow.com
24:34 Art of Manliness - Great advice for Men - Submitted by John Overall of Wordpress Plugins A to Z
26:18 Finding Christ in Cinema - tease out the bits of movies that relate to Christ - John Wilkerson of www.thewiredhomeschool.com
28:10 Grit and Hustle - full of interviews with startups who've had overcome all kinds of obstacles - Submitted by John Livesay of www.sellingsecretsforfunding.com
28:47 The Ferderalist Radio Hour - They talk politics. They talk policy. The host is is absolutely brilliant - Submitted by John Tsarpalas of www.commonwealthy.com
30:38 48 Days to the Work You Love - shows tough love to his listeners and doesn't sugar coat things for them - Submitted by Judy Graph of www.farmandranchcountry.com
32:04 Snap Judgement - great stories, music behind it, the history, and other off the wall stuff - Submitted by Ken Kastler -of www.bountifulproductions.com
32:55 Steal the Show - the most unorthodox marketing program - Submitted by Kim Kracji of www.onthetablepodcasts.com
33:53 Mac Power Users - their recommendations have never steered me wrong - Laura McClellan of www.theproductivewoman.com
36:30 Mad at Dad - If you're married and if you have kids, you probably go through the same thing - Chiaki Hinohara of www.metalmoment.com
40:19 $100 MBA - - the perfect combination of book smarts and street smarts - Submitted by Michel Nelson 0f www.byhyu.com
41:35 Art of Likability - educational podcasts that are also entertaining - Submitted by Michel Nelson 0f www.byhyu.com
42:45 Stacking Benjamins - interesting stories around the finances - Submited by Steve Stewart of No Debt, No Credit, No Problems
44:44 Writing Excuses - really gets deep into the craft - Submitted by Maya Good of www.literaryroadhouse.com
45:50 Podcast Talent Coach - amazing information that has really helped me improve my show - Submitted by Steave Stearns of  www.outsidehealthandfitness.com
47:43 Security Now! - information that comes out is very timely and relevant to my day job - Submitted by Rich Warfield of www.loudpipes.net
50:05 Tim Ferris Show - He interviews top performing people from all different categories - Submitted by Scott Johnson -of Computer Tutor and Ultrafinishers
52:03 99% Invisible - Talks about all the obscure, unique things - Submitted by Sharon Marrel of www.uuperspective.com
53:25 Daily Tech News - excellent technology information that I find extremely interesting - Submitted by Al Holtz of thelastshippodcast.com & learntoselfpub.com
55:01 Thomas Jefferson Hour - life through the eyes of Thomas Jefferson - Submitted by Terry Noorda of discoveringamerica-history.com
56:05 New Media Show - Great Content You Can't Get Anywhere Else - Submitted by Dave Jackson (me)
Have a Great 2016
Thanks to everyone for a great 2015. I look forward to watching the growth of podcasting in the future. If you'd like to have episodes of the School of Podcasting show up on your iPhone go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes and subscribe today. If you're on an Android you can Subscribe on Android. If you'd like to get the show notes delivered to you for free, sign up for our newsletter.
Check out Dave's Books
More Podcast Money
My Favorite Podcast 2014
My Favorite Podcast 2015
Join the School of Podcasting
www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>1781568add4ab123bfbe428bafa5740cMon, 28 Dec 2015 05:00:00 +0000David Jacksonin no particular order) 01:25 Exponent - the nuances of tech strategy - Submitted by Max Flight of AirplaneGeeks.com, TheUAVDigest.com, and PaxExPodcast.com 2:48 Up In Your Business - brings in inspiration to help you to create a business - Submitted...01:25 Exponent - the nuances of tech strategy - Submitted by Max Flight of AirplaneGeeks.com, TheUAVDigest.com, and PaxExPodcast.com
2:48 Up In Your Business - brings in inspiration to help you to create a business - Submitted by Chris Lewis of www.dadspotlight.com
4:33 School of Podcasting - All Things Podcasting - Submitted by Craig from inglespodcast.com and 08:06 Kenn from blackmanwithagun.com
09:53 Ask the Podcast Coach - Your Podcast Questions Answered - Submitted by Dan Lovallo from http://headlinehistory.libsyn.com/podcast
11:18 We Choose Respect - Teaches kids to be respectful - Submitted by Erik K Johnson from www.podcasttalencoach.com
13:35 You Must Remember This - Golden Age of Hollywood - Submitted by Emily and James of www.classylittlepodcast.com
16:40 Canada Land - A deep dive into the media world in Canada - Submitted by Francis McGrogan from www.standcurious.com
19:10 The Mentee - surround yourself with heavy hitting mentors - Submitted by Gretchen from www.alwaysalesson.com
20:10 Learning Leader - focuses on leadership in every field - Submitted by Gretchen (Schultek) Bridgers from www.alwaysalesson.com
20:40 Duncan Trussell Family Hour - have a good laugh every once in a while - Submitted by Harry Duran of www.podcastjunkies.com
21:56 Mat Men - I love wrestling and this network - Jeff Bradburry from www.teachercast.net
22:30 The Morning Stream - a great mix of humor, news, music, pop culture - Submitted by Jeremy Denise of transmissionspodcast.com
23:33 Bowery Boys - New York City history - Submitted by Jessica Bailey of www.funkyfitnessnow.com
24:34 Art of Manliness - Great advice for Men - Submitted by John Overall of Wordpress Plugins A to Z
26:18 Finding Christ in Cinema - tease out the bits of movies that relate to Christ - John Wilkerson of www.thewiredhomeschool.com
28:10 Grit and Hustle - full of interviews with startups who've had overcome all kinds of obstacles - Submitted by John Livesay of www.sellingsecretsforfunding.com
28:47 The Ferderalist Radio Hour - They talk politics. They talk policy. The host is is absolutely brilliant - Submitted by John Tsarpalas of www.commonwealthy.com
30:38 48 Days to the Work You Love - shows tough love to his listeners and doesn't sugar coat things for them - Submitted by Judy Graph of www.farmandranchcountry.com
32:04 Snap Judgement - great stories, music behind it, the history, and other off the wall stuff - Submitted by Ken Kastler -of www.bountifulproductions.com
32:55 Steal the Show - the most unorthodox marketing program - Submitted by Kim Kracji of www.onthetablepodcasts.com
33:53 Mac Power Users - their recommendations have never steered me wrong - Laura McClellan of www.theproductivewoman.com
36:30 Mad at Dad - If you're married and if you have kids, you probably go through the same thing...]]>3721cleanfullGadgets Kills Crazvings - Resolution Solutionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/gadgets-kills-crazvings-resolution-solutions--39771222Today we talk about a great tool called the Kitchen Safe that enables you to lock away those items that you crave (cookies, twinkies, Reese Cups) and you can set a time from 1 minute to 10 DAYS. The Kitchen Safe XL is 5.5" Width x 5.5" Length x 10.4" Height. So you can hold chips, cookies, or (and this could make it very useful) TOYS, REMOTE CONTROLS, PHONES.
So when your child misbehaves, you can now lock their device in the kitchen safe. You turn the dial to the time you need, and then, THERE IS NO OVER-RIDE. So when the child cries to you and says, "I need my remote control for my game" you have no control. You can't over-ride it. "I guess you should have listened to your parents. It's a little thing I call CONSEQUENCES.
The one "negative" side effect is the Kitchen Safe is $59 at Amazon.
which seems a little steep, but on the other hand. If it was inexpensive, you might be tempted to smash it. It's a little less expensive on their website at www.thekitchensafe.com
Tips on Keeping Resolutions

Consistency
Pace Yourself
Keep it Simple
Recognize Your Shortcomings
Make it Fun

Get Ready To Baby Step It in 2016
As the year comes this way, don't go out of the gate at 200 mph, hurt yourself, and then quit. Start focusing on ONE thing you can do this week that would be a step in the right direction. Practice doing it. Then the following week do one more thing. For me, I need to go to bed. When I stay up later I eat more. Even if I'm eating healthy, more calories are more calories. Sleep would be better.
A Mentality To Beat Cravings
My cousin turned me on to a saying, "It's better to want what you don't have (chips, cookies, etc) then to have what you don't want (20 extra lbs). So yes, cravings suck. But being over-weight sucks more. It's better to want what you don't have then to have what you don't want.
Thanks so much for a great year. Thanks for all the support!]]>54cbde54e031572784bcf7213c2e6592Mon, 28 Dec 2015 00:47:23 +0000David JacksonThe Kitchen Safe Keeps Cookies, Chips, and Toys Out of Readh Today we talk about a great tool called the Kitchen Safe that enables you to lock away those items that you crave (cookies, twinkies, Reese Cups) and you can set a time from 1 minute to 10...Today we talk about a great tool called the Kitchen Safe that enables you to lock away those items that you crave (cookies, twinkies, Reese Cups) and you can set a time from 1 minute to 10 DAYS. The Kitchen Safe XL is 5.5" Width x 5.5" Length x 10.4" Height. So you can hold chips, cookies, or (and this could make it very useful) TOYS, REMOTE CONTROLS, PHONES.
So when your child misbehaves, you can now lock their device in the kitchen safe. You turn the dial to the time you need, and then, THERE IS NO OVER-RIDE. So when the child cries to you and says, "I need my remote control for my game" you have no control. You can't over-ride it. "I guess you should have listened to your parents. It's a little thing I call CONSEQUENCES.
The one "negative" side effect is the Kitchen Safe is $59 at Amazon.
which seems a little steep, but on the other hand. If it was inexpensive, you might be tempted to smash it. It's a little less expensive on their website at www.thekitchensafe.com
Tips on Keeping Resolutions

Consistency
Pace Yourself
Keep it Simple
Recognize Your Shortcomings
Make it Fun

Get Ready To Baby Step It in 2016
As the year comes this way, don't go out of the gate at 200 mph, hurt yourself, and then quit. Start focusing on ONE thing you can do this week that would be a step in the right direction. Practice doing it. Then the following week do one more thing. For me, I need to go to bed. When I stay up later I eat more. Even if I'm eating healthy, more calories are more calories. Sleep would be better.
A Mentality To Beat Cravings
My cousin turned me on to a saying, "It's better to want what you don't have (chips, cookies, etc) then to have what you don't want (20 extra lbs). So yes, cravings suck. But being over-weight sucks more. It's better to want what you don't have then to have what you don't want.
Thanks so much for a great year. Thanks for all the support!]]>1634cleanfullEvaluating Your Podcast Yearhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/evaluating-your-podcast-year--7408032Troy produces numerous podcast, but today he is talking about the Blacklist Exposed podcast he had the creator of the hit NBC show contact Troy on twitter and ask to come on the show. While he was on the show he made announcements that were then used in Press Releases that had all the press releases pointing at Ttoy's site theblacklistexposed.com Tory point out that:

The Creator of the Show Called THEM.
It took three seasons (it didn't happen over night).
Make great headlines.

Evaluating Your Podcast Year
My stats are basically flat from the start of the year to the end of the year. I had a bit of an upswing in the middle of the year, and I'm up a bit from last year (kind of following the trends of podcasting up about 3%). Here are some things you can look at:

See what episodes were downloaded the most
See what episodes had the most comments
See what pages had the most visit (check your Google Analytics)
See what got shared the most ( I use Social Warfare for this)
Then look at what didn't do well.

You want to do more of what seemed to resonate with your audience and less of what didn't. Seems obvious, but without a time to evaluate what is working you could be going deeper into the wrong direction.

Top Ten Episodes of 2015
The Journey of Podcasting Starts with a Single Episode- Profitcast's The Real Brian
Taking Phone Calls On Your Podcast
What to Do If You Can't Pick a Podcast Topic
What Podcasters Can Learn From David Letterman
Podcasting's Most Frequently Asked Questions
Making a Living Talking about Horses - Glen the Geek is Never Boring
Audio Technica BP40 - Electrovoice RE320 - Audio Technica ATR2100 USB Microphone Shootout
Jeff Brown Shares 26 Years Of Experience Behind the Microphone
8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audience

Honorable Mentions
The Most Addicting Social Platform Ever
What Every Podcaster Should Know About Stalkers
Is Soundcloud A Legitimate Option for Podcasting?

New Tools I Started Using this Year
Intelliplayer is a great tool that allows you to add calls to action to YouTube Videos, as well as get more stats than you get in Youtube.
Convert Kit  - A great email marketing tool that gives great insights into your email subscribers
Nimble - This is the tool I use to keep in touch with the members at the School of Podcasting and Consulting Clients
Social Warfare - Sharing buttons on steroids for Wordpress.
Simple Podcast Press - For me, the best "Advanced Player" out there. The ability to add an email sign up form AND any button I want, makes it a no brainer.
Cover Genie Pro - Makes great covers, ebooks, and a whole lot more.
*Note some of those links are affiliate links.
Tools I Will Stop Using
Soundcloud.com It may be cheap, but I'm getting zero return for my money.
Lead Pages - Great tool, but the tools I'm using it for (squeeze pages) I can do with Convert Kit. I was going to use their lead digits, but I then realized that I would be marrying myself to the service as my phone number would be in my old episodes.
The One Thing
Other things I've noticed looking back at this year is a pile of training materials that I never went through. I bought them to "watch later" and then went on my ways doing things in a manner that I'm sure could be more efficient. I've used Asana for years. It's a great free project management tool. I've never really mastered the software and its capabilities. This will be the first thing I work on in 2016. Get organized and then identify the ONE THING that I will do next. I've heard about the book The ONE Thing: The Surprisingly Simple Truth Behind Extraordinary Results on how you should pick the NEXT thing that you will be working on and do it. Then the next, then the next. All the while making sure yo are only working on ONE THING.
Don't Forget to Celebrate the Accomplishments
While I could look at the things that didn't work this year (podcasting for free proved -as I thought - to be a bad experiment), don't forget to look at the things you tried that worked (using blab.im for Ask the Podcast Coach has really made that show fun). By focusing on my next meal, I've lost over 20 lbs in the last three months. Check out apps like the Gratitude app, or the Way of Life apps to help keep you focused and engaged.
In Between The Stats
While we can focus on the download numbers, and the amount of revenue we generate, this week showed me my greatest asset. My audience. After many years of therapy and making each other miserable, my wife and I dissolved our marriage. I wasn't looking for a pitty party when I announced it on Facebook, but the support that flooded in via email, voicemail, etc was baffling. I felt like George Bailey in It's a Wonderful Life." I've had numerous pep talks, and some great conversations. I'm as fine as one can be in this situation. I'm waiting for the dust to settle, but I'm looking forward to a much more quiet future.
While I've now been married twice (and for all purposely, my last), I have no children. I have ex-step children who I do miss, but nobody will be carrying my genes. Again, not looking for a pitty party, but just stating the facts. I have always felt like podcasting was a calling. It just fits me like a glove. It allows me to be creative, to teach, to help, and to use technology. It scratches every itch there is to scratch for me.
So I look forward to creating deeper connections with my audience in 2016. I look forward to being focused, and finding more effective ways of getting the word out about the School of Podcasting. I look forward to serving you as we move forward.
Ready To Launch Your Podcast?
Join the School of Podcasting and get instant access to step by step tutorials, a private Facebook group, and "office hours" webinars where you can get your question answered live in addition to email support. If you're not happy within the first 30 days, I'll refund your money. Sign up at www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>700ba2eea0cd97a9de2e330f21fbae64Mon, 21 Dec 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of My Podcast the Creator From the Blacklist Gets Interviewed on Podcast Troy produces numerous podcast, but today he is talking about the Blacklist Exposed podcast he had the creator of the hit NBC show contact Troy on twitter and ask to come...Troy produces numerous podcast, but today he is talking about the Blacklist Exposed podcast he had the creator of the hit NBC show contact Troy on twitter and ask to come on the show. While he was on the show he made announcements that were then used in Press Releases that had all the press releases pointing at Ttoy's site theblacklistexposed.com Tory point out that:

The Creator of the Show Called THEM.
It took three seasons (it didn't happen over night).
Make great headlines.

Evaluating Your Podcast Year
My stats are basically flat from the start of the year to the end of the year. I had a bit of an upswing in the middle of the year, and I'm up a bit from last year (kind of following the trends of podcasting up about 3%). Here are some things you can look at:

See what episodes were downloaded the most
See what episodes had the most comments
See what pages had the most visit (check your Google Analytics)
See what got shared the most ( I use Social Warfare for this)
Then look at what didn't do well.

You want to do more of what seemed to resonate with your audience and less of what didn't. Seems obvious, but without a time to evaluate what is working you could be going deeper into the wrong direction.

Top Ten Episodes of 2015
The Journey of Podcasting Starts with a Single Episode- Profitcast's The Real Brian
Taking Phone Calls On Your Podcast
What to Do If You Can't Pick a Podcast Topic
What Podcasters Can Learn From David Letterman
Podcasting's Most Frequently Asked Questions
Making a Living Talking about Horses - Glen the Geek is Never Boring
Audio Technica BP40 - Electrovoice RE320 - Audio Technica ATR2100 USB Microphone Shootout
Jeff Brown Shares 26 Years Of Experience Behind the Microphone
8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audience

Honorable Mentions
The Most Addicting Social Platform Ever
What Every Podcaster Should Know About Stalkers
Is Soundcloud A Legitimate Option for Podcasting?

New Tools I Started Using this Year
Intelliplayer is a great tool that allows you to add calls to action to YouTube Videos, as well as get more stats than you get in Youtube.
Convert Kit  - A great email marketing tool that gives great insights into your email subscribers
Nimble - This is the tool I use to keep in touch with the members at the School of Podcasting and Consulting Clients
Social Warfare - Sharing buttons on steroids for Wordpress.
Simple Podcast Press - For me, the best "Advanced Player" out there. The ability to add an email sign up form AND any button I want, makes it a no brainer.
Cover Genie Pro - Makes great covers, ebooks, and a whole lot more.
*Note some of those links are affiliate links.
Tools I Will Stop Using
Soundcloud.com It may be cheap, but I'm getting zero return for my money.
Lead Pages - Great tool, but the tools I'm using it for (squeeze pages) I can do with Convert Kit. I was going to use their lead digits, but I then realized that I would be marrying myself to the service as my phone number would be in my old episodes.
The One Thing
Other things I've noticed looking back at this year is a pile of training materials that I never went through. I bought them to "watch later" and then went on my ways doing things in a manner that I'm sure could be more efficient. I've used Asana for years. It's a great free project management tool. I've never really mastered the software and its capabilities. This will be the first thing I work on in 2016. Get organized and then identify the ONE THING that I will do next. I've heard about the book The ONE Thing: The Surprisingly Simple Truth Behind Extraordinary Results on how you should pick the NEXT thing that you will be working on and do it. Then...]]>2885cleanfullEducation and Action Lead to Weight Loss Success Storieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/education-and-action-lead-to-weight-loss-success-stories--39771243Today we also talk about Amy White who got involved by looking at labels, educating herself on what she was putting in her mouth. She realized that while the dollar menu was cheaper now, it was going to be much more expensive in the long run. In the end she lost 60 pounds. Read her full story here
I've been using My Fitness Pal to track my calories.]]>1db507acc19760f7272b9ee9c5a96189Mon, 21 Dec 2015 01:33:40 +0000David JacksonIn a recent story The Sun, she stated, ""I used to drink ten cups [of tea] a day with two sugars in each so I was on 20 sugars a day," she said. "Now I don't drink it and I have more energy than ever." She is also doing a bit more exercise, quit...Today we also talk about Amy White who got involved by looking at labels, educating herself on what she was putting in her mouth. She realized that while the dollar menu was cheaper now, it was going to be much more expensive in the long run. In the end she lost 60 pounds. Read her full story here
I've been using My Fitness Pal to track my calories.]]>1330cleanfullYou Don't Need Thousands of Downloads To Sell Ads - The Return of Glenn The Geekhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-don-t-need-thousands-of-downloads-to-sell-ads-the-return-of-glenn-the-geek--7363580Glenn made quite a splash when he was on the show earlier this year (it's the most shared episode on the site).
7:02 "Glenn the Geek" is America's Horse Husband and founder of the Horse Radio Network recently had a special holiday program where they streamed live for 12 hours. Here are some stats:
12 Hours Live20+ Hosts30 Scheduled Guests including Charlie Daniels, Robin from Disney World, Monty Roberts and American Pharoah Trainer Bob BaffertCrashed live feed during Bob Baffert, everything else worked all dayOver 100 listener voicemails with songs, poems and holiday greetings.200 calls during the day (Not all got on air)Gave away $3,000 in prizes including $1000 Grand Prize17 Sponsors
Strategies For Doing a Radiothon
He started planning months in advance when he was face to face with the sponsors.
Sponsors who won't sponsor on a weekly basis, may be interested in doing a "one off." (who later turn into a weekly sponsor).
Glenn uses Callinstudio.com to take phone calls and streams via mixlr.com
He put it in the contract that the sponsors had to publish the radiothon on their Facebook page.
He utilized relationships to get great guests. Glen says "It's not who you know, it's who knows YOU."
He got his audience involved who sent in songs, poems, shout outs and more (it took 20 hours to edit together).
They got Charlie Daniels by using the contact form on their website.
They had a title sponsor who was mentioned every hour. Another advertiser sponsored the email section. Other advertisers were tied into give aways.
Results of Horse Radio Holiday Radiothon
He mad 50% of what he makes in a month in ONE day. It was a lot of work.
He picked up new sponsor who decided to sponsor this one day, are now sponsor weekly.
Proof You don't have to have huge numbers to sell advertising. You have to have huge numbers to sell to Ford and Chevy.
For more information about the Horse Radio Network check out www.horseradionetwork.com
Podfest Event
29:55 Podfest is in February at Tampa Florida at podfest.us
For the 2nd year in a row, Podfest is the gathering place for long time podcasters, new podcasters and those who are thinking about starting podcasts. It's a special forum that brings you actionable and strategic education, unique opportunities to connect and collaborate with your fellow podcasters and speakers and access to the best podcasting resources out there!
Use the coupon code earlybird before the end of the year and get $100 off.
Because of my Podcast: Glenn The Geek
2:10 Glen mentioned a kickstarter program for a product that fit his audience. Glenn mentioned them on his show, and they were able to meet their funding target (with one audience member giving them $1000) and now that product is sponsoring Glenn's show.
Brian From Profitcast
Brian was asked to moderate a panel and interviewing the actors of his favorite TV show.
I'm a Verb!
38:27 On Profitcast Brian has now made my name a Verb. As in "I'm going to Dave Jackson this..." (meaning I'm going to interrupt a voicemail to talk to the person).
Streaming Radio Stations
Live365 has a new tool for Podcasters to Create a streaming radio station. They are charging $89 but you get unlimited listeners. Their system is easy to use and more complex than a system using the Centova system (I currently use Listen2myradio). I do like the way you can drill down and see where people are coming from, and they have a system in place for you to make money with your stream (at the rate of $2 for every thousand ads that are played on your station). You can also make money with having people sign up to be a VIP. It's interesting, but I'm not sure the average podcaster will chip in $89 for all the bells and whistles when you can $37.50 for 50 listeners. On my live streaming station, over the last 30 days I've had 66 listeners with the highest number listening at the same time of 10.
Mentioned on this Show
thepodcastdigest.info
Callburner
Hindenburg Journalist Software
Launch Your Podcast
Check out http://schoolofpodcasting.com/become-a-member/]]>a48fe95f747195ad1a540859e7e894d6Mon, 14 Dec 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCreative Ways to Get Your Advertisers to Promote Your Podcast Glenn made quite a splash when he was on the show earlier this year (it's the most shared episode on the site). 7:02 "Glenn the Geek" is America's Horse Husband and founder of the Horse...Glenn made quite a splash when he was on the show earlier this year (it's the most shared episode on the site).
7:02 "Glenn the Geek" is America's Horse Husband and founder of the Horse Radio Network recently had a special holiday program where they streamed live for 12 hours. Here are some stats:
12 Hours Live20+ Hosts30 Scheduled Guests including Charlie Daniels, Robin from Disney World, Monty Roberts and American Pharoah Trainer Bob BaffertCrashed live feed during Bob Baffert, everything else worked all dayOver 100 listener voicemails with songs, poems and holiday greetings.200 calls during the day (Not all got on air)Gave away $3,000 in prizes including $1000 Grand Prize17 Sponsors
Strategies For Doing a Radiothon
He started planning months in advance when he was face to face with the sponsors.
Sponsors who won't sponsor on a weekly basis, may be interested in doing a "one off." (who later turn into a weekly sponsor).
Glenn uses Callinstudio.com to take phone calls and streams via mixlr.com
He put it in the contract that the sponsors had to publish the radiothon on their Facebook page.
He utilized relationships to get great guests. Glen says "It's not who you know, it's who knows YOU."
He got his audience involved who sent in songs, poems, shout outs and more (it took 20 hours to edit together).
They got Charlie Daniels by using the contact form on their website.
They had a title sponsor who was mentioned every hour. Another advertiser sponsored the email section. Other advertisers were tied into give aways.
Results of Horse Radio Holiday Radiothon
He mad 50% of what he makes in a month in ONE day. It was a lot of work.
He picked up new sponsor who decided to sponsor this one day, are now sponsor weekly.
Proof You don't have to have huge numbers to sell advertising. You have to have huge numbers to sell to Ford and Chevy.
For more information about the Horse Radio Network check out www.horseradionetwork.com
Podfest Event
29:55 Podfest is in February at Tampa Florida at podfest.us
For the 2nd year in a row, Podfest is the gathering place for long time podcasters, new podcasters and those who are thinking about starting podcasts. It's a special forum that brings you actionable and strategic education, unique opportunities to connect and collaborate with your fellow podcasters and speakers and access to the best podcasting resources out there!
Use the coupon code earlybird before the end of the year and get $100 off.
Because of my Podcast: Glenn The Geek
2:10 Glen mentioned a kickstarter program for a product that fit his audience. Glenn mentioned them on his show, and they were able to meet their funding target (with one audience member giving them $1000) and now that product is sponsoring Glenn's show.
Brian From Profitcast
Brian was asked to moderate a panel and interviewing the actors of his favorite TV show.
I'm a Verb!
38:27 On Profitcast Brian has now made my name a Verb. As in "I'm going to Dave Jackson this..." (meaning I'm going to interrupt a voicemail to talk to the person).
Streaming Radio Stations
Live365 has a new tool for Podcasters to Create a streaming radio station. They are charging $89 but you get unlimited listeners. Their system is easy to use and more complex than a system using the Centova system (I currently use Listen2myradio). I do like the way you can drill down and see where people are coming from, and they have a system in place for you to make money with your stream (at the rate of $2 for every thousand ads that are played on your station). You can also make money with having people sign up to be a VIP. It's interesting, but I'm not sure the average podcaster will chip in $89 for all the bells and whistles when you can $37.50...]]>2664cleanfullIs a Naked Selfie in Your Future?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-a-naked-selfie-in-your-future--39771263
Please note that I'm not saying she is ugly. I'm saying that we may not be as healthy as we think we are and by taking a naked selfy (or a smarter move may be a good hard look in a full length mirror) might be a bit of a wake up call.
What are your thoughts?
Other Topics in this Episode
How Hi Fat Food Causes your brain to potentially eat itself
Applebee's is tkaing soda off the kids menu
10 Food you should always avoid
Thanks for supporting the Logical Weight Loss Podcast by visiting our Amazon.com link]]>f9ab26b430a4da0114d64aa409e2bcc7Mon, 14 Dec 2015 02:40:17 +0000David JacksonThis week there was some buzz about Amy Schumer and her naked picture in the Pirelli Calendar. Please note that I'm not saying she is ugly. I'm saying that we may not be as healthy as we think we are and by taking a naked selfy (or a smarter move...
Please note that I'm not saying she is ugly. I'm saying that we may not be as healthy as we think we are and by taking a naked selfy (or a smarter move may be a good hard look in a full length mirror) might be a bit of a wake up call.
What are your thoughts?
Other Topics in this Episode
How Hi Fat Food Causes your brain to potentially eat itself
Applebee's is tkaing soda off the kids menu
10 Food you should always avoid
Thanks for supporting the Logical Weight Loss Podcast by visiting our Amazon.com link]]>1329cleanfullDon't Let Your Ego Steer You Away From your Goalshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-let-your-ego-steer-you-away-from-your-goals--39771270722ccac5c3660973b4e9f83c58a90b8dTue, 08 Dec 2015 04:10:29 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about losing 20 lbs and how its funny how your mind starts to try to talk you out of the strategy that is working. So when I start to think this way, I just say to myself, "Stick with the program, the program is working. Also mentioned on...1172cleanfullAudience Participation Blue Print - Today in iOshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/audience-participation-blue-print-today-in-ios--7312875Rob Walch is the VP of Podcast relations, but he started off 11 years ago as the host of Podcast411. In 2007 he started the then Today in iPhone (later changed to Today in iOs to include the iPad) and Rob has more audience interaction than any podcast I've ever heard. Here are some things I noticed about his show.

Rob mentions and ASKS for feedback and provides his email address and phone number many times through the episode. He states it, and moves on.
He gets his community involved by asking them to contribute original music and artwork
He offers them free apps from developers looking to promote their app to their target audience.
He offers objective viewpoints (he's a fan boy, but realizes integrity easy to lose, and hard to come by) about Apple products.
He uses his sponsors so he can talk about them first hand.
When someone sends in feedback he religiously refers to this person by name.
He reminds his audience that he is "going back to the mail bag" to remind them to e-mail in their comments/questions
He doesn't pretend to know it all. If he doesn't know it, he throws it out to the audience to answer (and they do).
He uses a Google community (with 2500+ members) to community outside the podcast
He uses the same segments for each show, and yet every show is different due to news, apps, and upgrades. So you know what to expect, and still have no idea what to expect.
Every episode is served with a side of snarkiness. Rob is sarcastic and that is the part that I love about the show. His segment "How wrong were they" is always good for a chuckle.

I play a small "behind the scenes" conversation I had with Rob back in January of this year when we were talking "Twitter bombing"
1:10 Because of My Podcast I'm on FM Radio - Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk
Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk explains how his podcast lead to him getting a job as a regular on a local Radio show. Find Mike at podcasthelpdesk.com]]>a1dc855b56ebc1de006b3793a5557fe2Mon, 07 Dec 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe Podcast That Has More Audience Participation Than Any Podcast I've Heard Rob Walch is the VP of Podcast relations, but he started off 11 years ago as the host of Podcast411. In 2007 he started the then Today in iPhone (later changed to Today in...Rob Walch is the VP of Podcast relations, but he started off 11 years ago as the host of Podcast411. In 2007 he started the then Today in iPhone (later changed to Today in iOs to include the iPad) and Rob has more audience interaction than any podcast I've ever heard. Here are some things I noticed about his show.

Rob mentions and ASKS for feedback and provides his email address and phone number many times through the episode. He states it, and moves on.
He gets his community involved by asking them to contribute original music and artwork
He offers them free apps from developers looking to promote their app to their target audience.
He offers objective viewpoints (he's a fan boy, but realizes integrity easy to lose, and hard to come by) about Apple products.
He uses his sponsors so he can talk about them first hand.
When someone sends in feedback he religiously refers to this person by name.
He reminds his audience that he is "going back to the mail bag" to remind them to e-mail in their comments/questions
He doesn't pretend to know it all. If he doesn't know it, he throws it out to the audience to answer (and they do).
He uses a Google community (with 2500+ members) to community outside the podcast
He uses the same segments for each show, and yet every show is different due to news, apps, and upgrades. So you know what to expect, and still have no idea what to expect.
Every episode is served with a side of snarkiness. Rob is sarcastic and that is the part that I love about the show. His segment "How wrong were they" is always good for a chuckle.

I play a small "behind the scenes" conversation I had with Rob back in January of this year when we were talking "Twitter bombing"
1:10 Because of My Podcast I'm on FM Radio - Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk
Mike Dell from Podcast Help Desk explains how his podcast lead to him getting a job as a regular on a local Radio show. Find Mike at podcasthelpdesk.com]]>2402cleanfullYour Podcast Call To Action (CTA) - 11 Tips for Better Engagementhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-podcast-call-to-action-cta-11-tips-for-better-engagement--7267071We love our audience, and we want to connect. We want them to take steps to deepen their level of engagement. We want them to take actions. These often include:
Subscribe, Rate & Review in iTunes
Follow us on Social Media
Join our Email List
Buy products
Shop At Amazon
and that's just a few.
Determining Your ONE Call To Action
Your call to action will be unique to you. We all have different needs, and different motives. There is no one size fits all, but in the end you need to STOP and THINK, WHAT IS THE GOAL OF THIS PODCAST. Them figure out the roadmap to get your audience from point A to point B. If you are in podcasting "Just for fun" you probably still want people to tell their friends. That is a call to action.
Now if I was to honest here, I would say I want everyone to join the School of Podcasting. I need to look at this realistically. This may be the first time you've been on my website, or heard my show. That seems a bit forward don't you think? You don't ask someone to marry you on the first date, so you might not want to close the deal on the first contact with you audience. The cool thing is it is YOUR call. You want to ask someone to marry you on the first date, you can do that. But you might be less intimidating to have them sign up for your email list. From there you have another opportunity to provide value. Notice what I said here, you have an opportunity to serve your audience.
Figure out where you want to go, and the figure out how you're going to get there. It sounds easy, but you might find it difficult. The bottom line is you need a plan.
Tips For Creating a Call To Action

As I said before, you need to figure out what you want your audience to do
Be clear and concise
Be repetitive if necessary
Tell them HOW (sure you know how, but they may not)
Make it E A S Y (don't make them hunt for buttons, or type insane website addresses)
Eliminate competitive calls to action
Explain how they will benefit (not how you will benefit)
Explain exactly what will happen
Explain why they need to do this now
Remove the Fear. Try to avoid words that might seem much of a commitment. BUY NOW vs Add to Cart. Maybe we should be asking people "Get the back catalog" instead of "Subscribe." Explain how they can cancel at any time, and it is free.
Place it in two places on your post. One near the top of the page ("above the fold" and once near the bottom).

In the end, a call to action should convey value, and provide a sense of urgency.
Because of my Podcast - Jeff Steinman
Jeff explains that how launching a podcast boosted his book sales, brought him more traffic, and boosted his interview skills. You can find Jeff at howtoquitworking.com
How To Quit Working: A Simple Plan to Leave Your Job for a Life of Freedom
Podbean's CrowdFunding Platform
For the sake of this argument, let's say that the bar is set at Patreon.com They are the first at an ongoing crowdfunding platform. Others have come and gone, and they are still here. Podbean (a media host) recently launched the ability to have crowdfunding. I went over to check it out. Here is what I found.

It's easy to setup, but in some cases impossible to edit.
With Patreon it's super easy to create a post (think of it like a Facebook Wall) and choose who can and can't see that post. I don't see that option. With Podbean you have a comments section that doesn't seem as robust.

When I watched their video on this, I did notice that their example video shows that all the rewards are outside of the crowdfunding area (bonus content, newsletters). I have an email into Podbean for clarification. I noticed on their demo video someone asked the same question (how do I create a piece of content for a certain support level) and it hasn't been answered.
Podbean does have some badges (something I wish Patreon would provide) that make it super easy to copy and paste and have them appear on your website. the one feature that Patreon has that Podbean didn't event mention is scarcity. In other words you could setup a reward amount and say "Only 5 people can be VIPs." I didn't see this as an option in Podbean.
One of the issues I had with Podbean is not their fault. I was using Feedburner for the Podcast I setup. Feedburner (shocking) had a problem with the artwork. Podbean pulled this artwork (or lack thereof) and uses that in your listing. There is no place in Podbean to change that. With a properly working feed, I wouldn't have had this issues, but I had no way to edit it. After I updated the feed, the image never appeared.
Like Most Humans - I Stuck With the Comfortable
I have a Patreon account for the School of Podcasting and another one for the Ask the Podcast Coach show and I understand the Patreon platform. They also seem to be working on adding more features to the Patreon platform.
Create Clammrs From Just About Anywhere
Clammr has been adding features. Clammr is a tool that allows you to share up to 18 seconds of audio and put it on twitter, Facebook, email, etc. Anyone can listen to the whole episode, or like it and receive the details of the audio clip via email. Recently they announced the ability to integrate with the PowerPress player (something I will report on in the future), but they also had it easy to create clammrs by sharing an audio clip and sending it to clammr. In my testing it seemed to work a bit more reliably if Clammr was open already and then you went to your podcast player and clicked the share button.
From there you will record your audio and be taken to the clammr app where you can fine tune it before publishing it to your clammr account. For more information go to clamrr.com and to here what people are clammring, check out the clammrcast top 20 countdown.
Ready To Start Your Own Podcast?
]]>3c2b80a7fffa0aef4fffa82bb043600cMon, 30 Nov 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonIncreasing Your Podcast's Audience Engagement With Better Calls To Action We love our audience, and we want to connect. We want them to take steps to deepen their level of engagement. We want them to take actions. These often include: Subscribe, Rate...We love our audience, and we want to connect. We want them to take steps to deepen their level of engagement. We want them to take actions. These often include:
Subscribe, Rate & Review in iTunes
Follow us on Social Media
Join our Email List
Buy products
Shop At Amazon
and that's just a few.
Determining Your ONE Call To Action
Your call to action will be unique to you. We all have different needs, and different motives. There is no one size fits all, but in the end you need to STOP and THINK, WHAT IS THE GOAL OF THIS PODCAST. Them figure out the roadmap to get your audience from point A to point B. If you are in podcasting "Just for fun" you probably still want people to tell their friends. That is a call to action.
Now if I was to honest here, I would say I want everyone to join the School of Podcasting. I need to look at this realistically. This may be the first time you've been on my website, or heard my show. That seems a bit forward don't you think? You don't ask someone to marry you on the first date, so you might not want to close the deal on the first contact with you audience. The cool thing is it is YOUR call. You want to ask someone to marry you on the first date, you can do that. But you might be less intimidating to have them sign up for your email list. From there you have another opportunity to provide value. Notice what I said here, you have an opportunity to serve your audience.
Figure out where you want to go, and the figure out how you're going to get there. It sounds easy, but you might find it difficult. The bottom line is you need a plan.
Tips For Creating a Call To Action

As I said before, you need to figure out what you want your audience to do
Be clear and concise
Be repetitive if necessary
Tell them HOW (sure you know how, but they may not)
Make it E A S Y (don't make them hunt for buttons, or type insane website addresses)
Eliminate competitive calls to action
Explain how they will benefit (not how you will benefit)
Explain exactly what will happen
Explain why they need to do this now
Remove the Fear. Try to avoid words that might seem much of a commitment. BUY NOW vs Add to Cart. Maybe we should be asking people "Get the back catalog" instead of "Subscribe." Explain how they can cancel at any time, and it is free.
Place it in two places on your post. One near the top of the page ("above the fold" and once near the bottom).

In the end, a call to action should convey value, and provide a sense of urgency.
Because of my Podcast - Jeff Steinman
Jeff explains that how launching a podcast boosted his book sales, brought him more traffic, and boosted his interview skills. You can find Jeff at howtoquitworking.com
How To Quit Working: A Simple Plan to Leave Your Job for a Life of Freedom
Podbean's CrowdFunding Platform
For the sake of this argument, let's say that the bar is set at Patreon.com They are the first at an ongoing crowdfunding platform. Others have come and gone, and they are still here. Podbean (a media host) recently launched the ability to have crowdfunding. I went over to check it out. Here is what I found.

It's easy to setup, but in some cases impossible to edit.
With Patreon it's super easy to create a post (think of it like a Facebook Wall) and choose who can and can't see that post. I don't see that option. With Podbean you have a comments section that doesn't seem as robust.

When I watched their video on this, I did notice that their example video shows that all the rewards are outside of the crowdfunding area (bonus content, newsletters). I have an email into Podbean for clarification. I noticed on their demo video someone asked the same question (how do I create a piece of content for a certain support level) and it hasn't...]]>2412cleanfullTroubleshooting Your Weight Loss Planhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/troubleshooting-your-weight-loss-plan--39771247024c2becac505e7dbcbf730bca82944cMon, 30 Nov 2015 03:02:56 +0000David JacksonA new episode1505cleanfullDon't Keep Your Audience Waitinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-keep-your-audience-waiting--7219581Be Part of Our Last episode of the Year
Answer the question, "My favorite podcast is.." and explain WHY leave your answers HERE (deadline 11/31)
I've mentioned the book [easyazon_link identifier="0849921902" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power[/easyazon_link] available at Amazon which is a great book for shaping your content. I've always said that before you press record you should ask yourself, "What about this topic is going impact my listener enough to want them to tell a friend?" If you can't answer that, then maybe you shouldn't press record.
Here are some questions to ask yourself:
Do I have a crystal clear objective about this topic. How do you get crystal clear about a subject? By knowing your audience and what they need or want to hear.
What points do I need to make to obtain my objective?
Don't worry about what they think about YOU, instead think about THEM.
Get To the Point
With Thanksgiving right around the corner when I to my Grandmother's house it was great seeing all my cousins, it was great smelling all the food, it was great eating crackers or whatever little munchies they had out out, but for the most part I wanted the TURKEY and HOME MADE MASHED POTATOES. It was the same at Christmas. My Grandfather would read the Christmas story before we opened presents (a tradition my brother continues). Then we had to sing some Carols. THEN, FINALLY we would open presents.
Your audience is here for the presents.
What do you have a hard time waiting for?]]>aec96e68cb17793d1c525b8715a78796Mon, 23 Nov 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonI've been talking about your podcast from TOP to Bottom over the last couple of weeks. Sometimes its good to go back to the basics and reexamine our shows. The first week we talked about Headlines (the title of your show notes), and I provided a free...Be Part of Our Last episode of the Year
Answer the question, "My favorite podcast is.." and explain WHY leave your answers HERE (deadline 11/31)
I've mentioned the book [easyazon_link identifier="0849921902" locale="US" tag="sop2-20"]Secrets of Dynamic Communications: Prepare with Focus, Deliver with Clarity, Speak with Power[/easyazon_link] available at Amazon which is a great book for shaping your content. I've always said that before you press record you should ask yourself, "What about this topic is going impact my listener enough to want them to tell a friend?" If you can't answer that, then maybe you shouldn't press record.
Here are some questions to ask yourself:
Do I have a crystal clear objective about this topic. How do you get crystal clear about a subject? By knowing your audience and what they need or want to hear.
What points do I need to make to obtain my objective?
Don't worry about what they think about YOU, instead think about THEM.
Get To the Point
With Thanksgiving right around the corner when I to my Grandmother's house it was great seeing all my cousins, it was great smelling all the food, it was great eating crackers or whatever little munchies they had out out, but for the most part I wanted the TURKEY and HOME MADE MASHED POTATOES. It was the same at Christmas. My Grandfather would read the Christmas story before we opened presents (a tradition my brother continues). Then we had to sing some Carols. THEN, FINALLY we would open presents.
Your audience is here for the presents.
What do you have a hard time waiting for?]]>1363cleanfullYou Got Them to Push Play - Does Your Into Make them Push STOP?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-got-them-to-push-play-does-your-into-make-them-push-stop--7172185www.schoolofpodcasting.com/headlines
Your Podcast Introduction
People are busy. We hear activity like a badge of honor. How are you ding Bob? BUSY! I'm backed up. I don't get to take lunch. I'M SWAMPED! So with this in mind it is my opinion that your intro should get to the point quickly and answer the following questions:
Who am I listening to?
What is this?
Why do I need to listen to this now?
Get to the Punch Line?

Put Yourself in the Shoes Of Your Listener
When they do a search in Google, or iTunes, etc they see your information and they are asking:

Should I listen to this podcast.
Should I keep listening to this podcast?
Will I come back to listen to this podcast

Today I play intros from the following Shows
The Podcast Report
Podcast Producer
5 Minutes in Church History
317 Podcast
Your Intro is Important
Mark Ramsey said at the new Media Expo that unlike radio, every podcast listener starts at the beginning. Make yours count, hit them hard, hit them quick, and let them know what they are going to get.
[clickToTweet tweet="Does your podcast intro move people to push STOP" quote="Does your podcast intro move people to push STOP"]
Get Exposure For Your Show
26:45 November is almost over. Each year I ask you to answer one question. What is your favorite podcast and WHY. Be sure to tell us where we can find your podcast (and what it's about). I'm really interested to see WHY. You can record/upload your answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite. There may be a prize involved......
Andrew Hellmich Refused to Podcast For Free - And it's Paying Off
27:48 Andrew Hellmich is from the Photo Bizz Exposed podcast (http://photobizx.com/) and does a podcast about boosting your wedding Photography business. Andrew launched a premium version of his show - when he launched. He knew the podcast would take time away from his business, and with a family to feed he couldn't podcast for free. The other thing Andrew does well, is provide value. He knows people will not pay for horrible content.
In this interview you will hear:
Andrew has hundreds of people paying for his membership
He didn't start in the direction where he landed. He didn't wait to get it perfect. He launched and tweaked.
His current strategy is to have 5 episodes available for free, and if you want access to the back catalog you need to pay Andrew $20 a month.
Passive income is not always passive.
Andrew has been podcasting for three years (this didn't happen overnight)
You will hear how Andrew is not afraid to try new things.
Andrew loves using Hindenburg Software to edit his podcast.
Do You Need a Good Podcast Introduction?
If you ever wonder where I got the female singers, or who did the intro to Andrew's show check out Music Radio Creative you get the top voices from all over the world, and years of experience. They can help you shape your message (for those who are marketing challenged). It's a great service.
Ready To Start Podcasting?
Join the school of podcasting and avoid the common pitfalls of podcasting. You will learn

How to shape your topic
What is the best equipment to choose (Without blowing a fortune)
How to build your website (or resources to have someone else do it)
How to record your show and get it into directories like Apple iTunes
How to promote your show and get exposure

You also get access to our private facebook group, and monthly "office hour" sessions where you can get free consulting.
There is a 30 day money back guarantee. If you join and are not satisfied, I will refund your money.]]>3f8115ba8d259a4f4fc1f6fa4d34aa4aMon, 16 Nov 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonLast week we talked about the importance of headlines, and I gave you a free resource to help you make better headlines. Now in Podcasting you headline is your "Show Notes" title. You can get the free resources at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/headlines...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/headlines
Your Podcast Introduction
People are busy. We hear activity like a badge of honor. How are you ding Bob? BUSY! I'm backed up. I don't get to take lunch. I'M SWAMPED! So with this in mind it is my opinion that your intro should get to the point quickly and answer the following questions:
Who am I listening to?
What is this?
Why do I need to listen to this now?
Get to the Punch Line?

Put Yourself in the Shoes Of Your Listener
When they do a search in Google, or iTunes, etc they see your information and they are asking:

Should I listen to this podcast.
Should I keep listening to this podcast?
Will I come back to listen to this podcast

Today I play intros from the following Shows
The Podcast Report
Podcast Producer
5 Minutes in Church History
317 Podcast
Your Intro is Important
Mark Ramsey said at the new Media Expo that unlike radio, every podcast listener starts at the beginning. Make yours count, hit them hard, hit them quick, and let them know what they are going to get.
[clickToTweet tweet="Does your podcast intro move people to push STOP" quote="Does your podcast intro move people to push STOP"]
Get Exposure For Your Show
26:45 November is almost over. Each year I ask you to answer one question. What is your favorite podcast and WHY. Be sure to tell us where we can find your podcast (and what it's about). I'm really interested to see WHY. You can record/upload your answer at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite. There may be a prize involved......
Andrew Hellmich Refused to Podcast For Free - And it's Paying Off
27:48 Andrew Hellmich is from the Photo Bizz Exposed podcast (http://photobizx.com/) and does a podcast about boosting your wedding Photography business. Andrew launched a premium version of his show - when he launched. He knew the podcast would take time away from his business, and with a family to feed he couldn't podcast for free. The other thing Andrew does well, is provide value. He knows people will not pay for horrible content.
In this interview you will hear:
Andrew has hundreds of people paying for his membership
He didn't start in the direction where he landed. He didn't wait to get it perfect. He launched and tweaked.
His current strategy is to have 5 episodes available for free, and if you want access to the back catalog you need to pay Andrew $20 a month.
Passive income is not always passive.
Andrew has been podcasting for three years (this didn't happen overnight)
You will hear how Andrew is not afraid to try new things.
Andrew loves using Hindenburg Software to edit his podcast.
Do You Need a Good Podcast Introduction?
If you ever wonder where I got the female singers, or who did the intro to Andrew's show check out Music Radio Creative you get the top voices from all over the world, and years of experience. They can help you shape your message (for those who are marketing challenged). It's a great service.
Ready To Start Podcasting?
Join the school of podcasting and avoid the common pitfalls of podcasting. You will learn

How to shape your topic
What is the best equipment to choose (Without blowing a fortune)
How to build your website (or resources to have someone else do it)
How to record your show and get it into directories like Apple iTunes
How to promote your show and get exposure

You also get access to our private facebook...]]>3715cleanfullWithout Your Health - It's all Meaninglesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/without-your-health-it-s-all-meaningless--39771327We all work hard, we try to pay off our bills, we put off sleeping and put our body through hard situations with the goal of "getting ahead."
Dave Ramsey says that if we spend our money like nobody else, someday we will live like nobody else. Well this goes the same for our food. If we eat the way nobody else does (skipping fast food, soda, etc) we will live like nobody else as well.
We need to take time to think about the long term. It makes no sense to kill ourselves to live.]]>7c8dd018dee1f1b16fa59f375a77f8f1Sun, 15 Nov 2015 22:27:25 +0000David JacksonWe've all heard that phrase that without our health we have nothing. We all work hard, we try to pay off our bills, we put off sleeping and put our body through hard situations with the goal of "getting ahead." Dave Ramsey says that if we spend our...We all work hard, we try to pay off our bills, we put off sleeping and put our body through hard situations with the goal of "getting ahead."
Dave Ramsey says that if we spend our money like nobody else, someday we will live like nobody else. Well this goes the same for our food. If we eat the way nobody else does (skipping fast food, soda, etc) we will live like nobody else as well.
We need to take time to think about the long term. It makes no sense to kill ourselves to live.]]>621cleanfullHow to Create Better Episode Titles Quickly and Easilyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-create-better-episode-titles-quickly-and-easily--7115747This topic starts at 6:35

The How To Headline (how to write headlines that will bring you more downloads)
The Testimonial headline (I wish I had found Dave Jackson sooner - I could've save a lot of money)
The Give Me headline (Give me 10 days, and I'll get your podcast into iTunes)
The Reason Why Headline (The to 3 reasons people fail at launching a podcast - and how to over come them)
The Probing Question Headline (Do you know the five things that cause people to unsubscribe podcasts?)
The Dominant Emotion (Are you tired of putting out an episode and getting ZERO feedback?)
The Command headline (Be the influencer that leads change in the world)
The If-Then Headline (If you can upload a picture on Faceboook, then you can upload a media file your hosting).
The Warning Headline (Is Soundcloud Going Out of Business?)

A headline grabs attention, draws listeners to press play, communicates the big idea, establishes credibility and joins the conversion that is already happening in your audience's head.
Common Mistakes That Podcaster's Make With Episode Titles
They put the phrase "Episode 123" at the BEGINNING of the headline.
Nobody cares if you're on episode 6, 60, 600, or 6000. What they care about is how you are going to make them laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertain them.
If you MUST do this (I understand it makes it easy to search on your website) put it at the end. You can see in the image to the left that you don't get to see what the title is because half of it is EPISODE XXX.
The worst offender of this is (unfortunately) the web based version of iTunes. It gives you very little room for your headline.
They Put Very Little Thought Into the Podcast Episode Title
This is the SECOND/THIRD thing people see when they find your listing (the first being your show artwork/Title of the Show). I know I am super guilty of waiting till I'd done recording the episode, editing, tagging it, listening to it "one more time," and writing the blog post. You're tired, you're excited (maybe), but you are "this close" to being done and you just "throw anything in there" just so you can press publish.
If you think about it, from the 1890 to the 1940's they had paperboys who would shout out the headlines to entice people to purchase a paper and get the rest of the story. They weren't scream edition #417!
If the podcast title is bad, the podcast will not be heard. Unheard audio impacts no one. (a twist on a John Caples quote).
How To Write Good Podcast Episode Titles
Typically Headlines do one of the following:

Making a promise.
Drawing a picture.
Stating a fact.
Asking a question.

Try these steps

Start with your audience. Cosmopolitan magazine knows their audience.
Write your show notes first. Then write the title. Prime the pump that is your brain.
Write several headlines. If you want to read them out loud.
Pick the most important benefit and include that benefit in the headlines.
Include the product or problem, or guest in the headlines
Often email program like Mail Chimp have A/B testing tools so use two headlines and see which one gets more clicks.

Automate the Process
There are tools such as Headlinr and Freshtitle ($37) are two tools where you enter a subject and they spit out numerous examples of potential headlines/Episode titles. Freshtitle comes with Title Analyzer that rates your headlines and critiques this for you. The Yoast SEO plugin does something similar (and it's free). Headlinr is a browser extension (chrome only), and Fresh Title is software for the Mac or PC. If you're interested in knowing more about Headlines, sign up for my headline resource kit that has videos of these software titles as well as free ebooks and more.
Free Headline Guide
I've created guide to some of the best resources to help you create great headlines. These include free ebooks, Demos of headline automation tools, and some of the best blog posts by Headline experts (I did all the Google for you).
Click here to get the guide.
Because of My Podcast: Jim Collison is a Microsoft MVP
2:30 I host Ask the Podcast Coach every Saturday at 10:30 AM with Jim Collison from theaverageguy.tv. It's quite a hoot! We both love to talk  podcasting. Last week Jim shared the story of how he became a Microsoft MVP, and it turns out it's because of his podcast.
Do you have something that wouldn't have happened except for your podcast? Share your story and get some added exposure and be heard on this show (I might turn these into a book next year). Contact me.
Google Play Discussion Continues
This topic begins at 22:50
Steve Stewart chimes in on last week's episode about Google play. He is SUPER HAPPY that the #1 search tool is going to promote his show FOR FREE. As for the terms of service, they are there to cover Google's butt in the event someone gets stupid.
Libsyn Launches New Plugin
Podcast Rewind
This topic begins at 30:05
Ideas for Podcasting Episode 5
Podcastonomics Episode 5
Libsyn Launches new Wordpress Plugin
32:25
If you are someone who has been usingPowerPress for a while, then do NOT switch
Ready to Start Podcasting?
Jin the school of podcasting and if you're not happy any time within the first 30 days, you can cancel your subcription and get a full refund.]]>790f467d2ff137b3678ff9e7b062e6cbMon, 09 Nov 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonThis is an abbreviated list of headline samples from the book "Writing Riches" by one of my favorite authors and podcaster's Ray Edwards. If you buy his book, buy some paper and pencil along with it. This topic starts at 6:35 The How To Headline (how...This topic starts at 6:35

The How To Headline (how to write headlines that will bring you more downloads)
The Testimonial headline (I wish I had found Dave Jackson sooner - I could've save a lot of money)
The Give Me headline (Give me 10 days, and I'll get your podcast into iTunes)
The Reason Why Headline (The to 3 reasons people fail at launching a podcast - and how to over come them)
The Probing Question Headline (Do you know the five things that cause people to unsubscribe podcasts?)
The Dominant Emotion (Are you tired of putting out an episode and getting ZERO feedback?)
The Command headline (Be the influencer that leads change in the world)
The If-Then Headline (If you can upload a picture on Faceboook, then you can upload a media file your hosting).
The Warning Headline (Is Soundcloud Going Out of Business?)

A headline grabs attention, draws listeners to press play, communicates the big idea, establishes credibility and joins the conversion that is already happening in your audience's head.
Common Mistakes That Podcaster's Make With Episode Titles
They put the phrase "Episode 123" at the BEGINNING of the headline.
Nobody cares if you're on episode 6, 60, 600, or 6000. What they care about is how you are going to make them laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertain them.
If you MUST do this (I understand it makes it easy to search on your website) put it at the end. You can see in the image to the left that you don't get to see what the title is because half of it is EPISODE XXX.
The worst offender of this is (unfortunately) the web based version of iTunes. It gives you very little room for your headline.
They Put Very Little Thought Into the Podcast Episode Title
This is the SECOND/THIRD thing people see when they find your listing (the first being your show artwork/Title of the Show). I know I am super guilty of waiting till I'd done recording the episode, editing, tagging it, listening to it "one more time," and writing the blog post. You're tired, you're excited (maybe), but you are "this close" to being done and you just "throw anything in there" just so you can press publish.
If you think about it, from the 1890 to the 1940's they had paperboys who would shout out the headlines to entice people to purchase a paper and get the rest of the story. They weren't scream edition #417!
If the podcast title is bad, the podcast will not be heard. Unheard audio impacts no one. (a twist on a John Caples quote).
How To Write Good Podcast Episode Titles
Typically Headlines do one of the following:

Making a promise.
Drawing a picture.
Stating a fact.
Asking a question.

Try these steps

Start with your audience. Cosmopolitan magazine knows their audience.
Write your show notes first. Then write the title. Prime the pump that is your brain.
Write several headlines. If you want to read them out loud.
Pick the most important benefit and include that benefit in the headlines.
Include the product or problem, or guest in the headlines
Often email program like Mail Chimp have A/B testing tools so use two headlines and see which one gets more clicks.

Automate the Process
There are tools such as Headlinr and Freshtitle ($37) are two tools where you enter a subject and they spit out numerous examples of potential headlines/Episode titles. Freshtitle comes with Title Analyzer that rates your headlines and critiques this for you. The Yoast SEO plugin does something similar (and it's free). Headlinr is a browser extension (chrome only), and Fresh Title is software for the Mac or PC. If you're interested in knowing more about...]]>2757cleanfullBehind the Scenes Secrets of Fast Food - Water Urgeny Cupshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-secrets-of-fast-food-water-urgeny-cups--39771269It's meant to be eaten fast (so you eat a ton of calories before you notice you're full).
You don't have to chew it much (again, faster consumption)
It doesn't age (as in 713 days later it looks the same - try that with an apple)
It's not really flame broiled (in most restaurants these are painted on).
Your pepsi might have poop in it.
We have double our calories from the 1980's
Bran muffins are cupcakes without the icing.
Sonic has a drink that would be like eating 70 sugar cubes
Quiznos has a large Turkey Club sandwich with 5,820 milligrams of salt
Are You On Track With Your Water?
I am currently drinking 80 oz of water per day. It wasn't easy, but I'm now doing it without much effort. I drink 4 24 ounce bottles a day. One way to know if you're on track is to use a bottle from Hydr-8. These bottles has time stamps on them that let you figure out if you are ahead/behind schedule to meet your water intake goals.
Check it out at http://amzn.to/1LZZKc0 (aff link)]]>2c33bad16c2bae19b69e701b3e3140cfSun, 08 Nov 2015 14:59:06 +0000David JacksonI found an article on Yahoo that had a ton of information about Fast Food, why we eat it, and what is really in it. You can read the whole article here, but here are some key points. It's meant to be eaten fast (so you eat a ton of calories before you...It's meant to be eaten fast (so you eat a ton of calories before you notice you're full).
You don't have to chew it much (again, faster consumption)
It doesn't age (as in 713 days later it looks the same - try that with an apple)
It's not really flame broiled (in most restaurants these are painted on).
Your pepsi might have poop in it.
We have double our calories from the 1980's
Bran muffins are cupcakes without the icing.
Sonic has a drink that would be like eating 70 sugar cubes
Quiznos has a large Turkey Club sandwich with 5,820 milligrams of salt
Are You On Track With Your Water?
I am currently drinking 80 oz of water per day. It wasn't easy, but I'm now doing it without much effort. I drink 4 24 ounce bottles a day. One way to know if you're on track is to use a bottle from Hydr-8. These bottles has time stamps on them that let you figure out if you are ahead/behind schedule to meet your water intake goals.
Check it out at http://amzn.to/1LZZKc0 (aff link)]]>2283cleanfullGoogle Play Terms & Patreon is Paying $3.5 Million a Month To Creatorshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/google-play-terms-patreon-is-paying-3-5-million-a-month-to-creators--7028916Google will pull an episode and host it on their servers (but they won't be a media host) The reason for this is they have control and reliability (come some people do stupid things like put their files on a website host instead of a media host).
They reserve the right to put ads after your show, and you will get nothing an like it.
There will be a directory, you will be able to direct people to a location
There is no set date besides "as soon as possible"
It is just in the USA for starting.
There are specific Google tags (just like iTunes Tags), but you can submit a feed and it will use the iTunes tags.
There will be stats.
They are not splitting your file into bits.
They hope to feature your show when people search for it. They want to give you what you want - when you want it. This is probably why they paid $35 million for Songza (a company that generated custom playlists) back in 2014.
Their artwork spec is from small to HUGE, so for now use your 1400X 1400 artwork that you use for iTunes.
You can add your podcast at http://g.co/podcastprotal
Here are the Terms of Service for Google Play
Check out No Agenda Show for more in depth Media Analysis
So How Do I Feel About Google Coming Into Podcasting?
Anytime my podcast can get in front of more people, I'm very happy.
As I've been online for a while, I've seen Google products come and go (Remember Google Buzz?). So while I'm excited, there is nothing for me to hold, touch, smell, and critique. Am I upset that they are going to host my files? No.
Do I wish they would just pass through my files from Libsyn? Yes, but I understand why they are not. We all have our fingers crossed that they use better encoding that Stitcher (which makes you sound barely listenable).
Am I upset that an advertising company is going to play ads after my show and I get none of that? No. (and I'm not surprised). As long as I can say what I want in my show and use it to direct people back to www.schoolofpodcasting.com I'm fine. Even Google has to pay the bills.
So at this point, I'm "Hooray! - um, I think..."
Terms of Service For Other Hosting Platforms
Blubrry (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month )Content Producers agree that the content in you shows are free from speech that advocates violence or speech that promotes hate. The Company reserves the right to immediately remove any media content from its Websites that in its sole discretion is deemed to violate the restrictions of this paragraph.
Libsyn.com (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month)
MonetizationAny attempt to directly monetize Your Content via third-party ad networks or other outside business agreements at the expense of Libsyn without written approval from Libsyn is prohibited. If you choose to monetize, Your Content, you agree to utilize Libsyn Service to enable monetization including but not limited to in-content advertising, iPhone applications or sale of Your Content which may include additional requirements for revenue sharing or fees for use depending on the Service.. To request permission to monetize Your Content via third-party ad networks or other outside business agreements at the expense of Libsyn, please email contact@libsyn.com
Spreaker (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month)
In connection with your User Submissions, you further agree that you will not: (i) publish misrepresentations that could damage Spreaker or any third party; (ii) submit material that is unlawful, defamatory, libellous, slanderous, threatening, pornographic, obscene, vulgar, harassing, harmful, hateful, abusive, racially or ethnically offensive or is otherwise inappropriate; (iii) post advertisements or solicitations of business; (v) impersonate another person or entity or falsely state or otherwise misrepresent your affiliation with a person or entity; or (v) post User Submissions that would be harmful to minors in any manner.
In any case of violation of any of the above user submission rules and requirements or as required by law or regulation, Spreaker reserves the right to take court action and/or report users to the relevant authorities, for instance but not limited to when a user submission becomes subject of a copyright infringement note.
Podbean (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month)
Podbean service makes it possible to post audios, videos, photos hosted on Podbean.com to outside websites. This use is accepted. However, pages on other websites which embed audios, videos, photos that hosted on podbean.com must provide a link back to Podbean.com from each embeded content to its Post page on Podbean.com. Free Account is intended for personal use ONLY. Professional or corporate users please use one of our paid services.
99% of the time the terms are there for the provider to cover their rear end.
Patreon Best Practices
22:01 Today we are joined by Taryn Arnold the community happiness representative of Patreon.com to take another look at Patreon ( spoke about Patreon in March of 2014 on Episode 399). They are "THE" platform when it comes to reoccurring crowd funding. When Joyride went out of business they directed their customer to Patreon.
Patreon is like a virtual tip jar for your audience to support you. Unlike Paypal (which can have issues when your listener's credit card changes or gets updated, and also may not notify you when a donation happens).
Patreon is working to add discovery to their already vast set of tools.
Patreon is a community building tool - not just a paywall. People who are succeeding at Patreon are treating it as a community tool to interact with their audience (make it two way - not just you putting stuff behind a pay wall).
$3.5 Million is being processed a month to creators.
There are roughly 25,000 active creators on Patreon.com.
Let me do the math for you 3,500,000 / 25,000 - $140 per active user (roughly...)
Be sure to add a link to your Patreon account in you email template so you never forget to mention it.
Most people are doing a monthly setup (instead of a per post item). If you are doing items less frequently, it may be better to set up your account as a "per post."
39:52 Some people like are putting the content they give away for free in Patreon. This makes a singular place for your community to find your content and interact with you. Pete Hollans makes 7,767.05 per video
It costs zero to start using Patreon.com they take somewhere between 4% - 6%
The $5 and $10 pledges are used the most (the average is $7).
You might want to make a few posts that anyone can see so that people who are browsing your items can get a free sample of your content.
[clickToTweet tweet="Patreon is paying 3.5 million a month to creators" quote="Tweet This: Patreon is paying 3.5 million a month to creators"]
My Favorite Podcast Is
I am accepting submissions for my annual "My Favorite Podcast Is" episode. This is where you can get extra exposure for your show. Here is what you do:
Go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite (you can upload a recording, you can record your message using the Speakpipe button, or call the toll free number).
Let me know the name of your show, where we can find it, and what it's about. Then let me know what your favorite podcast is AND WHY. If you know their website that would be awesome as well. This will be used in the last episode of the year, and turned into a book on Amazon (so more exposure).
Castermind Is Now Accepting Applications
If you want some personalized podcast coaching, with the benefit of a mastermind/accountability group, submit an application to part of my Castermind podcast group.
Ready To Start Podcasting?
Join the School of Podcasting risk free for 30 days. If you're not 100% satisfied I will refund your money - no questions asked. Prices will be increasing in 2016.
Mentioned in this Show
Podcaster's Studio & Podcaster's Roundtable
No Agenda Show
Congressional Dish]]>ab2b1fd5f85ba58ff295e3e49ec3f651Mon, 02 Nov 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonAny time my podcast can get in front of more people I'm happy. From what I've heard on the Feed Podcast where a Google Rep was interviewed here is what is what we think is going to happen. Google will pull an episode and host it on their servers (but...Google will pull an episode and host it on their servers (but they won't be a media host) The reason for this is they have control and reliability (come some people do stupid things like put their files on a website host instead of a media host).
They reserve the right to put ads after your show, and you will get nothing an like it.
There will be a directory, you will be able to direct people to a location
There is no set date besides "as soon as possible"
It is just in the USA for starting.
There are specific Google tags (just like iTunes Tags), but you can submit a feed and it will use the iTunes tags.
There will be stats.
They are not splitting your file into bits.
They hope to feature your show when people search for it. They want to give you what you want - when you want it. This is probably why they paid $35 million for Songza (a company that generated custom playlists) back in 2014.
Their artwork spec is from small to HUGE, so for now use your 1400X 1400 artwork that you use for iTunes.
You can add your podcast at http://g.co/podcastprotal
Here are the Terms of Service for Google Play
Check out No Agenda Show for more in depth Media Analysis
So How Do I Feel About Google Coming Into Podcasting?
Anytime my podcast can get in front of more people, I'm very happy.
As I've been online for a while, I've seen Google products come and go (Remember Google Buzz?). So while I'm excited, there is nothing for me to hold, touch, smell, and critique. Am I upset that they are going to host my files? No.
Do I wish they would just pass through my files from Libsyn? Yes, but I understand why they are not. We all have our fingers crossed that they use better encoding that Stitcher (which makes you sound barely listenable).
Am I upset that an advertising company is going to play ads after my show and I get none of that? No. (and I'm not surprised). As long as I can say what I want in my show and use it to direct people back to www.schoolofpodcasting.com I'm fine. Even Google has to pay the bills.
So at this point, I'm "Hooray! - um, I think..."
Terms of Service For Other Hosting Platforms
Blubrry (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month )Content Producers agree that the content in you shows are free from speech that advocates violence or speech that promotes hate. The Company reserves the right to immediately remove any media content from its Websites that in its sole discretion is deemed to violate the restrictions of this paragraph.
Libsyn.com (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month)
MonetizationAny attempt to directly monetize Your Content via third-party ad networks or other outside business agreements at the expense of Libsyn without written approval from Libsyn is prohibited. If you choose to monetize, Your Content, you agree to utilize Libsyn Service to enable monetization including but not limited to in-content advertising, iPhone applications or sale of Your Content which may include additional requirements for revenue sharing or fees for use depending on the Service.. To request permission to monetize Your Content via third-party ad networks or other outside business agreements at the expense of Libsyn, please email contact@libsyn.com
Spreaker (use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month)
In connection with your User Submissions, you further agree that you will not: (i) publish misrepresentations that could damage Spreaker or any third party; (ii) submit material that is unlawful, defamatory, libellous, slanderous, threatening, pornographic, obscene,...]]>3901cleanfullMaking Sustainable Changes You Can Maintainhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-sustainable-changes-you-can-maintain--39771283At my worst at the beginning of Audio I was 229 lbs. I joined program called "Slimgenics" on 8/10.

I weighed 220.6
I was 33.1% body fat
My chest was 44"
My waist was 43.5"
My right thigh was 21"
My hips were 44.5"

77 Days on October 26th I got measured again.

I weight 210 (so I'm down 10 lbs)
My body fat is 27.9% (down 5.2%)
My chest is 42.5" (down 1.5")
My waist is 44.25 (down 2.25")
My right thigh was 20" (down an inch)
My hips are 44.5

You can see my calories before and after joining the program in the chart below

This goes back to the words of my friend David Greenwalt of Leanness Lifestyle Univeristy, "If you're wondering why you're not losing any weight - IT'S THE FOOD."
Next Question: Creating Sustainable Life Changes
So I quit drinking mountain dew. I quit getting food through the drive through. I've had ONE piece of Halloween candy. I drink 80 oz of water a day. So in looking at how to make sustainable life changes, there are some things we need to keep in mind.
1. Plan and prepare.
2. Start really, really small.
3. Stick to 5 minutes.
4. Find a trigger.
5. Set up accountability.
6. Acknowledge success.
7. Create a support system.
8. Plan for disruptions.
9. Increase your time slowly.
10. One change at a time.
I Finally Found a Bathroom Scale I Like
I bought the fitbit Aria but it was not consistent (I once stepped on it and over three readings they scale fluctuated four lbs). I bought the Taylor Smart Scale (that uses Bluetooth) that said it would connect to MyFitness Pal (but it didn't). I finally just bought an Omron Body Composition Monitor with Scale that I can step on multiple times and get the same reading. It measures everything there is to measure including: body fat percentage, BMI, skeletal muscle, resting metabolism, visceral fat, body age, and weight. I don't expect the body fat and other items to be super accurate (but I do want the weight to be spot on, and so far it is).

I also love that I can actually read what the measurements are as I pull the meter out of the base and hold it up to my face. Awesome. I do miss the automatic syncing feature, but it takes all of five seconds to open my phone and enter it manually in my fitbit app.
A Better Way To Drink Water
So I've been drinking 80 oz of water a day (and losing lots of weight running to the bathroom), but Water is not my favorite. It's not hard, and at time I do just force my self to chug and swallow, but it would be so much easier if I actually liked the flavor. If only there WAS some flavor. So many of us turn to think like MIO flavoring. Well this is a pretty bad choice. When I scanned it in the Shop Well app, it gave it a grade of 51 (out of 100) and flavored water isn't much better (56).
Fruit Fusing Water Bottles
I first learned about Fruit Fusers on Shark tank, and the sharks said everyone could steal this idea and they did. I see them all over the place. Here is one that comes with a book of recipes.
Here is a link on Amazon if you are interested]]>bba2b6631af9a187d1030f23f9f78502Sat, 31 Oct 2015 19:55:13 +0000David JacksonI've been asked by some listeners to start some sort of crowdfunding through sites like Patreon.com. I wanted your opinion. If you have 30 seconds, I have a four question survey (4 question survey) that will help me decide. At my worst at the...At my worst at the beginning of Audio I was 229 lbs. I joined program called "Slimgenics" on 8/10.

I weighed 220.6
I was 33.1% body fat
My chest was 44"
My waist was 43.5"
My right thigh was 21"
My hips were 44.5"

77 Days on October 26th I got measured again.

I weight 210 (so I'm down 10 lbs)
My body fat is 27.9% (down 5.2%)
My chest is 42.5" (down 1.5")
My waist is 44.25 (down 2.25")
My right thigh was 20" (down an inch)
My hips are 44.5

You can see my calories before and after joining the program in the chart below

This goes back to the words of my friend David Greenwalt of Leanness Lifestyle Univeristy, "If you're wondering why you're not losing any weight - IT'S THE FOOD."
Next Question: Creating Sustainable Life Changes
So I quit drinking mountain dew. I quit getting food through the drive through. I've had ONE piece of Halloween candy. I drink 80 oz of water a day. So in looking at how to make sustainable life changes, there are some things we need to keep in mind.
1. Plan and prepare.
2. Start really, really small.
3. Stick to 5 minutes.
4. Find a trigger.
5. Set up accountability.
6. Acknowledge success.
7. Create a support system.
8. Plan for disruptions.
9. Increase your time slowly.
10. One change at a time.
I Finally Found a Bathroom Scale I Like
I bought the fitbit Aria but it was not consistent (I once stepped on it and over three readings they scale fluctuated four lbs). I bought the Taylor Smart Scale (that uses Bluetooth) that said it would connect to MyFitness Pal (but it didn't). I finally just bought an Omron Body Composition Monitor with Scale that I can step on multiple times and get the same reading. It measures everything there is to measure including: body fat percentage, BMI, skeletal muscle, resting metabolism, visceral fat, body age, and weight. I don't expect the body fat and other items to be super accurate (but I do want the weight to be spot on, and so far it is).

I also love that I can actually read what the measurements are as I pull the meter out of the base and hold it up to my face. Awesome. I do miss the automatic syncing feature, but it takes all of five seconds to open my phone and enter it manually in my fitbit app.
A Better Way To Drink Water
So I've been drinking 80 oz of water a day (and losing lots of weight running to the bathroom), but Water is not my favorite. It's not hard, and at time I do just force my self to chug and swallow, but it would be so much easier if I actually liked the flavor. If only there WAS some flavor. So many of us turn to think like MIO flavoring. Well this is a pretty bad choice. When I scanned it in the Shop Well app, it gave it a grade of 51 (out of 100) and flavored water isn't much better (56).
Fruit Fusing Water Bottles
I first learned about Fruit Fusers on Shark tank, and the sharks said everyone could steal this idea and they did. I see them all over the place. Here is one that comes with a book of recipes.
Here is a link on Amazon if you are interested]]>2096cleanfullHow to Podcast Step 1: Your Podcast Ideahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-podcast-step-1-your-podcast-idea--6913500Taking Your Podcast Inventory
This topics starts at 14:21

What do you like?
What are you good at?
What do other people say you're good at?
What do you not like?

According to the Book Secrets of Dynamic Communication you are either intending to persuade or enable people.
Persuading People
Everyone _______ should _____ (i.e. Every coach should podcast).
Enabling People
Every ____ can ______. (i.e. very coach can podcast).
Even sports shows are insinuating that everyone can/should cheer for their team. A comedy show might be getting you to think about something in a different (funny) way.
Why Would People Listen to Me?
This is a common response. After all it's easy to focus on ourselves. We are our favorite subject after all (right?). So instead of focusing on what people will think about you, think about what you are giving them? It's usually not scary to give someone a gift they know they will love, so why should delivering content that will positively impact them be scary.
Communication is about the person (singular) who you will be helping, persuading, instructing, entertaining them.
So How Do You Know If Your Podcast Will Impact Your Audience?
You need to live in your niche. You need to hangout where your audience hangs out. This could be Facebook groups, Google Groups, Linkedin Groups, Meetup.com, etc. You need to go to where they are, and see what they are talking about. You can read books about our subject, and read blogs as well. You can watch movies about your subject. This is one of those "simple but not always easy" kind of things. There are no shortcuts.
Once you know who your podcast is for, you know WHAT to talk about.
Why Are You Getting Into Podcasting?
There are many reasons:

Be Seen as an Expert
Reach a Global Audience
Find Like Minded People
Boost Sales of Your Own Products
Boost speaking confidence
Engage Your Community
Make additional income
Fun with friends and family.

The WHY is the rudder of your podcast boat. It helps direct the content in the direction that will help you achieve your goal. It your message and your goal are out of sync then you will find it harder to achieve success.
The Main Hurdles of Podcasting
There are many things that stop people from podcasting. Here are what are feel are the top 10 excuses.

Nobody will listen to me
I hate my voice
I just need "one more thing"
People might say negative things
I'm not a geek
I don't have time

We all know that speaking in public is the #1 fear among humans. This means at a funeral, you'd rather be the person in the casket then the person delivering the eulogy.
A Podcast Is A Recipe
My wife makes a kick butt spaghetti sauce. To watch her make it, one might think she has no idea what she is doing. She doesn't measure anything. She has some core ingredients, but at some point she starts adding a little of this, and a little of that. She samples the sauce, and tweaks some more. In the end, it's awesome. It took her years to perfect it.
Every now and then, we will be eating at the table and she will announce that it still needs _____. To her it's missing something. Meanwhile the rest of us are on our second helping as we loosen the buttons on our pants.
When you aim for perfection and miss, you land on really, really good.
If you never serve your sauce until it is perfect, people will starve. In a world of Kardashians and Celebrity Wife Swapping, MY GOD ARE WE STARVING FOR GOOD CONTENT.
Don't Fuel The Stupidity Fire
Podcasting starts with an idea - not a microphone. If you've not figured out WHAT you are going to podcast about and take the step to purchase equipment, you are fueling the stupidity fire. Why? Because it becomes a reminder that you still haven't launched. It puts pressure on you. Now that you've spent money, you NEED to podcast so you don't look stupid purchasing a microphone.
Why you don't want to feed the stupidity fire is you will have enough voices in your head that fuel your lack of self-confidence. This is natural. Unless you have a background in talking in public, you're not going to be confident in your decision to start a podcast - AND THAT'S OK.
With this in mind, don't purchase your Podcast Equipment just yet.
Write Down Three Ideas For Your Podcast Episodes
Do a quick exercise and write down what your first three episodes will be about. Don't worry about the length, format, artwork, etc. What will you talk about. You don't need to script it out, we are just brainstorming. What would your audience like to hear?
When you get that done, do it again. Turn off the TV, NetFlix, YouTube and brainstorm potential ideas for your show.
Once you get that done. You have planted the seed of a podcast. Choosing a name, a website, etc will be in the future, but you have identified that you have something to say, and can create content. Don't over-think this. You can start a podcast.
Other Topics in This Episode
2:23 Learn to Subscribe - Website to send people to learn how to subscribe to your podcast. You can copy the code and put the tutorial on your website. www.learntopodcast.com
3:55 Soundcloud is breaking their customer's podcasts. Thanks to Mike Dell of Podcast Help Desk for chiming in on the Ask the Podcast Coach show. Want to support the show? Become and Awesome Supporter
9:14 New Media Expo apologies for the lack of Virtual Ticket.
36:26 Cleanfeed.net Web based recorder for Google Chrome ( I will be testing this in the future ). I will also go back and look at Squarespace to see what's been updated.. Podbean has crowdfunding. I will be checking this out. (get a free month at Podbean.com using the coupon code sopfree).
40:23 Castermind.com my podcast mastermind group is now accepting applications. If you are looking for an accountability partner, constructive feebdack, then check out castermind.com and fill out an applications (for people who have a podcast). If you are looking for feedback on your show check out the Podcast Review Show
43:08 What is your favorite Podcast and WHY? I do this every year. I want you to tell me about your show, and where I can find it. Then I want you to tell me what your favorite podcast is, where I can find it, and WHY. I will transcribe this and put it into a book (so exposure for you), and then play your message on the last show of the year more exposure for you). If you're interested, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/favorite
Ready To Start Podcasting?
Start Ricks Free at www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>0eae94a9bee6f0eebae798716e4c6104Mon, 26 Oct 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI'm going to be going over podcasting in the next few episodes. So many people think it starts with a microphone (which is a logical start), but it doesn't. It starts with an idea. It might be an idea that is fueled by a need. That need may be to help...Taking Your Podcast Inventory
This topics starts at 14:21

What do you like?
What are you good at?
What do other people say you're good at?
What do you not like?

According to the Book Secrets of Dynamic Communication you are either intending to persuade or enable people.
Persuading People
Everyone _______ should _____ (i.e. Every coach should podcast).
Enabling People
Every ____ can ______. (i.e. very coach can podcast).
Even sports shows are insinuating that everyone can/should cheer for their team. A comedy show might be getting you to think about something in a different (funny) way.
Why Would People Listen to Me?
This is a common response. After all it's easy to focus on ourselves. We are our favorite subject after all (right?). So instead of focusing on what people will think about you, think about what you are giving them? It's usually not scary to give someone a gift they know they will love, so why should delivering content that will positively impact them be scary.
Communication is about the person (singular) who you will be helping, persuading, instructing, entertaining them.
So How Do You Know If Your Podcast Will Impact Your Audience?
You need to live in your niche. You need to hangout where your audience hangs out. This could be Facebook groups, Google Groups, Linkedin Groups, Meetup.com, etc. You need to go to where they are, and see what they are talking about. You can read books about our subject, and read blogs as well. You can watch movies about your subject. This is one of those "simple but not always easy" kind of things. There are no shortcuts.
Once you know who your podcast is for, you know WHAT to talk about.
Why Are You Getting Into Podcasting?
There are many reasons:

Be Seen as an Expert
Reach a Global Audience
Find Like Minded People
Boost Sales of Your Own Products
Boost speaking confidence
Engage Your Community
Make additional income
Fun with friends and family.

The WHY is the rudder of your podcast boat. It helps direct the content in the direction that will help you achieve your goal. It your message and your goal are out of sync then you will find it harder to achieve success.
The Main Hurdles of Podcasting
There are many things that stop people from podcasting. Here are what are feel are the top 10 excuses.

Nobody will listen to me
I hate my voice
I just need "one more thing"
People might say negative things
I'm not a geek
I don't have time

We all know that speaking in public is the #1 fear among humans. This means at a funeral, you'd rather be the person in the casket then the person delivering the eulogy.
A Podcast Is A Recipe
My wife makes a kick butt spaghetti sauce. To watch her make it, one might think she has no idea what she is doing. She doesn't measure anything. She has some core ingredients, but at some point she starts adding a little of this, and a little of that. She samples the sauce, and tweaks some more. In the end, it's awesome. It took her years to perfect it.
Every now and then, we will be eating at the table and she will announce that it still needs _____. To her it's missing something. Meanwhile the rest of us are on our second helping as we loosen the buttons on our pants.
When you aim for perfection and miss, you land on really, really good.
If you never serve your sauce until it is perfect, people will starve....]]>2932cleanfullStudents Onlyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/students-only--13748532e583ecedadcab37ccec79d7fc1100f0aSun, 25 Oct 2015 16:00:00 +0000David Jackson-undefined-635cleanfullFour Podcasting Tools Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/four-podcasting-tools-reviewed--6871491Spreaker Studio For Windows and Mac
Spreaker has been around a while, and if you are looking to do live streaming this is a great platform. They also are great if you don't want to go live. Their new Spreaker Studio software enables them to move away from the Web Based version they had before that relied on flash technology (which was not compatible with iPads, iPhones, etc). They have had Spreaker Studio apps for a while (also impressive) and now there are desktop versions to go along.
Connect More Than One USB Microphone With EASE.
This has been a problem that wasn't easy to solve in the past. Now if you have multiple hosts with two USB microphones you can easily connect up to three USB microphones into ONE computer. It's pretty amazing and easy to setup.
It also integrates with Skype. This takes adding some additional software, but it takes just a few minutes and it worked like a charm. The best part is there is plenty of documentation so you don't have to guess what to do.
You can create playlists (great for people doing podcasts of music), you can fade from one song to the next, there are buttons that you can assign sound effects to (again with plenty of documentation and tutorials).
If you are person who does their show live, you also have a chat system right in the software.
The only thing you need is a Spreaker account to get it to fly.You can get a free month of spreaker media hosting using the coupon code sopfree.
Simple Live Press Blab Automation Tool
Right now Blab.im is HOT. This is a FREE platform that makes it super easy to create a live show and have guests pop in and out. It's new and in beta, but it has promise. Hani from Simple Podcast Press (a great plugin for podcasters looking to build their e-mail list) has come up with an easy way to have your videos from Blab.im import into your Wordpress site.
You can set it so you have to approve them before they are put on your website or have them automatically posted. You can add buttons again to grow your email list, your followers on blab, and more. The best thing is Hani. He is open to suggestions as the plugin has been out less than a week. My request would be to allow me to replace the blab.im video with a YouTube version later (to build my views on YouTube).For more information go to www.simplelivepress.com Here is a quick video I created showing off how easy it is.
Bookly Appointlet Plugin
There are tons of services like Appointlet, and Schedule Once for managing bookings. Most of these have a monthly fee (around $10). I discovered the Bookly plugin and it is super powerful. It ties in with you Google Calendar, and you can control every. This includes the color, your services, your staff, you payment options, your hours of availability, holidays and more. Here is a quick video
Ray Edward Copyrighting Course
I'm a HUGE Ray Edwards fan, and he is giving away a ton of free content on how to write better text on your blog. This could be to grow your business, or to grow your audience. He is a MASTER, and I always walk away feeling smarter after listening to him. To check out Ray's free tutorials go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/rayedwards
Launching With Multiple Episodes Does Not Automatically Equal Downloads
There are people on the Internet who are saying "If you launch with 8 episodes (or 3, or 5) you get 8 downloads when someone subscribes. This is absolutely false. Once a person is subscribed, they need to go into the Podcasts App (or iTunes or Overcast.fm) and manually download you back catalog. As podcasting gets hotter and hotter, there will be more people jumping into the space that may not giving great advice.
Interview With Hanah From PodClear/Blab.im
Speaking of Blab, they recently purchased Podclear.com and today we get some behind the scenes insight into Blab from Hanah. For more information go to www.blab.im

]]>e657e2a10cafe085116bcad6026a2f9aMon, 19 Oct 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have a few tools to peak at. One allows you to record your podcast or go live, the other allows you to add your Blab.im sessions to your Wordpress website, Ray Edwards will teach you how to write better pages, and the last one allows you to...Spreaker Studio For Windows and Mac
Spreaker has been around a while, and if you are looking to do live streaming this is a great platform. They also are great if you don't want to go live. Their new Spreaker Studio software enables them to move away from the Web Based version they had before that relied on flash technology (which was not compatible with iPads, iPhones, etc). They have had Spreaker Studio apps for a while (also impressive) and now there are desktop versions to go along.
Connect More Than One USB Microphone With EASE.
This has been a problem that wasn't easy to solve in the past. Now if you have multiple hosts with two USB microphones you can easily connect up to three USB microphones into ONE computer. It's pretty amazing and easy to setup.
It also integrates with Skype. This takes adding some additional software, but it takes just a few minutes and it worked like a charm. The best part is there is plenty of documentation so you don't have to guess what to do.
You can create playlists (great for people doing podcasts of music), you can fade from one song to the next, there are buttons that you can assign sound effects to (again with plenty of documentation and tutorials).
If you are person who does their show live, you also have a chat system right in the software.
The only thing you need is a Spreaker account to get it to fly.You can get a free month of spreaker media hosting using the coupon code sopfree.
Simple Live Press Blab Automation Tool
Right now Blab.im is HOT. This is a FREE platform that makes it super easy to create a live show and have guests pop in and out. It's new and in beta, but it has promise. Hani from Simple Podcast Press (a great plugin for podcasters looking to build their e-mail list) has come up with an easy way to have your videos from Blab.im import into your Wordpress site.
You can set it so you have to approve them before they are put on your website or have them automatically posted. You can add buttons again to grow your email list, your followers on blab, and more. The best thing is Hani. He is open to suggestions as the plugin has been out less than a week. My request would be to allow me to replace the blab.im video with a YouTube version later (to build my views on YouTube).For more information go to www.simplelivepress.com Here is a quick video I created showing off how easy it is.
Bookly Appointlet Plugin
There are tons of services like Appointlet, and Schedule Once for managing bookings. Most of these have a monthly fee (around $10). I discovered the Bookly plugin and it is super powerful. It ties in with you Google Calendar, and you can control every. This includes the color, your services, your staff, you payment options, your hours of availability, holidays and more. Here is a quick video
Ray Edward Copyrighting Course
I'm a HUGE Ray Edwards fan, and he is giving away a ton of free content on how to write better text on your blog. This could be to grow your business, or to grow your audience. He is a MASTER, and I always walk away feeling smarter after listening to him. To check out Ray's free tutorials go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/rayedwards
Launching With Multiple Episodes Does Not Automatically Equal Downloads
There are people on the Internet who are saying "If you launch with 8 episodes (or 3, or 5) you get 8 downloads when someone subscribes. This is absolutely false. Once a person is subscribed, they need to go into the Podcasts App (or iTunes or Overcast.fm) and manually download...]]>2598cleanfullBeginning a Weight Lifting Program and Making it a Habithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/beginning-a-weight-lifting-program-and-making-it-a-habit--39771261443e99fd7b42392912eb911db507494eSun, 18 Oct 2015 21:25:35 +0000David JacksonSee logicalloss.com/274 for full notes1552cleanfullJason Bryant Turned His Experience Into a Career in Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jason-bryant-turned-his-experience-into-a-career-in-podcasting--6816182The last update from Apple broke their own software, and it left it there for at least a week. Never give your customers a chance to find an (alternative because they will). The creator of Overcast recently made it availabel for free (you can donate to help cover the cost $1 a month). Here are the features I love about it.

If I share something I can not only share the episode, but send people to the location I am currently at.
I can listen at surprisingly fast speeds and still understand the content
A 60 second skip button that when I click on it repeatedly takes giant jumps to skip through bad content.
It syncs via the internet so you can listen on your iPhone, switch over to your iPad and pick right up where you left off. You can even listen on their website (overcast.fm).
I can see how much storage each podcast is taking up.

In the end I love it, and according to the app I've saved 2 hours using the Smart Speed feature.
VoiceStak is SpeakPipe on Steroids Let's You Capture Video Testimonials and Feedback
8:20 I love Speakpipe and I've been using it for years. This is a great tool to allow you to capture audio from your audience. You can then use it to build your email list, and you get notified via email when a new message arrives. there is a free plan for Speakpipe, and then plans start at $7/month.
VoiceStak is a similar product that does everything Speakpipe does AND it allows people to send VIDEO messages (up to 5 minutes). You can integrate it to send videos straight to YouTube. It also has no limits on the number of messages you can receive a month, or how many you can store. The pricing starts at $17/month, but there is a very interesting option to purchase a lifetime option for $197 (so after 11 months you are basically using it for free). This might be handy if you have a business and you're looking to create a testimonials page. You could easily send people over to your site and using their computer, phone or tablet, they can leave a video message.
You can use this on any number of sites, and you can place the widget anywhere you want. For more information check out www.schooolofpodcasting.com/voicestak
Jason Bryant Turns His Passion an Expertise Into a Career with Podcasting
Jason Bryant has had a goal of working as a sport commentator his whole life. Starting as a teenager in his high school he has slowly been given opportunities and taken advantage of each one. His hard work, dedication, and passion created impactful results. What results? He was asked to participate in other events. As the old saying goes, "Lather, rinser, repeat." After getting caught in the crossfire of media politics again, Jason decided he would strike out on his own. He was listening to Satelite radio and heard one coaches show, and another, and another. He thought to himself, "I could do a show like this for wrestling."
Jason contacted me, and hearing of Jason's experience and history, I asked, "What's the worst that could happen?" So Jason went to his school and got his first client. Fast forward and you see Jason doing 12 shows and running at Wrestling network at www.mattalkonline.com Here are some things we learned today.

Jason knows his audience, so he had an idea of what to charge. However, it took him a year of tweaking to get it to where he is today. He didn't wait until everything was perfect.
By getting his first client (going to those people you have a relationship with) it became easier to get his second and third.
Jason who states, "I'm not a salesmen," has been helping potential clients see how they could run sponsors on their show and that money would pay for their podcast (and go right into his pocket). So the "non-salesmen" is helping his clients sell their podcast. So when you say, "I'm not ___" you may have those skills but no know it.
Jason realized that its better to provide good content less frequently then a daily show that sucks.

For more information about Jason check him out at www.mattalkonline.com
Are You Thinking of Starting A Podcast?
There is so much information out there about podcasting, some of it is great. Some of the information about podcasting is painfully outdated. Don't be one of those people with a drawer full of microphones they never use. Start your podcast in the right direction, with the right tools, and much less stress. Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com today.]]>9dc46d35e40828d7e4086057f76832aaMon, 12 Oct 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhy I Switched from the Podcasts App to Overcast The last update from Apple broke their own software, and it left it there for at least a week. Never give your customers a chance to find an (alternative because they will). The creator of Overcast...The last update from Apple broke their own software, and it left it there for at least a week. Never give your customers a chance to find an (alternative because they will). The creator of Overcast recently made it availabel for free (you can donate to help cover the cost $1 a month). Here are the features I love about it.

If I share something I can not only share the episode, but send people to the location I am currently at.
I can listen at surprisingly fast speeds and still understand the content
A 60 second skip button that when I click on it repeatedly takes giant jumps to skip through bad content.
It syncs via the internet so you can listen on your iPhone, switch over to your iPad and pick right up where you left off. You can even listen on their website (overcast.fm).
I can see how much storage each podcast is taking up.

In the end I love it, and according to the app I've saved 2 hours using the Smart Speed feature.
VoiceStak is SpeakPipe on Steroids Let's You Capture Video Testimonials and Feedback
8:20 I love Speakpipe and I've been using it for years. This is a great tool to allow you to capture audio from your audience. You can then use it to build your email list, and you get notified via email when a new message arrives. there is a free plan for Speakpipe, and then plans start at $7/month.
VoiceStak is a similar product that does everything Speakpipe does AND it allows people to send VIDEO messages (up to 5 minutes). You can integrate it to send videos straight to YouTube. It also has no limits on the number of messages you can receive a month, or how many you can store. The pricing starts at $17/month, but there is a very interesting option to purchase a lifetime option for $197 (so after 11 months you are basically using it for free). This might be handy if you have a business and you're looking to create a testimonials page. You could easily send people over to your site and using their computer, phone or tablet, they can leave a video message.
You can use this on any number of sites, and you can place the widget anywhere you want. For more information check out www.schooolofpodcasting.com/voicestak
Jason Bryant Turns His Passion an Expertise Into a Career with Podcasting
Jason Bryant has had a goal of working as a sport commentator his whole life. Starting as a teenager in his high school he has slowly been given opportunities and taken advantage of each one. His hard work, dedication, and passion created impactful results. What results? He was asked to participate in other events. As the old saying goes, "Lather, rinser, repeat." After getting caught in the crossfire of media politics again, Jason decided he would strike out on his own. He was listening to Satelite radio and heard one coaches show, and another, and another. He thought to himself, "I could do a show like this for wrestling."
Jason contacted me, and hearing of Jason's experience and history, I asked, "What's the worst that could happen?" So Jason went to his school and got his first client. Fast forward and you see Jason doing 12 shows and running at Wrestling network at www.mattalkonline.com Here are some things we learned today.

Jason knows his audience, so he had an idea of what to charge. However, it took him a year of tweaking to get it to where he is today. He didn't wait until everything was perfect.
By getting his first client (going to those people you have a relationship with) it became easier to get his second and third.
Jason who states, "I'm not a salesmen," has been helping potential clients see how they could run sponsors on their show and that money would pay for their podcast (and go right into his pocket). So the "non-salesmen" is helping his...]]>4187cleanfullThree Reasons Why It's Harder To Lose Weight Than You Thoughthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-reasons-why-it-s-harder-to-lose-weight-than-you-thought--39771333c940c11b92b7d2aa3ceaa2b5e578c4f8Mon, 12 Oct 2015 00:11:49 +0000David JacksonFull short notes here1710cleanfullAre You Missing the Low Hanging Fruit - International Podcast Day Recap With Steve Leehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-missing-the-low-hanging-fruit-international-podcast-day-recap-with-steve-lee--6744843The top two things I heard from clients consists of:

How do I increase interaction
How do I grow my audience

Increasing Interaction With Your Podcast Audience

Show up. Do you best to create a consistent schedule. If you show up, then they will make you part of their routine. This isn't mandatory (Dan Carlin is awesome and put out an episode every few months), but I would consider it best practice.
Have someone who has never been to your website try and contact you. I AM AMAZED and people who do not have a page with a CONTACT link. Don't get cute and make it "buy me a cup of coffee" or "Interact" make the button/menu item say CONTACT. Why? Because it is what people are looking for.
Let them choose the method of interaction. You can see if you go to my contact page that you can email me, call me (using podcastvoicemail.com ), or use the speakpipe button. You're choice. I've eliminated any reasons that you might have to contact me.
One way to increase interaction is to ask for some. That's right, ask. If you want to know what they think, make it the last line of your show notes and ask them to leave a comment on your website or you can do what Michael Hyatt does and point them to his Facebook page. He who doesn't ask, doesn't get.

How Do I Grow My Podcast Audience?
I've spoken about this in numerous episodes: see here, here, here , and here . You need to Make contact that impacts your audience, GO to where they are, make friends, tell them about your podcast). Today I want to throw in something I am again not seeing on websites.

A play button. If you want people to listen to your show give them a play button. This is one of the reasons I like Appendipity themes. If you want it, you can have a GIANT play button at the top of your page (see www.logicalloss.com for an example). People are not going to get hooked on your content if they can't find it.
When you create content that impacts your audience, they are going to want to tell their friends. Make sure you have buttons that make it easy to do it RIGHT NOW. There are tons of plugins that can add share buttons (they are built in to the Appendipity themes). One of the best plugins is Social Warfare. This plugin is super functional and SMART. You can specify exactly how things get shared on the Internet. Another feature rich sharing plugin is Monarch from Elegant Themes if you are looking for a free tool, check out sharaholic in the Wordpress directory.

International Podcast Day Recap
Today we talk with Steve Lee of Modern Life Media and the co-founder of International Podcast day (Dave Lee, Steve's son is the other co-founder). Today we hear from Steve how:
We had a much more global audience with people from around the world joining in on a live 30 hour live streaming podcast.
Apple was involved and was tweeting out items this year
Many communities were "doing their own thing" to promote International Podcast Day.
Thanks to Steve and Dave for giving us a central spot to "start the conversation"
Podcast Rewind
I recently appeared on the PodupPod Podcast
I appeared on the Moneycast talking about my different revenue streams and my book More Podcast Money
Podcast News
According to a new report released by comScore, almost one-third (29%) of adults with smartphones listen to a podcast at least once a month.
In the 18-34 year-old range, the figure rises to 41%.
The data indicates that 18-34-year-olds are more likely than the average smartphone-owning adult to listen to podcasts on their device at least once a week, 26% vs. 18%.
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>69cf3801a398e362cf24d941d333b9bdMon, 05 Oct 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonGot Feedback? Call 888-563-3228 and get your voice on the show. The top two things I heard from clients consists of: How do I increase interaction How do I grow my audience Increasing Interaction With Your Podcast Audience Show up. Do you best to...The top two things I heard from clients consists of:

How do I increase interaction
How do I grow my audience

Increasing Interaction With Your Podcast Audience

Show up. Do you best to create a consistent schedule. If you show up, then they will make you part of their routine. This isn't mandatory (Dan Carlin is awesome and put out an episode every few months), but I would consider it best practice.
Have someone who has never been to your website try and contact you. I AM AMAZED and people who do not have a page with a CONTACT link. Don't get cute and make it "buy me a cup of coffee" or "Interact" make the button/menu item say CONTACT. Why? Because it is what people are looking for.
Let them choose the method of interaction. You can see if you go to my contact page that you can email me, call me (using podcastvoicemail.com ), or use the speakpipe button. You're choice. I've eliminated any reasons that you might have to contact me.
One way to increase interaction is to ask for some. That's right, ask. If you want to know what they think, make it the last line of your show notes and ask them to leave a comment on your website or you can do what Michael Hyatt does and point them to his Facebook page. He who doesn't ask, doesn't get.

How Do I Grow My Podcast Audience?
I've spoken about this in numerous episodes: see here, here, here , and here . You need to Make contact that impacts your audience, GO to where they are, make friends, tell them about your podcast). Today I want to throw in something I am again not seeing on websites.

A play button. If you want people to listen to your show give them a play button. This is one of the reasons I like Appendipity themes. If you want it, you can have a GIANT play button at the top of your page (see www.logicalloss.com for an example). People are not going to get hooked on your content if they can't find it.
When you create content that impacts your audience, they are going to want to tell their friends. Make sure you have buttons that make it easy to do it RIGHT NOW. There are tons of plugins that can add share buttons (they are built in to the Appendipity themes). One of the best plugins is Social Warfare. This plugin is super functional and SMART. You can specify exactly how things get shared on the Internet. Another feature rich sharing plugin is Monarch from Elegant Themes if you are looking for a free tool, check out sharaholic in the Wordpress directory.

International Podcast Day Recap
Today we talk with Steve Lee of Modern Life Media and the co-founder of International Podcast day (Dave Lee, Steve's son is the other co-founder). Today we hear from Steve how:
We had a much more global audience with people from around the world joining in on a live 30 hour live streaming podcast.
Apple was involved and was tweeting out items this year
Many communities were "doing their own thing" to promote International Podcast Day.
Thanks to Steve and Dave for giving us a central spot to "start the conversation"
Podcast Rewind
I recently appeared on the PodupPod Podcast
I appeared on the Moneycast talking about my different revenue streams and my book More Podcast Money
Podcast News
According to a new report released by comScore, almost one-third (29%) of adults with smartphones listen to a podcast at least once a month.
In the 18-34 year-old range, the figure rises to 41%.
The data indicates that 18-34-year-olds are more likely than the average smartphone-owning adult to listen to podcasts on their device at least once a week, 26% vs. 18%.
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>2722cleanfullDo You Miss Your Big Wheel? I Don't I Grew Into Better Choiceshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-you-miss-your-big-wheel-i-don-t-i-grew-into-better-choices--39771252www.logicalloss.com/272]]>45679b07f1301629b4ffb409c9ccc1a7Sun, 04 Oct 2015 20:10:59 +0000David JacksonSee full show notes at www.logicalloss.com/272www.logicalloss.com/272]]>2098cleanfull26 Ingredients to Mix Into your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/26-ingredients-to-mix-into-your-podcast--6696865Because of My Podcast I Was Asked to Appear on TV: Wayne Henderson
Wayne Henderson deos a podcast about the Green Bay Packers, and he and his co-host were recently asked to appear on a TV show to talk some smack with some fans of the Seattle Seahawks.
International Podcast Day September 30th: Get Planning Your Podcast For Free
I have a fwe things going on to celebrate International Podcast Day:

My "Planning Your Podcast" course at Udemy is free from now until 10/31/15. Use the coupon code ipd15
I will be hosting an hour of live podcasting sharing "because of my podcast" stories and taking your questions

Castermind Group Podcast Coaching Now Accepting Applications
If you are looking for an accountability partner/mastermind, my "Castermind" is now accepting more podcasters. Here is who this is for and what to expect

This is for the person who already has a podcast launched (if you need to launch your podcast, Join the School of Podcasting)
This is a group coaching, so some of it will be answering questions, but it will also have a short lesson to help you build your audience.
Each Castermind will consist of three people and myself.

If you are interested in applying, go to Castermind.com
The Courage to Be Creative Keynote Session from Podcast Midatlantic
I also appeared on the Podcaster's Rountable where we asked the question, "Why haven't you started podcasting?" This is similar to the talk I gave at Podcast Movement with a bit more emphasis on being creative. There are so many options when it comes to making a podcast. I look at them as ingredients. These are things you can mix together to come up with a unique show.
Live/Recorded
Short Term / Evergreen
Solo / Co-host
Mobile / Studio
Short / Long
Schedule
Scripted / Imrov
Interviews or monologue
Your Delivery
Stereo / Mono
Fact / Fiction
Gender
Comedy / Serious
Expert / Journey
Local / Global
With all these ingredients I find it frustrating when people decide to name their show Librarian's On Fire? It seems an easy way out. What's next, the On Fire Answerman? Look, that's just my onion but I think we can do better.
"It is better to fail in originality, than to succeed in imitation. He who has never failed somewhere, that man can not be great. Failure is the true test of greatness. - Herman Melville
Originality does not mean thinking something that was never thought before; it means putting old ideas together in new ways.
The Only Way to Know How to Do a Podcast - Is To Do a Podcast!
There are some truths:

It's harder than you think
You will hate your own voice
You will get more positive feedback than negative
You will attract like minded people
You will inspire, educate, and entertain people

But you can't do it without pressing record. Here is a tip I learned as amusician to take the pressure off.
Record your first episode, but realize that you will NEVER release it. This takes the pressure off, and you may find that without the pressure you are aren't half bad...
Start Podcasting Today
www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>b4ca27aa0f7852a6e1463b70db9115f0Mon, 28 Sep 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAre you trying to start a podcast but you can't seem to come up with something that is entirely new? Today we talk about how there are very few items that are entirely new. The iPod was just an upgrade of the Discman. The Discman was just an upgrade...Because of My Podcast I Was Asked to Appear on TV: Wayne Henderson
Wayne Henderson deos a podcast about the Green Bay Packers, and he and his co-host were recently asked to appear on a TV show to talk some smack with some fans of the Seattle Seahawks.
International Podcast Day September 30th: Get Planning Your Podcast For Free
I have a fwe things going on to celebrate International Podcast Day:

My "Planning Your Podcast" course at Udemy is free from now until 10/31/15. Use the coupon code ipd15
I will be hosting an hour of live podcasting sharing "because of my podcast" stories and taking your questions

Castermind Group Podcast Coaching Now Accepting Applications
If you are looking for an accountability partner/mastermind, my "Castermind" is now accepting more podcasters. Here is who this is for and what to expect

This is for the person who already has a podcast launched (if you need to launch your podcast, Join the School of Podcasting)
This is a group coaching, so some of it will be answering questions, but it will also have a short lesson to help you build your audience.
Each Castermind will consist of three people and myself.

If you are interested in applying, go to Castermind.com
The Courage to Be Creative Keynote Session from Podcast Midatlantic
I also appeared on the Podcaster's Rountable where we asked the question, "Why haven't you started podcasting?" This is similar to the talk I gave at Podcast Movement with a bit more emphasis on being creative. There are so many options when it comes to making a podcast. I look at them as ingredients. These are things you can mix together to come up with a unique show.
Live/Recorded
Short Term / Evergreen
Solo / Co-host
Mobile / Studio
Short / Long
Schedule
Scripted / Imrov
Interviews or monologue
Your Delivery
Stereo / Mono
Fact / Fiction
Gender
Comedy / Serious
Expert / Journey
Local / Global
With all these ingredients I find it frustrating when people decide to name their show Librarian's On Fire? It seems an easy way out. What's next, the On Fire Answerman? Look, that's just my onion but I think we can do better.
"It is better to fail in originality, than to succeed in imitation. He who has never failed somewhere, that man can not be great. Failure is the true test of greatness. - Herman Melville
Originality does not mean thinking something that was never thought before; it means putting old ideas together in new ways.
The Only Way to Know How to Do a Podcast - Is To Do a Podcast!
There are some truths:

It's harder than you think
You will hate your own voice
You will get more positive feedback than negative
You will attract like minded people
You will inspire, educate, and entertain people

But you can't do it without pressing record. Here is a tip I learned as amusician to take the pressure off.
Record your first episode, but realize that you will NEVER release it. This takes the pressure off, and you may find that without the pressure you are aren't half bad...
Start Podcasting Today
www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3632cleanfullThe 8 Triggers of Food Cravings and How to Deal With Themhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-8-triggers-of-food-cravings-and-how-to-deal-with-them--39771266For the most part I am not hungry, and my calories are way down. When I do get cravings I need to make sure to take inventory of what is going on. Here are some things that trigger cravings.

Thirst
Fatigue
Urge to Chew
Pain
Hormone Cycles
Mealtimes
High-Risk Times

So here are some things to do to deal with these.

Drink lots of water. My goal right now is 80 oz of water. If you are not a water drinker, this could be tough. But if someone handed you a bottle and said, "if you drink this you'll lose weight!" I bet you would. Well it does, and its called water.
Get some sleep. When you are tired you tend to quit caring, and make bad choices.
We self medicate with food to fix many problems that are not hunger. Remember, if you're not hungry, food is not the answer.
Wait 5 minutes and get your mind on someting else. Read a book, or call a friend. Many times you are just bored.
Try to have consistent meal times and eat 2/3 of your calories within the first nine hours of being awake.
Take deep breathes when feeling stressed out. Do this for 5 minutes.

Thanks so much for everyone who has been using my amazon links on the page. I earn a commission and you don't spend a dime more. It's a win-win, and I deeply appreciate it. ]]>60f622afbc71c7c2ceb4b9921f4f54dbMon, 28 Sep 2015 03:12:21 +0000David JacksonI am down from 218.8 to 215.4 since our last episode. I'm still not eating burgers, or soda. I'm eating fruits and vegetables, and I'm trying new things (Asparagus is alot like broccoli). I also tgried Shrimp on the grill with no butter (just the...For the most part I am not hungry, and my calories are way down. When I do get cravings I need to make sure to take inventory of what is going on. Here are some things that trigger cravings.

Thirst
Fatigue
Urge to Chew
Pain
Hormone Cycles
Mealtimes
High-Risk Times

So here are some things to do to deal with these.

Drink lots of water. My goal right now is 80 oz of water. If you are not a water drinker, this could be tough. But if someone handed you a bottle and said, "if you drink this you'll lose weight!" I bet you would. Well it does, and its called water.
Get some sleep. When you are tired you tend to quit caring, and make bad choices.
We self medicate with food to fix many problems that are not hunger. Remember, if you're not hungry, food is not the answer.
Wait 5 minutes and get your mind on someting else. Read a book, or call a friend. Many times you are just bored.
Try to have consistent meal times and eat 2/3 of your calories within the first nine hours of being awake.
Take deep breathes when feeling stressed out. Do this for 5 minutes.

Thanks so much for everyone who has been using my amazon links on the page. I earn a commission and you don't spend a dime more. It's a win-win, and I deeply appreciate it. ]]>1395cleanfullJeff Bradburry is Changing Lives With His Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jeff-bradburry-is-changing-lives-with-his-podcast--6655828Go Have a Baby or Three
Jeff was at an event when his wife went into labor. She was three months early, and Jeff had his hold booth setup. As you can see to the right. Jeff's booth is first class (GO BIG OR GO HOME). So you might be just a little nervous about running out the door and leaving all your equipment behind. His audience knew Jeff's situation (pregnant with triplets) and told him over and over "Go, we've got you covered" (and they did). His audience trusts Jeff, and in this case he trusted his equipment to his audience.
Go Inspire a Conference: Your Show Started THIS...
Jeff had gone to a conference and spoke about it, and it turns out his audience was listening. They were so inspired by the idea they started an edcamp in their city. So there was no event, Jeff starts a podcast and BOOM now there is an event where there was none. Not only was their an event but a group of people enjoying it, and improving their lives. Why? Because Jeff started a podcast.
Being Seen as an Expert
Jeff has worked with some major brands (Microsoft, Pearson) and Jeff always bring his "A game" and takes advantage of every opportunity that comes his way and that has lead to him getting a new job and allowing him to move to a better location for his new (larger) family.
I love it when the good guys win.
Go check out Jeff at www.teachercast.net
Voxer App Turn Your Phone Into a Walkie Talkie
Jeff did a quick demo for me at Podcast Midatlantic and I was surprised how addicting Voxer is a free app that allows you to create a group "chat" where you can share audio, video, and text. It's pretty cool and I could see people making private chats for their listeners. For more information go to www.voxer.com Here is a quick video overview:

International Podcast Day Gratitude Award
You have until the end of the week to nominate yourself. This is not based on voting or audience size, but how much your audience is thankful, by how much their life has been changed by YOUR show. Nominate yourself at http://internationalpodcastday.com/gratitude/
Clammr Are Super Easy to Create with Simple Podcast Press
Clammr is a free app that makes it super easy to share short clips of audio (with links to your full episode). Now users of the Simple Podcast Press plugin (which already add subscribe buttons, email subscriptions and more has a clammr button which makes it SUPER easy to create a clammr from your website. This makes it super easy for your audience to share your content on the clammr. For more information check out Simple Podcast Press.
Mentioned in this Show
Appendipity Themes for Podcasters

Ready to Start Podcasting?
See www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>2af52b33830f9df5337f7fe0418c925cMon, 21 Sep 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was lucky enough to get to hang out with Jeff Bradburry of the Teachercast network at Podcast MidAtlantic. Jeff is helping teachers utilize technology (like Podcasting) in the classroom. I first met Jeff on a Podcaster's Roundtable and was amazed as...Go Have a Baby or Three
Jeff was at an event when his wife went into labor. She was three months early, and Jeff had his hold booth setup. As you can see to the right. Jeff's booth is first class (GO BIG OR GO HOME). So you might be just a little nervous about running out the door and leaving all your equipment behind. His audience knew Jeff's situation (pregnant with triplets) and told him over and over "Go, we've got you covered" (and they did). His audience trusts Jeff, and in this case he trusted his equipment to his audience.
Go Inspire a Conference: Your Show Started THIS...
Jeff had gone to a conference and spoke about it, and it turns out his audience was listening. They were so inspired by the idea they started an edcamp in their city. So there was no event, Jeff starts a podcast and BOOM now there is an event where there was none. Not only was their an event but a group of people enjoying it, and improving their lives. Why? Because Jeff started a podcast.
Being Seen as an Expert
Jeff has worked with some major brands (Microsoft, Pearson) and Jeff always bring his "A game" and takes advantage of every opportunity that comes his way and that has lead to him getting a new job and allowing him to move to a better location for his new (larger) family.
I love it when the good guys win.
Go check out Jeff at www.teachercast.net
Voxer App Turn Your Phone Into a Walkie Talkie
Jeff did a quick demo for me at Podcast Midatlantic and I was surprised how addicting Voxer is a free app that allows you to create a group "chat" where you can share audio, video, and text. It's pretty cool and I could see people making private chats for their listeners. For more information go to www.voxer.com Here is a quick video overview:

International Podcast Day Gratitude Award
You have until the end of the week to nominate yourself. This is not based on voting or audience size, but how much your audience is thankful, by how much their life has been changed by YOUR show. Nominate yourself at http://internationalpodcastday.com/gratitude/
Clammr Are Super Easy to Create with Simple Podcast Press
Clammr is a free app that makes it super easy to share short clips of audio (with links to your full episode). Now users of the Simple Podcast Press plugin (which already add subscribe buttons, email subscriptions and more has a clammr button which makes it SUPER easy to create a clammr from your website. This makes it super easy for your audience to share your content on the clammr. For more information check out Simple Podcast Press.
Mentioned in this Show
Appendipity Themes for Podcasters

Ready to Start Podcasting?
See www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3721cleanfullWhat I'm Doing To Lose Weight - Following the Planhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-i-m-doing-to-lose-weight-following-the-plan--39771275
Drinking soda
Eating Frosty's from Wendy's
Eating Fast Food

What Am I Doing?

Eating Vegetables
Eating Fruit
Drinking 80 oz of water.

So am avoiding salad dressing unless its fat free and low in sodium. If I really need some soda, I can drink clear stuff like Sprite.
Get a New Plan Stan
I knew I was going out of town, so what did I do? I bought a cooler and some ice packs and took food with me. When I ran out of healthy food I was really surprised that I was able to go into a Burger King and get a salad (and I had my fat free dressing in the cooler).
I have a list of things I can eat and instead of obsessing over things I CAN'T EAT, I'm looking at how to make a plan I can live with, use, and continue with this plan.
Is It Working?
I'm down 5 lbs . I'm losing 2+ lbs a week. I'm happy.
New Tools To Track Progress
I found fitstream.com which is a free app that I can use to track my measurements and take pictures. The app helps you measure your body (cause the scale isn't always accurate and you can lost inches without losing weight).
One tool I'm trying is called i Record Weight - Track Weight and Monitor Body Metrics . It was ok, but it seemed like Fitstream - Fitness Journal, Progress Pictures & Body Measurement Tracker  had a shorter learning curve (and it's free).]]>b069a065da509ee8edfb10934372453bThu, 17 Sep 2015 23:12:13 +0000David JacksonSo I started a new plan, and here is what I'm not doing: Drinking soda Eating Frosty's from Wendy's Eating Fast Food What Am I Doing? Eating Vegetables Eating Fruit Drinking 80 oz of water. So am avoiding salad dressing unless its fat free and low...
Drinking soda
Eating Frosty's from Wendy's
Eating Fast Food

What Am I Doing?

Eating Vegetables
Eating Fruit
Drinking 80 oz of water.

So am avoiding salad dressing unless its fat free and low in sodium. If I really need some soda, I can drink clear stuff like Sprite.
Get a New Plan Stan
I knew I was going out of town, so what did I do? I bought a cooler and some ice packs and took food with me. When I ran out of healthy food I was really surprised that I was able to go into a Burger King and get a salad (and I had my fat free dressing in the cooler).
I have a list of things I can eat and instead of obsessing over things I CAN'T EAT, I'm looking at how to make a plan I can live with, use, and continue with this plan.
Is It Working?
I'm down 5 lbs . I'm losing 2+ lbs a week. I'm happy.
New Tools To Track Progress
I found fitstream.com which is a free app that I can use to track my measurements and take pictures. The app helps you measure your body (cause the scale isn't always accurate and you can lost inches without losing weight).
One tool I'm trying is called i Record Weight - Track Weight and Monitor Body Metrics . It was ok, but it seemed like Fitstream - Fitness Journal, Progress Pictures & Body Measurement Tracker  had a shorter learning curve (and it's free).]]>1455cleanfullLegal Podcast Music Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/legal-podcast-music-review--6621639Patience is a gentle version of courage - Kathy Kelly Special Mouse Podcast
Podcasting Changes Live - Jeff Bradburry and Scott Swanson
Watch other Media Types - Jeff Bradburry and Anythony Minaya
Tell great stories - everyone
Being Creative is fun.
Podcasting Changes Lives
I'm definitely having Jeff on my show in the future. The great thing that happened this weekend is person after person would share a "because of my podcast" story and I need to have them on the show. Jeff does the teachercast, and he helps educators (as a teacher himself) utilize technology in the classroom. He was great to hang out with, and he mentioned that if you help a student that's great (1 person), if you help a teacher that might impact 20 students, if you help a superintendent, that could impact thousands.
Scott from Muppetcast shared a story (I need to have him on the show) where a Jr High boy was getting beat up at school because he loved the Muppets. Scott's show showed him that he's not a freak, and it's OK to like the Muppets.
What Podcaster's Can Learn from Johnny Manzel
I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns draft Johnny Manzel with their first round pick. Johnny rubbed his fingers together in a way to say, "I'm going to get paid." It became his signature. It appeared in Johnny's mind that he had achieved his goal. He had maid it to the NFL. The bad news is that is not THE goal of a football player. THE GOAL is to win the Super Bowl.
Johnny had a reputation as being a person who was more interested in parties than play books. He always seemed a bit unprepared. This was his first year, but Johnny was now a professional football player. In this league you either carry your weight, or you are traded. As more and more stories of Johnny (more or less) goofing off came to the surface (welcome to being famous), it really appeared that this kid had his priorities out of whack.
Paul Colligan has an episode where he said, "Starting A Podcast To Hit iTunes “New And Notable” Is Like Launching A Business To Get Into The Phone Book." This is a classic, and it ties into this analogy. The goal of a podcaster is not to be in New Noteworthy, the goal is to impact your audience. Your goal is to bring value. For some, the goal is to create revenue streams that help supplement their income. When I wrote my book "More Podcast Money" getting it into Amazon was not the goal, the goal was to help people set realistic financial goals with their podcast. Amazon is a tool to help me do that.
The 8 Week Myth About iTunes New and Noteworthy

In the book Podcast Launch (by John Lee Dumas) a very unfortunate paragraph states that you "Have a mere 8 weeks to be featured within the best podcast advertising real estate on the planet." This needs tweaked. It should read, "You can only be considered NEW for 8 weeks, you can be considered Noteworthy any time." Because of this unfortunate paragraph people are spending all their and effort focusing on getting into New and Noteworthy. This is very much like Johnny Manzel focusing on getting into the NFL. It's not the goal, it's a milestone. In the same way that being drafted into the NFL equals success (as many people get cut, and many first round draft picks never measure up to their potential).
You can get into iTunes (I outline the 27 steps here), and to get into New and Noteworthy you pretty much need a pulse.
Legal Podcast Music
I was told about a new service from Mike Stewart that features a large group of music cleared to be used on your podcast. I play some clips on my show today, and you can find out more at their website. The package contains 150 – 60 second royalty free music themes with license to prove to YouTube or anyone you have my permission to use my music for your videos and podcasts. All the music tracks organized by tempo, feeling and emotion to make underscoring a breeze and easy to fit the them to your video. The music is the product of Mike Stewart (the Internet Audio Guy). he is also a musician with a Gold Record to prove it.
I purchased this package as I am familiar with Mike who had a service for a while where you would get 5 themes a month. I've used Mike's music in my podcast for years. There are lots of different genres from Country, Easy Listening, Rock, Holiday, etc. Most of the tracks I enjoyed. The rock themes (not all, but some), are a bit dated sounding to me (like they could be on the Beverly Hills Cop soundtrack). When you purchase a package, you know they aren't all going to be winners.
Doing the math on this, by just breezing through the different genres I would say I would use 70% of these. There are 150 tracks so that means I would use 105 tracks. The music is $37 for all 150 tracks so that would be ($27/105) 35 cents a track which is much less expensive than the .99 you will pay at Amazon.com (aff link). If you used all 150 track the price would drop to 25 cents a track.
Mentioned in this Show
Chris Rock and Martin Luther King Jr Blvd.
Appendippity Themes
Ready to Start Podcasting?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>f385b39629ac295432aa99d951d58940Mon, 14 Sep 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonQuick Takeaways from Podcast MidAtlantic Patience is a gentle version of courage - Kathy Kelly Special Mouse Podcast Podcasting Changes Live - Jeff Bradburry and Scott Swanson Watch other Media Types - Jeff Bradburry and Anythony Minaya Tell great...Patience is a gentle version of courage - Kathy Kelly Special Mouse Podcast
Podcasting Changes Live - Jeff Bradburry and Scott Swanson
Watch other Media Types - Jeff Bradburry and Anythony Minaya
Tell great stories - everyone
Being Creative is fun.
Podcasting Changes Lives
I'm definitely having Jeff on my show in the future. The great thing that happened this weekend is person after person would share a "because of my podcast" story and I need to have them on the show. Jeff does the teachercast, and he helps educators (as a teacher himself) utilize technology in the classroom. He was great to hang out with, and he mentioned that if you help a student that's great (1 person), if you help a teacher that might impact 20 students, if you help a superintendent, that could impact thousands.
Scott from Muppetcast shared a story (I need to have him on the show) where a Jr High boy was getting beat up at school because he loved the Muppets. Scott's show showed him that he's not a freak, and it's OK to like the Muppets.
What Podcaster's Can Learn from Johnny Manzel
I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns draft Johnny Manzel with their first round pick. Johnny rubbed his fingers together in a way to say, "I'm going to get paid." It became his signature. It appeared in Johnny's mind that he had achieved his goal. He had maid it to the NFL. The bad news is that is not THE goal of a football player. THE GOAL is to win the Super Bowl.
Johnny had a reputation as being a person who was more interested in parties than play books. He always seemed a bit unprepared. This was his first year, but Johnny was now a professional football player. In this league you either carry your weight, or you are traded. As more and more stories of Johnny (more or less) goofing off came to the surface (welcome to being famous), it really appeared that this kid had his priorities out of whack.
Paul Colligan has an episode where he said, "Starting A Podcast To Hit iTunes “New And Notable” Is Like Launching A Business To Get Into The Phone Book." This is a classic, and it ties into this analogy. The goal of a podcaster is not to be in New Noteworthy, the goal is to impact your audience. Your goal is to bring value. For some, the goal is to create revenue streams that help supplement their income. When I wrote my book "More Podcast Money" getting it into Amazon was not the goal, the goal was to help people set realistic financial goals with their podcast. Amazon is a tool to help me do that.
The 8 Week Myth About iTunes New and Noteworthy

In the book Podcast Launch (by John Lee Dumas) a very unfortunate paragraph states that you "Have a mere 8 weeks to be featured within the best podcast advertising real estate on the planet." This needs tweaked. It should read, "You can only be considered NEW for 8 weeks, you can be considered Noteworthy any time." Because of this unfortunate paragraph people are spending all their and effort focusing on getting into New and Noteworthy. This is very much like Johnny Manzel focusing on getting into the NFL. It's not the goal, it's a milestone. In the same way that being drafted into the NFL equals success (as many people get cut, and many first round draft picks never measure up to their potential).
You can get into iTunes (I outline the 27 steps here), and to get into New and Noteworthy you pretty much need a pulse.
Legal Podcast Music
I was told about a new service from Mike Stewart that features a large group of music cleared to be used on your podcast. I play some clips on my show today, and you can find out more at their website. The package contains 150 – 60 second royalty free music themes with license to prove to YouTube or anyone...]]>1808cleanfullWhat Every Podcaster Should Know About Stalkershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-every-podcaster-should-know-about-stalkers--6591856I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns draft Johnny Manzel with their first round pick. Johnny rubbed his fingers together in a way to say, "I'm going to get paid." It became his signature. It appeared in Johnny's mind that he had achieved his goal. He had maid it to the NFL. The bad news is that is not THE goal of a football player. THE GOAL is to win the Super Bowl.
Johnny had a reputation as being a person who was more interested in parties than play books. He always seemed a bit unprepared. This was his first year, but Johnny was now a professional football player. In this league you either carry your weight, or you are traded. As more and more stories of Johnny (more or less) goofing off came to the surface (welcome to being famous), it really appeared that this kid had his priorities out of whack.
Paul Colligan has an episode where he said, "Starting A Podcast To Hit iTunes “New And Notable” Is Like Launching A Business To Get Into The Phone Book." This is a classic, and it ties into this analogy. The goal of a podcaster is not to be in New Noteworthy, the goal is to impact your audience. Your goal is to bring value. For some, the goal is to create revenue streams that help supplement their income. When I wrote my book "More Podcast Money" getting it into Amazon was not the goal, the goal was to help people set realistic financial goals with their podcast. Amazon is a tool to help me do that.
The 8 Week Myth About iTunes New and Noteworthy
In the book Podcast Launch (by John Lee Dumas) a very unfortunate paragraph states that you "Have a mere 8 weeks to be featured within the best podcast advertising real estate on the planet." This needs tweaked. It should read, "You can only be considered NEW for 8 weeks, you can be considered Noteworthy any time." Because of this unfortunate paragraph people are spending all their and effort focusing on getting into New and Noteworthy. This is very much like Johnny Manzel focusing on getting into the NFL. It's not the goal, it's a milestone. In the same way that being drafted into the NFL equals success (as many people get cut, and many first round draft picks never measure up to their potential).
You can get into iTunes (I outline the 27 steps here), and to get into New and Noteworthy you pretty much need a pulse.
Podcasting and Stalkers
When I was growing up my sister gave too much information to a guy she met on the bus. The next thing I know, is she is getting really creepy phone calls. We eventually had to work with the phone company and the local police (and his mother) to get him to stop calling. It was creepy
Talking in Generalizations Today
Let's not get to tied up in being 100% accurate today? What I mean by this is most stalking situations are men stalking women. In some cases it's men who are creepy. In many cases it's the women who are being too polite. Men are from Marz and Women are from Venus is not entirely accurate. There are always exceptions to the rule. Today, let's generalize and be OK with it.
Dr. Steve Albrecht
Dr. Steve Albrecht has worked with the San Diego police for years where he spent six years in the Domestic Violence Unit, and he handled over 1,500 cases. He is internationally recognized for his expertise in high-risk HR issues. he has authored many books on the subject of work place violence. Check out Dr. Steve Albrecht's Books and Amazon.com
The bad news about the Internet is when you put information out there, it's out there (pretty much forever). If you don't want naked pictures of yourself (celebrities) on the Internet, then don't post them. For me, I have a Facebook profile for my podcast, and one for my family and fiends. I share different items with different profiles.
Some questions we answer:
When is sharing personal information too much information?
What should I do if someone is crossing the line?
When do you get the police involved?
All I said was I liked her Steaks...
It was the first day of a new job. My boss introduced my to Angie Salsbury. I said, "I like your steaks" (making a silly joke). The next day I was told I would have to apologize. At first I thought my boss was joking, but he wasn't. So I walked over and stated I didn't mean to disrespect her and moved on. She actually was a great person, but I had no idea where she drew her line and I crossed it.
The bottom line is (Gentlemen if I can have your attention please), we don't know where the ladies draw the line. I've worked with women who said things that were so over the top sexually explicit that it would make a prostitute blush. We all have our limits. The bottom line is we have to respect each other's boundaries.
Don't Be Polite
Ladies, I love that you are so loving an caring. This is not one of those times when you need to worry about hurting someone's feelings. You don't have to be mean and call names, but you need to say in clear and precise words that you do not want any further interaction with this person. Do not leave any room for doubts.
Don't Let This Episode Stop You From Starting A Podcast
There are weird and creepy people who need help every day. You stand next to them at the grocery checkout. You sit next to them at the movies. This is not a huge problem in podcasting, but as more women get into podcasting I wanted to make sure we were all on the same page. I wanted to let you know what to do, and how to act, and who to call if you think you might be having an issue.
Mentioned on this Episode
New Media Europe
Podcast Midatlantic
International Podcast Day
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>4d75760c7a9665e236ad6157cb2e8272Mon, 07 Sep 2015 15:36:50 +0000David JacksonWhat Podcaster's Can Learn from Johnny Manzel I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns...I live in Cleveland, Ohio. Out sports teams are not good. We have tremendously talented people like LeBron James and Johnny Manzel, but still we can't win. Last year out football team the Cleveland Browns draft Johnny Manzel with their first round pick. Johnny rubbed his fingers together in a way to say, "I'm going to get paid." It became his signature. It appeared in Johnny's mind that he had achieved his goal. He had maid it to the NFL. The bad news is that is not THE goal of a football player. THE GOAL is to win the Super Bowl.
Johnny had a reputation as being a person who was more interested in parties than play books. He always seemed a bit unprepared. This was his first year, but Johnny was now a professional football player. In this league you either carry your weight, or you are traded. As more and more stories of Johnny (more or less) goofing off came to the surface (welcome to being famous), it really appeared that this kid had his priorities out of whack.
Paul Colligan has an episode where he said, "Starting A Podcast To Hit iTunes “New And Notable” Is Like Launching A Business To Get Into The Phone Book." This is a classic, and it ties into this analogy. The goal of a podcaster is not to be in New Noteworthy, the goal is to impact your audience. Your goal is to bring value. For some, the goal is to create revenue streams that help supplement their income. When I wrote my book "More Podcast Money" getting it into Amazon was not the goal, the goal was to help people set realistic financial goals with their podcast. Amazon is a tool to help me do that.
The 8 Week Myth About iTunes New and Noteworthy
In the book Podcast Launch (by John Lee Dumas) a very unfortunate paragraph states that you "Have a mere 8 weeks to be featured within the best podcast advertising real estate on the planet." This needs tweaked. It should read, "You can only be considered NEW for 8 weeks, you can be considered Noteworthy any time." Because of this unfortunate paragraph people are spending all their and effort focusing on getting into New and Noteworthy. This is very much like Johnny Manzel focusing on getting into the NFL. It's not the goal, it's a milestone. In the same way that being drafted into the NFL equals success (as many people get cut, and many first round draft picks never measure up to their potential).
You can get into iTunes (I outline the 27 steps here), and to get into New and Noteworthy you pretty much need a pulse.
Podcasting and Stalkers
When I was growing up my sister gave too much information to a guy she met on the bus. The next thing I know, is she is getting really creepy phone calls. We eventually had to work with the phone company and the local police (and his mother) to get him to stop calling. It was creepy
Talking in Generalizations Today
Let's not get to tied up in being 100% accurate today? What I mean by this is most stalking situations are men stalking women. In some cases it's men who are creepy. In many cases it's the women who are being too polite. Men are from Marz and Women are from Venus is not entirely accurate. There are always exceptions to the rule. Today, let's generalize and be OK with it.
Dr. Steve Albrecht
Dr. Steve Albrecht has worked with the San Diego police for years where he spent six years in the Domestic Violence Unit, and he handled over 1,500 cases. He is internationally recognized for his expertise in high-risk HR issues. he has authored many books on the subject of work place violence. Check out Dr. Steve Albrecht's Books and Amazon.com
The bad news about the Internet is when you put information out there, it's out there (pretty much forever). If you don't want naked pictures of yourself (celebrities) on the Internet, then don't post them. For me, I have a Facebook profile for my podcast, and one for my family and fiends. I share different items with different...]]>2459cleanfullWeight-Loss Hacks: 10 Ways to Stay Motivatedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weight-loss-hacks-10-ways-to-stay-motivated--39771285TOTAL CHOLESTEROL --- 224The ideal total cholesterol is less than 200. Your cholesterol is in the high range.HDL CHOLESTEROL --- 37The normal range is greater than 45 for men. HDL is the "good" cholesterol. It is believed to remove excess cholesterol from the body tissues. It is desirable for this to be in the normal or high range. Exercise helps to increase the HDL cholesterol. Your level is low.LDL CHOLESTEROL --- 140The ideal range is less than 100, though anything under 130 is normal. LDL is the "bad" cholesterol because it tends to deposit cholesterol and fat on the artery walls, or atherosclerosis. Your level is high.TRIGLYCERIDES ---235The normal range is under 150. Triglycerides are the major form of fat in the blood. Your level is borderline high (151-400).
Slimgenics - Getting Ready for my PrepSTEP
Today I shared some insights from the SlimGenics blog including:
10 Ways to Stay Motivated
8 Tips to Transform Your Relationship With Food
Thanks For Supporting The Show
I really appreciate everyone using the Amazon links when going to Amazon.com]]>4f1adb1ac34cbc62c131a3a70437d1beMon, 07 Sep 2015 04:48:13 +0000David JacksonI recently got some bloog work done. The results were not great. Here they are: TOTAL CHOLESTEROL --- 224The ideal total cholesterol is less than 200. Your cholesterol is in the high range.HDL CHOLESTEROL --- 37The normal range is greater than 45 for...TOTAL CHOLESTEROL --- 224The ideal total cholesterol is less than 200. Your cholesterol is in the high range.HDL CHOLESTEROL --- 37The normal range is greater than 45 for men. HDL is the "good" cholesterol. It is believed to remove excess cholesterol from the body tissues. It is desirable for this to be in the normal or high range. Exercise helps to increase the HDL cholesterol. Your level is low.LDL CHOLESTEROL --- 140The ideal range is less than 100, though anything under 130 is normal. LDL is the "bad" cholesterol because it tends to deposit cholesterol and fat on the artery walls, or atherosclerosis. Your level is high.TRIGLYCERIDES ---235The normal range is under 150. Triglycerides are the major form of fat in the blood. Your level is borderline high (151-400).
Slimgenics - Getting Ready for my PrepSTEP
Today I shared some insights from the SlimGenics blog including:
10 Ways to Stay Motivated
8 Tips to Transform Your Relationship With Food
Thanks For Supporting The Show
I really appreciate everyone using the Amazon links when going to Amazon.com]]>1738cleanfullThe Most Addicting Social Platform Everhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-most-addicting-social-platform-ever--6559524Periscope is a live streaming service from Twitter. It's pretty cool. My step-son is at Perdue and last week we got to see his first performance with the band via periscope. I had 36 people watching my cat in a baby's sleeping shirt. During the week I would open it up and just talk about whatever hit me. It's an interesting way to connect with your audience. In general, the video is recorded and can be viewed for 24 hours. You can download the file and upload it to YouTube or whatever service you would like to use.
How Do I Get My Mixer Into Periscope?
I used an iRig device originally meant for guitar players to plug their guitar into their iOs device but it works for me. You will need a 1/4" to 1/4" patch cable to go from the mixer to the iRig, and then the iRig into the phone.
There is an iRig2, but it is overkill. Also when it comes to patch cables, as you will be doing this near your mixer, this is probably a case where a shorter cable is better.
Like most podcast equipment questions, there are about a billion different tools you can use to do this. The bottom line is, have something to say. If you don't bring value, you won't have people coming back to hear what you have to say. It's one thing to just hop on and test it out, be sure to mention that. For me, I like firing it up and having one topic, saying it, and get out. In the immortal word of James Brown, "hit it and quit it."
Blab.im - The Crack Cocaine of Social Media
Blab.im is completely addicting. It also is a streaming service like Periscope except you can (if you choose) to let up to four people join you. There is a chat room where people can chime in and ask questions. They can also request to be part of the stream. I tried this last Saturday on Ask the Podcast Coach. Typically this is a call in show where my co-host and I talk and occasionally take a phone call. It's awesome as you are never sure what you are going to get . I think in the year that I've done that show we've had one caller, and one waiting twice. Last Saturday I had four people in the cue wanting to come on.
You still have control over who is and is not on the stream. You can mute people, or band them from the blab. You can start a blab on your computer (so it's easy to connect your mixer or microphone)or on your mobile device. It's best to use Chrome when you are on the computer. You can choose to record it (or not). If you record it, when your blab is over, you get a link to the audio file (mp3 file - 320 kbps stereo) or the video. When I compared the audio from Blab the to the WAV file I recorded on my portable recorder, the WAV file didn't win by much.
Blab.im vs Blog Talk Radio
It's also not fair to judge at this time because Blab.im is free. They have tons of video and audio on their servers, and trust me, they will eventually have to charge to keep this engine rolling.
Blog Talk Radio has really step up their game. Their audio is now 128 KBPS stereo. You (and your gusts) can connect directly to their system. It creates AWESOME sounding audio. You can have your audience call in via the phone. They have a chat system, and you can direct people to your show on Blog Talk Radio, you can also implement their system on your site. It is super easy for people to connect with you. With that said, the buzz on Blab.im completely smokes Blog Talk Radio. The interaction, the exposure of people tweeting, for me - in my experience - with my audience, it was like the difference between college football and the pros. Both are great, but blab.im was just a much faster pace.
Blog Talk Radio has the ability to have a call screener, and that you do not have at blab.im so be ready to eject the first person who comes in screams Bobba Booee!
For me, I do love being able to see the person's name, and have links to their profile on Twitter (so I may end up following you).
They plan on adding the feature to allow you to embed the blab on your site.
Currently blab is lacking in the stats category. You can see how many people attended your blab, but you can go back later and see how many people watched the relay.
Blog talk radio will win if your audience is not technical. If they are looking for businesses in the yellow pages. If you have a computer with a microphone, a smartphone, it's just too easy to join a blab. As the platform gets more popular it will be harder to find a blab, but for those people relying on the phone Blog Talk Radio is still the answer.
SoundCloud is Being Sued
I spent some time investigating Soundcloud a few weeks ago. I would strongly urge you NOT to put any eggs in the basket. Their "Super cool player" no longer works on Facebook. They lost 29 million dollars last year, DJ's are puling their music, Sony music is pulling their music, and now they are being sued. In my opinion, it's dead site walking.
Because of My Podcast: I Met Burt Reynold and Made Him Cry
Bobby from Live Nude Puppets loves Dom DeLuise, and because of his podcast he has an agent that is looking to help launch a live nude puppets animated show. This lead to Bobby being in the same room as Burt Reynolds. Bobby is a HUGE Dom fan, and went and spoke to Burt about it, and both got choked up thinking about Mr. DeLuise. Thanks for sharing Bobby, and congrats on topping the charts on the Clammrcast Top 20 Coundtown.
Podcast Rewind
Gary Vaynerchuck on Chase Jarvis Show
Podcasters Roundtable on Tough Decsions
Red Podcast Podcasting and Your Business How to Do it Right
Podcasts Are Like Dogs
Saturday my wife called to let me know our German Sheppard Koda needed to be put to sleep. His health had been going downhill quickly, and now he could barely walk. He was 110 lbs. He was my gentle giant. It was a very sad day. I was thinking this morning as I walked into the kitchen where Koda used to sleep. The kitchen looks so much bigger with him gone. Dogs are a lot like podcasts.
You Never Know What You're Going to Get
You can read up on breeds, but until you bring the puppy home you never know what you actually have. My step-daughter has two rescue dogs. The one would eat the house. By that I mean she would leave to go to work, and come home and part of the door frames were torn to shreds.
There is More to Getting It Off The Ground Than Expected
When you get a dog, you think you need food. Oh yeah, and bowl. Wait, I better pick up a leash. Oops, almost forgot the brush. Oh, the little guy should have some sort of bed or blanket. I should also pick up a chew toy or 20.
I've mentioned how there are 27 steps to list your podcast up and into iTunes. The good news is once it's in iTunes the other episodes only require about 8 steps.
You Learn Lessons The Hard Way
When I had a shi-tzu I learned that if you don't shave their butt their hair grows over their there is nowhere for the poo to go. Likewise that time you had the best interview ever only to see that you forgot to press record on your recorder is a lesson most of us learn the hard way.
Once You've Got The Routine Down - The Relationship Begins
Once the dog is trained, and you have them on somewhat of a routine you start to get to know their personality. You start to build that relationship. With podcasts, the launch can be a bit overwhelming but once its up and you can focus on content you get into a rhythm. You start to get that trickle of feedback, and you start to build that relationship. In the same way that you trust that your dog isn't going to eat your house, you audience trusts you to bring good content.
You Will More Than Likely Try More Gear
Sure the dog loves his nylon bone, but when you put him in the backyard and through a frisbee and he caught it a new passion was unveiled. With podcasting you may want to take a stab at blab.im, or adding a co-host, or recording mobile, you will try different things. Somethings are awesome. Sometimes the dog looks at you after you through the frisbee with a face that reads, "Do you expect me to go get that?"
Your Health Will Start To Fail
Am I saying a year in podcasting is like seven years? Maybe. Maybe that's why most podcasters don't make it past 7 because it's really episode 49. The passion you had for your subject starts to fade. Maybe you've said all there is to say on that subject. Maybe your are not in the same place you were when you started. The only thing that says the same is change.
You Will Know When It's Time
Last week we spoke with Donovan Adkisson who said, "It just wasn't fun." That is why he is taking a hiatus from Podcasting. His life changed. His priorities changed. He is not in the same place.
When It's Gone You Look at the Bright Side and the Memories
I use to live next to a golf course. I would get up and watch people tee-off while eating my cereal. Koda was always trying to escape and because of his size people would scream and run at the sight of him. He looked like a wolf. One day he gout out the sliding door and took off down the golf course. I believe I was in my pajamas running down the fairway trying to catch this dog dazes in disbelief that the dog was faster than I was, and depressed at how out of shape I was. Luckily, Koda stopped to water a bush. If he hadn't I still would probably be chasing that dog. Looking back, I should've called up Glen the Geek (America's Horse husband) and got some information on getting a saddle for the dog.
I've pretty much laid down the microphone for some of my shows. I got to interview some of my music idols on that show, and I had bands email me how my tips help them sell their music. I'm just not into that scene like I was 10 years ago.
I've had Partial, Butch, Gonzo, Sarah, Dudley, Teddy, Max, and Koda in my life depending on where I was staying. I never knew what I was going to get, and I am so glad I had the courage to invite a dog into my life, and I urge you to find the courage to start a podcast and build relationships with like minded people. You never know where the road may lead you.
Mentioned On T]]>9c1f3b87325866fb3331ff38006c3238Mon, 31 Aug 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPeriscope and Podcasting Periscope is a live streaming service from Twitter. It's pretty cool. My step-son is at Perdue and last week we got to see his first performance with the band via periscope. I had 36 people watching my cat in a baby's sleeping...Periscope is a live streaming service from Twitter. It's pretty cool. My step-son is at Perdue and last week we got to see his first performance with the band via periscope. I had 36 people watching my cat in a baby's sleeping shirt. During the week I would open it up and just talk about whatever hit me. It's an interesting way to connect with your audience. In general, the video is recorded and can be viewed for 24 hours. You can download the file and upload it to YouTube or whatever service you would like to use.
How Do I Get My Mixer Into Periscope?
I used an iRig device originally meant for guitar players to plug their guitar into their iOs device but it works for me. You will need a 1/4" to 1/4" patch cable to go from the mixer to the iRig, and then the iRig into the phone.
There is an iRig2, but it is overkill. Also when it comes to patch cables, as you will be doing this near your mixer, this is probably a case where a shorter cable is better.
Like most podcast equipment questions, there are about a billion different tools you can use to do this. The bottom line is, have something to say. If you don't bring value, you won't have people coming back to hear what you have to say. It's one thing to just hop on and test it out, be sure to mention that. For me, I like firing it up and having one topic, saying it, and get out. In the immortal word of James Brown, "hit it and quit it."
Blab.im - The Crack Cocaine of Social Media
Blab.im is completely addicting. It also is a streaming service like Periscope except you can (if you choose) to let up to four people join you. There is a chat room where people can chime in and ask questions. They can also request to be part of the stream. I tried this last Saturday on Ask the Podcast Coach. Typically this is a call in show where my co-host and I talk and occasionally take a phone call. It's awesome as you are never sure what you are going to get . I think in the year that I've done that show we've had one caller, and one waiting twice. Last Saturday I had four people in the cue wanting to come on.
You still have control over who is and is not on the stream. You can mute people, or band them from the blab. You can start a blab on your computer (so it's easy to connect your mixer or microphone)or on your mobile device. It's best to use Chrome when you are on the computer. You can choose to record it (or not). If you record it, when your blab is over, you get a link to the audio file (mp3 file - 320 kbps stereo) or the video. When I compared the audio from Blab the to the WAV file I recorded on my portable recorder, the WAV file didn't win by much.
Blab.im vs Blog Talk Radio
It's also not fair to judge at this time because Blab.im is free. They have tons of video and audio on their servers, and trust me, they will eventually have to charge to keep this engine rolling.
Blog Talk Radio has really step up their game. Their audio is now 128 KBPS stereo. You (and your gusts) can connect directly to their system. It creates AWESOME sounding audio. You can have your audience call in via the phone. They have a chat system, and you can direct people to your show on Blog Talk Radio, you can also implement their system on your site. It is super easy for people to connect with you. With that said, the buzz on Blab.im completely smokes Blog Talk Radio. The interaction, the exposure of people tweeting, for me - in my experience - with my audience, it was like the difference between college football and the pros. Both are great, but blab.im was just a much faster pace.
Blog Talk Radio has the ability to have a call screener, and that you do not have at blab.im so be ready to eject the first person who comes in screams Bobba Booee!
For me, I do love being able to see the person's name, and have links to their profile on Twitter (so I may end up following you).
They plan on adding the feature to...]]>2881cleanfullAsk the Podcast Coach 8-29-15https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ask-the-podcast-coach-8-29-15--6552755https://api.spreaker.com/episode/6552755Sat, 29 Aug 2015 14:32:01 +0000David Jackson4052cleanfullTips to Revive Your Dead Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tips-to-revive-your-dead-podcast--6526219
Organize your thoughts
Prioritize your goals
Speak with confidence
Work with people from different cultures
As much as podcasting is about talking, I think the top podcasters are at the top because they learned how to listen.

We Predicated Disgruntled Podcasters in December 2013
There was a time when it seemed every podcast had the term "on fire" tacked on at the end. In December of 2012 myself, Daniel J Lewis, Ray Ortega, Steve Stewart, and John Lee Dumas had a roundtable to discuss what Steve coined "The John Lee Dumas effect." People were starting a podcast, following a formula, and expecting the same six figure result as John. Part of that roundtbale was to point out the hard work, dedication, and insane work ethics that John has (and they being John Lee Dumas comes very naturally to him). John has always been super transparent about his life, his business, and his workflow, and how long his runway was when he jump into the unknown waters of podcasting (that's why I like the guy). John is an original. Here is the income from the eofire.com website

Here Comes the Next Wave of "Podcasting is Dead."
Comedian Brock Wilbur made a post and said, "“Podcasts are pointless. Anyone who tells you otherwise is the literal devil. No one is going to get rich or famous or gain any level of following from this medium ever again, because it is hilariously dead. Your idea to share caustic observations about an ongoing TV show? Pointless. Your idea to interview interesting people? Laughably misguided. Your idea to discuss each individual episode of a decade-old CW show? Well… shockingly successful.”
I went and listened to his podcast.
Brock has around 125 downloads per episode (13,767 downloads divided by 110 episodes). If you were a teacher, that would be 5 classrooms of 20.
I’m three minutes into it, and I am now finally getting into the content. You played a song with no teaser. You are hoping that people sit through some song hoping that they make it to the content. As a first time listener, I have no idea who you are, or your guests.
Your audio is right on the edge of distracting. I get it. One microphone with four people, you’re going to get room noise. It's YOUR show. You can record it any way you want.
At 5 minutes you finally introduce your guests. Nobody waits for 5 minutes for someone to get to the point. You then had one of your guests introduce themselves. The average attention span is around 8 seconds now (or something ridiculous like that).
In my opinion 97% of the time improv blows.
Brock typed a whopping 32 words that is not a huge target for Google to find. The Yoast SEO plugin recommends 300 words per post. It's YOUR show, do what you want.
Nothing screams “great content” like four people talking over each other. Who am I to judge, it works for THE VIEW.
In the article you say, “two years ago we started setting aside Thursday nights to have fun people get drunk around microphones in my living room.” It sounds like you’ve achieved your goal.
The one thing that really confused me, is Brock has a great looking website, but instead of adding the podcast to YOUR WEBSITE, you send people to a bad Podbean site that looks like a throw back to bad MySpace page.
A Farewell To Podcasting
Donovan Adkisson was on my show a while ago after completing his first year. He had written a book about it, and was excited about podcasting. Three years later he had created Adkisson Digital, four podcasts and a fair amount of frustration. If you listen to his episode titled "My Farewell to Podcasting" he states the following:
I'm not saying I'm ceasing my podcasting endeavors because I don't get any feedback, but its part of it.
I've realized that it's not interesting. I don't really bring anything of value to the listener. All I do is rant about the things that are happening in the world. I have nothing of value to provide because that is already being done by more higher profile and more successful people than myself.
Podcast consultants make money on selling courses on how to do what they are doing. It's almost like a weird pyramid scheme (but it's not).
It's absolutely not fun.
I Needed to Speak to Him in Person
Donovan was SUPER HONEST and admits that he never really defined his target audience, he had an idea - but it was super precise. He also knows maybe he didn't promote his podcast as much as he should have. In listening to Donovan you can tell he tried everything he did to make his show fly.
While its obvious that Donovan loves podcasting. He especially loves creating lives shows, but to get HUGE sponsors you need huge numbers and Donovan (and about 90% of most podcasters) didn't have that. (To hear about making money outside of the CPM model of podcasting, check out my interview with Glen the Geek)
No Apology Needed
Donovan also explained how he has some legal battles going on in his life, and he has some expensive health issues. In other words, his life's priorities have shifted.
If You Like it - Do it
At one point Donovan admits he loves podcasting. My advice is then do it. If it makes you happy, then do it. Do it for the art and creativity. Do it for the people who listen (Donovan said he got more feedback on his "Farewell" episode than he did on any other episode), but don't do it for the approval of others. Do your best to make a show that impacts your audience (makes them laugh, cry, think, groan, educates, inspires).
Your Life Changes - And So May Your Podcast
My first podcast was started 10 years ago when I was playing in bands. I loved music marketing. I loved playing music live. I'm not in the place anymore in my life, and consequently, I rarely do that podcast. It's a hobby in that case, and I do it because I can. I still have a smaller group that patiently waits for the next episode.
It Takes a Lot of Work, and a lot of Time
I've have mentioned in the past how the TV Seinfeld didn't take off the first season and was almost cancelled. There are plenty of shows that get popular because of this thing called timing.
There was a TV show in 1999 called Action on Fox. It got rave reviews. It stared Actor/Comedian (now podcaster) Jay Mohr. You probably never heard of the show. I bet you have heard of Chicago Hope, Charmed, or Who Wants to Be a Millionaire. Those are the shows Action was up against. It lasted one season.
Tips to Revive Your Dead Podcast

Always start with your audience. Get their opinion. (see creating surveys episode)
Look at the amount of time you have to create a podcast, and create a realistic schedule that you can keep
Announce when you are taking a leave of absence
Search for your topic. There may be new resources that could help you with show topics
Potentially add a co-host if you are flying solo. Don't be afraid to mess with the format if the only alternative is closing it down.

Lastly, if you are just sick and tired of the podcast, announce your final show, and let go. Seinfeld, M*A*S*H, Cheers, etc all came to an end.
Mentioned in This Episode
On Faith's Edge Podcast
John Lee Dumas
Steve Stewart
Daniel J Lewis
Ray Ortega
Donovan Adkisson
Podcaster's Roundtable John Lee Dumas Effect
Ryan K Parker's Food Craftsmen
Ready to Start Podcasting in the Right Direction?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>b1c01e6d74086785f720430770d3c7cdMon, 24 Aug 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonAs a podcast consultant I should be telling everyone to start a podcast. I do. I believe there is a lot to be learned from starting a podcast. You learn to: Organize your thoughts Prioritize your goals Speak with confidence Work with people from...
Organize your thoughts
Prioritize your goals
Speak with confidence
Work with people from different cultures
As much as podcasting is about talking, I think the top podcasters are at the top because they learned how to listen.

We Predicated Disgruntled Podcasters in December 2013
There was a time when it seemed every podcast had the term "on fire" tacked on at the end. In December of 2012 myself, Daniel J Lewis, Ray Ortega, Steve Stewart, and John Lee Dumas had a roundtable to discuss what Steve coined "The John Lee Dumas effect." People were starting a podcast, following a formula, and expecting the same six figure result as John. Part of that roundtbale was to point out the hard work, dedication, and insane work ethics that John has (and they being John Lee Dumas comes very naturally to him). John has always been super transparent about his life, his business, and his workflow, and how long his runway was when he jump into the unknown waters of podcasting (that's why I like the guy). John is an original. Here is the income from the eofire.com website

Here Comes the Next Wave of "Podcasting is Dead."
Comedian Brock Wilbur made a post and said, "“Podcasts are pointless. Anyone who tells you otherwise is the literal devil. No one is going to get rich or famous or gain any level of following from this medium ever again, because it is hilariously dead. Your idea to share caustic observations about an ongoing TV show? Pointless. Your idea to interview interesting people? Laughably misguided. Your idea to discuss each individual episode of a decade-old CW show? Well… shockingly successful.”
I went and listened to his podcast.
Brock has around 125 downloads per episode (13,767 downloads divided by 110 episodes). If you were a teacher, that would be 5 classrooms of 20.
I’m three minutes into it, and I am now finally getting into the content. You played a song with no teaser. You are hoping that people sit through some song hoping that they make it to the content. As a first time listener, I have no idea who you are, or your guests.
Your audio is right on the edge of distracting. I get it. One microphone with four people, you’re going to get room noise. It's YOUR show. You can record it any way you want.
At 5 minutes you finally introduce your guests. Nobody waits for 5 minutes for someone to get to the point. You then had one of your guests introduce themselves. The average attention span is around 8 seconds now (or something ridiculous like that).
In my opinion 97% of the time improv blows.
Brock typed a whopping 32 words that is not a huge target for Google to find. The Yoast SEO plugin recommends 300 words per post. It's YOUR show, do what you want.
Nothing screams “great content” like four people talking over each other. Who am I to judge, it works for THE VIEW.
In the article you say, “two years ago we started setting aside Thursday nights to have fun people get drunk around microphones in my living room.” It sounds like you’ve achieved your goal.
The one thing that really confused me, is Brock has a great looking website, but instead of adding the podcast to YOUR WEBSITE, you send people to a bad Podbean site that looks like a throw back to bad MySpace page.
A Farewell To Podcasting
Donovan Adkisson was on my show a while ago after completing his first year. He had written a book about it, and was excited about podcasting. Three years later he had created Adkisson Digital, four podcasts and a fair amount of frustration. If you listen to his episode titled "My Farewell to Podcasting" he states the following:
I'm not saying I'm ceasing my podcasting endeavors because I don't get any feedback, but its part of it.
I've realized that...]]>3554cleanfullAsk the Podcast Coach 8-22-15https://www.spreaker.com/episode/ask-the-podcast-coach-8-22-15--6519337https://api.spreaker.com/episode/6519337Sat, 22 Aug 2015 14:29:22 +0000David Jackson5674cleanfullAre you standing on the edge of your Comfort Zone?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-standing-on-the-edge-of-your-comfort-zone--6515495Donnie Pushed Publish On His Podcast.
I got this email in my inbox: Hello Sir, I am writing this to simply introduce myself and say a big Thank You! Not long ago I was inspired to begin a daunting task of creating a podcast. I have listened to numerous ones over a varied topic span ever since the beginnings of the podcast. So I decided to bite the bullet and give this a go. With thoughts of what fun this could be and eager to learn some new skills I ventured forth into the "glamorous" world of podcasting. Your show has been a go-to for every topic I can imagine. I glean over past episodes for the struggles I am currently facing and words of encouragement along the way. Simply put, it has been indispensable in this process. With that said, I do need to mention that I already belong to JLD's Podcaster's Paradise and the information there has been helpful also, albeit a little pie in the sky- esque. I am a loyal listener now of your show along with the Podcasters Studio and Roundtable. This week I listened to the Glen the Geek almost everyday on the long drives between day job customers. All I can say is WOW. That episode really hit home. The show I have created focuses on the Craft Beer community. I am based out of Knoxville, TN so my main goal was to break into the local scene. I am around 5 episodes deep in the editing process and have just released my first show to my website and submitted to ITunes this week. I have broken the procrastination mold of not releasing due to trying to 'make it perfect'. I realize we all have to start somewhere and I have finally made that big step. Now to grow and promote, along with get much better every time I am behind the mic. -Donnie InebriatedWisdom.com
My Reply
Donnie, Awesome. You have done what so many people have failed to do, you hit publish. No matter what people say from this point forward, you put it out there, for better or for worse, you hit publish. I'm so glad I inspired you because this email may have just inspired me for my next episode. Do you mind if I read you e-mail on the show? Some steps you can take are to go find your beer peeps. See if there are local brewers (guessing here, not my niche), etc. Be sure to make friends before you start pimping your show (or they won't care). Congrats, and do everyone a favor and put a link to your in your signature. Dave
Keeping My Integrity at Podcamp Pittsburgh.
So I attended a session on basic audio editing. I could see that the audience at this event were brand new to Podcasting. At the end of day one, I asked if there were any open slots (as they just filled one) and they stated they didn't At dinner that night with Krystal, Nick, and Kim, they said I should do a session. It turns out at Podcamps, anyone can speak anywhere. I resisted. As the former director of podcasting for the new media expo, I know what goes into planning and running a show. I just pictured some guy coming up and saying I'm speaking tomorrow at 11 and my brain exploding. Chris Brogan (one the creators of PodCamps) and I asked him if adding sessions was allowed, and sure enough it was. In fact, it was encouraged. But still I resisted. There I was standing on the edge of my comfort zone. I mean that seems like such an ego move. "Hey, I'm here and I'm going to speak!." This is the wrong attitude. It's valid, based on my experience, but I needed to be open for new information. I had just seen with my own eyes how this group desperately needed a podcasting 101 type of talk. Nick continued to nudge, and I thought of my email to Donnie. This meant believing in myself (I've been doing this 10 years, and as a computer instructor I have to be light on my feet and go with the flow on a regular basis), and of course... Nobody was going to punch me in the face. (thank you Ryan K Parker of foodcraftsmen.com ) So I did it I had a group of 7ish, and Krstal from Libsyn parascoped it to another 50ish. I had 9 words on a piece of paper and just used my knowledge. Was I nervous? Sure. I did zero rehearsal. At the end of day two I was thanked by the founders for doing that session.
The Real Brian - Podcasting Has Put Me Where I Am
Brian is the host of Profitcast and he was doing some research
Upcoming Events
Saturday Septemeber 12 Podcast Mid Atlantic ( I will be doing a Keynote at this event) Saturday Septemeber 12th, New Media Europe
Ready to Start Podcasting?
Join the School of Podcasting (30 day money back guarentee)]]>0abd1b34931f99aead4bc12a3e669ac7Mon, 17 Aug 2015 16:02:12 +0000David JacksonToday I share a story about getting outside of your comfort zone, and we talk with the Real Brian about how his podcast has lead to him getting paid to host two more. Donnie Pushed Publish On His Podcast. I got this email in my inbox: Hello Sir, I am...Donnie Pushed Publish On His Podcast.
I got this email in my inbox: Hello Sir, I am writing this to simply introduce myself and say a big Thank You! Not long ago I was inspired to begin a daunting task of creating a podcast. I have listened to numerous ones over a varied topic span ever since the beginnings of the podcast. So I decided to bite the bullet and give this a go. With thoughts of what fun this could be and eager to learn some new skills I ventured forth into the "glamorous" world of podcasting. Your show has been a go-to for every topic I can imagine. I glean over past episodes for the struggles I am currently facing and words of encouragement along the way. Simply put, it has been indispensable in this process. With that said, I do need to mention that I already belong to JLD's Podcaster's Paradise and the information there has been helpful also, albeit a little pie in the sky- esque. I am a loyal listener now of your show along with the Podcasters Studio and Roundtable. This week I listened to the Glen the Geek almost everyday on the long drives between day job customers. All I can say is WOW. That episode really hit home. The show I have created focuses on the Craft Beer community. I am based out of Knoxville, TN so my main goal was to break into the local scene. I am around 5 episodes deep in the editing process and have just released my first show to my website and submitted to ITunes this week. I have broken the procrastination mold of not releasing due to trying to 'make it perfect'. I realize we all have to start somewhere and I have finally made that big step. Now to grow and promote, along with get much better every time I am behind the mic. -Donnie InebriatedWisdom.com
My Reply
Donnie, Awesome. You have done what so many people have failed to do, you hit publish. No matter what people say from this point forward, you put it out there, for better or for worse, you hit publish. I'm so glad I inspired you because this email may have just inspired me for my next episode. Do you mind if I read you e-mail on the show? Some steps you can take are to go find your beer peeps. See if there are local brewers (guessing here, not my niche), etc. Be sure to make friends before you start pimping your show (or they won't care). Congrats, and do everyone a favor and put a link to your in your signature. Dave
Keeping My Integrity at Podcamp Pittsburgh.
So I attended a session on basic audio editing. I could see that the audience at this event were brand new to Podcasting. At the end of day one, I asked if there were any open slots (as they just filled one) and they stated they didn't At dinner that night with Krystal, Nick, and Kim, they said I should do a session. It turns out at Podcamps, anyone can speak anywhere. I resisted. As the former director of podcasting for the new media expo, I know what goes into planning and running a show. I just pictured some guy coming up and saying I'm speaking tomorrow at 11 and my brain exploding. Chris Brogan (one the creators of PodCamps) and I asked him if adding sessions was allowed, and sure enough it was. In fact, it was encouraged. But still I resisted. There I was standing on the edge of my comfort zone. I mean that seems like such an ego move. "Hey, I'm here and I'm going to speak!." This is the wrong attitude. It's valid, based on my experience, but I needed to be open for new information. I had just seen with my own eyes how this group desperately needed a podcasting 101 type of talk. Nick continued to nudge, and I thought of my email to Donnie. This meant believing in myself (I've been doing this 10 years, and as a computer instructor I have to be light on my feet and go with the flow on a regular basis), and of course... Nobody was going to punch me in the face. (thank you...]]>3291cleanfullMaking a Living Talking about Horses - Glen the Geek is Never Boringhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-a-living-talking-about-horses-glen-the-geek-is-never-boring--6515498Podcast Rewind (2:43)
Paul Colligan lays it on the line in the Episode title The Weird Thing About Podcasting For Money
Rob Walch was interviewed on Podcast Junkies on the Truth about Podcast Numbers (the stats start at the 52 minute mark).
Glenn the Geek America's Horse Husband (5:47)
Here are some of the top takeaways
Glenn started with ONE podcast. Glenn put all his efforts into this show. He started with ONE.
He got a sponsor early even though he didn't have thousands of listeners. How? By finding an advertiser who was more interested in promoting their brand than delivering a coupon.
Glenn gets his sponsors involved in his show. He uses them to answer questions from his listeners. This is a great way to promote the brand, make the brand look like an expert, without having a giant commercial.
Glenn KNOWS HIS AUDIENCE. They are addicted to horses and aren't the most technical bunch. You will see on horseradionetwork.com that Glenn has step by step tutorials to help his audience learn how to listen (on every single type of device).
If you know you're going to have a network, promote from episode 1 (even if the network doesn't exist). This way when it DOES exist people who catch your early shows will have the same branding (Glenn was following the model of Twit.tv).
Glenn is not a horse expert, but he shares a passion for horses and he plays the role of "Average Horsemen" on the show. You don't need to be an expert to start a podcast.
He used Blog Talk Radio but left due to poor audio quality (Blog Talk Radio just unveiled their upgraded service which now delivers CD quality and allows you to connect directly to the service without using a phone or skype). He now uses Call In Studio, and Mixlr to stream live.
Glenn does use CPM for selling ads. He sells a flat rate per episode. He advises his sponsors to purchase three months of ads to start out (he prefers 6 months).
Glenn used Big Contact to make a player that can be shared on other websites. Big Contact is no longer accepting submissions. You can do this using the Libsyn Player, the Player from Blubrry.com (under conntect), Podtrac.com, or you can make your own using Wimpy Player.
Glenn only lets products he uses sponsor his show. The only thing you have is your integrity, and he knows his audience trusts him and he never loses sight of how he will lose in the long run if he sells out. Find companies that are already advertising in your space (like a magazine), find out how much they are spending (call to see how much it costs to advertise) and explain how you have their target audience, and that you can put their brand in front of them for less money.
Become the Official Radio Station of Your Industry (29:42)
Glenn went to an exclusive trade show for horses and told them he wanted to be the official radio station for their conference. All he wanted was a booth. The first year he had to explain what a podcast was. Eight years later he has sponsors begging to be on his show. He get's great content. He gets access to places others don't (this is not an open conference), and he starts building relationships with future sponsors of his show. This is absolutely brilliant. The trade show gets free publicity, and Glenn gets access to sponsors and great content.
Finding The Right Products
Glenn has a $250 pitch fork that the manufacturer was potentially having a hard time getting the word out about his product. Glenn's audience is using a manure fork while they listen. The Manure fork manufacturer now sponsors the show on his most popular segment on Fridays. He has been sponsoring for years (so it's working)
Making His Advertisers Human
By using his sponsors as experts, Glenn's audience gets to know the sponsor on a more personal level. It makes them human and increases sales. This is why 70% of Glenn's sponsors continue to advertise with him. Glenn built his podcast audience by connecting to people who shared his passion - not through gaming iTunes, or Spamming Twitter. (Amen brother!).
Make It Easy To Promote Your Show
Glenn sends a note to all of his guests with a pre-written note and a link to the show notes and a link to the mp3 file.
Good Shows Aren't an Accident
Glenn spends around six hours on an episode from start to finish. The more your prepare the less you have to edit. While only a small portion of his audience listens live, he wants the show to feel live. To do live, you need to be prepared when the recording light goes on.
The Best Interviews Come From Your Listeners
While you may land a "big/famous" person on your show, often the best interviews and segments come from your audience. A "big" name may not have a ton of time to promote your show, and your audience is often at the places/events where your audience is - and deliver great content. In addition, your audience gets excited to be on their show and they tell other people about their appearance. I did a whole show on getting your audience involved.
Don't Be Boring (59:30)
While anyone can make a podcast, not everyone should. There may be people who want "just the facts" but Glenn feels you should entertain first, and educate second. By being entertaining you keep them listening. By providing value, you keep them coming back. He wants peopel going away from their show smiling and saying, "Hey I learned something."
Check out all of Glenn's shows at horseradionetwork.com
Podcasting News
John Lee Dumas of Entrepreneur on Fire has an article in Forbes Magazine
U2 appeared on the You talking U2 to me?
Ready to start Podcasting
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>c22d198fcac38bfc8ac882710f0ca938Mon, 10 Aug 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonGlenn the geek has been podcasting since 2008. He does it full time. He grew his audience by reaching out to leaders in his field and partnering with them. He has a background in sales, and found the right sponsors for his shows. He embraces his...Podcast Rewind (2:43)
Paul Colligan lays it on the line in the Episode title The Weird Thing About Podcasting For Money
Rob Walch was interviewed on Podcast Junkies on the Truth about Podcast Numbers (the stats start at the 52 minute mark).
Glenn the Geek America's Horse Husband (5:47)
Here are some of the top takeaways
Glenn started with ONE podcast. Glenn put all his efforts into this show. He started with ONE.
He got a sponsor early even though he didn't have thousands of listeners. How? By finding an advertiser who was more interested in promoting their brand than delivering a coupon.
Glenn gets his sponsors involved in his show. He uses them to answer questions from his listeners. This is a great way to promote the brand, make the brand look like an expert, without having a giant commercial.
Glenn KNOWS HIS AUDIENCE. They are addicted to horses and aren't the most technical bunch. You will see on horseradionetwork.com that Glenn has step by step tutorials to help his audience learn how to listen (on every single type of device).
If you know you're going to have a network, promote from episode 1 (even if the network doesn't exist). This way when it DOES exist people who catch your early shows will have the same branding (Glenn was following the model of Twit.tv).
Glenn is not a horse expert, but he shares a passion for horses and he plays the role of "Average Horsemen" on the show. You don't need to be an expert to start a podcast.
He used Blog Talk Radio but left due to poor audio quality (Blog Talk Radio just unveiled their upgraded service which now delivers CD quality and allows you to connect directly to the service without using a phone or skype). He now uses Call In Studio, and Mixlr to stream live.
Glenn does use CPM for selling ads. He sells a flat rate per episode. He advises his sponsors to purchase three months of ads to start out (he prefers 6 months).
Glenn used Big Contact to make a player that can be shared on other websites. Big Contact is no longer accepting submissions. You can do this using the Libsyn Player, the Player from Blubrry.com (under conntect), Podtrac.com, or you can make your own using Wimpy Player.
Glenn only lets products he uses sponsor his show. The only thing you have is your integrity, and he knows his audience trusts him and he never loses sight of how he will lose in the long run if he sells out. Find companies that are already advertising in your space (like a magazine), find out how much they are spending (call to see how much it costs to advertise) and explain how you have their target audience, and that you can put their brand in front of them for less money.
Become the Official Radio Station of Your Industry (29:42)
Glenn went to an exclusive trade show...]]>4074cleanfullWhat Happens When You Take a Break From Exercise and Sodahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-happens-when-you-take-a-break-from-exercise-and-soda--39771257263b4abc418e4015cf5d57fb8da0f6dfSun, 09 Aug 2015 19:00:13 +0000David JacksonA new episode2091cleanfullWord of Mouth Moments From Podcast Movementhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/word-of-mouth-moments-from-podcast-movement--65154991. The Door Key Was Branded
Yeah, you know the magnetic door key. It had their logo on it. I often lose hotel keys and have to ask for another one. I didn't this week. What a HUGE first impression. I told Dan and Jared that there was so much icing on the Podcast Movement cake that you could not get a bad piece of cake.
2. The Michelangelo Line from Lou Mongello
Lou Mongello is one of my favorite people. Lou is so authentic (you will see a theme here). In his keynote he just kept saying things that made me want to stand up and go "Preach On Lou!" (his talks was on Sunday). He said a line like, "When people came in to look at a new painting from Michelangelo they didn't go, "Great Painting - What brush did you use?"
3. Ejecting Bad Guests - Jordan Harbinger
Jordan is like a Lioness guarding her cubs when it comes to his show. It's HIS show, and if you try to mess with HIS show he will kick you to the curb. Try to keep pimping your stuff on his show when he explained up front that the pimping (if any) would be done at the show and he will shut down the recorder and send you home. It's HIS show.
4. Aisha Tyler - It's MINE.
This one really hit home with me. How many things are truly 100% YOURS. Aisha has like 37 roles on TV, movies, etc. Yet, she records, edits, tags, uploads, and writes notes for her podcast. Why? She admitted she is an workaholic (transparent), and she said with all of her roles, her podcast is the only thing that is 100% hers. When a listener said she talked too much when interviewing a guest she advised him to get his own show (where he could be a mime for an hour).
5. Great Content - Different Angles
The combination of Lou Mongello (The Dean of Disney) and Aisea Tyler (a fanatic of the F word) was a bit of a whiplash, but it was AWESOME. Why? Because they both were hitting the same topics. Why? Because they are best practices. Don't get in it for the money. Be unique. Follow your heart. Make and learn from your mistakes.
6. Nice Flip Flops - Marc Maron
I'm standing in the Stockyards restaurant and in walks Marc Maron. I felt like I was on his TV show. There he was in cut off jean shorts and flip flops. Marc is Marc. He's authentically Maron. What you see is what you get. What you get is funny. I apologized for him having to be interviewed in Cleveland where the DJ had his staff vomit in the studio (Marc refused to go in the room). He laughed.
7. Embrace Your Audience - Marc Maron
There were tons of podcast "Celebrities" at this event. When Marc walked in, celebrity went to a new level. I felt honored to shake his hand. Later I saw where he took photo after photo with people who know like and trust him.
8. No Recording Devices - Really Sarah Koenig?
You come to a podcast event and tell us to NOT record you? This left a bad taste in my mouth. It just seemed out of place. It seemed so ....RADIO. Afraid someone might post it to YouTube and you can't do the same presentation over and over? WOW.
9. Pat Flynn - How To Top A Delorean
Pat Flynn did got me. At one point I actually thought the mighty Pat Flynn had lost his place in his presentation. Then an English accent came out of the speakers. I found out later that each time the English voice (inside Pat's head) was created by Pat pressing a button. This was hugely entertaining. Once it was over, and you just realized what you saw, the magnitude of preparation had to be insane. I once saw the band Genesis. Phil Collins and Chester Thompson did a 15 minute drum solo. Both men were completely 100% in sync. The longer it went on (with the beats getting more complex) the more mind boggling it became. Once it was over, you just kept asking, "How did they do that?" Pat, how did you do that? Pat entered the room with a movie and a Delorean at the New Media Expo.
10. I'm Getting Your Banner - Gary LeLeand
I've always needed a backdrop for my office. Part of the icing of PM15 was the banners outside the doors. They looked awesome. Call me weird, but I really like the one with my name on it. So I asked after the last presentation if I could have the banner with my name on it. I asked different folks and they had to check some things. Later I was walking down the hallway and there was one of the creators of Podcast movement Gary LeLeand working with the banner. I asked him was he was up to and he said, "Getting your banner, do you have a screw driver on you?" I expected some hired hand to do this, not one of the co-founders. It was important to me, so it was important to them.
Listening to what your audience wants, and giving it to them. That's good old Podcasting 101.
11. A Quick Handshake out the Door - John Lee Dumas
I was watching a keynote on Sunday when I felt a hand on my shoulder, I turned around and there was John Lee Dumas extending his hand. He said, "I'm taking off it was great to see you." I am a big fan of JLD. He is the energizer bunny of podcasting. His combination of talent, charisma, dedication, and delivery have served him well. He is the poster child of, "It is possible to make money with podcasting." If I had a nickle for every time someone said the words "John Lee Dumas" at this convention I would be rich as well, John Lee Dumas. I had wanted to hang out with him at the Stockyards, but silly me, there were two additional rooms that I never discovered (and all of my friends apparently were in those rooms). When I was an award winning customer service representative I discovered that its the little things that mean alot - like a handshake out the door.
12. Life is Like a Box of Chocolates - Glenn the Geek
I will be interviewing Glenn next week. Glenn is the man behind www.horseradionetwork.com and while Glenn was not even supposed to talk, he did an impromtu speech on Friday that blew me away. I can't wait to interviewing him, and share his story. He has been podcasting for 8 years, and it is his full time gig. I can't wait for you to meet him.
13. UBER
I went to lunch with David Hooper and Mark Johansen. I was courageous enough to take up Dave's offer to get an uber for us. It was a great experience. Paul Colligan heard me tell him about it, so he sent me a link to get me $20 off my first ride. This proved again that you pay with things in two currencies money or time. It would've cost me an extra 20 to take Uber to the airport, but Paul's coupon took that away and instead of waiting for the shuttle, to then wait for the shuttle to fill up, I got to sleep more.
Ready to Start Podcasting?
Ceck out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>4c8f2d7f102a5ac4da6550b54eccc10aWed, 05 Aug 2015 17:15:02 +0000David JacksonI attended Podcast Movement last week, and I am busting at the seems to tell you about it. To keep this short, here are my top memories and take always from Podcast movement. 1. The Door Key Was Branded Yeah, you know the magnetic door key. It had...1. The Door Key Was Branded
Yeah, you know the magnetic door key. It had their logo on it. I often lose hotel keys and have to ask for another one. I didn't this week. What a HUGE first impression. I told Dan and Jared that there was so much icing on the Podcast Movement cake that you could not get a bad piece of cake.
2. The Michelangelo Line from Lou Mongello
Lou Mongello is one of my favorite people. Lou is so authentic (you will see a theme here). In his keynote he just kept saying things that made me want to stand up and go "Preach On Lou!" (his talks was on Sunday). He said a line like, "When people came in to look at a new painting from Michelangelo they didn't go, "Great Painting - What brush did you use?"
3. Ejecting Bad Guests - Jordan Harbinger
Jordan is like a Lioness guarding her cubs when it comes to his show. It's HIS show, and if you try to mess with HIS show he will kick you to the curb. Try to keep pimping your stuff on his show when he explained up front that the pimping (if any) would be done at the show and he will shut down the recorder and send you home. It's HIS show.
4. Aisha Tyler - It's MINE.
This one really hit home with me. How many things are truly 100% YOURS. Aisha has like 37 roles on TV, movies, etc. Yet, she records, edits, tags, uploads, and writes notes for her podcast. Why? She admitted she is an workaholic (transparent), and she said with all of her roles, her podcast is the only thing that is 100% hers. When a listener said she talked too much when interviewing a guest she advised him to get his own show (where he could be a mime for an hour).
5. Great Content - Different Angles
The combination of Lou Mongello (The Dean of Disney) and Aisea Tyler (a fanatic of the F word) was a bit of a whiplash, but it was AWESOME. Why? Because they both were hitting the same topics. Why? Because they are best practices. Don't get in it for the money. Be unique. Follow your heart. Make and learn from your mistakes.
6. Nice Flip Flops - Marc Maron
I'm standing in the Stockyards restaurant and in walks Marc Maron. I felt like I was on his TV show. There he was in cut off jean shorts and flip flops. Marc is Marc. He's authentically Maron. What you see is what you get. What you get is funny. I apologized for him having to be interviewed in Cleveland where the DJ had his staff vomit in the studio (Marc refused to go in the room). He laughed.
7. Embrace Your Audience - Marc Maron
There were tons of podcast "Celebrities" at this event. When Marc walked in, celebrity went to a new level. I felt honored to shake his hand. Later I saw where he took photo after photo with people who know like and trust him.
8. No Recording Devices - Really Sarah Koenig?
You come to a podcast event and tell us to NOT record you? This left a bad taste in my mouth. It just seemed out of place. It seemed so ....RADIO. Afraid someone might post it to YouTube and you can't do the same presentation over and over? WOW.
9. Pat Flynn - How To Top A Delorean
Pat Flynn did got me. At one point I actually thought the mighty Pat Flynn had lost his place in his presentation. Then an English accent came out of the speakers. I found out later that each time the English voice (inside Pat's head) was created by Pat pressing a button. This was hugely entertaining. Once it was over, and you just realized what you saw, the magnitude of preparation had to be insane. I once saw the band Genesis. Phil Collins and Chester Thompson did a 15 minute drum solo. Both men were completely 100% in sync. The longer it went on (with the beats getting more complex) the more mind boggling it became. Once it was over, you just kept asking, "How did they do that?" Pat, how did you do that? Pat entered...]]>2289cleanfullAudio Technica BP40 - Electrovoice RE320 - Audio Technica ATR2100 USB Microphone Shootouthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/audio-technica-bp40-electrovoice-re320-audio-technica-atr2100-usb-microphone-shootout--6515501Midroll Purchased by Scripps - Another shot of legitimacy for podcasting? Ask the Double Rainbow Guy The article mentions CPM (the amount you make per 1000 downloads) of $100. This seems unrealistic to what I typically hear ($15 - $30 CPM).
Honda's 2016 Accord will have the ability to have Apple Car Play, and Android Auto. Full Story
Podcast Rewind:
I recently was asked back on the Coachzing Show  talking why podcasting is here to stay.
I did a webinar with Steve Stewart on Podcast Workflow for his Audacity Workshop its only available for a limited time
I started listening to the Tim Ferriss show, and the one thing that he us just AWESOME at is follow up questions. When he interviewed Rick Rubin he asked how Rick got into the 99 Problems video by Jay Z. At the end of the answer Rick says, "He is one of my favorite people." To this Tim instantly asks, "Why do you say that?". Later when he interviews Glenn Beck he asks about Glenn's dilema of having to hire a large amount of people to build his Blaze network. Glen explains who he hired first. He said he knew within the first three minutes of their initial meeting that this woman was going to be hired. To this Tim instantly asked, "What did she say to make such an impression on you." It's an interesting show, and he has interviewed so many big names, that you can "cherry pick" episodes of just those people you like.
Podcast Microphone Shoot Out
Audio Technica 2020 (condensor XLR/USB $99)
Audio Technica 2100 (Dynamic XLR/USB $59)
Audio Technica BP40 (Dynamic XLR $349)
Electrovoice RE320 (Dynamic XLR $299).
You will hear that all these microphones sound great. I recommend podcasters NOT use a condensor microphone (2020). In listening to the 2005 vs the BP40. The 2100 seemed to carry more bass (odd as they have the same bass frequency). There is a low cut switch on the BP40 if you want to cut frequencies below 100 (these are so low, these are almost frequencies you feel more than hear).
The one thing that hit me right out of the gate is this microphone can double as a weapon. Its super solid, looks good, and just seem heavy duty. I really liked the AT8484 shock mount that is designed to be used with the microphone. It has a super slick lock that allows you to slide it in and out with ease (not that most of us will be switching microphones, but it is cool). As the shock mount is designed for the unit, it holds it well. I have a "off the shelf" shock mount for the RE320 and it seems a little strained to hold it (so here again sticking with factory stuff, even though slightly more expensive might be the way to go).
Test One: Gain
How much gain is coming out of the microphone?
All of the microphones seemed to need the same amount of gain. It seemed like the BP40 did provide a little more (and needed less gain).
Test Two: Tone
The ATR2100 (for me) had the most pleasing tone. Plenty of low and high end. The RE320 was the clearest, and the BP40 had a smooth sound (but didn't have the hi end of the RE20)
What is my first impression?
I love the look of the BP40. It's super rugged. It's super solid. I LOVE the shock mount that is an accessory as it is SUPER EASY to snap the microphone in and out.
Test Three: How much room noise does it pick up?
I put a fan on in the background and turned the radio on lightly. None of the microphones (accept the 2020) would pick up a noticeable amount of room noise. Can you hear it? Yes, but only if you are in a quiet room listening through headphones. Of the 2100, the bp40, and the RE320, it seemed the BP40 seemed to pick up the most room noise (but again, the amount of noise was something you would really have to strain to hear).
For me, for the money and the flexibility I still like the Audio Technica 2100. Now, the ATR2100 is not as durable as the BP40 or the RE320. These are microphones designed to be in a broadcast booth. They (the BP40 and the RE320) definitely have different tones (the RE320 is more clear). Keep mind you want your voice to not be abrasive or distracting. So having too much high end, or too much low end can ruin your tone. The more I use the BP40, it's really growing on me especially when I run it through my DBX 286 microphone preamp.
Bottom Line:
I couldn't really pick one that was miles above the others. I liked all the microphones, and when run through a mixer where you can boost and cut the EQ I was able to pull out any tone I wanted. None of them had any major proximity effect issues. I like the look for the BP40 more then the RE320. As always tone is a very subjective, and in the end it depends on how the microphone works with your voice.
Which one did you like?
Ready to Podcast check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3b56c0c4a7ee63ee4e006bee9ad24d59Mon, 27 Jul 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting News: Midroll Purchased by Scripps - Another shot of legitimacy for podcasting? Ask the Double Rainbow Guy The article mentions CPM (the amount you make per 1000 downloads) of $100. This seems unrealistic to what I typically hear ($15 - $30...Midroll Purchased by Scripps - Another shot of legitimacy for podcasting? Ask the Double Rainbow Guy The article mentions CPM (the amount you make per 1000 downloads) of $100. This seems unrealistic to what I typically hear ($15 - $30 CPM).
Honda's 2016 Accord will have the ability to have Apple Car Play, and Android Auto. Full Story
Podcast Rewind:
I recently was asked back on the Coachzing Show  talking why podcasting is here to stay.
I did a webinar with Steve Stewart on Podcast Workflow for his Audacity Workshop its only available for a limited time
I started listening to the Tim Ferriss show, and the one thing that he us just AWESOME at is follow up questions. When he interviewed Rick Rubin he asked how Rick got into the 99 Problems video by Jay Z. At the end of the answer Rick says, "He is one of my favorite people." To this Tim instantly asks, "Why do you say that?". Later when he interviews Glenn Beck he asks about Glenn's dilema of having to hire a large amount of people to build his Blaze network. Glen explains who he hired first. He said he knew within the first three minutes of their initial meeting that this woman was going to be hired. To this Tim instantly asked, "What did she say to make such an impression on you." It's an interesting show, and he has interviewed so many big names, that you can "cherry pick" episodes of just those people you like.
Podcast Microphone Shoot Out
Audio Technica 2020 (condensor XLR/USB $99)
Audio Technica 2100 (Dynamic XLR/USB $59)
Audio Technica BP40 (Dynamic XLR $349)
Electrovoice RE320 (Dynamic XLR $299).
You will hear that all these microphones sound great. I recommend podcasters NOT use a condensor microphone (2020). In listening to the 2005 vs the BP40. The 2100 seemed to carry more bass (odd as they have the same bass frequency). There is a low cut switch on the BP40 if you want to cut frequencies below 100 (these are so low, these are almost frequencies you feel more than hear).
The one thing that hit me right out of the gate is this microphone can double as a weapon. Its super solid, looks good, and just seem heavy duty. I really liked the AT8484 shock mount that is designed to be used with the microphone. It has a super slick lock that allows you to slide it in and out with ease (not that most of us will be switching microphones, but it is cool). As the shock mount is designed for the unit, it holds it well. I have a "off the shelf" shock mount for the RE320 and it seems a little strained to hold it (so here again sticking with factory stuff, even though slightly more expensive might be the way to go).
Test One: Gain
How much gain is coming out of the microphone?
All of the microphones seemed to need the same amount of gain. It seemed like the BP40 did provide a little more (and needed less gain).
Test Two: Tone
The ATR2100 (for me) had the most pleasing tone. Plenty of low and high end. The RE320 was the clearest, and the BP40 had a smooth sound (but didn't have the hi end of the RE20)
What is my first impression?
I love the look of the BP40. It's super rugged. It's super solid. I LOVE the shock mount that is an accessory as it is SUPER EASY to snap the microphone in and out.
Test Three: How much room noise does it pick up?
I put a fan on in the background and turned the radio on lightly. None of the microphones (accept the 2020) would pick up a noticeable amount of room noise. Can you hear it? Yes, but only if you are in a quiet room listening through headphones. Of the 2100, the bp40, and the RE320, it seemed the BP40 seemed to pick up the most room noise (but again, the amount of noise was something you would really have to strain to hear).
For me, for the money and the flexibility I still like the Audio Technica 2100. Now, the ATR2100 is not as durable as the BP40 or the RE320. These are microphones designed to be in a broadcast...]]>3511cleanfullMaybe You Don't Want to Lose Weight?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/maybe-you-don-t-want-to-lose-weight--39771258https://youtu.be/PygoGs9FbKY If you have children it is a must watch.
Here are some link
Bite Size on Amazon instant Video
Bite Size
Bite Size on iTunes
Bite Size - Corbin Billings
Like the Show?
Throw us a Bone]]>3375516297ad77d99f78f94a937194d7Sun, 26 Jul 2015 23:07:55 +0000David JacksonI watched the movie bite size on NetFlix. It was very eye opening. You will watch a few over weight teenagers and in the end they don't want to lose weight. Their parents are spending thousands of dollars, telling them to get off their butt, but its...https://youtu.be/PygoGs9FbKY If you have children it is a must watch.
Here are some link
Bite Size on Amazon instant Video
Bite Size
Bite Size on iTunes
Bite Size - Corbin Billings
Like the Show?
Throw us a Bone]]>1706cleanfullPodcasting's Most Frequently Asked Questionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-s-most-frequently-asked-questions--6515497
Podcasting News:
Popular Science has launched a Podcast caled Futuropolis
Salary.com listed "On Air DJ" as one of the the top 12th jobs on the brink. Speaking of that, CBS Radio eliminated more than 200 positions in companywide layoffs this week, including an unconfirmed number in Chicago
Ira Glass now owns This American Life. The interesting thing is this artcile mentions that he has 22 employees.  In March 2014, This American Life ended its relationship with PRI, who had served as the show’s distributor since 1997, flexing its muscles in a way that suggested long-running intent towards independence. Speaking of employees on the latest "But wait theres more" episode of Startup, Alex Blumberg states that he has a staff of 19 people to produce three pdocasts and they are making 2 milloin dollars this year (and spending 2 million).
FREQUNETLY ASKED QUESTIONS
How much does it cost to start one?
$91 Mic, Stand, Pop filter
$60 Mixer
$20 Libsyn (use the coupon sopfree)
$8 Hostgator
$60 Artwork
$24 Intro MRC
$263

Xbox One, 500GB Hard Drive $342

What Microphone
The Audio technica 2100, 2005, or a Electrovoice RE320. I hear good things about the Heil PR40 as well. I like the EV RE320 as no matter where my mouth is, the tone doesn’t change (with other microphones the close you get the bassier it gets).

How Long Should it Be?
As long as it should be, and not a minute more. Vallery Geller in the book Beyond Powerful Radio says, “There is no such thing as too long, only too boring.” This is proven by Dan Carlin’s Hardcore history which can run around 3 or 4 hours and published irregularly.

How Often Should I Publish
As I previously mentioned Dan Carlin’s show, you should publish a podcast that consistently delivers value, and impacts your audience. However, if you can establish a schedule that your audience can count on, they will make you part of their routine. My advice is record a few test shows so you can fully understand the work it takes to create a podcast, THEN pick your publishing schedule. While you will hear people talk about doing multiple episodes a week, keep in mind these are multiple shows that deliver value.

Where do I get Music For My Show?
Podcasting-Resource.com
I like Audio Jungle

Can I play Music in My Podcast?
No. Not Legally?
Do People do it? Yes
Will it get you banned from iHeart Radio? Yes

What’s the Best Media Hosting?
Libsyn Great stats, ease of mutli location publishing.
Blubrry - Great Stats, Ease of Publishing your podcast
Spreaker - Good stats, built in audience.
Podbean - OK Stats,

Can I Use my Web Host as My Media Host?
You can, but should you? No.
Listen to SDR Show. It took him 6 weeks to get shut down.

How Many Downloads Should I Have?
Take the value the value you provide and multiply it by the effort your put forth to promote it, and there is your number. For the average Joe, it should be between 10 and 200 downloads per episode.
Here are my download numbers:
Ask the Podcast Coach 250
Jillian Michaels Fan Cast 2000
Building a Better Dave around 300
Marketing Musician 600
Weekly Web Tools 325
SOP 1600
Feeding My Fatih 150
Wost Podcast Ever 10

How Do I Grow My Audience?
Figure out who your audience is
Make content people want to talk about that impact them
Go to where they
Make friends
Tell them about your Podcast
Make it easy to share

Sounds like a lot of work.
Simple, not easy.

If I Write a Review for you in iTunes will you Review Me?
Why are you asking a stranger to review your show, why not ask your audience?

No, I mean I want you to Review my podcast?
See podcastreviewshow.com

Should I Buy?
A Mixer?
Do you have more than one person in the room with you?
Are you adding music and sounds live?
Are you interviewing people over skype?
YES

How Do I Record Skype or Interviews without getting too Technical
Ecamm Call Recorder schoolofpodcasting.com/callrecorder
Callburner on the PC. schoolofpodcasting.com/callburner
Ringr.us
If you understand Skype on a PC, have your guest use Skype on their smartphone.
Worst Case Scenari, uberconference.com (but it will sound like the phone).

How do I find guests for my show
Help a Reporter .com
Radio Guest List.com
Ask your guest.
Amazon.com New Releases

How Do Make Money With My Podcast
Create a show that delivers Value
Attract and audience.

Sponsors

Sell Products

Sell Other peoples products (affiliates)

Speaking Gigs

Membership Sites

Donations

Better insights into your audience.

How Do I Get Sponsors For My Show
Provide content a sponsor would want to put their name on.
Get 5,000 downloads (preferably 20,000) per episode
Create a Media kit explaining who is listening, how many there are, and explain how engaged they are.
8% of people have this number
Look into Affiliate marketing, or smaller companies.

Ready to Start a Podcast?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>af04c448d3b057ce6c374cc523a4a5d8Mon, 20 Jul 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I will answer the questions that I receive on a regualr basis. Podcasting News: Popular Science has launched a Podcast caled Futuropolis Salary.com listed "On Air DJ" as one of the the top 12th jobs on the brink. Speaking of that, CBS Radio...
Podcasting News:
Popular Science has launched a Podcast caled Futuropolis
Salary.com listed "On Air DJ" as one of the the top 12th jobs on the brink. Speaking of that, CBS Radio eliminated more than 200 positions in companywide layoffs this week, including an unconfirmed number in Chicago
Ira Glass now owns This American Life. The interesting thing is this artcile mentions that he has 22 employees.  In March 2014, This American Life ended its relationship with PRI, who had served as the show’s distributor since 1997, flexing its muscles in a way that suggested long-running intent towards independence. Speaking of employees on the latest "But wait theres more" episode of Startup, Alex Blumberg states that he has a staff of 19 people to produce three pdocasts and they are making 2 milloin dollars this year (and spending 2 million).
FREQUNETLY ASKED QUESTIONS
How much does it cost to start one?
$91 Mic, Stand, Pop filter
$60 Mixer
$20 Libsyn (use the coupon sopfree)
$8 Hostgator
$60 Artwork
$24 Intro MRC
$263

Xbox One, 500GB Hard Drive $342

What Microphone
The Audio technica 2100, 2005, or a Electrovoice RE320. I hear good things about the Heil PR40 as well. I like the EV RE320 as no matter where my mouth is, the tone doesn’t change (with other microphones the close you get the bassier it gets).

How Long Should it Be?
As long as it should be, and not a minute more. Vallery Geller in the book Beyond Powerful Radio says, “There is no such thing as too long, only too boring.” This is proven by Dan Carlin’s Hardcore history which can run around 3 or 4 hours and published irregularly.

How Often Should I Publish
As I previously mentioned Dan Carlin’s show, you should publish a podcast that consistently delivers value, and impacts your audience. However, if you can establish a schedule that your audience can count on, they will make you part of their routine. My advice is record a few test shows so you can fully understand the work it takes to create a podcast, THEN pick your publishing schedule. While you will hear people talk about doing multiple episodes a week, keep in mind these are multiple shows that deliver value.

Where do I get Music For My Show?
Podcasting-Resource.com
I like Audio Jungle

Can I play Music in My Podcast?
No. Not Legally?
Do People do it? Yes
Will it get you banned from iHeart Radio? Yes

What’s the Best Media Hosting?
Libsyn Great stats, ease of mutli location publishing.
Blubrry - Great Stats, Ease of Publishing your podcast
Spreaker - Good stats, built in audience.
Podbean - OK Stats,

Can I Use my Web Host as My Media Host?
You can, but should you? No.
Listen to SDR Show. It took him 6 weeks to get shut down.

How Many Downloads Should I Have?
Take the value the value you provide and multiply it by the effort your put forth to promote it, and there is your number. For the average Joe, it should be between 10 and 200 downloads per episode.
Here are my download numbers:
Ask the Podcast Coach 250
Jillian Michaels Fan Cast 2000
Building a Better Dave around 300
Marketing Musician 600
Weekly Web Tools 325
SOP 1600
Feeding My Fatih 150
Wost Podcast Ever 10

How Do I Grow My Audience?
Figure out who your audience is
Make content people want to talk about that impact them
Go to where they
Make friends
Tell them about your Podcast
Make it easy to share

Sounds like a lot of work.
Simple, not easy.

If I Write a Review for you in iTunes will you Review Me?
Why are you asking a stranger to review your show, why not ask your audience?

No, I mean I want you to...]]>4060cleanfullBehind the Scenes of the Worst Podcast Everhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-the-worst-podcast-ever--65155001. Have F-bombs.
2. Insult the audience.
3. Deliver no value
4. Use Potty humor and be overtly immature
The reason? I had two:
1. I wanted to test podbean.com (who during the test had a technical issue, and my files quit downloading).
2. I wanted to see what kind of downloads a horrible podcast would get. I've heard from Libsyn that many podcasters get around 200 downloads per episode. (get a free month at Libsyn using the coupon code sopfree )
The worst podcast ever gets about 10.
Rules for Experiment:
1. I could not use my real voice. I didn't want anyone to know it was me.
2. I could not promote it at all. Not a single tweet.
Doing a Podcast as a Character:
This is not new. "Madge Weinstein" has been doing yeast Radio since 2004. There are people who do not use their names such as School of Podcasting student Stargate Pioneer who does the Legends of Shield podcast. Cali Lewis has always been Luria Petrucci behind the scenese of Geekslife.com
You may feel more confident behind the microphone as your character then in your own skin. I say "Fake it till you make it" (you will get comfortable as yourself) but being a character is an option. People like Seth McFarland get away with tons of things on their TV show The Family Guy as the characters are cartoons. The Simpsons is another example of characters getting away with things a real person would not.
But in the end Seth still takes flack for his characters.
The down side of being a character is connecting with your audience. I met Paul David Peterson of Entrepreneur Explosion. Paul's show is a parody of all the Entrepreneur shows. Paul is not his real name. If I want to meet Paul at Podcast Movement or New Media Expo, I can't if he is completely incognito. In my case my character on the Worst Podcast Ever was simply named "Grumpy Old Man." What if AARP wants Grumpy to come speak at a convention? These characters don't exist in reality.
The Stylizer 3000
Today I play a bit that I included in today's show to get you to think about all the different styles that you can use to create your podcast. There are SO MANY ingredients that you can use to create a completely unique podcast. I worry that people will not take me seriously as a podcast consultant if I'm too goofy on the microphone. I guess we will see.
Podcast Rewind: Formats on the Podcasters Roundtable
I participated on the Podcasters Roundtbale Episode 53 with +Ray Ortega,+Daniel J. Lewis +David Jackson +Colin Gray +Paul Peterson and+Doug Payton to discuss the various types of formats you can chose for your podcast. Check it out
Ready To Start a Podcast?
If you're ready to start a podcast SIGN UP TODAY, and rest assured you will have everything you need to learn how to launch a successful podcast.
]]>e8e252781fbef7a22a0e2b7a5f9d7196Mon, 13 Jul 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonIn today's episode, (not safe for work) I share clips from a podcast I set out (as an experiment) to be the Worst Podcast Ever. It would: 1. Have F-bombs. 2. Insult the audience. 3. Deliver no value 4. Use Potty humor and be overtly immature The...1. Have F-bombs.
2. Insult the audience.
3. Deliver no value
4. Use Potty humor and be overtly immature
The reason? I had two:
1. I wanted to test podbean.com (who during the test had a technical issue, and my files quit downloading).
2. I wanted to see what kind of downloads a horrible podcast would get. I've heard from Libsyn that many podcasters get around 200 downloads per episode. (get a free month at Libsyn using the coupon code sopfree )
The worst podcast ever gets about 10.
Rules for Experiment:
1. I could not use my real voice. I didn't want anyone to know it was me.
2. I could not promote it at all. Not a single tweet.
Doing a Podcast as a Character:
This is not new. "Madge Weinstein" has been doing yeast Radio since 2004. There are people who do not use their names such as School of Podcasting student Stargate Pioneer who does the Legends of Shield podcast. Cali Lewis has always been Luria Petrucci behind the scenese of Geekslife.com
You may feel more confident behind the microphone as your character then in your own skin. I say "Fake it till you make it" (you will get comfortable as yourself) but being a character is an option. People like Seth McFarland get away with tons of things on their TV show The Family Guy as the characters are cartoons. The Simpsons is another example of characters getting away with things a real person would not.
But in the end Seth still takes flack for his characters.
The down side of being a character is connecting with your audience. I met Paul David Peterson of Entrepreneur Explosion. Paul's show is a parody of all the Entrepreneur shows. Paul is not his real name. If I want to meet Paul at Podcast Movement or New Media Expo, I can't if he is completely incognito. In my case my character on the Worst Podcast Ever was simply named "Grumpy Old Man." What if AARP wants Grumpy to come speak at a convention? These characters don't exist in reality.
The Stylizer 3000
Today I play a bit that I included in today's show to get you to think about all the different styles that you can use to create your podcast. There are SO MANY ingredients that you can use to create a completely unique podcast. I worry that people will not take me seriously as a podcast consultant if I'm too goofy on the microphone. I guess we will see.
Podcast Rewind: Formats on the Podcasters Roundtable
I participated on the Podcasters Roundtbale Episode 53 with +Ray Ortega,+Daniel J. Lewis +David Jackson +Colin Gray +Paul Peterson and+Doug Payton to discuss the various types of formats you can chose for your podcast. Check it out
Ready To Start a Podcast?
If you're ready to start a podcast SIGN UP TODAY, and rest assured you will have everything you need to learn how to launch a successful podcast.
]]>2515cleanfullGet in Line to Grow Your Podcasting Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-in-line-to-grow-your-podcasting-audience--6515517Spreaker Live show with Rob Greenlee - My Appearance
Darren Rowse from ProBlogger (now a podcast) on the New Rainmaker - Dareen started getting new listeners to his content less than 24 hours of launching his podcast.
Startup Podcast stated that 50% of customers at Dating Ring (the company they spotlighted this season) came from the Podcast
Serial Brought 341,000 New Listeners to Podcasting
6:00 Serial posted a report on their effect on podcasting
Serial had a 4.6 % of their audience respond to a survey
23% of their subscribers said this was their first podcast.
90% changed their viewpoint of podcasting.
137,000 Newsletter Subscribers
According to CNN (and these numbers are probably bigger by now) 3.4 million is the average number of downloads per episode (as of 12/2214)
If we take the percentages from the survey results and apply it to the download numbers you get this
23% (782,00) Serial was their first podcast
90% (703,800) said it changed the way they viewed podcasting.
89% (695980) of the first time listeners tried out more podcasts.
49% (341,030) of those who tried out more podcasts are listening on a weekly basis.
FULL REPORT
Free Subscribe By Email Service
12:18 Blubrry Launches Subscribe By Email service. This is a free way your audience to be notified (by email) of your latest episode. So if your audience is not super tech savvy, you can give them an option (for free) to subscribe and be notified when a new episode is available. It doesn't cost you or your audience any more and there are no ads in the emails to your customer. If you are looking for a free service that will always be free, this might be an option for you.
For me, if a listener of mine is giving out their e-mail that should go to ME. I can get an email list for free with a service like Mail Chimp. Eventually if you get a large list you do eventually have to pay for it.
Here is what it looks like

or you can just have a text link that reads Subscribe by Email
Finding Your (Captive) Target Audience
16:55 Promoting your podcast is simple, but not easy.
Here are the steps:
1. Identify who your audience is.
2. Make content that impacts and inspires them.
3. Go to where they are.
4. Make friends and build relationships with them.
5. Tell them about your podcast.
When you make content that impacts and/or inspires your audience they will talk about your podcast
I am working on an article for Podertainment Magazine about growing your audience. This month's article will be based on some stories in the book Fizz: Harness the Power of Word of Mouth Marketing to Drive Brand Growth in the book he mentions how the Bissell swepper company had a sweeper that was quiet (no motor ) and powerful (able to suck up small toys). They needed to get this in front of their target audience (Moms with small children).
They went to the mall and through pine tree needles on the group and swept them up - right in front of the line for Santa where their target audience was. The great thing is the kids got involved and took turns using the sweeper. Mom's took pictures and shared them. They told their friends about it and word of mouth marketing boosted sales by 15% the first year and 25% the second.
Musicians Playing Laundromats
Back in 2008 Dave interviewed a musician who had started playing gigs in Laundromats. The idea was the audience couldn't leave. He built a rapport with them, sold CDs, and eventually the audience started coming to gigs the musician did with his band.
Demo CD
Dave used the service Kunaki.com to make sample CDs. This was filled with small clips of audio that secured credibility of the show, and gave great tips that would impact the audience. Dave delivered these to the local Gutiar Center (where his target audience - independent musicians shopped). Not the best use of this idea. The audience is not captive, and there is no way of tracking it (if I ever do this in the future, I will have a special address like schoolofpodcasting.com/cd to track the effectiveness).
If you make a demo CD be sure to start off by telling people what to expect, and how they will benefit.
Catermind Sold Out - Waiting List Open
Last week Dave announced a new "group coaching" class called "Castermind" where people who already have launched a podcast could get personalized coaching at a discontented rate (three people in a group). We will meet once a month and get access to a private group on slack.com If you missed it, you can sign up for the waiting list at www.castermind.com
Mentioned on this Show
SDR Show
Podcast Review Show
Get Reviewed
Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World
Ready to Start Podcasting
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>b93d8ff30a40c43e564f5103060f64daMon, 06 Jul 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcast Rewind: Spreaker Live show with Rob Greenlee - My Appearance Darren Rowse from ProBlogger (now a podcast) on the New Rainmaker - Dareen started getting new listeners to his content less than 24 hours of launching his podcast. Startup Podcast...Spreaker Live show with Rob Greenlee - My Appearance
Darren Rowse from ProBlogger (now a podcast) on the New Rainmaker - Dareen started getting new listeners to his content less than 24 hours of launching his podcast.
Startup Podcast stated that 50% of customers at Dating Ring (the company they spotlighted this season) came from the Podcast
Serial Brought 341,000 New Listeners to Podcasting
6:00 Serial posted a report on their effect on podcasting
Serial had a 4.6 % of their audience respond to a survey
23% of their subscribers said this was their first podcast.
90% changed their viewpoint of podcasting.
137,000 Newsletter Subscribers
According to CNN (and these numbers are probably bigger by now) 3.4 million is the average number of downloads per episode (as of 12/2214)
If we take the percentages from the survey results and apply it to the download numbers you get this
23% (782,00) Serial was their first podcast
90% (703,800) said it changed the way they viewed podcasting.
89% (695980) of the first time listeners tried out more podcasts.
49% (341,030) of those who tried out more podcasts are listening on a weekly basis.
FULL REPORT
Free Subscribe By Email Service
12:18 Blubrry Launches Subscribe By Email service. This is a free way your audience to be notified (by email) of your latest episode. So if your audience is not super tech savvy, you can give them an option (for free) to subscribe and be notified when a new episode is available. It doesn't cost you or your audience any more and there are no ads in the emails to your customer. If you are looking for a free service that will always be free, this might be an option for you.
For me, if a listener of mine is giving out their e-mail that should go to ME. I can get an email list for free with a service like Mail Chimp. Eventually if you get a large list you do eventually have to pay for it.
Here is what it looks like

or you can just have a text link that reads Subscribe by Email
Finding Your (Captive) Target Audience
16:55 Promoting your podcast is simple, but not easy.
Here are the steps:
1. Identify who your audience is.
2. Make content that impacts and inspires them.
3. Go to where they are.
4. Make friends and build relationships with them.
5. Tell them about your podcast.
When you make content that impacts and/or inspires your audience they will talk about your podcast
I am working on an article for Podertainment Magazine about growing your audience. This month's article will be based on some stories in the book Fizz: Harness the Power of Word of Mouth Marketing to Drive Brand Growth in the book he mentions how the Bissell swepper company had a sweeper that was quiet (no motor ) and powerful (able to suck up small toys). They needed to get this in front of their target audience (Moms with small children).
They went to the mall and through pine tree needles on the group and swept them up - right in front of the line for Santa where their target audience was. The great thing is the kids got involved and took turns using the sweeper. Mom's took pictures and shared them. They told their friends about it and word of mouth marketing boosted sales by 15% the first year and 25% the second.
Musicians Playing Laundromats
Back in 2008 Dave interviewed a musician who had started playing gigs in Laundromats. The idea was the audience couldn't leave. He built a rapport with them, sold CDs, and eventually the audience started coming to gigs the musician did with his band.
Demo CD
Dave used the service Kunaki.com to make sample CDs. This was filled with small clips of audio that secured credibility of the show, and gave great tips that would impact the audience. Dave delivered these to the local Gutiar Center (where his target audience - independent musicians shopped). Not the...]]>2817cleanfullCale Nelson Had a Sponsor Before He Had His First Podcast Recordedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cale-nelson-had-a-sponsor-before-he-had-his-first-podcast-recorded--6515510I'm starting something new and I have room for three people. I may expand this in the future, but for now as I test this out there will be three people (four including me). We will meet once a month on a Tuesday night. We will talk about where we we are, and where we want to be. We will talk strategies, measuring our progress, and sharing what works and what does not. I am running this promotion via Joyride, so you can sign up here. Seating is limited.
Podcast Advertising Works
In a recent article about the popular podcast Serial, "81 percent of “Serial” listeners between October and December correctly recalled a season one sponsor. And almost all of them knew it was Mailchimp and what the email-marketing service does."
Podcast Advertising Pays - If You have the Numbers
An article on theawl.com stated this about podcast advertising (using Midroll). The company’s ads—“integrated, native, often host-read spots”—are hugely effective compared to most internet advertising, so businesses pay good money for them. Podcasts, which tend to run one or two ads before the show and two or three ads during the show, can earn around three hundred dollars per ad if they average at least ten thousand listeners. For the elite circle of shows with over four hundred thousand listeners—generally the iTunes Top 50—a single ad spot can net over ten thousand dollars.
Podcast Idol? WNYC Launches Podcast Accelerator
WYNC has launched what they are calling a Podcast Accelerator.
What is it?
The WNYC Podcast Accelerator will give both established talent and up-and-coming storytellers the opportunity to pitch their big podcast idea and potentially win the chance to produce a pilot.
The application period will run from June 25 until July 15. Five finalists will be paired with producers from top WNYC podcasts who will mentor and train the candidates, helping them hone their pitches. The winner gets the chance to produce a pilot episode with a WNYC producer. The Podcast Accelerator is open to anyone able to attend ONA and who is NOT a current employee of NYPR. The conference is $769.
Finalists get one complimentary ONA badge apiece, and benefit from a six-week virtual mentoring and training period, in which leading audio producers will help you hone your pitch, including story lines, character development, sound, texture, voice. In addition, you’ll have two virtual meetups with fellow finalists, ONA’s digital director and a WNYC producer to share ideas and progress. The winner will have a chance to create one pilot episode with a WNYC producer
The President Was Interviewed on Marc Maron's WTF Podcast
This episode set a new record for the most downloads in a 24 hour period ( 735,063 or 30,628 and hour, or 510 downloads a minute). The previous record holder was Dan Carlin with his Hardcore History podcast that had 351,000 downloads in 24 hours)
CarPlay and Android Auto Going into 14 Chevy Models.
While we've heard about Apple CarPlay and Android Auto a while back, they are starting to be installed that normal people can afford. For the 2016 model year, Chevrolet will offer Android Auto and Apple CarPlay compatibility in more models than any automotive brand. The 14 Chevrolet models include the all-new 2016 Cruze compact car, which will debut on June 24. Cruze is Chevrolet’s best-selling passenger car, with more than 3 million sold since launch. Additional models are listed in a chart below.
New Podcast Stats From Edison Research
A new Edison research report has come out on who is listening to podcast showing how podcasting is continuing to grow.
49% have now heard of podcasting
33% have listened to podcast
17% Have listened to a podcast in the last month.
Listeners are now 50/50 Men/Women
The Smartphone has had a HUGE impact on podcast growth.
Biggest Age Groups Listening to Podcasts:
20% 25 - 34
17% 35 - 44
15% 45 - 54
15% 18 -24
15% 12-17
12% 55 - 64
6% 65+
10% of Americans have listened to a podcast in the last week.
Podcast Listeners Have a Profile on
77% FaceBook
66% Google +
36% Instagram
35% LinkedIn
33% Twitter
28% Snapchat
27% Pinterest
17% Vine
14% Tumblr
60% use social media several times a day.
Cale Nelson Had a Sponsor Before He Started His Podcast
Cale Nelson is an awesome guy living on a farm in South Carolina with his five kids (who are home schooled). He spent a decade in Christian Radio, but with five kids switched jobs to devote more time at home. He missed the microphone. In 2014 he started the the Fo Time podcast (an inside joke for anyone in the Amateur/Ham Radio world). He approached a small "Mom and Pops" vendor of Amateur radio called MTC Radio about sponsoring a show he wanted to do.
As he had never met these people, all he waned for payment was the "Mom" of the shop to do his voice over work. In exchange for the Voice Over, he would mention their website. This would allow everyone to see if this was a good fit. Once this original "trial" portion was over they could meet and examine moving forward.
MTC Radio came on board. Things were going smooth, and the podcast grew fast. Cale states that in a few months his podcast numbers were 7 times what they were when he started. He went back to MTC radio to see if there was a way he could be paid more for the sponsorship. It turns out that MTC gets paid to promote certain products from companies like Kenwood. They took that money, and gave it to Cale to promote those products on his show. Now not only did he get the added funds he was looking for, he got MORE than he asked for.
The manufacturer benefits. MRC Radio benefits (because Cale sends his audio to their website to purchase the equipment). Cale benefits by making some spending cash.
LESSON LEARNED:

You Don't Need Giant Sponsors For Your Show
To get a sponsor you have to ask
Treating your advertiser like a partner can lead to bigger payouts.
Don't underestimate the power of the niche

Mentioned in this Podcast
Ken Blanchard
Ready to Start Podcasting?
See www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>55b4ae9e18262d1fe2c55b14c792634fMon, 29 Jun 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonGroup Coaching: Castermind Group Coaching I'm starting something new and I have room for three people. I may expand this in the future, but for now as I test this out there will be three people (four including me). We will meet once a month on a...I'm starting something new and I have room for three people. I may expand this in the future, but for now as I test this out there will be three people (four including me). We will meet once a month on a Tuesday night. We will talk about where we we are, and where we want to be. We will talk strategies, measuring our progress, and sharing what works and what does not. I am running this promotion via Joyride, so you can sign up here. Seating is limited.
Podcast Advertising Works
In a recent article about the popular podcast Serial, "81 percent of “Serial” listeners between October and December correctly recalled a season one sponsor. And almost all of them knew it was Mailchimp and what the email-marketing service does."
Podcast Advertising Pays - If You have the Numbers
An article on theawl.com stated this about podcast advertising (using Midroll). The company’s ads—“integrated, native, often host-read spots”—are hugely effective compared to most internet advertising, so businesses pay good money for them. Podcasts, which tend to run one or two ads before the show and two or three ads during the show, can earn around three hundred dollars per ad if they average at least ten thousand listeners. For the elite circle of shows with over four hundred thousand listeners—generally the iTunes Top 50—a single ad spot can net over ten thousand dollars.
Podcast Idol? WNYC Launches Podcast Accelerator
WYNC has launched what they are calling a Podcast Accelerator.
What is it?
The WNYC Podcast Accelerator will give both established talent and up-and-coming storytellers the opportunity to pitch their big podcast idea and potentially win the chance to produce a pilot.
The application period will run from June 25 until July 15. Five finalists will be paired with producers from top WNYC podcasts who will mentor and train the candidates, helping them hone their pitches. The winner gets the chance to produce a pilot episode with a WNYC producer. The Podcast Accelerator is open to anyone able to attend ONA and who is NOT a current employee of NYPR. The conference is $769.
Finalists get one complimentary ONA badge apiece, and benefit from a six-week virtual mentoring and training period, in which leading audio producers will help you hone your pitch, including story lines, character development, sound, texture, voice. In addition, you’ll have two virtual meetups with fellow finalists, ONA’s digital director and a WNYC producer to share ideas and progress. The winner will have a chance to create one pilot episode with a WNYC producer
The President Was Interviewed on Marc Maron's WTF Podcast
This episode set a new record for the most downloads in a 24 hour period ( 735,063 or 30,628 and hour, or 510 downloads a minute). The previous record holder was Dan Carlin with his Hardcore History podcast that had 351,000 downloads in 24 hours)
CarPlay and Android Auto Going into 14 Chevy Models.
While we've heard about Apple CarPlay and Android Auto a while back, they are starting to be installed that normal people can afford. For the 2016 model year, Chevrolet will offer Android Auto and Apple CarPlay compatibility in more models than any automotive brand. The 14 Chevrolet models include the all-new 2016 Cruze compact car, which will debut on June 24. Cruze is Chevrolet’s best-selling passenger car, with more than 3 million sold since launch. Additional models are listed in a chart below.
New Podcast Stats From Edison Research
A new Edison research report has come out on who is listening to podcast showing how podcasting is continuing to grow.
49% have now heard of podcasting
33% have listened to podcast
17% Have listened to a podcast in the last month.
Listeners are now 50/50 Men/Women
The Smartphone has had a HUGE impact on podcast growth.
Biggest Age Groups Listening to Podcasts:
20% 25 -...]]>2978cleanfullMeasuring Your Resting Heart Ratehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/measuring-your-resting-heart-rate--39771331Original story
Other Topics
A pound of Weight Gain on a single plate
Sugar and Fat are bad for the brain
Avoid Superbugs at the GYM]]>6814aeb022bb4f1b364f456d351d2189Sun, 28 Jun 2015 19:02:34 +0000David JacksonWhile we know that we can watch our health using a scale and a tape measure, but there are other ways and one of them is to measure your resting heart rate. Today I talk about a free app that allows you to accurately record your resting heart rate. An...Original story
Other Topics
A pound of Weight Gain on a single plate
Sugar and Fat are bad for the brain
Avoid Superbugs at the GYM]]>1258cleanfullFanning The Fan Boys and Girls to Grow Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fanning-the-fan-boys-and-girls-to-grow-your-audience--6515502Because of My Podcast: Marc Maron
Marc Maron has already interviewed two of his childhood heroes in Mick Jagger and Keith Richards of the Rolling Stones and today he is releasing an episode where he go to interview The President of the United states. The President of the United States was on a podcast called WTF. Which makes me ask, WTF?
Why Good Podcast Consulting is Expensive
I occasionally get caught up with watching other consultants. I was listening to a Duo who just launched their podcast course explain how they had to record their episode four times due to a strange white noise they get when using Skype, I want to shout "Turn off the setting to let Skype adjust your volume." Now if they had hired me to troubleshoot their problem that call would have taken 5 minutes (and the way I work, they would billed for minutes - not 15). Currently a five minute call with me would be around $12.50. You might say, "How can that be it only took you a few minutes!" The truth is it's taken me 10 years of playing with technology and working with hundreds of people and their podcasts.
My Podcast Dilemma
If I start calling people out, I look like an egotistical jerk. If I say nothing, there is a chance you might fall prey to their crap. When in doubt, focus on making content that will inspire and impact your audience and let the chips fall. If you truly impact your audience, they will tell others about your show.
Podcast Rewind
I appeared on the Podcasters Roundtable with +Ray Ortega,+Daniel J. Lewis +David Jackson +Jerod Morris +Tawny Fineran and+Pilar Orti to discuss the ins and outs, ups and downs of having a podcast with co-hosts. You can hear it here.
If you do interviews you HAVE To go listen to Erik K Johnson Podcast Talent Coach podcast. OMG! He has been doing a four part series on Interviewing that is just super cool and really gets me thinking. Check him out at www.podcasttalentcoach.com
Follow Up On the Haters Episode: Last week we talked about dealing with negative comments and Max Flight had a great comment. He stated when someone sends you an email, tweet, etc that is negative. Ask them for their phone number of skype ID and ask them to have a live conversation. It will truly separate the men from the boys. In the end you may end up with a friend (who knows).
Daniel J Lewis celebrated five years with his Noodle Mix network. He did an episode where he shared what he has learned in the past five years.
A Strategy To Help Grow Your Audience: Say My Name
I was driving to Michigan and my GPS had taken my the same way it always does. I looked up to see the see that the road I was supposed to take was closed. Oh no. I started following detour signs, but I was supposed to be going north, and instead I was going south. The sun would be going down, and I was getting stressed. Luckily, one of my favorite podcast from Moondog Marketing came across my playlist. John Buscal has been on this show, and I've been on his. I love the way John breaks down marketing concepts into wording that anyone can grasp. The bonus he was interviewing Andy "Dr. Pod" White. Both these guys rock, and to have them on the same show was like Ted Nugent doing a duet with Eddie Van Halen. The best part, was the stress of being almost lost subsided. I wasn't alone with just me and the woman in my GPS. My buddies John and Andy where with me and I didn't care if I was late getting to the hotel.
Then it happened, they started talking about American Podcasters and before I knew it they were talking about ME. Later on the phone with my wife, I had to tell how stoked I was that my two buddies had said such kind words. I've shared the story before that when I was in Jr. High I had called a radio station and requested a song. They wouldn't play the song I wanted but instead asked me to ask them to play some Journey (or other non-metal band). Later, I heard myself on the radio. While the lack of authenticity some what ruined the moment, I WAS STILL ON THE RADIO!
So I asked the members of the School of Podcasting if they had this type of experience. It's not a huge surprise, but many of us had had similar experiences. When you hear your name of a podcast its a rush. In one case John Bukenas from lets reverse obesity said he almost crashed his car. Nick Seuberling from spnt.tv told his wife who also got excited. My co-host Jim Collison from the Average Guy TV says he gets a holt every time I mention him on the show. I heard an episode of Ask Pat where the person who sent in the question stated he would "lose it" if he heard his voice on the show. Pat said that "losing it happens alot."
Make it Authentic
Does this mean you next podcast will just be you reading names? No. It's when someone mentions you, and they didn't have to that it maximizes the effect. I donate $10 to the Rock and Roll Geek show and every month Michael Butler reads me name. I am proud to support my friend, but its not the same jolt because he is supposed to read my name.
TANGENT: Let's take a tangent shall we? It has been said that the favorite word people like to hear is their name. I get that, and this episode helps illustrate that. But I do hate the fake use of names when I'm interviewing someone. I ask the question, and they say, "You know Dave that's a good question (no it's not), and Dave when I ...." It's like keyword stuffing. You're saying my name over and over trying to stimulate me. It is a strategy used by telemarketers. Podcating is about being real, and trying to butter me up with my name? I can smell that a mile away.
Contributors:
Doris Smith of the Knit and Pearl Podcast
Jason Bryant of Mat Talk Online
Mike Dell of Podcast Help Desk
Daniel J. Lewis of The Audacity to Podcast
Jim Collison of the Average Guy Network
Nick Seuberling of Podcasters Group Therapy (and others)
John Bukenas of Let's Reverse Obesity
Henry Jasper of Voices That Carry
John Buscal of Moondog Marketing
Andy White from the Podcasting Advisor
Ready To Start Podcasting?
Join the School of Podcasting and get step by step tutorials on topics such as planning your podcast, choosing the right equipment, plugging all your podcast equipment in, creating your podcast website, understanding Wordpress, Understanding RSS, Publishing Your Podcast, Growing Your Audience and so much more. You have 30 days to try it, and if you're not satisfied, you can get your money refunded.
Sign up at www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>84865d6ef3509e108eec75065caa909aMon, 22 Jun 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThere is a great saying, that those who learn from their mistakes are smart. Those who learn from other people's mistakes are wise. Marc Johansen sent in a voicemail stating how another podcasters who has been on the scene for almost to years stated...Because of My Podcast: Marc Maron
Marc Maron has already interviewed two of his childhood heroes in Mick Jagger and Keith Richards of the Rolling Stones and today he is releasing an episode where he go to interview The President of the United states. The President of the United States was on a podcast called WTF. Which makes me ask, WTF?
Why Good Podcast Consulting is Expensive
I occasionally get caught up with watching other consultants. I was listening to a Duo who just launched their podcast course explain how they had to record their episode four times due to a strange white noise they get when using Skype, I want to shout "Turn off the setting to let Skype adjust your volume." Now if they had hired me to troubleshoot their problem that call would have taken 5 minutes (and the way I work, they would billed for minutes - not 15). Currently a five minute call with me would be around $12.50. You might say, "How can that be it only took you a few minutes!" The truth is it's taken me 10 years of playing with technology and working with hundreds of people and their podcasts.
My Podcast Dilemma
If I start calling people out, I look like an egotistical jerk. If I say nothing, there is a chance you might fall prey to their crap. When in doubt, focus on making content that will inspire and impact your audience and let the chips fall. If you truly impact your audience, they will tell others about your show.
Podcast Rewind
I appeared on the Podcasters Roundtable with +Ray Ortega,+Daniel J. Lewis +David Jackson +Jerod Morris +Tawny Fineran and+Pilar Orti to discuss the ins and outs, ups and downs of having a podcast with co-hosts. You can hear it here.
If you do interviews you HAVE To go listen to Erik K Johnson Podcast Talent Coach podcast. OMG! He has been doing a four part series on Interviewing that is just super cool and really gets me thinking. Check him out at www.podcasttalentcoach.com
Follow Up On the Haters Episode: Last week we talked about dealing with negative comments and Max Flight had a great comment. He stated when someone sends you an email, tweet, etc that is negative. Ask them for their phone number of skype ID and ask them to have a live conversation. It will truly separate the men from the boys. In the end you may end up with a friend (who knows).
Daniel J Lewis celebrated five years with his Noodle Mix network. He did an episode where he shared what he has learned in the past five years.
A Strategy To Help Grow Your Audience: Say My Name
I was driving to Michigan and my GPS had taken my the same way it always does. I looked up to see the see that the road I was supposed to take was closed. Oh no. I started following detour signs, but I was supposed to be going north, and instead I was going south. The sun would be going down, and I was getting stressed. Luckily, one of my favorite podcast from Moondog Marketing came across my playlist. John Buscal has been on this show, and I've been on his. I love the way John breaks down marketing concepts into wording that anyone can grasp. The bonus he was interviewing Andy "Dr. Pod" White. Both these guys rock, and to have them on the same show was like Ted Nugent doing a duet with Eddie Van Halen. The best part, was the stress of being almost lost subsided. I wasn't alone with just me and the woman in my GPS. My buddies John and Andy where with me and I didn't care if I was late getting to the hotel.
Then...]]>2873cleanfullChange Your Decisions - Change Your Lifehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/change-your-decisions-change-your-life--39771277You don't FEEL like exercising.
You don't FEEL like eating healthy.
So you don't.
This leads to you NOT exercising and eating right.
That decision leads to you feeling bad about yourself. It damages your confidence.
With less confidence, you don't FEEL like you can lose weight. It's too tough.
You FEEL horrible, sad, dejected.
You know you'r not a loser, but you sure feel like one.
Or Is This You?
You're honest.
You're caring
You have integrity.
You keep your word.
You've tackled tough things in past
Then Do This?
Put the decision you WANT to do, on your calendar.
Then do it. Even if you don't feel like it. DO IT (you said you were a person who keeps their word)
When you are done you will FEEL better (tired, but better).
You WILL have MORE confidence.
This leads you to believing you CAN do this.
The positive FEELINGS lead to you gaining confidence.
But it means doing things that you may not WANT to do.
But in the end you WILL BE doing something you WANT to do and that's be healthy.
Make Your Decisions on Logic - Not Feelings
I'm not saying be a robot. We all have feelings, but they can be manipulated and lead us in the wrong (non-healthy) direction.
This makes sense. It's logical. It's simple.
It's not easy.
One more time.
It's not easy.
If it was easy, we'd all be thin.]]>18a96a969c74ec44c724185feb2f8f47Sun, 21 Jun 2015 17:19:03 +0000David JacksonIs This You? You don't FEEL like exercising. You don't FEEL like eating healthy. So you don't. This leads to you NOT exercising and eating right. That decision leads to you feeling bad about yourself. It damages your confidence. With less confidence,...You don't FEEL like exercising.
You don't FEEL like eating healthy.
So you don't.
This leads to you NOT exercising and eating right.
That decision leads to you feeling bad about yourself. It damages your confidence.
With less confidence, you don't FEEL like you can lose weight. It's too tough.
You FEEL horrible, sad, dejected.
You know you'r not a loser, but you sure feel like one.
Or Is This You?
You're honest.
You're caring
You have integrity.
You keep your word.
You've tackled tough things in past
Then Do This?
Put the decision you WANT to do, on your calendar.
Then do it. Even if you don't feel like it. DO IT (you said you were a person who keeps their word)
When you are done you will FEEL better (tired, but better).
You WILL have MORE confidence.
This leads you to believing you CAN do this.
The positive FEELINGS lead to you gaining confidence.
But it means doing things that you may not WANT to do.
But in the end you WILL BE doing something you WANT to do and that's be healthy.
Make Your Decisions on Logic - Not Feelings
I'm not saying be a robot. We all have feelings, but they can be manipulated and lead us in the wrong (non-healthy) direction.
This makes sense. It's logical. It's simple.
It's not easy.
One more time.
It's not easy.
If it was easy, we'd all be thin.]]>1534cleanfullWeight Training Benefits & Fighting Food Cravingshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weight-training-benefits-fighting-food-cravings--39771286
Better metabolism.

Weight loss.

Strengthened bones.

Improved mental function.

Heightened well-being.

You can read the full story here.
Another article talks about ways of battling Sugar Cravings.
I'm happy I'm down to 218.8. This is partially due to losing a tooth and not being able to eat "sharp food". This includes peanuts, chips, popcorn, for three weeks. What am I eating instead? Fruits and vegetables. I'm not shocked that this then results in weight loss. are you?]]>5682d9939095624bf411a18fd83bd01cMon, 15 Jun 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI recently read an article from Michael Hyatt and he started doing some weight training and brought up the five most important benefits that have NOTHING to do with bulking up Better metabolism. Weight loss. Strengthened bones. Improved...
Better metabolism.

Weight loss.

Strengthened bones.

Improved mental function.

Heightened well-being.

You can read the full story here.
Another article talks about ways of battling Sugar Cravings.
I'm happy I'm down to 218.8. This is partially due to losing a tooth and not being able to eat "sharp food". This includes peanuts, chips, popcorn, for three weeks. What am I eating instead? Fruits and vegetables. I'm not shocked that this then results in weight loss. are you?]]>1053cleanfullDo the Best You Can and Realize Some People Will Think You Suckhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-the-best-you-can-and-realize-some-people-will-think-you-suck--6515509When you find a tool to help your fund your audience (Patreon, JoyRide, etc) instead of sending those people to their website, use a pretty link and direct them to the page. Why? Because what if a better system comes along? You will have all these past episodes pointing them to a website that no longer is relevant. I lucked out once and I have a link to Audible. Audible change their company that handles their affiliate program so my link changed. By controlling your link, you can simply update what that link points to and your back catalog stays intact.
For Example: My Patreon page is schoolofpodcasitng.com/patron and my Joy Ride page is www.askthepodcastcoach.com/joyride
They Said I Was Nothing
Today I answer a question I originally Answered on Ask the Podcast Coach. It's from Elsie and Jessica from shepodcasts.com and they are wondering how to handle haters.
Here are some things to consider.
1. The Source.
Is this person a regular listener? If not, then let them go their way. They are not your target audience.
2. Do they Have a Point?
Is what they are criticizing you about have any validity?
3. Can you implement the changes without changing who you are, and the goal of the show.
If implementing these changes is very unnatural for you, or if it would change the dynamic of the show, then it may not be in the best interest of the show to put them in place. If you try to act a way that is not you, it makes podcasting a chore.
Do the Best You Can Do, and Sleep Well At Night
In my job as an instructor I get put into positions that were not made to conduct training.
Recently I was asked to teach a class on Excel 2010 where some of my students have had Excel 2007, and some has Excel 2013. Some had mouse skills, some didn't. Some could see, and others could not.
I did the best I could.
I try to live without regrets, but that can be a tall order.
Be Yourself
I crack jokes during my class to try and keep it entertaining. I teach a large amount of Microsoft Excel. It's primarily number crunching program. Not exactly the most exciting. So by interweaving stories, jokes, and insights, it gives my students a "brain break" and makes the class go faster.
When my niece was growing up she was spooky smart. Why? Because she started learning playing computer games when she was 2. She graduate High School with 1/2 a degree from Kent State University. Why? Because she didn't realize she was learning. She was just having fun while Roger Rabbit taught her how to read on the computer.
Consequently, I try to do what I have dubbed "Edutainment." It's educational and it's entertaining (or at least not boring).
Someone Won't Like Your Jokes
Every now and then I will get a review from my students, and someone will comment that they didn't like something about my style. I'm ok with that, because in every class, in every situation, I try to the best I can with what I have at that time. I can sleep at night.
This week on Ask the Podcast Coach's post show, my co-host explained how he had a co-worker explain how they had found podcasts and were listening to Entrepreneur on Fire. She didn't care for John Lee Dumas (Blasphemy!) . Jim told her to try Pat Flynn's Smart Passive Income. She enjoy Pat's style more. Is John's style wrong? No. It's different.
Want to Start a Podcast?
Go to www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>8602e0cda895b36bf2ed928007f0dd70Mon, 15 Jun 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonQuick Tip for Crowdfunding When you find a tool to help your fund your audience (Patreon, JoyRide, etc) instead of sending those people to their website, use a pretty link and direct them to the page. Why? Because what if a better system comes along?...When you find a tool to help your fund your audience (Patreon, JoyRide, etc) instead of sending those people to their website, use a pretty link and direct them to the page. Why? Because what if a better system comes along? You will have all these past episodes pointing them to a website that no longer is relevant. I lucked out once and I have a link to Audible. Audible change their company that handles their affiliate program so my link changed. By controlling your link, you can simply update what that link points to and your back catalog stays intact.
For Example: My Patreon page is schoolofpodcasitng.com/patron and my Joy Ride page is www.askthepodcastcoach.com/joyride
They Said I Was Nothing
Today I answer a question I originally Answered on Ask the Podcast Coach. It's from Elsie and Jessica from shepodcasts.com and they are wondering how to handle haters.
Here are some things to consider.
1. The Source.
Is this person a regular listener? If not, then let them go their way. They are not your target audience.
2. Do they Have a Point?
Is what they are criticizing you about have any validity?
3. Can you implement the changes without changing who you are, and the goal of the show.
If implementing these changes is very unnatural for you, or if it would change the dynamic of the show, then it may not be in the best interest of the show to put them in place. If you try to act a way that is not you, it makes podcasting a chore.
Do the Best You Can Do, and Sleep Well At Night
In my job as an instructor I get put into positions that were not made to conduct training.
Recently I was asked to teach a class on Excel 2010 where some of my students have had Excel 2007, and some has Excel 2013. Some had mouse skills, some didn't. Some could see, and others could not.
I did the best I could.
I try to live without regrets, but that can be a tall order.
Be Yourself
I crack jokes during my class to try and keep it entertaining. I teach a large amount of Microsoft Excel. It's primarily number crunching program. Not exactly the most exciting. So by interweaving stories, jokes, and insights, it gives my students a "brain break" and makes the class go faster.
When my niece was growing up she was spooky smart. Why? Because she started learning playing computer games when she was 2. She graduate High School with 1/2 a degree from Kent State University. Why? Because she didn't realize she was learning. She was just having fun while Roger Rabbit taught her how to read on the computer.
Consequently, I try to do what I have dubbed "Edutainment." It's educational and it's entertaining (or at least not boring).
Someone Won't Like Your Jokes
Every now and then I will get a review from my students, and someone will comment that they didn't like something about my style. I'm ok with that, because in every class, in every situation, I try to the best I can with what I have at that time. I can sleep at night.
This week on Ask the Podcast Coach's post show, my co-host explained how he had a co-worker explain how they had found podcasts and were listening to Entrepreneur on Fire. She didn't care for John Lee Dumas (Blasphemy!) . Jim told her to try Pat Flynn's Smart Passive Income. She enjoy Pat's style more. Is John's style wrong? No. It's different.
Want to Start a Podcast?
Go to www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3043cleanfullAre You Aware of the Women in Podcasting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-aware-of-the-women-in-podcasting--6515506Podcast Rewind - Dee Snider on Radio
2:21 Today I play a small clip from Dee Snider's Snider's Comments podcast (iTunes) who explains how radio is so bad, that people PAID MONEY to NOT listen to it. Satellite radio requires more hardware in a time when everything was going to the phone. My favorite part is Dee asks, "Name me three people in their 20's that are listening to Satellite Radio."Dee's show is on Podcast One, and is available at DeeSnider.com and iTunes
Why a School of Women?
You may not be aware of this, but Men and Women are different. Men like to get to the point, and Women love details. In today's episode Jessica reveals a story where she asked a man about her show and his answer was to shorten the episode length and do more of them. When she shared this with her female audience, they told her "NO! Don't DO THAT!"
In some cases Men "getting to the point" with their answer may come across as "salty." It may come across as impatient, and short. When a man answers a question he has good intentions (we love to fix stuff) and yet the delivery of the answer may not connect with everyone.
For the record, there are plenty of women podcasters (the women who are listening need to get their friends listening to BOOST the AWARENESS of women podcasters, as well as shows geared towards women.
Never Forget It's Your Show
Does this mean you need to be more politically correct when you speak into the microphone? One should never knowingly, intently say things to hurt people. However, in a world that is getting more and more sensitive - you're going to offend someone. You are the best at being YOU, and if speaking a certain way doesn't come naturally it may hurt your performance. It may cause you to over think topics.
One of the things I LOVE about She Podcasts is that I AM SO NOT THEIR TARGET AUDIENCE. Case in point, in one episode Elise admits she has a crush on someone. I don't think you'll hear that between Ray, Daniel, and myself on the next episode of the Podcasters Round table. And you know what? That is ABSOLUTELY OK!. You are NOT going to please everyone, and if you try your show will lose in the end.
Elise and Jessica were contemplating letting dudes into their private Facebook for women only. I APPLAUD them for NOT letting men in. It's THEIR group, and they can handle it any way they want. You can always make your own group.
How Did They Start?
Jessica and Elsie met at a business school and often crossed each other past. When Jessica heard that Elsie was podcasting she immediately connect with her. It wasn't long until they noticed there was no "female - podcast about podcasting." So they thought, "We should make one," and they did.
One Passion Different Approaches
When I listen to the show, Elsie (who has a background in Yoga) and Jessica (who may across as "Feisty") compliment each other well. Jessica is always ready with a joke, and Elise has an completely infectious laugh. According to their website, "Jessica Kupferman is an online business consultant who helps small business owners and solopreneurs find their voice, create irresistible online products and design their business by their own rules. Elsie Escobar is a digital Jedi, working in the mystical paradox between tech and holistic living choosing podcasting and the magic of audio as her weapon of choice." It's a great mix.
What To Expect at the Podcasting School For Women?
Jessica is using her branding and marketing experience, and uses it to tie into Podcasting. Instead of "how to use Facebook" it is now "How to use Facebook for podcasting."
Elise can help with the Technical end as well as getting the confidence to press record.
Thee are insights into how to handle guests.
Elsie set up the course so that you examine yourself first. This way you can understand who you are, how you will react, and prepare accordingly.
They also go back, and explain what is a podcast so they can explain it to their audience.
The lessons are live, but recorded so you can listen later.
Other Podcasting Resources
If you don't' currently have the budget ($997) for the school, you can join their Private She Podcasts Facebook Group for free.
They will also be doing a full day session at Podcast Movement (save on your ticket to Podcast Movement - the event - using the code sop)
You can also list your show in their She Podcasts Directory
Ready to Join the School of Podcasting?
Get step by step tutorials
Private Facebook Group
Networking/Q&A "office hours" webinars
30 Day Money Back Guarantee
Go to
www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>de9c1cb797e034b3cf902a4709d2c0c3Mon, 08 Jun 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I have the joy of interviewing Jessica Kupferman and Elsie Escobar from the Podcast called She Podcasts and now they have launched a specific Podcasting School of Women ($997). This segregated approach lead some men going, "Do we need a special...Podcast Rewind - Dee Snider on Radio
2:21 Today I play a small clip from Dee Snider's Snider's Comments podcast (iTunes) who explains how radio is so bad, that people PAID MONEY to NOT listen to it. Satellite radio requires more hardware in a time when everything was going to the phone. My favorite part is Dee asks, "Name me three people in their 20's that are listening to Satellite Radio."Dee's show is on Podcast One, and is available at DeeSnider.com and iTunes
Why a School of Women?
You may not be aware of this, but Men and Women are different. Men like to get to the point, and Women love details. In today's episode Jessica reveals a story where she asked a man about her show and his answer was to shorten the episode length and do more of them. When she shared this with her female audience, they told her "NO! Don't DO THAT!"
In some cases Men "getting to the point" with their answer may come across as "salty." It may come across as impatient, and short. When a man answers a question he has good intentions (we love to fix stuff) and yet the delivery of the answer may not connect with everyone.
For the record, there are plenty of women podcasters (the women who are listening need to get their friends listening to BOOST the AWARENESS of women podcasters, as well as shows geared towards women.
Never Forget It's Your Show
Does this mean you need to be more politically correct when you speak into the microphone? One should never knowingly, intently say things to hurt people. However, in a world that is getting more and more sensitive - you're going to offend someone. You are the best at being YOU, and if speaking a certain way doesn't come naturally it may hurt your performance. It may cause you to over think topics.
One of the things I LOVE about She Podcasts is that I AM SO NOT THEIR TARGET AUDIENCE. Case in point, in one episode Elise admits she has a crush on someone. I don't think you'll hear that between Ray, Daniel, and myself on the next episode of the Podcasters Round table. And you know what? That is ABSOLUTELY OK!. You are NOT going to please everyone, and if you try your show will lose in the end.
Elise and Jessica were contemplating letting dudes into their private Facebook for women only. I APPLAUD them for NOT letting men in. It's THEIR group, and they can handle it any way they want. You can always make your own group.
How Did They Start?
Jessica and Elsie met at a business school and often crossed each other past. When Jessica heard that Elsie was podcasting she immediately connect with her. It wasn't long until they noticed there was no "female - podcast about podcasting." So they thought, "We should make one," and they did.
One Passion Different Approaches
When I listen to the show, Elsie (who has a background in Yoga) and Jessica (who may across as "Feisty") compliment each other well. Jessica is always ready with a joke, and Elise has an completely infectious laugh. According to their website, "Jessica Kupferman is an online business consultant who helps small business owners and solopreneurs find their voice, create irresistible online products and design their business by their own rules. Elsie Escobar is a digital Jedi, working in the mystical paradox between tech and holistic living choosing podcasting and the magic of audio as her weapon of choice." It's a great mix.
What To Expect at the Podcasting School For Women?
Jessica is using her branding and marketing experience, and uses it to tie into Podcasting. Instead of "how to use Facebook" it is now "How to use Facebook for podcasting."
Elise can...]]>3731cleanfullAnatomy of a Story - Podcast Listening Partyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/anatomy-of-a-story-podcast-listening-party--6515503www.podcasttalentcoach.com who really know the ins and out of content shaping.
Last 5 in 5 from Josh Rivers
Read to Lead Podcast with Jeff Brown (business books)
Wordpress Plugins A to Z  (learn about plugins )
Weekly Web Tools (tools for web designers)
Happened to Your Career
Chris Locurto Show
Thanks to Josh for the opening, and for the last five in five. Find Josh at creativestudio.academy
Stitcher Now in Deezer
Stitcher was purchased a while ago, and now those shows are starting to appear in Deezer. Full story
No Longer Impressed With Joy Ride
(8:35) I interviewed the head of Joy Ride a little while back, and I love their interface and other items. It was nice to see an alternative to Patreon. Well I've been trying to setup a campaign, and you have to jump through hoops. I've email their support twice (will try again, one more time). It just seems (in my opinion) the only way I get any help is to e-mail the head of the company. I will keep you posted.
If you want to see Dave's Patreon page, go here.
Patreon Podcasts Popping Up
(10:45) Official Patreon Podcast (itunes)
Unofficial Patreon Podcast. (itunes)
Podcast Listening Party - Dee Snider Launches Podcast on Podcast One
Dee Snider is the singer for Twister Sister, he has many successful radio programs and now is launching a podcast on podcast one. It's call Snider Comments. It has a super long intro, but Dee comes in attitude a blazin'. It should be fun.
Anatomy of a Story
A great book that looks at some of the best presentations and breaks them down and examines WHY they worked. Why they connected with their audience. The book is called Resonate: Present Visual Stories that Transform Audiences

Stories are often the same layout
1. A relatable likable hero
2. The Hero encounters a roadblock(s)
3. The Hero emerges transformed.
In some cases the hero was reluctant to take on the responsibility. They finally decide to take on the roadblock, you think they may not make it (but they do). Then you see them after they have made it through the storm/roadblock.
Entrepreneur On Fire Questions Use Many Of These Elements
I was on the Entrepreneur on Fire Podcast on episode 263, and looking at John Lee Dumas's questions they use elements of story telling
1. Intro
I will give a brief intro about you and your business, and then turn it over to you to elaborate. - introduce the hero.
2. Success Quote
Here you will share a success quote/mantra you enjoy & how you have applied it to your life. - transformation
3. Failure / Challenge / Obstacle
What failure/challenge/obstacle have you overcome and what were the lessons learned? - roadblock.
4. The “AHA” moment
Discuss an “AHA” moment you have had and how you turned that AHA into success. - transformed
Have you had an “I’ve made it moment?” - transformed
5. Current Business
What is one thing that is really exciting you in your business right now? - transformation
6. Lightning Round:
What was holding you back from becoming an Entrepreneur? - roadblocks
What is the best business advice you have ever received? - transformation
What is something that is working for you right now? - roadblock
Do you have an Internet resource, like Evernote, that you can share with our listeners? - insights..
What book would you recommend to Fire Nation? - insights into you, and great monetization strategy
Imagine you woke up tomorrow morning in a brand new world, identical to earth, but you knew no one. You still have all the experience & knowledge you currently have, your food
and shelter is taken care of, but all you have the next 7 days? - more insights into you.
Behind the Scenes of a Podcast Launch - Clammrcast is Now in iTunes463
After recording a few episode I've now released Clammrcast into the public and into iTunes and Stitcher.
I didn't think people would download the back catalog (three episodes) but they did.
This did land me at the rank of 1150 in New and Noteworthy (subscribe, rate and review to help bump us up)
You don't need to have multiple episodes to be in New and Noteworthy. You can be new only for 8 weeks, you can be noteworthy ANY TIME. (so you don't only have 8 weeks)
I got 47 downloads of the first episodes, 31 downloads of episode 2, and episode 1 got 27 downloads.
I will be launching a new podcast that will not be an ongoing show. I will use it answer common questions (best microphone).
Mentioned in This Show
Best Podcasting Gear - Dave's Amazon Store of Podcasting Gear
More Podcast Money: Turn Your Passion into Profits - Book about making money with your podcast
Thanks to Henry from the Voices that Carry Podcast for the Review in iTunes.
]]>ff03a48fe2f562aba90e3c923a90b83fMon, 01 Jun 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we look at what are the key ingrediants to stories that are used in books, movies, plays, and how some podcasters have used these elements to make engaging content for their audience. If you want to dive deeper into engaging content check out my...www.podcasttalentcoach.com who really know the ins and out of content shaping.
Last 5 in 5 from Josh Rivers
Read to Lead Podcast with Jeff Brown (business books)
Wordpress Plugins A to Z  (learn about plugins )
Weekly Web Tools (tools for web designers)
Happened to Your Career
Chris Locurto Show
Thanks to Josh for the opening, and for the last five in five. Find Josh at creativestudio.academy
Stitcher Now in Deezer
Stitcher was purchased a while ago, and now those shows are starting to appear in Deezer. Full story
No Longer Impressed With Joy Ride
(8:35) I interviewed the head of Joy Ride a little while back, and I love their interface and other items. It was nice to see an alternative to Patreon. Well I've been trying to setup a campaign, and you have to jump through hoops. I've email their support twice (will try again, one more time). It just seems (in my opinion) the only way I get any help is to e-mail the head of the company. I will keep you posted.
If you want to see Dave's Patreon page, go here.
Patreon Podcasts Popping Up
(10:45) Official Patreon Podcast (itunes)
Unofficial Patreon Podcast. (itunes)
Podcast Listening Party - Dee Snider Launches Podcast on Podcast One
Dee Snider is the singer for Twister Sister, he has many successful radio programs and now is launching a podcast on podcast one. It's call Snider Comments. It has a super long intro, but Dee comes in attitude a blazin'. It should be fun.
Anatomy of a Story
A great book that looks at some of the best presentations and breaks them down and examines WHY they worked. Why they connected with their audience. The book is called Resonate: Present Visual Stories that Transform Audiences

Stories are often the same layout
1. A relatable likable hero
2. The Hero encounters a roadblock(s)
3. The Hero emerges transformed.
In some cases the hero was reluctant to take on the responsibility. They finally decide to take on the roadblock, you think they may not make it (but they do). Then you see them after they have made it through the storm/roadblock.
Entrepreneur On Fire Questions Use Many Of These Elements
I was on the Entrepreneur on Fire Podcast on episode 263, and looking at John Lee Dumas's questions they use elements of story telling
1. Intro
I will give a brief intro about you and your business, and then turn it over to you to elaborate. - introduce the hero.
2. Success Quote
Here you will share a success quote/mantra you enjoy & how you have applied it to your life. - transformation
3. Failure / Challenge / Obstacle
What failure/challenge/obstacle have you overcome and what were the lessons learned? - roadblock.
4. The “AHA” moment
Discuss an “AHA” moment you have had and how you turned that AHA into success. - transformed
Have you had an “I’ve made it moment?” - transformed
5. Current Business
What is one thing that is really exciting you in your business right now? - transformation
6. Lightning Round:
What was holding you back from becoming an Entrepreneur? - roadblocks
What is the best business advice you have ever received? - transformation
What is something that is working for you right now? - roadblock
Do you have an Internet resource, like Evernote, that you can share with our listeners? - insights..
What book would you recommend to Fire Nation? - insights into you, and great monetization strategy
Imagine you woke up tomorrow morning in a brand new world, identical to earth, but you knew no one. You...]]>2902cleanfullWhat is Google Fit - Kids Meal Insightshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-google-fit-kids-meal-insights--39771293db34fefaa813783d50228726e3632f78Sun, 31 May 2015 16:09:26 +0000David JacksonSee logicalloss.com/263 for full details1896cleanfullExercise Any Place Any Timehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/exercise-any-place-any-time--39771265Cool Quit That App Helps You quit Anything.
You put in what you want to quit, how much it costs you on a daily basis, and the reason you why you should stay away. Here is a link to the App
4 Great Things Taking Place in the Fast Food World
Dairy Queen swaps sode for milk.water in kids meal Panera is removing additives Chipotle is not using GMO chicken McDonald's is removing some Antibiotics Full Story
Beachbody Launches Streaming Service of All Programs
Beachbody creators of P90X, Extreme, and many other top selling programs is now offering all their programs for a fee of $2.99. They bill you quarterly ($38.87), and there is no contract. In addition to the training videos, you get meal plans, discounts on other products, and much more. This is a way to watch on your phone, iPad, or your browser. You could use something like a Google Chromecast HDMI Streaming Media Player to blast whatever is in your browser to your television. For more information (or to try a 30 day trial) go to beachbody.com]]>78cd30674c8ba1972baecbea020e99d1Mon, 25 May 2015 17:53:47 +0000David JacksonI've been out and about, and I'm glad to be back in front of the microphone. I got called out of town and with no planning I didn't have much time to plan. I had awful food choices and no time to exercise. Consequently, I gained week. Then the...Cool Quit That App Helps You quit Anything.
You put in what you want to quit, how much it costs you on a daily basis, and the reason you why you should stay away. Here is a link to the App
4 Great Things Taking Place in the Fast Food World
Dairy Queen swaps sode for milk.water in kids meal Panera is removing additives Chipotle is not using GMO chicken McDonald's is removing some Antibiotics Full Story
Beachbody Launches Streaming Service of All Programs
Beachbody creators of P90X, Extreme, and many other top selling programs is now offering all their programs for a fee of $2.99. They bill you quarterly ($38.87), and there is no contract. In addition to the training videos, you get meal plans, discounts on other products, and much more. This is a way to watch on your phone, iPad, or your browser. You could use something like a Google Chromecast HDMI Streaming Media Player to blast whatever is in your browser to your television. For more information (or to try a 30 day trial) go to beachbody.com]]>1112cleanfullWhat Podcasters Can Learn From David Lettermanhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-podcasters-can-learn-from-david-letterman--6515504Because of My Podcast I'm Reconnecting With My Brothers
Daniel Herrick creates the five lights podcast. 5lightspodcast.com Due to his podcast he is connecting with his brothers.
Last 5 in 5
What were the last five podcasts you listened to? (from Daniel Herrick) Flat out Fever Podcast (formula 1) On the Limit Podcast (formula 1) UK Podcasters (podcast conference) Judge 13 Podcast (F1 podcast) Around the NFL (NFL Podcast) School of Podcasting (Podcast about podcasting)
Punch You In The Face T-shirts
I had dinner with Ryan K Parker of Foodcraftmen.com who is now famous for his line "No one will punch you in the face" (about your podcast schedule). He had said people had told him to put it on a shirt. So he did. I ordered mine. How about you? Orders are printed and shipped when the time expires (May 31st). You can expect your package to arrive around 7 days after printing starts. Domestic orders are mailed via first-class or priority mail (USPS). Shipping costs $3.99 for the first item and $2.00 for each additional item. If you want to make your own shirt, Ryan is using TeeSpring. I spoke about TeeSpring on the More Podcast Money show.
New Businesses Pop Up Around Podcasting
We have seen people jump into the podcasting world to help podcasters. We are seeing people who will create your shows for around $50 a show, and now there are people who will help you make a media kit. Hank at http://www.channelhank.com is creating a single page media kit for $25. I am talking with Hank about getting a coupon code (I'll keep you posted) Ben Kruger has a service for small businesses where all you do is record the content and they do everything else. The cost is $697 a month. The Show Notes Guy charges $200/month for a 30 minute weekly show. Podcasting Press will assemble your weekly show for $97 a month. There are new classes, courses, coming out on a daily (almost hourly) basis. Be sure to check the About page. In some cases, there isn't one (just a form to give your email address).
Earn Commissions Directing People to the School of Podcasting
With so many people coming into podcasting, you may be thinking of launching a course on podcasting yourself. Let me tell you its a lot of work. You need a lot of passion. Here is what you have to look forward to. Recreating videos every time a new update comes out. Helping people retrieve their password again One word: Paypal Phone calls from people who are blind to the idea of time zones (if you supply a phone number). The joy of working with computers (meaning it works on my computer, but for some reason not on yours...) You can earn recurring income by partnering with the School of Podcasting. When you refer a person to the School of Podcasting and they join you earn commission for every month they stay subscribed.
JVZOO - One of the Top of the Line Affiliate Management Tools
I recently switched to JVZOO as my affiliate tool. They put a few steps into becoming an affiliate (including having a code sent to your phone). This ensures that you are a real person (and not a bot). I want real people, with a real understanding of podcasting to promote the website. Here is a video that show how to sign up at JVZOO.
Spotify Embraces Podcasting
This is good news for the future. Right now Spotify is doing a very limited beta. According to The Feed podcast, This is only the initial launch, available to about 1% of Spotify customers in only a few countries. While we are all enjoying the good news, I know some are bummed that its not a wide open door to entry into Spotify. I understand this point, but I also understand that there are a lot of podcasters, and that is a big door. By limiting the amount of podcasters, Spotify can ensure that their system can handle the traffic. Spotify will be handling the bandwidth. This does mean you will need to check your stats in multiple places. If you are using Libsyn, there will be a special section to check your stats. Spotify is a growth opportunity. Will they run advertising on my show? Probably. I don't care. My show points people to my website. A website that helps me get more consulting and members for my website. You can share any of my free material anywhere you want, as long as you point back to the School of Podcasting. In the same way that I didn't mind Stitcher and iHeart Media spreading my message, I don't have a problem being on the Spotify platform.
Spotify Facts
The average listener on spotify listens 148 minutes every day We're the talk of the town. Our listeners share tracks, artists, albums and playlists. 2/3 of that sharing extends beyond Spotify, spreading out into social networks. Our mobile audience has grown dramatically in the last year. So more people take us more places. And you have more ways to reach them

Paying subscribers: Over 15 million
Active users: Over 60 million*
Ratio of paying subscribers to active free users: Over 20%
Revenue paid to rights holders since launch: $2bn
Number of songs: Over 30 million
Number of songs added per day: Over 20,000
Number of playlists: Over 1.5 billion created so far
Available in 58 markets – Andorra, Argentina, Austria, Australia, Belgium, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Guatemala, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Liechtenstein, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Malta, Mexico, Monaco, New Zealand, Netherlands, Nicaragua, Norway, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Singapore, Slovakia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Turkey, UK, Uruguay and USA.

Lessons Learned From David Letterman
I remember growing up and hearing my older brother talk about David Letterman. This was when he came on at 12:30 in the morning after Johnny Carson. Later when I moved into my brother's house, we would stay up late and watch (I worked 1-9 at a grocery store). It was a fun time, and a special time with my brother. When I watched the last Letterman show, I watched a chapter of my life close and realized I would never see it again (except for reruns). While Letterman will always point to other people, it was the adlibs from his desk that made me laugh. Here are some interesting (to me ) stats.
Letterman facts
In the 1970's Letterman was a weatherman in He received some attention for his unpredictable on-air behavior, which included congratulating a tropical storm for being upgraded to a hurricane and predicting hail stones "the size of canned hams." That line is classic Letterman.
His first show was in 1980 and won two Emmys, but failed in the ratings and was cancelled in October 1980. NBC kept him under contract and then in 1982 his Late Night with David Letterman show was launched. He did things like mounted cameras to his dog, a monkey, a rail over the audience.
He once used a bullhorn to interrupt a live interview on The Today Show, announcing that he was the NBC News president while not wearing any pants.
His show moved to CBS in 1993. The bad news his show wasn't just like his old one and it was geared to be just like his old show. Letterman eschewed his trademark blazer with khaki pants and white wrestling shoes wardrobe combination in favor of expensive shoes, tailored suits and light-colored socks. The monologue was lengthened. Paul Shaffer and the "World's Most Dangerous Band" followed Letterman to CBS, but they added a brass section and were rebranded the "CBS Orchestra" as a short monologue and a small band were mandated by Carson while Letterman occupied the 12:30 slot. Additionally, because of intellectual property disagreements, Letterman was unable to import many of his Late Night segments verbatim,[59] but he sidestepped this problem by simply renaming them (the "Top Ten List" became the "Late Show Top Ten", "Viewer Mail" became the "CBS Mailbag", etc.) The Late Show lost nearly half its audience during its competition with Jay Leno.
In 2000 Letterman had quintuple bypass surgery and had to step away from the show an allow others to guest-host. In interviews on Howard Stern, I've heard it mentioned that he was more personal to work with (where before it sounded as if he was a tyrant to work for). The final episode of The Late Show with David Letterman was watched by 13.76 million viewers. In it Letterman spent most of his final talk to thanking his staff.
What Can Podcasters Learn From David Letterman?

He was humble. He didn't handle compliments well.
His irrelevance for the "Same ol' Same ol" made him stand out. Nobody else was make a suit of velco. We all watched and thought, "I can't believe he is doing this on network television."
If it ain't broke don't fix it. I knew when I tuned in to hear the World's most dangerous band and found the CBS orchestra that we were in trouble.
If you provide good content consistently, you become part of people's routines. People don't like to interrupt their routine.
Comparing yourself to others is not a great use of your time. BE YOU.
Its all about relationships. When you provide good content, people will go to bat for you. The Foo Fighters cancelled a South American tour to be on Dave's first show coming back from surgery. That cost them money, but that act got them called back again, and again. The last time in front of 13.8 million people. They provided the soundtrack to the last minutes of his show. When Howard Stern was on, he complained to Letterman that Dave had been talking with Jay Leno (Dave and Jay go way back). Why lose a friend because of entertainment shows? Move on, and apparently he did. For a guy that did some p]]>1e974308085ebf1b2ee1e28b1212c2c6Mon, 25 May 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about David Letterman and what we can learn from his retirement. We also talk a little Podcast Movement (use the coupon sop to save at podcastmovement.com). Some people are NOT going to Podcast Movement because they invited Glenn Beck....Because of My Podcast I'm Reconnecting With My Brothers
Daniel Herrick creates the five lights podcast. 5lightspodcast.com Due to his podcast he is connecting with his brothers.
Last 5 in 5
What were the last five podcasts you listened to? (from Daniel Herrick) Flat out Fever Podcast (formula 1) On the Limit Podcast (formula 1) UK Podcasters (podcast conference) Judge 13 Podcast (F1 podcast) Around the NFL (NFL Podcast) School of Podcasting (Podcast about podcasting)
Punch You In The Face T-shirts
I had dinner with Ryan K Parker of Foodcraftmen.com who is now famous for his line "No one will punch you in the face" (about your podcast schedule). He had said people had told him to put it on a shirt. So he did. I ordered mine. How about you? Orders are printed and shipped when the time expires (May 31st). You can expect your package to arrive around 7 days after printing starts. Domestic orders are mailed via first-class or priority mail (USPS). Shipping costs $3.99 for the first item and $2.00 for each additional item. If you want to make your own shirt, Ryan is using TeeSpring. I spoke about TeeSpring on the More Podcast Money show.
New Businesses Pop Up Around Podcasting
We have seen people jump into the podcasting world to help podcasters. We are seeing people who will create your shows for around $50 a show, and now there are people who will help you make a media kit. Hank at http://www.channelhank.com is creating a single page media kit for $25. I am talking with Hank about getting a coupon code (I'll keep you posted) Ben Kruger has a service for small businesses where all you do is record the content and they do everything else. The cost is $697 a month. The Show Notes Guy charges $200/month for a 30 minute weekly show. Podcasting Press will assemble your weekly show for $97 a month. There are new classes, courses, coming out on a daily (almost hourly) basis. Be sure to check the About page. In some cases, there isn't one (just a form to give your email address).
Earn Commissions Directing People to the School of Podcasting
With so many people coming into podcasting, you may be thinking of launching a course on podcasting yourself. Let me tell you its a lot of work. You need a lot of passion. Here is what you have to look forward to. Recreating videos every time a new update comes out. Helping people retrieve their password again One word: Paypal Phone calls from people who are blind to the idea of time zones (if you supply a phone number). The joy of working with computers (meaning it works on my computer, but for some reason not on yours...) You can earn recurring income by partnering with the School of Podcasting. When you refer a person to the School of Podcasting and they join you earn commission for every month they stay subscribed.
JVZOO - One of the Top of the Line Affiliate Management Tools
I recently switched to JVZOO as my affiliate tool. They put a few steps into becoming an affiliate (including having a code sent to your phone). This ensures that you are a real person (and not a bot). I want real people, with a real understanding of podcasting to promote the website. Here is a video that show how to sign up at JVZOO.
Spotify Embraces Podcasting
This is good news for the future. Right now Spotify is doing a very limited beta. According to The Feed podcast, This is only the initial launch, available to about 1% of Spotify customers in only a few countries. While we are all enjoying the good news, I know some are bummed that its not a wide open door to...]]>3014cleanfull8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/8-ways-a-stranger-can-help-you-grow-your-audience--6515507I appeared on the Podcasting Success Secrets podcast talking Podcasting for Authors I also appeared on the Podcasters Roundtable talking rebranding your show.
What Appears to be Another Great Book on Word of Mouth Marketing
I heard about Ted Wright and his book Fizz: Harness the Power of Word of Mouth Marketing to Drive Brand Growth on the Social Media Examiner podcast I'm only through chapter one, but here are some gems. The Power of word of mouth marketing is that it is a targeted message from a trusted source, every single time. 10 Percent of the population decides what to buy, and the other 90 percent goes along with it. 50 percent of all purchasing decisions are based on primarily on a friends recommendation Bissell sweepers went to RVs with Dogs. GO to where your audience is. Because its important to you, doesn't mean its important to your audience.
8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audience
I get hired for consulting and one of the reasons is people want a set of eyes on their website that hasn't been looking at it non-stop for 2 weeks. You need a fresh perspective. While it is my pasion to help people with their podcast (and you can get great feedback from myself AND Eric K. Johnson at www.podcastreviewshow.com) some people may not have that in the budget. Here are some things you can get your family to do at your next picnic. 1. Give you feedback on your elevator pitch. 2. Comment on your business card Then have them go to your website and without coaching them, have them 3. Play your show 4. Subscribe to your podcast in iTunes or Android 5. Contact you 6. Share your post. 7. Subscribe to Your Newsletter 8. Repeat steps 3-7 on their phone
Podcast Launch Update
I am pondering launching a show spotlighting some of the top liked clips on clammr. I did one episode and sent it to some folks. I got some great feedback, and some good insight. What's changed? The show was going to be a top 50. I'm experimenting, and I did a new episode with just 20 clammrs (clips) and it was received much better. I was also told to inject myself more into the clips, in essence, "Be Dave" and have fun. Please notice, I haven't made these tests completely public, the first "top 50" episode will be a collector's item. I'm also not in iTunes. You don't have to release everything you record. PodBean Crowd Funding Podbean takes 5% and there are additional Stripe credit card fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per transaction. We bulk process all patron pledges to decrease fees. That means if I’m supporting two podcasters my credit card will only be charged one time for all of my pledges. Those fees will then be split among the podcasters. We don’t charge your patrons until the 1st of every month. It takes 24 to 72 hours to process all payments. The processed money will then show in your account balance. You can withdraw the balance of your account at any time by clicking “pay out total balance.” The money will be sent to your Paypal account.
Comparing that to Patreon or Joyride
Patreon takes 5% and there are additional credit card fees that range from 2-4%. There are transfer fees with Patreon. These include: US creators receiving payment via Stripe - $0.25 fee for every deposit. US creators receiving payment via PayPal - 2% of the amount transferred capped at $1 per deposit Joyride charges 5% in fees plus credit card processing fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per contribution.
Mentioned on the Show
The Audacity to podcast Scott Sigler interview

Ready to Start Podcasting?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>1400766a7616be55b2999d3847162e82Mon, 18 May 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcast Rewind I appeared on the Podcasting Success Secrets podcast talking Podcasting for Authors I also appeared on the Podcasters Roundtable talking rebranding your show. What Appears to be Another Great Book on Word of Mouth Marketing I heard...I appeared on the Podcasting Success Secrets podcast talking Podcasting for Authors I also appeared on the Podcasters Roundtable talking rebranding your show.
What Appears to be Another Great Book on Word of Mouth Marketing
I heard about Ted Wright and his book Fizz: Harness the Power of Word of Mouth Marketing to Drive Brand Growth on the Social Media Examiner podcast I'm only through chapter one, but here are some gems. The Power of word of mouth marketing is that it is a targeted message from a trusted source, every single time. 10 Percent of the population decides what to buy, and the other 90 percent goes along with it. 50 percent of all purchasing decisions are based on primarily on a friends recommendation Bissell sweepers went to RVs with Dogs. GO to where your audience is. Because its important to you, doesn't mean its important to your audience.
8 Ways a Stranger Can Help You Grow Your Audience
I get hired for consulting and one of the reasons is people want a set of eyes on their website that hasn't been looking at it non-stop for 2 weeks. You need a fresh perspective. While it is my pasion to help people with their podcast (and you can get great feedback from myself AND Eric K. Johnson at www.podcastreviewshow.com) some people may not have that in the budget. Here are some things you can get your family to do at your next picnic. 1. Give you feedback on your elevator pitch. 2. Comment on your business card Then have them go to your website and without coaching them, have them 3. Play your show 4. Subscribe to your podcast in iTunes or Android 5. Contact you 6. Share your post. 7. Subscribe to Your Newsletter 8. Repeat steps 3-7 on their phone
Podcast Launch Update
I am pondering launching a show spotlighting some of the top liked clips on clammr. I did one episode and sent it to some folks. I got some great feedback, and some good insight. What's changed? The show was going to be a top 50. I'm experimenting, and I did a new episode with just 20 clammrs (clips) and it was received much better. I was also told to inject myself more into the clips, in essence, "Be Dave" and have fun. Please notice, I haven't made these tests completely public, the first "top 50" episode will be a collector's item. I'm also not in iTunes. You don't have to release everything you record. PodBean Crowd Funding Podbean takes 5% and there are additional Stripe credit card fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per transaction. We bulk process all patron pledges to decrease fees. That means if I’m supporting two podcasters my credit card will only be charged one time for all of my pledges. Those fees will then be split among the podcasters. We don’t charge your patrons until the 1st of every month. It takes 24 to 72 hours to process all payments. The processed money will then show in your account balance. You can withdraw the balance of your account at any time by clicking “pay out total balance.” The money will be sent to your Paypal account.
Comparing that to Patreon or Joyride
Patreon takes 5% and there are additional credit card fees that range from 2-4%. There are transfer fees with Patreon. These include: US creators receiving payment via Stripe - $0.25 fee for every deposit. US creators receiving payment via PayPal - 2% of the amount transferred capped at $1 per deposit Joyride charges 5% in fees plus credit card processing fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per contribution.
Mentioned on the Show
The Audacity to podcast Scott Sigler interview

Ready to Start Podcasting?
Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3301cleanfullYour Words Can Can Change the Worldhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-words-can-can-change-the-world--6515508According to an article, "Spotify was reported to be coming out with its own podcasting platform soon as well to corner a slice of the market. It is yet to be known whether this platform could deliver, but it only goes to show that podcasting has exerted a tremendous influence on the business models of such audio streaming platforms."
Because of my Podcast: Nick Seuberling
Nick form spnt.tv talks about his first time do a live stream from a location on the fist night of the NFL draft. Nick got to meet Nick Lache from 98 Degrees as he did a live broadcast from his bar in downtown Cincinnati.
Check out the Ben and Nick show where Nick co-hosts a podcast with his young son.
Behind the Scenes of a Podcast Launch.
Clammr is a free app for iOs that enables you to share 18 second clips. You can find out more at www.clammr.com
I'm testing some things, and I'm preparing to launch the Clammrcast. Here are some things I'm looking into.
Questions To Answer:
Why?: Exposure to the School of Podcasting who are looking for exposureHow Often?: To Determine how often, I have to figure out how long it takes to create an episode. Episodes are going to be around 20 minutes, so I should plan on 2 hours.Ease of Content: The content is created for me, I just read the listHow Will I Know if It's Successful: By people using a special coupon for the SOP
Pros:The show took about 45 minutes. I get the list, and using my insane amount of knowledge of Microsoft Office (I've been teaching it for 20+ years) I take the Excel sheet I get from Clammr and turn it into a pdf and show notes. All I do is open the pdf and click the links. I record it live and comment on it.
Cons:I have no control over the content.
How Does This Apply to My Overall Goal?
My over all goal is to pay off my student loans and do podcast consulting full time. Does this podcast tie into that? Well it's cost me $32 to buy a font, and it will cost $10 a month for media hosting. That doesn't seem to tie into getting out of debt. So I will watch to see if the coupon gets used, I will wait to see what kind of relationships are formed by doing this podcast. This podcast is outside of the podcast about podcasting and might expose me to a different audience that is unaware of the School of Podcasting
22:30 Podcasting Tips From My Mom
My Mom once pulls me aside, she was in the hospital, and there was a very good chance that she was going to die. She pulled me into her room, and started doing a "Death Bed" speech. When I realized what was happening I almost passed out. In the middle of the talk my Mom said, "You're.....so........
and then there was an awkward pause
and finally said....
"Neat."
We both laughed (this was a discussion where the seriousness of it was very heavy). It just seemed funny to use such a light funny word.
I am painfully shy at times. This past weekend I was at Wordcamp North Canton, there was a meetup in the morning to mingle and get breakfast. I walked in, didn't recognize anyone, and sat at a table by myself. Some habits die hard. My Mom was telling me I was neat to give me the confidence to go out and share with people. To go out and connect with people. I talk in front of people every day for my job. Yet some days, I revert back to my old shy ways.
So in honor of Mother's Day I am sharing these words with you. YOU ARE NEAT. You are special. You are unique. Nobody is like you. It's time to start your podcast. You can start it, experiment, and try something. If it doesn't work, then scratch it off you bucket list and try another one.
On Fire Podcasts?
I recently did a search in iTunes (working on an article for Podertainment magazine) and saw that there were 25 shows with the phrase "On Fire". This has been spawned by the success of John Lee Dumas and his Entrepreneur On Fire Podcast. My question for you is, do you think using "On Fire" in your name is marketing genious, or do you feel it's lazy and tired (would it turn you off). Leave me a comment below.
Mentioned in This Episode
Michael Hyatt
Finding Time to Podcast
Profitcast
Ready to Start a Podcast?]]>994c23e485320fa7f195a92570b9158eMon, 11 May 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting News: Spotify and Podcasting? According to an article, "Spotify was reported to be coming out with its own podcasting platform soon as well to corner a slice of the market. It is yet to be known whether this platform could deliver, but it...According to an article, "Spotify was reported to be coming out with its own podcasting platform soon as well to corner a slice of the market. It is yet to be known whether this platform could deliver, but it only goes to show that podcasting has exerted a tremendous influence on the business models of such audio streaming platforms."
Because of my Podcast: Nick Seuberling
Nick form spnt.tv talks about his first time do a live stream from a location on the fist night of the NFL draft. Nick got to meet Nick Lache from 98 Degrees as he did a live broadcast from his bar in downtown Cincinnati.
Check out the Ben and Nick show where Nick co-hosts a podcast with his young son.
Behind the Scenes of a Podcast Launch.
Clammr is a free app for iOs that enables you to share 18 second clips. You can find out more at www.clammr.com
I'm testing some things, and I'm preparing to launch the Clammrcast. Here are some things I'm looking into.
Questions To Answer:
Why?: Exposure to the School of Podcasting who are looking for exposureHow Often?: To Determine how often, I have to figure out how long it takes to create an episode. Episodes are going to be around 20 minutes, so I should plan on 2 hours.Ease of Content: The content is created for me, I just read the listHow Will I Know if It's Successful: By people using a special coupon for the SOP
Pros:The show took about 45 minutes. I get the list, and using my insane amount of knowledge of Microsoft Office (I've been teaching it for 20+ years) I take the Excel sheet I get from Clammr and turn it into a pdf and show notes. All I do is open the pdf and click the links. I record it live and comment on it.
Cons:I have no control over the content.
How Does This Apply to My Overall Goal?
My over all goal is to pay off my student loans and do podcast consulting full time. Does this podcast tie into that? Well it's cost me $32 to buy a font, and it will cost $10 a month for media hosting. That doesn't seem to tie into getting out of debt. So I will watch to see if the coupon gets used, I will wait to see what kind of relationships are formed by doing this podcast. This podcast is outside of the podcast about podcasting and might expose me to a different audience that is unaware of the School of Podcasting
22:30 Podcasting Tips From My Mom
My Mom once pulls me aside, she was in the hospital, and there was a very good chance that she was going to die. She pulled me into her room, and started doing a "Death Bed" speech. When I realized what was happening I almost passed out. In the middle of the talk my Mom said, "You're.....so........
and then there was an awkward pause
and finally said....
"Neat."
We both laughed (this was a discussion where the seriousness of it was very heavy). It just seemed funny to use such a light funny word.
I am painfully shy at times. This past weekend I was at Wordcamp North Canton, there was a meetup in the morning to mingle and get breakfast. I walked in, didn't recognize anyone, and sat at a table by myself. Some habits die hard. My Mom was telling me I was neat to give me the confidence to go out and share with people. To go out and connect with people. I talk in front of people every day for my job. Yet some days, I revert back to my old shy ways.
So in honor of Mother's Day I am sharing these words with you. YOU ARE NEAT. You are special. You are unique. Nobody is like you. It's time to start your podcast. You can start it, experiment, and try something. If it doesn't work, then scratch it off you bucket list and try another one.
On Fire Podcasts?
I recently did a search in iTunes (working on an article for Podertainment magazine) and saw that there were 25 shows with the phrase "On Fire". This has been spawned by the success of John Lee Dumas and his...]]>2299cleanfullDo You Have Five Number One Priorities?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-you-have-five-number-one-priorities--6515512How To Avoid The Time Trap - Pick Your Schedule LAST
I am working with a company right now where I will be recording their podcast. I like the topic, and I like the people. It should be fun. We were starting to talk about how many episodes a week, and how long the episodes should be. The podcast will be based on information that the company provides. Its will be arranged in a fashion that they are not used to doing. In the end, the company is not sure how long or hard it will be to give me the information. I also don't know how long it will take to record and edit that information. The answer? Do a test show. Then do another and another. I suggested we wait to pick a schedule LAST, so we can make an informed decision. Ray Ortega produces the Podcasters Roundtable twice a week. Why? Because he has a smile daughter, a wife, and a job. He know how long it takes to create a show, and picked a schedule he can consistently hit. When you publish on a consistent schedule, your audience makes them part of their routine. If you can't publish on a consistent schedule, ALWAYS provide consistent value (and your audience will forgive you). Every time I track how long it takes to create a podcast (audio) I arrive at a four to one ratio. A one minute podcast takes four minutes. A fifteen minute podcast takes an hour.
Time Management 101
You can control time, you can only control you. If you want to control time, you will need to learn the word NO. You will need to have a clear objective of what and where you want to end up in life. You can't control time, you can only control you. Yes, life will bring surprises. How you react to those surprises can dictate what future surprises come you way.
Time Management Insights
You may have heard the tale from Steven Covey about the teacher with the Jar. The teacher had boulders, rocks, pebbles and sand. The teacher put a few boulders into the giant jar, and the class agreed it was full. Then the teacher put rocks around the boulders. The class agreed they couldn't put anything else into the jar. Then the teacher put in pebbles that fell around the boulders and rocks. Finally the teacher put in sand. The bottom line is you need to put the boulders in first. If you put the sand in first, nothing else would fit.
A New Dimension in Time Management
We often operate on the importance of a task, and the timeline. In his book Procrastinate on Purpose: 5 Permissions to Multiply Your Time Rory Vaden adds one other dimension to time management and that is the dimension of significance.

Importance is how much this matters.
Urgency is how soon this matters.
Significance is how long this is going to matter.

So now its not only what is important now, but what will you do that will make more time tomorrow. That may have a deeper impact on your over-all goal.

Create An Environment of Success
I recently binge watched a show called "Sons of Anarchy." This is another television show that has you cheering the good guys who happen to be pretty bad. I did the math and more or less a season (consisting of 13 shows) take about 10 hours to consume. I've watched all 7 seasons that is 70 hours of sitting and watching the show. You know and I know there are other shows as well. Just think what you could have done with those 70 hours! Does this mean you can't watch TV? I enjoy television and movies. I enjoy food. I enjoy lots of things. The problem is you can't have five umber one priorities. Right now my friend Cliff Ravenscraft is exercising like a madman and dropping weight. How? He has ONE number one priority. I wish Cliff well. I will be interested to see how he finds balance when he hits his target goal. I'm sure some of that balance will be achieved by using the word NO. Turning off the TV (or netflix) is just part of creating an environment of success. There are studies that show Americans spend an HOUR a day LOOKING FOR STUFF. One way to avoid wasting this time is to come up with a plan (any plan) to create your show. I use tools like voice memo on my iphone to capture ideas. I use tools like Evernote, Workflowy, and Asana to management my tasks. I use the clock on my iPhone to remind me to go home if I'm working in my office. Technology can be a boost to your productivity as long as your productivity isn't just entering taks into the new system. You eventually have to do the tasks. But what about that show you really like? Well watch it online (where you can fast forward through the commercials) and if you really want to take your binge watching to a new level use MySpeed. Its a great tool that lets you speed up (or slow down) online videos (including netflix). Organize all of the files you use in every episode into a folder. This way if you ever need to do a show on the road, it's all right there to throw on a jump drive. I use the folder structure of Podcast Name > Episode >Raw/Finished. This means I store voicemails, and any other materials in the raw folder. I use those to create the finished episode. Family issues? Work with your family to come to an agreement on when you will be podcasting. If the family knows Mondays & Thursdays are your podcast days they will be less likely to interrupt you (and if they do, you know its important). A mantra I used in high school and Jr. High School was if I didn't start (drinking, etc) I didn't have to worry about stopping. When it comes to binge watching, if you don't start a show, you don't have to worrying about how it ends. When you get into your studio, with the TV, Twitter, facebook off, you can turn to your task list and start working on those important items that will impact your dream the most.
The Other Thing You Have Control Over: Your Attitude
“The longer I love, the more I realize the impact of attitude on life. Attitude, to me, is more important than facts. It is more important than the past, than education, than money, than circumstances, than failures, than successes, than what other people think or say or do. It is more important than appearance, giftedness or skill. It will make or break a company...a church....a home. The remarkable thing is we have a choice every day regarding the attitude we will embrace for that day. We cannot change our past...we cannot change the fact that people will act in a certain way. We cannot change the inevitable. The only thing we can do is play on the one string we have, and that is our attitude...I am convinced that life is 10% what happens to me and 90% how I react to it. And so it is with you...we are in charge of our attitudes.” ? Charles R. Swindoll
Smart Podcast Press Update
This Simple Podcast Press player is the player I use on the Ask the Podcast Coach website. It puts buttons beneath the player for subscriptions (like itunes), and ways for people to join your mailing list. I caught up with Hani to find out what is new. Here are the new exciting features: 1. The ability to have a link right the time in an episode. 2. The ability to easily show your positive reviews on your website (inspiring people to create more reviews). 3. Create a table of past episode with a link to your audio. The best part is it's only $49 for a single use license. For more information go to simplepodcastpress.com
Update on Podcasts.com
I did get a reply from podcasts.com I wrote about it on my blog. In the end, they do not offer a redirect from their site (which is really bad) so you do not want to make this your primary distribution channel.
Ready to Start Podcasting]]>8231856f42a1d135b9d5d809f933372bMon, 04 May 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI was listening to the Podcasters Roundtable that they recorded live on the NMX floor (I was so bummed that I couldn't attend). They were doing a show with the topic of "podcasting issues" In other words, what were the hurdles you are having. One kept...How To Avoid The Time Trap - Pick Your Schedule LAST
I am working with a company right now where I will be recording their podcast. I like the topic, and I like the people. It should be fun. We were starting to talk about how many episodes a week, and how long the episodes should be. The podcast will be based on information that the company provides. Its will be arranged in a fashion that they are not used to doing. In the end, the company is not sure how long or hard it will be to give me the information. I also don't know how long it will take to record and edit that information. The answer? Do a test show. Then do another and another. I suggested we wait to pick a schedule LAST, so we can make an informed decision. Ray Ortega produces the Podcasters Roundtable twice a week. Why? Because he has a smile daughter, a wife, and a job. He know how long it takes to create a show, and picked a schedule he can consistently hit. When you publish on a consistent schedule, your audience makes them part of their routine. If you can't publish on a consistent schedule, ALWAYS provide consistent value (and your audience will forgive you). Every time I track how long it takes to create a podcast (audio) I arrive at a four to one ratio. A one minute podcast takes four minutes. A fifteen minute podcast takes an hour.
Time Management 101
You can control time, you can only control you. If you want to control time, you will need to learn the word NO. You will need to have a clear objective of what and where you want to end up in life. You can't control time, you can only control you. Yes, life will bring surprises. How you react to those surprises can dictate what future surprises come you way.
Time Management Insights
You may have heard the tale from Steven Covey about the teacher with the Jar. The teacher had boulders, rocks, pebbles and sand. The teacher put a few boulders into the giant jar, and the class agreed it was full. Then the teacher put rocks around the boulders. The class agreed they couldn't put anything else into the jar. Then the teacher put in pebbles that fell around the boulders and rocks. Finally the teacher put in sand. The bottom line is you need to put the boulders in first. If you put the sand in first, nothing else would fit.
A New Dimension in Time Management
We often operate on the importance of a task, and the timeline. In his book Procrastinate on Purpose: 5 Permissions to Multiply Your Time Rory Vaden adds one other dimension to time management and that is the dimension of significance.

Importance is how much this matters.
Urgency is how soon this matters.
Significance is how long this is going to matter.

So now its not only what is important now, but what will you do that will make more time tomorrow. That may have a deeper impact on your over-all goal.

Create An Environment of Success
I recently binge watched a show called "Sons of Anarchy." This is another television show that has you cheering the good guys who happen to be pretty bad. I did the math and more or less a season (consisting of 13 shows) take about 10 hours to consume. I've watched all 7 seasons that is 70 hours of sitting and watching the show. You know and I know there are other shows as well. Just think what you could have done with those 70 hours! Does this mean you can't watch TV? I enjoy television and movies. I enjoy food. I enjoy lots of things. The problem is you can't have five umber one priorities. Right now my friend Cliff Ravenscraft is exercising like a madman and dropping weight. How? He has ONE number one priority. I...]]>2796cleanfullBob Harper's Six Skinny Habitshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bob-harper-s-six-skinny-habits--39771260www.logicalloss.com/audible ]]>adbd14c40dbc7ff897d6834eecbd1084Sun, 03 May 2015 20:46:18 +0000David JacksonAccord to Bob Harper's new book is called Skinny Habits: The 6 Secrets of Thin People: Skinny Rules and in it he talks about these six habits that people who are healthy do. These include: They plan, * They push back, * They re-engineer their...www.logicalloss.com/audible ]]>1703cleanfullAnother Free Media Host? Is Podcasts.com a Good Idea?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/another-free-media-host-is-podcasts-com-a-good-idea--6515514
They show Adam Carolla on their front page along with people like the Twit.tv network. I would be VERY surprised if these people were using their service.
I sent a support request over 48 hours ago and have received no response.
There is no way to put the audio on YOUR website. Their system is all about pointing people to THEIR website.
They create a secondary RSS feed for your show, and they offer NO redirect. In other words, they get between you and your audience. This is really bad
Their stats are beyond basic
There isn't much documentation for some of their features

On the other hand

They offer android and iOs apps to listen to podcasts
They offer private subscription only podcasts
They offer the ability to sell merchandise

The site is owned by Emerge Media who state that "We're grateful to help 50+ million people communicate in 190 countries, find information and entertain when you need it most." They own person.com, directions.com, womens-health.com, information.com, muchgames.com, bands.com,translate.com and now podcasts.com Their mission statement is, "Taking on the essential roots of everyday tasks and breathing real life into the technology behind them. Empowering humanity in supporting each other and giving them the tools to create a meaningful society surrounded by technology." My Opinion As it doesn't cost you anything, if you've got the time I could see uploading files on to this service as a secondary distribution channel. Realize this may not bring
We've Seen This Before
Podbean is still showing twit on their front page (again, doubtful as they have sponsored bandwdith). Around 2006 Podshow (later Mevio) invested a TON of resources to make a web based system that made podcast subscriptions easy. It also duplicated your feed and people got REALLY mad. There is an article in the latest edition of Podertainment magazine explaining how people who use Podomatic are somewhat slave to them (as they control your feed, you have to upgrade to be able to put in the iTunes redirect to tell iTunes to listen to your new feed).
The Average Life Span of Free Media Hosting
How long Does free last? Podango 2. Mypodcast.com 4. Years Justin.tv 7 years Podshow/Mevio 9 years (they spent over 30 million in funds) Average? 5.5 year
Because of My Podcast - I Interviewed a Supreme Court Justice
Eivind Arntsen shares how his podcast about the (loosely translated) "Legal ABCs" in Norway lead to him interviewing a Supreme Court Justice. You can find his podcast at www.dalan.no More Free Hosting Woes: Mark From Geocaching Podcast Marc explains how he saw a podcast in New and Noteworthy that played a prerecorded message from Podomatic because the host had burned through their bandwidth limit. It's a shames as you can pay somewhere between $5 and $20 to have unlimited bandwidth with companies like Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com (and you can get a FREE month using the coupon code sopfree at either provider). Check out Mark at ohbeep.com
Start Podcasting Today]]>da067ea4537ede6fcd7b13fb09b2263dMon, 27 Apr 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I take a look at Podcasts.com a new free media hosting company. I've seen a few services like this come and go along the last 10 years. So many people get excited because its free media hosting. Here are some of the things that I have...
They show Adam Carolla on their front page along with people like the Twit.tv network. I would be VERY surprised if these people were using their service.
I sent a support request over 48 hours ago and have received no response.
There is no way to put the audio on YOUR website. Their system is all about pointing people to THEIR website.
They create a secondary RSS feed for your show, and they offer NO redirect. In other words, they get between you and your audience. This is really bad
Their stats are beyond basic
There isn't much documentation for some of their features

On the other hand

They offer android and iOs apps to listen to podcasts
They offer private subscription only podcasts
They offer the ability to sell merchandise

The site is owned by Emerge Media who state that "We're grateful to help 50+ million people communicate in 190 countries, find information and entertain when you need it most." They own person.com, directions.com, womens-health.com, information.com, muchgames.com, bands.com,translate.com and now podcasts.com Their mission statement is, "Taking on the essential roots of everyday tasks and breathing real life into the technology behind them. Empowering humanity in supporting each other and giving them the tools to create a meaningful society surrounded by technology." My Opinion As it doesn't cost you anything, if you've got the time I could see uploading files on to this service as a secondary distribution channel. Realize this may not bring
We've Seen This Before
Podbean is still showing twit on their front page (again, doubtful as they have sponsored bandwdith). Around 2006 Podshow (later Mevio) invested a TON of resources to make a web based system that made podcast subscriptions easy. It also duplicated your feed and people got REALLY mad. There is an article in the latest edition of Podertainment magazine explaining how people who use Podomatic are somewhat slave to them (as they control your feed, you have to upgrade to be able to put in the iTunes redirect to tell iTunes to listen to your new feed).
The Average Life Span of Free Media Hosting
How long Does free last? Podango 2. Mypodcast.com 4. Years Justin.tv 7 years Podshow/Mevio 9 years (they spent over 30 million in funds) Average? 5.5 year
Because of My Podcast - I Interviewed a Supreme Court Justice
Eivind Arntsen shares how his podcast about the (loosely translated) "Legal ABCs" in Norway lead to him interviewing a Supreme Court Justice. You can find his podcast at www.dalan.no More Free Hosting Woes: Mark From Geocaching Podcast Marc explains how he saw a podcast in New and Noteworthy that played a prerecorded message from Podomatic because the host had burned through their bandwidth limit. It's a shames as you can pay somewhere between $5 and $20 to have unlimited bandwidth with companies like Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com (and you can get a FREE month using the coupon code sopfree at either provider). Check out Mark at ohbeep.com
Start Podcasting Today]]>2356cleanfullCan You Do 7 Minutes for 7 Months?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/can-you-do-7-minutes-for-7-months--39771326
No internet access needed. Work out anytime, anywhere!
Play songs from your favorite music app in the background
Fitness enthusiasts can do multiple circuits for longer workouts
Armband friendly : vibration or voice mode indicates when to switch exercises
Beautifully designed for both iPad and iPhone in a single app
iCloud sync to keep your progress up-to-date on all your devices
The "Learn" tab includes pro tips on how to perform each of the 12 exercises

7 Minute Workout “Seven” with High Intensity Interval Training Challenge - Perigee and their other app is Cycles - Period tracker with fertility calendar and reminders for both of you. - Perigee More stuff]]>aa1f14cbdaed0328fedfe694f1bb11dbSun, 26 Apr 2015 03:34:06 +0000David JacksonSeven minutes doens't sound long until your thighs are on fire. I just downloaded and used the 7 app from Perigee. Here is the specs of this free app. The goal is to exercise 7 minutes for 7 months. As you do the workouts you unlock new workouts (or...
No internet access needed. Work out anytime, anywhere!
Play songs from your favorite music app in the background
Fitness enthusiasts can do multiple circuits for longer workouts
Armband friendly : vibration or voice mode indicates when to switch exercises
Beautifully designed for both iPad and iPhone in a single app
iCloud sync to keep your progress up-to-date on all your devices
The "Learn" tab includes pro tips on how to perform each of the 12 exercises

7 Minute Workout “Seven” with High Intensity Interval Training Challenge - Perigee and their other app is Cycles - Period tracker with fertility calendar and reminders for both of you. - Perigee More stuff]]>1159cleanfullBehind the Scenes of NMX 2015 - Clammr Tool is Addictinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-nmx-2015-clammr-tool-is-addicting--6515511Last 5 in 5
Mordant from www.successfreaks.com share the last give podcast he listened to. These included:
The Tools Podcast
The Nerdist
Stuff You MIssed in History
Grammar Girl

Clammr is Completely Addicting
When I was at the show I asked Jason Bryant what booth to visit and he said, "Check out Clammr." So I did and I interviewed the guys. Later on my way home I had an extra-extended layover in Houston and began to play with it. It's really cool. In the few days I've used it, my clammrs have been seen hundreds of times. What is a clammr? It's an 18 second clip of your show, or you just recording from your phone (I did an update from the houston airport). You can pull from all sorts of sources for audio, and then you can go in an pick the best 18 seconds (or less). You can even do your own multi-channel recording. You could record yourself saying, Here is a clip from this week's show, and then mix in the clip all from your phone.
Podcast Advertising CPM Getting Weird
During Norm Pattiz keynote, he said two things that confused people. One was that no matter what we thought about the Podcast Awards (which podcastone.com sponsored) he made money. That turned a few people (myself included) off (nobody likes to be sold to). The other one was that PodcastOne.com was using "impressions" instead of download numbers. I had heard rumblings about this and thought, "I need to have Norm explain this to me." Half way through my question, he let me know that there will ALWAYS be gray areas in whatever system of measurement you use. He was very passionate about it. Later I went up to him and explained I didn't mean to upset him. I then learned that Norm wasn't upset. He is just passionate. As we spoke, I could see two very different sides of a fence. Norm with his mammoth sized history in radio, and my 10 years in podcasting. Norm didn't seem to want to apply any filters to his numbers. This makes sense coming from radio. You supply the biggest number you can to the advertiser who then pays you a low CPM (cost per thousand listeners/downloads). In podcasting, we thrive for hyper accurate numbers (which means smaller) and then charge a higher CPM. In the end getting both sides to meet in the middle may be impossible. What we do agree upon is that we want to give our customer (advertisers) a product in the format they want, that delivers value. At this point both sides of the download/impression discussion are saying THEY have THE way to measure. At any rate, with only 8% of podcasters getting 5,000 downloads or more it is not something that most podcasters even think about. However, with services like Blubrry (which spreads one advertiser over many multiple shows) a smaller CPM makes it pointless for the samller shows (which Norm does not deal with).
Subscribe on Android
Blubrry has put together technology enabling listeners on Adnroid to have a one click Subscribe. Currently this is supported by the Podcast Addict app, but Todd Cochrane and the Blubrry team how to get mass implementation over the next moth. It's super easy to use. Take your RSS feed URL and paste it into the box at subscribeonandroid.com, and it will spit out code for a button that when an android users clicks on will have their app of choice open and subscribe to your podcast. As this is BRAND NEW, currently only Podcast Adict supports this, but we are hoping for more adoption going forward. Here is what the button looks like Blubrry also has a new feature where you can replace any file that you have previously publish without it counting against your monthly allotment. They also allow you to go over your plan by 25% (once a month) with no penalties. This means their 100 megabyte plan would allow you to go up to 125 megs. Full story. If you want to use Blubrry hosting, or their stats, use the coupon code sopfree.
Ready To Start Podcasting?

Join The Conversation]]>54df432e3e9a4912e8b61467d54a17c2Mon, 20 Apr 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I give some behind the scenes of NMX. This was a job 7 months ago I wasn't sure how to handle it. I did it, The show had some great moments, and some moments that we could not control (Podcast Awards). We answer the following questions: Why was...Last 5 in 5
Mordant from www.successfreaks.com share the last give podcast he listened to. These included:
The Tools Podcast
The Nerdist
Stuff You MIssed in History
Grammar Girl

Clammr is Completely Addicting
When I was at the show I asked Jason Bryant what booth to visit and he said, "Check out Clammr." So I did and I interviewed the guys. Later on my way home I had an extra-extended layover in Houston and began to play with it. It's really cool. In the few days I've used it, my clammrs have been seen hundreds of times. What is a clammr? It's an 18 second clip of your show, or you just recording from your phone (I did an update from the houston airport). You can pull from all sorts of sources for audio, and then you can go in an pick the best 18 seconds (or less). You can even do your own multi-channel recording. You could record yourself saying, Here is a clip from this week's show, and then mix in the clip all from your phone.
Podcast Advertising CPM Getting Weird
During Norm Pattiz keynote, he said two things that confused people. One was that no matter what we thought about the Podcast Awards (which podcastone.com sponsored) he made money. That turned a few people (myself included) off (nobody likes to be sold to). The other one was that PodcastOne.com was using "impressions" instead of download numbers. I had heard rumblings about this and thought, "I need to have Norm explain this to me." Half way through my question, he let me know that there will ALWAYS be gray areas in whatever system of measurement you use. He was very passionate about it. Later I went up to him and explained I didn't mean to upset him. I then learned that Norm wasn't upset. He is just passionate. As we spoke, I could see two very different sides of a fence. Norm with his mammoth sized history in radio, and my 10 years in podcasting. Norm didn't seem to want to apply any filters to his numbers. This makes sense coming from radio. You supply the biggest number you can to the advertiser who then pays you a low CPM (cost per thousand listeners/downloads). In podcasting, we thrive for hyper accurate numbers (which means smaller) and then charge a higher CPM. In the end getting both sides to meet in the middle may be impossible. What we do agree upon is that we want to give our customer (advertisers) a product in the format they want, that delivers value. At this point both sides of the download/impression discussion are saying THEY have THE way to measure. At any rate, with only 8% of podcasters getting 5,000 downloads or more it is not something that most podcasters even think about. However, with services like Blubrry (which spreads one advertiser over many multiple shows) a smaller CPM makes it pointless for the samller shows (which Norm does not deal with).
Subscribe on Android
Blubrry has put together technology enabling listeners on Adnroid to have a one click Subscribe. Currently this is supported by the Podcast Addict app, but Todd Cochrane and the Blubrry team how to get mass implementation over the next moth. It's super easy to use. Take your RSS feed URL and paste it into the box at subscribeonandroid.com, and it will spit out code for a button that when an android users clicks on will have their app of choice open and subscribe to your podcast. As this is BRAND NEW, currently only Podcast Adict supports this, but we are hoping for more adoption going forward. Here is what the button looks like Blubrry also has a new feature where you can replace any file...]]>3753cleanfullI Went Hours Without Eating - And Didn't Even Noticehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-went-hours-without-eating-and-didn-t-even-notice--39771287Have You Tried Nature Box?]]>723383c58f3da5951c413521d8842178Sat, 18 Apr 2015 23:18:12 +0000David JacksonI went to the New Media Expo last week. I walked a ton. 17,254 20365 11000 17,179 12521 7657 I barely had time to eat. A smoothie for breakfast and then "lunch" around 7 PM. I often missed lunch, and never even missed it. Am I suggesting we all starve...Have You Tried Nature Box?]]>1077cleanfullPodcasting Adds Personality To Your Blog and Businesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-adds-personality-to-your-blog-and-business--6515527Brandon Turner Adds Personality to His Website
Brandon has an article on Entrepreneur Magazine's website. It's title 5 Ways Podcasting Help Your Business.
His podcast helps him:
1. Generate traffic
2. Build relationships with his audience
3. Increased Conversations
4. Better publicspeaking skills
5. Direct learning from influencers
You will hear how 70% of the people who join his membership program are podcast listeners.

Mentioned in this Episode
Run Click Webinar Software ]]>7096af5811b39d241e2b54d275e9a12bMon, 13 Apr 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have great new! The Podcast Troll has been stripped of their patent. We alos have a lovely story of a father and son creating a podcast together at oowrestlingreview.com Brandon Turner Adds Personality to His Website Brandon has an article...Brandon Turner Adds Personality to His Website
Brandon has an article on Entrepreneur Magazine's website. It's title 5 Ways Podcasting Help Your Business.
His podcast helps him:
1. Generate traffic
2. Build relationships with his audience
3. Increased Conversations
4. Better publicspeaking skills
5. Direct learning from influencers
You will hear how 70% of the people who join his membership program are podcast listeners.

Mentioned in this Episode
Run Click Webinar Software ]]>2626cleanfullTaking Phone Calls On Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-phone-calls-on-your-podcast--6515515Join in on the conversation by dialing 888-563-3228
First Words of Wisdom: Don't Do This
Unless you REALLY want to do this, don't. You will need to (more than likely) pick a time when your audience knows you will be there. Keep in mind when you first start out, you DON'T HAVE AN AUDIENCE YET. So you will be adding extra complexities that will burn you out as a new podcaster and make you want to quit.
How The Stars Take Phone Calls on Their Podcast: You Call Them
I know Jillian Michaels will announce on her Facebook page when she will be in the studio recording her calls. If you are free during that time you send her staff and email with your name and your question. They call you, and get you on the show. I believe Ice T does the same thing.
A Free Way To Take Calls: Google Voice
You can get a free phone number from Google (better known as Google Voice) and route that number to your smart phone (thus saving you from giving out your cell phone to the public). You then talk into your microphone and your phone at the same time. The microphone sends your voice into your mixer, and the phone sends your voice to the caller. To get the caller into your mixer, you can use an 1/8" to a dual 1/4" cable (like this one - affiliate link). You then send the mix of you and your phone into your computer or portable recorder. The Good News: It's free and its easy to control. The Bad News: There is no cue (a line of callers visible to you). Also, as this is your cell phone your wife may call into the show. Reality: Not a bad option. The lack of cue is not an issue as you may not have any callers at first.
Skype in Numbers: $60 a Year
It's very hard to find pricing on the skype site. A forum post showed the price as $60 a year. Here again, you have no call "cue" and it is first come first serve. If someone has called in, the other callers will just here the phone ringing and ringing. The Good News: If you have a co-host this is an easy way to get everyone to hear everyone The Bad News: Adjust sound levels is very limited. You will more than likely become acquainted with The Levelator software (free) and Auphonic.com
Call in Studio: An Inexpensive Call Cue Callinstudio.com charges .03 cents per minute for every caller (you can limit the number of people who can call in at the same time). The phone number is $6 a month. My most expensive show was around $8.00 for the episode (meaning $2 worth of callers). If you do an hour long show it will cost you $1.80 (.03 * 60 minutes). In a nutshell it would take a LOT of calls to get close to the $40 that Blog Talk Radio charges. Connecting you to the caller. Here again, you can use you smart phone to call into the callinstudiocom. You can use Skype (free) to call into Callinstudio.com. You then take that sound and send it into your mixer. From your mixer into a recording device. You may have issues if you only have one computer. Sending sound (the caller) out of a computer and back into the same computer to record is the definition of feedback. You are feeding the sound of the caller back into the computer. This is where you need a mix minus. This means you send the sound of the mix (you and the caller) back into the computer minus the sound of the caller (this is where a portable recorder comes in nicely - you can have the main out go to the recorder and use an auxialry send to send the sound of just you to the caller.
The Good News: You have a call cue. You can have a screener. You can call guest.
The Bad News: You need an auxiliary send for everything you tie to the mixer. If its you and callers. You need an auxilary send on your mixer. If it is you, a co-host, and callers, you need two auxiliary sends. In other words, its getting complicated. its not impossible. But it gets complicated.
Blog Talk Radio: A Pretty Call Cue Blog Talk Radio is working hard on updating their system. They have a beta system that produces CD quality sound. In a few months this will come out of beta. This is great. According to their website you can use their free account and have up to five callers. This may be the best solution for using their phone technology.  While they have made great strides, I would not use them as my primary platform at this point. My biggest issue is if you use them as a primary platform (per their terms) you HAVE To use their RSS feed (and there is on way to redirect it). Also when I played with  their free account I can't schedule a show between 7 and 10:30 PM. The shows are limited to 30 minutes. Blog Talk Radio DOES make recording easy, but it sounds like a phone. When they get their beta finished you will be able to connect directly from your computer. When you spend $40 a month you can do 2 hours of show a day. Most people don't need that much time. You also get advertising impressions. In general, it is my opinion that you are paying for lots of stuff you don't need.
Tools To Stream Live
Spreaker.com: Spreaker is a great media hosting provider that allows you to stream your show live. Their free service lets you do a 40 minute show whenever you want. You can store 10 hours of media. Their chat system is pretty cool. For $20 a month you can do a three hour show, and store up to 500 hours (basically 9.6 years if you do an hour a week). When you reach your limit you have to pull some shows (I'm assuming older) off. They provide stats on your downloads. You can record via browser, or smartphone app, tablets, etc.
Mixlr.com Mixlr is not meant to be a media host. They make it super easy to stream stuff. Whatever you send at it, it steams. You can use a browser, a smartphone, etc. There are no real stats that you can check. They provide an email with stats, but in general, I would say they don't have stats. For free you can stream up to an hour any time you want. The quality is not as good as the premium plan which is $10 a month. I really like their chat.
Keep it As Simple As You Can
While you may think adding a certain element is cool, you REALLY need to ask yourself, "Do I need this?" The more you add the better the chance you will be purcashing things to play and record on. On my Ask the Podcast Coach show (Live Saturdays at 10:30 am or catch the back episodes ) I was using my cellphone to connect to the phone system (I've used both Blog Talk Radio and Call in Studio) and I played my intro outro using my iPad that went into a my Behringer X1832 USB mixer (lots of auxilary sends) that went into my Mac Mini where I sent it to both Spreaker and Mixlr (I would not recommend that I do that as I'm always testing).
Because of my Podcast: Jeff Steinman
Jeff is the author of How To Quit Working: A Simple Plan to Leave Your Job for a Life of Freedom and shares how over 60% of his customers have read his book. His book and podcast have now become a business. The one thing that the podcast has really delivered is key relationships. Find out more about Jeff at howtoquitworking.com/
Marc Maron of wtfpod.com got to interview one of his idols Mick Jagger on his podcast. Speaking of Marc Maron, if you have netflix check out his TV show "Maron" and go to season two and look for the episode titles Radio Cowboy. Marc goes off on a morning zoo team and its hilarious.
Podcast Rewind:
I appeared on episode 8 of Podcaster's Group Therapy
I also appeared on the Timelines of Success show.
Ready to Start Podcasting?]]>33272a6ad925b87b0a4bc21b84a07543Mon, 06 Apr 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWhile one of the coolest features of the podcasts is the ability to time shift. I can record this on 4/2 and you can listen to it years later. There is one element missing in this and this is live feedback. You get feedback, but it is later when your...Join in on the conversation by dialing 888-563-3228
First Words of Wisdom: Don't Do This
Unless you REALLY want to do this, don't. You will need to (more than likely) pick a time when your audience knows you will be there. Keep in mind when you first start out, you DON'T HAVE AN AUDIENCE YET. So you will be adding extra complexities that will burn you out as a new podcaster and make you want to quit.
How The Stars Take Phone Calls on Their Podcast: You Call Them
I know Jillian Michaels will announce on her Facebook page when she will be in the studio recording her calls. If you are free during that time you send her staff and email with your name and your question. They call you, and get you on the show. I believe Ice T does the same thing.
A Free Way To Take Calls: Google Voice
You can get a free phone number from Google (better known as Google Voice) and route that number to your smart phone (thus saving you from giving out your cell phone to the public). You then talk into your microphone and your phone at the same time. The microphone sends your voice into your mixer, and the phone sends your voice to the caller. To get the caller into your mixer, you can use an 1/8" to a dual 1/4" cable (like this one - affiliate link). You then send the mix of you and your phone into your computer or portable recorder. The Good News: It's free and its easy to control. The Bad News: There is no cue (a line of callers visible to you). Also, as this is your cell phone your wife may call into the show. Reality: Not a bad option. The lack of cue is not an issue as you may not have any callers at first.
Skype in Numbers: $60 a Year
It's very hard to find pricing on the skype site. A forum post showed the price as $60 a year. Here again, you have no call "cue" and it is first come first serve. If someone has called in, the other callers will just here the phone ringing and ringing. The Good News: If you have a co-host this is an easy way to get everyone to hear everyone The Bad News: Adjust sound levels is very limited. You will more than likely become acquainted with The Levelator software (free) and Auphonic.com
Call in Studio: An Inexpensive Call Cue Callinstudio.com charges .03 cents per minute for every caller (you can limit the number of people who can call in at the same time). The phone number is $6 a month. My most expensive show was around $8.00 for the episode (meaning $2 worth of callers). If you do an hour long show it will cost you $1.80 (.03 * 60 minutes). In a nutshell it would take a LOT of calls to get close to the $40 that Blog Talk Radio charges. Connecting you to the caller. Here again, you can use you smart phone to call into the callinstudiocom. You can use Skype (free) to call into Callinstudio.com. You then take that sound and send it into your mixer. From your mixer into a recording device. You may have issues if you only have one computer. Sending sound (the caller) out of a computer and back into the same computer to record is the definition of feedback. You are feeding the sound of the caller back into the computer. This is where you need a mix minus. This means you send the sound of the mix (you and the caller) back into the computer minus the sound of the caller (this is where a portable recorder comes in nicely - you can have the main out go to the recorder and use an auxialry send to send the sound of just you to the caller.
The Good News: You have a call cue. You can have a screener....]]>3439cleanfullDavid Hooper's Big Bold Impacthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/david-hooper-s-big-bold-impact--6515550Adam Carolla and Dennis Miller Go on Hiatus after 6 Episodes Buzzfeed Starts Podcasting NPR is Building a Discovery Tool Podcast Monetizatrion Cash.me is a new way to accept donations. Want to test it check out www.cash.me/$podcastcoach the fee is 1.5% Teespring is a cool mix of crowd funding and podcast promotion. Basic no logo t-shirts are 7.30 (just text), 14.75. You can't order less than 5 (so a minimum order is roughly $75.00). Shipping made my order $18 for a t-shirt with my logo. Want to Support the School of Podcasting? Buy a Shirt
Podcast Rewind:
I was on episode 31 of the Podcast Digest talking podcasting equipment, because of my podcast stories, podcast websites and more.
Join in on the Conversation: Call 888-563-3228 or go to the Contact Page
David Hooper Shares Behind the Scenes of the RED podcast (real entrepreneur development)
David Hooper produced the RED Podcast with his wife Laurel. RED stands for Real Entrepreneur Development. We help you build an audience, sell more products, and make more money. We show you how to find the “hidden money” in your business. In this interview we talk about how: He recorded a bunch of episode before episodes before adding their show to iTunes He purposely set out to be different than any other "entrepreneur podcasts" When you have a business but you're not in the phone book are you not in business? You can wait and work out the kinks of your podcast before listing it in iTunes He is using the podcast to expand out past his Music Business Audience He created a studio in his home without spending thousands of dollars by using ATR2100 microphones, and a Noise Gate. We talk about his interview process and how he prepares a guest before the interview. Check out the RED podcast in iTunes, or on their website.
Ready to start podcasting? Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>e64f71f9d97ddfe36f29fc26e9b6abffMon, 30 Mar 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting News: Adam Carolla and Dennis Miller Go on Hiatus after 6 Episodes Buzzfeed Starts Podcasting NPR is Building a Discovery Tool Podcast Monetizatrion Cash.me is a new way to accept donations. Want to test it check out...Adam Carolla and Dennis Miller Go on Hiatus after 6 Episodes Buzzfeed Starts Podcasting NPR is Building a Discovery Tool Podcast Monetizatrion Cash.me is a new way to accept donations. Want to test it check out www.cash.me/$podcastcoach the fee is 1.5% Teespring is a cool mix of crowd funding and podcast promotion. Basic no logo t-shirts are 7.30 (just text), 14.75. You can't order less than 5 (so a minimum order is roughly $75.00). Shipping made my order $18 for a t-shirt with my logo. Want to Support the School of Podcasting? Buy a Shirt
Podcast Rewind:
I was on episode 31 of the Podcast Digest talking podcasting equipment, because of my podcast stories, podcast websites and more.
Join in on the Conversation: Call 888-563-3228 or go to the Contact Page
David Hooper Shares Behind the Scenes of the RED podcast (real entrepreneur development)
David Hooper produced the RED Podcast with his wife Laurel. RED stands for Real Entrepreneur Development. We help you build an audience, sell more products, and make more money. We show you how to find the “hidden money” in your business. In this interview we talk about how: He recorded a bunch of episode before episodes before adding their show to iTunes He purposely set out to be different than any other "entrepreneur podcasts" When you have a business but you're not in the phone book are you not in business? You can wait and work out the kinks of your podcast before listing it in iTunes He is using the podcast to expand out past his Music Business Audience He created a studio in his home without spending thousands of dollars by using ATR2100 microphones, and a Noise Gate. We talk about his interview process and how he prepares a guest before the interview. Check out the RED podcast in iTunes, or on their website.
Ready to start podcasting? Check out www.theschoolofpodcasting.com]]>3387cleanfullMore Harsh Facts About Sodahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/more-harsh-facts-about-soda--39771282..and I quit drinking (insert soft drink name).
For me I've been stuck on Mountain Dew since I met a girl in my teens who drank it like water (and her ENTIRE family did as well). I go on and off the "Dew Wagon." I've had people say they are tired of me talking about mountain dew, so I want to put to rest. I have placed a counter on the right side of the screen.
I just need to quit drinking it. It's not impossible.
A can is 170 calories, and 20 oz bottle is 290.
A 20 ox bottle five days a week is 5800 calories a month (1.65 lbs )
A 12 oz can five days a week is 3400 calories a month. (almost 1 lb).
If weight loss is calories in vs calories out. I can easily lose a pound a week by cutting out soda/pop.
Here are the articles I talked about today.
Monster Drink Aids in Teens Death
My Veins Collapsed Due to Drinking Mountain Dew]]>bc7a78b93863ffdc41fa3cf35f4b9633Fri, 27 Mar 2015 19:46:44 +0000David JacksonEverybody I know that is losing weight seems to always seem to say the same phrase: ..and I quit drinking (insert soft drink name). For me I've been stuck on Mountain Dew since I met a girl in my teens who drank it like water (and her ENTIRE family.....and I quit drinking (insert soft drink name).
For me I've been stuck on Mountain Dew since I met a girl in my teens who drank it like water (and her ENTIRE family did as well). I go on and off the "Dew Wagon." I've had people say they are tired of me talking about mountain dew, so I want to put to rest. I have placed a counter on the right side of the screen.
I just need to quit drinking it. It's not impossible.
A can is 170 calories, and 20 oz bottle is 290.
A 20 ox bottle five days a week is 5800 calories a month (1.65 lbs )
A 12 oz can five days a week is 3400 calories a month. (almost 1 lb).
If weight loss is calories in vs calories out. I can easily lose a pound a week by cutting out soda/pop.
Here are the articles I talked about today.
Monster Drink Aids in Teens Death
My Veins Collapsed Due to Drinking Mountain Dew]]>882cleanfullLet's Give Them Something To Talk Abouthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/let-s-give-them-something-to-talk-about--6515516I read the book Word of Mouth Marketing: How Smart Companies Get People Talking and while the book didn't do a ton for me, it did provide me with one question that can help me build my audience. It provided a question that can help inspire word of mouth. Here it is:
What is the topic you are covering in your podcast that will inspire your audience to tell one of their friends?
So I paid attention to myself this week to see what information I told friends about. I had two. One from episode 39 of Profitcast (a podcast dedicated to examining ways to monetize your podcast), and the MoneyPlan Show (help you pay attention - not interest).
This week was walking around a Holiday Inn in Lavonia Michigan listening to Profitcast. Brian came on and explained how a podcast can be

Good
Quick
Cheap

The kicker is you can only pick two. It can be good and quick, but it won't be cheap. John Lee Dumas had sponsors six months after launching his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast (6 months is quick). His show is great (I'm a fan). It wasn't cheap. He spent $3000 on a mentor, and John had six figures in the bank when he started (hear about this on the MoneyPlan SOS podcast). So it was expensive to start. If you want your show to be quick and cheap, it's probably not going to be good. If your show is going to be good and cheap, it's going to take a while to build that audience (but maybe not using the question above). You can hear Brian dig deeper into the good, quick, cheap discussion on Profitcastuniverse.com I like Brian. I've had him on this show and he co-hosted one week on Ask the Podcast Coach. He's a good guy. So there I was walking around the hotel and his episode just made me think, and then I wanted to shout AMEN! That was such a cool way of explaining a person's podcast. I IMMEDIATELY stopped what I was doing, clicked on the image in the podcasts app and prayed he put contact information in his show notes (he did). He had a link to speakpipe, which then launched the app on my phone and there I was telling Brian how his content just blew me out of the water. WOW. Later that week (now in Toled0) I had the pleasure of meeting Nick Sueberling from the Podcasters Group Therapy podcast (and inside the jungle) and I told him about this "Good, Quick, Cheap" theory. Nick had heard it used in business. This is a great example of things you know that you think EVERYBODY KNOWS THAT (but obviously not - as I didn't). Later I posted it in School of Podcasting Private Facebook group (that you get access to when you are a member). Bill Conrad checked it out and later reposted about the show. He called his "Binge of the week." Later in the week I was listening to Steve Stewart talk about Bitcoin on episode 179 of the MoneyPlan Sos show, and then he throws in this BOMB of a subject that just blew me away. It tells the story (stories ALWAYS work) of Joe Legal, Jose Illegal. As Steve explains both of these men do construction. Joe Legal makes quite a bit more money than Hosea Illegal. Steve continues on and you hear that Joe pays taxes, insurance, health care, and other costs that in the end leave him having to get a part time gig to make ends meet. Hosea Illegal doesn't pay taxes or for school lunches, health benefits, and other items. It was VERY interesting and done in a "Just the facts" fashion (not really taking sides). The minute my wife got in the car, I had to play it for her. It was a great conversation starter. What topics are you tossing to your audience? Are the conversation starters? The #1 way people find about about podcasts is through word of mouth. Sure we all use Twitter, facebook, etc, but a TON of the word of mouth about podcasts happens face to face. In the immortal words of Bonnie Raitt "Let's give them something to talk about."
How Are You Standing Out?
I was thinking about the news. Every day (sadly) someone gets shot, a politician lies, a new business opens, and a beloved institution closes. A sports guy screams into the camera about a bunch of millionaires who run around and sweat for our amusement. You have a cuddly friendly weather person who secretly knows that they are being replaced by an app on your phone. The news anchor who went to school to be a journalist now gets to read headlines about B list celebrities on reality shows. The sky traffic report from a helicopter doesn't really matter because by the time you get in the car they will have that wreck cleared. This too is being replaced by an app (Waze app) To me its all the same thing. I rarely tell someone about anything I heard about on your typical newscast. I do talk about things on the New Agenda Show (that should be on the evening news). Every Newscast in America Parody (18:30)
Word of Mouth Book
I listened to this book as an Audio book (from Audible - Get a Free Book When You Sign Up). I found it "meh." If you are absolutely brand new to marketing it would be great (tips like "Be nice to people" and "start a blog" I think I have down).
Ready to Start Podcasting?]]>3dd7e3b8888bc761d48567b4e8b21ea7Mon, 23 Mar 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonWant to join in on the conversation? CONTACT ME I read the book Word of Mouth Marketing: How Smart Companies Get People Talking and while the book didn't do a ton for me, it did provide me with one question that can help me build my audience. It...I read the book Word of Mouth Marketing: How Smart Companies Get People Talking and while the book didn't do a ton for me, it did provide me with one question that can help me build my audience. It provided a question that can help inspire word of mouth. Here it is:
What is the topic you are covering in your podcast that will inspire your audience to tell one of their friends?
So I paid attention to myself this week to see what information I told friends about. I had two. One from episode 39 of Profitcast (a podcast dedicated to examining ways to monetize your podcast), and the MoneyPlan Show (help you pay attention - not interest).
This week was walking around a Holiday Inn in Lavonia Michigan listening to Profitcast. Brian came on and explained how a podcast can be

Good
Quick
Cheap

The kicker is you can only pick two. It can be good and quick, but it won't be cheap. John Lee Dumas had sponsors six months after launching his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast (6 months is quick). His show is great (I'm a fan). It wasn't cheap. He spent $3000 on a mentor, and John had six figures in the bank when he started (hear about this on the MoneyPlan SOS podcast). So it was expensive to start. If you want your show to be quick and cheap, it's probably not going to be good. If your show is going to be good and cheap, it's going to take a while to build that audience (but maybe not using the question above). You can hear Brian dig deeper into the good, quick, cheap discussion on Profitcastuniverse.com I like Brian. I've had him on this show and he co-hosted one week on Ask the Podcast Coach. He's a good guy. So there I was walking around the hotel and his episode just made me think, and then I wanted to shout AMEN! That was such a cool way of explaining a person's podcast. I IMMEDIATELY stopped what I was doing, clicked on the image in the podcasts app and prayed he put contact information in his show notes (he did). He had a link to speakpipe, which then launched the app on my phone and there I was telling Brian how his content just blew me out of the water. WOW. Later that week (now in Toled0) I had the pleasure of meeting Nick Sueberling from the Podcasters Group Therapy podcast (and inside the jungle) and I told him about this "Good, Quick, Cheap" theory. Nick had heard it used in business. This is a great example of things you know that you think EVERYBODY KNOWS THAT (but obviously not - as I didn't). Later I posted it in School of Podcasting Private Facebook group (that you get access to when you are a member). Bill Conrad checked it out and later reposted about the show. He called his "Binge of the week." Later in the week I was listening to Steve Stewart talk about Bitcoin on episode 179 of the MoneyPlan Sos show, and then he throws in this BOMB of a subject that just blew me away. It tells the story (stories ALWAYS work) of Joe Legal, Jose Illegal. As Steve explains both of these men do construction. Joe Legal makes quite a bit more money than Hosea Illegal. Steve continues on and you hear that Joe pays taxes, insurance, health care, and other costs that in the end leave him having to get a part time gig to make ends meet. Hosea Illegal doesn't pay taxes or for school lunches, health benefits, and other items. It was VERY interesting and done in a "Just the facts" fashion (not really taking sides). The minute my wife got in the car, I had to play it for her. It was a great conversation starter. What topics are you tossing to your audience? Are the conversation starters? The #1 way people find about about podcasts is through word of mouth. Sure we all use Twitter, facebook, etc, but a TON of the word of mouth about podcasts happens face to face. In the immortal words of Bonnie Raitt "Let's give them something to talk about."
How Are You Standing Out?
I was thinking about the news. Every day (sadly) someone gets shot, a...]]>2547cleanfullAmy Schmittauer - Does the Work in a Savvy, Sexy, Social Wayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/amy-schmittauer-does-the-work-in-a-savvy-sexy-social-way--6515519Dave's Thoughts on Spreaker
Colin from Canada asks, "What are your thoughts on Spreaker? Is it too crowded, what do you think of their sound quality?" I've spoken about podcast media hosts in the past, and a few years ago I was not a huge fan of Spreaker. I was contacted by the head of Spreaker, we got on Skype and since then they have continued to add more and more features to their platform. They use to rename your file, tweak your ID3 tags, and there was no way to redirect your feed. Those objections have been solved. Do I have any objections to Spreaker now? Only one (and it's a small one). Both Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com have the ability to have an unlimited back catalog. Spreaker allows you to have a HUGE back catalog, but in the end, there IS a limit (510 hours - thats a lot of episodes - for $20 a month).
Your Host Won't Get Your More Listeners
So many people thought that having their podcast on SoundCloud would bring them more audience (in my circles it brought in an additional 3%). While Spreaker does have a thriving community, in the end don't look to your media host to bring you an audience - you need to do that on your own.
What Kind of Numbers Does a New Podcast Get?
Last week I released an experiment of mind call Podcasting For Free. Episode 4 got 33 downloads in a week. Another experiment I did was trying to make the absolutely worst podcast. I think I succeeded as the first episode released in 2013 still only has 8 downloads. Downloads will always be based on your topic, genre, and background. We have tools to help you shape your content at the School of Podcasting.
Amy Schmittauer Jumps Into the Podcasting Pool (With No Makeup)
Amy Schmittaur is the force behind Savvy Social Sexy. I found Amy on YouTube and I love her sarcasm, and her content. For me, that's an unbeatable combination. In today's interview we discover: 1. Amy is actually shy when the camera is turned off 2. People give you 8 seconds on YouTube to make your first impression 3. In the end, you have to do the work. You have to at least try. 4. Amy is out on her Sexy Savvy Social LIVE tour (see info). 5. The things Amy can do in a podcast that she can't do in a YouTube video. Here is Amy explaining the name of her brand. It makes me laugh every time I watch it (#imjustsayin') https://youtu.be/_oDGxqzO2z8
School of Podcasting Members and Affiliates
If you are a members of the School of Podcasting and School of Podcasting Affiliates we have MOVED platforms (I am now using Value Addon for my membership site). If you have not received your new login information, please visit the Help Desk, and let me know. If you are an affiliate, you need to sign up to continue to be an affiliate (it's free, and easy), and your old affiliate links won't work after the end of the month.
Mentioned on the Show
Serial dowload numbers
Ready to Start Podcasting?]]>34ac6c4b337ba15b2952bb1e165ecd2dMon, 16 Mar 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDoes it matter  where you host your media if it's an actual media host? What is Amy Schmittaur behind the camera? What kind of downloads can I expect from my first pdocast episode? If my show is really bad, what can I expect? All of these questions...Dave's Thoughts on Spreaker
Colin from Canada asks, "What are your thoughts on Spreaker? Is it too crowded, what do you think of their sound quality?" I've spoken about podcast media hosts in the past, and a few years ago I was not a huge fan of Spreaker. I was contacted by the head of Spreaker, we got on Skype and since then they have continued to add more and more features to their platform. They use to rename your file, tweak your ID3 tags, and there was no way to redirect your feed. Those objections have been solved. Do I have any objections to Spreaker now? Only one (and it's a small one). Both Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com have the ability to have an unlimited back catalog. Spreaker allows you to have a HUGE back catalog, but in the end, there IS a limit (510 hours - thats a lot of episodes - for $20 a month).
Your Host Won't Get Your More Listeners
So many people thought that having their podcast on SoundCloud would bring them more audience (in my circles it brought in an additional 3%). While Spreaker does have a thriving community, in the end don't look to your media host to bring you an audience - you need to do that on your own.
What Kind of Numbers Does a New Podcast Get?
Last week I released an experiment of mind call Podcasting For Free. Episode 4 got 33 downloads in a week. Another experiment I did was trying to make the absolutely worst podcast. I think I succeeded as the first episode released in 2013 still only has 8 downloads. Downloads will always be based on your topic, genre, and background. We have tools to help you shape your content at the School of Podcasting.
Amy Schmittauer Jumps Into the Podcasting Pool (With No Makeup)
Amy Schmittaur is the force behind Savvy Social Sexy. I found Amy on YouTube and I love her sarcasm, and her content. For me, that's an unbeatable combination. In today's interview we discover: 1. Amy is actually shy when the camera is turned off 2. People give you 8 seconds on YouTube to make your first impression 3. In the end, you have to do the work. You have to at least try. 4. Amy is out on her Sexy Savvy Social LIVE tour (see info). 5. The things Amy can do in a podcast that she can't do in a YouTube video. Here is Amy explaining the name of her brand. It makes me laugh every time I watch it (#imjustsayin') https://youtu.be/_oDGxqzO2z8
School of Podcasting Members and Affiliates
If you are a members of the School of Podcasting and School of Podcasting Affiliates we have MOVED platforms (I am now using Value Addon for my membership site). If you have not received your new login information, please visit the Help Desk, and let me know. If you are an affiliate, you need to sign up to continue to be an affiliate (it's free, and easy), and your old affiliate links won't work after the end of the month.
Mentioned on the Show
Serial dowload numbers
Ready to Start Podcasting?]]>3310cleanfullThe 20/20 Diet - Insights in to Dr. Phil's New Bookhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-20-20-diet-insights-in-to-dr-phil-s-new-book--39771309750e2c00ecb7b0e6cbc3ffa20385c358Mon, 16 Mar 2015 03:14:12 +0000David JacksonToday I share some insights from the new Dr. Phil book which starts of saying how bad the diet industry is and how every book states how their book is the truth and the rest are all lies. None of them work, and its a sham. He then states (and I'm...1809cleanfullPodcasting Stats - Lots and Lots of Podcasting Statshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-stats-lots-and-lots-of-podcasting-stats--65155211.9 Billion in 2013
2.5 Billion in 2014
8 Million daily audience requests for podcast during the fourth quarter of 2014
Unique monthly audience members continued to grow to 41 million individuals in 2014 versus 25 million at the beginning of 2013, marking another milestone achievement
That represents a 37% increase in annual download requests.
The accelerated growth for podcast audience engagement continues with more podcasts being distributed to Mobile devices. Of the 2.6 billion downloads, over 1.6 billion (63%) were requested from Mobile devices, with a 5.4 to 1 ratio for iOS versus Android. At the end of 2014 the WTF with Marc Maron app for iOS, Android and Windows Phone 8 had been downloaded by over 225,000 unique user accounts.
New Podcasters
Over 22,000 podcast shows use the Libsyn Network for distribution and monetization services for over 2.1 million unique, active episodes. New account sign-ups are also at an all-time high with the addition of over 2,300 new shows already in 2015.
Edison Podcasting Stats
35% of Cell Phone Users have connected it to their car to listen
33% of people (approximately 89 Million) have listened to a podcast
55% of people consume podcasts on their smart phone
17% of the US listen to podcasts on a monthly basis (46 million Americans)
10% of people 12+ have listened to podcast in a last week. (27 million Americans)
Of the 10% who listen to podcasts, 23% listen to three, 22% listen to 2, 17% listen to four or five, and 15% listen to eleven or more (averaged 6 per week)
45% percent of podcast listeners have a college degree (compared to 33% of the total population)
52% of podcast listeners make more than $10o,000 a year
NBC won their evening with a 3% rating. The serial podcast was listened to by #5 of the population.
71% (192 million) of Americans have a smart phone
81% of people 25-54 own a smart phone
AM/FM Radio being used in the car dropped 5% from 2014 to 2015
Edison research
Podcast Awards Website Stats
32.8% of nominees had no email address or form to contact them (twitter, facebook, Google+ do not count)
26.3% had no iTunes icon on their website.
and yet what do people want most? Comments and interaction from their audience, and more subscribers/downloads……
25.3% had no way to download the file
23.5% of podcasters nominted for a podcast award did NOT have an RSS icon/link on their website (on the front page)
there is more to podcasting than itunes. Give people and RSS so they can subscribe on whatever they want to use.
22.8% of the nominees had an RSS feed that was invalid
it doesn’t do any good to have a feed if it doesn’t work (case in point soundcloud)
17.2% had no visible player to click play when you land on their website (many you had to dig to find one)
14.4% Had no social media to share you content
One other things that were interesting. Some of the top podcasts of 2014 (Serial, Startup, and Reply All) have no iTunes buttons on their website. Yet they dominate.
When People Find Your Podcast They Will Binge Listen
Today I play a clip from Elsie Escobar who (along with Jessice Kupferman) produce the She Podcasts podcast (she is also the co-host of The Feed). The clip is Elsie talking about how she discovered the "What I Wore When" Glamore podcast through word of mouth (the co-host of the Feed Rob Walch's wife liked the show), and when she found it - she downloaded all the episodes.
Because of My Podcast
Michael from the Recovered Podcast talks about how his podcast is helping people get off drugs. For more information go to www.recoveredcast.com]]>17ea590b1be68abc32c9c40ae309e2afMon, 09 Mar 2015 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonLibsyn.com Podcasting Stats from 1.9 Billion to 2.6 Billion downloads 1.9 Billion in 2013 2.5 Billion in 2014 8 Million daily audience requests for podcast during the fourth quarter of 2014 Unique monthly audience members continued to grow to 41...1.9 Billion in 2013
2.5 Billion in 2014
8 Million daily audience requests for podcast during the fourth quarter of 2014
Unique monthly audience members continued to grow to 41 million individuals in 2014 versus 25 million at the beginning of 2013, marking another milestone achievement
That represents a 37% increase in annual download requests.
The accelerated growth for podcast audience engagement continues with more podcasts being distributed to Mobile devices. Of the 2.6 billion downloads, over 1.6 billion (63%) were requested from Mobile devices, with a 5.4 to 1 ratio for iOS versus Android. At the end of 2014 the WTF with Marc Maron app for iOS, Android and Windows Phone 8 had been downloaded by over 225,000 unique user accounts.
New Podcasters
Over 22,000 podcast shows use the Libsyn Network for distribution and monetization services for over 2.1 million unique, active episodes. New account sign-ups are also at an all-time high with the addition of over 2,300 new shows already in 2015.
Edison Podcasting Stats
35% of Cell Phone Users have connected it to their car to listen
33% of people (approximately 89 Million) have listened to a podcast
55% of people consume podcasts on their smart phone
17% of the US listen to podcasts on a monthly basis (46 million Americans)
10% of people 12+ have listened to podcast in a last week. (27 million Americans)
Of the 10% who listen to podcasts, 23% listen to three, 22% listen to 2, 17% listen to four or five, and 15% listen to eleven or more (averaged 6 per week)
45% percent of podcast listeners have a college degree (compared to 33% of the total population)
52% of podcast listeners make more than $10o,000 a year
NBC won their evening with a 3% rating. The serial podcast was listened to by #5 of the population.
71% (192 million) of Americans have a smart phone
81% of people 25-54 own a smart phone
AM/FM Radio being used in the car dropped 5% from 2014 to 2015
Edison research
Podcast Awards Website Stats
32.8% of nominees had no email address or form to contact them (twitter, facebook, Google+ do not count)
26.3% had no iTunes icon on their website.
and yet what do people want most? Comments and interaction from their audience, and more subscribers/downloads……
25.3% had no way to download the file
23.5% of podcasters nominted for a podcast award did NOT have an RSS icon/link on their website (on the front page)
there is more to podcasting than itunes. Give people and RSS so they can subscribe on whatever they want to use.
22.8% of the nominees had an RSS feed that was invalid
it doesn’t do any good to have a feed if it doesn’t work (case in point soundcloud)
17.2% had no visible player to click play when you land on their website (many you had to dig to find one)
14.4% Had no social media to share you content
One other things that were interesting. Some of the top podcasts of 2014 (Serial, Startup, and Reply All) have no iTunes buttons on their website. Yet they dominate.
When People Find Your Podcast They Will Binge Listen
Today I play a clip from Elsie Escobar who (along with Jessice Kupferman) produce the She Podcasts podcast (she is also the co-host of The Feed). The clip is Elsie talking about how she discovered the "What I Wore When" Glamore podcast through word of mouth (the co-host of the Feed Rob Walch's wife liked the show), and when she found it - she downloaded all the episodes.
Because of My Podcast
Michael from the Recovered Podcast talks about how his podcast is helping people get off drugs. For more information go to www.recoveredcast.com]]>2992cleanfullJeff Brown Shares 26 Years Of Experience Behind the Microphonehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jeff-brown-shares-26-years-of-experience-behind-the-microphone--6515530
Tips on conducting good interviews
Keep a level of intimacy with your audience
How Taco Bell Almost got Jeff Fired
How do you get guests for your show (when they say no the first time)
We also hear the last five podcasts Jeff listened to.

Behind the Scenes of the Podcast Awards: I looked Stupid and Lived to Tell
This was the first year that the Podcast Awards were owned by the New Media Expo. I am the Director of Podcasting for the New Media Expo and (much like a new podcaster) we found ourselves saying, "This takes longer than we thought." It took so much time that we were copying and pasting stats into PowerPoint Presentations right before we went live (crunching and assembling the numbers took longer than expected).
So there I was rolling out the finalists, and when I went to a slide the information wasn't there. I had checked and re-checked my slides. I mean, I TEACH POWERPOINT AS PART OF MY DAY GIG! On another slide I had pasted the wrong information. As the old saying goes...
Haste makes waste.
This was live in front of about 150 people.
Egg meet face.
As I write this, that was about 2.5 hours ago and you know what?
I'm alive.
I will live to see another day.
I/We learned a valuable lesson (after all they're not mistakes - they are learning opportunities!).
So if you are worried about starting a podcast and you're afraid you'll look stupid, keep this in mind:
1. When you first start out you don't have a very big audience (so nobody will really know).
2. You can cross that mistake off the bucket list and get back to making even better content.
3. You will live. Very few people actually die from embarrassment.]]>d5664f81601589f59a2534060e1bb030Mon, 02 Mar 2015 04:35:50 +0000David JacksonI am working on an episode that will have clips of people who have been on radio, and I'm still working on it. When I interviewed Jeff Brown from podcasteracademy.com and the Lead to Read Podcast (readtoleadpodcast.com) he just kept bring gold and I...
Tips on conducting good interviews
Keep a level of intimacy with your audience
How Taco Bell Almost got Jeff Fired
How do you get guests for your show (when they say no the first time)
We also hear the last five podcasts Jeff listened to.

Behind the Scenes of the Podcast Awards: I looked Stupid and Lived to Tell
This was the first year that the Podcast Awards were owned by the New Media Expo. I am the Director of Podcasting for the New Media Expo and (much like a new podcaster) we found ourselves saying, "This takes longer than we thought." It took so much time that we were copying and pasting stats into PowerPoint Presentations right before we went live (crunching and assembling the numbers took longer than expected).
So there I was rolling out the finalists, and when I went to a slide the information wasn't there. I had checked and re-checked my slides. I mean, I TEACH POWERPOINT AS PART OF MY DAY GIG! On another slide I had pasted the wrong information. As the old saying goes...
Haste makes waste.
This was live in front of about 150 people.
Egg meet face.
As I write this, that was about 2.5 hours ago and you know what?
I'm alive.
I will live to see another day.
I/We learned a valuable lesson (after all they're not mistakes - they are learning opportunities!).
So if you are worried about starting a podcast and you're afraid you'll look stupid, keep this in mind:
1. When you first start out you don't have a very big audience (so nobody will really know).
2. You can cross that mistake off the bucket list and get back to making even better content.
3. You will live. Very few people actually die from embarrassment.]]>3225cleanfullHow Do You Define Value?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-do-you-define-value--6515522New Media Expo is Right Around the Corner

Academy of Podcasters
A new award has been created from Stitcher and the folks at podcast movement. For more information go to http://academyofpodcasters.com/voting-criteria/
Daniel J. Lewis Has His Artwork and Copy Stolen on Fiverr.com
I wrote about this on a previous post, on a post on how Daniel J. Lewis from podcastcoverart.com had his artwork AND ADVERTISING COPY being used (illegally) by a person on fiverr.com so I talk about what I would use Fiverr for at THIS POST. I do mention Music Radio Creative on the show today and play a clip
How Do YOU Define Value?
On the Feed podcast a called had called in stated he was tired of Podcasting Gurus telling other people how to podcast. I agree. There is no one size fits all. I use the anology of Football. There are: Teams that run the ball well Teams that pass the ball well Teams with tremendous defense Teams with great special teams In the end, it doesn't matter how you get there as long as you end up in the end zone for a touchdown.
How I define Value
I looked at what I consume and found that most of the content I watch, listen, or read: Makes me laugh Makes me cry Makes me Think Makes me Groan Or it entertains and educates me.
Social Value
If you want people to talk about your show, it needs to provide social value. When I reviewed the Sci-Fi Movie podcast I was amazed at the level of trivia they had discovered about the movie they were talking about. If I was at a party full of people talking about Sci-fi, I would be armed with some seriously cool information. I would look good, and when people ask how I know so much I would say, "I listen to the Sc-fi Movie Podcast." This according to the book contagious, by Jonah Berger.]]>f2356ba290ec0dae7816828df49a7d2eMon, 23 Feb 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonIn today's show we talk about a new Podcast Award, some weird stuff at Fiverr.com, and I answer what I feel is value, the big question how do YOU define value. What value do you get from the podcasts you listen to? New Media Expo is Right Around the...New Media Expo is Right Around the Corner

Academy of Podcasters
A new award has been created from Stitcher and the folks at podcast movement. For more information go to http://academyofpodcasters.com/voting-criteria/
Daniel J. Lewis Has His Artwork and Copy Stolen on Fiverr.com
I wrote about this on a previous post, on a post on how Daniel J. Lewis from podcastcoverart.com had his artwork AND ADVERTISING COPY being used (illegally) by a person on fiverr.com so I talk about what I would use Fiverr for at THIS POST. I do mention Music Radio Creative on the show today and play a clip
How Do YOU Define Value?
On the Feed podcast a called had called in stated he was tired of Podcasting Gurus telling other people how to podcast. I agree. There is no one size fits all. I use the anology of Football. There are: Teams that run the ball well Teams that pass the ball well Teams with tremendous defense Teams with great special teams In the end, it doesn't matter how you get there as long as you end up in the end zone for a touchdown.
How I define Value
I looked at what I consume and found that most of the content I watch, listen, or read: Makes me laugh Makes me cry Makes me Think Makes me Groan Or it entertains and educates me.
Social Value
If you want people to talk about your show, it needs to provide social value. When I reviewed the Sci-Fi Movie podcast I was amazed at the level of trivia they had discovered about the movie they were talking about. If I was at a party full of people talking about Sci-fi, I would be armed with some seriously cool information. I would look good, and when people ask how I know so much I would say, "I listen to the Sc-fi Movie Podcast." This according to the book contagious, by Jonah Berger.]]>2523cleanfullMaybe its NOT Food or Exercise?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/maybe-its-not-food-or-exercise--3977127342937fef405bc53168802160be03801cSun, 22 Feb 2015 22:05:05 +0000David JacksonA new episode791cleanfullThe Journey of Podcasting Starts with a Single Episode- Profitcast's The Real Brianhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-journey-of-podcasting-starts-with-a-single-episode-profitcast-s-the-real-brian--6515523Use the coupon code sop2015 to save $100 off at the New Media Expo go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx

There are those who get into podcasting for the sole reason of making some quick cash. I typically FEEL this is bad idea (cash? maybe, quick? hardly). There seems to be a few different schools of thought on how to get into podcasting. We have all see the "On Fire" clonification of podcasting (I think I just made up a word) where everyone thought if they just did what John Lee Dumas does, they will make $2 million per year like John does. It didn't work. There are others who just do it for fun. This is fine. I recently purchased some items for the kitchen, and nobody is approaching me asking, "Hey you spend $99 on that Power Pressure Cooker XL how much are you making from it." We all have different dreams, insights, desires. Podcasting has many motivations. These include:

To be seen as an expert
To boost your exposure
To build your community
To understand your community
To reach a global audience
To increase awareness of your products and services
To interview your favorite people
To document your process of understanding a subject (I call this the "journey" podcast).

The Journey Podcast
Joanna Penn of the Creative Penn started a podcast because she wanted to know more about self publishing. She did. She interviewed experts and now, years later, she IS an expert on Self-publishing. She didn't wait until she knew it all, she started and did what she could along the way.
You Don't Have to Be Great To Start - But You Do Have to Start to Be Great
Today we hear from Crag from inglespodcast.com who mentions how he started with just putting audio on his website, and gradually over time built up his skills, his gear, and now has a top notch podcast. John from Lets Talk Metal and Treasure Hunting who mentions that the podcast How Sound mentions that they feel people should always map out their show. John feel that being an "independent" means you don't have to record like they do. This is true, you can record however you want. In the end it will be the listener who helps you shape your content. As John mentions he didn't care for one podcast because he wasn't interested in the topic. There was nothing wrong with the topic, but he is not the intended audience.
Starting Somewhere My Nomad Guitar
When I was in my early teens I had a paper route. I used the money from the paper route to buy a guitar of my own. It wasn't much, but it was mine. It was what I could afford at the time. You see the paper route wasn't mine. I was a helper for my friend who had his own paper route. Later, when I had my own route I saved up $300 to purchase a Gibson SG. In 1981 (and having a paper route) this was a huge amount of cash. I had developed my taste for guitar playing on the SG knock off, and now was ready to migrate to a REAL SG.
Brian From ProfitCast - On His Way to Being an Expert
Profitcast is a great show where the host "The Real Brian" interviews experts, but it also is where Brian reveals what he is trying (and if it is working or not). He looked at the podcasting community and saw that one of the biggest things that EVERY podcaster wants is to grow their audience, and in some cases to monetize it. Brian start Profitcast to investigate strategies and tools to help podcasters grow their audience. In the interview we discuss What inspired Profitcast The Episode where Brian pealed back the curtain and asked if people were getting anything (and how that impacted his audience) How working with the "competition" lead to more leads. How he setup a dual appearance on the Audacity to Podcast. Brian is a great guy, and his podcast can be found at Profitcastuniverse.com
Can I Podcast For Free?
Can you? Yes. Should You? Oh wait, there is that should word again. I FEEL that its not the best practice, but then again, so was buying a Nomad guitar. With this in mind, I'm doing something strange. I going to teach something I don't believe in (how to podcast for free). I had to step back, and realize that some of these students will take the course (a one time fee) dip their feet in the pool and later decide they are ready to podcast "For Real" Sometimes you want to test the water, and this is an inexpensive way to do it without any monthly costs. Order it today for $29 before the price goes up in March

Are Your Going To the New Media Expo?
Use the coupon code sop2015 to save $100 off at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx
New Podcast Launched: Missional Man Podcast
Jonathan started this podcast because he wants to help other Christian men. Yes that assumes that these other Christian men need or even want help. He thinks they do. No, in fact he knows they do. Why? Because he's one of them. So actually, he started this podcast mostly for himself. He says, "I need help being both a Christian and a man." Check it out at MissionalMan.com
Mentioned in this Podcast
Edison Research "Share of Ear" update
Ready to Launch a Podcast?]]>9070e72db1b0066ec2b383e3c8f301d4Mon, 16 Feb 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonJOIN IN ON THE CONVERSATION 888-563-3228 Use the coupon code sop2015 to save $100 off at the New Media Expo go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx There are those who get into podcasting for the sole reason of making some quick cash. I...Use the coupon code sop2015 to save $100 off at the New Media Expo go to http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx

There are those who get into podcasting for the sole reason of making some quick cash. I typically FEEL this is bad idea (cash? maybe, quick? hardly). There seems to be a few different schools of thought on how to get into podcasting. We have all see the "On Fire" clonification of podcasting (I think I just made up a word) where everyone thought if they just did what John Lee Dumas does, they will make $2 million per year like John does. It didn't work. There are others who just do it for fun. This is fine. I recently purchased some items for the kitchen, and nobody is approaching me asking, "Hey you spend $99 on that Power Pressure Cooker XL how much are you making from it." We all have different dreams, insights, desires. Podcasting has many motivations. These include:

To be seen as an expert
To boost your exposure
To build your community
To understand your community
To reach a global audience
To increase awareness of your products and services
To interview your favorite people
To document your process of understanding a subject (I call this the "journey" podcast).

The Journey Podcast
Joanna Penn of the Creative Penn started a podcast because she wanted to know more about self publishing. She did. She interviewed experts and now, years later, she IS an expert on Self-publishing. She didn't wait until she knew it all, she started and did what she could along the way.
You Don't Have to Be Great To Start - But You Do Have to Start to Be Great
Today we hear from Crag from inglespodcast.com who mentions how he started with just putting audio on his website, and gradually over time built up his skills, his gear, and now has a top notch podcast. John from Lets Talk Metal and Treasure Hunting who mentions that the podcast How Sound mentions that they feel people should always map out their show. John feel that being an "independent" means you don't have to record like they do. This is true, you can record however you want. In the end it will be the listener who helps you shape your content. As John mentions he didn't care for one podcast because he wasn't interested in the topic. There was nothing wrong with the topic, but he is not the intended audience.
Starting Somewhere My Nomad Guitar
When I was in my early teens I had a paper route. I used the money from the paper route to buy a guitar of my own. It wasn't much, but it was mine. It was what I could afford at the time. You see the paper route wasn't mine. I was a helper for my friend who had his own paper route. Later, when I had my own route I saved up $300 to purchase a Gibson SG. In 1981 (and having a paper route) this was a huge amount of cash. I had developed my taste for guitar playing on the SG knock off, and now was ready to migrate to a REAL SG.
Brian From ProfitCast - On His Way to Being an Expert
Profitcast is a great show where the host "The Real Brian" interviews experts, but it also is where Brian reveals what he is trying (and if it is working or not). He looked at the podcasting community and saw that one of the biggest things that EVERY podcaster wants is to grow their audience, and in some cases to monetize it. Brian start Profitcast to investigate strategies and tools to help podcasters grow their audience. In the interview we discuss What inspired Profitcast The Episode where Brian pealed back the curtain and asked if people were getting anything (and how that impacted his audience) How working with the "competition" lead to more leads. How he setup a dual appearance on the Audacity to Podcast. Brian is a great guy, and his podcast can be found at Profitcastuniverse.com
Can I Podcast For Free?
Can you? Yes. Should You? Oh...]]>3232cleanfullOperating Out of Fear or Love?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/operating-out-of-fear-or-love--39771280www.logicalloss.com/255]]>fd9218bbe717e50ef87c93ce23b3370aSun, 15 Feb 2015 20:28:03 +0000David JacksonFor more information go to www.logicalloss.com/255www.logicalloss.com/255]]>1965cleanfullCEO of Podcast Funding Platform Joyride Jeff Chenhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ceo-of-podcast-funding-platform-joyride-jeff-chen--6515525www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact
Today I interview Jeff Chen of the new Podcast Monetization Platform JoyRide. I also share some podcasting news, and my community comes out (thanks to the kind heart of Steve Stewart) and wishes me a happy birthday as I turn 50!.
Joyride has been mentioned in Forbes, Market Watch and many other publications as they just launched in December of 2014. According to one article, "JOYRIDE allows users to search over 100,000 different podcast shows in a variety of categories, and is seeking to convince podcast listeners to donate a monthly fee to their favorite programs. JOYRIDE is one of several companies GOOGLE is using for its developer program for ANDROID AUDIO, a version of the operating system developed for smart cars.
How Much Does Joyride Cost?
It's free to sign up, and their website states, "Joyride charges 5% in fees plus credit card processing fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per contribution." When I asked Jeff if there was a fee for removing your he replied via e-mail, "Hi Dave. Nope! Those are the only fees we charge!"
With this in mind, when a listener donates $1 to you take home 62 cents and joy ride takes 38. If someone donates $3 you receive $2.46 and Joyride keeps .54 (that 30 cents per transaction really seems heft when you are only receiving one dollar - so make your rewards good enough to inspire people to pay more).
How Does Joyride Differ from Patreon?
The biggest difference is JoyRide can work on YOUR Site (so you don't have to send people to joyride.com/yourcampaign). Patreon currently takes fess on the money coming in, and they also charge a fee when you remove the money. They go into great detail on their website, and as some people pay with paypal, and other use a service called stripe, it is somewhat difficult to understand. I appreciate Patreon trying to give as much as possible, but it seems to add a certain level complication into understand exactly how much you're going to make. I am testing patreon if you want to see my current efforts.
How I Plan on Testing Joyride
On Saturdays (10:30 am) I host the "Ask the Podcast Coach" we do an hour long show, and then typically another 30 minutes "off the air." We are going to start a JoyRide campaign for those who want to hear the additional 30 minutes. I realize, that podcasting is a small niche, but it should be interesting to see how this works. I will be documenting the process along the way.
For more information go to www.getjoyride.com
Happy Birthday Dave Jackson
Thanks to Steve Stewart who rounded up a bunch of my friends to send in birthday wishes. These included:
Steve Stewart from Money Plan SOS
Darren Dake from the Coroner Podcast
Vernon from the Events Supremecy
Dr. Nina Savelle Rocklin from the Win the Diet War
Addie from the Do it Podcast
Hani from the Simple Podcast Press
Jeff Brown from the Read to Lead podcast.
Jonathan Chambers from the just luanched Missional Man podcast
Mark from the Oh Beep Podcast
Mike, Izzabella and Zara from Music Radio Creative and the Audio Production Podcast
Ralph Scott from the Sex, Drugs, and Rock and Roll podcast
Ryan Park from Food Crafstmen
Steve Stearns from Outside Health and Fitness
Wayne Henderson from Media Voiceovers
Ken Castler from Thinking Outside the Box
Elsie Escobar from She Podcasts, and The Feed
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Join the School of Podcasting
]]>f6d5bcc08e87195a3cd6910b06210dd9Mon, 09 Feb 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWant to join in on the conversation call 888-563-3228 or go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact Today I interview Jeff Chen of the new Podcast Monetization Platform JoyRide. I also share some podcasting news, and my community comes out (thanks to...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact
Today I interview Jeff Chen of the new Podcast Monetization Platform JoyRide. I also share some podcasting news, and my community comes out (thanks to the kind heart of Steve Stewart) and wishes me a happy birthday as I turn 50!.
Joyride has been mentioned in Forbes, Market Watch and many other publications as they just launched in December of 2014. According to one article, "JOYRIDE allows users to search over 100,000 different podcast shows in a variety of categories, and is seeking to convince podcast listeners to donate a monthly fee to their favorite programs. JOYRIDE is one of several companies GOOGLE is using for its developer program for ANDROID AUDIO, a version of the operating system developed for smart cars.
How Much Does Joyride Cost?
It's free to sign up, and their website states, "Joyride charges 5% in fees plus credit card processing fees of 2.9% + $0.30 per contribution." When I asked Jeff if there was a fee for removing your he replied via e-mail, "Hi Dave. Nope! Those are the only fees we charge!"
With this in mind, when a listener donates $1 to you take home 62 cents and joy ride takes 38. If someone donates $3 you receive $2.46 and Joyride keeps .54 (that 30 cents per transaction really seems heft when you are only receiving one dollar - so make your rewards good enough to inspire people to pay more).
How Does Joyride Differ from Patreon?
The biggest difference is JoyRide can work on YOUR Site (so you don't have to send people to joyride.com/yourcampaign). Patreon currently takes fess on the money coming in, and they also charge a fee when you remove the money. They go into great detail on their website, and as some people pay with paypal, and other use a service called stripe, it is somewhat difficult to understand. I appreciate Patreon trying to give as much as possible, but it seems to add a certain level complication into understand exactly how much you're going to make. I am testing patreon if you want to see my current efforts.
How I Plan on Testing Joyride
On Saturdays (10:30 am) I host the "Ask the Podcast Coach" we do an hour long show, and then typically another 30 minutes "off the air." We are going to start a JoyRide campaign for those who want to hear the additional 30 minutes. I realize, that podcasting is a small niche, but it should be interesting to see how this works. I will be documenting the process along the way.
For more information go to www.getjoyride.com
Happy Birthday Dave Jackson
Thanks to Steve Stewart who rounded up a bunch of my friends to send in birthday wishes. These included:
Steve Stewart from Money Plan SOS
Darren Dake from the Coroner Podcast
Vernon from the Events Supremecy
Dr. Nina Savelle Rocklin from the Win the Diet War
Addie from the Do it Podcast
Hani from the Simple Podcast Press
Jeff Brown from the Read to Lead podcast.
Jonathan Chambers from the just luanched Missional Man podcast
Mark from the Oh Beep Podcast
Mike, Izzabella and Zara from Music Radio Creative and the Audio Production Podcast
Ralph Scott from the Sex, Drugs, and Rock and Roll podcast
Ryan Park from Food Crafstmen
Steve Stearns from Outside Health and Fitness
Wayne Henderson from Media Voiceovers
Ken Castler from Thinking Outside the Box
Elsie Escobar from She Podcasts, and The Feed
Ready to Start a Podcast?
Join the School of Podcasting
]]>3436cleanfullPracticing Not Quitting - Other People's Opinions Are Non Of Your Businesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/practicing-not-quitting-other-people-s-opinions-are-non-of-your-business--39771289I was listening to Michael Hyatt's podcast and he was talking about always finishing the race. It really inspired me he talked about a race where a woman had fallen and not only did she get up, but she got up and ran as hard as she could and actually won the race.
So we know that no quitting will build out character. We wish there was a better way, but it is those times when we face adversity that really shapes us.
My mother died when I was 29. I was going to college and finals were the following week. To make a long story short, I wasn't permitted more time to take my finals. I had to take them the same day everyone else did. I thought I would never be able to focus enough to study and pull it off. I don't remember what I got, but in the end I got the degree.
You have strength you didn't know you had, and you don't learn this about yourself until you are tested.
Your response is your responsibility. Today is my birthday, and I know I have cake and ice cream in my future. Consequently, I am having a very light breakfast, and I will do the same for lunch. This way I can enjoy the traditional birthday party with my family. Wait, ice cream and cake? My birthday is the 8th. It's not a week long celebration. Tomorrow is the 9th. I will get back to dinking my water, taking my steps, and getting back on track.
I'm Using the Pump Up App
I've mentioned this in the past. Here is why I like it.
1. Custome workouts. If you have weights, machines, etc fine. If you don't - fine as well.
2. You can set goals, and schedule workouts. Make an appointment with you. You are a very important person. Don't break that appointment.
3. Allows me to exercise anywhere.
4. Its free.
What may discourage you about the app.
Lots of pretty people on the website. While this may motivate you as you want to look like them, I can see it as a trigger to think, "I'll never look like that, or those people are young, I'm not.." Be ready to check the negative self-talk at the door.
Start Slow
Be sure to start out slow. I did a 15 minute workout and I'm soar today (remember to give your body 24 hours to fully respond to the exercise and always contact your doctor before starting any kind of regimen). I'm reaching to for Fitness Soak Spray to help relieve my muscles, and I'm getting back on the train. I know stronger/bigger muscles are something that (while hard to create) will make weight loss easier in the long run.
For videos go to www.logicalloss.com/

]]>cfcc368a3de4c9c5573087821f614590Sun, 08 Feb 2015 15:16:52 +0000David JacksonI turned 50 today. It's scary. 30 was 20 years ago, and 70 is 20 years from today. I know aging 30 to 50 went FAST. Its kind of spooky to think how fast 50-70 will be. I was listening to Michael Hyatt's podcast and he was talking about always...I was listening to Michael Hyatt's podcast and he was talking about always finishing the race. It really inspired me he talked about a race where a woman had fallen and not only did she get up, but she got up and ran as hard as she could and actually won the race.
So we know that no quitting will build out character. We wish there was a better way, but it is those times when we face adversity that really shapes us.
My mother died when I was 29. I was going to college and finals were the following week. To make a long story short, I wasn't permitted more time to take my finals. I had to take them the same day everyone else did. I thought I would never be able to focus enough to study and pull it off. I don't remember what I got, but in the end I got the degree.
You have strength you didn't know you had, and you don't learn this about yourself until you are tested.
Your response is your responsibility. Today is my birthday, and I know I have cake and ice cream in my future. Consequently, I am having a very light breakfast, and I will do the same for lunch. This way I can enjoy the traditional birthday party with my family. Wait, ice cream and cake? My birthday is the 8th. It's not a week long celebration. Tomorrow is the 9th. I will get back to dinking my water, taking my steps, and getting back on track.
I'm Using the Pump Up App
I've mentioned this in the past. Here is why I like it.
1. Custome workouts. If you have weights, machines, etc fine. If you don't - fine as well.
2. You can set goals, and schedule workouts. Make an appointment with you. You are a very important person. Don't break that appointment.
3. Allows me to exercise anywhere.
4. Its free.
What may discourage you about the app.
Lots of pretty people on the website. While this may motivate you as you want to look like them, I can see it as a trigger to think, "I'll never look like that, or those people are young, I'm not.." Be ready to check the negative self-talk at the door.
Start Slow
Be sure to start out slow. I did a 15 minute workout and I'm soar today (remember to give your body 24 hours to fully respond to the exercise and always contact your doctor before starting any kind of regimen). I'm reaching to for Fitness Soak Spray to help relieve my muscles, and I'm getting back on the train. I know stronger/bigger muscles are something that (while hard to create) will make weight loss easier in the long run.
For videos go to www.logicalloss.com/

]]>1817cleanfullPower Pressure Cooker Vs Power Pressure Cooker XLhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/power-pressure-cooker-vs-power-pressure-cooker-xl--39771308The Power Pressure Cooker XL Has:
More presets. You ave a button for meat, fish, etc. The Pro version has a cook button and a Pressure button. There are default buttons for rice, canning, etc. In the end your probably always going to cook at the highest pressure (this from a never pressured cooked before person). I know I'm going to be primarily focused on time. Less Delay time. The commercial says you can delay up to 4 hours. The Power Press Cooker pro states up to 24 hours. A Cookbook, a canning guide, and a free chopper A longer shipping time. I went to Walmart and picked mine up. A larger price: By the time you buy the Power Pressure Cooker XL and pay for shipping you are looking at $130. It would be more if you choose the warranty As I bought mine at Walmart, if it breaks I'm taking it back to Walmart.
Does the Power Pressure Cooker XL Do Anything the Pro Cant?
After using it one day, and making one meal, I would say no. For me, I had to look at the manual to see how long to cook something. I'm sure the more I use it the less I will need the manual (its not exactly awesome, and the recipes they provide are also on the website).
Do I Wish I Had Purchased the Power Pressure Cooker XL?
Maybe. I know it really doesn't do much more, but again thats after one day of use. The Pro version works fine, but the extra buttons mean less of a learning curve. Once the learning curve is over (probably a week) I will change my mind and be about $46 richer.
The First Meal Was a Pot Roast
I purchased a roast, some potatoes, onions and baby carrots. I browned the roast in next to know time while I got the potatoes ready. In the end I cooked it about 35 minutes for a 3 lbs roast and it came out tough. Next time I cook this I'm going 20-25 minutes. The vegetables were awesome. WOW. The meat was OK, but once it got cold it was tough .The meal cost me about $28, where the night before we had gone out to eat and that was closer to $40 and wasn't as healthy (Chinese food filled with salt).

Other Articles Mentioned
Study: Women who keep food diary more likely to lose weight : http://usat.ly/Nld8dz MIndful Eating Can Get your Balanced]]>af64ef962de8e2c2f60ca68c92b8d67eTue, 03 Feb 2015 02:53:21 +0000David JacksonI've always said, "it's the food" when it comes to why I'm not losing weight. So this year I'm attacking the food. I'm finding ways to make better food at home. I'm trying to avoid getting my meals through the window of my car. I've purchased a Ninja...The Power Pressure Cooker XL Has:
More presets. You ave a button for meat, fish, etc. The Pro version has a cook button and a Pressure button. There are default buttons for rice, canning, etc. In the end your probably always going to cook at the highest pressure (this from a never pressured cooked before person). I know I'm going to be primarily focused on time. Less Delay time. The commercial says you can delay up to 4 hours. The Power Press Cooker pro states up to 24 hours. A Cookbook, a canning guide, and a free chopper A longer shipping time. I went to Walmart and picked mine up. A larger price: By the time you buy the Power Pressure Cooker XL and pay for shipping you are looking at $130. It would be more if you choose the warranty As I bought mine at Walmart, if it breaks I'm taking it back to Walmart.
Does the Power Pressure Cooker XL Do Anything the Pro Cant?
After using it one day, and making one meal, I would say no. For me, I had to look at the manual to see how long to cook something. I'm sure the more I use it the less I will need the manual (its not exactly awesome, and the recipes they provide are also on the website).
Do I Wish I Had Purchased the Power Pressure Cooker XL?
Maybe. I know it really doesn't do much more, but again thats after one day of use. The Pro version works fine, but the extra buttons mean less of a learning curve. Once the learning curve is over (probably a week) I will change my mind and be about $46 richer.
The First Meal Was a Pot Roast
I purchased a roast, some potatoes, onions and baby carrots. I browned the roast in next to know time while I got the potatoes ready. In the end I cooked it about 35 minutes for a 3 lbs roast and it came out tough. Next time I cook this I'm going 20-25 minutes. The vegetables were awesome. WOW. The meat was OK, but once it got cold it was tough .The meal cost me about $28, where the night before we had gone out to eat and that was closer to $40 and wasn't as healthy (Chinese food filled with salt).

Other Articles Mentioned
Study: Women who keep food diary more likely to lose weight : http://usat.ly/Nld8dz MIndful Eating Can Get your Balanced]]>1778cleanfullWhat to Do If You Can't Pick a Podcast Topichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-to-do-if-you-can-t-pick-a-podcast-topic--6515524There are a few times in your life when you can say, "I don't know," and yet you still have to move forward. One is when you are in college. If you're not ready to declare a major what do you do? When you are having a baby, but you don't know the sex, what do you do when your honest answer is, "I don't know."
Podcast on the New Media Expo Floor on "Podcast Alley"
If you are going to the New Media Expo, we are accepting submissions for people who want to record live "from the floor" if you're going (and you know you should be) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podcastalley and submit your show today.
Because of My Podcast: I Am Being More Effective At My Job
Biagio and Joke are the hosts of the Producing Unscripted where they are now training their clients who are now producing better content - and thus they are helping people launch televisions show. Check them out at producingunscripted.com
I'm Not Sure What To Podcast About: What To Do When You Can't Find a Topic [8:48]
In those situations you take general classes (in the situation of college), and you go buy diapers, lots and lots of diapers, if you have a baby on the way. These are all skills you will need moving forward. No matter what your podcast is going to be about you will need to know the following:
1. How to plug a microphone in, and how to talk into it without having "popping P's"
2. You need to get proper recording levels
3. You could go to Wordpress.com (as a temporary play ground - not a permanent solution) and start tinkering around with understanding websites.
4. You can learn how to move files around to position them where you want them.
All of these skills will be used no matter what type of podcast you launch.
What happens if you never launch a podcast? You sell your microphone on ebay. What if your DO launch a podcast, and then later change your mind? There are very popular podcast hosts Mignon Fogherty (known as Grammar Girl) and Cali Lewis of geekbeat.tv who didn't find their current success on their first attempt at podcasting. Both of their show are their SECOND podcast.
I've had a few podcasts that I tried that didn't work. Do I consider these failures? NO. I learned something from every show. They aren't mistakes, they are learning opportunities.
In music, you can learn three chords (G,C, and D) and play a ton of songs using those basic chords.
Episode Zero Strategy 19:41
You need ONE episode to submit your podcast to iTunes (many people wait till they have at least three to listen to before submitting their show. In the past I've said to tell people about you and to tell them what to expect. That was back in 2005. I've changed since then. Its best to bring the best content you have. To have them going WOW. This will bring you instant credibility. Then they will care about who you are because you help you. Part of this is based on the book Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less that I've spoken about on other episodes. If I tell you my story (unless its a really good story) most people won't care. Move them with your content, then tell them your story.
How to be part of Your Audience's Routine [27:51]
While there are podcasters who are doing well without having a consistent schedule (like Joe Rogan), if you want to be part of your listeners routine, you need to come up with a consistent schedule. Darren Dake from The Coroner Podcast explained how he starts his Mondays with some quiet time with his Bible, and then he starts my podcast (that is a very humbling experience). But I am part of his routine because he can count on my show being there every Monday.
Are Your Ready To Start Podcasting?
Join the School of podcasting today
]]>e61dd623845d0e21ba9e13023a5ecddfMon, 02 Feb 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWant to join in on the conversation? Call 888-563-3228 There are a few times in your life when you can say, "I don't know," and yet you still have to move forward. One is when you are in college. If you're not ready to declare a major what do you do?...There are a few times in your life when you can say, "I don't know," and yet you still have to move forward. One is when you are in college. If you're not ready to declare a major what do you do? When you are having a baby, but you don't know the sex, what do you do when your honest answer is, "I don't know."
Podcast on the New Media Expo Floor on "Podcast Alley"
If you are going to the New Media Expo, we are accepting submissions for people who want to record live "from the floor" if you're going (and you know you should be) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podcastalley and submit your show today.
Because of My Podcast: I Am Being More Effective At My Job
Biagio and Joke are the hosts of the Producing Unscripted where they are now training their clients who are now producing better content - and thus they are helping people launch televisions show. Check them out at producingunscripted.com
I'm Not Sure What To Podcast About: What To Do When You Can't Find a Topic [8:48]
In those situations you take general classes (in the situation of college), and you go buy diapers, lots and lots of diapers, if you have a baby on the way. These are all skills you will need moving forward. No matter what your podcast is going to be about you will need to know the following:
1. How to plug a microphone in, and how to talk into it without having "popping P's"
2. You need to get proper recording levels
3. You could go to Wordpress.com (as a temporary play ground - not a permanent solution) and start tinkering around with understanding websites.
4. You can learn how to move files around to position them where you want them.
All of these skills will be used no matter what type of podcast you launch.
What happens if you never launch a podcast? You sell your microphone on ebay. What if your DO launch a podcast, and then later change your mind? There are very popular podcast hosts Mignon Fogherty (known as Grammar Girl) and Cali Lewis of geekbeat.tv who didn't find their current success on their first attempt at podcasting. Both of their show are their SECOND podcast.
I've had a few podcasts that I tried that didn't work. Do I consider these failures? NO. I learned something from every show. They aren't mistakes, they are learning opportunities.
In music, you can learn three chords (G,C, and D) and play a ton of songs using those basic chords.
Episode Zero Strategy 19:41
You need ONE episode to submit your podcast to iTunes (many people wait till they have at least three to listen to before submitting their show. In the past I've said to tell people about you and to tell them what to expect. That was back in 2005. I've changed since then. Its best to bring the best content you have. To have them going WOW. This will bring you instant credibility. Then they will care about who you are because you help you. Part of this is based on the book Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less that I've spoken about on other episodes. If I tell you my story (unless its a really good story) most people won't care. Move them with your content, then tell them your story.
How to be part of Your Audience's Routine [27:51]
While there are podcasters who are doing well without having a consistent schedule (like Joe Rogan), if you want to be part of your listeners routine, you need to come up with a consistent schedule. Darren Dake from The Coroner Podcast explained how he starts his Mondays with some quiet time with his Bible, and then he starts my podcast (that is a very humbling experience). But I am part of his routine because he can count on my show being there every Monday.
Are Your Ready To Start Podcasting?
Join the School of podcasting today
]]>2521cleanfullThe Power of Belief - Finding Time To Walk - Ninja Prohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-belief-finding-time-to-walk-ninja-pro--39771290 I did try to make some "juice" using this system and it basically made Apple/Carrot pulp. MMMMMmmmm just like mom use to make. I added some ice cubes and some water and it made it drinkable. It was not the YUM that I got from my Jucing days (but it also took 2 minutes to clean). I forgot how much I love APples and in you have one of these you can really have a fun snack in two seconds (and again almost no cleanup). You just put it on the Apple and push down and you get instant Apple Slices. I've been using my Ninja to make some chocolate banana smoothies with Peanut Butter. They are yummy and they keep me full. I use Chocolate Flavored Weigh protein or Shakeology and throw in some bananas and just a hint of peanut butter. I did start lifting weight this week. I just started and I feel great. I leave these hands weight in the living room.
Never Stop Believing
The Seatle Sea hawks were down going into the fourth quarter and they won their game and are going to the Super Bowl. The quarterback threw four interceptions. How did they win? They never stopped believing in themselves. I often say that you can't change the way you started your life, but you can change the way you finish. I'm sure those athletes can understand that. People were counting them out. People were leaving the stadium. People were thinking, "It's over." As long as you are breathing, it's not over. You can do it.]]>26802ce0444cb47ecf44b6e396295f10Sun, 25 Jan 2015 23:03:27 +0000David JacksonIn the past I had a juiceman juicer and I loved making Apple Carrot juice, but it was an absolute PAIN to clean. I used it a few times, but the pain of cleaning out weighed the joy of the juice. recently I kept hearing about Ninja Pro blender to... I did try to make some "juice" using this system and it basically made Apple/Carrot pulp. MMMMMmmmm just like mom use to make. I added some ice cubes and some water and it made it drinkable. It was not the YUM that I got from my Jucing days (but it also took 2 minutes to clean). I forgot how much I love APples and in you have one of these you can really have a fun snack in two seconds (and again almost no cleanup). You just put it on the Apple and push down and you get instant Apple Slices. I've been using my Ninja to make some chocolate banana smoothies with Peanut Butter. They are yummy and they keep me full. I use Chocolate Flavored Weigh protein or Shakeology and throw in some bananas and just a hint of peanut butter. I did start lifting weight this week. I just started and I feel great. I leave these hands weight in the living room.
Never Stop Believing
The Seatle Sea hawks were down going into the fourth quarter and they won their game and are going to the Super Bowl. The quarterback threw four interceptions. How did they win? They never stopped believing in themselves. I often say that you can't change the way you started your life, but you can change the way you finish. I'm sure those athletes can understand that. People were counting them out. People were leaving the stadium. People were thinking, "It's over." As long as you are breathing, it's not over. You can do it.]]>1804cleanfullTwitter Bombing: What Is It - Is It Harmful - Does it Workhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/twitter-bombing-what-is-it-is-it-harmful-does-it-work--6515526Join in on the conversation call 888-5633-3228
Ready to start Podcasting? JOIN TODAY
Staying Focused in the New Year - Avoid Casturbation
Casturbation Defined:
1. Verb: Producing content with no real value for your audience. To record for the sake of hearing one’s own voice. To record for the sake of keeping with a self-inflicted schedule. When asked to answer the question, “That episode moved you to ….” your audience will not be able to answer (or answer, “It moved me to go to another podcast). When Jimmy started the podcast with “Well, I’m not really sure what I’m going to talk about today but I wanted to get an episode out,” I knew I was going to get an earful of casturbation. When Jimmy spent 25 minutes to get to the point, one could say there was a large amount of casturbation in that 30 minute episode. 2. Verb: Participating in activities that provide no real value to your podcast. Jimmy’s stack of 3 microphones, 4 mixers, 6 portable recorders, and three hosting account leads me to believe he has a serious casturbation problem. Read the full blog post here
Dennis Miller and Emily Morse Hosting the 10th Annual Podcast Awards
New Media Expo just announced that comedian, actor, radio host Dennis Miller and (radio, podcasters, TV) Emily Morse will be hosting the Podcast Awards. With the New Media Expo being held along side of the National Association of Broadcasting, this event is THE event to attend this year. Podcast nominations are now open for the Podcast Awards. You can submit your favorite podcasts at www.podcastawards.com You can save on your New Media Expo tickets by using the coupon sop2015
Twitter Bombing Defined
Twitter bombing is the act of sending out multiple (in some cases hundreds) of tweets per hour (in some cases from multiple twitter accounts) with the sole purpose of getting people to click on the audio file and drive up "download" numbers. In some cases people will go the extra mile and research popular (related and unrelated) hashtags and use them in their tweets.
What Bryan's Numbers Show
Bryan's numbers increased by a factor of 12X. He went from 150 to 1800 downloads per day. Does it increase downloads? Yes. As we said, in the case of Bryan it multiplied them by 12. Brian's downloads went up immediately and the minute his test was over, the downloads went away. The bottom line his numbers per day pre and post test did not change. Yes he got downloads (more than likely from robots) Check out Bryan's full post on the subject.
So Your Spamming Twitter - What is the Big Deal?
The BIG PROBLEM that this causes is when someone takes these artificially inflated numbers and use them for securing advertisers. When the advertiser doesn't get a good return on their investment they not only quit advertising on your show, but they tell other potential sponsors, "Podcast Advertising doesn't work." When your actions move podcast advertisers (and their friends) away from sponsoring more podcasts, you are hurting the podcasting in general.
Ringr.us Trial
Rignr.us launched this week and this service is an iOs app that allows you to record yoru phone calls. Here are the steps: 1. Install the Ringr app 2. Click the " + " to schedule a call 3. Add the email to the person you want to call. 4. When you recipient gets the email (assuming they have installed the app). They click on a link in the email they recieve that launches the app and takes them to your appointment. It's super easy. When I tested it, I did have a technical hiccup. When my phone went to sleep the call dropped. When I got back on the phone with Rob, we had no problems. When the show was over, the file is processed and it uploads it to ringr.us where it ties your side of the conversation with your guests side of the conversation and sends you a link to the mp3 file. It does some processing to level the volume levels. There is no Android version at this time.]]>a3319331945c1a23993387767ab8c027Sun, 25 Jan 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk to Rob Walch the VP of Podcaster Relations from Libsyn.com (and co-host of the Feed)and Bryan Orr (from the Wow Small Business podcast ) who did a month long "twitter bomb" test and shares his findings. Join in on the conversation call...Join in on the conversation call 888-5633-3228
Ready to start Podcasting? JOIN TODAY
Staying Focused in the New Year - Avoid Casturbation
Casturbation Defined:
1. Verb: Producing content with no real value for your audience. To record for the sake of hearing one’s own voice. To record for the sake of keeping with a self-inflicted schedule. When asked to answer the question, “That episode moved you to ….” your audience will not be able to answer (or answer, “It moved me to go to another podcast). When Jimmy started the podcast with “Well, I’m not really sure what I’m going to talk about today but I wanted to get an episode out,” I knew I was going to get an earful of casturbation. When Jimmy spent 25 minutes to get to the point, one could say there was a large amount of casturbation in that 30 minute episode. 2. Verb: Participating in activities that provide no real value to your podcast. Jimmy’s stack of 3 microphones, 4 mixers, 6 portable recorders, and three hosting account leads me to believe he has a serious casturbation problem. Read the full blog post here
Dennis Miller and Emily Morse Hosting the 10th Annual Podcast Awards
New Media Expo just announced that comedian, actor, radio host Dennis Miller and (radio, podcasters, TV) Emily Morse will be hosting the Podcast Awards. With the New Media Expo being held along side of the National Association of Broadcasting, this event is THE event to attend this year. Podcast nominations are now open for the Podcast Awards. You can submit your favorite podcasts at www.podcastawards.com You can save on your New Media Expo tickets by using the coupon sop2015
Twitter Bombing Defined
Twitter bombing is the act of sending out multiple (in some cases hundreds) of tweets per hour (in some cases from multiple twitter accounts) with the sole purpose of getting people to click on the audio file and drive up "download" numbers. In some cases people will go the extra mile and research popular (related and unrelated) hashtags and use them in their tweets.
What Bryan's Numbers Show
Bryan's numbers increased by a factor of 12X. He went from 150 to 1800 downloads per day. Does it increase downloads? Yes. As we said, in the case of Bryan it multiplied them by 12. Brian's downloads went up immediately and the minute his test was over, the downloads went away. The bottom line his numbers per day pre and post test did not change. Yes he got downloads (more than likely from robots) Check out Bryan's full post on the subject.
So Your Spamming Twitter - What is the Big Deal?
The BIG PROBLEM that this causes is when someone takes these artificially inflated numbers and use them for securing advertisers. When the advertiser doesn't get a good return on their investment they not only quit advertising on your show, but they tell other potential sponsors, "Podcast Advertising doesn't work." When your actions move podcast advertisers (and their friends) away from sponsoring more podcasts, you are hurting the podcasting in general.
Ringr.us Trial
Rignr.us launched this week and this service is an iOs app that allows you to record yoru phone calls. Here are the steps: 1. Install the Ringr app 2. Click the " + " to schedule a call 3. Add the email to the person you want to call. 4. When you recipient gets the email (assuming they have installed the app). They click on a link in the email they recieve that launches the app and takes them to your appointment. It's super easy. When I tested it, I did have a technical hiccup. When my phone went to sleep the call dropped. When I got back on the phone with Rob, we had no problems. When the show was over, the file is...]]>3477cleanfullPodcast Helps You Be Seen As an Expert - Darren Dake's New Jobhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-helps-you-be-seen-as-an-expert-darren-dake-s-new-job--6515528Podcast Award Nominations Open January 19th
If you want to nominate your show, and have your audience nominate your show, go to www.podcastawards.com
Win a Trip To New Media Expo
We are looking for people who will take all the shows that are nominated for a podcast award and score their show. There is a base set of criteria, and we will have a webinar to show you how to go about it. If you review four categories (about 16 hours of work) you will receive a pass to the new media expo (travel is not covered). You can review less than categories (it is not mandatory). If you are interested, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/par If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20% For more information go to schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx
Because of His Podcast Darren Dake [8:50]
Darren has been involved in death scene investigating. After podcasting on a separate topic for a year, he decided to podcast about what he knew. He started coronertalk.com and his podcast was designed to help others who didn't have access to training to their job better. Being so niche, when people in this field find this show they love it. Consequently, his podcast positioned him as a trainer, a leader, and someone who knows what he is talking about and now he is the director of training for the Association of Deputy Sheriffs for the state of Missouri. Darren feels his podcast put him in a position to be seen as an authority, as someone who obviously has a passion for teaching, and who knew what he was talking about. He will be developing training tracks and managing the whole training program. He had always eyed this job, but not pursued it. Now, because of his podcast the job pursued him. Darren had a previous show title Engaging Life and Leadership. Because of that show he was a panelist at Podcast Movement. He decided to cease production of that show. They produced 65 episodes, and they "podfaded." When I asked him why, he explained how it just wasn't fun anymore. He and his co-host had said about all there was to say on the subject. He took his experience from Engaging Life and Leadership and used it to create Coroner Talk.
Last 5 in 5 - Darren Dake
Here are the last 5 podcasts that Darrn listened to. If you want to send in your Last 5 in 5, visit our contact page. Be sure to tell us a little about your show and where we can find you. Tech News Weekly This American Life Ask the Podcast Coach Ray Edwards Show True Murder
Get Involved With The Show
Do you have a "Because of my Podcast" story? Want to send in the last 5 podcasts you listened to? Use the button below to record it right now.
Ready to Launch Your Podcast?]]>324c7e9473388fa5743b1be17835a217Mon, 19 Jan 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasting can help you be seen as an expert. You will hear about how it helped Darren Dake of the Coroner Talk Podcast land a dream job. If you want to join in on the conversation use the options on our Contact Page, or call 888-563-3228. Also don't...Podcast Award Nominations Open January 19th
If you want to nominate your show, and have your audience nominate your show, go to www.podcastawards.com
Win a Trip To New Media Expo
We are looking for people who will take all the shows that are nominated for a podcast award and score their show. There is a base set of criteria, and we will have a webinar to show you how to go about it. If you review four categories (about 16 hours of work) you will receive a pass to the new media expo (travel is not covered). You can review less than categories (it is not mandatory). If you are interested, go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/par If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20% For more information go to schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx
Because of His Podcast Darren Dake [8:50]
Darren has been involved in death scene investigating. After podcasting on a separate topic for a year, he decided to podcast about what he knew. He started coronertalk.com and his podcast was designed to help others who didn't have access to training to their job better. Being so niche, when people in this field find this show they love it. Consequently, his podcast positioned him as a trainer, a leader, and someone who knows what he is talking about and now he is the director of training for the Association of Deputy Sheriffs for the state of Missouri. Darren feels his podcast put him in a position to be seen as an authority, as someone who obviously has a passion for teaching, and who knew what he was talking about. He will be developing training tracks and managing the whole training program. He had always eyed this job, but not pursued it. Now, because of his podcast the job pursued him. Darren had a previous show title Engaging Life and Leadership. Because of that show he was a panelist at Podcast Movement. He decided to cease production of that show. They produced 65 episodes, and they "podfaded." When I asked him why, he explained how it just wasn't fun anymore. He and his co-host had said about all there was to say on the subject. He took his experience from Engaging Life and Leadership and used it to create Coroner Talk.
Last 5 in 5 - Darren Dake
Here are the last 5 podcasts that Darrn listened to. If you want to send in your Last 5 in 5, visit our contact page. Be sure to tell us a little about your show and where we can find you. Tech News Weekly This American Life Ask the Podcast Coach Ray Edwards Show True Murder
Get Involved With The Show
Do you have a "Because of my Podcast" story? Want to send in the last 5 podcasts you listened to? Use the button below to record it right now.
Ready to Launch Your Podcast?]]>2000cleanfullTrain Your Guests and Audience To Promote Your Showhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/train-your-guests-and-audience-to-promote-your-show--6515535New Media Expo Coupon
If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20% For more information go to schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx
CBS Launches Play.it
CBS launched a website to promote all of their content that they are providing as a podcast. The more main stream media starts to embrace podcasting, the more listeners will get comfortable consuming podcasts. That increases the chances of you being found.
Creative Commons Licensing
I am under the thought that any kind of exposure is good exposure. With this in mind, the only restriction I have is you can sell my podcast or materials to other people. You can quote me, etc (the "normal" stuff) but I go with a common sense kind of strategy. That works fine for me, if you are worried about people using your content you may want to investigate Creative Common Licensing. For more information go to https://creativecommons.org/licenses/ This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Joel Boggess of Relaunch Show Interview
I was introduced I was on the Relaunch Show a while and back and had the pleasure of meeting Joel and his wife Pei. I also saw a post that Joel ahd put in a Facebook group showing some pretty impressive numbers. I asked him to come on the show, and he shared some great insights. Approach people when they have something to promote (they will be in "promotion mode" and be looking to get the word out). It may take more than one attempt to get our guest to say yes. (Joel asked someone every day for a full year to get to a "yes"). Joel shares how he almost died at an early age, and this experience has given him the strength to overcome his obstacles How do you get good guests? Joel's advice is ASK. You do need to be diligent. How do you grow your audience? By producing consistent content on a consistent schedule. Joel makes it super easy to promote you appearance on his show. Here is the email I got from his assistant. Clarity + Confidence = Direction (Read more about this in his book). Goal's word for the year is engagement. Check out Joel's Book Finding Your Voice. Check out his podcast at ReLaunchShow.com Check out his community of Ninja Podcasters.
Mentioned in This Show
Jim Carrey Commencement Speech

Start Podcasting Today]]>8ec881c176d8e17aae5c3506e1e078f0Mon, 12 Jan 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonWant to get better guests, want to grow your audience? Today's guest Joel Boggess has two words for you to get you going in the right direction. New Media Expo Coupon If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20%...New Media Expo Coupon
If you thinking of going to New Media Expo then use the coupon sop2015 to save 20% For more information go to schoolofpodcasting.com/nmx
CBS Launches Play.it
CBS launched a website to promote all of their content that they are providing as a podcast. The more main stream media starts to embrace podcasting, the more listeners will get comfortable consuming podcasts. That increases the chances of you being found.
Creative Commons Licensing
I am under the thought that any kind of exposure is good exposure. With this in mind, the only restriction I have is you can sell my podcast or materials to other people. You can quote me, etc (the "normal" stuff) but I go with a common sense kind of strategy. That works fine for me, if you are worried about people using your content you may want to investigate Creative Common Licensing. For more information go to https://creativecommons.org/licenses/ This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Joel Boggess of Relaunch Show Interview
I was introduced I was on the Relaunch Show a while and back and had the pleasure of meeting Joel and his wife Pei. I also saw a post that Joel ahd put in a Facebook group showing some pretty impressive numbers. I asked him to come on the show, and he shared some great insights. Approach people when they have something to promote (they will be in "promotion mode" and be looking to get the word out). It may take more than one attempt to get our guest to say yes. (Joel asked someone every day for a full year to get to a "yes"). Joel shares how he almost died at an early age, and this experience has given him the strength to overcome his obstacles How do you get good guests? Joel's advice is ASK. You do need to be diligent. How do you grow your audience? By producing consistent content on a consistent schedule. Joel makes it super easy to promote you appearance on his show. Here is the email I got from his assistant. Clarity + Confidence = Direction (Read more about this in his book). Goal's word for the year is engagement. Check out Joel's Book Finding Your Voice. Check out his podcast at ReLaunchShow.com Check out his community of Ninja Podcasters.
Mentioned in This Show
Jim Carrey Commencement Speech

Start Podcasting Today]]>2577cleanfullHow To Make Sure You Don't Push To Hardhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-make-sure-you-don-t-push-to-hard--39771313
Aerobic activity. Get at least 150 minutes a week of moderate aerobic activity — such as brisk walking, swimming or mowing the lawn — or 75 minutes a week of vigorous aerobic activity — such as running or aerobic dancing. You can also do a combination of moderate and vigorous activity, preferably spread throughout the course of a week.
Strength training. Do strength training exercises at least twice a week. Consider free weights, weight machines or activities that use your own body weight — such as rock climbing or heavy gardening. The amount of time for each session is up to you.

That's 20 minutes of aerobic exercise a day. Weight training does not have to mean weights. You can use things like resistance bands that can be stored in a bag and much less likely to stub your toe. Bodylastics are quality resistance bands. There are two basic ways to measure exercise intensity:

How you feel. Exercise intensity is a subjective measure of how hard physical activity feels to you while you're doing it — your perceived exertion. Your perceived level of exertion may be different from what someone else feels doing the same exercise. For example, what feels to you like a hard run can feel like an easy workout to someone who's more fit.
Your heart rate. Your heart rate offers a more objective look at exercise intensity. In general, the higher your heart rate during physical activity, the higher the exercise intensity.

I use the Wahoo Blue HR Heart Rate Monitor for iPhone and Android The basic way to calculate your maximum heart rate is to subtract your age from 220. For example, if you're 45 years old, subtract 45 from 220 to get a maximum heart rate of 175. This is the maximum number of times your heart should beat per minute while you're exercising. Once you know your maximum heart rate, you can calculate your desired target heart rate zone — the level at which your heart is being exercised and conditioned but not overworked. Here's how heart rate matches up with exercise intensity levels:

Moderate exercise intensity: 50 to 70 percent of your maximum heart rate
Vigorous exercise intensity: 70 to 85 percent of your maximum heart rate

How to determine your target zone
To determine your desired target heart rate zone, use an online calculator. Or, here's a simple way to do the math yourself. If you're aiming for a target heart rate of 70 to 85 percent, which is in the vigorous range, you would calculate it like this:

Subtract your age from 220 to get your maximum heart rate.
Multiple that number by 0.7 (70 percent) to determine the lower end of your target heart rate zone.
Multiply your maximum heart rate by 0.85 (85 percent) to determine the upper end of your target heart rate zone.

It's important to note that maximum heart rate is just a guide. You may have a higher or lower maximum heart rate, sometimes by as much as 15 to 20 beats per minute. If you want a more definitive range, consider discussing your target heart rate zone with an exercise physiologist or a personal trainer. As always contact your Doctor before doing any exercise or training.

Supprt the show at www.logicalloss.com/support]]>c8bc7b25f90b8f99740b1dfadd17c091Sun, 11 Jan 2015 01:11:57 +0000David JacksonFor most healthy adults, the Department of Health and Human Services recommends these exercise guidelines: Aerobic activity. Get at least 150 minutes a week of moderate aerobic activity — such as brisk walking, swimming or mowing the lawn — or 75...
Aerobic activity. Get at least 150 minutes a week of moderate aerobic activity — such as brisk walking, swimming or mowing the lawn — or 75 minutes a week of vigorous aerobic activity — such as running or aerobic dancing. You can also do a combination of moderate and vigorous activity, preferably spread throughout the course of a week.
Strength training. Do strength training exercises at least twice a week. Consider free weights, weight machines or activities that use your own body weight — such as rock climbing or heavy gardening. The amount of time for each session is up to you.

That's 20 minutes of aerobic exercise a day. Weight training does not have to mean weights. You can use things like resistance bands that can be stored in a bag and much less likely to stub your toe. Bodylastics are quality resistance bands. There are two basic ways to measure exercise intensity:

How you feel. Exercise intensity is a subjective measure of how hard physical activity feels to you while you're doing it — your perceived exertion. Your perceived level of exertion may be different from what someone else feels doing the same exercise. For example, what feels to you like a hard run can feel like an easy workout to someone who's more fit.
Your heart rate. Your heart rate offers a more objective look at exercise intensity. In general, the higher your heart rate during physical activity, the higher the exercise intensity.

I use the Wahoo Blue HR Heart Rate Monitor for iPhone and Android The basic way to calculate your maximum heart rate is to subtract your age from 220. For example, if you're 45 years old, subtract 45 from 220 to get a maximum heart rate of 175. This is the maximum number of times your heart should beat per minute while you're exercising. Once you know your maximum heart rate, you can calculate your desired target heart rate zone — the level at which your heart is being exercised and conditioned but not overworked. Here's how heart rate matches up with exercise intensity levels:

Moderate exercise intensity: 50 to 70 percent of your maximum heart rate
Vigorous exercise intensity: 70 to 85 percent of your maximum heart rate

How to determine your target zone
To determine your desired target heart rate zone, use an online calculator. Or, here's a simple way to do the math yourself. If you're aiming for a target heart rate of 70 to 85 percent, which is in the vigorous range, you would calculate it like this:

Subtract your age from 220 to get your maximum heart rate.
Multiple that number by 0.7 (70 percent) to determine the lower end of your target heart rate zone.
Multiply your maximum heart rate by 0.85 (85 percent) to determine the upper end of your target heart rate zone.

It's important to note that maximum heart rate is just a guide. You may have a higher or lower maximum heart rate, sometimes by as much as 15 to 20 beats per minute. If you want a more definitive range, consider discussing your target heart rate zone with an exercise physiologist or a personal trainer. As always contact your Doctor before doing any exercise or training.

Supprt the show at www.logicalloss.com/support]]>1699cleanfullCreating an Audience Surveyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-an-audience-survey--6515531John Wilkerson of thewiredhomeschool.com/ was on episode 440 discussing podcasting with seven kids in the house. Today he shares with us the last five podcasts he listened to:
Spirit Blade Podcast - Geek Entertainment and Faith
The Sci -Fi Christian - Sci Fi Topics from a Christian perspective.
Scott Sigler's Books - Sci -Fi Author
School of Podcasting's Morning Annoucements _ This Podcast
Homeschooling in Real Life - Telling it like it is in the world of homeschooling

Podcast Rewind: [8:32]
I recently appeared on the Coachzing Show talking about how to Create a Compelling Podcast. on the Relaunch Show I talk about Overcoming Personal and Financial Bankrupcy with with Joel and Pei. The Coachzing show is dedicated to helping coaches, therapists, speakers and authors work less, earn more, and help more people through creative content marketing strategies. The ReLaunch show is a Daily Radio Show for Career Changers, Difference Makers and Those with a Dream. Features interviews of today’s most in-demand experts, thought leaders, and ReLaunch! artists.
When in Doubt - Ask Your Audience [14:04]
You can win a free year at the School of Podcasting by taking our Audience Survey.
It would be interesting to see how many times I provide the answer, "Ask your audience." It is what appears to be an obvious choice, but I'm not sure if we don't want to bother them, but we often use an audience poll as a last resort. We might feel that we are bugging them. In the end the people who take part in your survey (1 - 5 % of your audience) are the most engaged in your audience and are doing it to support you . As your audience is made up of adults, it not a bad idea to explain why you are doing the poll, but we will get into that later.
What Can I Learn From An Audience Poll
Demographics (age, sex, income, location)
Expectations (Tell your potential audience the topic of your podcast and see what they would expect to hear).
Find a gap (What is the most common frustration when listening to podcasts).
Help you choose a name or logo when you are launching your podcast.
What language they use to describe your show (this is valuable in marketing material - it is the native tongue of your audience).
Have them rank your segments (you may find there are segments that nobody consumes)
Psychographics (lifestyle, interests, dreams, pain points).
Behaviors (How do they consume your show, how often, how long).
Before You Design Your Survey
What is the objective of the poll? What are you looking for? Write down the objective? (future content, sponsors)
What is the goal of this survey?Why are you creating this survey?What do you hope to accomplish with this survey?How will you use the data you are collecting?
You will use your objectives to help create the questions
Short and To the Point
Survey Monkey research (along with Gallup and others) has shown that the survey should take 5 minutes or less to complete. 6 – 10 minutes is acceptable but we see significant abandonment rates occurring after 11 minutes.
When Surveys are Too Long
People drop out: They simply quit taking the survey. Having a reward for completion can reduce drop-outs, but you can’t stop it completely.People stop paying attention: Remember your Jr. High School friend who just filled in random bubbles during a test? He grew up. If it takes too long to take your survey, he might do it again.
Keep it Clear
To ensure that you collect valid survey results, make sure you include instructions on how to answer the survey.
Each question should be clearly stated so that there is no misunderstanding about what is being asked.
When developing your survey questionnaire, you want to make certain that you are asking the questions in a neutral way, ie that you are not leading them toward a particular answer. This may seem simple, but when you are writing questions you will often find that the way you phrase the question may reflect your underlying opinion. Here is an example of a leading question:
Instead of doing you think this microphone sounds better than the old one? Instead it might be “What do you think about the sound of this microphone?”
Survey Flow
There are some rules of thumb:
1) Questions about behavior (factual information) should be before those about attitude (opinions, emotions, preferences)
2) General questions should be before those that are more specific
3) Potentially sensitive questions should be asked later in the survey, once rapport has been established
Question Strategies
It is best to use non-structured questions when you are exploring new ideas and you don't really know what to expect from the respondents.
Any easy way to get insights is to use a scale. Always use an even number of choices. If I say rank this 1 - 5, people can go right down the middle and choose 3. If they have to rank 1-4, they have to choose 2, or 3. One is a little better then the other.
One key ingredient when dealing with adults is to include the "Why." As easy as it is to click a few buttons, in the end knowing "why" will help them push through to the end of the survey. If they understand that they may receive better content, a better schedule, etc. it may inspire them to answer.
Keep your answers private.
When In Doubt Bribe Them
Even if your survey is short, you might have to provide some incentive to get more people to participate. Amazon gift cards, lottery tickets (is that legal), a free product can be used. The good news is the more you get to know your audience, the better bribes you will be able to come up with.
Free Tools For Creating Surveys
There are tons of plugin (see here and here). There are websites like Surveymonkey.com that allow you to do a free survey (up to 100 respondents with 10 questions).]
The tool I use is Polldaddy. it is owned by the people behind Wordpress and their free service is almost unlimited (1000 responses per month).
Take Our Poll and Win a Free Year at the School of Podcasting
http://www.schoolofpodcasting.com/2015s
Mentioned In This Episode
Podcasting Good to Great: How to Grow Your Audience Through Collaboration]]>409fd3cca1d3f76005875bbdd98b5d2fMon, 05 Jan 2015 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonLast 5 in 5 with John Wilkerson John Wilkerson of thewiredhomeschool.com/ was on episode 440 discussing podcasting with seven kids in the house. Today he shares with us the last five podcasts he listened to: Spirit Blade Podcast - Geek Entertainment...John Wilkerson of thewiredhomeschool.com/ was on episode 440 discussing podcasting with seven kids in the house. Today he shares with us the last five podcasts he listened to:
Spirit Blade Podcast - Geek Entertainment and Faith
The Sci -Fi Christian - Sci Fi Topics from a Christian perspective.
Scott Sigler's Books - Sci -Fi Author
School of Podcasting's Morning Annoucements _ This Podcast
Homeschooling in Real Life - Telling it like it is in the world of homeschooling

Podcast Rewind: [8:32]
I recently appeared on the Coachzing Show talking about how to Create a Compelling Podcast. on the Relaunch Show I talk about Overcoming Personal and Financial Bankrupcy with with Joel and Pei. The Coachzing show is dedicated to helping coaches, therapists, speakers and authors work less, earn more, and help more people through creative content marketing strategies. The ReLaunch show is a Daily Radio Show for Career Changers, Difference Makers and Those with a Dream. Features interviews of today’s most in-demand experts, thought leaders, and ReLaunch! artists.
When in Doubt - Ask Your Audience [14:04]
You can win a free year at the School of Podcasting by taking our Audience Survey.
It would be interesting to see how many times I provide the answer, "Ask your audience." It is what appears to be an obvious choice, but I'm not sure if we don't want to bother them, but we often use an audience poll as a last resort. We might feel that we are bugging them. In the end the people who take part in your survey (1 - 5 % of your audience) are the most engaged in your audience and are doing it to support you . As your audience is made up of adults, it not a bad idea to explain why you are doing the poll, but we will get into that later.
What Can I Learn From An Audience Poll
Demographics (age, sex, income, location)
Expectations (Tell your potential audience the topic of your podcast and see what they would expect to hear).
Find a gap (What is the most common frustration when listening to podcasts).
Help you choose a name or logo when you are launching your podcast.
What language they use to describe your show (this is valuable in marketing material - it is the native tongue of your audience).
Have them rank your segments (you may find there are segments that nobody consumes)
Psychographics (lifestyle, interests, dreams, pain points).
Behaviors (How do they consume your show, how often, how long).
Before You Design Your Survey
What is the objective of the poll? What are you looking for? Write down the objective? (future content, sponsors)
What is the goal of this survey?Why are you creating this survey?What do you hope to accomplish with this survey?How will you use the data you are collecting?
You will use your objectives to help create the questions
Short and To the Point
Survey Monkey research (along with Gallup and others) has shown that the survey should take 5 minutes or less to complete. 6 – 10 minutes is acceptable but we see significant abandonment rates occurring after 11 minutes.
When Surveys are Too Long
People drop out: They simply quit taking the survey. Having a reward for completion can reduce drop-outs, but you can’t stop it completely.People stop paying attention: Remember your Jr. High School friend who just filled in random bubbles during a test? He grew up. If it takes too long to take your survey, he might do it again.
Keep it Clear
To ensure that you collect valid survey results, make sure you include instructions on how to answer the survey.
Each question should be clearly stated so that there is no misunderstanding about what is being asked.
When developing your survey questionnaire, you want to make certain that you are asking the questions in a neutral way, ie that you are not leading them toward a particular answer. This...]]>2932cleanfullS.M.A.R.T Resolutionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/s-m-a-r-t-resolutions--39771345S = SpecificM = MeasurableA = AttainableR = RealisticT = Timely
Let’s look at those a little more specifically. A poor goal is “I want to lose weight.” Then you lose a pound. Are you done?
It has to be measurable. When something is measurable you now know if you are ahead or behind schedule. I want to lose “X” amount of pounds, or “X” number of inches of my waist.
Some say the “A” stands for Attainable, Achievable, or Agreed upon. I often use Appropriate. It doesn’t make any sense to say I’m going to swim 20 minutes a day if you do not have access to water. It also has to be something that is attainable in your mind. If you don’t think you can do it, you probably won’t.
We need Realistic goals so we don’t set ourselves up to be discouraged. If we say, “I want to lose 10 pounds in 10 days,” that is not realistic (or healthy).
A goal without a timeline is a dream. You need to add time to your goals. I usually tell people just starting out to shoot for easy goals. This might be something like, “I will walk for 10 minutes five times this week.” It’s specific. It is measurable. It’s realistic. It has a time line. Many people try, “I will lose 10 pounds in a month.” I prefer to put time elements on action items. If you do the action items, then you will be putting yourself in place to lose weight and get healthy.
               Example Goal:
               “I will walk on the treadmill for 30 minutes (specific), 4 days this week. “
Keep in mind that if you can’t measure it, you can’t manage it. This goal is something that you need to believe you can do. It needs to be something that you want, and something you feel you can achieve. It needs to be achievable (notice I didn’t say easy). We just need to avoid those times when we set up something that is so hard that we give up. Then we need to add a time element so we can measure ourselves and see if we are on time.
Don’t fret if you get behind. A guided missile is “Wrong” most of its path. It radios back and sees that it’s off path and adjusts. It then radios back, and makes more adjustments. Eventually it hits the target and everyone applauds. Nobody noticed that the missile was “wrong” for most of the flight. Make your adjustments, and continue on toward your goal.
Resources to Help You Kick Off the Year In The Right Direction
I used a Myotape to measure myselfso I can see where I am starting at (so I can celebrate when these numbers go down in the future). I basically measure areas at the thickest part.Here are some directions from SparkPeople.
If you need calorie tracking software check out our resources
My favorite Gadget for motivation is the Fitbit (it’s kind of like a pedometer on steroids).
Today at the gym I used my Heart Rate Monitor to push me to get my hear rate up. I like the Timex models as you can change the batteries.

Focus on the Activity and the Results Will Follow
Some times we get fixated on the scale. Then if things don’t go the way we want, we can get discouraged and want to quit. What you may want to do is to put an activity into your goal. Such as I will walk on the treadmill for 30 minutes. This is measurable. Then after you establish that habit you can start focusing on the distance you are covering in that 30 minutes.
Keys to Keeping Your Resolution
WRITE THEM DOWNMost people have given up on their resolution by February because they haven’t thought about it since January 1st. Write it down, reflect on it, and keep doing all you can to accomplish it.
Don’t Keep Them To Your SelfLet your family and friends know what you are trying to do so they can help hold you accountable.
Don’t Look as Setbacks as FailuresLook kids fall down a BUNCH when they learn to walk. Learn each setback as a potential to learn some new information.
Make sure this is YOUR goal.If you don’t see the benefits of this goal, then you won’t but into it. You can’t do things for other people. You can try but you will stop when things get tough.
Mentioned in this Epsiode
http://dannademetre.com/
28 Day Squat Challenge at hello Healthy]]>cf4a356e070f301a8d3ba8296e3e7065Fri, 02 Jan 2015 23:20:14 +0000David JacksonWe have a long road ahead. We need to go into this with both eyes open. One of the ways we will dodge failure is by setting S.M.A.R.T. Goals S = SpecificM = MeasurableA = AttainableR = RealisticT = Timely Let’s look at those a little more...S = SpecificM = MeasurableA = AttainableR = RealisticT = Timely
Let’s look at those a little more specifically. A poor goal is “I want to lose weight.” Then you lose a pound. Are you done?
It has to be measurable. When something is measurable you now know if you are ahead or behind schedule. I want to lose “X” amount of pounds, or “X” number of inches of my waist.
Some say the “A” stands for Attainable, Achievable, or Agreed upon. I often use Appropriate. It doesn’t make any sense to say I’m going to swim 20 minutes a day if you do not have access to water. It also has to be something that is attainable in your mind. If you don’t think you can do it, you probably won’t.
We need Realistic goals so we don’t set ourselves up to be discouraged. If we say, “I want to lose 10 pounds in 10 days,” that is not realistic (or healthy).
A goal without a timeline is a dream. You need to add time to your goals. I usually tell people just starting out to shoot for easy goals. This might be something like, “I will walk for 10 minutes five times this week.” It’s specific. It is measurable. It’s realistic. It has a time line. Many people try, “I will lose 10 pounds in a month.” I prefer to put time elements on action items. If you do the action items, then you will be putting yourself in place to lose weight and get healthy.
               Example Goal:
               “I will walk on the treadmill for 30 minutes (specific), 4 days this week. “
Keep in mind that if you can’t measure it, you can’t manage it. This goal is something that you need to believe you can do. It needs to be something that you want, and something you feel you can achieve. It needs to be achievable (notice I didn’t say easy). We just need to avoid those times when we set up something that is so hard that we give up. Then we need to add a time element so we can measure ourselves and see if we are on time.
Don’t fret if you get behind. A guided missile is “Wrong” most of its path. It radios back and sees that it’s off path and adjusts. It then radios back, and makes more adjustments. Eventually it hits the target and everyone applauds. Nobody noticed that the missile was “wrong” for most of the flight. Make your adjustments, and continue on toward your goal.
Resources to Help You Kick Off the Year In The Right Direction
I used a Myotape to measure myselfso I can see where I am starting at (so I can celebrate when these numbers go down in the future). I basically measure areas at the thickest part.Here are some directions from SparkPeople.
If you need calorie tracking software check out our resources
My favorite Gadget for motivation is the Fitbit (it’s kind of like a pedometer on steroids).
Today at the gym I used my Heart Rate Monitor to push me to get my hear rate up. I like the Timex models as you can change the batteries.

Focus on the Activity and the Results Will Follow
Some times we get fixated on the scale. Then if things don’t go the way we want, we can get discouraged and want to quit. What you may want to do is to put an activity into your goal. Such as I will walk on the treadmill for 30 minutes. This is measurable. Then after you establish that habit you can start focusing on the distance you are covering in that 30 minutes.
Keys to Keeping Your Resolution
WRITE THEM DOWNMost people have given up on their resolution by February because they haven’t thought about it since January 1st. Write it down, reflect on it, and keep doing all you can to accomplish it.
Don’t Keep Them To Your SelfLet your family and friends know what you are trying to do so they can help hold you accountable.
Don’t Look as Setbacks as FailuresLook kids fall down a BUNCH when they learn to walk. Learn each setback as a potential to learn...]]>1374cleanfullIt Starts with Your Brainhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-starts-with-your-brain--39771296Attitude
Calories
Sleep
Activity
Water
Today we are going to focus on our attitude and more specifically negative self talk.
Negative self-talk can be a runaway train. Your mind goes around in circles replaying a negative event or your own shortcomings. You may think that you're getting in touch with your true feelings, but bad feelings have a way of getting worse the more attention you give them. Research shows that happy people do put bad days behind them. In a survey of 231 college students, those with a positive outlook were more likely to look back on negative events and report how much better things are for them now.
Talk Yourself Out of It
If negative self-talk came with an off switch, you could just flip it. But it doesn't. It takes a plan and some work to tone it down. Here are four ways to make it happen:

Distance yourself. You can't banish negative self-talk forever, but you can take a step back from it. When you notice negative self-talk occurring, address it like you would an opinionated third party. You might say, "Thanks for sharing," or "It's interesting you feel that way" and move on.
Distract yourself. "Over-thinking involves focusing on a train of thought that goes around and around. "You can stop that train of thought by focusing on something else." Try playing basketball, doing a crossword puzzle, or any other activity that fully engages your mind.
Call them on it. Give your negative thoughts the third-degree and they could crumble. You might ask yourself, "Is that really true?" or "Is there another way to look at this situation?" You may also look for benefits. If you missed that job promotion, are there any lessons for the future you can take from the situation? Or could another opportunity come out of it?
Save them for later. Set aside a time of day for negative self-talk. If you hear yourself doubting, blaming, or comparing yourself to others at another time of day, tell yourself you will come back to the conversation later. When the appointed time arrives, your negative thoughts may have lost most of their oomph.

Water Your Body App

Track your daily water consumption in an intuitive way, and because not everyone needs to drink the same amount, it is designed specifically for you.
Based on the revolutionary research done by health care professionals in recent years, we have learned just how critical it is, for your health, to maximize your individual water intake. This app is designed to perfect that routine.
A consistent routine with the proper amount of water in your diet will lead you to optimal overall health. Start today for a healthier tomorrow.
With your personal schedule being so hectic, it is difficult to manage how much water you have drank for the day. Finally, you have found the best solution available on the iPhone.
Immerse in an interactive, free-roaming interface to add cups or bottles of water towards your goal.
* Earn a daily and overall average grade on how well you are keeping up on your recommended amount.
* Touch and drag the containers around your table to organize them in your own special way.
* Customize your own specific water container, with images to choose from.
* Specify attributes from your personal lifestyle to get a scientifically proven daily water intake goal.
* Earn achievements for maintaining a long term high grade average.
* Use either US or metric measurements to track the amounts.
* View a line graph detailing the history of your water intake.
* Be reminded by the app icon itself of how many cups or bottles you have left to meet your goal.
* Create your own customized reminders that can notify you when you should drink more water.
* View the time and dates of every cup or bottle of water you have drank.
* Enjoy a plethora of useful facts and tips about water and human health.

The android app is cooler than the iOs version. You can choose your cup and other features. It's also free.]]>1cef8dfa4191bee2d250c4e49b14a60aTue, 30 Dec 2014 18:50:20 +0000David JacksonWith the year sailing off into the past, we can panic when we thnk about all the things we need to do to get our weight under control. In the end it boils down to Attitude Calories Sleep Activity Water Today we are going to focus on our attitude and...Attitude
Calories
Sleep
Activity
Water
Today we are going to focus on our attitude and more specifically negative self talk.
Negative self-talk can be a runaway train. Your mind goes around in circles replaying a negative event or your own shortcomings. You may think that you're getting in touch with your true feelings, but bad feelings have a way of getting worse the more attention you give them. Research shows that happy people do put bad days behind them. In a survey of 231 college students, those with a positive outlook were more likely to look back on negative events and report how much better things are for them now.
Talk Yourself Out of It
If negative self-talk came with an off switch, you could just flip it. But it doesn't. It takes a plan and some work to tone it down. Here are four ways to make it happen:

Distance yourself. You can't banish negative self-talk forever, but you can take a step back from it. When you notice negative self-talk occurring, address it like you would an opinionated third party. You might say, "Thanks for sharing," or "It's interesting you feel that way" and move on.
Distract yourself. "Over-thinking involves focusing on a train of thought that goes around and around. "You can stop that train of thought by focusing on something else." Try playing basketball, doing a crossword puzzle, or any other activity that fully engages your mind.
Call them on it. Give your negative thoughts the third-degree and they could crumble. You might ask yourself, "Is that really true?" or "Is there another way to look at this situation?" You may also look for benefits. If you missed that job promotion, are there any lessons for the future you can take from the situation? Or could another opportunity come out of it?
Save them for later. Set aside a time of day for negative self-talk. If you hear yourself doubting, blaming, or comparing yourself to others at another time of day, tell yourself you will come back to the conversation later. When the appointed time arrives, your negative thoughts may have lost most of their oomph.

Water Your Body App

Track your daily water consumption in an intuitive way, and because not everyone needs to drink the same amount, it is designed specifically for you.
Based on the revolutionary research done by health care professionals in recent years, we have learned just how critical it is, for your health, to maximize your individual water intake. This app is designed to perfect that routine.
A consistent routine with the proper amount of water in your diet will lead you to optimal overall health. Start today for a healthier tomorrow.
With your personal schedule being so hectic, it is difficult to manage how much water you have drank for the day. Finally, you have found the best solution available on the iPhone.
Immerse in an interactive, free-roaming interface to add cups or bottles of water towards your goal.
* Earn a daily and overall average grade on how well you are keeping up on your recommended amount.
* Touch and drag the containers around your table to organize them in your own special way.
* Customize your own specific water container, with images to choose from.
* Specify attributes from your personal lifestyle to get a scientifically proven daily water intake goal.
* Earn achievements for maintaining a long term high grade average.
* Use either US or metric measurements to track the amounts.
* View a line graph detailing the history of your water intake.
* Be reminded by the app icon itself of how many cups or bottles you have left to meet your goal.
* Create your own customized reminders that can notify you when you should drink more water.
*...]]>1873cleanfullMy Favorite Podcast Is... 2014 Versionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-podcast-is-2014-version--6515536 I started this last year and I want this to be an annual event. I ask my audience, "If you could only listen to one podcast what would it be, where is it, and WHY do you listen to it. Thanks to everyone who sent in their answers. I want to thank Ray Ortega for alerting me to a post from Seth Godin that sates, “There’s no such thing as a niche that’s too small if the people care enough. If you think you need a bigger market, you’re actually saying that the market you already have doesn’t need you/depend on you/talk about you enough.You might not need a bigger niche. You might only need to produce more value for those you already serve.”
With people choosing the following podcasts over all others, one can assume they are delivering tons of value.
My Favorite Podcast Is
Nick Seuberling from "Inside the Jungle" who love the 606 Podcast. Its information he can't get in the US.
Ben From Modern Self Protection loves the Survival Podcast podcast because its energy, and inspiring.
Bill from the Media Fiasco  I would definitely pick the Mike O’Meara Show, it always puts a smile on his face.
Cain from the Adventure Frequency podcast Adam Carolla show consistent, funny.
Daniel J. Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast and My Podcast Reviews likes the Business of Marriage because the topics fits Daniel like a glove.
Dr. Dave from Shrink Wrap Radio Psychology Podcast loves Mac Break Weekly to get up to date tips and news from experts.
Al from Whats Up On Earth loves the Podcast because its funny, and appealing and keeps him up on pop culture.
Erik from Podcast Talent Coach loves the Solopreneur Hour for their unique interviews that aren't like everybody else.
Fred from Skills in Screencasts and Podcast still loves the No Agenda show for its behind the scenes look at the Media
James loves the PFW in Progress is where James gets in depth information about New England Patriots football.
Jennifer from the Delightful Life podcast loves Live Your List Show because the hosts are entertaining, and its inspires you to be a better person.
John from Writers Authors on Fire from Loves Entrepreneur on Fire because it keeps him positive and motivated.
Johnathon loves the Moment with Brian Koppelman. He loves in the in depth interviews that make him think.
Ken Casler of the Thinking Outside The Box podcast loves the Spark podcast. It entertains him and keeps him up on technology and he loves the hosts voice.
Kim from On the Table podcast loves Get it Done Guy (she also loves Starve the Doubts) for the entertaining stories.
Matt McWilliams from the World Changers Show loves Ray Edwards because its unique slant on business, faith, productivity, and family.
Randy Cantrell of Leaning Towards Wisdom loves Serial for the excellently produced masterful story telling. (recently parodied on Saturday Night Live)
Remi from the Sci-fi Movie Podcast loves the hosts from Bald Move Network who talk about numerous topics, and he follows their shows. They are fun, honest, and objective.
Rick from the Evolution Talk podcast loves Mysterious Universe podcast (he pays for their premium content) it allows him to escape and relax.
Scott from Karate Tournament Tips and Tricks loves The Unexplained with Howard Hughes its really interesting without being over the top.
Scott from Computer Tutor Podcast loves Dave Ramsey because he knows what he is going to get, and yet you never know what you're going to get. It's entertaining.
Stargate from the Legends of Shield podcast loves the Star Wars Minute for the behind the scenes, entertaining stories,
Terry from Discovering America loves the Jefferson Hour
Summary
As I listened to theses clips, I listened and made notes. When I put it all together, here is how it broke down. These are the qualities that people mentioned most. These numbers indicate (according to the 50ish people who replied) how important the following topics are.
If you combined funny and entertaining, that would be 47% (for me if I'm laughing I'm entertained). That would mean
49% Value (things I can use, easy to understand)47% Entertaining/Funny 32% Personality (objective, chemistry, authentic, objective)32% "Deep Dive" (in depth information)15% Behind the Scenes (info you can’t get anywhere else)11% Inspiring (encouraging, kept me positive)11% Stories (people love stories) 9% Voice ("I love their voice").
I have said (since 2005) your podcast is not about you, it’s about the audience. If you are a radio station, your call letters are WIFT (what’s in it for them). Find out what they want and deliver it in an entertaining and encouraging fashion, and you will connect with your audience.
A HUGE thank you to all my listeners, but a special thank you to everyone who called in with their responses]]>3103ef45f6e22727e8acd18c39cb6303Mon, 29 Dec 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonCOMMENTS? Call 888-563-3228 I started this last year and I want this to be an annual event. I ask my audience, "If you could only listen to one podcast what would it be, where is it, and WHY do you listen to it. Thanks to everyone who sent in their... I started this last year and I want this to be an annual event. I ask my audience, "If you could only listen to one podcast what would it be, where is it, and WHY do you listen to it. Thanks to everyone who sent in their answers. I want to thank Ray Ortega for alerting me to a post from Seth Godin that sates, “There’s no such thing as a niche that’s too small if the people care enough. If you think you need a bigger market, you’re actually saying that the market you already have doesn’t need you/depend on you/talk about you enough.You might not need a bigger niche. You might only need to produce more value for those you already serve.”
With people choosing the following podcasts over all others, one can assume they are delivering tons of value.
My Favorite Podcast Is
Nick Seuberling from "Inside the Jungle" who love the 606 Podcast. Its information he can't get in the US.
Ben From Modern Self Protection loves the Survival Podcast podcast because its energy, and inspiring.
Bill from the Media Fiasco  I would definitely pick the Mike O’Meara Show, it always puts a smile on his face.
Cain from the Adventure Frequency podcast Adam Carolla show consistent, funny.
Daniel J. Lewis from the Audacity to Podcast and My Podcast Reviews likes the Business of Marriage because the topics fits Daniel like a glove.
Dr. Dave from Shrink Wrap Radio Psychology Podcast loves Mac Break Weekly to get up to date tips and news from experts.
Al from Whats Up On Earth loves the Podcast because its funny, and appealing and keeps him up on pop culture.
Erik from Podcast Talent Coach loves the Solopreneur Hour for their unique interviews that aren't like everybody else.
Fred from Skills in Screencasts and Podcast still loves the No Agenda show for its behind the scenes look at the Media
James loves the PFW in Progress is where James gets in depth information about New England Patriots football.
Jennifer from the Delightful Life podcast loves Live Your List Show because the hosts are entertaining, and its inspires you to be a better person.
John from Writers Authors on Fire from Loves Entrepreneur on Fire because it keeps him positive and motivated.
Johnathon loves the Moment with Brian Koppelman. He loves in the in depth interviews that make him think.
Ken Casler of the Thinking Outside The Box podcast loves the Spark podcast. It entertains him and keeps him up on technology and he loves the hosts voice.
Kim from On the Table podcast loves Get it Done Guy (she also loves Starve the Doubts) for the entertaining stories.
Matt McWilliams from the World Changers Show loves Ray Edwards because its unique slant on business, faith, productivity, and family.
Randy Cantrell of Leaning Towards Wisdom loves Serial for the excellently produced masterful story telling. (recently parodied on Saturday Night Live)
Remi from the Sci-fi Movie Podcast loves the hosts from Bald Move Network who talk about numerous topics, and he follows their shows. They are fun, honest, and objective.
Rick from the Evolution Talk podcast loves Mysterious Universe podcast (he pays for their premium content) it allows him to escape and relax.
Scott from Karate Tournament Tips and Tricks loves The Unexplained with Howard Hughes its really interesting without being over the top.
Scott from Computer Tutor Podcast loves Dave Ramsey because he knows what he is going to get, and yet you never know what you're going to get. It's entertaining.
Stargate from the Legends of Shield podcast loves the Star Wars Minute for the behind the scenes, entertaining stories,
Terry from Discovering America loves the Jefferson Hour
Summary
As I listened to theses clips, I listened and made notes. When I put it all together, here is how it broke down. These are the qualities that people mentioned most. These numbers indicate (according to the...]]>4113cleanfullHow To Podcast with Seven Kids in the House - 9 Years Of Experiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-podcast-with-seven-kids-in-the-house-9-years-of-experience--6515533Tips for Podcasting With Children in the House

Lots and lots of prep so you are ready to take advantage of every opportunity
Get out of the house if possible (maybe the car?)/
Go early or late (record while they are sleeping).
Give yourself a limit (be focused)
Reward your kids for being quiet (get them involved).

John has a full blog post at http://jesusgeek.info/5-tips-for-podcasting-when-you-have-little-kids/ John's current project is the Wired Homeschool. You can find it at http://thewiredhomeschool.com/ The Wired Homeschool provides practical advice for homeschooling parents who use technology as part of their homeschool curriculum. Topics include Internet safety, responsible computer use, smartphones, tablets, e-readers, educational apps, social media, and more. Johns podcast has lead him being asked to speak at some conventions for homeschooling. How cool is that? In the interview he explains how he has had other podcasts and as life and interests changed, John no longer had the same passion for those shows, but is very excited to be doing the Wired Homeschool podcast.
Last 5 in 5 From Mark from obeep.com (a GeoCaching Podcast)
Geo Gearheads - technical side of geo caching Nerd Church - Geek News Hollywood Babylon - Kevin Smith Humor The Walk - podcast about health, fitness, weight loss and physical and spiritual well-being. Conquer Depression, Anxiety and Stress
Podcast Rewind
A new episode of Building a Better Dave is out called "the Other Side of Christmas". Beyond iTunes on Podcasters' Roundtable
Podsafe for Peace
Hear the Behind the Scenes Recording of this if Every Day Were Christmas. Original Podsafe for Peach recording website. New version by Slau at CdBaby, and iTunes Check out his podcast Sessions With Slau
Mentioned on the Show
rev.com a great - super fast turn around on transcriptions. Michael Butler Rock and Roll Geek Geek News Central Ready to Start Podcasting?]]>9592b51497a0a489ed3bb55f2887a2ffMon, 22 Dec 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk with John Wilkerson who has SEVEN children about HOW THE HECK DO YOU PODCAST WITH SEVEN KIDS IN THE HOUSE? John has been podcasting since 2005 and has lots of tips. We talk about the following topics: When do you know its time to...Tips for Podcasting With Children in the House

Lots and lots of prep so you are ready to take advantage of every opportunity
Get out of the house if possible (maybe the car?)/
Go early or late (record while they are sleeping).
Give yourself a limit (be focused)
Reward your kids for being quiet (get them involved).

John has a full blog post at http://jesusgeek.info/5-tips-for-podcasting-when-you-have-little-kids/ John's current project is the Wired Homeschool. You can find it at http://thewiredhomeschool.com/ The Wired Homeschool provides practical advice for homeschooling parents who use technology as part of their homeschool curriculum. Topics include Internet safety, responsible computer use, smartphones, tablets, e-readers, educational apps, social media, and more. Johns podcast has lead him being asked to speak at some conventions for homeschooling. How cool is that? In the interview he explains how he has had other podcasts and as life and interests changed, John no longer had the same passion for those shows, but is very excited to be doing the Wired Homeschool podcast.
Last 5 in 5 From Mark from obeep.com (a GeoCaching Podcast)
Geo Gearheads - technical side of geo caching Nerd Church - Geek News Hollywood Babylon - Kevin Smith Humor The Walk - podcast about health, fitness, weight loss and physical and spiritual well-being. Conquer Depression, Anxiety and Stress
Podcast Rewind
A new episode of Building a Better Dave is out called "the Other Side of Christmas". Beyond iTunes on Podcasters' Roundtable
Podsafe for Peace
Hear the Behind the Scenes Recording of this if Every Day Were Christmas. Original Podsafe for Peach recording website. New version by Slau at CdBaby, and iTunes Check out his podcast Sessions With Slau
Mentioned on the Show
rev.com a great - super fast turn around on transcriptions. Michael Butler Rock and Roll Geek Geek News Central Ready to Start Podcasting?]]>3553cleanfullCookies and Stress A Terrible Combinationhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cookies-and-stress-a-terrible-combination--39771264So the stress of the holidays compounded by mountains of cookies is not a good thing.
We have to learn to deal with stress. Not only during the holidays but every day. ]]>d53e352def8efcaf0d5f3a29fc2a3fa7Mon, 15 Dec 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonA recent article from Jillian Michaels pointed out that when we have a very stressful situation we go into "Fight or flight" and the hormones released stop us from feeling hungry (which makes sense) but the problem is this happens even when we are not...So the stress of the holidays compounded by mountains of cookies is not a good thing.
We have to learn to deal with stress. Not only during the holidays but every day. ]]>921cleanfullLeveraging the Relationship You Build With Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/leveraging-the-relationship-you-build-with-your-audience--6515532How Do I Shut Down My Show?
Mark Wade has decided to shut down a1blues.com after 6 years. He had the following questions.

When I cancel Libsyn will my past shows still be available for people to still listen at my website or through iTunes or does Libsyn delete your past shows (mp3’s)?

No. So if you want to keep it up you can downgrade to the $5 a month plan ($7 if you want basic download stats)

Is there anything I need to do to keeping the website up and running

Pay your hosting bills, and every now and then login and make sure there are no plugins/themes that need updated on your website (if you're using Wordpress). Also be sure to pay the bill on the domain name.

If I decided to start the show up a few years from now is there anything I should do now to make that come back easier?

Like keeping the website address renewed every year. Just keep paying the web bill, and your domain. To make that cheaper buy hosting by the year instead of month to month. Some people do a "Farewell" show and let people know the show is coming to an end. Others just say you're going on hiatus (and then never come back). Some people say nothing and the audience figures it out later that no new episodes are coming. In the end of you don't keep the domains and the hosting paid for, the system will break.
Opportunity Knocks When Your Audience Asks the Same Question Multiple Times
My friend Erik K. Johnson who produces the Podcast Talent coach, and on his show he has spoken about doing interviews and a listener of his asked if there was a definitive book on being and interviewer. Erik states that he has looked and while there are books on Radio that have pieces about interviewing but there is no book that people can say that is THE BOOK on interviewing. For me, I think "Erik needs to write this." Erik has 25+ years in radio and has interviewed some great musicians and entertainers and has some great insights. Erik also does a show with me called the Podcast Review show. If you want some constructive feedback on your show, sign up today at www.podcastreviewshow.com Writing a book is not easy, but it is simple. All you need to do is 1. Pick a topic 2. Outline the topic into sub topics 3. Expand those topics 4. Find an editor 5. Get a cover designed.
The Most Effective and Profitable Way to Make Money With Your Podcast
Through you podcast your audience: 1. Adds you to their routine when you publish at the same time. They rely on you to be there. This establishes trust. 2. When you bring value, they enjoy having you around. They like you. 3. When you share a bit about yourself they get to know you. Let your personality seep into your show. This allows them to know you. When they know, like, and trust you and you come out with a product that fits a need they have, you can leverage that relationship into dollars. Dave's book is More Podcast Money.
Systems You Can Use To Sell Digit Products
Sellz.com charges 5% of the sale +.25 cents. Great customizable buttons. They don't allow you to take paypal without paying $5 a month (but you can take credit cards). Sellfy.com - 5% and you can take a number of payments. I'm not a huge fan of their buttons (not very customizable). Gumroad.com - 5% + .25 Allow you to do a "you name the price" product. They do not accept paypal (but you can take credit cards).
Spotlight Artist Raymond Good Job Search that Works [24:49]
Ray's sight looks pretty cool. If you want to know what Wordpress theme someone is using check out wpthemedetector.com Ray is using Elegant Themes on this website. Ray is someone who can help people be more effective at finding a job. His free podcast provides great insights into helping you find a job, switch jobs, etc. We listen to Ray's first episode and its very polished. I played his first and last episode. Its very subtle but Ray had some reverb on his voice on the first show and now he doesn't. I'm on show 438 and I know show 500 will have improvements over 438. Keep in mind you don't have to be great to start, but you do have to start to be great. Check out Ray's show at www.jobsearchthatworks.com
Mentioned in this Episode
Wrapid Right Method Self Publishing For Virgins
Ready to Start Podcasting]]>9476c8e82d9a9878115f47a952867f65Mon, 15 Dec 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we are talking about the most efficient and effective way to make money from the influence you build with your podcast. That method is selling your own product or service. We also talk about how to shut down a podcast. How Do I Shut Down My...How Do I Shut Down My Show?
Mark Wade has decided to shut down a1blues.com after 6 years. He had the following questions.

When I cancel Libsyn will my past shows still be available for people to still listen at my website or through iTunes or does Libsyn delete your past shows (mp3’s)?

No. So if you want to keep it up you can downgrade to the $5 a month plan ($7 if you want basic download stats)

Is there anything I need to do to keeping the website up and running

Pay your hosting bills, and every now and then login and make sure there are no plugins/themes that need updated on your website (if you're using Wordpress). Also be sure to pay the bill on the domain name.

If I decided to start the show up a few years from now is there anything I should do now to make that come back easier?

Like keeping the website address renewed every year. Just keep paying the web bill, and your domain. To make that cheaper buy hosting by the year instead of month to month. Some people do a "Farewell" show and let people know the show is coming to an end. Others just say you're going on hiatus (and then never come back). Some people say nothing and the audience figures it out later that no new episodes are coming. In the end of you don't keep the domains and the hosting paid for, the system will break.
Opportunity Knocks When Your Audience Asks the Same Question Multiple Times
My friend Erik K. Johnson who produces the Podcast Talent coach, and on his show he has spoken about doing interviews and a listener of his asked if there was a definitive book on being and interviewer. Erik states that he has looked and while there are books on Radio that have pieces about interviewing but there is no book that people can say that is THE BOOK on interviewing. For me, I think "Erik needs to write this." Erik has 25+ years in radio and has interviewed some great musicians and entertainers and has some great insights. Erik also does a show with me called the Podcast Review show. If you want some constructive feedback on your show, sign up today at www.podcastreviewshow.com Writing a book is not easy, but it is simple. All you need to do is 1. Pick a topic 2. Outline the topic into sub topics 3. Expand those topics 4. Find an editor 5. Get a cover designed.
The Most Effective and Profitable Way to Make Money With Your Podcast
Through you podcast your audience: 1. Adds you to their routine when you publish at the same time. They rely on you to be there. This establishes trust. 2. When you bring value, they enjoy having you around. They like you. 3. When you share a bit about yourself they get to know you. Let your personality seep into your show. This allows them to know you. When they know, like, and trust you and you come out with a product that fits a need they have, you can leverage that relationship into dollars. Dave's book is More Podcast Money.
Systems You Can Use To Sell Digit Products
Sellz.com charges 5% of the sale +.25 cents. Great customizable buttons. They don't allow you to take paypal without paying $5 a month (but you can take credit cards). Sellfy.com - 5% and you can take a number of payments. I'm not a huge fan of their buttons (not very customizable). Gumroad.com - 5% + .25 Allow you to do a "you name the price" product. They do not accept paypal (but you can take credit cards).
Spotlight Artist Raymond Good Job Search that Works [24:49]
Ray's sight looks pretty cool. If you want to know what Wordpress theme someone is using check out wpthemedetector.com Ray is using Elegant Themes on this website. Ray is someone who can help people be more...]]>2234cleanfullPremium Podcast RSS Feeds - HipCast Podcast Media Hosting Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/premium-podcast-rss-feeds-hipcast-podcast-media-hosting-review--6515534Ben from Modern Self Defense where he was asked to teach a class, meet a mentor, and then he had 20 peopel fly in to meet HIM. This great event gets better, they have already asked him back to do another class. Ben is doing his podcast as he wants people to be safe. Fin him at modernselfprotection.com and in iTunes.
How to Create a Protected / Premium RSS Podcast Feed 6:37
I've had a few people ask me this question so thanks to Nick at spnt.tv, Jason from matttalkonline.com and Randy from Leaning Towards Wisdom (itunes) I use Digital Access Pass to accomplish this through some short codes. Then anyone who is subscribed can access their special version of the RSS feed (and other can't). If they cancel their account their RSS goes dead. I ave a video on my Patreon page that shows how this works (sign up for $1 and get access to bonus videos). Here are some tips and insight into having premium content. 1. If you are creating premium content for your launch, remember you don't have an audience yet and you may be doing "double the work" for an audience that doesn't exist. 2. When you get into ecommerce, you enter the world of paypal. Some people love paypal, and others refuse to us it. 3. You will need to be able to support your members. Its not a set it up and watch the money come in. They will occasionally need some help. 4. If you can keep the free items completely separate than the premium your life will be easy. I'm in the process of moving the premium content from the School of Podcasting to a completely different website. This makes keeping things "straight" a WHOLE lot easier. If you mix the premium and free content together, it can be quite the headache keeping everything separate (the easiest way to to just keep them separate). 5. If you are trying to make it so that there is NO WAY To steal your content, then you will have a long day. If your product is digital, people can steal it. That's a fact and in the end you have to end up trusting your customers. Don't get hung up on that. People will pay for items in money or time. There are those people who have more time than money and can go to great lengths to get your content (and there are some customers who will share it with others - welcome to 2014).
Post Rewind [17:45]
I appeared on the Podcaster's Roundtable where we talked about platforms for podcasting. Listen/Watch it here. Izzabela and Mike Russel produce the Branding Cow podcast where you can have Izzabela go over your website from top to bottom. In one episode the podcaster was using the Website host to host their media and Izzabela mentions how it took almost 10 minutes to download the episode. You can find the Branding Cow podcast at www.brandingcow.com Mike and Izzabela run Music Radio Creative and recommend using Spreaker as your media host. Music Radio Creative are responsible for the "Podcast Rewind" voice over as well as the "Ladies" who sing "The School of Podcasting with Dave Jackson." Speaking of using your Web Hoist as a Media host I interview Ralph from thesdrshow.com on episode 419 where he talks about the horror of having to move to a "real" media host after launching his podcast (his web host even told him it would be fine - then it wasn't). You can hear that episode HERE (if you want a free month of hosting at Libsyn.com or blubrry.com use the coupon sopfree ).
Spotlight Podcast: Adopting and Fostering in Faith [22:56]
Today we spotlight a new podcast "Adopting and Fostering in Faith from a new member of the School of Podcasting Robert Gelinas. This podcast is all about inspiration, information and resources for Christians who desire to care for orphans in their own backyard (and beyond). I love it as Robert is an expert (he has five adopted children) and he is using the podcast to help others with questions about fostering and adopting children. Check out his website at http://fosteringandadoptinginfaith.com/ and find his podcast in itunes
Last 5 in 5 from Ben Branam [29:46]
Ben Branam from Modern Self Protection (No One SHould Live in Fear) shares the last five podcasts you listened to: 1. Daily Audio Bible 2. Get it Done Guy 3. The Survival Podcast 4. Handgun World 5. Black Man With a Gun
HipCast Podcast Media Hosting Review [34:15]
I've am getting a bit tired of reviewing media hosts as there are new ones every day (hour?) I was asked to look at Hipcast.com. My criteria includes: 1. Don't mess with my file (they do) - although you are allowed to rename your file once you upload it. They transcode your file as well. 2. Give me a way to redirect my feed (they don't). 3. Dont limit my bandwidth (they pass) 4. Give me stats (their stats get a D+ - very, very basic) 5. Give me unlimited storage (they pass) They list features on their website that aren't really features ("We back up you files" - really? I hope so). Their online recording tools didn't work with my machine (they didn't recognize my microphone). The recording from your phone produced a quality that I feel is poor at best. You can read my review of other media hosts here. I recommend Libsyn.com and Blubrry.om (who meet all my criteria) get a free month at either site using the coupon sopfree As Tim is doing a video podcast and he wants to put out an hour long video, I ask "Does it really need to be video. There are people who do videos for YouTube and then put the audio out as a podcast. Cali Lewis use to do this (and might still be doing it) for geekbeat.tv What some people will do is create a smaller version to be downloaded 640 x 360 (16:9) Or 640 x 480 (4:3) Then upload the HD version to Youtube and put the Youtube version on your website and put the smaller version into your feed and let people watch YouTube on your website. This reduces how much space you need for hosting. If your show is NOT visual (talking head) I would recommend this.
Mentioned on this Show
Skywalking Through Neverland

Ready to Start a Podcast?
Become a member]]>2d5f964b264d9c9cbbfefc16345693a8Mon, 08 Dec 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonBecause of my Podcast... I got to Meet a Mentor and Be Seen as an Expert Ben from Modern Self Defense where he was asked to teach a class, meet a mentor, and then he had 20 peopel fly in to meet HIM. This great event gets better, they have already...Ben from Modern Self Defense where he was asked to teach a class, meet a mentor, and then he had 20 peopel fly in to meet HIM. This great event gets better, they have already asked him back to do another class. Ben is doing his podcast as he wants people to be safe. Fin him at modernselfprotection.com and in iTunes.
How to Create a Protected / Premium RSS Podcast Feed 6:37
I've had a few people ask me this question so thanks to Nick at spnt.tv, Jason from matttalkonline.com and Randy from Leaning Towards Wisdom (itunes) I use Digital Access Pass to accomplish this through some short codes. Then anyone who is subscribed can access their special version of the RSS feed (and other can't). If they cancel their account their RSS goes dead. I ave a video on my Patreon page that shows how this works (sign up for $1 and get access to bonus videos). Here are some tips and insight into having premium content. 1. If you are creating premium content for your launch, remember you don't have an audience yet and you may be doing "double the work" for an audience that doesn't exist. 2. When you get into ecommerce, you enter the world of paypal. Some people love paypal, and others refuse to us it. 3. You will need to be able to support your members. Its not a set it up and watch the money come in. They will occasionally need some help. 4. If you can keep the free items completely separate than the premium your life will be easy. I'm in the process of moving the premium content from the School of Podcasting to a completely different website. This makes keeping things "straight" a WHOLE lot easier. If you mix the premium and free content together, it can be quite the headache keeping everything separate (the easiest way to to just keep them separate). 5. If you are trying to make it so that there is NO WAY To steal your content, then you will have a long day. If your product is digital, people can steal it. That's a fact and in the end you have to end up trusting your customers. Don't get hung up on that. People will pay for items in money or time. There are those people who have more time than money and can go to great lengths to get your content (and there are some customers who will share it with others - welcome to 2014).
Post Rewind [17:45]
I appeared on the Podcaster's Roundtable where we talked about platforms for podcasting. Listen/Watch it here. Izzabela and Mike Russel produce the Branding Cow podcast where you can have Izzabela go over your website from top to bottom. In one episode the podcaster was using the Website host to host their media and Izzabela mentions how it took almost 10 minutes to download the episode. You can find the Branding Cow podcast at www.brandingcow.com Mike and Izzabela run Music Radio Creative and recommend using Spreaker as your media host. Music Radio Creative are responsible for the "Podcast Rewind" voice over as well as the "Ladies" who sing "The School of Podcasting with Dave Jackson." Speaking of using your Web Hoist as a Media host I interview Ralph from thesdrshow.com on episode 419 where he talks about the horror of having to move to a "real" media host after launching his podcast (his web host even told him it would be fine - then it wasn't). You can hear that episode HERE (if you want a free month of hosting at Libsyn.com or blubrry.com use the coupon sopfree ).
Spotlight Podcast: Adopting and Fostering in Faith [22:56]
Today we spotlight a new podcast "Adopting and Fostering in Faith from a new member of the School of Podcasting Robert Gelinas. This podcast is all about inspiration, information and resources for Christians who desire to care for orphans in their own backyard (and beyond). I love it as Robert is an expert (he has five adopted children) and he is using the podcast to help others with questions about fostering and...]]>2896cleanfullTest Drive Your Post Weight Loss Surgery Lifestylehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/test-drive-your-post-weight-loss-surgery-lifestyle--39771276Why? Because her weight is not the problem. It is a symptom. Numerous people have had surgery and found ways around the shrunken stomachs to eat themselves fat. Why? Because their weight was a symptom. A symptom of a problem. What problem? I don't know, but THAT is what they need surgery on. They should be in therapy for that, not under a knife to remove half their stomach.
When Was the Last Time You Vomited?
I think my friend is under estimating the discomfort of vomiting. She explain that if she eats to much she will vomit. I don't know about you, but if I can do ANYTHING to avoid vomiting I will. Don't forget the extra expense of the bills for paying for the surgery. Don't forget that in some cases you end up with a body that can't process nutrients anymore. See the story from NBC.
Take Your New "Healthy" Lifestyle for a Test Drive
My friend says she can't eat "Crap anymore." So let's do that. Don't eat crap. Try vegetables and fruits for snacks. Don't eat pizza and if you do limit it to one piece. Track your calories RELIGIOUSLY, and if you DO go over, find something that is REALLY PHYSICALLY UNCOMFORTABLE to do (for me it might be eating liver). Do something you don't want to do. Why? Because after your surgery and your body is telling you "You better get to a bathroom RIGHT NOW," I'm pretty sure you're not going to want to do that either.
Fix the Problem - Not the Symptom
There are so many things that cause us to go for the refrigerator. There is stress, emotional issues, job, family ,friends, etc. All of these are typical. These are the problem. We USE FOOD to dull the problem. We USE FOOD to dull the pain. If you're are not hungry FOOD IS NOT THE SOLUTION.
It's simple, but its not easy. In fact, its very , very, hard.
My friend pointed out that doing a podcast about weight loss hasn't helped me. I admitted I know what to do, but I don't do it. So now I'm motivated to do the right thing to help her see if you do the right stuff you CAN Lose weight.
FULL STORY ON NBC]]>7305b135d6764629aaaa8d0cade8a2a6Sun, 07 Dec 2014 22:31:34 +0000David JacksonI have a friend of mine who is planning on having weight loss surgery. It doesn't matter what kind, but in the end it is probably not going to work. Why? Because her weight is not the problem. It is a symptom. Numerous people have had surgery and...Why? Because her weight is not the problem. It is a symptom. Numerous people have had surgery and found ways around the shrunken stomachs to eat themselves fat. Why? Because their weight was a symptom. A symptom of a problem. What problem? I don't know, but THAT is what they need surgery on. They should be in therapy for that, not under a knife to remove half their stomach.
When Was the Last Time You Vomited?
I think my friend is under estimating the discomfort of vomiting. She explain that if she eats to much she will vomit. I don't know about you, but if I can do ANYTHING to avoid vomiting I will. Don't forget the extra expense of the bills for paying for the surgery. Don't forget that in some cases you end up with a body that can't process nutrients anymore. See the story from NBC.
Take Your New "Healthy" Lifestyle for a Test Drive
My friend says she can't eat "Crap anymore." So let's do that. Don't eat crap. Try vegetables and fruits for snacks. Don't eat pizza and if you do limit it to one piece. Track your calories RELIGIOUSLY, and if you DO go over, find something that is REALLY PHYSICALLY UNCOMFORTABLE to do (for me it might be eating liver). Do something you don't want to do. Why? Because after your surgery and your body is telling you "You better get to a bathroom RIGHT NOW," I'm pretty sure you're not going to want to do that either.
Fix the Problem - Not the Symptom
There are so many things that cause us to go for the refrigerator. There is stress, emotional issues, job, family ,friends, etc. All of these are typical. These are the problem. We USE FOOD to dull the problem. We USE FOOD to dull the pain. If you're are not hungry FOOD IS NOT THE SOLUTION.
It's simple, but its not easy. In fact, its very , very, hard.
My friend pointed out that doing a podcast about weight loss hasn't helped me. I admitted I know what to do, but I don't do it. So now I'm motivated to do the right thing to help her see if you do the right stuff you CAN Lose weight.
FULL STORY ON NBC]]>1198cleanfullBehind The Scene Stories Always Work - Voice mail Options - Story Podcast Wave?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scene-stories-always-work-voice-mail-options-story-podcast-wave--6515537Because of My Podcast - My Audience Gave Me a Laptop [1:35]
Ken Blanchard produces the Black Man with a Gun podcast among other podcasts that you can find at Blanchard Media. Recently he announced that he was having technical issues with his equipment, and that production of new episodes might come to a temporary halt. Instead of letting this happen, an audience member sent him a new Mac Book. I've said before that you can build a relationship with your audience, and that influence can be leveraged in many ways.
Best VoiceMail For Podcasters [8:36]
MagicJack Plus + Free 6 Months Subscription to Magic Jack Service $37 (a year of service is $35)
Google Voice - It's Free. The Sound is OK. Just realize if Google ever decides to charge or cancel this service you will have a back catalog of shows with this number. (deliver mp3 file)
Kall8 - This is the service I have used since 2005. An 800 number is $5 a month and approximately 7 cents a minute. My apologies to my friends across the pond. There isn't much international information on their site. I've never had a bill more than $10. The bad news is the sound quality of these calls is not great.
Kall8 captures at 8 bit, while Google Voice and Magic Jack capture at 16 bit (which is why Kall8 sounds so much worse).
With Google Voice being free, they seem like the obvious choice. I'm not sure I'm willing to trust Google with a voice mail that I give out for episode upon episode and then yank the tool away from me.
Magic Jack for me will be the recommended (more affordable) option. The ONE downside is people have to wait 5 seconds to go to voicemail (which is a bit long).
Another tool (that's not phone based) to get audio on yoru website is via Speakpipe.
Reality in Podcast Advertising
In a recent article in Podertainment magazine (a really great issue) Rob Walch VP of Podcasters relations a Libsyn.com states in an article titled "A Rope in the Garage" that about 8% of all the episodes released that reach the 5,000 download threshold." What's so special about 5,000 downloads? This is the minimum number that many advertisers need to look at your show. Even if you reach that number you're still not talking about quitting your day job. Rob states, "Realistically less than 5% of podcasters even make enough from their podcast to even cover their costs. An less than 1% can call podcasting their main career or in the case above - an alternative better than the rope in the garage. "
I bring this up today because we have Kate Erickson of Entrepreneur on Fire on the show. John Lee Dumas has created an empire. An empire I stand and applaud. John has proven (over and over) that you CAN make money using your podcast. Notice I didn't say from your podcast (although John does that as well). Most of John's money comes from additional products he sell. Most podcasters who make money podcating (myself included) use the free podcast to promote other non-free services.
Paul Colligan in his recent episode states Podcast Monetization breaks down to: Market + Message + Money + Media = The Only Formula For Podcast Monetization

Behind the Scenes of Kate's Take - a behind the scenes look at Entrepreneur on Fire and the Fire Path.
Kate Erickson is one of the guiding forces of the wildly successful Entrepreneur on Fire podcast. This has launched other spin of shows like Quotes on Fire, Webinar on Fire, and today we talk to Kate about why she launched Kate's Take along with "the Fire Path" which are the first 17 episodes of her show and are assembled into an ebook (no email required) at www.eofire.com/tfpbook
You will hear how Kate has boosted her confidence by doing more and more episodes. She started by re-recording her first shows (so remember you don't HAVE to publish the episodes you record).
She has put great content intermixed with stories and her audience is loving it.
She has a discipline to to focus on certain tasks that help propel her podcast and website further toward her goals.
Kate states that they don't make subscribing to their podcast a primary call to action. She advises the call to action be go to the website where they can then subscribe to your podcast and/or your email list.
Kate has taken her blog posts and turned them into a audioblog/podcast. So if you are a blogger you will hear how she is getting more feedback and reaching a large audience as a podcast. Another thing to consider is if you are a blogger that for every one podcast there are roughly 1950 blogs so having a podcast makes it easier to be found. (source Rob Walch)
Are Story Telling Podcasts the Next Podcasting Wave? [47:00]
With the success of shows like Radio Lab, Startup, and Serial, more people are discovering podcasts. These stories pull us in, and keep us captivated. Well the people behind startup have launched another new show call Reply All. I was stoked as (so far) every "Story" podcast was a giant home run in my book. Reply All has left me in a "meh" state of mind. With this in mind, you still need to prove value to your audience. If your information is not how to, it needs to entertain them, or make them think.
I jokingly made a podcast called "Dinner" where for 5:48 you hear me try to decide what I want for dinner, and then go to Target to buy it.
The fun part is this 5:48 clip took an HOUR to produce (finding music, sound effects, etc, editing the audio). It sounds great when you have a great story (and you should start there), but it takes a lot of time to add that icing on top of the cake.
START YOUR OWN PODCAST]]>1993a3c280c3bdbf75860fbcccbbe946Mon, 01 Dec 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about how adding a podcast to your blog can help you gain a larger audience. We talk with Kate Erickson of Kate's Take Pocast and the Entrepreneur on Fire podcast Because of My Podcast - My Audience Gave Me a Laptop [1:35] Ken Blanchard...Because of My Podcast - My Audience Gave Me a Laptop [1:35]
Ken Blanchard produces the Black Man with a Gun podcast among other podcasts that you can find at Blanchard Media. Recently he announced that he was having technical issues with his equipment, and that production of new episodes might come to a temporary halt. Instead of letting this happen, an audience member sent him a new Mac Book. I've said before that you can build a relationship with your audience, and that influence can be leveraged in many ways.
Best VoiceMail For Podcasters [8:36]
MagicJack Plus + Free 6 Months Subscription to Magic Jack Service $37 (a year of service is $35)
Google Voice - It's Free. The Sound is OK. Just realize if Google ever decides to charge or cancel this service you will have a back catalog of shows with this number. (deliver mp3 file)
Kall8 - This is the service I have used since 2005. An 800 number is $5 a month and approximately 7 cents a minute. My apologies to my friends across the pond. There isn't much international information on their site. I've never had a bill more than $10. The bad news is the sound quality of these calls is not great.
Kall8 captures at 8 bit, while Google Voice and Magic Jack capture at 16 bit (which is why Kall8 sounds so much worse).
With Google Voice being free, they seem like the obvious choice. I'm not sure I'm willing to trust Google with a voice mail that I give out for episode upon episode and then yank the tool away from me.
Magic Jack for me will be the recommended (more affordable) option. The ONE downside is people have to wait 5 seconds to go to voicemail (which is a bit long).
Another tool (that's not phone based) to get audio on yoru website is via Speakpipe.
Reality in Podcast Advertising
In a recent article in Podertainment magazine (a really great issue) Rob Walch VP of Podcasters relations a Libsyn.com states in an article titled "A Rope in the Garage" that about 8% of all the episodes released that reach the 5,000 download threshold." What's so special about 5,000 downloads? This is the minimum number that many advertisers need to look at your show. Even if you reach that number you're still not talking about quitting your day job. Rob states, "Realistically less than 5% of podcasters even make enough from their podcast to even cover their costs. An less than 1% can call podcasting their main career or in the case above - an alternative better than the rope in the garage. "
I bring this up today because we have Kate Erickson of Entrepreneur on Fire on the show. John Lee Dumas has created an empire. An empire I stand and applaud. John has proven (over and over) that you CAN make money using your podcast. Notice I didn't say from your podcast (although John does that as well). Most of John's money comes from additional products he sell. Most podcasters who make money podcating (myself included) use the free podcast to promote other non-free services.
Paul Colligan in his recent episode states Podcast Monetization breaks down to: Market + Message + Money + Media = The Only Formula For Podcast Monetization

Behind the Scenes of Kate's Take - a behind the scenes look at Entrepreneur on Fire and the Fire Path.
Kate Erickson is one of the guiding forces of the wildly successful Entrepreneur on Fire podcast. This has launched other spin of shows like Quotes on Fire, Webinar on Fire, and today we talk to Kate about why she launched Kate's Take along with "the Fire Path" which are the first 17 episodes of her show and are assembled into an ebook (no email required) at www.eofire.com/tfpbook
You will hear how Kate has boosted her confidence by doing more and more...]]>3499cleanfullHow to Be Negative Without Getting The Attention of Lawyers (Hopefully)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-be-negative-without-getting-the-attention-of-lawyers-hopefully--6515541Don't Be a Warning Bell
Avoid comments like WARNING: Beware of… (or the variations: Stay away from…Don’t do business with…DO not hire…Do not buy…Do not waste money…) SCAM ALERT: (Company or individual’s name) is a con artist… (or the variations: I got taken in by…These scammers took my money…Don’t trust…) (Company or individual’s name) lied (or the variations: misrepresented…promised but did not deliver…ruined my property description by doing shoddy work…did shoddy work…is the worst company description…) She also stated that you want to keep things personal: Focus on your own experience, and don’t tell other people what to do. Keep your language in the first person. “I hired…” “I found…” “I paid…” “I thought…” “I feel… You should try to avoid telling people what to do. Give them the facts that you found, and let them make a decision.
Don't Threaten
Tactics to avoid saying I’m going to make it my business to tell everyone I meet what a crook you are. I am going to tell everyone not to do business with you. If you don’t fix the problem you caused, I am going to ruin your reputation online. So what did I say that was so bad? I called it a scam (it's not a scam is where you give people money and get nothing in return - you do get something in return with Audello). I told people not to buy it. Like I said, don't tell people what to do. Give them the facts that you found, and let them decide.
Be Ready to Prove Your Claims

What Would My Updated Review Be?
I downloaded and installed Audello last week. On my computer I could never get it to launch. I didn't contact their tech support as my goal was to get an overview of the program so I could talk about it. Their web interface was really all I needed. I do my recording in other software (so I didn't need it). Here are some of their features Playlists Future Dating of Shows The Ability to see where people stop listening Split Testing Audio bars Of all the features the one I feel is unique is split testing. This is geared toward having a selling proposition on a page. So if you have a page setup to collect email addresses, you could see what audio message worked best at getting people to sign up for your email list. Playlists can be done with the free plugin powerpress. Future dating of shows can be done in Wordpress. The ability to see how long people are listening is available if you are on the Stitcher platform. All of those features are free. This is where Audello will say that the main advantage of Audello is that all these features are under one platform (and that would be true). It is also true that Audello is around $197 - $294. When I imported my feed, not all the details came across. If you have multiple shows on Libsyn, when you upload a show through Audello it will randomly pick which show to assign the file (that is not acceptable in my opinion). So the software has bugs (most new software does), but for $297 I expected more. Mentioned in this segment: EFF ONline Defamation Law and Deb Mcalisiter Article Here is the message I received
Brute Protect Plugin
Last Saturday the School of Podcasting and Ask the Podcast Coach had Brute Force attacks that made it hard for my website to stay online. It was a horrible feeling. Working with the tech support at Host gator they determined that I was under a brute force attack. I searched for a plugin to help and found the Brute Force attack plugin. This free plugin was recently purchased by Automatic (the people who make Wordpress). The idea is they are creating a giant database of attackers that it is blocking. It also will email you when your site is down (and when it comes back up). Over the last 19 hours it has blocked 20 attempts to login to my site. If your site is having an issues, this seems to be helping. You can learn more about it at https://bruteprotect.com/
My Podcast Reviews Now Includes Stitcher Reviews
I want to thank everyone who has written a review in iTunes or Stitcher. I've been using My Podcast Reviews to track these (and all the reviews I've had over the years). It's definitely worth the money as I don't have to go in and dig through all the international stores to see my reviews (i.e.e the ones from Australia, Canada, etc). It's a great way to keep up to date with what people are saying about you.
Appendipity Podcaster Pro Now Compatible with PowerPress
You can use this theme and leave Powerpress enabled, but turn of the ability for PowerPress to place a player in your post (or use both and have Appendipity at the top of the post and PowerPress on the bottom).

Ready To Podcast?
Become a member today]]>a4efd57c0d9812b1fa6f7f0087f9ef25Mon, 24 Nov 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonFirst things first, I'm not a lawyer and do not take this as legal advice. Always speak to a lawyer. A few weeks ago I made a video about the service Audello. At the end of the video I saw something that really upset me. I was already somewhat upset...Don't Be a Warning Bell
Avoid comments like WARNING: Beware of… (or the variations: Stay away from…Don’t do business with…DO not hire…Do not buy…Do not waste money…) SCAM ALERT: (Company or individual’s name) is a con artist… (or the variations: I got taken in by…These scammers took my money…Don’t trust…) (Company or individual’s name) lied (or the variations: misrepresented…promised but did not deliver…ruined my property description by doing shoddy work…did shoddy work…is the worst company description…) She also stated that you want to keep things personal: Focus on your own experience, and don’t tell other people what to do. Keep your language in the first person. “I hired…” “I found…” “I paid…” “I thought…” “I feel… You should try to avoid telling people what to do. Give them the facts that you found, and let them make a decision.
Don't Threaten
Tactics to avoid saying I’m going to make it my business to tell everyone I meet what a crook you are. I am going to tell everyone not to do business with you. If you don’t fix the problem you caused, I am going to ruin your reputation online. So what did I say that was so bad? I called it a scam (it's not a scam is where you give people money and get nothing in return - you do get something in return with Audello). I told people not to buy it. Like I said, don't tell people what to do. Give them the facts that you found, and let them decide.
Be Ready to Prove Your Claims

What Would My Updated Review Be?
I downloaded and installed Audello last week. On my computer I could never get it to launch. I didn't contact their tech support as my goal was to get an overview of the program so I could talk about it. Their web interface was really all I needed. I do my recording in other software (so I didn't need it). Here are some of their features Playlists Future Dating of Shows The Ability to see where people stop listening Split Testing Audio bars Of all the features the one I feel is unique is split testing. This is geared toward having a selling proposition on a page. So if you have a page setup to collect email addresses, you could see what audio message worked best at getting people to sign up for your email list. Playlists can be done with the free plugin powerpress. Future dating of shows can be done in Wordpress. The ability to see how long people are listening is available if you are on the Stitcher platform. All of those features are free. This is where Audello will say that the main advantage of Audello is that all these features are under one platform (and that would be true). It is also true that Audello is around $197 - $294. When I imported my feed, not all the details came across. If you have multiple shows on Libsyn, when you upload a show through Audello it will randomly pick which show to assign the file (that is not acceptable in my opinion). So the software has bugs (most new software does), but for $297 I expected more. Mentioned in this segment: EFF ONline Defamation Law and Deb Mcalisiter Article Here is the message I received
Brute Protect Plugin
Last Saturday the School of Podcasting and Ask the Podcast Coach had Brute Force attacks that made it hard for my...]]>2762cleanfullDiscipline or Disappointment - Your Choicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/discipline-or-disappointment-your-choice--39771299Discipline is the bridge between goals and accomplishment. - Jim Rohn
We must all suffer one of two things: the pain of discipline or the pain of regret or disappointment. - Jim Rohn
Winners embrace hard work. They love the discipline of it, the trade-off they're making to win. Losers, on the other hand, see it as punishment. And that's the difference. Lou Holtz
I value self-discipline, but creating systems that make it next to impossible to misbehave is more reliable than self-control. Tim Ferriss
Success isn't measured by money or power or social rank. Success is measured by your discipline and inner peace. Mike Ditka
It's Not an Age Thing
1) Helen Keller, at the age of 19 months, became deaf and blind. But that didn’t stop her. She was the first deaf and blind person to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree.2) Mozart was already competent on keyboard and violin; he composed from the age of 5.3) Shirley Temple was 6 when she became a movie star on “Bright Eyes.”4) Anne Frank was 12 when she wrote the diary of Anne Frank.5) Magnus Carlsen became a chess Grandmaster at the age of 13.6) Nadia Comăneci was a gymnast from Romania that scored seven perfect 10.0 and won three gold medals at the Olympics at age 14.7) Tenzin Gyatso was formally recognized as the 14th Dalai Lama in November 1950, at the age of 15.8) Pele, a soccer superstar, was 17 years old when he won the world cup in 1958 with Brazil.9) Elvis was a superstar by age 19.10) John Lennon was 20 years and Paul Mcartney was 18 when the Beatles had their first concert in 1961.11) Jesse Owens was 22 when he won 4 gold medals in Berlin 1936.12) Beethoven was a piano virtuoso by age 2313) Issac Newton wrote Philosophiæ Naturalis Principia Mathematica at age 2414) Roger Bannister was 25 when he broke the 4 minute mile record15) Albert Einstein was 26 when he wrote the theory of relativity16) Lance E. Armstrong was 27 when he won the tour de France 17) Michelangelo created two of the greatest sculptures “David” and “Pieta” by age 2818) Alexander the Great, by age 29, had created one of the largest empires of the ancient world19) J.K. Rowling was 30 years old when she finished the first manuscript of Harry Potter20) Amelia Earhart was 31 years old when she became the first woman to fly solo across the Atlantic Ocean21) Oprah was 32 when she started her talk show, which has become the highest-rated program of its kind22) Edmund Hillary was 33 when he became the first man to reach Mount Everest23) Martin Luther King Jr. was 34 when he wrote the speech “I Have a Dream."24) Marie Curie was 35 years old when she got nominated for a Nobel Prize in Physics 25) The Wright brothers, Orville (32) and Wilbur (36) invented and built the world's first successful airplane and making the first controlled, powered and sustained heavier-than-air human flight26) Vincent Van Gogh was 37 when he died virtually unknown, yet his paintings today are worth millions.27) Neil Armstrong was 38 when he became the first man to set foot on the moon.28) Mark Twain was 40 when he wrote "The Adventures of Tom Sawyer", and 49 years old when he wrote "Adventures of Huckleberry Finn"29) Christopher Columbus was 41 when he discovered the Americas30) Rosa Parks was 42 when she refused to obey the bus driver’s order to give up her seat to make room for a white passenger31) John F. Kennedy was 43 years old when he became President of the United States32) Henry Ford Was 45 when the Ford T came out.33) Suzanne Collins was 46 when she wrote "The Hunger Games"34) Charles Darwin was 50 years old when his book On the Origin of Species came out.35) Leonardo Da Vinci was 51 years old when he painted the Mona Lisa.36) Abraham Lincoln was 52 when he became president.37) Ray Kroc Was 53 when he bought the McDonalds Franchise and took it to unprecedented levels.38) Dr. Seuss was 54 when he wrote "The Cat in the Hat".40) Chesley "Sully" Sullenberger III was 57 years old when he successfully ditched US Airways Flight 1549 in the Hudson River in 2009. All of the 155 passengers aboard the aircraft survived41) Colonel Harland Sanders was 61 when he started the KFC Franchise42) J.R.R Tolkien was 62 when the Lord of the Ring books came out43) Ronald Reagan was 69 when he became President of the US44) Jack Lalane at age 70 handcuffed, shackled, towed 70 rowboats]]>7a687c53034dfc598d2aaf4d0e46e951Sun, 23 Nov 2014 19:02:56 +0000David JacksonTo enjoy good health, to bring true happiness to one's family, to bring peace to all, one must first discipline and control one's own mind. If a man can control his mind he can find the way to Enlightenment, and all wisdom and virtue will naturally...Discipline is the bridge between goals and accomplishment. - Jim Rohn
We must all suffer one of two things: the pain of discipline or the pain of regret or disappointment. - Jim Rohn
Winners embrace hard work. They love the discipline of it, the trade-off they're making to win. Losers, on the other hand, see it as punishment. And that's the difference. Lou Holtz
I value self-discipline, but creating systems that make it next to impossible to misbehave is more reliable than self-control. Tim Ferriss
Success isn't measured by money or power or social rank. Success is measured by your discipline and inner peace. Mike Ditka
It's Not an Age Thing
1) Helen Keller, at the age of 19 months, became deaf and blind. But that didn’t stop her. She was the first deaf and blind person to earn a Bachelor of Arts degree.2) Mozart was already competent on keyboard and violin; he composed from the age of 5.3) Shirley Temple was 6 when she became a movie star on “Bright Eyes.”4) Anne Frank was 12 when she wrote the diary of Anne Frank.5) Magnus Carlsen became a chess Grandmaster at the age of 13.6) Nadia Comăneci was a gymnast from Romania that scored seven perfect 10.0 and won three gold medals at the Olympics at age 14.7) Tenzin Gyatso was formally recognized as the 14th Dalai Lama in November 1950, at the age of 15.8) Pele, a soccer superstar, was 17 years old when he won the world cup in 1958 with Brazil.9) Elvis was a superstar by age 19.10) John Lennon was 20 years and Paul Mcartney was 18 when the Beatles had their first concert in 1961.11) Jesse Owens was 22 when he won 4 gold medals in Berlin 1936.12) Beethoven was a piano virtuoso by age 2313) Issac Newton wrote Philosophiæ Naturalis Principia Mathematica at age 2414) Roger Bannister was 25 when he broke the 4 minute mile record15) Albert Einstein was 26 when he wrote the theory of relativity16) Lance E. Armstrong was 27 when he won the tour de France 17) Michelangelo created two of the greatest sculptures “David” and “Pieta” by age 2818) Alexander the Great, by age 29, had created one of the largest empires of the ancient world19) J.K. Rowling was 30 years old when she finished the first manuscript of Harry Potter20) Amelia Earhart was 31 years old when she became the first woman to fly solo across the Atlantic Ocean21) Oprah was 32 when she started her talk show, which has become the highest-rated program of its kind22) Edmund Hillary was 33 when he became the first man to reach Mount Everest23) Martin Luther King Jr. was 34 when he wrote the speech “I Have a Dream."24) Marie Curie was 35 years old when she got nominated for a Nobel Prize in Physics 25) The Wright brothers, Orville (32) and Wilbur (36) invented and built the world's first successful airplane and making the first controlled, powered and sustained heavier-than-air human flight26) Vincent Van Gogh was 37 when he died virtually unknown, yet his paintings today are worth millions.27) Neil Armstrong was 38 when he became the first man to set foot on the moon.28) Mark Twain was 40 when he wrote "The Adventures of Tom Sawyer", and 49 years old when he wrote "Adventures of Huckleberry Finn"29) Christopher Columbus was 41 when he discovered the Americas30) Rosa Parks was 42 when she refused to obey the bus driver’s order to give up her seat to make room for a white passenger31) John F. Kennedy was 43 years old when he became President of the United States32) Henry Ford Was 45 when the Ford T came out.33) Suzanne Collins was 46 when she wrote "The Hunger Games"34) Charles Darwin was 50 years old when his book On the Origin of Species came out.35) Leonardo Da Vinci was 51 years old when he painted the Mona Lisa.36) Abraham...]]>1457cleanfullGreat Content Criteria - Simplecast.fm Review - Solo Podcast Practicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-content-criteria-simplecast-fm-review-solo-podcast-practice--6515539Last 5 in 5 With David Hooper
David Hooper hosts the RED Podcast (Real Entrepreneur Development) and he phoned in the last five podcasts he listened to: Funding the Dream on Kickstarter Serial The Dr. Drew Podcast Building A Better Dave School Of Laughs Additional Mentions Dr. Drew on Marc Maron show Kate's Take: The EntrepreneurOnFire Audio Blog The Bitterest Pill(this inspired me to do Building a Better Dave) Win the Diet War
Podcast Rewind: Podcaster's Roundtable Episode 38 on the LAW [18:00]
Check out episode 38 where we had two different lawyers on and we talked to them about using music in podcasting as well as the patent lawsuits, etc. It's a great show. Check it out at http://podcastersroundtable.com/pr038-podcasting-and-the-law/ Check out Ya's other show Podcasters Studio and Daniel J. Lewis on the Audacity to podcast
Simplecast.fm Podcast Media Host Review [21:00]
I have seven piece of criteria when I look at media hosts. These include: 1. Don't change my file (period). 2. Don't limit my storage 3. Don't limit the bandwidth 4. Give me Stats 5. Give me support 6. Don't control my feed. 7. Charge me for it. Simplecast.fm stats $12 a month for unlimited storage and bandwidth. The weird thing is they don't state ANY limits (that's a business plan that opens themselves up for lots of abuse). Their player is interesting as it allows you to speed things up and rewind. They have an interesting "Managers" feature where you can allow multiple people to manage your hosting. They make it easy to add advertising banners on your website. However, they changed my file name, they changed format (they changed it to mono), they also didn't copy over all my ID3 tags. When I sent them an email, 7 days later I still didn't have an answer. This leads me to saying I can't recommend them as a solution. I recommend Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com (you can get a free month using the coupon sopfree at either service). http://youtu.be/blunoEc_Oag
Is Your Podcast Useful and Interesting? [31:30]
I was reading an article from the Consent Marketing Institute and it said “Great content meets two criteria: It’s useful and it’s interesting.” This got me to thinking and I believe this to be true. I will listen to things that aren't useful (Like the Serial podcast) because it's really interesting. I will listen to boring stuff (like webinars) because they provide useful information. When you are trying to come up with ideas from your show ask yourself is what I'm about to share useful or interesting (preferably both). When its not interesting or useful, I call is "kah-kah, poo-poo." This is why I don't recommend an "episode 0" which is what people would put into their feed to test their iTunes feed. While this was seful in testing your feed, it was not very useful as a first impression. Now I recommend people come out with their best content in episode 1 (and don't be in such a hurry.
Congrats to the Forever Fan Podcast [37:13]
Troy contact me about doing a quick start, and in a few days he had his podcast launched. (see foreverfanpodcast.com ) If you don't have a website, send me an email with the phrase (quick start) in the title (if you have a podcast just join the School of Podcasting) I send you a link to order your hosting (I earn a commission), and it runs you around $8 a month. You send me the welcome email, and I install Wordpress for you (and some plugins to get you going - you need the graphics and the content) I also give you a free month at the School of Podcasting
Ready To Start Podcasting?
I would love to help you launch you podcast. ]]>626766260653beb4877e01b6ed7f4a5eMon, 17 Nov 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about your favorite podcast, what does it take to feel comfortable talking to yourself, and Last 5 in 5 With David Hooper David Hooper hosts the RED Podcast (Real Entrepreneur Development) and he phoned in the last five podcasts he...Last 5 in 5 With David Hooper
David Hooper hosts the RED Podcast (Real Entrepreneur Development) and he phoned in the last five podcasts he listened to: Funding the Dream on Kickstarter Serial The Dr. Drew Podcast Building A Better Dave School Of Laughs Additional Mentions Dr. Drew on Marc Maron show Kate's Take: The EntrepreneurOnFire Audio Blog The Bitterest Pill(this inspired me to do Building a Better Dave) Win the Diet War
Podcast Rewind: Podcaster's Roundtable Episode 38 on the LAW [18:00]
Check out episode 38 where we had two different lawyers on and we talked to them about using music in podcasting as well as the patent lawsuits, etc. It's a great show. Check it out at http://podcastersroundtable.com/pr038-podcasting-and-the-law/ Check out Ya's other show Podcasters Studio and Daniel J. Lewis on the Audacity to podcast
Simplecast.fm Podcast Media Host Review [21:00]
I have seven piece of criteria when I look at media hosts. These include: 1. Don't change my file (period). 2. Don't limit my storage 3. Don't limit the bandwidth 4. Give me Stats 5. Give me support 6. Don't control my feed. 7. Charge me for it. Simplecast.fm stats $12 a month for unlimited storage and bandwidth. The weird thing is they don't state ANY limits (that's a business plan that opens themselves up for lots of abuse). Their player is interesting as it allows you to speed things up and rewind. They have an interesting "Managers" feature where you can allow multiple people to manage your hosting. They make it easy to add advertising banners on your website. However, they changed my file name, they changed format (they changed it to mono), they also didn't copy over all my ID3 tags. When I sent them an email, 7 days later I still didn't have an answer. This leads me to saying I can't recommend them as a solution. I recommend Libsyn.com and Blubrry.com (you can get a free month using the coupon sopfree at either service). http://youtu.be/blunoEc_Oag
Is Your Podcast Useful and Interesting? [31:30]
I was reading an article from the Consent Marketing Institute and it said “Great content meets two criteria: It’s useful and it’s interesting.” This got me to thinking and I believe this to be true. I will listen to things that aren't useful (Like the Serial podcast) because it's really interesting. I will listen to boring stuff (like webinars) because they provide useful information. When you are trying to come up with ideas from your show ask yourself is what I'm about to share useful or interesting (preferably both). When its not interesting or useful, I call is "kah-kah, poo-poo." This is why I don't recommend an "episode 0" which is what people would put into their feed to test their iTunes feed. While this was seful in testing your feed, it was not very useful as a first impression. Now I recommend people come out with their best content in episode 1 (and don't be in such a hurry.
Congrats to the Forever Fan Podcast [37:13]
Troy contact me about doing a quick start, and in a few days he had his podcast launched. (see foreverfanpodcast.com ) If you don't have a website, send me an email with the phrase (quick start) in the title (if you have a podcast just join the School of Podcasting) I send you a link to order your hosting (I earn a commission), and it runs you around $8 a month. You send me the welcome email, and I install Wordpress for you (and some plugins to get you going - you need the graphics and the content) I also give you a free month at the School of Podcasting
Ready To Start Podcasting?
I would love to help you launch you podcast. ]]>2489cleanfullWhat Did Making My Podcast App Free Do For Me? & Podcast Promotion Tipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-did-making-my-podcast-app-free-do-for-me-podcast-promotion-tips--6515538Check Your Volumes Levels
I listened to a bunch of podcasts in the car this week, and I was surprised by the very large difference in volumes levels and equalization. In some cases people are getting out of hand with the "adding bass to sound like the radio" tools. I would advised you to listen to a few other podcasts and then listen to yours and see how they stack up.
Because of my Podcast - I'm Going Global [5:00]
Tony from thestillman.com explains how his podcast is going global now that it is a podcast. He started it as a way for people who were visually impaired to consume the content and now his podcast is being heard all over the place. Tony was also said some very nice words about being reviewed on the Podcast Review Show. In looking at my stats, the School of Podcasting is now heard in 175 countries with the US being first, and CHINA being second (followed by Canada and Australia and many others).
Last 5 in 5 [11:45]
Gary Leland from Garyleleand.com and Podertainment magazine. Scott Sigler's The Rookie No Agenda Show (media Assassinations) Podcast Talent Coach (podcasting tips) Today in iOs (all things iPhone/iPad) The Podcast Report (podcasting news) The Starter's Club
Help Your Audience Consume Your Content [17:30]
I wanted to share some promotion that I did to get folks into podcast consumption. We host a haunted house in our garage each Halloween, so I took advantage of a captive audience and gave the parents a card that had the details of my podcast on the front and some "how to listen" info on the back (images attached). Most folks were familiar with podcasts, but not real sure how to find them, so hopefully this will pull in a few more converts. I also created a page on my site with a video showing additional info on how to listen (ran of out time to voice it over, so need to go back and do that): http://whatsuponearth.com/listen Thanks for all the great tutoring on the shows, and best of luck with NMX. Big Fan, Al Holtz What's Up On Earth? whatsuponearth.com/listen
Providing Embed Codes to Guests Can Greatly Improve Your Downloads [22:55]
Jason Bryant produces On the Mat Podcast Network and interviewed some top guests. He has his Powerpress Plugin set to enable people to grab the embed link and put the player on their website (as they may not want to point their audience to YOUR website. In doing this his downloads went from three digits downloads to FIVE digit downloads. Let your guests and your audience freely promote your show and then make sure to mention your website in every episode. If you are using the PowerPress Wordpress plugin, go to the settings
Making My Libsyn.com App Free [26:45]
In July I sold 2 apps. I made it free and in September I had 102 download it. Is having 100% more people listen to your show worth the extra $10 a month? To get your app (free to have it created) go to Libsyn.com and get the $20 a month plan (it will be $30 a month once the app is launched). You can use the code sopfree to get a free month of hosting at the Libsyn.com July app sales ($1.99): 2 September App Sales (free): 102
Mentioned on This Episode
Trapper Jack (Phillip Keller Now) www.blindfaithlive.com New Media Show the Audacity to Podcast (Daniel J Lewis)

Ready to Podcast?

]]>6001c764761721bd048a57284b022f7eMon, 10 Nov 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonLooking for some things to help grow your audience? Today we have a few ideas to make it easier for people to find and consume your content. Join in on the conversation at 888-563-3228 Check Your Volumes Levels I listened to a bunch of podcasts in the...Check Your Volumes Levels
I listened to a bunch of podcasts in the car this week, and I was surprised by the very large difference in volumes levels and equalization. In some cases people are getting out of hand with the "adding bass to sound like the radio" tools. I would advised you to listen to a few other podcasts and then listen to yours and see how they stack up.
Because of my Podcast - I'm Going Global [5:00]
Tony from thestillman.com explains how his podcast is going global now that it is a podcast. He started it as a way for people who were visually impaired to consume the content and now his podcast is being heard all over the place. Tony was also said some very nice words about being reviewed on the Podcast Review Show. In looking at my stats, the School of Podcasting is now heard in 175 countries with the US being first, and CHINA being second (followed by Canada and Australia and many others).
Last 5 in 5 [11:45]
Gary Leland from Garyleleand.com and Podertainment magazine. Scott Sigler's The Rookie No Agenda Show (media Assassinations) Podcast Talent Coach (podcasting tips) Today in iOs (all things iPhone/iPad) The Podcast Report (podcasting news) The Starter's Club
Help Your Audience Consume Your Content [17:30]
I wanted to share some promotion that I did to get folks into podcast consumption. We host a haunted house in our garage each Halloween, so I took advantage of a captive audience and gave the parents a card that had the details of my podcast on the front and some "how to listen" info on the back (images attached). Most folks were familiar with podcasts, but not real sure how to find them, so hopefully this will pull in a few more converts. I also created a page on my site with a video showing additional info on how to listen (ran of out time to voice it over, so need to go back and do that): http://whatsuponearth.com/listen Thanks for all the great tutoring on the shows, and best of luck with NMX. Big Fan, Al Holtz What's Up On Earth? whatsuponearth.com/listen
Providing Embed Codes to Guests Can Greatly Improve Your Downloads [22:55]
Jason Bryant produces On the Mat Podcast Network and interviewed some top guests. He has his Powerpress Plugin set to enable people to grab the embed link and put the player on their website (as they may not want to point their audience to YOUR website. In doing this his downloads went from three digits downloads to FIVE digit downloads. Let your guests and your audience freely promote your show and then make sure to mention your website in every episode. If you are using the PowerPress Wordpress plugin, go to the settings
Making My Libsyn.com App Free [26:45]
In July I sold 2 apps. I made it free and in September I had 102 download it. Is having 100% more people listen to your show worth the extra $10 a month? To get your app (free to have it created) go to Libsyn.com and get the $20 a month plan (it will be $30 a month once the app is launched). You can use the code sopfree to get a free month of hosting at the Libsyn.com July app sales ($1.99): 2 September App Sales (free): 102
Mentioned on This Episode
Trapper Jack (Phillip Keller Now) www.blindfaithlive.com New Media Show the Audacity to Podcast (Daniel J Lewis)

Ready to Podcast?

]]>2452cleanfullMore Audello Worries - Updating Feed questionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/more-audello-worries-updating-feed-questions--6515540

Because of my podcast - I can listen to podcasts in the Shower
A listener from CHINA sent me a bluetooth speaker that allows me to listen to podcasts in the show. Thank you Kevin Deng for the cool gift. I plug it into a usb device (like my computer) to charge it, then there is a suction cop on the back and I can stick it to the shower wall. My iphone can connect to the show via bluetooth. I can pause, skip, and stop the podcasts right on the player. If someone calls the device turns into a speaker phone. That would be weird to take a call in the shower. When the power is getting low, the device tells you to charge it.
Thanks so much to Kevin. I am really loving it.

Reverse Engineering Podcast Listeners [4:15]
I was curious how people FIND podcasts. We all obsess about iTunes, Stitcher, and other directories. In many cases the podcasts I listen to did not get on my phone by me doing a search. Colin Gray from Podcraft (podcraft.net) who does a show about podcasting says that word of mouth seems to be the main way he has found podcasts. Colin is the 6th person to tell me about the Startup podcast which is a story of a person starting a podcast network to create shows that tell stories. It's very interesting, and the producer used to produce This American Life (one of the top rated podcasts in iTunes).
What was your Absolutely Favorite Podcast in 2005?
I did this last year. If you could only listen to ONE podcast, what would it be. Please give me:
1. The name of the show
2. The website address
3. A brief description of the show
4. WHY you listen (this is the biggie)
5. Then tell us briefly about your show. Be sure to include your website address.
My plan (like last year) is to have these transcribed and turned into a PDF. I'm also going to take last year's submissions and combine them in with this years submissions and turn them into a book for sale on Amazon. So you will get your voice played on my podcast, you will be in the PDF and in the Kindle book. I am taking submissions in November 2014. This way I can assemble it in December with the episode being played at the end of the year (12/28/14).
You can call them in 888-563-3228, record an email them to me (128 mp3), or using the speakpipe button below.

Last 5 in 5 with Ben Kruger [10:15]
1. Time Ferris Show
2. Marketing In Your Car
3. Tropical MBA
4. Authority Alchemy
5. Authority Engine (Ben's show as we couldn't count)
Dave Jackson on New Media Show [17:15]
A podcast host will not bring you more listeners. A new mixer will not bring your more listeners (unless you sound is really bad).
I appeared on the New Media Show with Rob Greenlee and Todd Cochrane talking about the New Media Expo (as I'm the Director of Podcasting) but we also started to talk about Soundcloud. Rob shared that their RSS feeds are oftn not compliant and missing itunes specs. You can subscribe to the New Media Show in itunes using this link.
Podcast Review Show [22:10]
We review the Gospel Light and Truth Hour on the latest episode of the Podcast Review Show. If you are looking to have two experts with a combine experience of 30 years give you unbiased feeback on your show, get your podcast reviewed.

Is Audello False Advertising? [25:10]
I spoke last week about Audello and how their claims are exaggerated and that you can do a lot of what they are doing with free software. It was released this week to the tune of $297. That is crazy. I signed up as an Affiliate so I could hopefully get a closer look. Once approved, I saw videos where they have you submitting a feed created by Audello to iTunes. This makes me worried. I asked their support if there was a way to redirect their feed in the event you want to stop using their service. The support response wasn't certain of what I was talking about, and they said if it didn't exist they could always create it. Then a listener sent me a screenshot of John Lee Dumas commenting on Audello as they are using his image on their site. The bad new is John is NOT USING THEIR SYSTEM.

When I see a company do this (in the same way that podbean.com puts people on their front page that aren't using their service it's to make them look better than they are. This is false advertising.
Audello has a generous affiliate program so be careful as everyone is going to be saying this is the best thing since sliced bread (because they want that affiliate commission). If you go in, go in with your eyes wide open.
Changing Your Information in iTunes [25:00]
Every Saturday I do a live call in show called Asked the Podcast Coach. This week we took a week off to work on the New Media Expo. So I'm answering some question here.
Your show titles are the headline of your episodes. They are very important. Write them with words that entice people to click and listen. If you're going to put numbers in your show title, I highly recommend you put them at the end of the title.
If you swap out the image, it won't cause an issue. Make it s 2048X2048 jpg image. I would not use the exact same name as the file you are replacing.
You should be subscribed to your show so you can make sure your feed is working.
Questions About the School of Podcasting
Is this meant for people who are absolutely new to podcasting? Yes. Absolutely. Also while books and youtube videos are great. If you have any questions you have email support with fast responses to any questions you might have.
What is covered? The main courses are planning your podcast, recording your podcast (software, microphones, mixers), building your website, publishing your podcast, promoting your podcast, and monetizing your podcast. There are a lot of tutorials. You have access to all of them the minute your sign up.
Do you have any information about using your iPhone as a recording device? If you find any information missing from the School of Podcasting I will create it. In this case I usually will discuss what you need via email to make sure you're getting the right items.
What is up with the Pricing? The first month is more because you can come in and consume everything and leave. If you stick around you can enjoy the great things like our private Facebook Group, and participate in our live "office hour" phone calls where we all share with each other and ask and answer questions.

Dave Jackson is a participant in the Amazon Services LLC Associates Program, an affiliate advertising program designed to provide a means for sites to earn advertising fees by advertising and linking to amazon.com]]>01427490e7aadb60b45aca030e72908fMon, 03 Nov 2014 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have a fun toy from my audience, we discover new podcasts with Ben Kruger, as talk about more things to worry about when it comes to Audello, and I answer your questions about the School of Podcasting and changing your podcast information in...

Because of my podcast - I can listen to podcasts in the Shower
A listener from CHINA sent me a bluetooth speaker that allows me to listen to podcasts in the show. Thank you Kevin Deng for the cool gift. I plug it into a usb device (like my computer) to charge it, then there is a suction cop on the back and I can stick it to the shower wall. My iphone can connect to the show via bluetooth. I can pause, skip, and stop the podcasts right on the player. If someone calls the device turns into a speaker phone. That would be weird to take a call in the shower. When the power is getting low, the device tells you to charge it.
Thanks so much to Kevin. I am really loving it.

Reverse Engineering Podcast Listeners [4:15]
I was curious how people FIND podcasts. We all obsess about iTunes, Stitcher, and other directories. In many cases the podcasts I listen to did not get on my phone by me doing a search. Colin Gray from Podcraft (podcraft.net) who does a show about podcasting says that word of mouth seems to be the main way he has found podcasts. Colin is the 6th person to tell me about the Startup podcast which is a story of a person starting a podcast network to create shows that tell stories. It's very interesting, and the producer used to produce This American Life (one of the top rated podcasts in iTunes).
What was your Absolutely Favorite Podcast in 2005?
I did this last year. If you could only listen to ONE podcast, what would it be. Please give me:
1. The name of the show
2. The website address
3. A brief description of the show
4. WHY you listen (this is the biggie)
5. Then tell us briefly about your show. Be sure to include your website address.
My plan (like last year) is to have these transcribed and turned into a PDF. I'm also going to take last year's submissions and combine them in with this years submissions and turn them into a book for sale on Amazon. So you will get your voice played on my podcast, you will be in the PDF and in the Kindle book. I am taking submissions in November 2014. This way I can assemble it in December with the episode being played at the end of the year (12/28/14).
You can call them in 888-563-3228, record an email them to me (128 mp3), or using the speakpipe button below.

Last 5 in 5 with Ben Kruger [10:15]
1. Time Ferris Show
2. Marketing In Your Car
3. Tropical MBA
4. Authority Alchemy
5. Authority Engine (Ben's show as we couldn't count)
Dave Jackson on New Media Show [17:15]
A podcast host will not bring you more listeners. A new mixer will not bring your more listeners (unless you sound is really bad).
I appeared on the New Media Show with Rob Greenlee and Todd Cochrane talking about the New Media Expo (as I'm the Director of Podcasting) but we also started to talk about Soundcloud. Rob shared that their RSS feeds are oftn not compliant and missing itunes specs. You can subscribe to the New Media Show in itunes using this link.
Podcast Review Show [22:10]
We review the Gospel Light and Truth Hour on the latest episode of the Podcast Review Show. If you are looking to have two experts with a combine experience of 30 years give you unbiased feeback on your show, get your podcast reviewed.

Is Audello False Advertising? [25:10]
I spoke last week about Audello and how their claims are exaggerated and that you can do a lot of what they are doing with free software. It was released this week to the tune of $297. That is crazy. I signed up as an Affiliate so I could hopefully get a closer look. Once approved, I saw videos where they have you...]]>3633cleanfullTwo Questions You Need to Ask Every Audience Member - Snake Oil Shipments on the Wayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/two-questions-you-need-to-ask-every-audience-member-snake-oil-shipments-on-the-way--6515542

Today we have LOTS of podcasting news and new products on the horizons (some good, some seem kind of slimy). I explain what two questions I ask every time I meet a listener, and I think I found the Wordpress theme of my dreams. Got a comment? Call it in 888-563-3228 or visit the contact page for more options to get involved.
New Car Dashboard
I now own a Toyota Prius (2012). When You connect to a iPhone it shows this:

Podcast Listening Myths
You don't have to stream them them. You can download them when you on wi-fi (only) and then listen to them on your car. The Podcasts app from Apple also deletes the file as soon as you are through the whole episode.
Stitcher is Purchased by Deezer
Stitcher is a great podcast consumption app (free) for both Ios and Android. Do I care? At this point Deezer is a music subscription service not available in the USA. They have been around since 2007. It's interesting. Stitcher says they are not going away. I will file this under, "Wait and see."
SoundCloud Discussion on New Media Show
Per Rob of the New Media Show Soundcloud has gone through most of their funding. Does this mean they are going out of business? No. Does it mean they need to be profitable soon? Yes.

Appendpity Podcaster Pro (and other themes) will soon integrate with PowerPress
I've used Appendipty themes in the past, but I wanted a little more flexibility. They just released the Podcast Pro theme, and it is WOW. The one thing it didn't do is integrate with the PowerPress plugin. I introduce Joey from Appendity to Todd Cohcrane from Blubrry who introduced Joey to Angelo (the main developer of PowerPress). The bottom line is the theme and plugin will work together very soon (probably a month or so). This way people who have started their podcast and have a number of past episodes they won't have to copy and paste the location of the mp3 file into Appendpity part of your post (very cool). The Podcast Pro is $59 and need the Genesis framework $59. The good new is you can use it on more than one site for that $59.
Two Questions You Should Always Ask Your Audience[20:15]
When you find yourself in direct contact with your audience be sure to ask them two questions:
How did you find my show?
This way you can see what is working, and do more of that.
What would you like to hear on my show?
This will bring you ideas for future shows. If they have no ideas, they will tell you what you are doing right. In my example my listener told me he was glad that I don't interview the "same old people."
What was the last podcast you listened to? How did you find that show? Call it in 888-563-3228
Snake Oil is on the Way (Audello) 26:15
A very successful Internet Marketer will be releasing a podcast publishing platform at the end of this week. My guess is this is going to be on the expensive side (if it's like previous product releases - I owned Easy Video Suite 2). There are tons of items in their video that just play on people who don't know better. PLUS they have contacted all the other Internet Marketers to promote it with affiliate programs (which is also why these are often over-priced as they have to pay 50% to an affiliate).
I'm not saying this is a bad product. It could be very good, but it did show the system using feedburner (a really bad idea) and other tools that will make it look super easy. Many of these tools like WP Bakery allow you to drag and drop things on your Wordpress Page.
Making Money with your podcast is not bad. People open restaurants every day and many of these don't make it through the first year. Podcasters who are looking to make a living quickly need to know their chances of success are not great. They are not impossible, but it takes a lot of work. a lot of hustle, and some luck. Please go in with your eyes open. If you're not sure, reach out to me and I will help you.]]>5f317e62903c9906c346404ef393cbeaMon, 27 Oct 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have LOTS of podcasting news and new products on the horizons (some good, some seem kind of slimy). I explain what two questions I ask every time I meet a listener, and I think I found the Wordpress theme of my dreams. Today we have...

Today we have LOTS of podcasting news and new products on the horizons (some good, some seem kind of slimy). I explain what two questions I ask every time I meet a listener, and I think I found the Wordpress theme of my dreams. Got a comment? Call it in 888-563-3228 or visit the contact page for more options to get involved.
New Car Dashboard
I now own a Toyota Prius (2012). When You connect to a iPhone it shows this:

Podcast Listening Myths
You don't have to stream them them. You can download them when you on wi-fi (only) and then listen to them on your car. The Podcasts app from Apple also deletes the file as soon as you are through the whole episode.
Stitcher is Purchased by Deezer
Stitcher is a great podcast consumption app (free) for both Ios and Android. Do I care? At this point Deezer is a music subscription service not available in the USA. They have been around since 2007. It's interesting. Stitcher says they are not going away. I will file this under, "Wait and see."
SoundCloud Discussion on New Media Show
Per Rob of the New Media Show Soundcloud has gone through most of their funding. Does this mean they are going out of business? No. Does it mean they need to be profitable soon? Yes.

Appendpity Podcaster Pro (and other themes) will soon integrate with PowerPress
I've used Appendipty themes in the past, but I wanted a little more flexibility. They just released the Podcast Pro theme, and it is WOW. The one thing it didn't do is integrate with the PowerPress plugin. I introduce Joey from Appendity to Todd Cohcrane from Blubrry who introduced Joey to Angelo (the main developer of PowerPress). The bottom line is the theme and plugin will work together very soon (probably a month or so). This way people who have started their podcast and have a number of past episodes they won't have to copy and paste the location of the mp3 file into Appendpity part of your post (very cool). The Podcast Pro is $59 and need the Genesis framework $59. The good new is you can use it on more than one site for that $59.
Two Questions You Should Always Ask Your Audience[20:15]
When you find yourself in direct contact with your audience be sure to ask them two questions:
How did you find my show?
This way you can see what is working, and do more of that.
What would you like to hear on my show?
This will bring you ideas for future shows. If they have no ideas, they will tell you what you are doing right. In my example my listener told me he was glad that I don't interview the "same old people."
What was the last podcast you listened to? How did you find that show? Call it in 888-563-3228
Snake Oil is on the Way (Audello) 26:15
A very successful Internet Marketer will be releasing a podcast publishing platform at the end of this week. My guess is this is going to be on the expensive side (if it's like previous product releases - I owned Easy Video Suite 2). There are tons of items in their video that just play on people who don't know better. PLUS they have contacted all the other Internet Marketers to promote it with affiliate programs (which is also why these are often over-priced as they have to pay 50% to an affiliate).
I'm not saying this is a bad product. It could be very good, but it did show the system using feedburner (a really bad idea) and other tools that will make it look super easy. Many of these tools like WP Bakery allow you to drag and drop things on your Wordpress Page.
Making Money with your podcast is not bad. People open restaurants every day and many of these don't make it through the first year. Podcasters who are looking to make a...]]>2755cleanfullGO, GO, GO Promote Your Show - You Can't Please Everyonehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/go-go-go-promote-your-show-you-can-t-please-everyone--6515544If you are thinking about speaking at New Media Expo, you need to get your submission in BEFORE 10/24. I give some tips on what I'm looking for at my blog.
Interview With an Internet Troll [3:40]
There will be people who hate everything you do. They have nothing nice to say, and in some cases will use very offensive words. But keep in mind:
1. They don't have the courage to do what you do (create content). They only tell you how bad your content is.
2. Many times they do it in an anonymous fashion (again, lack of courage).
3. They DID leave a comment. You MOVED someone to hate you. That's a plus. It doesn't seem like a plus, but it is.
Check out Daniel J Lewis's episode on handling complaints.
Check out Erik K. Johnson's Podast Talent Coach.
Ray Ortega's Podaster's Studio and Podcaster's Rountable (which often has myself and Daniel J Lewis)
Last 5 in 5 [10:50]
Todd from the conformity hazard podcast (recorded live at Podcast Movement) tells us the last 5 podcasts he listened to.
48 Days to the Work you love (Dan Miller)
School of Podcasting
Podcast Answer Man
Family From the Heart (audio journal of the host)
Smart Passive Income (Pat Flynn).
Podcast Rewind [12:38]
UK Podcasters are now New Media Europe. Thanks to Kevin Cox for the shout out.
I appeared on the Profitcast Podcast. This is a cool show that talks about growing your audience and monetizing your show. Brian is an awesome dude.
How Do I Grow My Audience When I'm Not Doing an Interview Show? [16:15]
I got an email from Caine Door who asked, "
"what kind of advice would you give to someone who's podcast was driven by fiction content (a bit like Scott Sigler but with no where near such an outgoing personality) and not interviews, or helping people, or a professional focus?It seems that a lot of advice about podcasting is more geared toward all of those things that I mentioned above that I don't really do. My latest episode has the most conversation I've done with the audience....ever and its only like seven minutes. "

My first bit of advice was to get his website address into his signature. Don't make it hard to find your show. I am the person who may not read all of your email, but I will click a link to help me determine if I should read all of your email. Then do the four steps of podcast promotion

1. Figure out who the audience is
2. Make content that will impact and move them.
3. GO to where they are and make friends with them. Bring value with every conversation.
4. Tell them about your podcast

So Caine's audience would be people looking for fiction. I typed in phrases like "Fiction Book Fans" and "Fiction Book Clubs" and I went to Google+ communities and Facebook Groups, and between a few(less than 5 searches) I had a list of places to investigate including.

http://themindofafictionbooklover.tumblr.com/me
is in the top 5 of Google for this search. Go read his blog, and leave comments. When somethng strikes you send him an email and start a conversation. Later ask him if he'd like to listen to your book. Be sure to have your signature with a link to your website so when you send him an email he will see your website.

http://www.thrall.org/booklovers/
Has all sorts of things about book clubs

http://www.booktalk.org/online-reading-group.html
This is a huge forum (be careful not to spam here and read the rules of posting)

Here is another search results for Google Groups
https://plus.google.com/s/fiction%20books/communities

Be Careful in the Forums
The reason you have to do step three (make friends with your potential audience) is if you just show up and go "LISTEN TO MY PODCAST" people who ask, "Who is this person?' Then they will flag your for spam. I know because in 2006 this happened to me. It takes time. It's hard to do (because you know THIS is MY AUDIENCE) but be patient.
Kevin Costner is the Anti-Christ
In the movie Field of Dreams Kevin Costner says that "If you build it they will come." This is a GIANT LIE. You need to GO and find your audience. Will having a podcast being people to your site? Yes, but if you want to grow your audience faster you have to go find your audience and lead them to your show.
How Do You Define Your Success
In my book More Podcast Money, I talk about how Jeremy and Jason from Internet Business Mastery had more influence than people with email lists that were huge. Jason and Jeremy had more influence. Your success may not be measured in numbers.

Get Your Podcast Reviewed
If you have a podcast and want some unbiased feedback check out getting a podcast review. You can appear live on the show and ask questions as we go over your content and website. We also have an option to have us review your show without you being present. To have your show reviewed, go to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Become a Member of the School of Podcasting
If you're looking to start a podcast, the School of Podcasting has everything you need. I have tutorials that will walk you through every step of the process. I can help shape your content during the planning process. We can make sure you don't spend too much money on equipment you don't need. I can help you build your website with free tools, and get your show listed in iTunes (and all the other popular directories). Best of all, I offer a 30 day guarantee. If you're not happy with the School of Podasting I will refund your payment with no questions asked. You can join Risk Free.

]]>6a764d7a5fb8c3a150f2df442ab4588bMon, 20 Oct 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonThe step of every journey starts with a single step. You've gone to great lengths to make a good episode. Now you're ready to promote your show, and everyone says "find your audience," but how? Today I do a couple quick Google searches and show you...If you are thinking about speaking at New Media Expo, you need to get your submission in BEFORE 10/24. I give some tips on what I'm looking for at my blog.
Interview With an Internet Troll [3:40]
There will be people who hate everything you do. They have nothing nice to say, and in some cases will use very offensive words. But keep in mind:
1. They don't have the courage to do what you do (create content). They only tell you how bad your content is.
2. Many times they do it in an anonymous fashion (again, lack of courage).
3. They DID leave a comment. You MOVED someone to hate you. That's a plus. It doesn't seem like a plus, but it is.
Check out Daniel J Lewis's episode on handling complaints.
Check out Erik K. Johnson's Podast Talent Coach.
Ray Ortega's Podaster's Studio and Podcaster's Rountable (which often has myself and Daniel J Lewis)
Last 5 in 5 [10:50]
Todd from the conformity hazard podcast (recorded live at Podcast Movement) tells us the last 5 podcasts he listened to.
48 Days to the Work you love (Dan Miller)
School of Podcasting
Podcast Answer Man
Family From the Heart (audio journal of the host)
Smart Passive Income (Pat Flynn).
Podcast Rewind [12:38]
UK Podcasters are now New Media Europe. Thanks to Kevin Cox for the shout out.
I appeared on the Profitcast Podcast. This is a cool show that talks about growing your audience and monetizing your show. Brian is an awesome dude.
How Do I Grow My Audience When I'm Not Doing an Interview Show? [16:15]
I got an email from Caine Door who asked, "
"what kind of advice would you give to someone who's podcast was driven by fiction content (a bit like Scott Sigler but with no where near such an outgoing personality) and not interviews, or helping people, or a professional focus?It seems that a lot of advice about podcasting is more geared toward all of those things that I mentioned above that I don't really do. My latest episode has the most conversation I've done with the audience....ever and its only like seven minutes. "

My first bit of advice was to get his website address into his signature. Don't make it hard to find your show. I am the person who may not read all of your email, but I will click a link to help me determine if I should read all of your email. Then do the four steps of podcast promotion

1. Figure out who the audience is
2. Make content that will impact and move them.
3. GO to where they are and make friends with them. Bring value with every conversation.
4. Tell them about your podcast

So Caine's audience would be people looking for fiction. I typed in phrases like "Fiction Book Fans" and "Fiction Book Clubs" and I went to Google+ communities and Facebook Groups, and between a few(less than 5 searches) I had a list of places to investigate including.

http://themindofafictionbooklover.tumblr.com/me
is in the top 5 of Google for this search. Go read his blog, and leave comments. When somethng strikes you send him an email and start a conversation. Later ask him if he'd like to listen to your book. Be sure to have your signature with a link to your website so when you send him an email he will see your website.

http://www.thrall.org/booklovers/
Has all sorts of things about book clubs2233cleanfullZoom iQ5B - Podcasting is the Media - Podcast Uniquenesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/zoom-iq5b-podcasting-is-the-media-podcast-uniqueness--6515543Amateur Traveler Podcast wins Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Award
Chris Christensen is a winner in the 2014 Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Competition, taking an Honorable Mention in the Travel Broadcast — Audio category for “Amateur Traveler: Travel to Flanders in Belgium” (http://europe.amateurtraveler.com/travel-flanders-belgium-travel- podcast/) on AmateurTraveler.com. The awards are named for Lowell Thomas, acclaimed broadcast journalist, prolific author and world explorer during five decades in journalism.
This is the 30th annual competition sponsored by the Society of American Travel Writers Foundation. Winners of the awards, the most prestigious in the field of travel journalism, were announced Sept. 16 at the SATW convention, held in Iceland. The competition drew 1,177 entries and was judged by members of the faculty at the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill School of Journalism and Mass Communication. This year, the SATW Foundation presented 90 awards in 25 categories and nearly $20,000 in prize money to journalists. Since the first competition for work in 1984, the SATW Foundation has presented more than 2,100 awards and $420,000-plus in recognition of outstanding travel journalism.
In honoring work, the judges said:

"The Amateur Traveler podcast by Chris Christensen was well done. The first episode only featured narration by Christensen, which is challenging to produce. His incorporation of natural sound was a great addition to keep the show interesting and engaging. It offered both great historical context as well as important tips for travel to Flanders. The show was well produced and interesting".

Among other winners, Jill Schensul, senior writer for The Record of northern New Jersey, earned the title of Lowell Thomas Travel Journalist of the Year for a portfolio of her work in the past year. It is the third top title for Schensul, who over the years has won 29 Lowell Thomas awards for herself, and The Record travel section has taken 39 in total. National Geographic Traveler, Islands, Travel + Leisure and AFAR magazines are top media winners in 2014.
The Foundation distributes nearly $20,000 annually in prize money to individual winners. Donations by this year’s Underwriter, the Tourist Office for Flanders-Brussels, and many other supporters helped make the prizes possible. For more information about the awards, including a full list of winners and judges’ comments, and SATW, visit www.satwf.com andwww.satw.org.
Money Plan SOS Wins Plutus Award
Steve Stewart was nominated in the Best personal finance blog, and best debt reduction blog categories. Joe Saul-Sehy won for best financial blog (Joe was on the show this year talking co-hosts), and Steve won for the best debt reduction blog. The interesting thing is Steve's blog is just his "show notes" for his podcast. Congrats to both!
Portable Recording With Zoom iQ5B
I was Podcast Movement when I met Shawn Smith who had a bunch of microphones set up and was interviewing him. I went over and introduced myself. Shawn has gone out to help people answer the question, "What is the best way to record on the road." His is actively positioning himself as THE mobile recording person at http://www.themobilepro.net/
This was recorded on my iPhone using Boss Jock Studio and using Shawn's Zoom iQ5B microphone. It is a condenser microphone so it does pick up background noise. It has adjustable settings so you can pick how wide the stereo separation is. You will here Shawn and I go through some of the settings on the microphone. It sounds good (and would work in a quiet place like any quiet place).
The FREE Ebook From Shwn:
28 pages of high-rez photos and links to all the road-tested apps and gear in each of the 5 Mobile Pro Podcast Set-Ups, pros & cons of each, best-use guide, and Mobile Pro tips plus 3 bonus set-ups. TheMobilePro.net
Question from Listeners
In a previous episode we spoke about Dragon Naturally Speaking and Ryan Parker
I just wanted to let you know that the Mac does have a dictation function and you can find that function in the system preferences file. It works pretty much just like Siri does. And yes you have to enunciate your punctuation.(It works really great!)
In fact I am voice typing this comment to you directly with no corrections. It actually works really fast. The only thing is you have to get used to using the program just like anything else. Okay I lied I did correct a few things. And you have to correct manually if you speak an incorrect word or it picks up punctuation incorrectly.
Here’s a great tutorial from YouTube for you and your audience: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lU7oiTTAxNkIt does not allow you to correct by voice which is one of the advantages of dragon speaking naturally. They have a Mac version called Dragon dictate that seems to work pretty well I have use that in the past.
Have a great day keep podcasting because we I’ll love you so much ha ha!
- -

Q: What kind of advice would you give to someone who's podcast was driven by fiction content (a bit like Scott Sigler but with no where near such an outgoing personality) and not interviews, or helping people, or a professional focus?
It seems that a lot of advice about podcasting is more geared toward all of those things that I mentioned above that I don't really do. My latest episode has the most conversation I've done with the audience....ever and its only like seven minutes.

Thank you for your time I love your show.
Caine Dorr

A: Caine

Who likes Fiction books?. I did a quick search for "fiction book lovers" and came up with a few sites.

http://themindofafictionbooklover.tumblr.com/me
is in the top 5 of Google for this search. Go read his blog, and leave comments. When somethng strikes you send him an email and start a conversation. Later ask him if he'd like to listen to your book. Be sure to have your signature with a link to your website so when you send him an email he will see your website.

http://www.thrall.org/booklovers/
Has all sorts of things about book clubs

http://www.booktalk.org/online-reading-group.html
This is a huge forum (be careful not to spam here and read the rules of posting)

Figure out who your audience is, go there and make friends. then tell them about or mention your book.
Podcast Reviews
by Filopastry88 from Australia on October 8, 2014
Dave gives amazing value every episode . so many great action things to do. Last 5 of 5 is top idea
Thanks so much for the reivews! You can add your review at www.schoolofpodcasting.com
Leave a review at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/itunes
Join the Shcool of Podcasting
www.schoolofpodcasting.com/become-a-member]]>24fd10417135cfbfcf6fdab7bf9b4ed5Mon, 13 Oct 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPodcasters Are Taking Home Award - Because of my Podcast Amateur Traveler Podcast wins Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Award Chris Christensen is a winner in the 2014 Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Competition, taking an Honorable Mention in the...Amateur Traveler Podcast wins Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Award
Chris Christensen is a winner in the 2014 Lowell Thomas Travel Journalism Competition, taking an Honorable Mention in the Travel Broadcast — Audio category for “Amateur Traveler: Travel to Flanders in Belgium” (http://europe.amateurtraveler.com/travel-flanders-belgium-travel- podcast/) on AmateurTraveler.com. The awards are named for Lowell Thomas, acclaimed broadcast journalist, prolific author and world explorer during five decades in journalism.
This is the 30th annual competition sponsored by the Society of American Travel Writers Foundation. Winners of the awards, the most prestigious in the field of travel journalism, were announced Sept. 16 at the SATW convention, held in Iceland. The competition drew 1,177 entries and was judged by members of the faculty at the University of North Carolina-Chapel Hill School of Journalism and Mass Communication. This year, the SATW Foundation presented 90 awards in 25 categories and nearly $20,000 in prize money to journalists. Since the first competition for work in 1984, the SATW Foundation has presented more than 2,100 awards and $420,000-plus in recognition of outstanding travel journalism.
In honoring work, the judges said:

"The Amateur Traveler podcast by Chris Christensen was well done. The first episode only featured narration by Christensen, which is challenging to produce. His incorporation of natural sound was a great addition to keep the show interesting and engaging. It offered both great historical context as well as important tips for travel to Flanders. The show was well produced and interesting".

Among other winners, Jill Schensul, senior writer for The Record of northern New Jersey, earned the title of Lowell Thomas Travel Journalist of the Year for a portfolio of her work in the past year. It is the third top title for Schensul, who over the years has won 29 Lowell Thomas awards for herself, and The Record travel section has taken 39 in total. National Geographic Traveler, Islands, Travel + Leisure and AFAR magazines are top media winners in 2014.
The Foundation distributes nearly $20,000 annually in prize money to individual winners. Donations by this year’s Underwriter, the Tourist Office for Flanders-Brussels, and many other supporters helped make the prizes possible. For more information about the awards, including a full list of winners and judges’ comments, and SATW, visit www.satwf.com andwww.satw.org.
Money Plan SOS Wins Plutus Award
Steve Stewart was nominated in the Best personal finance blog, and best debt reduction blog categories. Joe Saul-Sehy won for best financial blog (Joe was on the show this year talking co-hosts), and Steve won for the best debt reduction blog. The interesting thing is Steve's blog is just his "show notes" for his podcast. Congrats to both!
Portable Recording With Zoom iQ5B
I was Podcast Movement when I met Shawn Smith who had a bunch of microphones set up and was interviewing him. I went over and introduced myself. Shawn has gone out to help people answer the question, "What is the best way to record on the road." His is actively positioning himself as THE mobile recording person at http://www.themobilepro.net/
This was recorded on my iPhone using Boss Jock Studio and using Shawn's Zoom iQ5B microphone. It is a condenser microphone so it does pick up background noise. It has adjustable settings so you can pick how wide the stereo separation is. You will here Shawn and I go through some of the settings on the microphone. It sounds good (and would work in a quiet place like any quiet...]]>3206cleanfullApple Health App and two others Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/apple-health-app-and-two-others-reviewed--39771301Apple products are known for their ease of use. That was before the Health app from apple. I spent a lot of time just trying to input my age, sex, weight, etc. The other thing that seems really stupid is you input different ingrediants and minerals, etc individually. So have fun when you eat a salad figuring out how much of each mineral is in your food. This seems really stupid. You can only assume that there is more to his product that I am unaware of. This just seems so NOT an Apple product.
Zombies Run
Need some motivation? How about the sound of zombies coming up from behind? The sound on this is great. They really use stereo imaging to make it real. The only thing is there isn't much to do. I gained a bunch of objects, but I have no idea what to do with them .There was another thing missing. Zombies. Oh during the first few missions I was eaten by zombies, but I expected them to come out to play more often. I would often walk 5-10 minutes without a zombie approaching. I did later find out thst I could turn on my music (that would stop it from being boring). You can also listen to podcasts and they will automatically lower the podcast/music so you an hear the zombies or instructions. For me this app posed another problem and that was that it takes up almost 600 megs of storage. I have a 16 gig phone, and that's a chunk. If you are struggling for room for photos, this will be a challenge. I will be the first to say I didn't really give this my all, but out of the gate the game lost my attention and when I saw where future sessions would cost I lost more interest.
Fitbit Challenges
I LOVE my fitbit. It motivates me all the time. When you have friends that motivates me as well. Now they have added more motivational tools in the form of challenges. You can invite your firneds to a daily challenge, a weekend challenge, or a weekday challenge (winners win bragging rights). It's nice to see that other people are finding the time to move, and for me that is motivational. The best thing about the fitbit is they can be as low as $59. I use tie Fitbit one and it goes for around $99. Check out fitbits at fitbit.com]]>f019dc71f5f5e656f422a047678bf1c7Sun, 12 Oct 2014 23:38:35 +0000David JacksonApple Health App Apple products are known for their ease of use. That was before the Health app from apple. I spent a lot of time just trying to input my age, sex, weight, etc. The other thing that seems really stupid is you input different...Apple products are known for their ease of use. That was before the Health app from apple. I spent a lot of time just trying to input my age, sex, weight, etc. The other thing that seems really stupid is you input different ingrediants and minerals, etc individually. So have fun when you eat a salad figuring out how much of each mineral is in your food. This seems really stupid. You can only assume that there is more to his product that I am unaware of. This just seems so NOT an Apple product.
Zombies Run
Need some motivation? How about the sound of zombies coming up from behind? The sound on this is great. They really use stereo imaging to make it real. The only thing is there isn't much to do. I gained a bunch of objects, but I have no idea what to do with them .There was another thing missing. Zombies. Oh during the first few missions I was eaten by zombies, but I expected them to come out to play more often. I would often walk 5-10 minutes without a zombie approaching. I did later find out thst I could turn on my music (that would stop it from being boring). You can also listen to podcasts and they will automatically lower the podcast/music so you an hear the zombies or instructions. For me this app posed another problem and that was that it takes up almost 600 megs of storage. I have a 16 gig phone, and that's a chunk. If you are struggling for room for photos, this will be a challenge. I will be the first to say I didn't really give this my all, but out of the gate the game lost my attention and when I saw where future sessions would cost I lost more interest.
Fitbit Challenges
I LOVE my fitbit. It motivates me all the time. When you have friends that motivates me as well. Now they have added more motivational tools in the form of challenges. You can invite your firneds to a daily challenge, a weekend challenge, or a weekday challenge (winners win bragging rights). It's nice to see that other people are finding the time to move, and for me that is motivational. The best thing about the fitbit is they can be as low as $59. I use tie Fitbit one and it goes for around $99. Check out fitbits at fitbit.com]]>1573cleanfullBecause of my Podcast - I'm the Director of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/because-of-my-podcast-i-m-the-director-of-podcasting--6515545It's Time To Get Uncomfortable
I've been appointed as the Director of Podcasting at the new media expo. This means I will help choose who speaks at the New Media Expo in April of 2015. This is a huge opportunity. It's also kind of scary. This means someone who really wants to speak won't get to, and I'm going to disappoint them. It also means I will get to meet a whole bunch of people, and get additional insights into podcasting, blogging, video, and more. It's a huge opportunity for me, and I'm blessed to be chosen. Today I walk you through stepping out the boat of comfort and why its a good thing to be scared and uncomfortable. We don't like to move when we are comfortable, but life is moving fast, and if we don't move we are actually going backwards in some instances. So I share some things that I was scared and had to work through. As a teenager I was very shy around strangers. My mother died when I was 24 and I had to go tell my Grandma she had outlived her child I had to work my way though college. It took twice as long, but I got my degree. I spent myself into bankruptcy trying to have a child with my first wife. Later we divorced. These are hard things to push through, but you come out better on the other side. Sometimes we need to ask, "What is the worst thing that could happen? When you get a dog, you're not tihnking, "Hey someday in the future we are all going to be sad," but its true. The pros outweigh the cons. Do I dread telling people they didn't get accepted? Sure. You have to take the good with the bad. For me, the benefits of podcasting outweigh the negative. Special thanks to Rob Walch (libsyn.com), Todd Cochrane (Blubrry.com) Rob Greenlee (podcastone.com) for recommending me to Rick Calvert of the New Media Expo.

Last 5 in 5 With Lou Mongello [15:47]
Today we get some podcast recommendations from Lou Mongello who produces the WDW Radio podcast (A great podcast about Walt Disney World). I interviewed Lou back on the Power of Podcasting podcast that told his story about how he left his job as a lawyer and now does podcasting full time. Here are the last five podcast Lou listened to. The Podcast Report From Paul Colligan Starve the Doubts by Jared Easley Podcast Answer Man - Cliff Ravenscraft Smart Passive Income - Pat Flynn Social Media Examiner - Michael Stelzner
Saving For Events
Going to events is a great way to fast forward your networking and knowledge. It can add up when you start thinking about travel expenses in addition to the price of attendance. One way is to look at your bank and see if they have a savings plan that will automatically move money into an account for you. I Use CaptialOne 360 (which actually lets you earn interest) and once a month it transfers money from my "normal" checking account into the online account. By using an account that you don't look at you are less likely to spend it.
Mike Russel Launches Audio Producter Masters [20:34]
Mike Russel of Music Radio Creative (the people behind my intro singers), has released a book on Adobe Audition in addition to an online community. The community has great tutorials as well as each month you get cool sound files for music beds, swishes, zaps, etc. Check it out at www.audioproductionmasters.com/sop If you're more of a reader he has also released a new kindle book filled with his massive knowledge of Adobe Audition.
Over Coffee Podcast Appearance [24:00]
I was interviewed by Dott on the Over Coffee podcast. Check it out
Cleveland Podcasters Meetup [26:32]
If you plan on doing your own meetup, be sure to provide food, and have an agenda. The good news is there is no better way to connect then face to face. It was awesome to see everyone.
FREE PIZZA (Because of My Podcast Part Two)
Steve Stewart was in town so we went out for Pizza, and how weird was it that Philip Keller of the Blind Faith Live podcast. We had our own little meetup, and Phillip left. When we went to pay for our bill Phillip had already taken care of or bill. How cool is that? It was great to have two of my favorite people meet each other. Check out Phillip's show at www.blindfaithlive.com (real people, real miracles) also check out Steve at www.moneyplansos.com]]>4e05406d6895199fd2eed52306291c7aMon, 06 Oct 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonDo you feel that you podcasting may be too hard, or complicated? Do you feel that nobody would listen? Are you nervous? Maybe a little scared? Well today we are going to talk you off the ledge. It's Time To Get Uncomfortable I've been appointed as the...It's Time To Get Uncomfortable
I've been appointed as the Director of Podcasting at the new media expo. This means I will help choose who speaks at the New Media Expo in April of 2015. This is a huge opportunity. It's also kind of scary. This means someone who really wants to speak won't get to, and I'm going to disappoint them. It also means I will get to meet a whole bunch of people, and get additional insights into podcasting, blogging, video, and more. It's a huge opportunity for me, and I'm blessed to be chosen. Today I walk you through stepping out the boat of comfort and why its a good thing to be scared and uncomfortable. We don't like to move when we are comfortable, but life is moving fast, and if we don't move we are actually going backwards in some instances. So I share some things that I was scared and had to work through. As a teenager I was very shy around strangers. My mother died when I was 24 and I had to go tell my Grandma she had outlived her child I had to work my way though college. It took twice as long, but I got my degree. I spent myself into bankruptcy trying to have a child with my first wife. Later we divorced. These are hard things to push through, but you come out better on the other side. Sometimes we need to ask, "What is the worst thing that could happen? When you get a dog, you're not tihnking, "Hey someday in the future we are all going to be sad," but its true. The pros outweigh the cons. Do I dread telling people they didn't get accepted? Sure. You have to take the good with the bad. For me, the benefits of podcasting outweigh the negative. Special thanks to Rob Walch (libsyn.com), Todd Cochrane (Blubrry.com) Rob Greenlee (podcastone.com) for recommending me to Rick Calvert of the New Media Expo.

Last 5 in 5 With Lou Mongello [15:47]
Today we get some podcast recommendations from Lou Mongello who produces the WDW Radio podcast (A great podcast about Walt Disney World). I interviewed Lou back on the Power of Podcasting podcast that told his story about how he left his job as a lawyer and now does podcasting full time. Here are the last five podcast Lou listened to. The Podcast Report From Paul Colligan Starve the Doubts by Jared Easley Podcast Answer Man - Cliff Ravenscraft Smart Passive Income - Pat Flynn Social Media Examiner - Michael Stelzner
Saving For Events
Going to events is a great way to fast forward your networking and knowledge. It can add up when you start thinking about travel expenses in addition to the price of attendance. One way is to look at your bank and see if they have a savings plan that will automatically move money into an account for you. I Use CaptialOne 360 (which actually lets you earn interest) and once a month it transfers money from my "normal" checking account into the online account. By using an account that you don't look at you are less likely to spend it.
Mike Russel Launches Audio Producter Masters [20:34]
Mike Russel of Music Radio Creative (the people behind my intro singers), has released a book on Adobe Audition in addition to an online community. The community has great tutorials as well as each month you get cool sound files for music beds, swishes, zaps, etc. Check it out at www.audioproductionmasters.com/sop If you're more of a reader he has also released a new kindle book filled with his massive knowledge of Adobe Audition.
Over Coffee Podcast Appearance [24:00]
I was interviewed by Dott on the Over Coffee podcast. Check it out
Cleveland Podcasters Meetup [26:32]
If you plan on doing your own meetup, be sure to provide food, and have an agenda. The good news is there is no better way to connect then face to...]]>2215cleanfullSodas Are the New Cigaretteshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sodas-are-the-new-cigarettes--39771315Where is The Sugar Information?
When I look at a box of Raisin bran, I see the daily percentages for fiber, salt, etc, but not for sugar. That's weird. When I look at a 12 ounce can of Mountain Dew there are 46 grams of sugar. There is no clue what percentage of my daily intake it is. Well according to the World Health Organization, that's because that one can of Mountain Dew (or insert your own sot drink of choice) may have close to DOUBLE the amount of sugar you need PER DAY. That ONE CAN is DOUBLE. They recommend 25 grams (ok, so almost double). The movie explains that sugar in these MAMMOTH amounts is toxic. Our liver can't handle it and we end up turning it into fat. Another cool part of the movie is where they show the tobacco heads telling congress that there is no link to cigarettes and lung cancer. Then the next clip is someone from the soft drink world telling congress that (according to a study that THEY PAID FOR) there is no link to soft drinks and diabetes. Really?
Why Isn't This More Well Known?
Because industry doesn't want it known. We ran tobacco right out of the country (almost), and they don't want to be next. When the mayor of new york tried to ban 64 ounce drinks everyone said he was trying to put in a police state. They get lots of publicity about how the government is trying to put in place a "Nanny state". They don't want it know that 80% of schools take money from Coke & Pepsi. They don't want it know than Pizza is now considered a vegetable (seriously?). How does this happen? Because the company that owns 80% of the pizza marketing in schools makes billions of dollars every year.
You Can Rent The Video at Amazon
You have to see this for yourself. It's a riveting 90 minutes that shows you just how bad we have become.

You Can Download it in iTunes You Can Purchase the DVD
More Information
Here is a report from CNN
Detailed Book About it
One of the doctors featured in the movie has now come out with a book called Fat Chance You can get the fat chance book as an audio book for free Help Support the Show]]>1f3dc8d4fe82297596a0d635e0d2575bSun, 05 Oct 2014 16:05:14 +0000David JacksonToday I share some insights into the movie Fed Up from the people of an unconventional truth and has Katie Couric. It is a straight shooting video that points out that we are just being lied to through the media as the food industries continues to...Where is The Sugar Information?
When I look at a box of Raisin bran, I see the daily percentages for fiber, salt, etc, but not for sugar. That's weird. When I look at a 12 ounce can of Mountain Dew there are 46 grams of sugar. There is no clue what percentage of my daily intake it is. Well according to the World Health Organization, that's because that one can of Mountain Dew (or insert your own sot drink of choice) may have close to DOUBLE the amount of sugar you need PER DAY. That ONE CAN is DOUBLE. They recommend 25 grams (ok, so almost double). The movie explains that sugar in these MAMMOTH amounts is toxic. Our liver can't handle it and we end up turning it into fat. Another cool part of the movie is where they show the tobacco heads telling congress that there is no link to cigarettes and lung cancer. Then the next clip is someone from the soft drink world telling congress that (according to a study that THEY PAID FOR) there is no link to soft drinks and diabetes. Really?
Why Isn't This More Well Known?
Because industry doesn't want it known. We ran tobacco right out of the country (almost), and they don't want to be next. When the mayor of new york tried to ban 64 ounce drinks everyone said he was trying to put in a police state. They get lots of publicity about how the government is trying to put in place a "Nanny state". They don't want it know that 80% of schools take money from Coke & Pepsi. They don't want it know than Pizza is now considered a vegetable (seriously?). How does this happen? Because the company that owns 80% of the pizza marketing in schools makes billions of dollars every year.
You Can Rent The Video at Amazon
You have to see this for yourself. It's a riveting 90 minutes that shows you just how bad we have become.

You Can Download it in iTunes You Can Purchase the DVD
More Information
Here is a report from CNN
Detailed Book About it
One of the doctors featured in the movie has now come out with a book called Fat Chance You can get the fat chance book as an audio book for free Help Support the Show]]>2250cleanfullTackling Show Notes - How Long Should My Notes Be?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/tackling-show-notes-how-long-should-my-notes-be--6515546
Podcasting is up to 13 Million Listeners a Day

5% of Americans (so this number is bigger in reality) listen to podcasts every day. That would be 13 million people. This video explains more.

Dragon Naturally Speaking Review

I tried Dragon Naturally Speaking back when they were on version 6. It was impressive. I received some questions about creating show notes, and more and more people are having them transcribed. That can get a little costly at $1 a minute. So would something like Dragon Naturally speaking solve this issue for those who don't like to type? My answer is maybe. I used a transcribe feature where I put an audio file into the software and it typed out over 10,000 words (13 pages). From my test, this software is around 90% accurate. The more you use it the better it gets as it learns your voice. The bad news is it doesn't do a bit of punctuation. How could it? It doesn't understand what it is transcribing. So the time you save by not having to type is now used by going in and adding punctuation.

Now if you are a "hunt and pack" kind of typist, this might be for you. It took me 10 minutes to go through an interactive tutorial and I was ready to go full force with the software. You can use it not only to type what you are saying, but to open programs, click buttons and more. Can I get up to speed this fast learning the keyboard? I don't think so. I will say, talking your punctuation is not something that comes naturally, but it does force you to finalize your thought before speaking (which I think we all can use).

The software is smart as if you say something and it types if wrong, you can say "Select (whatever the word is) and then go through a number of choices to edit it. Then there are more commands to tell it to go back to where you were. It's pretty slick. If you are in a chat room you could easily just speak your words and have them show up.

What does it cost? The premium version (that allows you to transcribe prerecorded files is $199 at amazon (affiliate link). The basic version is $49 that does the live transcription.

Do I Need Show Notes?

In a quick word yes. At its core, a podcast is media in a blog post. The question then becomes:

How Many Words Do I Need in My Podcast Show Notes?

The Wordpress Plugin Wordpress SEO Recommend at least 300.

Some reports who that you need 2000 words. WOA! What is this based on? A report that show that most of the top ranking pages had over 2000 words. It makes perfect sense. Google indexes every part of your site. The more it finds, the more of a trail you leave behind to be found.

You can also point at Seth Godin who has one of the most popular blogs on the planet is short and to the point. His post None of this makes sense was 125 words.

When I interviewed Pat Flynn, we spoke about his writing style. He often writes posts that can be seen as a definitive source on that subject. His original posts helped people pass an architecture exam. They were that detailed.

Things to Consider When Writing Show Notes

Your audience. It always starts with your audience. Some of your audience may want the full story. Some of them may just want the bullet points.
What is the purpose of your show notes? Pat's original posts were his notes on passing the exam. Maybe your notes are just a summary with links to resources.
What is the subject? If you hate typing show notes, then one thing you can do to save time is identify your subject and stick to it.
Most people skim when they read. Break it up in to bite sized chunks and using different heading tags. These can carry more Google juice.
Use images to break up the intimidating screen of non-stop text.
How to Speed Things Up

1. Type it once.

Use tools like Google Docs, Evernote, OneNote, etc to capture your ideas. Then later when you put together your show notes you can copy and paste from your resources.

2. If you are pasting, paste as plain text.

Programs like Microsoft Word can put weird characters into your site that can cause issues and headaches.

3. Listen to your show at 2X

If you are a person who creates their show notes after they record, listen to your show at 2X. If you are listening on a Windows machine, Windows media player can speed the audio/video. While you are listening in windows media player, you can right click on the image and choose Enhancements > Play Speed and adjust it up to 2X.

4. Check to See if Your Recorder Can Create Marks

Dragon Naturally SpeakingIf you are recording into a portable recorder, some of them like the Zoom H5 allow you to press a button and "Mark" your audio. This allows you later to go in and jump to a specific section. This can make it easier for you to remember what you spoke about (although you should have things identified before you press record).

5. If You Can't Type - Speak

There are tools such as Dragon Naturally Speaking that have come a long way in their accuracy. If you can type, it is probably easier to type. When you use a voice to text converter you have to speak your punctuation. You would say something like, "This is my sentence period." The screen would should "This is my sentence." (where the word period has been turned into a period).

6. Farm It Out - Transcriptions

The typical rate for having your podcast subscribed is around $1 a minute. This means a 60 minute podcast costs $60. Keep in mind you then have to edit the text as you typically don't write the way you speak. Keep this in mind when you see services like Show Notes Made Easy. I interviewed Lara and she quoted me $60 an episode (her prices may change). While it may be tempting to use someone overseas for transcription you may want someone how has your language (English in my case) as their primary language. You can find transcription services in our resource section

Here are some resources I used

Quick Sprout

Forbes

How Many Words Are In Your Show Notes?

Do you have any tips on writing show notes? How many words do you typically put in your posts? (leave a comment below).

Start Podcasting Today JOIN HERE

]]>24b61131979d0232004c9507696ea258Mon, 29 Sep 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonOne of the most hated steps of podcasting is writing show notes. They are a necessary evil and they help search engines like Google and Bing find you. So how long should my show notes be? We will take a look at that question today. Podcasting is up...
Podcasting is up to 13 Million Listeners a Day

5% of Americans (so this number is bigger in reality) listen to podcasts every day. That would be 13 million people. This video explains more.

Dragon Naturally Speaking Review

I tried Dragon Naturally Speaking back when they were on version 6. It was impressive. I received some questions about creating show notes, and more and more people are having them transcribed. That can get a little costly at $1 a minute. So would something like Dragon Naturally speaking solve this issue for those who don't like to type? My answer is maybe. I used a transcribe feature where I put an audio file into the software and it typed out over 10,000 words (13 pages). From my test, this software is around 90% accurate. The more you use it the better it gets as it learns your voice. The bad news is it doesn't do a bit of punctuation. How could it? It doesn't understand what it is transcribing. So the time you save by not having to type is now used by going in and adding punctuation.

Now if you are a "hunt and pack" kind of typist, this might be for you. It took me 10 minutes to go through an interactive tutorial and I was ready to go full force with the software. You can use it not only to type what you are saying, but to open programs, click buttons and more. Can I get up to speed this fast learning the keyboard? I don't think so. I will say, talking your punctuation is not something that comes naturally, but it does force you to finalize your thought before speaking (which I think we all can use).

The software is smart as if you say something and it types if wrong, you can say "Select (whatever the word is) and then go through a number of choices to edit it. Then there are more commands to tell it to go back to where you were. It's pretty slick. If you are in a chat room you could easily just speak your words and have them show up.

What does it cost? The premium version (that allows you to transcribe prerecorded files is $199 at amazon (affiliate link). The basic version is $49 that does the live transcription.

Do I Need Show Notes?

In a quick word yes. At its core, a podcast is media in a blog post. The question then becomes:

How Many Words Do I Need in My Podcast Show Notes?

The Wordpress Plugin Wordpress SEO Recommend at least 300.

Some reports who that you need 2000 words. WOA! What is this based on? A report that show that most of the top ranking pages had over 2000 words. It makes perfect sense. Google indexes every part of your site. The more it finds, the more of a trail you leave behind to be found.

You can also point at Seth Godin who has one of the most popular blogs on the planet is short and to the point. His post None of this makes sense was 125 words.

When I interviewed Pat Flynn, we spoke about his writing style. He often writes posts that can be seen as a definitive source on that subject. His original posts helped people pass an architecture exam. They were that detailed.

Things to Consider When Writing Show Notes

Your audience. It always starts with your audience. Some of your audience may want the full story. Some of them may just want the bullet points.
What is the purpose of your show notes? Pat's original posts were his notes on passing the exam. Maybe your notes are just a summary with links to resources.
What is the subject? If you hate typing show notes, then one thing you can do to save time is identify your subject and stick to it.
Most people skim when they read. Break it up in to bite sized chunks and using different heading tags. These...]]>3122cleanfullChange Your Brain Change Your Experience?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/change-your-brain-change-your-experience--3977135988b7bf5397858a3c378a76741b003c56Mon, 29 Sep 2014 00:31:09 +0000David JacksonA new episode1511cleanfullTools To Connect With and Grow Your Audience / Gaming The Systemhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/tools-to-connect-with-and-grow-your-audience-gaming-the-system--6515547Podcast Album Art is Now The Size of Your Head [2:00]
Apple has released a new spec for album artwork is now can be a minimum of 1400X1400 the recommended size is now 2048X2048 jpg Apple is “not” recommending you save your image art in .png (portable network graphics) format, but if you can’t resist .png needs to be RGB (red, green and blue color model) only. There are sties like pixlr.com that you can use to try and resize your current album artwork.
Podcast Rewind [4:05]
I appeared on the Internet Marketing show (By Site Visibility) one of the longest running and top rated Internet Marketing Podcasts. Check it out here I also appeared on the Gary Leland Show where we talk about using Podcasting with your business. Check it out here
Simple Podcast Press - Grow Your List and Subscriptions [7:25]
Today we interview Hani Mourra the man behind the Simple Podcast Press plugin for Wordpress. We all want podcasting to be easy, we want to grow our audience, we want subscribers, we want promotion, and this tool does all of that with a 2 minute install. You can add links to itunes, stitcher, soundcloud, as well as a download button. You can also have button for people to subscribe to your email list (so if you're using someone like Aweber or Mail Chimp). With these tools you can boost your subscribers and your email list. Another great feature is the ability to make clickable tweets with a few mouse clicks. This can make it super easy for your audience to share your show. The plugin will also help create easy to remember links like www.schoolofpodcasting.com/427 that link to the episode (again making it simple to share) Lastly if provides the latest reviews from iTunes right in your dashboard. I was worried as I am already using PowerPress (for my player) and Pretty link (for my easy to remember links). The plugin does not have any conflicts with these plugins and in the case of PowerPress can easily switch the player on your website and all the back catalog. This means by installing this plugin you can an email sign up on every episode. That's pretty cool when you are someone like me who has over 400 episodes. The best part is if you're not happy with it, you can get a refund as there is a 30 day money back guarantee
Want a Coupon For the School of Podcasting? [16:24]
I am testing a new system called Callloop.com which is a tool to build a list of people you can text (or you can deliver automated marketing information - like a coupon over their phone). All you have to do is text the word podcast to 38470 and you will receive a coupon for the School of Podcasting. You can start with a free program and only pay .05 for the messages you send. If you want a keyword (podcast in my case) it's $10 a month. There are other plans available at callloop.com If you'd rather have people sign up for your email list check out joinbytext.com which is $19 a month but people can send a keyword (in my case podcast ) to 66866 and they will be asked to subscribe to my email list. If you like these kind of tools and fun way to grow your audience, check out my Weekly Web Tools Podcast

Last 5 in 5 [20:05]
Today we have a last 5 in 5 from a regular person in the chat room of the Ask the Podcast Show Tommy G Kendrick who runs the Actors Talk Podcast The Unmistakable Creative Podcast411 School of Podcasting Podcaster's Roundtable This is Your Life
Podcast Review Swapping [ 22:05]
I published an article on Podcaster News I made a couple of points:

You only have one change to make a first impression
When you start, your publish may need some polishing
Sometimes getting to the front of the line before your ready is a bad thing in the long run - see American Idol
Good marketing only allows people to find out you have a poor product faster
Remember word of mouth works both ways
When you do things SOLEY in the name of profit< it"s typically not good for the consumer.
Review Swapping Damages the reputation of New and Noteworth]]>7cfb1f2cf4a374053942de2e2d79d49dMon, 22 Sep 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonCall in with your comment 888-563-3228 Podcast Album Art is Now The Size of Your Head [2:00] Apple has released a new spec for album artwork is now can be a minimum of 1400X1400 the recommended size is now 2048X2048 jpg Apple is “not” recommending you...Podcast Album Art is Now The Size of Your Head [2:00]
Apple has released a new spec for album artwork is now can be a minimum of 1400X1400 the recommended size is now 2048X2048 jpg Apple is “not” recommending you save your image art in .png (portable network graphics) format, but if you can’t resist .png needs to be RGB (red, green and blue color model) only. There are sties like pixlr.com that you can use to try and resize your current album artwork.
Podcast Rewind [4:05]
I appeared on the Internet Marketing show (By Site Visibility) one of the longest running and top rated Internet Marketing Podcasts. Check it out here I also appeared on the Gary Leland Show where we talk about using Podcasting with your business. Check it out here
Simple Podcast Press - Grow Your List and Subscriptions [7:25]
Today we interview Hani Mourra the man behind the Simple Podcast Press plugin for Wordpress. We all want podcasting to be easy, we want to grow our audience, we want subscribers, we want promotion, and this tool does all of that with a 2 minute install. You can add links to itunes, stitcher, soundcloud, as well as a download button. You can also have button for people to subscribe to your email list (so if you're using someone like Aweber or Mail Chimp). With these tools you can boost your subscribers and your email list. Another great feature is the ability to make clickable tweets with a few mouse clicks. This can make it super easy for your audience to share your show. The plugin will also help create easy to remember links like www.schoolofpodcasting.com/427 that link to the episode (again making it simple to share) Lastly if provides the latest reviews from iTunes right in your dashboard. I was worried as I am already using PowerPress (for my player) and Pretty link (for my easy to remember links). The plugin does not have any conflicts with these plugins and in the case of PowerPress can easily switch the player on your website and all the back catalog. This means by installing this plugin you can an email sign up on every episode. That's pretty cool when you are someone like me who has over 400 episodes. The best part is if you're not happy with it, you can get a refund as there is a 30 day money back guarantee
Want a Coupon For the School of Podcasting? [16:24]
I am testing a new system called Callloop.com which is a tool to build a list of people you can text (or you can deliver automated marketing information - like a coupon over their phone). All you have to do is text the word podcast to 38470 and you will receive a coupon for the School of Podcasting. You can start with a free program and only pay .05 for the messages you send. If you want a keyword (podcast in my case) it's $10 a month. There are other plans available at callloop.com If you'd rather have people sign up for your email list check out joinbytext.com which is $19 a month but people can send a keyword (in my case podcast ) to 66866 and they will be asked to subscribe to my email list. If you like these kind of tools and fun way to grow your audience, check out my Weekly Web Tools Podcast

Last 5 in 5 [20:05]
Today we have a last 5 in 5 from a regular person in the chat room of the Ask the Podcast Show Tommy G Kendrick who runs the Actors Talk Podcast The Unmistakable Creative Podcast411 School of Podcasting Podcaster's Roundtable This is Your Life
Podcast Review Swapping [ 22:05]
I published an article on Podcaster News I made a couple of points:

You only have one change to make a first impression
When you start, your publish may need some polishing
Sometimes getting to the front of the line before your ready is a bad thing in the long run - see American Idol
Good marketing only allows people to find out you have a poor product faster
Remember word of...]]>2987cleanfull4 Years Later His Podcast Pays The Bill - Rob Cesternino Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/4-years-later-his-podcast-pays-the-bill-rob-cesternino-interview--65155514c7e0ea91dc9848c96f74713d37f6621Mon, 15 Sep 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonInsights into Growing your audience and using Patreon3317cleanfull7 Habits of Efective Peoplehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/7-habits-of-efective-people--39771325
Healthy people eat all the time (don't let yourself run on empty)
Healthy people are prepared (and don't get food from drive-thru, and vending machines)
Healthy people don't kill themselves at the gym (nothing crazy)
Healthy people work exercise into their daily routine (park away from the front of the zone, take the stairs).
Healthy people keep it simple (don't wait till you get the best gear)
Healthy people don't avoid the doctor
Healthy people grocery shop a lot]]>49b45e8155c4cb06e81a6ccbfd5ded56Sun, 14 Sep 2014 18:58:38 +0000David JacksonToday I'm wrapping up some of my thoughts on the book IMPOSSIBLE: How I Lost Nearly 400 Pounds Without Surgery I really like a segment on the 7 habits of healthy people . These inlcude: Healthy people eat all the time (don't let yourself run on...
Healthy people eat all the time (don't let yourself run on empty)
Healthy people are prepared (and don't get food from drive-thru, and vending machines)
Healthy people don't kill themselves at the gym (nothing crazy)
Healthy people work exercise into their daily routine (park away from the front of the zone, take the stairs).
Healthy people keep it simple (don't wait till you get the best gear)
Healthy people don't avoid the doctor
Healthy people grocery shop a lot]]>1463cleanfullTelevision Challenge - Own Your Actionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/television-challenge-own-your-actions--397713034f47e2b89034635a96e73917234ab361Mon, 08 Sep 2014 23:51:57 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about a challenge that if you are watching TV you need to be moving!. Also I talk about spoiled athletes who never have to own their actions. 841cleanfullThe Power of a Connection - Jared Easley On Growing Your Podcast Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-a-connection-jared-easley-on-growing-your-podcast-audience--13307672September 30th 2104 is National Podcast Day where we all put the spotlight on Podcast Movement and help turn more people on to listening to podcast, creating new podcasts, and general helping podcast awareness raise up a few notches.
Using the Roland R-05
John from http://www.letstalkmetaldetectingandtreasurehunting.com/ wants to know how I use this device? When I recorded at Podcast Movement. When I use the built in microphone I try to use my guests as sound shields (putting them between the mic and the sounds). I kept the microphone about chest level. I always listen so I can hear what is being recorded.
Promo For Podcast Review Show
Dave Jackson and Erik K Johnson will go over your show from top to bottom and use their 30 cobined years of creating content to help you spotlight what you are doing right, and help you tweak those things that need help. You can get reviewed by going to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Podcasting Good To Great How to Grow your Audience through Collaboration [7:55]
To we focus on one thing: growing your audience. We have Jared Easley author of the book Podcasting Good To Great How to Grow your Audience through Collaboration. You might also recognize that name as we was one of the organizers of the HIGHLY SUCCESSFUL Podcast movement and also has a really good podcast called Starve the Doubts. Today we hear how Jared stared out by noticing others and seeing how they could help them (looking for nothing in return). He didn't know what he was doing all the time, but that didn't stop him. When he doubt, he could always find someone and ask some questions. I first started listening to his podcast before Podcast Movement. I liked this show. I met Matt Lovell at the event, and he mentioned how he was going to be in Cleveland soon. I toll him to look me up. He did. We did and he sat in on a recording o the Ask the Podcast Coach show that I do live on Saturday Mornings. On the way to breakfast he told me a story of how he had reached out to a podcast host, and the host had called him on the phone. The podcaster? Jared Easley. Does this mean that you have to call all of your listeners to grow your audience? No. If you have the time, you could. We talk about using teleconferencing to connect live with your audience (especially helpful if they are not up to speed on webinars). Jared mentioned FreeConferencing.com and Dave like uberconference.com. Its not doing LARGE things that will grow your audience. In many cases its the little things you do that have the most impact. What if you impacted 5 people a week. What would that do over the span of a year? You could have 60 people who have true connection with you and enjoy telling people about your show. As the old commercial goes, "And they told two friends, and they told two friends.."
Matt's Story - Permission To Chat? [31:00]
Matt Lovel had just found Jared's podcast, he tweeted about it to his friends. He asked what their favorite episode of Starve the Doubts was. People came out of the woodwork with suggestions and one person was the host Jared Easley. Jared asked (via twitter) if they would like to move to the phone, and 2.5 hours later their phone call ended. One of the cool things about podcasting is people who like your show are more than likely LIKE YOU. This means you will probably connect with people who listen to your show. In this instance Matt and Jared talked about life goals, etc and Matt explained how he was moving between jobs. Jared new someone who was looking for Matt's skills. When I say you can have an impact on your listener's lives, I don't mean that you will find them work that pays them more and changes your quality of living, but we ca now say, "It could happen." Find Matt's Podcast at www.mindingthegap.com
Start Your Podcast Today - Join the School of Podcasting
Start Podcasting Today
]]>370ae73d1684958a8fab34004b71fafdMon, 08 Sep 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonNational Podcast Day September 30th September 30th 2104 is National Podcast Day where we all put the spotlight on Podcast Movement and help turn more people on to listening to podcast, creating new podcasts, and general helping podcast awareness raise...September 30th 2104 is National Podcast Day where we all put the spotlight on Podcast Movement and help turn more people on to listening to podcast, creating new podcasts, and general helping podcast awareness raise up a few notches.
Using the Roland R-05
John from http://www.letstalkmetaldetectingandtreasurehunting.com/ wants to know how I use this device? When I recorded at Podcast Movement. When I use the built in microphone I try to use my guests as sound shields (putting them between the mic and the sounds). I kept the microphone about chest level. I always listen so I can hear what is being recorded.
Promo For Podcast Review Show
Dave Jackson and Erik K Johnson will go over your show from top to bottom and use their 30 cobined years of creating content to help you spotlight what you are doing right, and help you tweak those things that need help. You can get reviewed by going to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Podcasting Good To Great How to Grow your Audience through Collaboration [7:55]
To we focus on one thing: growing your audience. We have Jared Easley author of the book Podcasting Good To Great How to Grow your Audience through Collaboration. You might also recognize that name as we was one of the organizers of the HIGHLY SUCCESSFUL Podcast movement and also has a really good podcast called Starve the Doubts. Today we hear how Jared stared out by noticing others and seeing how they could help them (looking for nothing in return). He didn't know what he was doing all the time, but that didn't stop him. When he doubt, he could always find someone and ask some questions. I first started listening to his podcast before Podcast Movement. I liked this show. I met Matt Lovell at the event, and he mentioned how he was going to be in Cleveland soon. I toll him to look me up. He did. We did and he sat in on a recording o the Ask the Podcast Coach show that I do live on Saturday Mornings. On the way to breakfast he told me a story of how he had reached out to a podcast host, and the host had called him on the phone. The podcaster? Jared Easley. Does this mean that you have to call all of your listeners to grow your audience? No. If you have the time, you could. We talk about using teleconferencing to connect live with your audience (especially helpful if they are not up to speed on webinars). Jared mentioned FreeConferencing.com and Dave like uberconference.com. Its not doing LARGE things that will grow your audience. In many cases its the little things you do that have the most impact. What if you impacted 5 people a week. What would that do over the span of a year? You could have 60 people who have true connection with you and enjoy telling people about your show. As the old commercial goes, "And they told two friends, and they told two friends.."
Matt's Story - Permission To Chat? [31:00]
Matt Lovel had just found Jared's podcast, he tweeted about it to his friends. He asked what their favorite episode of Starve the Doubts was. People came out of the woodwork with suggestions and one person was the host Jared Easley. Jared asked (via twitter) if they would like to move to the phone, and 2.5 hours later their phone call ended. One of the cool things about podcasting is people who like your show are more than likely LIKE YOU. This means you will probably connect with people who listen to your show. In this instance Matt and Jared talked about life goals, etc and Matt explained how he was moving between jobs. Jared new someone who was looking for Matt's skills. When I say you can have an impact on your listener's lives, I don't mean that you will find them work that pays them more and changes your quality of living, but we ca now say, "It could happen." Find Matt's Podcast at 3436cleanfullTimes Up - Breakfast Statshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/times-up-breakfast-stats--39771311a3a6a0610b7f847223c1c3b78d42a026Mon, 01 Sep 2014 15:29:29 +0000David JacksonA new episode1337cleanfullThe One Thing That's Stopping You From Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-one-thing-that-s-stopping-you-from-podcasting--13307673Because of My Podcast I Spoke in Front of 20,000 People [2:30]
Kenn Blanchard of the Black Man with a Gun podcast and the Motor Cycle Radio got to speak at an event in New York and got to share the stage with non other than Donald Trump. How cool is that? Check out Kenn's book, "Black Man with a Gun." We have spoken with Kenn before. He once helped a listener who was thinking of committing suicide. He got to speak about the rights of people and have dinner with some millionaires. Shalom Baby! You can find all of Kenn's podcasts at www.blanchardmediagroup.com
Last 5 in 5 [4:50]
This was recorded on the floor of Podcast Movement with Jeremy and Taylor from Final Clock Out podcast. They show that there are more ways to make money besides the 9-5. Taylor's Chae Jarvis Audio Podcast Bullet Proof Radio Smart Passive Income London Real Super Fast Business Jeremy's Ask Pat Kick Ass Life Achieve Your Goals Podcast Answer Man Marketing Lifestyle Tim Perris
Podcast Rewind [11:45]
I appeared on The Podcast Report Talking Podcasting stats with Paul Colligan Personal Branding show with Bernard Kelvin Clive (from Ghana ) Thanks to : by Garrettent44614 from USA on August 28, 2014 So far I've listened to every episode in the last 4 weeks and I have to say that this podcast has it all, Audio Quality, Content Quality, and Dave Jackson definitely brings the perfect personality to the table when it comes to how the podcast is produced. Thanks a ton Dave, Keep up the good work!!! Learn podcasting and have fun doing so! by SteveW928 from Canada on August 23, 2014 Dave not only has the heart of a teacher, but he brings his great sense of humor in to keep it fun as well. School of Podcasting is a one-of-a-kind educational experience where you'll not only learn great details about podcasting and the industry, but you'll also learn about hosting, equipment, software, hardware gadgets, etc. as Dave loves to try a bit of everything and give you his opinion on how well it really works. And, as mentioned above, he's a hoot to listen to. For the latest iTunes Reviews. By reviewing the show and rating it, you help us get more exposure. WRITE A REVIEW I learned of these reviews by using My Podcast reviews
The School of Podcasting Went over 1,000,000 Downloads This Month! [18:50]
Thanks to everyone who has listened over the year. I am humbled by this number. http://youtu.be/4BUXd2y1wEc You can still here my first episode.
Is Fear Stopping You From Starting Your Podcast?
The answer I'm hearing more and more is how people are trying to get over their "jitters" to start recording your podcast. When we launch a podcast we go into areas that we have never gone before, and that will make us nervous. It's normal. You're going to hate your voice. That's normal. I know that fear can really become a factor so here are some thought to help you face the fears of starting a podcast.
1. Its not live.
You can record it once, twice, three times before releasing it. Just because you record it doesn't mean you have to release it to the public.
2. Editing is your friend
If it's not perfect, you can edit out the part that need help. And you can always record it again.
3. Why Would people listen to me?
Remember you don't have to know everything, you just have to know more than your listener. Or if you don't know anything make it a journey podcast. I'm sure President Obama feels this way when he puts on his tie. I have never felt I could sing. Mainly because my brother told me at an early age. It stung. I sing in most of the bands I play in, but its usually the really high stuff and I have to wear a size smaller underwear to hit the high notes. But I was shocked when my friend asked me to play and sing at his wedding. I did, and I got huge compliments. Everyone had heard me scream on stage, but they had never heard me sing. It turns out I'm not half bad.
4. What's the worst that could happen?
If it's really bad, you can always pull it off the Internet. Remember, when you first start there won't be much of an audience (so there isn't much to be embarrassed about ). Try this: instead of convincing yourself to believe the worst about something you fear, try imagining the best. You might make someone's day. You might inspire to change their life for the better. You might inspire a future customer . When a podcast show fails, there are always lessons to be learned. Many very successful podcasters are on their second (third) show because the first one tanked.
Mentioned in this Show
Joe Hicks and the Above Average Show The Creative Penn Podcast Canva Image Editor]]>687178ea6b304b64f56d21c8a0b529aaMon, 01 Sep 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI have people who want to start podcasting and they have an idea of what to talk about, they have the money to buy equipment, but still they won't start podcasting. Today we talk about why, and what you can do to get over it. Because of My Podcast I...Because of My Podcast I Spoke in Front of 20,000 People [2:30]
Kenn Blanchard of the Black Man with a Gun podcast and the Motor Cycle Radio got to speak at an event in New York and got to share the stage with non other than Donald Trump. How cool is that? Check out Kenn's book, "Black Man with a Gun." We have spoken with Kenn before. He once helped a listener who was thinking of committing suicide. He got to speak about the rights of people and have dinner with some millionaires. Shalom Baby! You can find all of Kenn's podcasts at www.blanchardmediagroup.com
Last 5 in 5 [4:50]
This was recorded on the floor of Podcast Movement with Jeremy and Taylor from Final Clock Out podcast. They show that there are more ways to make money besides the 9-5. Taylor's Chae Jarvis Audio Podcast Bullet Proof Radio Smart Passive Income London Real Super Fast Business Jeremy's Ask Pat Kick Ass Life Achieve Your Goals Podcast Answer Man Marketing Lifestyle Tim Perris
Podcast Rewind [11:45]
I appeared on The Podcast Report Talking Podcasting stats with Paul Colligan Personal Branding show with Bernard Kelvin Clive (from Ghana ) Thanks to : by Garrettent44614 from USA on August 28, 2014 So far I've listened to every episode in the last 4 weeks and I have to say that this podcast has it all, Audio Quality, Content Quality, and Dave Jackson definitely brings the perfect personality to the table when it comes to how the podcast is produced. Thanks a ton Dave, Keep up the good work!!! Learn podcasting and have fun doing so! by SteveW928 from Canada on August 23, 2014 Dave not only has the heart of a teacher, but he brings his great sense of humor in to keep it fun as well. School of Podcasting is a one-of-a-kind educational experience where you'll not only learn great details about podcasting and the industry, but you'll also learn about hosting, equipment, software, hardware gadgets, etc. as Dave loves to try a bit of everything and give you his opinion on how well it really works. And, as mentioned above, he's a hoot to listen to. For the latest iTunes Reviews. By reviewing the show and rating it, you help us get more exposure. WRITE A REVIEW I learned of these reviews by using My Podcast reviews
The School of Podcasting Went over 1,000,000 Downloads This Month! [18:50]
Thanks to everyone who has listened over the year. I am humbled by this number. http://youtu.be/4BUXd2y1wEc You can still here my first episode.
Is Fear Stopping You From Starting Your Podcast?
The answer I'm hearing more and more is how people are trying to get over their "jitters" to start recording your podcast. When we launch a podcast we go into areas that we have never gone before, and that will make us nervous. It's normal. You're going to hate your voice. That's normal. I know that fear can really become a factor so here are some thought to help you face the fears of starting a podcast.
1. Its not live.
You can record it once, twice, three times before releasing it. Just because you record it doesn't mean you have to release it to the public.
2. Editing is your friend
If it's not perfect, you can edit out the part that need help. And you can always record it again.
3. Why Would people listen to me?
Remember you don't have to know everything, you just have to know more than your listener. Or if you don't know anything make it a journey podcast. I'm sure President Obama feels this way when he puts on his tie. I have never felt I could sing. Mainly because my brother told me at an early age. It stung. I sing in most of the bands I play in, but its usually...]]>2484cleanfullEvery Podcast Episode is an Opportunityhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/every-podcast-episode-is-an-opportunity--13307671I had given it everything I had. I was sweaty, and tired. I had left what I had on the stage (more on that next week when I hare a story behind an interview). When people choose to listen to your podcast, it is an opportunity to connect with them. It is an opportunity to impact their life. Don't take your audience for granted, and always deliver your best performance. I'm glad I did.
For more information on the presentation go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/pm14 (slides, videos, etc). ]]>8aab76bca45d892e58540f4aa06c2e42Mon, 25 Aug 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonI spent money on plane tickets to go to Podcast Movement. I worked for weeks on my presentation. Then when I went to deliver my presentation, the original attendance was not what I had hoped for. Today I share how I had two thought paths I could've...I had given it everything I had. I was sweaty, and tired. I had left what I had on the stage (more on that next week when I hare a story behind an interview). When people choose to listen to your podcast, it is an opportunity to connect with them. It is an opportunity to impact their life. Don't take your audience for granted, and always deliver your best performance. I'm glad I did.
For more information on the presentation go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/pm14 (slides, videos, etc). ]]>3544cleanfullFocusing on What's Importanthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/focusing-on-what-s-important--39771321Enter Steven Covey
If you need help setting priorities, THE book you MUST read is called First Thing First by Steven Covery. It's a great book In it he point out some obvious stuff. We often jump on things that are urgent, but not important (we change our schedule so we can be home on time for "housewives"). The image below shows what to focus on: Important and urgent: The homework for your class is due Friday and its a big chunk of your grade. Urgent and not important: The phone rings during dinner. It seems urgent. When was the last time you took a life threatening phone call? Important but not Urgent: Your car needs an oil change, in 3,0000 miles. Not Urgent and Not Important: Anything on your Roku, or Apple TV.]]>525848805534433333b8304b5b6e0ed9Mon, 25 Aug 2014 00:14:47 +0000David JacksonI went to a conference and one of the keynote speakers mentioned that we should schedule our lives to be run at 40%. Why? Because life happens, and that gets moved up to 80%. The problem is we schedule ourselves to be run at 100% (I know I did the...Enter Steven Covey
If you need help setting priorities, THE book you MUST read is called First Thing First by Steven Covery. It's a great book In it he point out some obvious stuff. We often jump on things that are urgent, but not important (we change our schedule so we can be home on time for "housewives"). The image below shows what to focus on: Important and urgent: The homework for your class is due Friday and its a big chunk of your grade. Urgent and not important: The phone rings during dinner. It seems urgent. When was the last time you took a life threatening phone call? Important but not Urgent: Your car needs an oil change, in 3,0000 miles. Not Urgent and Not Important: Anything on your Roku, or Apple TV.]]>1202cleanfullWho Wants to Make a Difference?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-wants-to-make-a-difference--13307664Corey Fineran of Ivy Envy Helps MLB Change a Rule
Corey shares how a contest for free Chicago Cubs tickets seemed unfair. He wrote a blog post and spoke honestly on his podcast. He was nervous when an official from the Cubs reached out to him. Then he found out his podcast and blog had been used to help change the rule for contests run by Major League baseball.
Blog Talk Radio Working on Updating Their Audio Quality
I have not been of Blog Talk Radio for a long time (their audio and other issues were pointed out in this post) so you can imagine when I was attending Podcast Movement 2014 and a Blog Talk Radio representative approached me. Then he started off his remarks with the phrase, "About your post..."
I was amazed when General Manager Andy Toh said he had taken my post, and was using it to help rebuild Blog talk Radio from the inside out. He explained how the new beta version will be able to export audio at 128kbps (CD Quality). Andy know there there will be a lot of improvements needed to get my official seal of approval, but the fact that Blog Talk Radio was even attending the vent, and that they are planning on making changes to their service shows their dedication to the community (where hosting companies like Podbean.com and Podomatic.com where not in attendance). As always my two favorite providers Libsyn.com abnd Blubrry.com had booths and I will be talking about Libsyn.com's redesigned app in a future episode. ]]>13a22d26b8a4b13a63e1a9e9ba4ecda6Tue, 19 Aug 2014 02:35:08 +0000David JacksonFresh back from my trip to the Podcast Movement event, I share two stories of how podcasters are making a difference. We are being seen as the voice of customers; we are being seen as people who can influence others. Corey Fineran of Ivy Envy Helps...Corey Fineran of Ivy Envy Helps MLB Change a Rule
Corey shares how a contest for free Chicago Cubs tickets seemed unfair. He wrote a blog post and spoke honestly on his podcast. He was nervous when an official from the Cubs reached out to him. Then he found out his podcast and blog had been used to help change the rule for contests run by Major League baseball.
Blog Talk Radio Working on Updating Their Audio Quality
I have not been of Blog Talk Radio for a long time (their audio and other issues were pointed out in this post) so you can imagine when I was attending Podcast Movement 2014 and a Blog Talk Radio representative approached me. Then he started off his remarks with the phrase, "About your post..."
I was amazed when General Manager Andy Toh said he had taken my post, and was using it to help rebuild Blog talk Radio from the inside out. He explained how the new beta version will be able to export audio at 128kbps (CD Quality). Andy know there there will be a lot of improvements needed to get my official seal of approval, but the fact that Blog Talk Radio was even attending the vent, and that they are planning on making changes to their service shows their dedication to the community (where hosting companies like Podbean.com and Podomatic.com where not in attendance). As always my two favorite providers Libsyn.com abnd Blubrry.com had booths and I will be talking about Libsyn.com's redesigned app in a future episode. ]]>2371cleanfullWhat Does it Take To Be Pat Flynn? - Smart Podcast Playerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-does-it-take-to-be-pat-flynn-smart-podcast-player--13307667Here are some key points from the interview
Pat spends HOURS writing a single blog post. When you read his posts at smartpassiveincome.com you will see the insane amounts of detail that he puts into his posts. The goal is always to inform his audience in an unbiased way. The goal is to help his audience make an informed decision. By not selling out to the top bidder, and only talking about products he has first hand knowledge of, Pat is not only a resource, but a trusted resource. Pat knows when he is most productive (he's a night owl) and that's when he does his work. He has a dedicated office. He admits that its hard to separate work and family, but in the same way that a employee clocks out to go home Pat knows that when he leaves his office he has "clocked out" and it's time for his family. When I read the book Let Go you get to see bonus videos of Pat with his family. It's very cool, and his passion and love for his kids is beyond evident. Pat learned that you need to let others who can do things better take over. He tried to turn his book into an audio book, but later hired someone to read it for him. It was a lot of money ($1400) but that money came back to him. Many people are envious of Pat's bank account. I envy the time and influence Pat has with his children. Pat took his successful blog and grew his audience using a podcast. When Pat meets people at conferences, they all mention the podcast. It took Pat a year and a half to build his audience
Smart Podcast Player
When Pat launched the Ask the Pat podcast ( a quick daily show where he answers one listener question) . He had a custom player created. You can find it at www.smartpodcastplayer.com or at www.askpat.com it has built in share buttons and if you have a large catalog (like a daily show will produce) it makes it easy to browse through the episodes and listen to the one you want. How Does it Work? It doesn't matter what media host you use. You input the location of your RSS feed and it pulls the information from that and creates the payer. This way when you release a new episode it automatically is added to the player. If you use soundcoud as your media host (for the record I would only use soundcloud as a secondary host - see my thought on this) you can add additional tags which may help you be found, and help people discover your content.
When In Doubt Ask Your Audience
Pat rolled it out to a limited beta group knowing there would be growing pains. Pat knew there were features he would want to add, and by rolling it out to a select few, he had a built in focus group to help him identify and prioritize new features that will be added to the player. When it first rolled out there were limited choices to the colors you could use. Now you can use any color for your player.
Great Support
As expected there were a few bugs when it rolled out. I worked with his group and they were very responsive and a great group of guys. With my recent moving of my website to a new host, I have had other priorities and have not activated the player on the new host (not that it takes a lot to put it into place - you know podcast movement, etc, first things first). Flexible The Smart Podcast Player allows you to put a full page of your podcasts in one spot ( see screenshot) or you can put a single episode on your site. It will be exciting to see what features are added in the future. Pat talked about wanting the player to prompt you to join a mailing list (or other call to action). He realizes that while you could throw in a bunch of features, its best to roll them out slowly and make sure you are adding features that are wanted.
Protecting Your Brand
Pat talks about he is asked on a daily basis to promote products. Many of these have huge payouts, but Pat knows that if he were to endorse a product that turned out to be awful, his trust would be ruined. He has the intelligence to know that the most valuable thing you have is the trust of your audience. He could have a list of hundreds of thousands of subscribers, but if they don't trust your content - it's worthless. If you're in it for the long haul, guard your audience and protect from the people who are looking to make a quick buck. Find all things Pat at www.smartpassiveincome.com www.smartpodcastplayer.com www.askpat.com www.nichesiteduel.com ]]>dd6256ae67404b65c98cde6e73ea09ffMon, 11 Aug 2014 04:00:00 +0000David JacksonPat Flynn made 89,903.53 last month. This is down from the 89,000 he made in April. This doesn't happen by chance. Pat has always been a hard worker. If you haven't check out his book Let Go, then you should. You read how he did all the things you...Here are some key points from the interview
Pat spends HOURS writing a single blog post. When you read his posts at smartpassiveincome.com you will see the insane amounts of detail that he puts into his posts. The goal is always to inform his audience in an unbiased way. The goal is to help his audience make an informed decision. By not selling out to the top bidder, and only talking about products he has first hand knowledge of, Pat is not only a resource, but a trusted resource. Pat knows when he is most productive (he's a night owl) and that's when he does his work. He has a dedicated office. He admits that its hard to separate work and family, but in the same way that a employee clocks out to go home Pat knows that when he leaves his office he has "clocked out" and it's time for his family. When I read the book Let Go you get to see bonus videos of Pat with his family. It's very cool, and his passion and love for his kids is beyond evident. Pat learned that you need to let others who can do things better take over. He tried to turn his book into an audio book, but later hired someone to read it for him. It was a lot of money ($1400) but that money came back to him. Many people are envious of Pat's bank account. I envy the time and influence Pat has with his children. Pat took his successful blog and grew his audience using a podcast. When Pat meets people at conferences, they all mention the podcast. It took Pat a year and a half to build his audience
Smart Podcast Player
When Pat launched the Ask the Pat podcast ( a quick daily show where he answers one listener question) . He had a custom player created. You can find it at www.smartpodcastplayer.com or at www.askpat.com it has built in share buttons and if you have a large catalog (like a daily show will produce) it makes it easy to browse through the episodes and listen to the one you want. How Does it Work? It doesn't matter what media host you use. You input the location of your RSS feed and it pulls the information from that and creates the payer. This way when you release a new episode it automatically is added to the player. If you use soundcoud as your media host (for the record I would only use soundcloud as a secondary host - see my thought on this) you can add additional tags which may help you be found, and help people discover your content.
When In Doubt Ask Your Audience
Pat rolled it out to a limited beta group knowing there would be growing pains. Pat knew there were features he would want to add, and by rolling it out to a select few, he had a built in focus group to help him identify and prioritize new features that will be added to the player. When it first rolled out there were limited choices to the colors you could use. Now you can use any color for your player.
Great Support
As expected there were a few bugs when it rolled out. I worked with his group...]]>3565cleanfullTake Notice of TV Commercialshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/take-notice-of-tv-commercials--39771348Then after my drive home (hearing car dealer after car dealer) and I turned on the 6 PM news. What did I see when they went to commercial?
Drug ads. One after the other. Drug this, drug that to make you thin if you are fat. To make you happy if you are sad. To sharpen your mind, control your bladder, make the little solider salute, and more.
Then after they tell you the benefits, there is at least 30 seconds of after effects including:
Death.
Diarrhea
Double vision
Suicidal Tendencies
Mood Swings
Liver failure
The list goes on and on.
Why are drug dealers spending so much time and money on Television Advertisements?
Because its where (unhealthy people - their target market) are congregating. Turn off the TV, and get walking .
]]>39293d5ea22d6d827fe5139c4bfb9aabMon, 11 Aug 2014 01:34:27 +0000David JacksonToday its a quick show but I noticed something. When I'm in the car I hear tons of advertisements for cars. Why? Because there are a ton of people who listen to the radio in their cars. Hence it makes sense for car dealers to advertise on the radio....Then after my drive home (hearing car dealer after car dealer) and I turned on the 6 PM news. What did I see when they went to commercial?
Drug ads. One after the other. Drug this, drug that to make you thin if you are fat. To make you happy if you are sad. To sharpen your mind, control your bladder, make the little solider salute, and more.
Then after they tell you the benefits, there is at least 30 seconds of after effects including:
Death.
Diarrhea
Double vision
Suicidal Tendencies
Mood Swings
Liver failure
The list goes on and on.
Why are drug dealers spending so much time and money on Television Advertisements?
Because its where (unhealthy people - their target market) are congregating. Turn off the TV, and get walking .
]]>913cleanfullTargeting Your Audience with Ben Krueger the Podcast Marketing Guyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/targeting-your-audience-with-ben-krueger-the-podcast-marketing-guy--13307666Because of His Attitude [5:00]
Today I get feedback from a 14 year old Australian boy who had the courage to ask to speak at a Wordcamp. Sure enough he passed, and was able to speak in front of 500 people. His attitude, "What the heck, let's try and see." I think we all can learn from William and see that while we may not think we have the credentials, WE DO. For those above the age of 14, you have a bit more history under our belt.
Get Reviewed on the Podcast Review Show [9:43]
Recently we reviewed Dan Hansen's Coffee Couch (hear the review). Dan shares his thoughts on the experience. You can get the most affordable private coaching with two coaches for $99
Marketing Your Business With Your Podcast - Ben Kruger Interview [11:20]
Ben Kruger produces the Authority Engine podcast and is known as the "Podcast Marketing Guy" who took his passion for marketing and incorporated it into a podcast that helps people use podcasting to bring in new clients. He offers services for small business who just want to create content (and let Ben and his team do the rest) Some topics we talk about are: Does your show need to be daily? How many downloads do you need to be successful? The key is targeting your audience. Find the top leaders in your niche and help them deliver the best content to their audience. Don't do a giant commercial. Start building your email list with tools like Aweber and]]>be500223f4b546abd5a0747c534cd65fMon, 04 Aug 2014 16:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about identifying your perfect customer and then making a podcast for them . We also hear a story of courage from a young 14 year old boy. We get an update on the patent troll case, and a book review Because of His Attitude [5:00] Today...Because of His Attitude [5:00]
Today I get feedback from a 14 year old Australian boy who had the courage to ask to speak at a Wordcamp. Sure enough he passed, and was able to speak in front of 500 people. His attitude, "What the heck, let's try and see." I think we all can learn from William and see that while we may not think we have the credentials, WE DO. For those above the age of 14, you have a bit more history under our belt.
Get Reviewed on the Podcast Review Show [9:43]
Recently we reviewed Dan Hansen's Coffee Couch (hear the review). Dan shares his thoughts on the experience. You can get the most affordable private coaching with two coaches for $99
Marketing Your Business With Your Podcast - Ben Kruger Interview [11:20]
Ben Kruger produces the Authority Engine podcast and is known as the "Podcast Marketing Guy" who took his passion for marketing and incorporated it into a podcast that helps people use podcasting to bring in new clients. He offers services for small business who just want to create content (and let Ben and his team do the rest) Some topics we talk about are: Does your show need to be daily? How many downloads do you need to be successful? The key is targeting your audience. Find the top leaders in your niche and help them deliver the best content to their audience. Don't do a giant commercial. Start building your email list with tools like Aweber and]]>2790consultant,marketing,podcastcleanfullWhat if You Were Healthyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-if-you-were-healthy--39771281Sit in any chair,
Shop in the "normal" section
Smile standing in front of a mirror naked
Not see a gut when you take off your shirt.
Not feel your back fat flopping when running
Feel more energetic.
Make a list of everything you would do. Then stop and close your eyes and try to FEEL what they would be like. Remember that feeling. You need this to help you push through when you're not having a good day.
Ben Franklin Was Right
Think about it. If you say up at night what do you do?
Watch TV - Nothing else is open
Eat Fast Food - nothing else is open
See lots of food commercials - advertisers aren't dumb
So start going to be earlier. There is a reason this slogan has been around so long (Early to be and early to rise makes a person healthy, wealthy, and wise). ]]>531df2a8265ad9dae4922a2e24abcec2Sun, 03 Aug 2014 23:35:41 +0000David JacksonToday I'm out with my portable recorder and taking you along as I walk to find some food. I'm still reading the book Impossible and the last chapter he asked, "What would you do if you were healthy?" Maybe its something like: Sit in any chair, Shop in...Sit in any chair,
Shop in the "normal" section
Smile standing in front of a mirror naked
Not see a gut when you take off your shirt.
Not feel your back fat flopping when running
Feel more energetic.
Make a list of everything you would do. Then stop and close your eyes and try to FEEL what they would be like. Remember that feeling. You need this to help you push through when you're not having a good day.
Ben Franklin Was Right
Think about it. If you say up at night what do you do?
Watch TV - Nothing else is open
Eat Fast Food - nothing else is open
See lots of food commercials - advertisers aren't dumb
So start going to be earlier. There is a reason this slogan has been around so long (Early to be and early to rise makes a person healthy, wealthy, and wise). ]]>1225cleanfullRestaurants - How Many Times A Month Are You Giving Up Control?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/restaurants-how-many-times-a-month-are-you-giving-up-control--39771274e5ac9bf0fe2608fda62673fd59169382Tue, 29 Jul 2014 02:53:30 +0000David JacksonA new episode1652cleanfullHow Many Downloads Does it Take to Get You Booted off Your Web Host?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-many-downloads-does-it-take-to-get-you-booted-off-your-web-host--13307668In today's episode we talk about how I often revisit some concepts about podcasting. Today I get an email from a listener that points out that I repeat myself over and over. Looking back, I see his point, but I also know that new podcasters make the same mistakes over and over and over (hence causing me to repeat myself). Here are some basic podcasting truths that will never go out of style:
1. Build your website using a Web hosting company (use the coupon podcastcoach at Host Gator to save).
2. Put your media on a media host like Libsyn.com or Blubrry.com (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month at both places).
3. Have a great looking album artwork.
4. Don't use another platform (blog Talk Radio, Tumblr, etc) as your "main" website
5. There is a huge difference between a $8 microphone and a $99 microphone. There is NOT a huge difference between a $99 microphone and a $300 microphone (in my opinion).
6. When in doubt ask your audience.
7. Don't get into podcasting to make some quick cash
8. When you connect with your audience, they will download your back catalog.
9. Podcasting takes time. A 15 minute audio podcast takes about an hour from start to finish to create (roughly speaking).
10. Some times you get what you pay for when the prices is free.
Because of My Podcast - I Exchanged e-Mails With Jay Mohr [2:00]
Brainstorm from the Cannabis Community Project explained how he got free tickets from Jay Mohr by just reaching out to the comedian/movie actors/radio host and to his surprise he got a direct response from Jay himself. Now he can truthfully say that Jay Mohr has been involved with his podcast.
Does Dave Repeat Himself Too Much? [6:15]
In response to the listener who emailed and said I repeat myself too much, thank you so much for the feedback. I will try not to do that in the future. There are some topics I will repeat (see the list above for a short list) but I will try to not stretch 15 minute topics into 45 minutes. I was unaware of this. I would love any additional constructive feedback in the comments (below) or just send them directly to me.
What I've done in the past and will continue doing in the future is I find other people to share their experience that reinforces the opinions and facts that I shares on each episode.
I Have An Idea - The Next Step of Podcasting [13:50]
I had a caller on the Ask the Podcast Coach show who was very excited about starting a podcast (we've all been there) but couldn't really say WHAT his podcast was going to be about. Many of us have been in Michael's shoes and we focus on the tools of podcasting. We ask about microphones, and wordpress themes. We ask about promotional tools like twitter and facebook. The problem is we don't have a podcast yet. We have nothing to record. We have nothing to upload .Podcasting starts with content. So if you are in this boat ( I want to podcast, but I'm not sure about what). I would recommend listening to the episode where I talk about getting your podcast in sync with your goals, and then write down 10 topics for 10 episodes. This will help you identify if you are really ready to start a podcast.
Don't get distracted by the tools. The tools you will use to distribute your content. They are worthless without the content. Make the content first, then start working toward how to distribute the podcast. Don't look at distribution, and then figure out what you're going to create.
Podcast Rewind [21:10]
I appeared on the Timelines of Success Podcast with Bill Conrad.
Podcasters Roundtable - Best Practices

Why You Don't Use Your Web Host as a Media Host [30:00]
I have been saying how its a bad idea to use your web host (a website that provides a service to build a WEBSITE on) as a MEDIA HOST (a service designed to deliver and track the delivery of audio or video). I was contacted by Ralph Sutton of The SDR Show (Sex, Drugs, & Rock and Roll) because Ralph was using Dreamhost as his website host, and as his media host. H e even asked them if it was ok, and they said "Sure." One month later and his dreamhost had turned into a nightmare. He was getting thousands of downloads per episode and his server was taking a beating. Consequently, his host wanted him to upgrade. The upgrade would be $150 a month to be on a private server because he was getting too much traffic.
Luckily, Ralph contacted myself and a representative from Libsyn and we switched his media to a media server and now instead of spending $150 a month, Ralph is spending $20. Had this continued, there is a good chance his website company would shut him down. At that point you've developed a nice audience only to have your reputation tarnished by trying to save a few bucks.
Ralph Did The Work of Podcast Promotion
Ralph didn't look for the giant switch that would turn on one thousand listeners. He flipped those switches that turned on one new listener one thousand times. He crafted an email message and then customized it and sent it to everyone he knew on facebook. He then asked his friends who work in the rock industry if they would tell their audience about the show.
Stating the Obvious: Ralph has a radio background and a syndicated show across the US. he also has access to guests who are/were famous. This helps, but none the less these people would now have known if Ralph had not told them about his podcast. He did it in a personal way, and utilized the relationship he had built up over years of being in radio.
Ralph had some stickers printed up and went to places where his target audience hangs out and passed out stickers. He went to where his audience was, made some contacts, and told them about his podcast. He use fiverr.com to have someone paint his logo on her back. He used this image to announce t-shirts.
Advice to Doing Podcast Interviews
Ralph does not write out questions, but topic he wants to know about. He wants to avoid the interview being an interrogation. He wants it to be a conversion. He plans how he will start the podcast, and from there he tries to have a conversation.
Be Ready For Traffic
Ralph switch to Libsyn.com for his media and his problems went away. (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month at Libsyn). He then hired Dave to move his feed from one website to another.
What Caused the Problem With the School of Podcasting Website Last Week
Just because you can add domain after domain after domain on your shared web host doesn't mean you should. It is OK to do this as long as you don't use up more than 25% of the server's resources. I had 18 add on domains, and I was taking up 87% of the server's resources and consequently, my media host emailed me that they were shutting me down, and before I could upgrade it was too late. Does this mean every podcaster should NOT use shared hosting? No. Shared hosting should be fine for 95% of the podcasting community. When you do see yourself getting close to exceeding your resources, don't wait to upgrade.
In the end, I took a huge hit for two days as my websites were down. What did I save? $50-ish
]]>50d77942d7849ebb35a2127c6c0d2b8dSun, 27 Jul 2014 21:15:11 +0000David JacksonSome Podcasting Basics Are Worth Repeating In today's episode we talk about how I often revisit some concepts about podcasting. Today I get an email from a listener that points out that I repeat myself over and over. Looking back, I see his point, but...In today's episode we talk about how I often revisit some concepts about podcasting. Today I get an email from a listener that points out that I repeat myself over and over. Looking back, I see his point, but I also know that new podcasters make the same mistakes over and over and over (hence causing me to repeat myself). Here are some basic podcasting truths that will never go out of style:
1. Build your website using a Web hosting company (use the coupon podcastcoach at Host Gator to save).
2. Put your media on a media host like Libsyn.com or Blubrry.com (use the coupon sopfree to get a free month at both places).
3. Have a great looking album artwork.
4. Don't use another platform (blog Talk Radio, Tumblr, etc) as your "main" website
5. There is a huge difference between a $8 microphone and a $99 microphone. There is NOT a huge difference between a $99 microphone and a $300 microphone (in my opinion).
6. When in doubt ask your audience.
7. Don't get into podcasting to make some quick cash
8. When you connect with your audience, they will download your back catalog.
9. Podcasting takes time. A 15 minute audio podcast takes about an hour from start to finish to create (roughly speaking).
10. Some times you get what you pay for when the prices is free.
Because of My Podcast - I Exchanged e-Mails With Jay Mohr [2:00]
Brainstorm from the Cannabis Community Project explained how he got free tickets from Jay Mohr by just reaching out to the comedian/movie actors/radio host and to his surprise he got a direct response from Jay himself. Now he can truthfully say that Jay Mohr has been involved with his podcast.
Does Dave Repeat Himself Too Much? [6:15]
In response to the listener who emailed and said I repeat myself too much, thank you so much for the feedback. I will try not to do that in the future. There are some topics I will repeat (see the list above for a short list) but I will try to not stretch 15 minute topics into 45 minutes. I was unaware of this. I would love any additional constructive feedback in the comments (below) or just send them directly to me.
What I've done in the past and will continue doing in the future is I find other people to share their experience that reinforces the opinions and facts that I shares on each episode.
I Have An Idea - The Next Step of Podcasting [13:50]
I had a caller on the Ask the Podcast Coach show who was very excited about starting a podcast (we've all been there) but couldn't really say WHAT his podcast was going to be about. Many of us have been in Michael's shoes and we focus on the tools of podcasting. We ask about microphones, and wordpress themes. We ask about promotional tools like twitter and facebook. The problem is we don't have a podcast yet. We have nothing to record. We have nothing to upload .Podcasting starts with content. So if you are in this boat ( I want to podcast, but I'm not sure about what). I would recommend listening to the episode where I talk about getting your podcast in sync with your goals, and then write down 10 topics for 10 episodes. This will help you identify if you are really ready to start a podcast.
Don't get distracted by the tools. The tools you will use to distribute your content. They are worthless without the content. Make the content first, then start working toward how to distribute the podcast. Don't look at distribution, and then figure out what you're going to create.
Podcast Rewind [21:10]
I appeared on the Timelines of Success Podcast with Bill Conrad.
Podcasters Roundtable - Best Practices

Why You Don't Use Your Web Host as a Media Host [30:00]
I have been saying how its a bad idea to use your web host (a website that provides a service to build a WEBSITE on) as a MEDIA HOST (a service designed to deliver and track the delivery of audio or video). I was...]]>3657cleanfullIs Facebook Making You Fathttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-facebook-making-you-fat--39771361I was at a Casting Crowns concert and Mark Hall the lead singer made a great point. You start a diet when you are full and feel awful. You are inspired by the way you feel. You jump into everything you see. You buy P90X, and schedule time to jog every day after you do the work out, you buy Shakeology and get on the monthly program. It's Sunday night. You're pumped up. While you are waiting for the new tools to arrive, something happens. You get hungry. You are strong and ready to take on the world because you're full. When you are hungry you get weak. The problem is many times you are not hungry for food. You are hungry for love (ladies) and men you are hungry for respect. You are hungry for sleep, money, and many other things, but you try to fill that hole with food. Stay strong. Identify your weaknesses.
Is Facebook Making you Fat?
Instead of mirror mirror on the wall who is the fairest one of all, we are saying smart phone show me the facebook, tell me how my life should look. Tell me tell me instagram, tell me who you think I am. When we compare ourselves to others, we fall into traps. All the sudden the Ford focus we were happy with, is no longer good enough because the neighbor got some new fancy hybrid car with a cooler stereo. We need to adopt the attitude of gratitude. When we compare ourselves we are guaranteed to find to find something we don't have and focus on it. This creates a want, that we can't fill. But we will try - with food. Notice I didn't say a need. I said it creates a want. Nobody is posting, "Hey I just gained 5 pounds", or , "My son just got busted for drugs again." Facebook is not real. Don't believe the hype. Now I love facebook. It allows me to stay connected with friends and family. I also realize that this is not a 100% true picture of their life. 6 Reasons You're Gaining Weight

You are following every trend
Your life has changed
You're getting older (it's true)
You could use some sleep
You're losing muscle
It's time to review what's working

P90X 3 Is Now Only 30 minutes a Day
Have you heard about Tony Horton's new fitness program—P90X3®? It's based on his breakthrough Muscle Acceleration system, designed to help you burn fat, build lean muscle, and get ripped in 30 minutes a day. Tony took advantage of new science—which shows the greatest physical benefit of a workout comes in the first 30 minutes—by creating short, targeted, explosive routines that are specifically structured to maximize that initial 30-minute window of opportunity. We're talking no wasted time, no unnecessary movements, and no loss of intensity. The result? Each 30-minute workout leaves you looking like you've been tearing it up in the gym all day, every day. And you can modify most of the moves, so anyone at any fitness level can do it. I've also arranged it so that I can get you a bonus workout DVD—Tony Horton's P90X ONE on ONE® "On One Leg" (a $19.95 value)—FREE when you order P90X3 through me. Just pop by my website at www.logicalloss.com/beachbody and follow the P90X3 banner. Or just contact me directly and I'll walk you through how to get the best deal on what is probably the biggest game-changer I've seen in fitness in a long time. There is even a P90X app now to help you track your workouts]]>3ab8d75002be4caca71b54e24d0702a8Sun, 20 Jul 2014 16:02:37 +0000David JacksonWhy Diet's Are Doomed I was at a Casting Crowns concert and Mark Hall the lead singer made a great point. You start a diet when you are full and feel awful. You are inspired by the way you feel. You jump into everything you see. You buy P90X, and...I was at a Casting Crowns concert and Mark Hall the lead singer made a great point. You start a diet when you are full and feel awful. You are inspired by the way you feel. You jump into everything you see. You buy P90X, and schedule time to jog every day after you do the work out, you buy Shakeology and get on the monthly program. It's Sunday night. You're pumped up. While you are waiting for the new tools to arrive, something happens. You get hungry. You are strong and ready to take on the world because you're full. When you are hungry you get weak. The problem is many times you are not hungry for food. You are hungry for love (ladies) and men you are hungry for respect. You are hungry for sleep, money, and many other things, but you try to fill that hole with food. Stay strong. Identify your weaknesses.
Is Facebook Making you Fat?
Instead of mirror mirror on the wall who is the fairest one of all, we are saying smart phone show me the facebook, tell me how my life should look. Tell me tell me instagram, tell me who you think I am. When we compare ourselves to others, we fall into traps. All the sudden the Ford focus we were happy with, is no longer good enough because the neighbor got some new fancy hybrid car with a cooler stereo. We need to adopt the attitude of gratitude. When we compare ourselves we are guaranteed to find to find something we don't have and focus on it. This creates a want, that we can't fill. But we will try - with food. Notice I didn't say a need. I said it creates a want. Nobody is posting, "Hey I just gained 5 pounds", or , "My son just got busted for drugs again." Facebook is not real. Don't believe the hype. Now I love facebook. It allows me to stay connected with friends and family. I also realize that this is not a 100% true picture of their life. 6 Reasons You're Gaining Weight

You are following every trend
Your life has changed
You're getting older (it's true)
You could use some sleep
You're losing muscle
It's time to review what's working

P90X 3 Is Now Only 30 minutes a Day
Have you heard about Tony Horton's new fitness program—P90X3®? It's based on his breakthrough Muscle Acceleration system, designed to help you burn fat, build lean muscle, and get ripped in 30 minutes a day. Tony took advantage of new science—which shows the greatest physical benefit of a workout comes in the first 30 minutes—by creating short, targeted, explosive routines that are specifically structured to maximize that initial 30-minute window of opportunity. We're talking no wasted time, no unnecessary movements, and no loss of intensity. The result? Each 30-minute workout leaves you looking like you've been tearing it up in the gym all day, every day. And you can modify most of the moves, so anyone at any fitness level can do it. I've also arranged it so that I can get you a bonus workout DVD—Tony Horton's P90X ONE on ONE® "On One Leg" (a $19.95 value)—FREE when you order P90X3 through me. Just pop by my website at www.logicalloss.com/beachbody and follow the P90X3 banner. Or just contact me directly and I'll walk you through how to get the best deal on what is probably the biggest game-changer I've seen in fitness in a long time. There is even a P90X app now to help you track your workouts]]>1687cleanfullBring Your Passion and Patience - Nick Loper's One Year Reporthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bring-your-passion-and-patience-nick-loper-s-one-year-report--13307669fb29d767b8f24feb18c7270124897f5bSun, 20 Jul 2014 16:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about different successful people who took years to make it to the top. We also interview Nick Loper as he reflects on one year of podcasting and how its changed his business. We have an awesome Because of my podcast story that you will...3398cleanfullBring Your Passion and Patience - Nick Loper's One Year Reporthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/bring-your-passion-and-patience-nick-loper-s-one-year-report--13307670Because of my podcast: Kevin Mulrine of the yes Music Podcast [3:02]
After three years of doing the Yes Music podacast, Kevin was able to interview one of the original members of the band. How did this come about? Some of his fans wore t-shirts promoting his yes Music Podcast, one of which went to a meet and great for the band. This lead to the band's publicity firm calling Kevin and offering a phone interview. This shows the loyalty of the fans (wearing their shirts to the concerts) and to the power of the nice (the band recognizes they can reach their fans through Kevin). Check out Kevin's show at yesmusicpodcast.com
How long does it take to build a Podcast Audience?
More and more people hear about John Lee Dumas and they want his success in his time frame (9 months). While this is (obviously powerful if you have his resources) it is not the norm (don't you have thousands in the bank?). I saw in a facebook group that a podcaster had produced FIVE episodes and was disappointed. FIVE? Not fifty, or five hundred, FIVE. So I wanted to share some stats with you to give you some perspective.
SEVEN YEARS A Small band forms in 1959. They played crapping clubs for three years building their craft. They changed their name a few times. They decided all would contribute vocally They were UNIQUE, and stood out, yet were passed by almost every record label. In their third year they had single hit the charts that made it to #17. Four years after having all four members in place the band had their first number single with Please Please Me. The band? The Beatles

FOUR YEARS A TV Show launches in 1989 The show aired, and the network NBC offered it to Fox who turned it down. The show’s schedule was interrupted in 1991 due to the Golf War The original pilot was not picked up as a series and was burned off in a summer slot on July 5, 1989 NBC executives remained high on the show and tried again with four episodes in the summer of 1990 The low-rated series then left the air for another couple months and returned in April of 1991 It didn’t reach number until SEASON 6 The show? Seinfeld.

THIRTEEN YEARS A comedian starts doing stand up at the age of 20. He gets not respect. He quits. Eventually changes his name, and his act and comes back 20 years later. He performs for 7 years barely making it. He gets a big break in 1967 and gets on the Ed Sullivan. Was that his peak? No. His peak was 13 YEARS later in the 1980 when a little movie called Caddyshack came out. The comedian? Rodney Dangerfield.
But What About Radio People?
Howard Stern (one of the most famous radio personalities in the US) started in 1981, but wasn’t syndicated until 1986 – FIVE YEARS
Rush Limbough started in radio when he was a teenager. He played music for a few years and quit radio. He came back to radio in 1984. He wasn’t syndicated until 1988 – FOUR YEARS
In the Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator's Guide to the Internet Age - News, Talk, Information & Personality for Broadcasting, Podcasting, Internet, Radio Valerie Geller states it takes three years to develop an audience.
So get into podcast because you want to reach the world, talk about your subject and enjoy meeting like minded people. It is going to take the following to grow your audience:
1. Content that connects with your audience.
2. Episodes delivered over time that achieve step 1.
3. Time
4. Publicity efforts to find your audience, go there, make friends with your audience, and them them about your show.
I Guess I Could Lie To You
I guess I could lie and say everyone who gets into new and noteworthy in iTunes will soon be cashing big giants checks, but its just not true. People who tell you different will take your money (typically lots of it) and you will be the person at episode five stating , "Show me the Money!" because it won't be there. ]]>87c5e3fc2f64ee891b39231c1d52f675Sun, 20 Jul 2014 01:56:29 +0000David JacksonIn episode 418 we hear a great story about how a podcaster who loves the band Yes gets to interview one of the original band members. We catch up with Nick Loper who has been podcasting for a year (and author of the book Work Smarter: 350 Online...Because of my podcast: Kevin Mulrine of the yes Music Podcast [3:02]
After three years of doing the Yes Music podacast, Kevin was able to interview one of the original members of the band. How did this come about? Some of his fans wore t-shirts promoting his yes Music Podcast, one of which went to a meet and great for the band. This lead to the band's publicity firm calling Kevin and offering a phone interview. This shows the loyalty of the fans (wearing their shirts to the concerts) and to the power of the nice (the band recognizes they can reach their fans through Kevin). Check out Kevin's show at yesmusicpodcast.com
How long does it take to build a Podcast Audience?
More and more people hear about John Lee Dumas and they want his success in his time frame (9 months). While this is (obviously powerful if you have his resources) it is not the norm (don't you have thousands in the bank?). I saw in a facebook group that a podcaster had produced FIVE episodes and was disappointed. FIVE? Not fifty, or five hundred, FIVE. So I wanted to share some stats with you to give you some perspective.
SEVEN YEARS A Small band forms in 1959. They played crapping clubs for three years building their craft. They changed their name a few times. They decided all would contribute vocally They were UNIQUE, and stood out, yet were passed by almost every record label. In their third year they had single hit the charts that made it to #17. Four years after having all four members in place the band had their first number single with Please Please Me. The band? The Beatles

FOUR YEARS A TV Show launches in 1989 The show aired, and the network NBC offered it to Fox who turned it down. The show’s schedule was interrupted in 1991 due to the Golf War The original pilot was not picked up as a series and was burned off in a summer slot on July 5, 1989 NBC executives remained high on the show and tried again with four episodes in the summer of 1990 The low-rated series then left the air for another couple months and returned in April of 1991 It didn’t reach number until SEASON 6 The show? Seinfeld.

THIRTEEN YEARS A comedian starts doing stand up at the age of 20. He gets not respect. He quits. Eventually changes his name, and his act and comes back 20 years later. He performs for 7 years barely making it. He gets a big break in 1967 and gets on the Ed Sullivan. Was that his peak? No. His peak was 13 YEARS later in the 1980 when a little movie called Caddyshack came out. The comedian? Rodney Dangerfield.
But What About Radio People?
Howard Stern (one of the most famous radio personalities in the US) started in 1981, but wasn’t syndicated until 1986 – FIVE YEARS
Rush Limbough started in radio when he was a teenager. He played music for a few years and quit radio. He came back to radio in 1984. He wasn’t syndicated until 1988 – FOUR YEARS
In the Beyond Powerful Radio: A Communicator's Guide to the Internet Age - News, Talk, Information & Personality for Broadcasting, Podcasting, Internet, Radio Valerie Geller states it takes three years to develop an audience.
So get into podcast because you want to reach the world, talk about your subject and enjoy meeting like minded people. It is going to take the following to grow your audience:
1. Content that connects with your audience.
2. Episodes delivered over time that achieve step 1.
3. Time
4. Publicity efforts to find your audience, go there, make friends with your audience, and them them about your show.
I Guess I Could Lie To You
I guess I could lie and say everyone who gets into...]]>3398cleanfullBoth Sides of ONLY ONehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/both-sides-of-only-one--397713542c8fdc64ac153536d18b068c17612294Sun, 13 Jul 2014 14:47:56 +0000David JacksonA new episode693cleanfullPicking Your Podcast Topic - Age Limits in Podcasting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/picking-your-podcast-topic-age-limits-in-podcasting--13307678Because of My Podcast They Lost 300 Lbs [1:52]
Today we get a second story from Cliff Ravenscraft (we interviewed him last week) and he shares how his podcast helped inspire someone to lose 300 lbs. How cool it that? Last 5 in 5 from J.D. Stutter Happy Camper Radio - Skip & Daniel - happycamperradio.com The Classic Tales - BJ Harrison - thebestaudiobooks.com Useless Information - Steve Silverman - uselessinformation.org 99% Invisible - Roman Mars - 99pi.org The Mic & Denny Show - Denny Brownlee - dennybrownlee.com
Podcast Rewind [9:22]
Dave Appeared on the Podcast Report Dave appears on the Audience Hacker Great Example of the Power of Podcasting on Podcast Junkies
Picking Your Podcast Topic
I'm using two things I've learned from two people I respect. Ray Edwards is a master copywriter, and Michael Hyatt is a king in content creation that connects. Choosing Your Topic - Idea Matrix What are things you like? What are some things you are good at? What are things other people say you are good at? What are things you hate? What Will Your Podcast Do? I am ________ . (what do you do?) I help _(target audience)_______ do or understand ________ so that __(how they benefit)_____ for me it might be: Dave Jackson I am a teacher I help intimidated adults overcome their fear of technology so they can impact a global audience in a positive way for both parties. If you would like more free content about this topic check out the show about making sure your podcast goals are aligned with your goals
Mentioned in the Show
Porter's Podcast Action Coaching Airplane Geeks Oh Beep Food Craftsmen (Ryan Parker) She Podcasts Podcast Junkies]]>915aad3847668b9d0a12d64fc099f0cdSun, 13 Jul 2014 13:31:10 +0000David JacksonI've heard it over and over, I want to podcast - I'm just not sure what I'm going to talk about. I recently went through Ray Edwards Rapid Writing Method(a great value) and if you've listened to the show you know I'm a big Michael Hyatt fan and today...Because of My Podcast They Lost 300 Lbs [1:52]
Today we get a second story from Cliff Ravenscraft (we interviewed him last week) and he shares how his podcast helped inspire someone to lose 300 lbs. How cool it that? Last 5 in 5 from J.D. Stutter Happy Camper Radio - Skip & Daniel - happycamperradio.com The Classic Tales - BJ Harrison - thebestaudiobooks.com Useless Information - Steve Silverman - uselessinformation.org 99% Invisible - Roman Mars - 99pi.org The Mic & Denny Show - Denny Brownlee - dennybrownlee.com
Podcast Rewind [9:22]
Dave Appeared on the Podcast Report Dave appears on the Audience Hacker Great Example of the Power of Podcasting on Podcast Junkies
Picking Your Podcast Topic
I'm using two things I've learned from two people I respect. Ray Edwards is a master copywriter, and Michael Hyatt is a king in content creation that connects. Choosing Your Topic - Idea Matrix What are things you like? What are some things you are good at? What are things other people say you are good at? What are things you hate? What Will Your Podcast Do? I am ________ . (what do you do?) I help _(target audience)_______ do or understand ________ so that __(how they benefit)_____ for me it might be: Dave Jackson I am a teacher I help intimidated adults overcome their fear of technology so they can impact a global audience in a positive way for both parties. If you would like more free content about this topic check out the show about making sure your podcast goals are aligned with your goals
Mentioned in the Show
Porter's Podcast Action Coaching Airplane Geeks Oh Beep Food Craftsmen (Ryan Parker) She Podcasts Podcast Junkies]]>2746cleanfullAre You Breaking the Podcast Rules? - Cliff Ravenscraft Interviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-breaking-the-podcast-rules-cliff-ravenscraft-interview--13307677Learn how to podcast by Joining the School of Podcasting
Are there boundaries for "Best Practices?" - Interview with Cliff Ravenscraft [5:20]
I approached Cliff this week to come on the show after voicing my opinion about "chit chit" in a previous episode (where I answered a listener question). I've known Cliff for years, and I thought it was stupid to talk about his show  (not the person) without actually stating his name. As I said last week, I'm not judging Cliff. We do have a difference of opinions on personal stories in podcasts, so I asked him to come on and share his insights. I want to see if there is anything I can learn. So I ask him why he would share personal stories in a show that many might expect to be all about podcasting. The beauty of podcasting is you can do you show however you want.
Last week without naming him, I commented on how I thought Cliff's latest podcast about relaunching a podcast had about 60% content and 40% non podcasting commentary. In the interview Cliff explains that he felt the 12 minute story about having the cabling redone in his house was not chit chat and done for specific reasons (thus the percentages would be different).
Here are some of the topics we discussed
Who made these rules? [7:30]
Cliff's story about rewiring his house [11:05]
Cliff's show prep [13:30 ish]
In some cases the content exists on a website and listeners are too lazy to find it [16:10]
Don't "should" on me, and providing an audio table of contest [17:00]
Don't take away Cliff's Voice [18:15]
How to Handle Negative Review [19:30]
Cliff's Half a Million Dollar Income [20:00]
Why Do I Share Stories? [24:30]
Allowing Your "Not so Great" Side to be seen [26:20]
Can't Live Without Content [28:20]
Cliff Shares Everything [30:28]
It's your Show - It's Your Format [31:25]
Cliff Ravenscraft - Life Coach? [32:00]

Main Points:
Don't get too worried if ONE person complains, this is ONE person. Focus on the people who are enjoying your content.
Cliff does put an audio "table of contents" at the beginning of his show so people know what to expect.
Cliff knows his audience well and gets lots of feedback
Check out Cliff's Podcasting A to Z Class and use the coupon code " jackson " to save $500 off.

Last 5 in 5 from Mike Dell [41:50]
What were the last five podcasts you listened to from Mike Dell who produces the Podcast Help Desk show
Penn's Sunday School
Thomas jefferson hour
New Media Show
Podcast Answer Man
Airline Pilot Guy

Listener Feedback [48:20 ]
Elsie and Jessica from the new She Podcasts Show chime in the on the episode where we talked about charisma.
Elise and Jessica really enjoyed the episode about personality and Charisma.

Short on Podcast Ideas - Use Amazon?
If you're not sure what the next episode should be about, try using Amazon as a search engine. Go to Amazon.com and search for your show's topic (for me it would be podcasting). Then use the "peak inside" option and look at the table of contents for these books. You might find some of these chapters make good podcast episodes. Once you have an idea, do you research, inject YOU into the episode, and make it your own (don't just steal an idea, put your slant on it). Another strategy would be to have the author on your show.
]]>ca8feb930c277eb9d7cde229998a365aSun, 06 Jul 2014 17:20:07 +0000David JacksonWhile there are no rules to podcasting, most would agree that there are best practices. Most experts believe it starts with your audience, and providing content that they want ton consume. So today we showcase how you CAN do whatever show YOU want to...Learn how to podcast by Joining the School of Podcasting
Are there boundaries for "Best Practices?" - Interview with Cliff Ravenscraft [5:20]
I approached Cliff this week to come on the show after voicing my opinion about "chit chit" in a previous episode (where I answered a listener question). I've known Cliff for years, and I thought it was stupid to talk about his show  (not the person) without actually stating his name. As I said last week, I'm not judging Cliff. We do have a difference of opinions on personal stories in podcasts, so I asked him to come on and share his insights. I want to see if there is anything I can learn. So I ask him why he would share personal stories in a show that many might expect to be all about podcasting. The beauty of podcasting is you can do you show however you want.
Last week without naming him, I commented on how I thought Cliff's latest podcast about relaunching a podcast had about 60% content and 40% non podcasting commentary. In the interview Cliff explains that he felt the 12 minute story about having the cabling redone in his house was not chit chat and done for specific reasons (thus the percentages would be different).
Here are some of the topics we discussed
Who made these rules? [7:30]
Cliff's story about rewiring his house [11:05]
Cliff's show prep [13:30 ish]
In some cases the content exists on a website and listeners are too lazy to find it [16:10]
Don't "should" on me, and providing an audio table of contest [17:00]
Don't take away Cliff's Voice [18:15]
How to Handle Negative Review [19:30]
Cliff's Half a Million Dollar Income [20:00]
Why Do I Share Stories? [24:30]
Allowing Your "Not so Great" Side to be seen [26:20]
Can't Live Without Content [28:20]
Cliff Shares Everything [30:28]
It's your Show - It's Your Format [31:25]
Cliff Ravenscraft - Life Coach? [32:00]

Main Points:
Don't get too worried if ONE person complains, this is ONE person. Focus on the people who are enjoying your content.
Cliff does put an audio "table of contents" at the beginning of his show so people know what to expect.
Cliff knows his audience well and gets lots of feedback
Check out Cliff's Podcasting A to Z Class and use the coupon code " jackson " to save $500 off.

Last 5 in 5 from Mike Dell [41:50]
What were the last five podcasts you listened to from Mike Dell who produces the Podcast Help Desk show
Penn's Sunday School
Thomas jefferson hour
New Media Show
Podcast Answer Man
Airline Pilot Guy

Listener Feedback [48:20 ]
Elsie and Jessica from the new She Podcasts Show chime in the on the episode where we talked about charisma.
Elise and Jessica really enjoyed the episode about personality and Charisma.

Short on Podcast Ideas - Use Amazon?
If you're not sure what the next episode should be about, try using Amazon as a search engine. Go to Amazon.com and search for your show's topic (for me it would be podcasting). Then use the "peak inside" option and look at the table of contents for these books. You might find some of these chapters make good podcast episodes. Once you have an idea, do you research, inject YOU into the episode, and make it your own (don't just steal an idea, put your slant on it). Another strategy would be to have the author on your show.
]]>3451cleanfullYour Podcast: Same Ingredients - Different Recipehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-podcast-same-ingredients-different-recipe--13307689
If you're looking to start a podcast, join fear free (as we offer a 30 day money back guarantee), and mix together your podcast recipe today. JOIN TODAY

When you start a podcast, there are a couple of things that will dictate how it sounds, looks, and what topics are covered.
Breaking the "Rules of Podcasting
In the past I've given tips on how you should get to the point when starting your podcast, and try to avoid too much unrelated chit - chat. For me the best recipe of podasting is:
1. Provide content that moves your audience by making them laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertains them.2. Use personal stories to help explain the topic at hand.
Example:
I learned about audio running the sound system when I was 13 at my church. You would learn that I grew up in a church and I've been around audio for many years. That is a relevant personal story. The story that my sister stubbed her toe is not.
Email From Tina Smith
I received an email from Tina from the Savvy Home School Moms Podcast
Question for ya....Have you ever listened to this show? www.manicmommies.com
They are HUGE. No seriously, HUGE. Two moms host a weekly show about the craziness of being a working mom...been publishing episodes since the youngest was newly born....I believe she's 8 or 9 now?

They do a retreat every year called "The Escape" and hundreds of women converge on a hotel somewhere in the country (it changes annually) to relax and get away from their hectic, "Manic" lives as mommies. Chevrolet sponsors this for them every year, and sponsors their show regularly as well! They've also had Sleep Number as a sponsor. I'm sure they've had many other sponsors over the years. I've only been listening the past 3 years or so.

They are actually the show that spurred me to start our own show, because it's so casual and made me feel like podcasting seemed very doable. And almost every show is JUST chitchat. They don't even always plan things, as far as I can tell from some of their jabs at themselves. I suspect there is SOME prep, notes taken on topics they want to cover....but in general, it sounds pretty off the cuff.

But they are funny, and they always have stories to tell and their audience ADORES them, judging by all the voicemail they regularly play on the show.

I totally love what you teach and have learned SO MUCH from you, and will continue to be a huge fan....just wanted to share a show that really breaks many of the rules you and your guests set out for a good show format. :) Just proof that there are always exceptions to every rule!

I was just listening to them, and then to your show where you were talking about how someone's show was talking about the weather, and how chitchat like that is not a good idea... and was thinking about how we repeatedly get listeners writing in and telling us how their favorite part of our show is the beginning chitchat...how they feel like they are sitting having coffee with friends. They tell us it's like taking a peek into our lives, and they like that. I imagine some like to commiserate with similar ups and downs, and other find it interesting to peek at a life unfamiliar to them.

I suppose it really depends on how it's presented. I find the Manic Mommies show really interesting and amusing...even though I'm not a work-out-of-the-home-mom, and don't send my kids to public school and we don't do any sports (those 3 things are the main content of the Manic Mommies' show)...I always look forward to listening to their show, and I know many people say the same thing about our show. But if it were presented in a boring way, I can totally see that not working. But shared by people that have a chemistry and share things in a fun way, it can actually work. And work well!

Liked Minded People
I am not manic, or a mom. Consequently, this podcast didn't do a whole lot for. I am excited to hear that Chevy is sponsoring podcasts (so obviously they are doing something right). In the bots of the podcast I listened to the Mommies talked about Sunburn children, baseball playoffs, and more. They talk about trying to juggle working, family, relationships. Can any women identify? When their audience hears their podcast, they soon realize, "I'm not the only person who feels this way." They can identify with these people. Since they deliver stories in really interesting and amusing ways, this is the same ingredients but a different recipe.
Question One: Who Is Listening?
As the manic mommies podcast is gear (primarily) toward women, the communicate in a way what I call their "natural tongue." From a male standpoint (and pahleese I'm doing generalizations here) that means LOTS of details. It connects with their audience, and makes them feel at ease. I once traveled outside the US. I loved the places I traveled, but there was a sense of "Ahhhhhh" when I touched down in the USA. I was home. I was comfortable. I'm assuming Mommies may have this feeling when they listen to this podcast.
Podcasting is Not One Size Fits All
Tina is correct, this podcast does sound different than the podcast I talk about. It should. I'm not their target audience.
What is My Beef With Chit Chat?
Here is what I'm basing my belief on:
1. We are all busy.2. Radio is awful primarily due to the MAMMOTH amounts of commercials (38% here in Cleveland).3. Other Experts Say they are not about talking about yourself, and wasting time with chit chat.
a) Epic Content Marketing - Joe Pulizzi - "Your audience doesn't care about you."b) Everyone Communicates, Few Connect: What the Most Effective People Do Differently - By John Maxwell "Get to the point".c) Chris Brogan (create of Podcamps) "What doesn’t work well is when people misunderstand the tools and aren’t really producing something; instead they are just having a chit-chat. There are a lot of people who think pressing record is the same as creating content. I always tell people just press record and get started, but somewhere along the way you’ve got to try and up your game, and make something worthwhile. (source)d) Platform: Get Noticed in a Noisy World - "The point is it's not about you. It's about your audience, what would THEY find compelling." Michael Hyatt.3) Pete Peaves - Podcaster's Roundtable - The #1 overwhelming pet peave was not getting to the point. (see video)
So to calrify, my beef is not with "chit chat" it's with unrelated chit chat. I once listened through a 17 minute monologue about how the host hated the musician Bob Seger before they ever got to the actual topic.
Talking About Yourself IS working for some people
There is a popular podcast consultant who recently admitted they had not done their usual show prep. They had very legitimate reasons, and in my opinion should've skipped two episodes that were (in my opinion) 100% all about the host (I found very little take away). I really like this host as a person (super nice person), their show was not meeting my expectation of delivering content about podcasting.  This week they stated they were returning to their typical 60 minute show which included:
A "short" 13:24 monologue about their life
A short 11:27 comment not related to their topic.
That means their show is 24 minutes of "off topic" content or 40% (meaning 60% he was on topic). This technically is worse than the 38% here on Cleveland radio during "drive time" in the evening.
This person's business makes a six figures. How does they promote his business? Podcasting. According to the host, he apparently has an audience who is interested in hearing his personal life details.
And you know what? That's OK. Its HIS SHOW.
Different Strokes for Different Folks
I play the guitar. B.B. King can put a ton of soul into one note. Yngwie Malmsteen plays so fast your ears can't keep up.
Yet, its the same guitar.
You may talk and talk, and talk, and talk, about your personal life.
I choose to refrain.
Yet its the same mp3 format.
What you provide to your audience is based on your unique characteristics that make you - YOU. Based on the unique characteristics of your AUDIENCE, you may be surprised what they want to hear/see.
The Key Ingredients of a Podcast
In the book Platform by Michael Hyatt he talks about making "Wow" content. For me, I recognize "WOW" content when I don't want to turn off the podcast and come in the house. I choose to sit in the car and listen until the end of the story. He says this in the book
"It Exceeds the audience's expectations
It touches the heart on a deep level
It captures your attention to where you tune everything out (I'm paraphrasing on this one).
The information HAS to be shared. You can't contain it. "
How you package that material will be based on your experience, personality, and insights. If you're having success, my guess will be you have elements of these and you're probably delivering it in an entertaining fashion.
I Prefer Not To Stiff Arm My Audience
When I go to Wal-Mart, the door greeter doesn't say "Welcome to Wal-Mart" and then stop me from entering.
They let me on in. They don't give me a bunch of information I'm not interested in.
I know what I need, and that's why I'm at Wal-Mart.
Please let me get to what I need.
"It's All About Me????"
If you're new to the show, Dave was attempting to be entertaining this morning. He neither thinks he is a myth or a legend. He typically gets right to the point. Today he did this to prove a point. If this was your first show, please come back next week.
]]>d1ad25162177f9cc25b71d8171c954a0Sun, 29 Jun 2014 19:12:09 +0000David JacksonThis podcast is the sharing of my opinion as well as what has shaped that opinion. I would love your feedback you can use my contact page, or call in your comments at 888-563-3228 If you're looking to start a podcast, join fear free (as we offer a...
If you're looking to start a podcast, join fear free (as we offer a 30 day money back guarantee), and mix together your podcast recipe today. JOIN TODAY

When you start a podcast, there are a couple of things that will dictate how it sounds, looks, and what topics are covered.
Breaking the "Rules of Podcasting
In the past I've given tips on how you should get to the point when starting your podcast, and try to avoid too much unrelated chit - chat. For me the best recipe of podasting is:
1. Provide content that moves your audience by making them laugh, cry, think, groan, educate, or entertains them.2. Use personal stories to help explain the topic at hand.
Example:
I learned about audio running the sound system when I was 13 at my church. You would learn that I grew up in a church and I've been around audio for many years. That is a relevant personal story. The story that my sister stubbed her toe is not.
Email From Tina Smith
I received an email from Tina from the Savvy Home School Moms Podcast
Question for ya....Have you ever listened to this show? www.manicmommies.com
They are HUGE. No seriously, HUGE. Two moms host a weekly show about the craziness of being a working mom...been publishing episodes since the youngest was newly born....I believe she's 8 or 9 now?

They do a retreat every year called "The Escape" and hundreds of women converge on a hotel somewhere in the country (it changes annually) to relax and get away from their hectic, "Manic" lives as mommies. Chevrolet sponsors this for them every year, and sponsors their show regularly as well! They've also had Sleep Number as a sponsor. I'm sure they've had many other sponsors over the years. I've only been listening the past 3 years or so.

They are actually the show that spurred me to start our own show, because it's so casual and made me feel like podcasting seemed very doable. And almost every show is JUST chitchat. They don't even always plan things, as far as I can tell from some of their jabs at themselves. I suspect there is SOME prep, notes taken on topics they want to cover....but in general, it sounds pretty off the cuff.

But they are funny, and they always have stories to tell and their audience ADORES them, judging by all the voicemail they regularly play on the show.

I totally love what you teach and have learned SO MUCH from you, and will continue to be a huge fan....just wanted to share a show that really breaks many of the rules you and your guests set out for a good show format. :) Just proof that there are always exceptions to every rule!

I was just listening to them, and then to your show where you were talking about how someone's show was talking about the weather, and how chitchat like that is not a good idea... and was thinking about how we repeatedly get listeners writing in and telling us how their favorite part of our show is the beginning chitchat...how they feel like they are sitting having coffee with friends. They tell us it's like taking a peek into our lives, and they like that. I imagine some like to commiserate with similar ups and downs, and other find it interesting to peek at a life unfamiliar to them.

I suppose it really depends on how it's presented. I find the Manic Mommies show really interesting and amusing...even though I'm not a work-out-of-the-home-mom, and don't send my kids to public school and we don't do any sports (those 3 things are the main content of the Manic Mommies' show)...I always look forward to listening to their show, and I know many people say the same thing about our show. But if it were presented in a boring way, I can totally...]]>2815cleanfullDr. Oz Gets Spanked - Spree Fitness Headbandhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/dr-oz-gets-spanked-spree-fitness-headband--3977129415fbba708dc143f3ffd876fd066b72eaSun, 22 Jun 2014 18:41:39 +0000David JacksonA new episode1893cleanfullKeeping Your Brand In Front of Your Future Customershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keeping-your-brand-in-front-of-your-future-customers--1330767975301bff25d68a0afd98f201fa48e62dSun, 22 Jun 2014 18:05:37 +0000David Jackson3364cleanfullContent, Charisma & Connectionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/content-charisma-connection--13307682www.stackingbenjamins.com). Who read the book Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV and thought, "This could apply to podcasting." We also get a "Power of podcating" story on how I heard about a book called Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less that was recommended by fellow podcaster Jon Buscall of the Online Marketing and Communications podcast at jontusmedia.com
Looking to Start a Podcast? - Join the School of Podcasting
Come for the education, and stay for the community. You will get step by step tutorial about every aspect of podcasting. You get support from Dave Jackson as well as out awesome School of Podcasting community. Order worry free with our 30 day money back guarantee.

Because of a Podcast - I bought a Book
I head Jon Buscall interview Joe Pulizi about his new book Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less. Jon said that he liked the book so much that when he got done listening to it, he instantly went back and listened a second time. This made me stop what I was doing, and order the book on Audible immediately. (You can get a free book by signing up for a trial at www.audibletrial.com/dave if you don't like the book you can exchange it for another one). I look at Jon as a trusted friend. So what happened here. Jon got a content expert on his show. Jon made what Michael Hyatt calls "Wow" content. Jon looks great. I tell you about this great interview and book. I help you find great content. You are grateful. Joe the author, Jon the interviewer, Dave the podcaster, all benefit as do you the listener. Why? because it is quality content. Because of episode after episode that Jon has produced. Trust is built. That trust can be leverage for monetary gain as long as you always protect your listener. It is always about them (not you).
How to Use Audible as A Sponsor
One you have 10 episodes on your website (as they are looking for serious podcasters) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audible and you can promote audio books on your website and earn a commission when someone signs up.
What Podcasters Can Learn From Television Morning Programs
Today we talk with Joe Saul-Sehy about the book Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV about what podcasters can learn from television. Joe was on the morning television show before Good Morning America. Joe asks podcasters to think about the setup of the show to match their audience. Chemistry is discussed in this book on how Good Morning America beat the today show after they had been #1 for 16 years. People really connect with the hosts. Joe and his co-host O.G. and their relationship. You hear how Joe and O.G. had their podcast through a few different formats and name - they didn't quit. Joe prefers to get to the point and makes thing "snappy" on the Stacking Benjamins Show People want to be entertained while they are consuming content about the topic they came to learn about. The Today show got "cocky" while Good Morning America started asking the questions the audience wanted to ask. CBS has been growing faster by any other network by ignoring what the other networks are doing and doing what they want to do (longer interviews, no weather person). They are doing their own thing. You can out Good Morning America the actual Good Morning America. In the same way, you can't John Lee Dumis the actual John Lee Dumis. He will always better better and being John than you are. Instead focus on being you. If you have a big guest on your show, go listen to other interviews of that person and make sure to ask different questions. Don't be afraid to ask for bigger guests once you have some interviews under your belt. This can lead to publicists helping you find guests.
Podcast Reviews 50% Off Ends June 30th
If you are looking to get your podcast reviewed by Dave Jackson (me) and Erik K. Johnson the podcast talent coach. Use the coupon sop50 at www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Mentioned On This Show
School of Podcasting Episode on Editing My Podcast Reviews Stacking Benjamins on iTunes]]>8393e7d76d4849f562e747cf053f0d2fSun, 15 Jun 2014 19:27:39 +0000David JacksonToday Joe Saul-Sehy of Stacking Benjamins Podcast (www.stackingbenjamins.com). Who read the book Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV and thought, "This could apply to podcasting." We also get a "Power of podcating" story on...www.stackingbenjamins.com). Who read the book Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV and thought, "This could apply to podcasting." We also get a "Power of podcating" story on how I heard about a book called Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less that was recommended by fellow podcaster Jon Buscall of the Online Marketing and Communications podcast at jontusmedia.com
Looking to Start a Podcast? - Join the School of Podcasting
Come for the education, and stay for the community. You will get step by step tutorial about every aspect of podcasting. You get support from Dave Jackson as well as out awesome School of Podcasting community. Order worry free with our 30 day money back guarantee.

Because of a Podcast - I bought a Book
I head Jon Buscall interview Joe Pulizi about his new book Epic Content Marketing: How to Tell a Different Story, Break through the Clutter, and Win More Customers by Marketing Less. Jon said that he liked the book so much that when he got done listening to it, he instantly went back and listened a second time. This made me stop what I was doing, and order the book on Audible immediately. (You can get a free book by signing up for a trial at www.audibletrial.com/dave if you don't like the book you can exchange it for another one). I look at Jon as a trusted friend. So what happened here. Jon got a content expert on his show. Jon made what Michael Hyatt calls "Wow" content. Jon looks great. I tell you about this great interview and book. I help you find great content. You are grateful. Joe the author, Jon the interviewer, Dave the podcaster, all benefit as do you the listener. Why? because it is quality content. Because of episode after episode that Jon has produced. Trust is built. That trust can be leverage for monetary gain as long as you always protect your listener. It is always about them (not you).
How to Use Audible as A Sponsor
One you have 10 episodes on your website (as they are looking for serious podcasters) go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/audible and you can promote audio books on your website and earn a commission when someone signs up.
What Podcasters Can Learn From Television Morning Programs
Today we talk with Joe Saul-Sehy about the book Top of the Morning: Inside the Cutthroat World of Morning TV about what podcasters can learn from television. Joe was on the morning television show before Good Morning America. Joe asks podcasters to think about the setup of the show to match their audience. Chemistry is discussed in this book on how Good Morning America beat the today show after they had been #1 for 16 years. People really connect with the hosts. Joe and his co-host O.G. and their relationship. You hear how Joe and O.G. had their podcast through a few different formats and name - they didn't quit. Joe prefers to get to the point and makes thing "snappy" on the Stacking Benjamins Show People want to be entertained while they are consuming content about the topic they came to learn about. The Today show got "cocky" while Good Morning America started asking the questions the audience wanted to ask. CBS has been growing faster by any other network by ignoring what the other networks are doing and doing what they want to do (longer interviews, no weather person). They are doing their own thing. You can out Good Morning America the actual Good Morning America. In the same way, you can't John Lee Dumis the actual John Lee Dumis. He will always better better and being John than you are. Instead focus on being you. If you have a big guest on your show, go listen to other interviews of that...]]>3279cleanfullThe Motivational Power of Tough Lovehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-motivational-power-of-tough-love--39771307Tips from Someone Who Lost 80 Lbs
Here is the video we were listening to http://youtu.be/REG9iKC0YcQ
Mentioned in this Show
Logical Losers Accountability Club (cheaper than weight watchers) Shakeology (Shakeology is so incredibly healthy, there's no other single food item out there that can supply you with all the nutrients, vitamins, proteins, and minerals in the amounts you need the way one delicious shake can.)]]>6860480fc9d26fc694992fe7985498ffSat, 14 Jun 2014 18:56:02 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about some reviews we've received in iTunes. Sometimes its hard to hear negative things about you, but you need to stop and ask if there is any validity to comments. In some cases, there are. Here is the one that really got me. It was...Tips from Someone Who Lost 80 Lbs
Here is the video we were listening to http://youtu.be/REG9iKC0YcQ
Mentioned in this Show
Logical Losers Accountability Club (cheaper than weight watchers) Shakeology (Shakeology is so incredibly healthy, there's no other single food item out there that can supply you with all the nutrients, vitamins, proteins, and minerals in the amounts you need the way one delicious shake can.)]]>1678cleanfullDon't Settle For an Unhealthy Lifestylehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/don-t-settle-for-an-unhealthy-lifestyle--39771300Why is it that we won't settle for some things, but we lay back and let people poison our food. We convince ourselves that we "deserve" a break and then accept food that tricks our brain into thinking we are not full (so we keep eating). Did you know that on a label, the ingredients are listed in the order the amount? See how often SUGAR is number 2 or 3 on the list. See how many of the ingredients you can't pronounce.
Bob is my new friend on fitbit and says, "Dave you need to say no to family and friends" (and he's right).]]>c38160fc3f4e520a8e7d135a369cb0c9Sun, 08 Jun 2014 17:19:02 +0000David JacksonIf you want to lose weight you need to make your own food, and measure everything you eat. You eyes deceive you. One trick you can do is eat on smaller plates. It sounds silly, but you eyes think its a lot of food when its not as much. Why is it that...Why is it that we won't settle for some things, but we lay back and let people poison our food. We convince ourselves that we "deserve" a break and then accept food that tricks our brain into thinking we are not full (so we keep eating). Did you know that on a label, the ingredients are listed in the order the amount? See how often SUGAR is number 2 or 3 on the list. See how many of the ingredients you can't pronounce.
Bob is my new friend on fitbit and says, "Dave you need to say no to family and friends" (and he's right).]]>1194cleanfullBehind the Scenes of the Trek.fm Networkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-the-trek-fm-network--13307680http://www.itunes.com/trek.fm. Want to comment on the show call in your comments at 888-563-3228
Because of My Podcast - Bill Hutchison
Bill Hutchison is a missionary living in Australia. He produces the YWAM Podcast. Due to his wife having some medical issues, Bill can't leave her alone for long periods of time. However, because of podcasting, Bill can still reach a global audience. He is able to share his relationship with Jesus Christ. Here is a map that shows how many countries that listen to the School of Podcasting
Podcast Rewind: Your Elevator Pitch [6:20]
I will be interviewed on a future Episode of the Purpose Rockstar podcast because my friend Kenn Blanchard was on an episode. When Derek (the host) ask Kenn to explain his three podcasts he had a quick pitch for each one. It was cocked and loaded and ready at a moments notice. I thought, "Wow that was cool" so I'm sharing it with you and asking the question, If someone asked you about your podcast do you have a short description (sometimes called an elevator pitch) of your show ready to go? Check out Kenn's Book "Black Man with a Gun" at Amazon.com
Insights into the Trek.fm Podcast Network [
Today we talk with Christopher Jones of the trek.fm network. Christopher has a background in media (magazines), media (he was a media buyer), design (he built his own website) and more. He shares his insights on how he started out wanting to do video podcasts, but took his one video show and turned it into 16+ audio shows including: The Ready Room Trek News and Views To the Journey (Voyager) The Orb Warp Five Literary Treks Matter Stream Hyperchannel Deck Eight Captain's Log Commentary Trek Stars
Media Issues
At first Christopher used his website host as a media host. When he got popular, that host told him he had four days to move over 700 episodes. He later moved to Amazon S3 (which always sounds inexpensive, but as you get billed for every single download - and you have a lot of episodes - it adds up to three (possible four) figure hosting bills). Christopher recommend Libsyn.com as he now pays one price for his hosting - no matter how many downloads he gets. You can get a free month at Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree. Choosing Hosts Christopher goes through a detailed planning process when launching a new show. He makes sure there is enough content to support an ongoing show (if not it may just be a segment on another show). He uses his "round table" podcast to get to know potential hosts. Getting the right people is a large part of being a successful network. Leave Your Ego At the Door Chris treats all of the shows at trek.fm as equal. They all get the same exposure by being in the "all inclusive" feed. When he chooses a host, he is looking for someone who is all about: 1. Representing Star Trek in a professional manner 2. Boosting the network - not their specific downloads (not all about them) 3. Is open to other opinions, and can discuss different opinions in an open and honest discussion (without getting personal). Connect With Christopher @cbryanjones]]>5d2e2fd9b00b3c6ff6a82ee451caac5eSun, 08 Jun 2014 14:41:50 +0000David JacksonToday we talk with Christopher Brian Jones of trek.fm about what its like to run a podcast network. We learn about some of the struggles he has had along the way, how he builds a relationship with the hosts on the network, abd creates a shared vision...http://www.itunes.com/trek.fm. Want to comment on the show call in your comments at 888-563-3228
Because of My Podcast - Bill Hutchison
Bill Hutchison is a missionary living in Australia. He produces the YWAM Podcast. Due to his wife having some medical issues, Bill can't leave her alone for long periods of time. However, because of podcasting, Bill can still reach a global audience. He is able to share his relationship with Jesus Christ. Here is a map that shows how many countries that listen to the School of Podcasting
Podcast Rewind: Your Elevator Pitch [6:20]
I will be interviewed on a future Episode of the Purpose Rockstar podcast because my friend Kenn Blanchard was on an episode. When Derek (the host) ask Kenn to explain his three podcasts he had a quick pitch for each one. It was cocked and loaded and ready at a moments notice. I thought, "Wow that was cool" so I'm sharing it with you and asking the question, If someone asked you about your podcast do you have a short description (sometimes called an elevator pitch) of your show ready to go? Check out Kenn's Book "Black Man with a Gun" at Amazon.com
Insights into the Trek.fm Podcast Network [
Today we talk with Christopher Jones of the trek.fm network. Christopher has a background in media (magazines), media (he was a media buyer), design (he built his own website) and more. He shares his insights on how he started out wanting to do video podcasts, but took his one video show and turned it into 16+ audio shows including: The Ready Room Trek News and Views To the Journey (Voyager) The Orb Warp Five Literary Treks Matter Stream Hyperchannel Deck Eight Captain's Log Commentary Trek Stars
Media Issues
At first Christopher used his website host as a media host. When he got popular, that host told him he had four days to move over 700 episodes. He later moved to Amazon S3 (which always sounds inexpensive, but as you get billed for every single download - and you have a lot of episodes - it adds up to three (possible four) figure hosting bills). Christopher recommend Libsyn.com as he now pays one price for his hosting - no matter how many downloads he gets. You can get a free month at Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree. Choosing Hosts Christopher goes through a detailed planning process when launching a new show. He makes sure there is enough content to support an ongoing show (if not it may just be a segment on another show). He uses his "round table" podcast to get to know potential hosts. Getting the right people is a large part of being a successful network. Leave Your Ego At the Door Chris treats all of the shows at trek.fm as equal. They all get the same exposure by being in the "all inclusive" feed. When he chooses a host, he is looking for someone who is all about: 1. Representing Star Trek in a professional manner 2. Boosting the network - not their specific downloads (not all about them) 3. Is open to other opinions, and can discuss different opinions in an open and honest discussion (without getting personal). Connect With Christopher @cbryanjones]]>3334cleanfullWhat if a doctor told you to stop?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-if-a-doctor-told-you-to-stop--39771318c69e9d5e13fa5dc1eb892827d950c54cSun, 01 Jun 2014 15:18:18 +0000David JacksonToday I'm still sharing from the book IMPOSSIBLE: How I Lost Nearly 400 Pounds Without Surgery and I'm finding it amazing. He talks about forcefeeders, and on Memorial Day I was faced with quite a few. Now, let me stop right there. Nobody put a gun to...1334cleanfullHow To Tell If Your Podcast Is On Targethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-tell-if-your-podcast-is-on-target--13307676www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact
Cedric the Entertainer Launches a Podcast "Whole Damn World"
Cedric the entertainer has launched his own podcast to talk about "this crazy world." He is a farily well known name (he's appeared in movies, does stand up, and recently hosted "Who wants to be a millionaire.").
Updates On Last Week's Show About Podcast Media Hosting (4:00)
I email soundcloud.com as I could no longer find the direct link to the mp3 file to put on my website. Their response was dig it out of the RSS feed and sent me a link to my RSS feed, and a screenshot of where the file was. This is not convenient, and furthers my thoughts that this is just not ready for prime time. They have been in beta for THREE YEARS. Also I said that a media host should NOT mess with my file. What I upload is what I want to download. If a visitor uses the download link they get your file (great). However, the file that is included in the RSS feed has it's name changed to a rather lengthy name. I was testing this on my Jillian Michaels Fan cast and the original file was titled, "jmp43_052914.mp3 " and the file available for download is "152162769-podcastcoach-podcast-review-show-ask-the.mp3" which to me is messing with my brand. Mike Phillips of Computer2know.com let me know that if you Google the address to podbean it comes up as a virtual office. Lawyers often will use these to look more official than they might be at the time. I'm not saying that this is what podbean.com is doing, but I do find it odd. If you missed it, you can check out last week's episode.
How Do I Update My Wordpress Theme? [7:08]
Justin from braverbytheday.com is using Opimizepress and is thinking of leaving this file and wants to know how to move to a new theme. In some cases you can simply switch themes in the wordpress dashboard. A wordpress theme is like, "Clothes" for your website. The content is the same, but the look is different. One way to test things before publishing them is to use software like WPSimulator (affiliate link) that allows you to run Wordpress on your PC computer. Once you get it finished, you can upload it to the web. Another (cheaper) alternative is to buy a domain name, and create what others call a "Staging" site. Then once it's done here, you simply move it to the "real" site. In some cases you web host will allow you to have more than one domain under the same account.
Live Training Classes - Podcast Equipment and Podcast Reviews[11:25]
The next live class in the "how to podcast" line is How to choose the right podcast equipment. It is going to be Saturday June 7th at Noon EST (if you can't make that time you can get the recording). For more information go to www.howtopodcast.com Erik K Johnson and I do a Podcast Review Show, and we are looking to stockpile a bunch of reviews so we are offering 50% off with the coupon sop50 when you go to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Backblaze Saved My Podcast[14:26]
As a computer instructor I know how to manage the files. I'm here to tell you I had a folder just disappear. It was weird. I didn't accidnetally drag it into another folder. I didn't accidentally delete it (it was not in the trash can). Luckily I use backblaze.com and I was able to go get all the files (transition music, artwork) for my podcast and restore the files. It was very weird, but by far the best $5 a month I will ever spend. I know Scott Johnson of computertutorflorida.com (a future guest) uses MyPCBackup
Connect with Other Podcasters
UK Podcasters August 6th
Saturday, August 16, 2014 from 9:00 AM to 11:00 PM (BST)
Birmingham, United Kingdom Tickets are £12.00
Podcast Movement
August 16-17 in Dallas Texas (I'll be speaking at this one). Tickets: $129
Is Your Podcast Out of Alignment? [19:04]

Why Do You Want to Get Into Podcasting? To Reach a Global Audience To promote your product or service To Network with like minded people To be seen as an expert To Educate To Inspire To Entertain To make money What Do You Want To Talk about? This should be something you want to talk about all the time, you think about all the time. Who Do you want to listen? The more detailed a picture you have, the better your content will. What do I hear about the why? People were missing something, I wanted to add to the conversation I had a background in radio. –This is why you are capable, but not why you should start. This is why if you start, you’ll be slightly ahead of the game. A person has experience as a public speaker. They decide to “nice down” and do a podcast an interview small business owners. They want companies that are between 1 and 20 employees, and do less than 1 million a year. They want to hear about the trials that the small business person went through to build their business. They might even focus on business local to their area. What does your content do for your audience? How does it make them feel? What do you want people to do with your content? What does your content do for your audience? Do You Have the Time to Do it RIGHT? Plan on spending four minutes for every minute of podcast. That’s to create the show. How much time is left in your life to promote the show you just created? Does this mean you don't podcast? NO! It means you make shorter episodes (or publish less frequently). What – Your topic, your passion, Who – Your audience. What do they want to hear? What do you want them to DO with your content? Why – Position the topics that your audience wants to hear so that they are aligned with your goals. How – Does the format (interviews?), length, and publishing schedule align with your life and goals for the podcast.
Is your Podcast In Alignment?
I would love to hear your thoughts on the matter? If not, what needs tweaked? Let me know here
Join the School of Podcasting]]>97fbf5c63bd63008f25a0f948d81d792Sun, 01 Jun 2014 13:36:33 +0000David JacksonAre you dreading your podcast? Are you not happy with the results you're getting. Today we ask some questions to help you get your ducks in a row. We help you see if the goals for your podcast are aligned with the content that you readers want to...www.schoolofpodcasting.com/contact
Cedric the Entertainer Launches a Podcast "Whole Damn World"
Cedric the entertainer has launched his own podcast to talk about "this crazy world." He is a farily well known name (he's appeared in movies, does stand up, and recently hosted "Who wants to be a millionaire.").
Updates On Last Week's Show About Podcast Media Hosting (4:00)
I email soundcloud.com as I could no longer find the direct link to the mp3 file to put on my website. Their response was dig it out of the RSS feed and sent me a link to my RSS feed, and a screenshot of where the file was. This is not convenient, and furthers my thoughts that this is just not ready for prime time. They have been in beta for THREE YEARS. Also I said that a media host should NOT mess with my file. What I upload is what I want to download. If a visitor uses the download link they get your file (great). However, the file that is included in the RSS feed has it's name changed to a rather lengthy name. I was testing this on my Jillian Michaels Fan cast and the original file was titled, "jmp43_052914.mp3 " and the file available for download is "152162769-podcastcoach-podcast-review-show-ask-the.mp3" which to me is messing with my brand. Mike Phillips of Computer2know.com let me know that if you Google the address to podbean it comes up as a virtual office. Lawyers often will use these to look more official than they might be at the time. I'm not saying that this is what podbean.com is doing, but I do find it odd. If you missed it, you can check out last week's episode.
How Do I Update My Wordpress Theme? [7:08]
Justin from braverbytheday.com is using Opimizepress and is thinking of leaving this file and wants to know how to move to a new theme. In some cases you can simply switch themes in the wordpress dashboard. A wordpress theme is like, "Clothes" for your website. The content is the same, but the look is different. One way to test things before publishing them is to use software like WPSimulator (affiliate link) that allows you to run Wordpress on your PC computer. Once you get it finished, you can upload it to the web. Another (cheaper) alternative is to buy a domain name, and create what others call a "Staging" site. Then once it's done here, you simply move it to the "real" site. In some cases you web host will allow you to have more than one domain under the same account.
Live Training Classes - Podcast Equipment and Podcast Reviews[11:25]
The next live class in the "how to podcast" line is How to choose the right podcast equipment. It is going to be Saturday June 7th at Noon EST (if you can't make that time you can get the recording). For more information go to www.howtopodcast.com Erik K Johnson and I do a Podcast Review Show, and we are looking to stockpile a bunch of reviews so we are offering 50% off with the coupon sop50 when you go to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Backblaze Saved My Podcast[14:26]
As a computer instructor I know how to manage the files. I'm here to tell you I had a folder just disappear. It was weird. I didn't accidnetally drag it into another folder. I didn't accidentally delete it (it was not in the trash can). Luckily I use backblaze.com and I was able to go get all the files (transition music, artwork) for my...]]>2701cleanfullIs Soundcloud A Legitimate Option for Podcasting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-soundcloud-a-legitimate-option-for-podcasting--13307681Note: For the record you can get a free month at blubrry.com or Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree you will see that even though using those codes benefits me financially, those companies don't always finish on top.
The Opening Players
Amazon S3Buzzsprout.comPodomatic.comLibsyn.comBlubrry.comPodbean.comSpreaker.comSoundcloud.com
My Criteria
1. Don't mess with my file. What I upload is what I want people to download.2. Give me the ability to have an unlimited back catalog (unlimited storage)3. Don't limit my audience size (unlimited bandwidth)4. Don't control my feed, and make it easy to leave if I choose to do so. I need to be able to put in an iTunes redirect script.5. Give me support.6. Charge me for your service so you can stay in business7. Give me stats so I can see what's working. It would be nice if they were accurate.
This kills the following:
Amazon S3. No stats, and your start cheap, but get really expensive if I get popular. (my last bill was over $40).Podmatic - Limited bandwidth, limited storage, and no way to leave (you hijack my feed)Buzzsprout.com - You change my file, and I have to ask to leave.Spreaker.com - You mess with my ID3 tags, and there is no way to leave.
That leaves:Soundcloud.comLibsyn.comBlubrry.comPodbean.com
Pricing
I tried to get the hosts to line up in a fashion that we could compare apples to apples. It's not easy. For the most part I chose the price point closest to $20. Here is what I found.
Soundcloud is the cheapest coming in at .0021 per meg (that's almost free)Podbean comes in at .03 per meg of storage (300 megs per month)Libsyn.com comes in at .05 per meg (400 megs per month)Blubrry.com comes in at .08 per meg (250 Megs per month)
Note: If you want stats that provide details of where your downloads are coming from (countries) you need to have the $79 a month plan for 1.5 gigabytes of storage (which is overkill in 99% of the cases). With this in mind, I am taking podbean out of most of this discussion.
For me, I typically recommend the Libsyn.com account for $20. You get more than enough space and the ability to get a smart phone app. You also get deluxe stats.
Player
1. Soundcloud wins this one hands down. Reason? It's just cool. Does everything but play in a new window.2. Blubrry Powerpress plugin provides the ability to stream, play in new window, or download.3. Libsyn's player can do the same as the Powerpress player with some tweaking
My choice: I use the blubrry powerpress plugin to put a player on my site (you can use this even if you're not using Blubrry for hosting). Why not Soundcloud? Because soundcloud stats are not integrated with Libsyn or blubrry like Stitcher stats (hello Soundcloud if you're going to be in this space you better meet your neighbors). This means using soundcloud and another host will require you to check your stats in more than one place. At this point I'm getting negligible plays from the soundcloud website.
My favorite player for putting in a sidebar is the one from the Blubrry network (free).
Stats
Blubrry and Libsyn stats are very simliar with a slight edge to Blubrry for being more user friendly. Libsyn actually gives you more information (cities). Soundcloud can give you some of this information but not the platform (iphone, windows, etc) that Blubrry.com and Libsyn.com
1. Blubrry.com - great content, pretty, and easy to understand and exportable. Blubrry.com offers free stats that show downloads and a few other items.2. Libsyn.com - very similar to blubrry.com (each shows some items the other does not) and exportable. If you're not using the $20 a month plan you get a download numbers only stats.3. Soundcloud - Basic stats with some geographic location.4. Podean.com - as mentioned earlier their stats are pitiful (download only, and can only be viewed one episode at a time) unless you 're using the $79/month.
Unique Capabilities
Soudcloud
Soundcloud's player is one of the coolest things on the planet. It makes your content easy to share, it works everywhere you can add a button to the player (for purchasing something, itunes, etc). The one thing it doesn't do is offer the ability to play in a new window.
Blubrry.com
Blubrry's key is ease of publishing. Once your audio file is done, you can enter your show notes (blog post) and when you upload the file it will take the title of your post and add it to the mp3 file in the ID3 tags. It will also "tag" the other fields in your file.
You do all of this from within the blubrry interface.
Blubrry.com has a distribution on the following:

Roku TV Box
Boxee TV Box
GoogleTV
Android
LookeeTV
Samsung SmartTV
And More!

Libsyn.com
Libsyn has a quick publish feature where you can enter your ID3 tags, and upload the file using an FTP software to a specific folder. The information from within your media file is then used to create an episode post on Libsyn.com This posting can then be replicated on your WordPress site, facebook page, tumblr.com, blogger.com, Linkedincom, youtube.com
If you have $20 a month plan or higher, you can get a smartphone app for your podcast for free. You can charge people for this, or you can spend a little money to get an Apple developer's license and give it away for free (you do need to pay an $10 a month to libsyn as they will provide the customer support for the app).
Libsyn also offers the ability to sell your back catalog. Top podcasters Marc Maron, Adam Corolla and others use this tool which you can find here.
Podbean
For $79 a month, you can manage your mailing list through podbean (or you can use a tool like Awber designed to handle mailing lists).
Frequently Asked Podcast Questions on Soundcloud
Can I have more than one podcast on Soundcloud? Kind of. I have all my old outdated (out if print if you will) shows on there as a test. There is only one RSS feed. If you are using your own website and rss feed you could use them as "just a media host."
What's the limitation of their free account? You can only upload a certain amount of files. When I first played with them, I would have to delete a file to upload a new one.
Fishy Things About Podbean and SoundCloud
While Libsyn and Blubrry have representatives in all of the podcasting communities. They are at our conventions. We know them by name. Todd, Mike, Angelo, Rob, Elsie, Krystal. Podbean and Soundcloud have no presence that I've seen. They have their websites and pretty much that's it.
Pobean does not list their address on their website. If you want it its:
501 Silverside Road, Suite 105 , Wilmington , DE , 19809 , United StatesPhone: +1 514 969 1917
Why would you not list your address unless you don't want to be found?
Soundcloud has been around since 2008
5 million official SoundCloud apps have been downloaded. In 20012 they celebrated 10 million sound creators.
according to crunch base they've receive 123 million. In 2014 they received 60 million. Yet their podcasting tools are in beta, and you have to request to be in it.
Why is this still in beta after three years (it launched in January of 2011)?
Summary
So is Soundcloud a legitimate podcast solution? They do pass all of my criteria, so with that I could say yes. For me, I am still a little nervous about a system that's been in development for THREE YEARS and has not come out of beta. I think their interfaceS (remember they are in the middle up upgrading heir interface) makes their system unfriendly, and their stats are not on par with the two companies I recommend which are Blubrry.com and Libsyn.com
I am using them as an additional distribution point to see if I get any traction over there. In reality, like any other platform, you get out of it what you put into it.
Shout Outs!
Thanks to Neil, "You were wrong Dave" Smith of undercountryradio.com for sharing his pain.
Check out the UK Podcasters event if you're in the UK
Joing the School of Podcasting today and avoid the pains of podcasting, or take a live coaching class]]>e0c4bc7c1b2ce93e4ca04fb0b59539e4Mon, 26 May 2014 03:22:55 +0000David JacksonToday we tackle the hype around soundcloud.com as a podcasting solution and compare it to some of the other top podcast media solutions that have been around. I apply my criteria, and see who makes it, and share my opinion on why some of them still...Note: For the record you can get a free month at blubrry.com or Libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree you will see that even though using those codes benefits me financially, those companies don't always finish on top.
The Opening Players
Amazon S3Buzzsprout.comPodomatic.comLibsyn.comBlubrry.comPodbean.comSpreaker.comSoundcloud.com
My Criteria
1. Don't mess with my file. What I upload is what I want people to download.2. Give me the ability to have an unlimited back catalog (unlimited storage)3. Don't limit my audience size (unlimited bandwidth)4. Don't control my feed, and make it easy to leave if I choose to do so. I need to be able to put in an iTunes redirect script.5. Give me support.6. Charge me for your service so you can stay in business7. Give me stats so I can see what's working. It would be nice if they were accurate.
This kills the following:
Amazon S3. No stats, and your start cheap, but get really expensive if I get popular. (my last bill was over $40).Podmatic - Limited bandwidth, limited storage, and no way to leave (you hijack my feed)Buzzsprout.com - You change my file, and I have to ask to leave.Spreaker.com - You mess with my ID3 tags, and there is no way to leave.
That leaves:Soundcloud.comLibsyn.comBlubrry.comPodbean.com
Pricing
I tried to get the hosts to line up in a fashion that we could compare apples to apples. It's not easy. For the most part I chose the price point closest to $20. Here is what I found.
Soundcloud is the cheapest coming in at .0021 per meg (that's almost free)Podbean comes in at .03 per meg of storage (300 megs per month)Libsyn.com comes in at .05 per meg (400 megs per month)Blubrry.com comes in at .08 per meg (250 Megs per month)
Note: If you want stats that provide details of where your downloads are coming from (countries) you need to have the $79 a month plan for 1.5 gigabytes of storage (which is overkill in 99% of the cases). With this in mind, I am taking podbean out of most of this discussion.
For me, I typically recommend the Libsyn.com account for $20. You get more than enough space and the ability to get a smart phone app. You also get deluxe stats.
Player
1. Soundcloud wins this one hands down. Reason? It's just cool. Does everything but play in a new window.2. Blubrry Powerpress plugin provides the ability to stream, play in new window, or download.3. Libsyn's player can do the same as the Powerpress player with some tweaking
My choice: I use the blubrry powerpress plugin to put a player on my site (you can use this even if you're not using Blubrry for hosting). Why not Soundcloud? Because soundcloud stats are not integrated with Libsyn or blubrry like Stitcher stats (hello Soundcloud if you're going to be in this space you better meet your neighbors). This means using soundcloud and another host will require you to check your stats in more than one place. At this point I'm getting negligible plays from the soundcloud website.
My favorite player for putting in a sidebar is the one from the Blubrry network (free).
Stats
Blubrry and Libsyn stats are very simliar with a slight edge to Blubrry for being more user friendly. Libsyn actually gives you more information (cities). Soundcloud can give you some of this information but not the platform (iphone, windows, etc) that Blubrry.com and Libsyn.com
1. Blubrry.com - great content, pretty, and easy to understand and exportable. Blubrry.com offers free stats that show downloads and a few other items.2. Libsyn.com - very similar to blubrry.com (each shows some items the other does not) and exportable. If you're not using the $20 a month plan you get a...]]>3942cleanfullPolishing Your Content - The Joys of Podcast Editinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/polishing-your-content-the-joys-of-podcast-editing--13307685Podcasting Is All About Being Real Right - Why Edit?
When podcasting first came on the scene in 2004 you could use your built in microphone and just talk. Much like Milton Berle was the king of TV in the 50's you could be the king of podcasting. Looking back you had a choice of watching Milton Bele or a test pattern. In 2004 you had about 50 podcasts to compete with. Guess what? TEN YEARS later podcasters are spending hundreds of dollars on microphones and using dedicated media hosts and interviewing A list celebrities. You can't just wing it. Wait, I take that back. YOU CAN. The question is should you. I'm here to throw my vote as a yes. I edit my podcast. I love this quote: "“You write to communicate to the hearts and minds of others what’s burning inside you, and we edit to let the fire show through the smoke.” - Arthur Plotnik."
The Real Reason People Don't Edit Their Podcast
It takes time, and from my days of being a public speaker - it's harder to do a 15 minute presentation than a 30 minute presentation as you have to pick out the key points and hit them well.
Editing (and Podcasting) Can Be a Lot of Work - How to Fix That
Be Prepared - One of the reasons we have "ums" is our brain is trying to figure out what to say next. SLOW DOWN, and you will have less ums to worry about. If you're doing an interview, have some questions planned to use as a "game plan" that you can refer to if the conversation needs a poke. Don't Mess With Your Stuff - If possible set your equipment up and leave it. This eliminates technical issues in the future.
Give Your Guest a Target
Here again, the more you "Wing it" the more you will be editing later. If you are doing interviews, it is your responsibility to give your guest a target. Let them know you might pause between questions, this helps to avoid the "over answer" (more on that later). Let them know what to expect. Let Your Guest Know Who They are Talking To I do a number of podcasts. I was asked what my favorite book. I had a very vague idea who the audience was for this audience. I want to deliver great content. I want to provide life changing answers. So I gave a book that I like to read, and hoped his audience might find if useful. Let Your Guests Know How Long the Interview Should Approximately Be I was recently interviewed for the Boomer Business Owner podcast. The host of the show sent me to a link that help me understand who I was talking to, and what they were looking for in regards to answer length. If you ask me how I got into podcasting I have a 30 second answer and a 5 minute answer. Which one would you like? Here is another great site from Jim Collison that helps him prep his guests. Politely Cutting People Off My buddy Erik K Johnson of Podcast Talent Coach (and one of the co-hosts of the Podcast Review show) he had mentioned that when someone starts to take a tangent you can politely interrupt them and ask them for more details on whatever they just mentioned (and to get them back on track). It seems rude, but you're guiding them back to the information that you know your audience will enjoy. (see Erik and I talk about this)
What To Listen For When it Comes to Editing Audio
Train Wrecks - These are obvious. You hit the wrong button, your guest starts dropping F bombs, you have 30 seconds of silence in the middle of your show etc. You don't have to look for these they hit you in the face Low Hanging Fruit - These are the "ums" and "ya knows" that stand alone. If the idea is to make you (or you guest) sound smart you can easily highlight them and press delete. If Your Guest Answers "No" to a Question - In most cases finding out that someone is NOT doing something is not helpful. Over Answer - This is where your guest answers your question and then there is a pause (maybe you're looking for the next question) however they think you are wanting more information so they start to answer the question with more unnecessary details. Listen for the Answer to the question - In many cases the guest may give you details that are not needed (off topic etc). My favorite is when you ask a guest a question and they say, "Well first I want to tell you about..." TMI - In some cases a guest will give you too much information. You asked them what they had for lunch, and they tell you how they cooked it, what they used to eat it, etc. Tangents - Look we all love to take a tangent. The problem is in the middle of the tanget you take a tangent. This is followed by another tangent. You get so far off topic that its not longer useful information.]]>5e0aeac5c9d379980908ef9b4ebf65d1Wed, 21 May 2014 03:55:35 +0000David Jackson“So the writer who breeds more words than he needs, is making a chore for the reader who reads.” - Dr. Seuss “I've found the best way to revise your own work is to pretend that somebody else wrote it and then to rip the living shit out of it.” ? Don...Podcasting Is All About Being Real Right - Why Edit?
When podcasting first came on the scene in 2004 you could use your built in microphone and just talk. Much like Milton Berle was the king of TV in the 50's you could be the king of podcasting. Looking back you had a choice of watching Milton Bele or a test pattern. In 2004 you had about 50 podcasts to compete with. Guess what? TEN YEARS later podcasters are spending hundreds of dollars on microphones and using dedicated media hosts and interviewing A list celebrities. You can't just wing it. Wait, I take that back. YOU CAN. The question is should you. I'm here to throw my vote as a yes. I edit my podcast. I love this quote: "“You write to communicate to the hearts and minds of others what’s burning inside you, and we edit to let the fire show through the smoke.” - Arthur Plotnik."
The Real Reason People Don't Edit Their Podcast
It takes time, and from my days of being a public speaker - it's harder to do a 15 minute presentation than a 30 minute presentation as you have to pick out the key points and hit them well.
Editing (and Podcasting) Can Be a Lot of Work - How to Fix That
Be Prepared - One of the reasons we have "ums" is our brain is trying to figure out what to say next. SLOW DOWN, and you will have less ums to worry about. If you're doing an interview, have some questions planned to use as a "game plan" that you can refer to if the conversation needs a poke. Don't Mess With Your Stuff - If possible set your equipment up and leave it. This eliminates technical issues in the future.
Give Your Guest a Target
Here again, the more you "Wing it" the more you will be editing later. If you are doing interviews, it is your responsibility to give your guest a target. Let them know you might pause between...]]>3606cleanfull4 Steps to Lasting Weight Loss - No More Victim Mentalityhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/4-steps-to-lasting-weight-loss-no-more-victim-mentality--397713587ad48a1eca44551f6c4fbb8a90154321Sun, 18 May 2014 17:10:09 +0000David JacksonToday we again look at the book Impossible: How I lost 400 lbs. It's a great book and today is based on the chapter about taking steps for lasting weight loss. I think the part that jumped out at me is that we have to be honest with ourselves. We have...1832cleanfullAre You Ready To Lose Weight?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-you-ready-to-lose-weight--39771322379b97352ced8d19716a14fd4d32a22aMon, 12 May 2014 04:04:49 +0000David JacksonToday I share some insights I'm getting from a great book called IMPOSSIBLE: How I Lost Nearly 400 Pounds Without Surgery . We had the author Bryan Ganey on a few episodes ago, and I'm just now getting around to reading his book. WOW IS IT AWESOME....1566cleanfullBusiness Podcasting Success Stories with Jon Buscallhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/business-podcasting-success-stories-with-jon-buscall--13307683358528a8e087e5049b97a00e6f538e1bSun, 11 May 2014 22:41:28 +0000David Jackson3386cleanfullPutting Yourself Firsthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/putting-yourself-first--39771330ea007790b25f761ce7e5a82ad13652c0Sun, 04 May 2014 17:42:36 +0000David JacksonI am at a bit of a crossroads. I really need to start making progress, so today I take off for a walk and bring you along as we talk about putting yourself first, and by exercising first you can't take that away. I realize that you can eat away any...2073cleanfullPodfading - What Is it? What Causes It? How to Avoid it (or should you?)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/podfading-what-is-it-what-causes-it-how-to-avoid-it-or-should-you--13307684Your Audience Will Binge Listen When They Find You
Steve Steward produces the Moneyplan SOS podast (learn to pay attention instead of interest), and he had a listener who found his show and downloaded a ton of episodes and listened to them all as he went on a long trip in the car. Today we talk about making great content that connects with people, and obviously Steve is doing a great job.
What is Podfading?
Podfaing is when your show just stops producting content. There is no "final show" it just stops. The term was invented by Scott Fletcher of the now podfaded show Podcheck Review. According to the Urban Dictionary "A podcast that after a while becomes less and less frequently updated and then blinks out altogether."
The Top Six Reason People Podfade
According the the Book Tricks of the Podcasting Masters from Rob Walch and Murr Laferty (A great book from 2006) they list the top five reasons people podfade. Lack of time Lack of interest Lack of material Lack of listeners Lack of funds I add to this: Lack of FUN.
Lack of Time
If you TURN OFF YOUR TV, you will have time to podcast. But realize there is a 4 to 1 ration. This means that for every one minute of finished podcast it will take you four minutes to produce it. You need to know this up front so you don't say I'm going to do a 30 minute podcast 5 days a week. That's 150 minutes of total episode, so multiply that by 4 and you get 600 minutes of time to create those episodes (10 HOURS). Do you have an extra 10 hours PER WEEK (40 hours per month) to produce a show that will more than likely generate zero income for the first few months?
Lack of Interest
I once started a "Customer Service Show" where I spotlighted my experience as an award winning customer service representative. It turned out that I just reported on the bad customer service I received everywhere I went. I sounded like a grump old man. After a few shows, I just lost interest. I wasn't really that passionate about that topic. I thought I should podcast about what I know. You should podcast about what you are passionate about. If you are not interested in your topic, maybe bring in a co-host or mix up the format.
Lack of Materials
My wife and I did a "Dates from Hell Show" where we told stories of horrible dates we had experienced. We thought our audience would chime in with their stories. The bad news is we didn't have an audience, and nobody chimed in. I have a tutorial at the School of Podcasting that shows how to use the Website Feedly.com to have all sort of content come to you. Lack of material can change a podcast from Fun to "Feeling like work." That always leads to podfading.
Lack of Listeners
Never use the word "Only" when describing your download numbers. Last week I had 18 people in a classroom. If I "Only" had 70 downloads, that would be 3.5 classrooms of people. Currently according to Rob Walch the VP of Podcast relations at Libsyn.com the median download of a typical podcast is around 170 (as of May 2014). So 50% of podcasters have over 170, and the other 50% don't. With the right content, you can find yourself in the hundreds of downloads, and eventually the thousand of downloads. It takes time. It takes good content. It also takes you GOING to where your target audience is and networking with them.
Lack of Funds
Once you have purchased your equipment, the ongoing price of a podcast is around $30 a month (less if your shows are shorter). I've spoken about finding money to podcast in the past. If you want it, you can find it. Some of the things you can do is podcast in mono (it cuts your file size in half - which lowers your media hosting bill). Also if you "take a break" then you can lower your storage space on your media host to the lowest level (just to keep your account active) and then raise it back up when you return.
Lack of Fun
When you have no time, interest, or money for your podcast it becomes work. When you have to struggle to find content - GOOD content - it becomes a burden.
Consistently GOOD Content
While I'm not saying its OK to podcast "whenever you want," I would recommend keeping a schedule if you want to be seen as reliable. With this in mind 2 of the top 5 podcasts produce shows on varied lengths on various schedules. What they DO deliver on is great content when they do. These podcasts are the Joe Rogan experience and Dan Carlin's Hardcore History
Life Changing Events Lead To Podfading
Babies are wonderful bundles of joy, but they take over your life. Their schedule dictates YOUR schedule. When you move to a new location, or get a new job, or grow a spouse, etc. All of these can lead you to shifting your life's priorities. I'm here to say, "It's OK." Ryan Parker of the Food Craftsmen Podcast stated, "Nobody is going to punch you in the face."
Would You Punch Fonzie For Jumping the Shark?
Unless you're the Simpson's television show, most shows eventually stop production. Growing up I loved Happy Days, Cheers, Friends, Seinfeld, M*A*S*H, Family Ties, and more. They all eventually stopped. Do I hate the actors? No. I would love to shake Henry Winkler's hand. I think he is a phenomenal human being. Consequently, if you're no longer enjoying producing your podcast maybe you should shut it down. Let your audience know you're taking a break. If after the break is over, you still don't want to produce it - record one more episode and explain that you're done. Nobody will punch you in the face.
How to Avoid Permanently Podfading?
The first question to ask is should you avoid podfading. Ryan Park mentions that we well thought out podcast that has 15 episodes could be planned and produced with that in mind. You could say, "This is episode 1 of 15" and let the audience know that this is intentional. There is no rule that says you have to go on forever. One of the key steps to avoid podfading is to put some thought into it when you start. A properly planned podcast may help you avoid the starting - stopping - starting syndrome.
Obsessing on Stats and Your Competition Will Not Create Good Content
One of the things that STOP US from making great content is obsessing over stats. If we aren't looking at our download numbers, we are looking at our "Competition" and seeing how many sponsors they have. This (often) makes us envious and frustrated. Ken Blanchard speaks how he was one of the first Gun Shows on the Internet. Others have moved in over time and they have the magic touch and are getting sponsors. This leads many of use to think, "Hey what about me?" I know I think we all fall into this trap from time to time.
Get A Large Amount of Episodes Recorded Before You Launch
We all know that "Life happens" so if you have a life changing event, its nice to have a stockpile of podcast episodes to feed to your audience. If you don't you can always repurpose older shows that many not be so easy to find on your website, or are available in your feed anymore. Go in With Your Eyes Wide Open - Have Realistic Expectations If we just do the opposite of the above Set aside time Pick a topic we are uber-interested in Something we have a great stream of material We understand that growing an audience takes time. We shouldn't focus on "growing our audience fast" but instead, "What content would touch our audience the deepest?" We need to know that any hobby or small business costs money to maintain. $30 to reach a global audience is the best value on the internet. Lack of funds
How to Properly Podfade
If you know you are taking a hiatus (permanent or otherwise) it is always wise to keep you audience in the loop. Let them know when to expect you back. In the event you decide to call it quits, thank them for listening, and let them know where to find you. If you might come back, you may want to create a email list to alert people where they can sign up for future updates. Ryan Parker took a three month hiatus. He still created blog posts, and sent out email blasts, and in the end didn't see much of a dip in numbers. He was still communicating with his audience. He was just communicating in a different matter. Remember to lower your media hosting package to save money.
You Can Always Come Back
Rock bands like KISS, the Eagles, Cher, and others have done a "Last tour ever" tour. This is usually followed by the "We're out of money already" tour about four years later. There is no rule that says you can't come back. Just don't be surprised if you've lost some of your audience (possibly).
Looking To Start a Podcast?
If you'd like to avoid the headaches of podcasting, joing the School of Podcasting. Quit doing Google searches that result in bad advice from outdated websites, avoid the headaches, and avoid paying too much for podcast equipment and advice today. JOIN TODAY]]>99e7709574839af3ac1908910fade83bSun, 04 May 2014 16:59:51 +0000David JacksonToday we look at the topic of podfading. We are going to examine what it is, what are the top causes, and how to avoid - and ask if you should? We get help from Jim Collison, Ryan Parker, and Rev. Kenn Blanchard. Your Audience Will Binge Listen When...Your Audience Will Binge Listen When They Find You
Steve Steward produces the Moneyplan SOS podast (learn to pay attention instead of interest), and he had a listener who found his show and downloaded a ton of episodes and listened to them all as he went on a long trip in the car. Today we talk about making great content that connects with people, and obviously Steve is doing a great job.
What is Podfading?
Podfaing is when your show just stops producting content. There is no "final show" it just stops. The term was invented by Scott Fletcher of the now podfaded show Podcheck Review. According to the Urban Dictionary "A podcast that after a while becomes less and less frequently updated and then blinks out altogether."
The Top Six Reason People Podfade
According the the Book Tricks of the Podcasting Masters from Rob Walch and Murr Laferty (A great book from 2006) they list the top five reasons people podfade. Lack of time Lack of interest Lack of material Lack of listeners Lack of funds I add to this: Lack of FUN.
Lack of Time
If you TURN OFF YOUR TV, you will have time to podcast. But realize there is a 4 to 1 ration. This means that for every one minute of finished podcast it will take you four minutes to produce it. You need to know this up front so you don't say I'm going to do a 30 minute podcast 5 days a week. That's 150 minutes of total episode, so multiply that by 4 and you get 600 minutes of time to create those episodes (10 HOURS). Do you have an extra 10 hours PER WEEK (40 hours per month) to produce a show that will more than likely generate zero income for the first few months?
Lack of Interest
I once started a "Customer Service Show" where I spotlighted my experience as an award winning customer service representative. It turned out that I just reported on the bad customer service I received everywhere I went. I sounded like a grump old man. After a few shows, I just lost interest. I wasn't really that passionate about that topic. I thought I should podcast about what I know. You should podcast about what you are passionate about. If you are not interested in your topic, maybe bring in a co-host or mix up the format.
Lack of Materials
My wife and I did a "Dates from Hell Show" where we told stories of horrible dates we had experienced. We thought our audience would chime in with their stories. The bad news is we didn't have an audience, and nobody chimed in. I have a tutorial at the School of Podcasting that shows how to use the Website Feedly.com to have all sort of content come to you. Lack of material can change a podcast from Fun to "Feeling like work." That always leads to podfading.
Lack of Listeners
Never use the word "Only" when describing your download numbers. Last week I had 18 people in a classroom. If I "Only" had 70 downloads, that would be 3.5 classrooms of people. Currently according to Rob Walch the VP of Podcast relations at Libsyn.com the median download of a typical podcast is around 170 (as of May 2014). So 50% of podcasters have over 170, and the other 50% don't. With the right content, you can find yourself in the hundreds of downloads, and eventually the thousand of downloads. It takes time. It takes good content. It also takes you GOING to where your target audience is and networking with them.
Lack of Funds
Once you have purchased your equipment, the ongoing price of a podcast is around $30 a month (less if your shows are shorter). I've spoken about finding money to podcast in the past. If you want it, you can find it. Some of the things you can do is podcast in mono (it cuts your file size in half - which lowers your media hosting bill). Also if you "take a break" then you can lower your storage...]]>3669cleanfullBen Greenfield On His New Book Beyond Training Mastering Endurance Health & Lifehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ben-greenfield-on-his-new-book-beyond-training-mastering-endurance-health-life--39771366f602f0d2329f214de00237d1e1ed584eSun, 27 Apr 2014 20:07:12 +0000David JacksonBen Greenfield is a coach, author, speaker, ex-bodybuilder and Ironman triathlete. His science-based approach to discovering a potent balance between health and performance has revolutionized the way thousands of athletes and exercise enthusiasts...1800cleanfullSEO Benefits of Podcasting - Podcasting 101 Jason Parsons - iTunes Myths DEBUNKEDhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seo-benefits-of-podcasting-podcasting-101-jason-parsons-itunes-myths-debunked--13307687www.howtopodcast.com our next live class starts 5/3

Quick start Vs Planning Your Podcast Class - 1.26
The quick start program is where all you have is an idea, but you're ready to get into podcast. I send you an affiliate link and your order your web hosting through me. To say "Thank you" I give you a 30 day pass to the School of Podcasting (with access to all of the videos). I also will install Wordpress for you, and all the plugins you need to start podcasting (you will need to supply graphics and content). The planning your podcast class starting 5/3/2014 is a LIVE class (via webinar) where you can ask me live questions as I go through all the things you need to consider before launching a podcast. For more information about the Plannign Your Podcast webinar go to www.howtopodcast.com
Remove Noise From your Podcast - 6:02
I let you hear how you can remove unwanted noise from your audio. This is available both in Audacity and Adobe Audition.
Because of my podcast my leads are doubling 8:00
Chiropratic Lawyer Spotlight - 9:10
Today we spotlight Guy Dimartino and the Chiropractic Lawyer podcast check it out in iTunes, or on his website.
Podcasting Boost SEO - 11:00
According to CBS most people stay on their site for 33 seconds. I went in and looked at my stats on my saw where I had people (11%) staying over an hour in some cases. There is a mass amount of people who DO stay for 2-5 minutes. That is still much longer than 33 seconds. When people stay on yoru site longer Google figures that your content is good and then boosts your ratings in Google searches.
Wordpress 3.9 Playlists - 15:30
The new version of Wordpress allows you to create playlists. This is great for podcasters who want to have a "start here" section. You can upload a few audio files and put them on a page and insert them as a playlist. The "cool" thing is it works on a phone, and the files are NOT downloadable - which means they have to sit and listen - keeping you on your site longer.
Be sure to put subcsribe buttons, and newsletter sign ups under the playlist
Should I Produce Version of This show is Segments
Podcasting's 101 Jason Parsons - 20:00
Jason is working two jobs and has five children and still has time to podcast. Today he shares his insights into working with co-hosts, have a podcast implode, learning from your mistakes, and following your passion.
Jason was blessed to have a job where he could do podcast editing while he worked.
He not only gets "big names" for guests, but also people he feels would deliver great content.
He has a number of audience members help him deliver his show.
Jason's Last 5 in 5
Smodcast by Kevin Smith
Tell ‘Em Steve-Dave!
Edumcation
Welcome to Nightvale
School of Podcasting
Busting iTunes Myths!
Rob Walch the VP of Podcasting Relations at Libsyn.com stated in the last episode of The Feed Rob debunks the "You have 8 weeks to get into New and Noteworthy" in iTunes myth.
Another one is "You need at least three episodes to be featured in iTunes" (not true - my Client Dr. Nina of Win the Diet War did it with one episode).
One podcast in New and Noteworthy was from 2008, and another one was from 2 years ago. If someone tells you different (typically charging you a lot of money) they are WRONG.
Check out the feed in iTunes and check out their blog
If you want a free month of Podcast Media Hosting use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month at Libsyn.com]]>a4df4ae0fce86844cd9fae2f51c08778Sun, 27 Apr 2014 18:34:17 +0000David JacksonToday on episode 406 we get a great because of my podcast story, we debunk the "8 week myth" in iTunes (thanks to Rob Walch from Libsyn.com), we hear about a new Wordpress feature that might be good for podcasters, we hear how podcasting boosts SEO,...www.howtopodcast.com our next live class starts 5/3

Quick start Vs Planning Your Podcast Class - 1.26
The quick start program is where all you have is an idea, but you're ready to get into podcast. I send you an affiliate link and your order your web hosting through me. To say "Thank you" I give you a 30 day pass to the School of Podcasting (with access to all of the videos). I also will install Wordpress for you, and all the plugins you need to start podcasting (you will need to supply graphics and content). The planning your podcast class starting 5/3/2014 is a LIVE class (via webinar) where you can ask me live questions as I go through all the things you need to consider before launching a podcast. For more information about the Plannign Your Podcast webinar go to www.howtopodcast.com
Remove Noise From your Podcast - 6:02
I let you hear how you can remove unwanted noise from your audio. This is available both in Audacity and Adobe Audition.
Because of my podcast my leads are doubling 8:00
Chiropratic Lawyer Spotlight - 9:10
Today we spotlight Guy Dimartino and the Chiropractic Lawyer podcast check it out in iTunes, or on his website.
Podcasting Boost SEO - 11:00
According to CBS most people stay on their site for 33 seconds. I went in and looked at my stats on my saw where I had people (11%) staying over an hour in some cases. There is a mass amount of people who DO stay for 2-5 minutes. That is still much longer than 33 seconds. When people stay on yoru site longer Google figures that your content is good and then boosts your ratings in Google searches.
Wordpress 3.9 Playlists - 15:30
The new version of Wordpress allows you to create playlists. This is great for podcasters who want to have a "start here" section. You can upload a few audio files and put them on a page and insert them as a playlist. The "cool" thing is it works on a phone, and the files are NOT downloadable - which means they have to sit and listen - keeping you on your site longer.
Be sure to put subcsribe buttons, and newsletter sign ups under the playlist
Should I Produce Version of This show is Segments
Podcasting's 101 Jason Parsons - 20:00
Jason is working two jobs and has five children and still has time to podcast. Today he shares his insights into working with co-hosts, have a podcast implode, learning from your mistakes, and following your passion.
Jason was blessed to have a job where he could do podcast editing while he worked.
He not only gets "big names" for guests, but also people he feels would deliver great content.
He has a number of audience members help him deliver his show.
Jason's Last 5 in 5
Smodcast by Kevin Smith
Tell ‘Em Steve-Dave!
Edumcation
Welcome to Nightvale
School of Podcasting
Busting iTunes Myths!
Rob Walch the VP of Podcasting Relations at Libsyn.com stated in the last episode of The Feed Rob debunks the "You have 8 weeks to get into New and Noteworthy" in iTunes myth.
Another one is "You need at least three episodes to be featured in iTunes" (not true - my Client Dr. Nina of Win the Diet War did it with one episode).
One podcast in New and Noteworthy was from 2008, and another one was from 2 years ago. If someone tells you different (typically charging you a lot of money) they are WRONG.
Check out the feed in iTunes and check out their blog
If you want a free month of Podcast Media Hosting use the coupon code sopfree to get a free month...]]>3665cleanfullPodcast Deadlines - Friend or Foe?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-deadlines-friend-or-foe--13307686
Andrew Ferebee stated that his Knowledge for men podcast launched November 2013 and surpassed the 400,000 download mark this week.
Podcast Spotlight The Small Business IT Show [2:49]
Dexter was a student in my Podcasting in Six Weeks Class, and we take a listen to his Small Business IT Show (smallbusinessitshow.com). Find it in iTunes.
Last 5 in 5 [6:10]
Today we get the last five podcasts that Chris from Voices of Candaian Leadership vocl.ca
Nurition Diva
Get it Done Guy
I M Talk
Phedippidations
Your Website Engineer (hear my interview with Dustin )
Wordpress Plugins A to Z

You Audience Feels Giddy When You Put them On Your Show [12:00]
I've mentioned that you should always reply to every email and comment, and when appropriate put them on your show. Well last we I played a "Because of my podcast" story from Craig, and as Craig puts it, "I almost fell off the treadmill." That also points out that people listen to podcasts everywhere.
Fining Places to Network [16:20]
If there are other podcasters who do similar podcasts, you might try searching for their name in iTunes. See if they have been interviewed on other podcasts. If they have, DO NOT go over and say, "I should be on your show." Instead take the time to listen to their show, or leave a VALUABLE comment on their blog as a way to break the ice.
New Issue of Podertainment Magazine is Out [21:00]
In the new episode of Podertainment magazine, we have more great content from people like Rob Walch, Todd Cochran, Daniel J. Lewis, Jeffery Powers, and many other people on topics like recording your podcast, promoting your podcast, and making money with a podcast. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podertainment
Are Deadlines Ruining Your Podcast? [25:00]
A couple of weeks ago my Dad died on a Saturday. This is the day record and produce my shows. Obviously I passed on the podcasts that day, but returned on Sunday afternoon as a welcome distraction. I wasn't really prepared, but as I had not missed a show over the last 405 weeks I wanted to keep the streak alive. This is understandable, but stupid thinking. What would people say, "C'mon Dave - big deal you're Dad died the show must go on!"
I had a client who had decided to launch his show on a specific date. This is awesome. The bad news is you don't have 100% complete control over your podcast as its getting ready for episode 1. You may have someone who is doing the graphics, or recording an intro. Hopefully these people hit their benchmarks and delivery dates - but they may not. When I was involved much more with music marketing, I was amazed at bands who would plan their CD release party - when they didn't have the CD in hand (you can guess how that ended).
The Pros of Podcast Deadlines
It boosts your over all vision of how things will pan out. "This will be done on the 8th, then this will come in on the 10th, and then we finish on the 15th."
It allows you to put a pin in a date an work backwards to figure out where to start. If it takes four hours to produce an hour long show, and church starts at 6 pm you better start before 2.
It lets you know if you are ahead of schedule so you can make informed decisions.
It creates a sense of urgency. It puts a fire under your butt. It adds a level of accountability.
The Cons of Podcast Deadlines
You can't predict how long it will take to be listed in iTunes. I would guess three days, but I've seen it take 24 hours, and I've seen it take 2 weeks.
You don't have complete control over ever piece (as I mentioned, graphics, intros and outros).
Not everyone thinks good under pressure
The difference between good and great is often that little bit of icing on the top that gets lost if you're in a hurry.

The Typical Podcast Launch Needs To:

Choose a topic
Choose host(s)
Choose a name
Choose a URL
Purchase web hosting
Purchase recording equipment
Purchase and/or learn production (software)
Order artwork
Order intro/outro - find music
Record a test show
Record another test show
Pick a format
Mix down your recordings into one mp3 file
Get feedback from someone not named Mom.
Choose a schedule
Tag your media files
Order media hosting
Upload them to your media host
Write a blog post and attach your media from step 16
Validate your feed
Write a description that inspires people to listen
Submit it to iTunes, Stitcher, and all the other podcast directories.

Deadlines help take your idea from a dream to a reality, but be sure to set realistic deadlines so they don't put too much pressure on you.
Get Your Podcast Reviewed [39:50]
If you are looking for some unbiased feedback on your podcast head over to www.podcastreviewshow.com/reviewme
Podcast Questions Answered [40:45]
Where can I find a link to my podcast in the Microsoft directory?
There isn't a microsoft directory. They have an app for Windows 8, and it also appears in the Xbox. There are plenty of places you can list your podcast. Check the podcast411 website's Directory of directories?
How do I Have a Link That Just Shows Podcasts on my Website?
Add a category to your post in Wordpress. Then later under appearance go to men us and you will see where you can add a link to your menu that goes to all the posts with certain categories. ]]>ef2577308e1acce9644b5dccf4b89a8bSun, 20 Apr 2014 17:05:14 +0000David Jackson Podcast Success Andrew Ferebee stated that his Knowledge for men podcast launched November 2013 and surpassed the 400,000 download mark this week. Podcast Spotlight The Small Business IT Show [2:49] Dexter was a student in my Podcasting in Six...
Andrew Ferebee stated that his Knowledge for men podcast launched November 2013 and surpassed the 400,000 download mark this week.
Podcast Spotlight The Small Business IT Show [2:49]
Dexter was a student in my Podcasting in Six Weeks Class, and we take a listen to his Small Business IT Show (smallbusinessitshow.com). Find it in iTunes.
Last 5 in 5 [6:10]
Today we get the last five podcasts that Chris from Voices of Candaian Leadership vocl.ca
Nurition Diva
Get it Done Guy
I M Talk
Phedippidations
Your Website Engineer (hear my interview with Dustin )
Wordpress Plugins A to Z

You Audience Feels Giddy When You Put them On Your Show [12:00]
I've mentioned that you should always reply to every email and comment, and when appropriate put them on your show. Well last we I played a "Because of my podcast" story from Craig, and as Craig puts it, "I almost fell off the treadmill." That also points out that people listen to podcasts everywhere.
Fining Places to Network [16:20]
If there are other podcasters who do similar podcasts, you might try searching for their name in iTunes. See if they have been interviewed on other podcasts. If they have, DO NOT go over and say, "I should be on your show." Instead take the time to listen to their show, or leave a VALUABLE comment on their blog as a way to break the ice.
New Issue of Podertainment Magazine is Out [21:00]
In the new episode of Podertainment magazine, we have more great content from people like Rob Walch, Todd Cochran, Daniel J. Lewis, Jeffery Powers, and many other people on topics like recording your podcast, promoting your podcast, and making money with a podcast. For more information go to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podertainment
Are Deadlines Ruining Your Podcast? [25:00]
A couple of weeks ago my Dad died on a Saturday. This is the day record and produce my shows. Obviously I passed on the podcasts that day, but returned on Sunday afternoon as a welcome distraction. I wasn't really prepared, but as I had not missed a show over the last 405 weeks I wanted to keep the streak alive. This is understandable, but stupid thinking. What would people say, "C'mon Dave - big deal you're Dad died the show must go on!"
I had a client who had decided to launch his show on a specific date. This is awesome. The bad news is you don't have 100% complete control over your podcast as its getting ready for episode 1. You may have someone who is doing the graphics, or recording an intro. Hopefully these people hit their benchmarks and delivery dates - but they may not. When I was involved much more with music marketing, I was amazed at bands who would plan their CD release party - when they didn't have the CD in hand (you can guess how that ended).
The Pros of Podcast Deadlines
It boosts your over all vision of how things will pan out. "This will be done on the 8th, then this will come in on the 10th, and then we finish on the 15th."
It allows you to put a pin in a date an work backwards to figure out where to start. If it takes four hours to produce an hour long show, and church starts at 6 pm you better start before 2.
It lets you know if you are ahead of schedule so you can make informed decisions.
It creates a sense of urgency. It puts a fire under your butt. It adds a level of accountability.
The Cons of Podcast Deadlines
You can't predict how long it will take to be listed in iTunes. I would guess three days, but I've seen it take 24 hours, and I've seen it take 2 weeks.
You don't have complete control over ever piece (as I mentioned, graphics, intros and outros).
Not everyone thinks good under pressure
The difference between good and great is often that little bit of icing on the top that gets lost if you're in a hurry.
3119cleanfullNike Training Club – Opportuniteas Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nike-training-club-opportuniteas-reviewed--39771371http://logicalloss.com/?p=2995Sun, 13 Apr 2014 20:12:23 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about how Americans and how we seem to take every occasion we can to eat. Last week my father passed away from cancer at the age of 84. What did people do? They brought me food. While I appreciate it, I think this is mainly so we can eat...2271cleanfullWhat Your Podcast Can Learn from Chipotle and Joel Osteenhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-your-podcast-can-learn-from-chipotle-and-joel-osteen--13307688Because of My Podcast
Crag from Mansion Ingles lives in spain and was recognized on the other side of the planet. He explained that he helps people learn english, and someone recognized his voice from his podcast. Craig is helping people learn english. When you get to meet someone, and they had a need, and you filled it, it's a great feeling.
Podcasting Guru Scoptt Herzog - Inside the Studio of the Podcaster
Last week we talked about embracing what you bring the the microphone. That you can bring an unique value and perspective. We talk about the many different ways you can look at a topic. Today we interview Scott Herzog about his new "Inside the Podcaster's Studio" show that will primarily focus on podcasting gear.
Restaurants Still Open
How many different ways can you kill and cook a cow? I mean really? Throw a burger on a bun, slap some ketchup on it, isn't it the same thing as McBurger down the street? No it's not. This one is flame broiled. This one is square. This one has butter on the bun. They are all variations of the same thing. Aren't french fries just deep fried potatoes? Don't get me started (to me there is only ONE type of French fry and it comes in a red box with Golden Arches on it - there is no room for discussion on this).
Several years ago, researchers at Cornell University and Michigan State University conducted a study of restaurants in three local markets over a 10-year period. They concluded the following: After the first year 27% of restaurant startups failed; after three years, 50% of those restaurants were no longer in business; and after five years 60% had gone south. At the end of 10 years, 70% of the restaurants that had opened for business a decade before had failed. (source) Chef Rocco DiSpirito says that 90% restaurants close in their first year (this has been debunked)
The reason people open restaurants is because more people are using them. a 2009 study showed the industry expanded by .5 percent, consumer spending on restaurant dining rose 1 percent in the past year (source). Yes these are small percentages, but its a $632 BILLION dollar industry. So while thousands of restaurants close every year (even though people are still eating, and in the US they are eating a LOT), people still open up new restaurants every year.
Special thanks to Mike Howard of www.jpeg2raw.com to making this point on the Ask the Podcast Coach Show
Chipotle - Take an Idea and Mix it with Integrity
What happens if you take the assembly line of Subway (one of the fastest growing chains), mix in some spicy protein, add a dash of conscience (as their pigs and chickens are raised on farms), and a FOCUSED menu? You get a restaurant called Chipotle. The one by my day job as people lining out the door at lunch time. The funny thing is, that line moves faster than the one at the burger joint (even counting the time to get out of your car).
What Podcasters Can Learn From Chipotle
Niche down: Their menu has a few items. You don't have to stare long to see what's available. Ordering is easy.
Consistent Content: They obviously have a well oiled machine behind the scenes. You see one person cooking, one person chopping, and three to four people up front scooping it up and giving it to you. No matter which location I go to, crispy chicken tacos taste the same. I can rely on them. I don't worry about wasting my lunch hour if I'm headed for a Chipotle restaurant.
They Get to the Point: There is no idle chit chat in line. When you get close enough to order, the person behind the counter asks, "What can I get you.? Then they ask about the toppings. They don't ask about me, and I don't care. I'm hungry. They are giving me what I need: food.
They Embrace Their Differences: Instead of looking at the competition and trying to be like them, they stood up for what they believed and pointed out that their pork and chicken is raised different. Now their brand means more than cheap, spicy, fast food, it is a statement. It ties in with a lifestyle. You wear a Chiptle shirt, weather you want to or not your clothes say "I care about treatment of animals."
What Podcasters Can Learn From Ned Flanders
Think about Christianity. Every single church and every single Christian has the EXACT SAME "product." (oh someone is going to get upset with this terminology, but bare with me). They are delivering the story of Jesus Christ. The majority of them say he was the son of God, born of a virgin, died on a cross, and rose from the dead three days later.
Q: Why do more and more churches open every year?
A: Because man does not live by bread alone (source)
Q: Why Do So Many Churches Lose Their Members - Especially College Age?
A: Because of their delivery.Ned Flanders is a fictional character on the Simpsons. He is the uber Christian that more than likely would turn down a piece of Devil's Food Cake just because of the name. Then there is the Church "Well isn't that special" Lady from Saturday Night Live. She lived to walk around and remind people that they are all fornicators and that they were going to Hell. In the same way that most people that you say "Man you're in a bad mood today," don't miraculously change into a good mood, telling people they're going to Hell doesn't seem to make them immediately repent.
Now I'm not saying we need to alter our story. Think of the movie Gone with the Wind. This story has been seen on the big screen as well as on VHS, DVD, and now Blu-ray. It's the same message, but different packaging.
The church I attend provides ear plugs for those who don't like their anthems to ROCK! We clap our hands. We have smoke machines (no joke) and cool lights. You know who loves our service? College Age Kids.
Joel Osteen - The Happy Jesus Man
Let's look at Joel Osteen (or as I call him "Happy Jesus Man"). He opens his sermons with a joke. A joke? Yes, he tells a joke. People laugh in church. Really? It's true. Then he has them hold up their bible and state how they believe it to be true (this sets the stage - people know what they are going to get).
Joel Osteen Niches Down:There are all sort of stories in the bible where God's wrath is shown. There are all sorts of verses about Satan, and Hell. Joel got to know his community, and found them to be poor in spirit. They lack self esteem. They may lack skills on getting along with their family. Joel talks a lot about how God's Favor is waiting to be poured out on you.
Is it working? His "Church" meets in an old Arena used by an NBA team. I think it's safe to say it is.
I'm not hear to argue if Joel Osteen is a good pastor, or to pick apart his choice of scriptures or his statements on same sex marriage. I'm just pointing out that he has the same story as every other church. His delivery, and his ability to influence have allowed to connect with an audience and allow him to grow his church and further his story.
More at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/404
]]>f96969932908e12879f3219b565a4c42Sat, 12 Apr 2014 19:34:36 +0000David JacksonMy last podcast spoke about identifying what makes your unique. You have something that allows you to talk about a subject using a persepctive, attitude, or delivery different than anybody else. That perspective is shaped by experience. That attitude...Because of My Podcast
Crag from Mansion Ingles lives in spain and was recognized on the other side of the planet. He explained that he helps people learn english, and someone recognized his voice from his podcast. Craig is helping people learn english. When you get to meet someone, and they had a need, and you filled it, it's a great feeling.
Podcasting Guru Scoptt Herzog - Inside the Studio of the Podcaster
Last week we talked about embracing what you bring the the microphone. That you can bring an unique value and perspective. We talk about the many different ways you can look at a topic. Today we interview Scott Herzog about his new "Inside the Podcaster's Studio" show that will primarily focus on podcasting gear.
Restaurants Still Open
How many different ways can you kill and cook a cow? I mean really? Throw a burger on a bun, slap some ketchup on it, isn't it the same thing as McBurger down the street? No it's not. This one is flame broiled. This one is square. This one has butter on the bun. They are all variations of the same thing. Aren't french fries just deep fried potatoes? Don't get me started (to me there is only ONE type of French fry and it comes in a red box with Golden Arches on it - there is no room for discussion on this).
Several years ago, researchers at Cornell University and Michigan State University conducted a study of restaurants in three local markets over a 10-year period. They concluded the following: After the first year 27% of restaurant startups failed; after three years, 50% of those restaurants were no longer in business; and after five years 60% had gone south. At the end of 10 years, 70% of the restaurants that had opened for business a decade before had failed. (source) Chef Rocco DiSpirito says that 90% restaurants close in their first year (this has been debunked)
The reason people open restaurants is because more people are using them. a 2009 study showed the industry expanded by .5 percent, consumer spending on restaurant dining rose 1 percent in the past year (source). Yes these are small percentages, but its a $632 BILLION dollar industry. So while thousands of restaurants close every year (even though people are still eating, and in the US they are eating a LOT), people still open up new restaurants every year.
Special thanks to Mike Howard of www.jpeg2raw.com to making this point on the Ask the Podcast Coach Show
Chipotle - Take an Idea and Mix it with Integrity
What happens if you take the assembly line of Subway (one of the fastest growing chains), mix in some spicy protein, add a dash of conscience (as their pigs and chickens are raised on farms), and a FOCUSED menu? You get a restaurant called Chipotle. The one by my day job as people lining out the door at lunch time. The funny thing is, that line moves faster than the one at the burger joint (even counting the time to get out of your car).
What Podcasters Can Learn From Chipotle
Niche down: Their menu has a few items. You don't have to stare long to see what's available. Ordering is easy.
Consistent Content: They obviously have a well oiled machine behind the scenes. You see one person cooking, one person chopping, and three to four people up front scooping it up and giving it to you. No matter which location I go to, crispy chicken tacos taste the same. I can rely on them. I...]]>3499cleanfullIdentifying and Embracing Your Uniquenesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/identifying-and-embracing-your-uniqueness--13307694
Because of My Podcast [1:50] I'm Getting Paid to Podcast on Another Show
Jonathan Downham of criticalcarepractitioner.co.uk has four episodes into his own podcast when another company approached him to create a podcast for THEM (and for that he is getting paid).
Dave's Latest Appearances [3:24]
Podcasts Roundtable Episode 27 "Pet Peaves II"
Online Marketing and Communications with Job Buscall talking how to use Podcasting as a Marketing Tool
Engaging Life and Leadership with Darren Dake and Anita Brooks
Podcast Review Show now featuring "Podcast Talent Coach" Erik K Johnson
Embracing Your Uniqueness [12:53]
I've spoken about John Lee Doomis before, and this week we are talking about creating your own style and embracing what YOU bring to the table. Here are some examples in the "Podcasts about podcasting" realm.
Ray Ortega has extensive video knowledge, and he produces a podcast for a living.
Podcaster's Roundtable is purposely designed to NOT BE a "how to" podcast but instead focus on the issues around podcasting.
Daniel J Lewis has a background in web design and graphic arts. He is very detail oriented. We love to poke fun at Daniel's lists, but those lists are well thought out and create great content. This is why Daniel is the one podcast in the "podcasts about podcasting" world that can see he has WON (not just nominated) a podcast award.
For me, I have been helping people understand technology for over 20 years. I have a teaching background. I bill myself as someone who can help you understand technology without getting into geek speak. I've also been doing this since 2005 (and not many people can say that).
Cliff Ravenscraft has an hour long show that goes outside the scope of podcasting and talks a lot about social media, and what is going on in Cliff's life.
Podcast Help Desk is from Mike Dell. Mike brings his tech support experience to the microphone to identify common problems.
Scott Hertzdog is focusing on podcast gear (and only podcast gear).
Can You start Your Own Niche?
What if you are a dental hygienist, and you want to do a podcast about social media. Why not start a podcast about using social media for dentists?
Kathy Kelly does the special mouse podcast. Her son has autism so her podcasts focuses on going to Disney Parks with a person who has special needs.
Steph at Capturing Magic takes her love of Disney and Scrapbooking and puts them together.
Some Questions To Think About
What are you talking about all the time? That you just can't seem to stop talking about? This is more than likely you passion.
What do you bring to the table? You age, perspective, history, experience?
What to Do When Someone Steals Your Content
Many bands tried to be the Beatles when they arrived on the scene. If you are being "copied" be flattered. Someone thinks your good enough to steal borrow from. Keep doing what you do well. It comes naturally to you. For someone who is trying to be you it won't come as easy. Remember LOTS of people "podfade" because of the work involved. You find it easy to be you, and it will be a chore for them. ]]>72c90fd6b1cee1b8e7b814093e7f96c0Sun, 06 Apr 2014 18:18:55 +0000David JacksonToday we hear some clips on how you can market your business with podcasting, some podcasting pet peeves, and we talk about how to identify and embrace your uniqueness. Because of My Podcast [1:50] I'm Getting Paid to Podcast on Another Show...
Because of My Podcast [1:50] I'm Getting Paid to Podcast on Another Show
Jonathan Downham of criticalcarepractitioner.co.uk has four episodes into his own podcast when another company approached him to create a podcast for THEM (and for that he is getting paid).
Dave's Latest Appearances [3:24]
Podcasts Roundtable Episode 27 "Pet Peaves II"
Online Marketing and Communications with Job Buscall talking how to use Podcasting as a Marketing Tool
Engaging Life and Leadership with Darren Dake and Anita Brooks
Podcast Review Show now featuring "Podcast Talent Coach" Erik K Johnson
Embracing Your Uniqueness [12:53]
I've spoken about John Lee Doomis before, and this week we are talking about creating your own style and embracing what YOU bring to the table. Here are some examples in the "Podcasts about podcasting" realm.
Ray Ortega has extensive video knowledge, and he produces a podcast for a living.
Podcaster's Roundtable is purposely designed to NOT BE a "how to" podcast but instead focus on the issues around podcasting.
Daniel J Lewis has a background in web design and graphic arts. He is very detail oriented. We love to poke fun at Daniel's lists, but those lists are well thought out and create great content. This is why Daniel is the one podcast in the "podcasts about podcasting" world that can see he has WON (not just nominated) a podcast award.
For me, I have been helping people understand technology for over 20 years. I have a teaching background. I bill myself as someone who can help you understand technology without getting into geek speak. I've also been doing this since 2005 (and not many people can say that).
Cliff Ravenscraft has an hour long show that goes outside the scope of podcasting and talks a lot about social media, and what is going on in Cliff's life.
Podcast Help Desk is from Mike Dell. Mike brings his tech support experience to the microphone to identify common problems.
Scott Hertzdog is focusing on podcast gear (and only podcast gear).
Can You start Your Own Niche?
What if you are a dental hygienist, and you want to do a podcast about social media. Why not start a podcast about using social media for dentists?
Kathy Kelly does the special mouse podcast. Her son has autism so her podcasts focuses on going to Disney Parks with a person who has special needs.
Steph at Capturing Magic takes her love of Disney and Scrapbooking and puts them together.
Some Questions To Think About
What are you talking about all the time? That you just can't seem to stop talking about? This is more than likely you passion.
What do you bring to the table? You age, perspective, history, experience?
What to Do When Someone Steals Your Content
Many bands tried to be the Beatles when they arrived on the scene. If you are being "copied" be flattered. Someone thinks your good enough to steal borrow from. Keep doing what you do well. It comes naturally to you. For someone who is trying to be you it won't come as easy. Remember LOTS of people "podfade" because of the work involved. You find it easy to be you, and it will be a chore for them. ]]>3578cleanfullSugar Vs Fat & Eating Yoga Mats – PumpUp App Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/sugar-vs-fat-eating-yoga-mats-pumpup-app-review--39771328http://logicalloss.com/?p=2991Mon, 31 Mar 2014 00:52:24 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about a pair of identical twins who do an experiment with one doing a low carb diet and the other doing an almost non fat diet. We also talk about ADA (azodicarbonamide) in our food. This is a spongy substance that can be used in things...1501cleanfullJordan Harbinger Left His Law Career to Do Podcasting Full Timehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jordan-harbinger-left-his-law-career-to-do-podcasting-full-time--13307691www.theartofcharm.com

Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/402]]>d19af3ddc0805035628a761b0d31b15aSun, 30 Mar 2014 22:15:14 +0000David JacksonToday in episode 402 we interview Jordan Harbinger who is the co-creator of the Art of Charm podcast. Jordan has used his podcast to build a seven figure podcast. In this 45 minute conversation we he decided to leave his career as a lawyer and do...www.theartofcharm.com

Full show notes at www.schoolofpodcasting.com/402]]>4140cleanfullProgress Vs. Perfectionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/progress-vs-perfection--39771298http://logicalloss.com/?p=2987Mon, 24 Mar 2014 02:06:23 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about some new fun tools such as the Digital Measuring Tape and the Mio Alpha (a strapless heartrate monitor that states a 99% accuarcy – for $199). I recently purchased a heart rate monitor from Wahoo Fitness that works with my iPhone....1571cleanfullLessons From the Zoo - April Fools Podcast Promotionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lessons-from-the-zoo-april-fools-podcast-promotion--13307693Because of my Podcast: I'm Spenind More Time With My Family [2:20]
Mark Dowing enjoys doing a podcast with his family. They do a podcast on Geo Caching. He gets to hang out with his kids, and his kids are starting to take over some of the technical aspects. They've met other people in the geocaching communities and podcasting communities. They are also being asked to appear on other podcasts. The family that podcasts together lasts forever.
Member Spotlight: Quality Living Made Simple [6:34]
Today we spotlight Joshua Rivers and the Quality Living Made Simple podcast where he helps you to create and maintain a better quality of live with simplicity.
April Fools Podcast Promotion[7:44]
Steve Stewart from Money Plan SOS podcast and www.yesyoucanpodcasttoo.com is switching podcasts with other podcasts. It's similar to guest posting on a blog, it sounds like the regular podcast but then some other host comes on board. So the audience will get the same type of information from a different host. Steve reached out via twitter and facebook, and only a few people responded. Like always the people that you have established relationships that aid in having someone trust you enough to let you spend time in front of their audience. To find out more about this you check it out on Steve's blog at www.yesyoucanpodcasttoo.com/aprilfools (on April 1st).
Are Entrepreneur Podcasts A Podcasting Fad?[14:32]
We have spoken about the John Lee Doomis Effect (based on a post by Steve, and later we did a Podcaster's Roundtable), and we have seen a fair amount of "on fire" type podcasts come on board (as I had predicted they would). We have seen a wave of tech shows, then the comedians, and now we have the entrepreneurs. While podcasting is a fad, I worry that in about three months when people aren't making the kind of money that John Lee Doomis is, they will declare "Podcasting is Dead" and explain how it doesn't work (probably because they don't have the one thing John has - talent and personality).
One of the key points about John Lee Doomis is when John's show came out he was doing a DAILY show. THIS WAS NEW back then. Now when people do that, it may not be quite as big a deal. You can read the transcript to the John Lee Doomis effect.
How My Trip to the Zoo Can Improve Your Podcast [25:50]
When I was growing up in Akron Ohio I went to the local "Akron Zoo." Later when it fell upon harder times it was known as the "Akron Children's Zoo" (because it was a glorified petting zoo). This week I did a bunch of computer training there and they have really turned it around? Well they've could've gone, "The Cleveland Zoo is only an hour away, and it's so big you have to ride a tram to other parts of the park." The didn't. While there are many reasons for Zoos to exist (education, and species survival), the instead thought about what people want from a zoo. What do visitors want from a zoo. The answer is somewhat obvious when you think about it.
Visitors from the Zoo pay money to get content they can't get any place else. You get to see animals that you can't see at the local dog park.
But then they took it further. Sure they could've been happy with getting a Grizzly Bear, and a Tiger, a Jaguar. But isn't that what all Zoos have? So again, they thought the the eyes of their audience.
What do Zoo members want?
They want to get close to the animals. So when they began rebuilding the Zoo, the made exhibits with one thing in mind. Make a great habitat for the animal, and design it so the animal will be close the the visitors. I explained how it was so bizarre as the one day I had lunch with the Grizzly bear. The only thing separating me and the bear was some very thick glass. It was cool. He was big. When I told someone about it and how he was taking a bath, they explained that is why we put the pool there next to the window.  They put all of the animals favorite items (like food) next to the places where people stand to view them. If it's an animal that sleeps alot (like a Lion) they put their beds in a place where everyone can see. They always think through the eyes of their audience, and try to give them an experience they will be talking about (just like I am right now).
They Renamed The Zoo
They went from being "Akron Children’s Zoo"in the 1950's to "Akron Zoological Park" in 1979.
They "Niched Down"
The theme of North and South American Animals was adopted giving the zoo a stable base for our education and conservation goals. For many years, all exhibits and educational materials centered around this theme.
They Go To Where Their Target Audience is, and Make it Easy to Consume Their Content
There are two types of people that enjoy the Zoo. I mean that scream with joy and laughter at the Zoo. One are small children. The other is the people who are laughing at the small children who are screaming at the Penguins. They offer discounts for groups of 15 or more (like elementary school classes) as well as discounts for Grandparents.
They Are Not Afraid to Try New Things
They also try a lot of things. They put up Christmas lights at the Zoo for a few years. It was beautiful, but in the end it didn't go over. They should be proud that they tried something new. Then they looked at their facilities and realized that some people are looking for something different and they opened their Zoo for after hour parties. You can hold your wedding in their beautiful gardens.
The More Niche the Content - The Greater the Value
You can get a behind the scenes tour of certain exhibits. You can tour all five facilities for a gift of $500 or choose three facilities for $350 or one facility for $200. The picture on their website shows someone touching one of the  giant tortoise.
Should I Add More Episodes To My Podcast Per Week[42:50]
Jackie Ulmer wants to know if she should start a new podcast to house additional episodes. For me, I start to fragment my content into More Podcast Money and the Power of Podcasting. Then my audience said, "Why are you making it hard for me to find your content?" So I brought all that content into this podcast. As all of that content is related (podcasting) it fit. I wouldn't do my weight loss content here, so I made a separate podcast. If you're not sure, use a free tool like Poll Daddy (Owned by Wordpress) and ask them.
Take the Survey
I'm trying to find out more about you and what you need so I can give you what you need to move your podcast into a larger audience. Please take a quick second to answer a quick podcasting survey. This is going to help me come up with materials that you need to expand your podcast audience, avoid more technical headaches, and create the best sounding content for the least amount of money. It's only 10 questions, so if you could please help me help you]]>eeafe33f2ea06d918e31533f4343ca5aMon, 24 Mar 2014 00:37:16 +0000David Jackson Today we talk about marketing lessons we can learn from a small Zoo I visited this week. We also hear about how families are starting to podcast together. With April 1st right around the corner, Steve Stewart is having fun reaching out to new...Because of my Podcast: I'm Spenind More Time With My Family [2:20]
Mark Dowing enjoys doing a podcast with his family. They do a podcast on Geo Caching. He gets to hang out with his kids, and his kids are starting to take over some of the technical aspects. They've met other people in the geocaching communities and podcasting communities. They are also being asked to appear on other podcasts. The family that podcasts together lasts forever.
Member Spotlight: Quality Living Made Simple [6:34]
Today we spotlight Joshua Rivers and the Quality Living Made Simple podcast where he helps you to create and maintain a better quality of live with simplicity.
April Fools Podcast Promotion[7:44]
Steve Stewart from Money Plan SOS podcast and www.yesyoucanpodcasttoo.com is switching podcasts with other podcasts. It's similar to guest posting on a blog, it sounds like the regular podcast but then some other host comes on board. So the audience will get the same type of information from a different host. Steve reached out via twitter and facebook, and only a few people responded. Like always the people that you have established relationships that aid in having someone trust you enough to let you spend time in front of their audience. To find out more about this you check it out on Steve's blog at www.yesyoucanpodcasttoo.com/aprilfools (on April 1st).
Are Entrepreneur Podcasts A Podcasting Fad?[14:32]
We have spoken about the John Lee Doomis Effect (based on a post by Steve, and later we did a Podcaster's Roundtable), and we have seen a fair amount of "on fire" type podcasts come on board (as I had predicted they would). We have seen a wave of tech shows, then the comedians, and now we have the entrepreneurs. While podcasting is a fad, I worry that in about three months when people aren't making the kind of money that John Lee Doomis is, they will declare "Podcasting is Dead" and explain how it doesn't work (probably because they don't have the one thing John has - talent and personality).
One of the key points about John Lee Doomis is when John's show came out he was doing a DAILY show. THIS WAS NEW back then. Now when people do that, it may not be quite as big a deal. You can read the transcript to the John Lee Doomis effect.
How My Trip to the Zoo Can Improve Your Podcast [25:50]
When I was growing up in Akron Ohio I went to the local "Akron Zoo." Later when it fell upon harder times it was known as the "Akron Children's Zoo" (because it was a glorified petting zoo). This week I did a bunch of computer training there and they have really turned it around? Well they've could've gone, "The Cleveland Zoo is only an hour away, and it's so big you have to ride a tram to other parts of the park." The didn't. While there are many reasons for Zoos to exist (education, and species survival), the instead thought about what people want from a zoo. What do visitors want from a zoo. The answer is somewhat obvious when you think about it.
Visitors from the Zoo pay money to get content they can't get any place else. You get to see animals that you can't see at the local dog park.
But then they took it further. Sure they could've been happy with getting a Grizzly Bear, and a Tiger, a Jaguar. But isn't that what all Zoos have? So again, they thought the the eyes of their audience.
What do Zoo members want?
They want to get close to the animals. So when they began rebuilding the Zoo, the made exhibits with one thing in mind. Make a great...]]>3605cleanfullSoak Fitness Spray Reviewed - Healthy Habits That May Not Be Healthyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/soak-fitness-spray-reviewed-healthy-habits-that-may-not-be-healthy--39771335Soak Fitness Spray Reviewed
I know I need to life weights. I know that leads to discomfort many times (we all know to start slow, but most of us don't). So how do I make these awful feeling go away? How to I get my muscles to loosen up? Wen I searched the web I found a product that is dedicated to one thing: get you and your muscles to relax and heal. That product is called Soak Fitness. I bought the spray bottle (as I'm not one for using the bath tub except for showers). I went to the gym, and lifted lots of weights with my legs. The next day, I had achieved my goal of having sore muscles. When I went to bed, I sprayed one leg with Soak Fitness, and the other I did nothing. The next day, the leg I sprayed had less pain then the one that I didn't spray.
It Catches You Off Guard
The one thing I was not expecting was the aroma of Soak Fitness. It has Peppermint in it, and the smell will clear your sinuses immediately. This makes it easy to breathe, which leads to relaxation. It also has oils that feel cool when you spray it. In essence you go from going "ow my legs hurt," to "what is that feeling on my leg?" you are switching one sensation for another. The smell seems to wear off soon (much like Ben Gay, or Icy Hot).
Does Soak Fitness Work?
For me I noticed less pain in the leg I sprayed then the one that didn't receive treatment. I don't think this is a cure all, but for days when we over do it I can see where this would help you reduce your pain.
Mentioned in this Episode
5 Healthy Habits that Aren't 10 Daily Habits that mess with your health]]>b7ae406afee5268f5b542564a1e1bcb8Mon, 17 Mar 2014 16:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about use of Soak Fitness, and some habits you may be doing that may seem smart or healthy but research is saying its not. Soak Fitness Spray Reviewed I know I need to life weights. I know that leads to discomfort many times (we all know...Soak Fitness Spray Reviewed
I know I need to life weights. I know that leads to discomfort many times (we all know to start slow, but most of us don't). So how do I make these awful feeling go away? How to I get my muscles to loosen up? Wen I searched the web I found a product that is dedicated to one thing: get you and your muscles to relax and heal. That product is called Soak Fitness. I bought the spray bottle (as I'm not one for using the bath tub except for showers). I went to the gym, and lifted lots of weights with my legs. The next day, I had achieved my goal of having sore muscles. When I went to bed, I sprayed one leg with Soak Fitness, and the other I did nothing. The next day, the leg I sprayed had less pain then the one that I didn't spray.
It Catches You Off Guard
The one thing I was not expecting was the aroma of Soak Fitness. It has Peppermint in it, and the smell will clear your sinuses immediately. This makes it easy to breathe, which leads to relaxation. It also has oils that feel cool when you spray it. In essence you go from going "ow my legs hurt," to "what is that feeling on my leg?" you are switching one sensation for another. The smell seems to wear off soon (much like Ben Gay, or Icy Hot).
Does Soak Fitness Work?
For me I noticed less pain in the leg I sprayed then the one that didn't receive treatment. I don't think this is a cure all, but for days when we over do it I can see where this would help you reduce your pain.
Mentioned in this Episode
5 Healthy Habits that Aren't 10 Daily Habits that mess with your health]]>1827cleanfullDefining Your Mission - Episode 400 Celebration - Theater of the Mindhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/defining-your-mission-episode-400-celebration-theater-of-the-mind--13307708Because of this Podcast - Rev. Kenn Blanchard [5:50]
Rev. Kenn Blanchard from Black Man with a Gun called in to let me know that he thanks THIS podcast for helping HIS podcast touch people. You can find Kenn's podcasts at blackmanwithagun.com and the unnamedchurch.org
Student Testimonial from Gale [9:04]
Thank you for your School of Podcasting. I wish I had found it sooner I would've save myself thousands of dollars. I bought equipment and took a much more expensive class that was helpful, but I could've done it a lot cheaper with you. You taught me some finer points that I didn't learn in that other class. Some of the way things are done would've been better if I had followed your advice. Thank you f or answering my email. I know I've sent you a couple emails and we've gone back and forth, and you're always there and I appreciate it. If I know anyone who wants to podcast I direct them to you. Gale - youcanhomestead.com
Managing Your Content Flow [11:30]
Erik K Johnson of podcasttalentcoach.com comes on to talk about when it's ok to tweak your format. Dave remembers some occasions at churches when they've bent the format. Erik talks about creating a mission statement for your show. This helps you define what content you will (and will not) cover. If you use different resources, perspectives, and resources to cover your topic. As long as you continue to stay on topic. Should you put your "main" topic at the beginning or end of the episode? Eric feels that if we follow the format of entertainment shows, the big guests come on last. They are the finale of the show. People will wait to hear the big names. If you're worried about people not making it to the end of the show, then you need to redo the content at the front of your show. If you're doing an hour long show, you should probably be preparing for an hour before turning on the microphone. Make sure your content is on topic. Chit chat is ok, as long as it ties in with the mission of your show. Revealing yourself to your audience is critical, but if it's not on topic (like Dave's music today) then it should be left out.
Erik K Johnson Joins the Podcast Review Show [31:00]
Erik will be joining the Podcast Review Show along with my wife. If you are looking to have your show reviewed, this could be a great coaching session. Here is the flow: You pick an episode for us to review. We listen to it, and take notes. We get you online live and play our favorite clips, and part we think need tweaked, with you LIVE. It turns out being more of a coaching call then the previous review. Because we get that interaction with you, we hope to provide better feedback. Check out Erik's show planning worksheets.
The Abduction [38:39]
Dave's show is hijacked by a crazy morning zoo crew "Binky and the Whiz". Yes Corn Nuts is a real product. [41:20] Remember your show is global and try to keep your audience in mind.
The 911 Call [43:08]
Dave tries to get help from a slightly inquisitive 911 operate.
School of Podcasting The Musical [45:25]
For the fans of the television show "Glee," it's School of Podcasting "The Musical." Featuring the hit songs: My Feed is Not Valid Today Mr. iTunes I'm on Fire with John Lee Doomis Libsyn Rocks You'll laugh, you'll cry, it's better than Cats.
The Rescue [46:35]
You should always talk to your audience like you are speaking to ONE person.
The Conclusion [47:39]
You can use sound effects to boost the Theater of the mind. You can bring your stories to life. Dave's plays a clip of a 6 year old David Jackson playing radio. Thank you so much for listening, reviewing the show, for joining the conversation.
Dave Plays the Guitar [ 56:45]
If I was going to play some old music of mine, I wanted to play something that tied to podcasting. I picked the Song "Take Your Pain," as I want to help you avoid the headaches from spending too much money on equipment, and creating content that won't engage with you audience. If you're looking to join the School of Podcasting, you can do so by clicking here. There is a 30 day money back guarantee.]]>108b85de35edc78890dfbf178304350bSun, 16 Mar 2014 15:21:08 +0000David JacksonToday we take a look back at 400 episodes (you'll hear all the old intro voice overs and the progressions I've gone through), and we talk about when it's ok to tweak your format. We have a discussion with Erik K Johnson the Podcast Talent coach on...Because of this Podcast - Rev. Kenn Blanchard [5:50]
Rev. Kenn Blanchard from Black Man with a Gun called in to let me know that he thanks THIS podcast for helping HIS podcast touch people. You can find Kenn's podcasts at blackmanwithagun.com and the unnamedchurch.org
Student Testimonial from Gale [9:04]
Thank you for your School of Podcasting. I wish I had found it sooner I would've save myself thousands of dollars. I bought equipment and took a much more expensive class that was helpful, but I could've done it a lot cheaper with you. You taught me some finer points that I didn't learn in that other class. Some of the way things are done would've been better if I had followed your advice. Thank you f or answering my email. I know I've sent you a couple emails and we've gone back and forth, and you're always there and I appreciate it. If I know anyone who wants to podcast I direct them to you. Gale - youcanhomestead.com
Managing Your Content Flow [11:30]
Erik K Johnson of podcasttalentcoach.com comes on to talk about when it's ok to tweak your format. Dave remembers some occasions at churches when they've bent the format. Erik talks about creating a mission statement for your show. This helps you define what content you will (and will not) cover. If you use different resources, perspectives, and resources to cover your topic. As long as you continue to stay on topic. Should you put your "main" topic at the beginning or end of the episode? Eric feels that if we follow the format of entertainment shows, the big guests come on last. They are the finale of the show. People will wait to hear the big names. If you're worried about people not making it to the end of the show, then you need to redo the content at the front of your show. If you're doing an hour long show, you should probably be preparing for an hour before turning on the microphone. Make sure your content is on topic. Chit chat is ok, as long as it ties in with the mission of your show. Revealing yourself to your audience is critical, but if it's not on topic (like Dave's music today) then it should be left out.
Erik K Johnson Joins the Podcast Review Show [31:00]
Erik will be joining the Podcast Review Show along with my wife. If you are looking to have your show reviewed, this could be a great coaching session. Here is the flow: You pick an episode for us to review. We listen to it, and take notes. We get you online live and play our favorite clips, and part we think need tweaked, with you LIVE. It turns out being more of a coaching call then the previous review. Because we get that interaction with you, we hope to provide better feedback. Check out Erik's show planning worksheets.
The Abduction [38:39]
Dave's show is hijacked by a crazy morning zoo crew "Binky and the Whiz". Yes Corn Nuts is a real product. [41:20] Remember your show is global and try to keep your audience in mind.
The 911 Call [43:08]
Dave tries to get help from a slightly inquisitive 911 operate.
School of Podcasting The Musical [45:25]
For the fans of the television show "Glee," it's School of Podcasting "The Musical." Featuring the hit songs: My Feed is Not Valid Today Mr. iTunes I'm on Fire with John Lee Doomis Libsyn Rocks You'll laugh, you'll cry, it's better than Cats.
The Rescue [46:35]
You should always talk to your audience like you are speaking to ONE person.
The Conclusion [47:39]
You can use sound effects to boost the Theater of the mind. You can bring your stories to life. Dave's plays a clip of a 6 year old David Jackson playing radio. Thank you so much for listening,...]]>3637cleanfullPatreon Helps Podcasters Get Paid - New Podcast Stats - Dealing with Negativityhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/patreon-helps-podcasters-get-paid-new-podcast-stats-dealing-with-negativity--13307695Because of my Podcast - I have Press Credentials [2:34]
Today Corey from Ivy Envy podcast explains how his show on the Chicago Cubs has allowed him to get press credentials from some of the minor league teams, which allowed him to interview the Owner of the Chicago cubs (how cool is that?) Tom Rickets. This is a great example of "scaling/niching down" your content. Instead of doing a podcast on Baseball, do it on the Major leagues. Not just the major league, but a certain division. Not just a certain division, but a specific team. Not only the team, but the minor league team, the PA announcer, and all the behind the scenes information that someone who is truly passionate about that team would love. Corey is going to explain how in the future he got a major league rule changed. COOL. Check him out at www.ivyenvy.com or subscribe in iTunes.
Patreon Helps Content Creators get Paid and Build Community [6:35]
Anthony Privitelli is the head of Creator Relations at Patreon. Patreon is similar to a crowd funding tool like Kickstarter, except its ongoing. You can have it set up to have your patrons (your supporters) pay you a monthly contribution. This may have you feeling the pressure to produce content (when you're not feeling creative). This monthly option may be a good fit for those who produce a lot of content and don't want to charge their patrons numerous times per month. The other options is to get paid per post. Your patron can set a limit if they want (so if you put out 30 posts in a month they can cap their support at 5). You post can be audio, video, or anything downloadable. They do not host the media. Tom Merrit (formerly of this week in tech) is making around $9000 a month. He has over 3000 patrons The D6 Generation is making $232 per episode with 74 patrons The Angry Chicken is making $176 per month with 43 patrons. Mike Falzone is making $371 per podcast with 49 patrons (side note he uses podomatic is in a world of hurt as his audience is too big - see I told you Podomatic is the Devil).
Typical Video Strategy
You can create a video and post it on YouTube (free) and mark the video as "unlisted" so that only people with the link to that video can see it (so you give the link to the video to patreon and it displays on your Patreon page - and you specify its for patrons only.
Hot Spot for Amounts?
The average pledge is $7. The hot spot is between $1 and $5 per post.
Anthony Privitelli Video Interview
Here is the Hangout On Air that I did with Tony, and you will see a little behind the scenes of my account. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5A7z_tX4oMc&feature=share
My Amazon Account Has Been Banned For Life[31:18]
I wrote about this earlier in the week. My advice would be to NOT redirect your audience to Amazon through any kind of special link. In listening to some of the "bigger" podcasts, they all tell people to go to their website and click the banner. Its not as easy, but they are still associates and I'm not. You can read more about this here I still have affiliate programs through BSW, Same Day Music, and BNH so I will be updating my site.
How to Avoid Podfading - Dealing with Negativity[42:14]
When you put yourself out there, not everyone will like you. That can be a hard pill to swallow. Here are some tips to help you with negative comments. 1. You can't please everyone. 2. Label any positive responses you get via email. Print these out and make a folder. You could hang these on the wall. 3. Remember you are in control of the podcast. In some cases the person may have a point. HOWEVER if they want you to steer your podcast into a direction that you don't want to go, it's YOUR podcast. If they leave, that's OK. 4. George Hrab shared on his podcast how one of his listeners explained how his day was going horrible, and he listened to George's show and his show cheered him up. That's huge.
New Edison Research on Podcasting Stats
Pandora is top dog for online streaming radio. iHeart Radio is making a dent. Most people still listen to the radio in the car, but portable media (phones, mp3 players) are still growing in this area). 500% increase of Smart Phone ownership 78% of people 12-24 own a smart phone. 68-78% of people have a smart phone. More and more people are listening on portable devices and NOT on their computer. The computer went from 64% down to 46% while smart phone consumption went through the roof. 39 million Americans listen to podcasts a month. That's just Americans. The average podcast listener listens to 6 a week. Podcast continues to grow every single year.]]>58bb1195fbc9542e368a3fd0f2ee911eSun, 09 Mar 2014 18:01:30 +0000David JacksonToday on episode 399 we hear how people are getting press credentials with their podcast, we have an interview with Tony from Patreon which is a service that Because of my Podcast - I have Press Credentials [2:34] Today Corey from Ivy Envy podcast...Because of my Podcast - I have Press Credentials [2:34]
Today Corey from Ivy Envy podcast explains how his show on the Chicago Cubs has allowed him to get press credentials from some of the minor league teams, which allowed him to interview the Owner of the Chicago cubs (how cool is that?) Tom Rickets. This is a great example of "scaling/niching down" your content. Instead of doing a podcast on Baseball, do it on the Major leagues. Not just the major league, but a certain division. Not just a certain division, but a specific team. Not only the team, but the minor league team, the PA announcer, and all the behind the scenes information that someone who is truly passionate about that team would love. Corey is going to explain how in the future he got a major league rule changed. COOL. Check him out at www.ivyenvy.com or subscribe in iTunes.
Patreon Helps Content Creators get Paid and Build Community [6:35]
Anthony Privitelli is the head of Creator Relations at Patreon. Patreon is similar to a crowd funding tool like Kickstarter, except its ongoing. You can have it set up to have your patrons (your supporters) pay you a monthly contribution. This may have you feeling the pressure to produce content (when you're not feeling creative). This monthly option may be a good fit for those who produce a lot of content and don't want to charge their patrons numerous times per month. The other options is to get paid per post. Your patron can set a limit if they want (so if you put out 30 posts in a month they can cap their support at 5). You post can be audio, video, or anything downloadable. They do not host the media. Tom Merrit (formerly of this week in tech) is making around $9000 a month. He has over 3000 patrons The D6 Generation is making $232 per episode with 74 patrons The Angry Chicken is making $176 per month with 43 patrons. Mike Falzone is making $371 per podcast with 49 patrons (side note he uses podomatic is in a world of hurt as his audience is too big - see I told you Podomatic is the Devil).
Typical Video Strategy
You can create a video and post it on YouTube (free) and mark the video as "unlisted" so that only people with the link to that video can see it (so you give the link to the video to patreon and it displays on your Patreon page - and you specify its for patrons only.
Hot Spot for Amounts?
The average pledge is $7. The hot spot is between $1 and $5 per post.
Anthony Privitelli Video Interview
Here is the Hangout On Air that I did with Tony, and you will see a little behind the scenes of my account. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5A7z_tX4oMc&feature=share
My Amazon Account Has Been Banned For Life[31:18]
I wrote about this earlier in the week. My advice would be to NOT redirect your audience to Amazon through any kind of special link. In listening to some of the "bigger" podcasts, they all tell people to go to their website and click the banner. Its not as easy, but they are still associates and I'm not. You can read more about this here I still have affiliate programs through BSW, Same Day Music, and BNH so I will be updating my site.
How to Avoid Podfading - Dealing with Negativity[42:14]
When you put yourself out there, not everyone will like you. That can be a hard pill to swallow. Here are some tips to help you with negative comments. 1. You can't please everyone. 2. Label any positive responses you get via email. Print these out and make a folder. You could hang these on the wall. 3. Remember you are in control of the podcast. In some cases the person may have a point. HOWEVER if they want you to steer your podcast into a direction that you don't...]]>3850cleanfullGarcinia Cambogia – Meet the New Bosshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/garcinia-cambogia-meet-the-new-boss--39771379http://logicalloss.com/?p=2973Sun, 09 Mar 2014 17:52:59 +0000David JacksonRemember Acai? It was a super food that some Doctor on Oprah said was a super food! Harvested in the rainforests of Brazil, açaí tastes like a vibrant blend of berries and chocolate. Everyone jumped on it and oddly enough you don’t hear so much about...1936cleanfullMaking Portion Control Easyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-portion-control-easy--39771381http://logicalloss.com/?p=2963Mon, 03 Mar 2014 05:00:46 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about how I watched the video about the 21 day fix and I saw where this is a system with a food plan, and built in portion control. I wanted to see what other kind of products have built in portion control. Here is a quick video if you’d...1762cleanfullBlogger Bridge - Accents - Interview Chunking - We're Movinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blogger-bridge-accents-interview-chunking-we-re-moving--13307692www.bloggerbridge.com
Because of my podcast [3:13]
Jeff from the Once Upon a Time podcast is now doing a podcast with his wife on the Television show Once Upon a Time. He has had actors from the show call in, and he went to watch a shooting of the show where he got to meet the actors and have lunch with them. He is now having an adventure with his wife.
Do You Break Up Interviews into Two Parts? [10:15]
If you have a long interview should you break it into two parts? For me there is no such thing as too long, only too boring. If the interview can be broken into two complete segments I think that's ok. I hate when I'm in the middle of a great conversation and the break in and say I have to wait until the next episode to hear the rest. As my interview with Chris went long last week, I cut this portion about blogger bridge from the interview and I'm using it today.
Blogger Bridge Helps Connect Podcasters With Businesses[11:55]
Blogger Bridge is a website that helps connect companies with relevant bloggers, writers, podcasters, videographers and other content creators. Some people should not work together. Find the right match of skills, approach, content and style for your brand. For more information go to www.bloggerbridge.com
Podertainment Magazine is Live

You can order your subscription by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podertainment (affiliate link). It's $12 a year or $2.99 per issue.
Should I podcast if I have a Accent? [19:05]
Lode of http://sotospeakshow.blogspot.com asks, "If English is a second language, should I podcast in English?" This will be completely subjective based on each person, but for me your accent is fine. I would recommend buying a domain and pointing it at your blogspot site.
What About Using Libsyn as a Website [24:55]
Bill from the ywam podcast (www.ywampodcast.com) asks about using Libsyn.com as a media host and website like Rob Walch does on tii.libsyn.com ?
This would be a way to save $7 a month that you would normally pay to a company like HostGator. Its a basic looking website, and you will need to know html to be able to edit it. I would use libsyn for hosting, and something like tumblr.com (IF YOU MUST GO FREE) for your website and submit the libsyn feed (not the Feedburner feed) to iTunes (and get feedburner out of the picture). I spoke about this back in 2008.  You can get a free month at libsyn.com using the coupon code " sopfree."
Phone System Checks [33:25]
I'm not testing a magic jack as I have tested Uberconference (I said ubercast on the show), and it works fine on its own. It drops callers left and right (as does Blog Talk Radio and Callinstudio.com) . So we will see.
Patreon Helps Content Creators Get Paid [37:15]
This is a system that like a kickstart.com campaign that is on going, or you can set it up to be paid every time you release an episode. I will have a representative from Patreon on the show next week. You can see my example at http://www.patreon.com/podcastcoach and support the show.
Start Podcasting in Six Weeks is Postponed [38:11]
I'm moving the School of Podcasting to a VPS server to make it faster. Basically I'm getting more traffic than my current shared hosting can handle. I'm moving to Host Dime ($60 a month). It's not going to be fun, and it will be time consuming. In general, I need the next few Saturdays to get things moved and in place so I can put future plans in place for the School of Podcasting. We still have the self paced tutorials running, but you can go to www.howtopodcast.com and sign up for the email list to be notified.

Mentioned in this Show
Same Day Music - No tax, and you can pay for things in split payments
Podcasters Rountable Live Streaming Episode
Mixlr.com live streaming
Kenn Blanchard - Black Man with a Gun
Ivy Envy]]>52c2da285c580b5ce52eb6c51ea03e61Sun, 02 Mar 2014 18:31:05 +0000David JacksonToday in this episode we continue our discussion with Chris Christiansen of amateurtravelor.com as he is the developer behind Bloggerbridge.com which is a great way for businesses and potential guests to find podcasters/bloggers. You can find it at...www.bloggerbridge.com
Because of my podcast [3:13]
Jeff from the Once Upon a Time podcast is now doing a podcast with his wife on the Television show Once Upon a Time. He has had actors from the show call in, and he went to watch a shooting of the show where he got to meet the actors and have lunch with them. He is now having an adventure with his wife.
Do You Break Up Interviews into Two Parts? [10:15]
If you have a long interview should you break it into two parts? For me there is no such thing as too long, only too boring. If the interview can be broken into two complete segments I think that's ok. I hate when I'm in the middle of a great conversation and the break in and say I have to wait until the next episode to hear the rest. As my interview with Chris went long last week, I cut this portion about blogger bridge from the interview and I'm using it today.
Blogger Bridge Helps Connect Podcasters With Businesses[11:55]
Blogger Bridge is a website that helps connect companies with relevant bloggers, writers, podcasters, videographers and other content creators. Some people should not work together. Find the right match of skills, approach, content and style for your brand. For more information go to www.bloggerbridge.com
Podertainment Magazine is Live

You can order your subscription by going to www.schoolofpodcasting.com/podertainment (affiliate link). It's $12 a year or $2.99 per issue.
Should I podcast if I have a Accent? [19:05]
Lode of http://sotospeakshow.blogspot.com asks, "If English is a second language, should I podcast in English?" This will be completely subjective based on each person, but for me your accent is fine. I would recommend buying a domain and pointing it at your blogspot site.
What About Using Libsyn as a Website [24:55]
Bill from the ywam podcast (www.ywampodcast.com) asks about using Libsyn.com as a media host and website like Rob Walch does on tii.libsyn.com ?
This would be a way to save $7 a month that you would normally pay to a company like HostGator. Its a basic looking website, and you will need to know html to be able to edit it. I would use libsyn for hosting, and something like tumblr.com (IF YOU MUST GO FREE) for your website and submit the libsyn feed (not the Feedburner feed) to iTunes (and get feedburner out of the picture). I spoke about this back in 2008.  You can get a free month at libsyn.com using the coupon code " sopfree."
Phone System Checks [33:25]
I'm not testing a magic jack as I have tested Uberconference (I said ubercast on the show), and it works fine on its own. It drops callers left and right (as does Blog Talk Radio and Callinstudio.com) . So we will see.
Patreon Helps Content Creators Get Paid [37:15]
This is a system that like a kickstart.com campaign that is on going, or you can set it up to be paid every time you release an episode. I will have a representative from Patreon on the show next week. You can see my example at http://www.patreon.com/podcastcoach and support the show.
Start Podcasting in Six Weeks is Postponed [38:11]
I'm moving the School of Podcasting to a VPS server to make it faster. Basically I'm getting more traffic than my current shared hosting can handle. I'm moving to Host Dime ($60 a month). It's not going to be fun, and it will be time consuming. In...]]>2888cleanfullGoals to Keep You Motivate Without Using the Scalehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/goals-to-keep-you-motivate-without-using-the-scale--39771357http://logicalloss.com/?p=2957Sun, 23 Feb 2014 21:40:20 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about goals that DON’T require you to step on a scale that “gamify” the weight loss journey. Also, can we switch from calling it weight LOSS to health GAIN? Performance Goals Goals like an unassisted chin up. Some feat that you haven’t...1673cleanfullChris Christensen from Amateur Traveler - Serious Hobbieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/chris-christensen-from-amateur-traveler-serious-hobbies--13307696In Today's Interview You Learn:
Chris uses Linkedin to find guests and places to promote his show
Chris started in one direction and changed later. So don't feel bad if you change your format. Your podcast can often be a work in progress.
Chris networks with other people in his niche (traveler podcasts) and they often appear on each other's shows
He has a clearly defined audience profile that he uses to determine what will (and will not ) make it on his podcast.
His podcast is used to help people learn English
Chris takes action to find sponsors. In the beginning they didn't come to him
Dave's Tour of Duty [42:45]
Scott Johnson from the Computer Tutor Show sent in a comment after listening to the Podcast Review Show on the One Word Go Show. You can hear this example of a podcast Dave does not connect with at podcastreviewshow.com/29
In general great content does not happen by accident. Keith and the Girl explain how they have always taken their podcast serious. They take four hours to produce a one hour show. In my interview with Keith and the Girl, Keith said that even though they were podcasting in a spare bedroom, they planned out their show, and didn't treat it like "just a podcast."
The Serious Hobbiest
I did some research and if I joined a bowling league in Rocky River Ohio, my local alley would charge me $4 a game. If we bowled 4 games a week that would be $64 a month. It would cost $184 to by a ball, shoes, bag, cleaning rag, etc. It costs me $20 for media hosting, $9 for website hosting, and $1 a month for my podcast. That means it cost me $30 a month. This is HALF of what it would cost to be on a bowling league. I can spend $50 on an ATR 2100 microphone and be good to go using free podcasting software like Audacity and Garage band.

If You Must Podcast For Free (Please, Please, Please Don't)
Scott Boyd wants to know how to podcast on the super cheap. Here is his website. He uses Absolute RSS Editor ($30) to edit his RSS. He uses Filezilla to upload your files.
You can build your website using a site like Tumblr, or Blogger. You can use Archive.org as a media host. You can use blubrry.com for stats. Then you would have to use Feedburner (a really bad idea in my book) to add your iTunes information. We hope that Archive.org doesn't slow down your downloads TOO MUCH when you get busy. We hope that feedburner is still around if you have to move your feed (when you finally decide to "do it for real).
So why don't I promote podcasting for free? Because I don't believe in it. I think anything worth doing is worth doing well. If you are so strapped for cash that $30 a month is too much money, then go to Moneyplansos.com and listen to Steve Stewart tell you how to manage your finances. I'm pretty sure just cutting out soft drinks, coffee, or your TV cable would give you enough money to pay for your podcast.
When I was younger I moved from a small apartment to a bigger one. Then later I moved to a house. If I had to do it all again, I would've stayed in the smaller apartment and saved my money and moved to a house sooner (and without the hassle of moving three times instead of twice). I have come up with the least expensive way to do a serious podcast. I don't recommend places that want to charge you $70 for a domain. I recommend Name Cheap and Godaddy for your domains (around $10 a year). I don't recommend web hosting that's $30 a month. I choose Host Gator for $9 a month. You can get 25% off using coupon " podcastcoach " . I show you how you can podcast in mono and save 50% on your media hosting bill. All these tools allow you to grow. They are a solid basement to build your house on. Free websites, hosting, and other tools are not. They are good for that person who isn't sure if they want to podcast. They want to record one episode and see how hard it is.
Keep in mind, you spend more than $30 if you take your wife to the movies and you get popcorn - and that's for one night. Podcasting is $30 for a MONTH of activity.
See my previous episode on Podcasting for Free.
Start Podcasting in Six Weeks Start 3-29
If you are looking for some personalized training we meet every Saturday from Noon to 2 EST for six weeks.]]>a9813981a1d64d016ac0b180a25ebbe2Sun, 23 Feb 2014 18:55:08 +0000David JacksonToday we interview Chris Christensen of the Amateur Traveler podcast. He has been doing since 2005, and has won awards for his podcast(s) and been featured in national magazine's and newspapers. You can see all the places he's visited by viewing...In Today's Interview You Learn:
Chris uses Linkedin to find guests and places to promote his show
Chris started in one direction and changed later. So don't feel bad if you change your format. Your podcast can often be a work in progress.
Chris networks with other people in his niche (traveler podcasts) and they often appear on each other's shows
He has a clearly defined audience profile that he uses to determine what will (and will not ) make it on his podcast.
His podcast is used to help people learn English
Chris takes action to find sponsors. In the beginning they didn't come to him
Dave's Tour of Duty [42:45]
Scott Johnson from the Computer Tutor Show sent in a comment after listening to the Podcast Review Show on the One Word Go Show. You can hear this example of a podcast Dave does not connect with at podcastreviewshow.com/29
In general great content does not happen by accident. Keith and the Girl explain how they have always taken their podcast serious. They take four hours to produce a one hour show. In my interview with Keith and the Girl, Keith said that even though they were podcasting in a spare bedroom, they planned out their show, and didn't treat it like "just a podcast."
The Serious Hobbiest
I did some research and if I joined a bowling league in Rocky River Ohio, my local alley would charge me $4 a game. If we bowled 4 games a week that would be $64 a month. It would cost $184 to by a ball, shoes, bag, cleaning rag, etc. It costs me $20 for media hosting, $9 for website hosting, and $1 a month for my podcast. That means it cost me $30 a month. This is HALF of what it would cost to be on a bowling league. I can spend $50 on an ATR 2100 microphone and be good to go using free podcasting software like Audacity and Garage band.

If You Must Podcast For Free (Please, Please, Please Don't)
Scott Boyd wants to know how to podcast on the super cheap. Here is his website. He uses Absolute RSS Editor ($30) to edit his RSS. He uses Filezilla to upload your files.
You can build your website using a site like Tumblr, or Blogger. You can use Archive.org as a media host. You can use blubrry.com for stats. Then you would have to use Feedburner (a really bad idea in my book) to add your iTunes information. We hope that Archive.org doesn't slow down your downloads TOO MUCH when you get busy. We hope that feedburner is still around if you have to move your feed (when you finally decide to "do it for real).
So why don't I promote podcasting for free? Because I don't believe in it. I think anything worth doing is worth doing well. If you are so strapped for cash that $30 a month is too much money, then go to Moneyplansos.com and listen to Steve Stewart tell you how to manage your finances. I'm pretty sure just cutting out soft drinks, coffee, or your TV cable would give you enough money to pay for your podcast.
When I was younger I moved from a small apartment to a bigger one. Then later I moved to a house. If I had to do it all again, I would've stayed in the smaller apartment and saved my money and moved to a house sooner (and without the hassle of moving three times instead of twice). I have come up with the least expensive way to do a serious podcast. I don't recommend places that want to charge you $70 for a domain. I recommend Name Cheap and Godaddy for your domains (around $10 a year). I don't recommend web hosting that's $30 a month. I choose Host Gator for $9 a month. You can get 25% off using coupon " podcastcoach " . I show you how you...]]>3889cleanfullCut Calories Without Feeling Hungryhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/cut-calories-without-feeling-hungry--39771288http://logicalloss.com/?p=2954Tue, 18 Feb 2014 03:54:28 +0000David JacksonToday we have a quick show with some tips on allowing your body to feel full without making yourself hungry. I also talk how I finally got under 212 (FINALLY). We also talk about the opportunity clock instead of the alarm clock. The tips are: 1. Drink...1061cleanfullPodcast Promos 101 - Podcasting Statshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-promos-101-podcasting-stats--13307700Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/396 for more information]]>e59446d20e4e73715f3b19cc21883632Sun, 16 Feb 2014 19:48:43 +0000David JacksonIn today's show I talk about "back in the day" when people use to create promos (a short 30, or 60 second spot) that helped spread the word about their show. You often would "swap" promos with other similar podcasts. I'm not sure why (fear maybe that...Check out www.schoolofpodcasting.com/396 for more information]]>3329cleanfullKeith and the Girl Share Ultimate Podcasting Tipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keith-and-the-girl-share-ultimate-podcasting-tips--13307706Be the first to comment...

Related Posts:Why Did You Unsubscribe From That Podcast?Libsyn Pro ExplainedIf Content is King, What is Queen?Should I Read My Podcast?Common Podcast Mistakes

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5471Mon, 10 Feb 2014 05:00:59 +0000David JacksonToday we interview podcast pioneers Keith and the Girl. They started out in a spare bedroom, but have always taken their podcast serious. They get to know their fans. They interact with their fans. They LISTEN to their fans (because their fans listen...Be the first to comment...

Related Posts:Why Did You Unsubscribe From That Podcast?Libsyn Pro ExplainedIf Content is King, What is Queen?Should I Read My Podcast?Common Podcast Mistakes

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3346about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullFitOrbit Impressions – Quenching Your Thirst for Sodahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fitorbit-impressions-quenching-your-thirst-for-soda--39771388http://logicalloss.com/?p=2948Sat, 08 Feb 2014 06:20:19 +0000David JacksonToday I explain how I signed up for Fitorbit.com a site that pairs you with a personal trainer. I’m looking forward to it, but the accountability is through the roof. We also get some great articles about what soda does to your body, and what steps...2486cleanfullFit At Last – Common Weight Loss Habitshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fit-at-last-common-weight-loss-habits--39771367http://logicalloss.com/?p=2944Mon, 03 Feb 2014 05:00:33 +0000David JacksonToday I share some insights from the book, “Fit at Last” by Ken Blanchard (author of the One Minute Manager). We also look at some of the common habits of people who are successfully losing weight. Fit At Last I just started reading this book. I’ve...2049cleanfullCommon Podcasting Mistakes That Are Easy to Fix – Creating And Selling A Bookhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/common-podcasting-mistakes-that-are-easy-to-fix-creating-and-selling-a-book--133076994 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Internal Business Podcasts – Finding Topics For EpisodesKeith and the Girl Share Ultimate Podcasting TipsCommon Podcast MistakesCommon Validation ErrorsCutting Your Editing Time by 70%

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5455Mon, 03 Feb 2014 05:00:24 +0000David Jackson Today we focus on tools and insights into creating a digital product to sell to those you connect with on your podcast. I never advise someone to get into podcasting for the money. You make money from the relationship you form with your audience, and...4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Internal Business Podcasts – Finding Topics For EpisodesKeith and the Girl Share Ultimate Podcasting TipsCommon Podcast MistakesCommon Validation ErrorsCutting Your Editing Time by 70%

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3814about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullBryan Ganey Lost 400 Lbs and Said NO MORE!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bryan-ganey-lost-400-lbs-and-said-no-more--39771396http://logicalloss.com/?p=2935Mon, 27 Jan 2014 05:00:36 +0000David JacksonI don’t do too many interviews but Bryan Ganey has an amazing story. He found himself around 600 lbs in a hospital bed with the doctors telling him to have weight loss surgery. Over and over he heard it was “impossible” to lose the weight on his own....3054cleanfullPodcasting Boost Your Business – Podcast Media Host Checklist – Find the Money To Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-boost-your-business-podcast-media-host-checklist-find-the-money-to-podcast--133077025 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:The $30 Microphone ExperimentConvention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment QuestionsPodcasting Can Boost Your Business – I’ve Got ProofPodcast Listener LoyaltyApril Income Statement $1778

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5440Mon, 27 Jan 2014 05:00:01 +0000David JacksonToday we hear how podcasting is bringing clients to business es that don’t even exist, we hear how podcasting is set to potentially doubling Trent Dyrsmid’s business. You will hear how you can open doors to networking via podcasting. Today’s show is...5 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:The $30 Microphone ExperimentConvention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment QuestionsPodcasting Can Boost Your Business – I’ve Got ProofPodcast Listener LoyaltyApril Income Statement $1778

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>4016about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullGeorge Hrab Takes Advantage of Every Opportunity Podcasting Provideshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/george-hrab-takes-advantage-of-every-opportunity-podcasting-provides--13307704www.humanperformancetools.com )podcast was asked to do a presentation about using podcasting at a conference […]
1 Comment - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Producing Your Podcast From Segments with George HrabTroubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast ListingPodcast Listener LoyaltyNever Podcast on 4 Hours SleepTaking Your Podcast Portable

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5396Mon, 20 Jan 2014 05:00:02 +0000David JacksonToday we interview George Hrab as he looks back of seven years of podcasting as he started out wanting to make his friends laugh, and ended up touring the world. Because of my Podcast [1:26] James Neuman of the Human Perfofmance...www.humanperformancetools.com )podcast was asked to do a presentation about using podcasting at a conference […]
1 Comment - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Producing Your Podcast From Segments with George HrabTroubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast ListingPodcast Listener LoyaltyNever Podcast on 4 Hours SleepTaking Your Podcast Portable

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3243about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullPlanning And Executionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/planning-and-execution--39771398http://logicalloss.com/?p=2921Sun, 19 Jan 2014 05:14:56 +0000David JacksonToday I was reading an article about growing churches, and one things that growing churches have in common is they share a vision, they plan ahead, and then they execute. So when I came across an article on Shine (yahoo) that stated how to lose...1534cleanfulliHeart Radio Stats – Mignon Fogarty “Grammar Girl” and 2014 Predictionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/iheart-radio-stats-mignon-fogarty-grammar-girl-and-2014-predictions--133077039 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Evergreen Content Help Build You AudienceGrowing Your Audience From 100s to 1000sGeorge Hrab Takes Advantage of Every Opportunity Podcasting ProvidesJason Hartman Attributes 10 Million in Sales to His PodcastThe Perfect Podcast Launch? – Podcast Chat – Say Thank You!

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5378Sun, 12 Jan 2014 05:00:42 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about some updates to the spreaker platform where you can now see how many people are listening on iHeart radio. We also hear from Mignon Fogarty who has appeared on Oprah and the Today to talk about grammar. Because of My Podcast…...9 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Evergreen Content Help Build You AudienceGrowing Your Audience From 100s to 1000sGeorge Hrab Takes Advantage of Every Opportunity Podcasting ProvidesJason Hartman Attributes 10 Million in Sales to His PodcastThe Perfect Podcast Launch? – Podcast Chat – Say Thank You!

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3169about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfull6 Calories a Minute – Writing Down Your Goalshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/6-calories-a-minute-writing-down-your-goals--39771338http://logicalloss.com/?p=2915Sat, 11 Jan 2014 19:57:34 +0000David JacksonNow through March 31, 2014 you can get 50% off the Logical Losers Accountability Club by using the coupon code save50 when you sign up. Would You Walk for 3.5 Miles For Those Fries? If McDonald’s fries are 390 calories, using this calorie burning...2145cleanfullThe Podcast Success Formula – Names Not Numbershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-podcast-success-formula-names-not-numbers--133077054 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Bloggers Would You Spend $50 to Grow Your Audience by 20%?Looking Forward to Checking Podcast Statistic Projections Against RealityDonationsConvention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment QuestionsMaking Your Podcast Better

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5369Thu, 09 Jan 2014 05:30:13 +0000David JacksonI’m back from New Media Expo. It was a blast and I’m sure I will be talking more about it in the future. I liked the opening key note, but for me it was the next session that really hit home with me. It was by one of my favorite people Michael Hyatt....4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Bloggers Would You Spend $50 to Grow Your Audience by 20%?Looking Forward to Checking Podcast Statistic Projections Against RealityDonationsConvention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment QuestionsMaking Your Podcast Better

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>1986about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullMy Reward Was Feeling Like I Was Going to Diehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-reward-was-feeling-like-i-was-going-to-die--39771323http://logicalloss.com/?p=2906Mon, 06 Jan 2014 05:00:38 +0000David JacksonDeath By Spaghetti This podcast was recorded on January 1 2014. My gym wasn’t open and here in Cleveland we got a bunch of snow over night. I decided to walk to my office and take you with me. I tell you the story of how I planned to eat a large plate...2559cleanfullLogical Losers Accountability Club – Smoothing Out The Scale Toolshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/logical-losers-accountability-club-smoothing-out-the-scale-tools--39771339http://logicalloss.com/?p=2896Mon, 30 Dec 2013 20:24:46 +0000David JacksonToday I announce the launch of my new Fitness Accountability Club which will feature live weekly calls, a private facebook group, goal tracking software, tutorials on how to track your calories (you need to – you can’t manage what you don’t track),...2624cleanfullBest Podcast Everhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/best-podcast-ever--1330771110 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5213Mon, 30 Dec 2013 16:47:27 +0000David JacksonToday I asked my audience to share what was their FAVORITE podcast. They could only pick ONE. Thanks to everyone who contributed. Here is a PDF of the show notes for you to download and share. Speaking of sharing. If you would like to send a tweet...10 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>4740bestpodcastsof2013cleanfullHow to Make Sure You Exercise Over the Holidayshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-make-sure-you-exercise-over-the-holidays--39771389http://logicalloss.com/?p=2888Mon, 23 Dec 2013 23:00:54 +0000David JacksonYes its busy. Yes there are parties and events to attend, but your weight loss journey does not stop because of other events on the calendar. Here are some steps you can take to make sure you don’t fall off the fitness wagon. 1. Pack your gear. Have...1838cleanfullPreparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/preparing-your-guests-removing-the-noise-from-your-life-and-podcast--133077102 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Getting Your Podcast Media Right – Removing Noise From Your PodcastPreparing to Use SkypeTaking Action Against The Trolls – Podcasting Resources – Podcasting Saved Their MarriageBattling Computer Fan NoiseTime Shift the Gold

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5325Mon, 23 Dec 2013 05:00:29 +0000David Jackson Today we have we some great tips about getting your guest ready to appear on your show, we have a quick podcast promotion tip, we hear what stitcher.com is doing good, and what Spreaker.com is doing very, very, bad (reminds of the days of Podshow),...2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Getting Your Podcast Media Right – Removing Noise From Your PodcastPreparing to Use SkypeTaking Action Against The Trolls – Podcasting Resources – Podcasting Saved Their MarriageBattling Computer Fan NoiseTime Shift the Gold

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>2976about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullWhat Does HOLY COW! Sound Like? – The Proper Podcast Launch Speed – Reposthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-does-holy-cow-sound-like-the-proper-podcast-launch-speed-repost--13307709Be the first to comment...

Related Posts:What Do I Podcast About?Cutting Your Editing Time by 70%How Much Media Hosting Do I NeedPreparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and Podcast

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5294Mon, 16 Dec 2013 06:00:34 +0000David JacksonToday we hear about a great podcast success story where Dustin Hartzler is now working for WordPress (Automcatic), John Lee Dumas of Entrepreneur on Fire explains how being in Time magazine was an honor, but didn’t move the needle as much as being on...Be the first to comment...

Related Posts:What Do I Podcast About?Cutting Your Editing Time by 70%How Much Media Hosting Do I NeedPreparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and Podcast

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>2563about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullNothing Tastes Better Than Freedomhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/nothing-tastes-better-than-freedom--39771399http://logicalloss.com/?p=2879Sun, 15 Dec 2013 21:54:47 +0000David JacksonToday I share some success that I’ve been having. I created an Excel spreadsheet to calculate and show if I’m on track. I’m current involved in a Dietbet where there are thousands of dollars up for grabs if I lose 5% of my body weight in a month. ...1841cleanfullAndrew Zarian Podcasting as a Careerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/andrew-zarian-podcasting-as-a-career--133077121 Comment - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:From Picking Produce to Picking a CareerEngaging Content With Podcast Talent Coach Erik K JohnsonPodcasting Year in ReviewPodcast Success: One Thing Leads To Another – Premium Podcast Tools – Auphonic Web Based Audio ToolConvention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment Questions

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5234Mon, 09 Dec 2013 05:00:45 +0000David JacksonAndrew Zarian started podcasting in 2009. Today he shares his story and his insights on how he great the Guys From Queens Network from a hobby (“My first podcast was awful”) into a his full time job. The interview is around 50 minutes long and in it...1 Comment - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:From Picking Produce to Picking a CareerEngaging Content With Podcast Talent Coach Erik K JohnsonPodcasting Year in ReviewPodcast Success: One Thing Leads To Another – Premium Podcast Tools – Auphonic Web Based Audio ToolConvention Tips – Personal Podcast Promotion – Podcast Equipment Questions

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3876about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullMyNetDiary.com Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mynetdiary-com-reviewed--39771395http://logicalloss.com/?p=2868Mon, 09 Dec 2013 04:17:23 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about getting ready for my six month Dietbet where I have a shot at earning part of the $11,000 pot in a month. I’ve dusted off my stationary bike, and I’m really focusing on my food (it’s always the food). MyNetDiary.com Reviewed I’ve...2209cleanfullChatWing Questions, Understanding Media Hosting,https://www.spreaker.com/episode/chatwing-questions-understanding-media-hosting--13307718Be the first to comment...

Related Posts:Understanding Libsyn.com StatsUnderstanding Double EndersHow Much Media Hosting Do I NeedMarch 2013 Income $2049Ask the Podcast Coach – LIVE

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5241Sat, 07 Dec 2013 22:29:02 +0000David JacksonIn this episode of Ask The Podcast Coach Jim has some questions about Chatwing which is a free chat system that you can use if you’re doing something live. I had previously used rumbletalk, but couldn’t afford the 32 a month fee. Google Chrome...Be the first to comment...

Related Posts:Understanding Libsyn.com StatsUnderstanding Double EndersHow Much Media Hosting Do I NeedMarch 2013 Income $2049Ask the Podcast Coach – LIVE

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3864about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullHealth Based Challenges – Counting to Ten To Help You Save 10https://www.spreaker.com/episode/health-based-challenges-counting-to-ten-to-help-you-save-10--39771406http://logicalloss.com/?p=2859Mon, 02 Dec 2013 05:00:01 +0000David JacksonIf Someone Was Paying Me – I’d Exercise Every Day If that sentence describes you, I have some new updates on tools that provide ways to benefit from getting off the couch. Earndit.com has challenges that you can set up (for friends and family,...3292cleanfullWhat Is Your Absolute Favorite Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-your-absolute-favorite-podcast--133077165 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:File ManagementPodcast Promototion: Is Your Cart Before the Horse?The Last 5 in 5You Can’t Please EverybodyFlipping the Podcast Promotion Switch

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5203Sun, 01 Dec 2013 05:00:11 +0000David Jackson Today I ask a very hard question: What is your favorite podcast. If you could only choose ONE. What would it be, and why. We hear how companies are getting more leads from their podcast (good, solid leads), and we get some updates from Stitcher,...5 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:File ManagementPodcast Promototion: Is Your Cart Before the Horse?The Last 5 in 5You Can’t Please EverybodyFlipping the Podcast Promotion Switch

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3022about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullYou’re Only As Good As Your Competition – 12 Tips To Survive ThanksGivinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-re-only-as-good-as-your-competition-12-tips-to-survive-thanksgiving--39771408http://logicalloss.com/?p=2854Tue, 26 Nov 2013 04:32:57 +0000David JacksonThanksgiving is a holiday that helps us reflect on what we’re thankful for. It can also cause many well-intentioned dieters a great deal of stress. The overwhelming majority of us are hard-wired to indulge on Thanksgiving. In fact, Thanksgiving is...1974cleanfullPodcasting Boosts Influence and Communityhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-boosts-influence-and-community--133077153 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcasting Boosts Business – with Connie and SheilaA Strategy For Building Your Podcast AudienceGet More Traffic to Your Podcast with SEO Expert Marcus CouchTroubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast ListingElectrovoice RE320 Microphone Vs Sure SM58

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5166Mon, 25 Nov 2013 05:00:29 +0000David JacksonToday I share some insights into how the “podcasters” community is now being able to show social proof (300 members in the Google+ group alone) and influence (Soundation is looking at implementing a solution with their software for podcasters). We...3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcasting Boosts Business – with Connie and SheilaA Strategy For Building Your Podcast AudienceGet More Traffic to Your Podcast with SEO Expert Marcus CouchTroubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast ListingElectrovoice RE320 Microphone Vs Sure SM58

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3910about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullTrain Your Brain – The Power of Affirmationshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/train-your-brain-the-power-of-affirmations--39771344http://logicalloss.com/?p=2849Tue, 19 Nov 2013 01:57:29 +0000David JacksonToday we interview Dana Wilde author of the Book Train Your Brain How to Build a Million Dollar Business in Record Time. It was kind of funny, I didn’t realize that the book was geared towards small business at first (As I just saw train your brain)....2562cleanfullHow Many Downloads Do Podcasters Average?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-many-downloads-do-podcasters-average--1330771411 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Feedburner Says My Feed is Too BigBuilding a Podcast NetworkPassion Lessons From Seinfeld – Podcast Evangelism with Jim CollisonPricless Podcast Success – 192 Million Downloads A Week – Linking Your Podcast to iTunesCutting Your Editing Time by 70%

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5100Mon, 18 Nov 2013 05:00:37 +0000David JacksonToday we hear how a podcast listener got a job, how Skype’s API is sticking around, that TV is looking for talent in podcasts, we also answer the question, “How many downloads did podcasters download in September 2013, we also listen to the top five...11 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Feedburner Says My Feed is Too BigBuilding a Podcast NetworkPassion Lessons From Seinfeld – Podcast Evangelism with Jim CollisonPricless Podcast Success – 192 Million Downloads A Week – Linking Your Podcast to iTunesCutting Your Editing Time by 70%

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3524about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullWho Wants a Successful Business Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-wants-a-successful-business-podcast--133077293 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcasting Boosts Business – with Connie and SheilaLooking Deeper Into Podcast PromotionCreating an Elevator Pitch for the ExpoProducing More Podcast Episodes in Less TimePodcasting For Free- Good Idea?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5125Mon, 11 Nov 2013 05:00:09 +0000David JacksonToday we are talking business podcasting, the cons of free hosting (again), as well as podcast success stories, a last five in five, and we answer your podcast questions. Please vote for the School of Podcasting at the Podcast Awards Can You Ask For...3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcasting Boosts Business – with Connie and SheilaLooking Deeper Into Podcast PromotionCreating an Elevator Pitch for the ExpoProducing More Podcast Episodes in Less TimePodcasting For Free- Good Idea?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3956about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullYour Food Eating Planhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-food-eating-plan--39771341http://logicalloss.com/?p=2844Sun, 10 Nov 2013 05:37:46 +0000David JacksonI started using a great software called You Need a Budget that allows you to track your income and expenses via your phone and PC. They don’t do a ton of stuff like like Quicken or mint.com. They don ONE thing very, very well. They track your income...1860cleanfullYou Have Something To Say – ATR2100 Shock Mount – Lessons From Podcast Awardshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-have-something-to-say-atr2100-shock-mount-lessons-from-podcast-awards--133077226 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:My Co-Host is a JerkIs the Heil PR40 Microphone Really That Good?Podcast Equipment RecommendationsYour Motivation to Podcast – the Big WhyPodcasting Can Boost Your Business – I’ve Got Proof

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5101Mon, 04 Nov 2013 05:00:03 +0000David Jackson Do you have something to say? I bet you do. All you need is the courage to podcast and once I show you how easy it is, you will be ready go. I found a cool piece of gear for people using the Audio Technica 2100 microphone (a shockmount / pop filter)....6 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:My Co-Host is a JerkIs the Heil PR40 Microphone Really That Good?Podcast Equipment RecommendationsYour Motivation to Podcast – the Big WhyPodcasting Can Boost Your Business – I’ve Got Proof

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3173about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullThe Perfect Podcast Launch? – Podcast Chat – Say Thank You!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-perfect-podcast-launch-podcast-chat-say-thank-you--133077232 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Live Podcasting Pros and ConsGroup ChatScaling Back Your ContentChatWing Questions, Understanding Media Hosting,Your First Podcast Always Stinks

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5082Mon, 28 Oct 2013 04:00:38 +0000David Jackson In episode 379 we have a quick podcast success story, we talk about launching your podcast (and why it doesn’t have to be perfect), we hear about using MagicJack as a podcast voicemail system. We talk about what to expect when asking your audience to...2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Live Podcasting Pros and ConsGroup ChatScaling Back Your ContentChatWing Questions, Understanding Media Hosting,Your First Podcast Always Stinks

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3609about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullDistracting Yourself With Games Goji Play Makes Exercising Funhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/distracting-yourself-with-games-goji-play-makes-exercising-fun--39771411www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>http://logicalloss.com/?p=2837Fri, 25 Oct 2013 05:21:28 +0000David JacksonI recently switched to myfitnesspal.com (MFP) as it worked with the BodyMedia Link (which I recently purchased. One of the things you can sync your MFP account with is a fun tool called Blue Goji. Today I talk about some articles i read that review it...www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>2224cleanfullGaining Trust Through Podcasting – Saving Your Voicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/gaining-trust-through-podcasting-saving-your-voice--133077203 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Affordable Podcast Consulting – 22 Cents an HourThe EASY Way to Record A Skype CallYou Don’t Need a “DJ” Voice To PodcastThe Bad Side of PodcastingI’ve Got To Be Me – Tales From The Expo 2

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5027Mon, 21 Oct 2013 04:00:02 +0000David Jackson In today’s show (episode 378) we explain how podcasting does boost your influence to get your message out and/or grow your business by building trust. For the experienced podcast we have tips saving your voice. We also talk about Skype software...3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Affordable Podcast Consulting – 22 Cents an HourThe EASY Way to Record A Skype CallYou Don’t Need a “DJ” Voice To PodcastThe Bad Side of PodcastingI’ve Got To Be Me – Tales From The Expo 2

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3581about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullNew Biggest Loser Season Starts Tonight – New Gadgets!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-biggest-loser-season-starts-tonight-new-gadgets--39771342http://logicalloss.com/?p=2832Tue, 15 Oct 2013 04:37:31 +0000David JacksonToday I am pumped up about the new season of the Biggest Loser. I am armed with a new Body Media Link system (like the ones on the show and I’ll be talking about them We also bust some fitness myths. Mentioned on the Show today. [easyazon-block...1773cleanfullJoan Stewart the Queen of Free Publicity – Why Experts Can Save Your Sanityhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/joan-stewart-the-queen-of-free-publicity-why-experts-can-save-your-sanity--133077218 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Growing Your Podcast Audience By Getting on RadioMarketing 101 With Allen Stewart of the Marketer’s PodcastIf Content is King, What is Queen?Audio Technica 20/20 – and The iRiver T30 Fooled MeIs Content Really King?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=5010Mon, 14 Oct 2013 04:00:27 +0000David JacksonToday we get tons of free insights into get publicity for your podcast, getting on radio, and using Experts to mentor you in your podcast journey. Because of HIS podcast, I chose John Overall to tweak my WordPress [2:10] This week John Overall of...8 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Growing Your Podcast Audience By Getting on RadioMarketing 101 With Allen Stewart of the Marketer’s PodcastIf Content is King, What is Queen?Audio Technica 20/20 – and The iRiver T30 Fooled MeIs Content Really King?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3586about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullNew And Noteworthy in Three Days – Free Royalty Free Musichttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-and-noteworthy-in-three-days-free-royalty-free-music--133077194 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:“Free” Holiday Production Music For Your PodcastFinding Music For Your PodcastAffordable WordPress HostingFree Podcast Production MusicI’ve Got My Podcast Idea – Now What?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4923Mon, 07 Oct 2013 04:00:55 +0000David JacksonToday we cover multiple topics. I’ve added timelines so you can jump to the section you want. We hear about podcasters who are getting nominated, be recognized as noteworthy, we mention the podcast awards, and answer you podcasting questions. New and...4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:“Free” Holiday Production Music For Your PodcastFinding Music For Your PodcastAffordable WordPress HostingFree Podcast Production MusicI’ve Got My Podcast Idea – Now What?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3102about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullEat Less Exercise More – Still Truehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/eat-less-exercise-more-still-true--39771421http://logicalloss.com/?p=2828Sun, 06 Oct 2013 17:51:08 +0000David JacksonToday I find some stories on the Internet where science is backing up the following: 1. It’s the food 2. We need to exercise more 3. Every little bit helps 4. A calorie is calorie 5. Calories in need to be less than calories out. Tracking Your...1345cleanfullPodcast Tools Shootout – Stitcher Continues to Growhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-tools-shootout-stitcher-continues-to-grow--133077242 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcast Promotion The Biblical WayGet to Know StitcherPreparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and PodcastPodcasting Statistics From Todd Cochran – Stitchers NewsMy Co-Host is a Jerk

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4913Mon, 30 Sep 2013 04:00:11 +0000David Jackson Podcast News Alex Baldwin to start new talk show on tv and is podfading his “Here’s the Thing” podcast. According to the Hollywood Reporter, “Sources say Baldwin was keen to continue the program; the issue was securing the funding.” I find it weird...2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcast Promotion The Biblical WayGet to Know StitcherPreparing Your Guests – Removing the Noise From Your Life and PodcastPodcasting Statistics From Todd Cochran – Stitchers NewsMy Co-Host is a Jerk

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3156about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullThe Benefits of Gratitudehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-benefits-of-gratitude--39771350http://logicalloss.com/?p=2824Sun, 29 Sep 2013 18:40:37 +0000David JacksonI found a poem about Grattiude that got me thinking: “Be thankful that you don’t already have everything you desire, If you did, what would there be to look forward to? Be thankful when you don’t know something For it gives you the opportunity to...1687cleanfullATPC1-Podcasting is Hot - ATPC1https://www.spreaker.com/episode/atpc1-podcasting-is-hot-atpc1--13307725b5394b201566dead9d4c5faee402a05dFri, 27 Sep 2013 04:52:00 +0000David JacksonAn Episode of Ask The Podcast Coach1649cleanfullIdentifying and Embracing Your Differenceshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/identifying-and-embracing-your-differences--133077322 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Embracing Your AudienceRecord Your Interviews in StereoEmbracing the Sight Impaired Audience108 Benefiting From Podcamps and ExposI’ve Got My Podcast Idea – Now What?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4902Mon, 23 Sep 2013 04:00:09 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about having a difference of opinion, different podcasts can keep things fresh. This can be used in choosing a co-host, and you can also see that even if another podcaster is doing a show on the subject you’ve chosen to podcast about,...2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Embracing Your AudienceRecord Your Interviews in StereoEmbracing the Sight Impaired Audience108 Benefiting From Podcamps and ExposI’ve Got My Podcast Idea – Now What?

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3732about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullCan You Do More Than You Think?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/can-you-do-more-than-you-think--39771418http://logicalloss.com/?p=2820Fri, 20 Sep 2013 02:48:51 +0000David JacksonToday’s episode is different. It was recorded in the stairwell of the federal building in Downtown Cleveland on my lunch hour. I had tried to climb the stairs the day before. I made it five floors. I felt horrible about my performance and came...1103cleanfullJason Hartman Attributes 10 Million in Sales to His Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jason-hartman-attributes-10-million-in-sales-to-his-podcast--133077263 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcasting Is Super Hot in 2013You Have Something To Say – ATR2100 Shock Mount – Lessons From Podcast AwardsJoel Osteen Serving 5 Million Podcasts A MONTHIf You Have To Spell it – You can smell it..Pricless Podcast Success – 192 Million Downloads A Week – Linking Your Podcast to iTunes

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4888Sun, 15 Sep 2013 04:00:02 +0000David JacksonToday we hear from Jason Hartman about how podcasting has had a HUGE effect on his business. You will hear his workflow that allows him to produce 16 different podcasts. We also share some insights into having your podcast on iheartradio (it’s not all...3 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Podcasting Is Super Hot in 2013You Have Something To Say – ATR2100 Shock Mount – Lessons From Podcast AwardsJoel Osteen Serving 5 Million Podcasts A MONTHIf You Have To Spell it – You can smell it..Pricless Podcast Success – 192 Million Downloads A Week – Linking Your Podcast to iTunes

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3523businesspodcasting,jasonhartman,podcastsuccesscleanfullCould You Walk There Instead?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/could-you-walk-there-instead--39771446http://logicalloss.com/?p=2816Fri, 13 Sep 2013 01:17:55 +0000David JacksonToday I relay the story of walking to the grocery store on my lunch. It helped pass the time, and I got my exercise in. I also talk about the Essential NLP Podcast Series from Phil Parker where he talk about stating your goals in a positive manner....995cleanfullBlog Talk Radio Killer – Mommycast Interview -https://www.spreaker.com/episode/blog-talk-radio-killer-mommycast-interview--133077274 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Identifying and Embracing Your DifferencesHis Podcast Brought Him a SponsorMy Co-Host is a JerkTime Shift the GoldMy Definition of Bad Audio Quality

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4851Mon, 09 Sep 2013 04:00:49 +0000David JacksonIn this episode we hear about a podcaster who is interviewing his basketball heroes, I have a tool to allow you to take live phone calls, and we have an interview with Paul Vogelzang of the Mommycast who back in 2004 received a six figure sponsorship...4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Identifying and Embracing Your DifferencesHis Podcast Brought Him a SponsorMy Co-Host is a JerkTime Shift the GoldMy Definition of Bad Audio Quality

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3645callinstudio,davejackson,howtopodcast,mommycast,paulvogelzang,podcastsuccesscleanfullThe Power of Habit – 3, 2, 1, TURN!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-power-of-habit-3-2-1-turn--39771337http://logicalloss.com/?p=2802Mon, 02 Sep 2013 16:28:30 +0000David JacksonToday I explain my observations on the power of habits. I recently had to put my dog of 14 years (Dudley ) to sleep. It was hard, but I got through it. What I’ve learned though is the incredible power of habit as the little things I did with my dog,...1070cleanfullSeismic Audio Slider Mixers Reviewed – Fair Use Revisitedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/seismic-audio-slider-mixers-reviewed-fair-use-revisited--133077282 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Seismic Audio Slider 4 & 7 InvestigationBlog Talk Radio Killer – Mommycast Interview -The Importance of Test ShowsIdentifying and Embracing Your DifferencesHey DJ – Get To The Point!

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4839Mon, 02 Sep 2013 05:00:32 +0000David JacksonToday I share my thoughts on the Seismic Audio Mixer line, and we talk about last week’s episode when Dave slipped in some unlicensed music (SHAME ON ME). We also hear how everyone who records directly into their computer will lose an episode (story...2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Seismic Audio Slider 4 & 7 InvestigationBlog Talk Radio Killer – Mommycast Interview -The Importance of Test ShowsIdentifying and Embracing Your DifferencesHey DJ – Get To The Point!

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>2590about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullThe Podcaster Attitude – Your Biggest Tool For Successhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-podcaster-attitude-your-biggest-tool-for-success--133077305 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Follow Conversations on TwitterA Strategy For Building Your Podcast AudienceFree MP3 Tool – Focus on RecordingYou Can’t Please Everybody2008 Podcasting Likes and Dislikes

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4823Mon, 26 Aug 2013 05:00:09 +0000David JacksonToday I am looking at the mental skills that you use in podcasting. I takes focus, dedication, patience, and passion. I discuss how losing focus can steal you passion, and destroy your attitude. Because of Podcasting… I got a Job [1:30] I spoke about...5 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Follow Conversations on TwitterA Strategy For Building Your Podcast AudienceFree MP3 Tool – Focus on RecordingYou Can’t Please Everybody2008 Podcasting Likes and Dislikes

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3631about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullMy Podcast Workflow, Podcast Artwork Slicer Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-podcast-workflow-podcast-artwork-slicer-reviewed--133077312 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Aphex Project Channel Review – The Warmth of CommunityBlubrry PowerPress ReviewedRecord Your Interviews in StereoZoom H2 Reviewed and Back To School SpecialThe Importance of Test Shows

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4802Mon, 19 Aug 2013 05:00:09 +0000David JacksonIn today’s episode we hear about a suspenseful event taking place as the studio as Dave is forced to do his show without any notes. His computer will not reboot. We also hear about how he assembles a podcast, and his opinion after playing with Podcast...2 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Aphex Project Channel Review – The Warmth of CommunityBlubrry PowerPress ReviewedRecord Your Interviews in StereoZoom H2 Reviewed and Back To School SpecialThe Importance of Test Shows

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3419about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullAphex Project Channel Review – The Warmth of Communityhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/aphex-project-channel-review-the-warmth-of-community--133077376 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Expo Toy Roundup Part IPowerPress Channel CastingTaking Your Podcast PortableSpending Your Tax ReturnA Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audience

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4786Mon, 12 Aug 2013 05:00:59 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about the freedom that podcasting provides, we hear about a pothole with Microsoft Word we should avoid, we hear the wonderful tones produced by the Aphex Project Channel, a resource for $10 Podcast Album Artwork, and we talk about the...6 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Expo Toy Roundup Part IPowerPress Channel CastingTaking Your Podcast PortableSpending Your Tax ReturnA Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audience

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>2938about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullMcDonald’s Burgers “Unfit for human consumption” – Carepasshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mcdonald-s-burgers-unfit-for-human-consumption-carepass--39771349http://logicalloss.com/?p=2797Tue, 06 Aug 2013 03:44:52 +0000David JacksonOrganize All Your Health Data in Carepass You can set your unique health and fitness goals with CarePass. It then helps you discover relevant apps that you can connect to CarePass to see your progress. Most apps suggested by CarePass are from leading...917cleanfullPodcast Media Kitshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-media-kits--133077337 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Make Your Podcast a “MUST HEAR”Is Opening Chit Chat Bad? – Spreaker and BTR – Nick Seuberling from Start Talking and Recording TodayAdding ID3 tags to your MediaWhich Media Host Blulbrry Vs Libsyn OverviewMr Media Bob Andelman

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4749Mon, 05 Aug 2013 05:00:40 +0000David JacksonIn today’s show we talk about podcast media kits. How to make one, what tools to use, and what to do if you’re number s are on the low side. We hear about a free software horror story, we hear what five podcass Miss Ilene has been listening to and I...7 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Make Your Podcast a “MUST HEAR”Is Opening Chit Chat Bad? – Spreaker and BTR – Nick Seuberling from Start Talking and Recording TodayAdding ID3 tags to your MediaWhich Media Host Blulbrry Vs Libsyn OverviewMr Media Bob Andelman

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3393advertising,podcastmediakit,podcastmoneycleanfullYamaha MG102C Mixer Reviewed – Broadcasting (not podcasting) Toolshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/yamaha-mg102c-mixer-reviewed-broadcasting-not-podcasting-tools--133077434 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Identifying and Embracing Your DifferencesSeismic Audio Slider 4 & 7 InvestigationSetting Up Your Studio Part 2 – Using a MixerWordPress Tags Are Google Food – REPOSTRecord Your Interviews in Stereo

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4723Mon, 29 Jul 2013 05:00:33 +0000David JacksonIn today’s podcast I’m playing with all sorts of tools . I recently purchased the Yamaha MG102C mixer and I really like it. It’s very flexible, and comes in right under $100. I’m also playing with Radioboss software that allows me to mix in music,...4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Identifying and Embracing Your DifferencesSeismic Audio Slider 4 & 7 InvestigationSetting Up Your Studio Part 2 – Using a MixerWordPress Tags Are Google Food – REPOSTRecord Your Interviews in Stereo

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3438about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullThe Farmer and the Hunterhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-farmer-and-the-hunter--39771373http://logicalloss.com/?p=2791Mon, 22 Jul 2013 14:17:01 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about how we all want to be hunters (where you quickly get to eat) instead of farmers (where you work hard over a long period time and have a large harvest). When you are a farmer it requires knowledge, faith, dedication, and hard work....1888cleanfullEngaging Content With Podcast Talent Coach Erik K Johnsonhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/engaging-content-with-podcast-talent-coach-erik-k-johnson--133077357 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Creating Great InterviewsIdentifying and Embracing Your DifferencesGaining Trust Through Podcasting – Saving Your VoiceEmbracing Your AudiencePodcasting Delivers High Quality Visitors

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4691Mon, 22 Jul 2013 05:00:21 +0000David JacksonToday we are focusing on creating engaging content that will help you grow your podcast audience. I discovered Erik K Johnson on the New Media Expo blog. I contacted him and he was nice enough to come on the show and discuss creating great content....7 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Creating Great InterviewsIdentifying and Embracing Your DifferencesGaining Trust Through Podcasting – Saving Your VoiceEmbracing Your AudiencePodcasting Delivers High Quality Visitors

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3047about,coach,consultant,how,learn,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullPassion Lessons From Seinfeld – Podcast Evangelism with Jim Collisonhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/passion-lessons-from-seinfeld-podcast-evangelism-with-jim-collison--133077504 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Mixlr Beta Feedback, Is Dave a Jerk, Moving From FeedburnerScaling Back Your ContentYour Motivation to Podcast – the Big WhyAndrew Zarian Podcasting as a CareerFive to Ten New Leads Per Episode

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=4667Mon, 15 Jul 2013 05:06:42 +0000David JacksonToday we hear how mega star Jerry Seinfeld looks at his “job” of being a comedian. How life is great if you’re work is doing something you think is a gift. Jim Collison shares insights into an experiment he has been doing to grow his audience, as well...4 Comments - Read what others are saying about this post...

Related Posts:Mixlr Beta Feedback, Is Dave a Jerk, Moving From FeedburnerScaling Back Your ContentYour Motivation to Podcast – the Big WhyAndrew Zarian Podcasting as a CareerFive to Ten New Leads Per Episode

RSS Feed Powered by MaxBlogPress Bring My Blog Visitors Back]]>3841jerryseinfeld,jimcollison,podcastevangelismcleanfullBattling Anxiety and Depressionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/battling-anxiety-and-depression--39771302http://logicalloss.com/?p=2785Mon, 08 Jul 2013 05:00:18 +0000David JacksonToday we look at some tips from a cheat sheet on dealing with Anxiety and Depression. Could this be you? Here are some signs: I worry all the time. I feel like a complete and utter failure. My appetite isn’t what it should be. I feel like I can’t...1634cleanfullA Strategy For Building Your Podcast Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-strategy-for-building-your-podcast-audience--1330773616243dbbf64b7693ed751a545d8b57fbMon, 08 Jul 2013 04:23:00 +0000David Jackson2176cleanfullHow John Lee Dumas Earns $18,000 a Month with His Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-john-lee-dumas-earns-18-000-a-month-with-his-podcast--13307742Your Podcasts Downloads Stats All In One Place - Stitcher News [3:00]
Stitcher announced that they will "pinging" your media host. In a memo that was sent out they outlined the changes as follows:
You should begin to see a change in your stats via your hosting provider dashboard when our iOS update is live in the App Store within the next few days.
The magnitude of the change will vary based on the specific show but should be noticeable immediately via your hosting provider’s metrics dashboard.
We are also updating the Stitcher Partner Portal to reflect this change. We will keep you posted on timing but anticipate seeing this new Download number included in you Stitcher metrics within the next few weeks.
The old Downloads stat, which was measuring actual listens, will still be in the partner portal but relabeled “Listens”
This means that we no longer have to login to (for example) Libsyn.com or Blubrry.com (two of the top media hosting companies) and then later also check into Stitcher. This will make is easier to quote numbers to potential sponsors.
Congratulations Marcus Couch [7:21]
If you are a regular listener of the School of Podcasting then you know Marcus Couch and I go way back to the early days of Podcasting with companies like Mevio, Juice Software, and iRiver recorders. Marcus is an SEO expert and a Wordpress Guru. He wanted to get more traction in the Wordpress World. His goal was to get on to the dashboard of every Wordpress user and this month he landed there. How? By doing what Marcus preaches - creating good content. He has his music show the Scene Zine, and recently became a co-host of Wordpress Plugins A to Z (one of my favorite podcasts). You an now read him on the official Wordpress Tavern blog. Congrats to Marcus.
John Dumas of the Entrepreneur on Fire Podcast - Light Up the Sky! [9:02]

John Dumas is the passionate podcaster behind the microphone on Entrepreneur On Fire. He is also the author of the Book Podcast Launch, and is now rolling out an inner circle mastermind group call Fire Nation Elite. In today's interview you will get inside the mind of John and see his commitment to his audience. You will see where his drive is to inspire his audience to take action. You will hear how he is building his audience through dedication, commitment, and a determination to build his audience (called "The Fire Nation") one person at a time.
John shares what lessons he learned during his 13 months in IRAQ. "It's better to make a good decision now then make a great decision later."
John spent $3,000 to hire a personal mentor (Jaime Tardy) and says if you don't have that much to invest in your podcast start up that you could check out master mind or online groups (I'm a big fan of some of the groups on Google+, LinkedIn). A One on one coach can be helpful because of the personalized approach. Mastermind groups (which you might find at meetup.com) may get you in contact with other people and become a networking opportunity.
[23:55]Entrepreneur on Fire had 267,000 unique downloads in May of 2013 and June should go over 300,000.
[25:25] My favorite part of the interview is when John goes to tell me some new news from Apple. He doesn't say, "This is something my audience doesn't even know yet." He doesn't say "This is something the fire nation isn't aware of." He says "I haven't even told fire nation," and to me it shows how John thinks of his audience as ONE person. John talks about the importance of having an "avatar" of your audience (picture your audience member), and then talk to that person.
John asks the same questions to every guest on his show. This accomplishes two things. You know what's coming, and you never know what you're going to get (because each guest answers them differently).
John has got some great guests like Seth Godin, Tim Ferriss on his show. How? He caught them when they had books available and were on publicity tours.
[35:40]Industry Standard Podcast CPM
Sponsors came to John when was seen in the top rankings of iTunes.
According to John the industry standard is:
$18 cpm (per thousand downloads) for a 15 second preroll at the beginning of your podcast.
$25 cpm for a 60 second spot in the middle of your podcast.
John in the second quarter of 2013 was getting 8,000 downloads per episode. This calculates to $300 per episode - per sponsor.
John had two sponsors per show. This means he was making $600 per episode.
John does 30 episodes a month, so he made $18,000 a month.
His sponsors are signing up for the third quarter (which shows that podcast sponsorship works).
John has his mastermind group that you can join at firenationelite.com
John released a book Podcast Launch which is spreading his brand.
John is using a Private Facebook group to manage his membership/mastermind group.
John's Weekly Schedule
Mondays - He had 8 straight interviews on every single Monday. He was up to midnight editing.
Tuesday - Wide open.
Wednesday - Wide open. Dinner with friends.
Thursday - Interviews on other podcasts.
Friday - Fire nation elite members.
Saturday - Fire nation elite interviews before going to visit family
Sunday - Splicing entrepreneur on fire interviews.
Mentioned On This Show
Podtrac.com
The Mid Roll Advertising
Blubrry.com and Libsyn.com (get a free month at Libsyn using the cod e sopfree)
Jim Collison
Wordpress Plugins A to Z
Stitcher App]]>517cd9c3180ddc9d8b98d7c590370470Sun, 30 Jun 2013 14:56:20 +0000David JacksonJohn Lee Dumas started his Entrepreneur on Fire podcast in June of 2012 (about a year ago). Fast forward and John now has a podcast that is in the top 5 of business podcasts in iTunes. He is making 18,000 a month, reaching HUNDRED of THOUSANDS of...Your Podcasts Downloads Stats All In One Place - Stitcher News [3:00]
Stitcher announced that they will "pinging" your media host. In a memo that was sent out they outlined the changes as follows:
You should begin to see a change in your stats via your hosting provider dashboard when our iOS update is live in the App Store within the next few days.
The magnitude of the change will vary based on the specific show but should be noticeable immediately via your hosting provider’s metrics dashboard.
We are also updating the Stitcher Partner Portal to reflect this change. We will keep you posted on timing but anticipate seeing this new Download number included in you Stitcher metrics within the next few weeks.
The old Downloads stat, which was measuring actual listens, will still be in the partner portal but relabeled “Listens”
This means that we no longer have to login to (for example) Libsyn.com or Blubrry.com (two of the top media hosting companies) and then later also check into Stitcher. This will make is easier to quote numbers to potential sponsors.
Congratulations Marcus Couch [7:21]
If you are a regular listener of the School of Podcasting then you know Marcus Couch and I go way back to the early days of Podcasting with companies like Mevio, Juice Software, and iRiver recorders. Marcus is an SEO expert and a Wordpress Guru. He wanted to get more traction in the Wordpress World. His goal was to get on to the dashboard of every Wordpress user and this month he landed there. How? By doing what Marcus preaches - creating good content. He has his music show the Scene Zine, and recently became a co-host of Wordpress Plugins A to Z (one of my favorite podcasts). You an now read him on the official Wordpress Tavern blog. Congrats to Marcus.
John Dumas of the Entrepreneur on Fire Podcast - Light Up the Sky! [9:02]

John Dumas is the passionate podcaster behind the microphone on Entrepreneur On Fire. He is also the author of the Book Podcast Launch, and is now rolling out an inner circle mastermind group call Fire Nation Elite. In today's interview you will get inside the mind of John and see his commitment to his audience. You will see where his drive is to inspire his audience to take action. You will hear how he is building his audience through dedication, commitment, and a determination to build his audience (called "The Fire Nation") one person at a time.
John shares what lessons he learned during his 13 months in IRAQ. "It's better to make a good decision now then make a great decision later."
John spent $3,000 to hire a personal mentor (Jaime Tardy) and says if you don't have that much to invest in your podcast start up that you could check out master mind or online groups (I'm a big fan of some of the groups on Google+, LinkedIn). A One on one coach can be helpful because of the personalized approach. Mastermind groups (which you might find at meetup.com) may get you in contact with other people and become a networking opportunity.
[23:55]Entrepreneur on Fire had 267,000 unique downloads in May of 2013 and June should go over 300,000.
[25:25] My favorite part of the interview is when John goes to tell me some new news from Apple. He doesn't say, "This is something my audience doesn't even know yet." He doesn't say "This is something the fire...]]>3736cleanfullScheduling Smooth Podcast Interviewshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/scheduling-smooth-podcast-interviews--13307739Podcast Clip of the Week - Your Audience Is Excited When They Find Your Content [3:28]
In episode 5 of the "My Digital Life with Rob Greenlee" podcast (website, iTunes), host Rob Greenlee (who has been on the show before), talks with Nicole Simon, Author, Social Media and Podcast Consultant at nicole-simon.eu from Berlin, Germany about the global aspects of podcasting. In the clip you hear how Nicole felt the first time she discovered podcasting.
Member Spotlight - Cool People Podcast [5:23]
If you're tired of hearing the same people being interviewed over and over, check out the Cool People Podcast hosted by Robert Chazz Chute. Rober has interviewed some "outside of the box" people. These include: a judge at a marijuana competition actors authors an erotica author who was a judge feminist porn they talk drugs in America, Middle East politics, if your a cool person you might like it. Check it out at coolpeoplepodcast.com (itunes).
Tips for Doing a Podcast Interview - Being the Host [9:42]
I was Entrepreneur on Fire podcast with John Lee Dumas. John does a DAILY podcast. That is a lot of work. These are all interviews. That is a TON of work. With this in mind, John needs to run an efficient ship, and when I was asked to be on his show I was really impressed with his work flow.
John invited me to be on his show two months in advance for a show that will air one month after it was recorded.
By inviting people months in advance, you have a smaller chance of people being "booked."
John's Invitation Was Straight and To the Point
John's invitation was short, respectful, explained what his podcast was, explained why I was a good fit for the show. It also explained the "tone" of the show (it's all about inspirational stories). It provided statistics of his audience (about 225,000 downloads a month), and provided information to show John as a credible source.
John also let me know how long the interview was, so
John Sent Me a List of Some of the Questions that He Would be Using
By sending me the questions ahead of time it let me be prepared so the interview had great content. It turns out these were not ALL the questions, but it gave me an idea of what type of content fits his podcast.
I previously worried that providing the questions ahead of time would leave me with an over prepared guest who had memorized their answers. I have changed my mind. Provide some of the questions ahead of time. This leaves you room for an honest conversation later during the interview. After all, you don't want the interview to be ruined because you guest is somewhat slow on their feet. For some people this is a nerve wracking situation, and allowing them to be prepared is going to result in better content.
Automate the Scheduling Process
If you want to take some of the hassle of scheduling interviews, there are services that allow potential guests to pick the time that suits them best (again stress the time zone you are in so they know ahead of time). Some examples of these include:
Vcita.com
timetrade.com
John uses meetme.so to automate his schedule (I use Vcita (affiliate link)- which has a Wordpress Plugin). While you can send requests and such via Google Calendar, this tool really takes the headaches out of the scheduling piece.
Send A Reminder
If you're scheduling months in advance, there is that chance that your guest forgot to put it on their calendar. John's system automatically reminded me, and John sent a personal email making sure we are still on (very cool). IN that reminder, be sure to touch base on the time zone that you are using for the interview. Most scheduling systems have this automated.
Times Zones Will Come Back To Haunt You
When you are setting up the interview time, times zones can come back to haunt you. Be sure to let your guest know what time - and time zone - the interview will be .
Provide Multiple Ways to Contact You
In the future when I do Interviews I'm going to provide my phone number. This way if someone is going to be late they can tell me). If all they have is email, they may not be able to get to a computer to say "I'm going to be late" (not everyone has a smart phone).
Ask the Guest For Clearance
When you setup the interview, before you hit record establish anything the guest does NOT want to talk about. This avoids editing out segments later. Then either do it at the end of the interview (for a verbal version), or have some sort of form for them to sign that states you have the rights to use this content in any fashion you so choose. This will also be the time when you establish if your podcast is explicit or not (do people use "naughty" words).
Edit With Your Audience In Mind
As you can't see your guest (I turn off my video when recording to lesson the load on my computer), you may have a guest "over answer" your question. This is where they answer your question, but since there is a pause they provide additional information that is really not needed.
Leave Giant Blanks if There is a Mistake
If there is an "Edit point" where someone wants to do something over, pause for 10 seconds (it seems like forever) but this can GREATLY reduce your editing time as its OBVIOUS where the edit points are.
Provide a Review Copy if Possible
If possible, provide a copy of the interview before it goes live to your guest. It's not mandatory (unless they ask for one), but its a nice gesture.
Have A Backup Recording Of the Interview
I use PowerGrammo (PC) you can also use Call Recorder (Mac) to record Skype calls. I also have a backup of the recording by using a portable recorder. I plug an 1/8 to 1/8 cable from my headphones out of my computer into the line in on my portable recorder. I then plug my headphones into the portable recorder and when I press record I hear everything. There is nothing worse than having to call someone back and ask to do the interview again.
Listen You are bringing someone on to your show because they have something you don't (why else would they be on your show). While it's a conversation, in the end your guest should do the majority of the talking. It's not always about you.
Be Nice
People have their own networks. Their may be other potential guests that your guest might know who would enjoy being interviewed. Mess up this interview, and they won't be singing your praises to anyone.
Develop a Relationship
Now that you've cracked the door and had a conversation with this person, be sure to check in and stay in touch. It never hurts to have a ton of friends.
Tips For Being Interviewed on a Podcast [29:01]
Know Their Audience - Sample Their Podcast
Everything you do should be done with the audience in mind. If you are not familiar with the podcast, go listen to a few episodes to understand the tone of the podcast.
Make it Easy To Contact You I didn't mention this one in the show, but make sure your contact information is on your website. Make sure you are checking any email that you are providing as a contact source.
Touch Base Before the Interview
If you haven't received a reminder from the host, be sure to touch base with them before the interview (a week, or a day before) and make sure everyone is on the same page.
Be Prepared - But Not Over Prepared
Yes you want to sound good, professional, and intelligent. However, if you memorize your answers it will be obvious. You may sound like a robot. Think about the audience you are speaking to, and what information will resonate with them. You may want to practice your answers to make sure they come out of your mouth smoothly (again, NOT memorizing, just practicing)
Help Promote Your Appearance
If someone has put you in front of their audience the leas you can do is mention it to your audience. This can be a blog post, a mention in a podcast, twitter, Facebook, or all of the above.
If You Have To Cancel - Cancel Quickly
If life happens, be sure to let your host know immediately that you can't make the interview. This gives them the maximum amount of time to find a guest for your time slot.
Be Nice
People have their own networks. Their may be other podcasts that the host might know who would enjoy having you on their show. Mess up this interview, and they won't be singing your praises to anyone.

Mentioned On this Show
Average Guy Podcast Network
Podcast Roundtable Episode 14 Podcasting in a Niche
Entrepreneur on Fire
Urbanism Speakeasy
]]>7bbe399f6699d90f357d8c4c776c4dbdSun, 23 Jun 2013 15:55:50 +0000David JacksonIn the last week I've been interviewed and conducted interviews. One of those podcasts was Entrepreneur on Fire (iTunes)and the other was Urbanism Speakeasy (itunes)Podcast. In today's show I share tips and insights from both sides of the interview....Podcast Clip of the Week - Your Audience Is Excited When They Find Your Content [3:28]
In episode 5 of the "My Digital Life with Rob Greenlee" podcast (website, iTunes), host Rob Greenlee (who has been on the show before), talks with Nicole Simon, Author, Social Media and Podcast Consultant at nicole-simon.eu from Berlin, Germany about the global aspects of podcasting. In the clip you hear how Nicole felt the first time she discovered podcasting.
Member Spotlight - Cool People Podcast [5:23]
If you're tired of hearing the same people being interviewed over and over, check out the Cool People Podcast hosted by Robert Chazz Chute. Rober has interviewed some "outside of the box" people. These include: a judge at a marijuana competition actors authors an erotica author who was a judge feminist porn they talk drugs in America, Middle East politics, if your a cool person you might like it. Check it out at coolpeoplepodcast.com (itunes).
Tips for Doing a Podcast Interview - Being the Host [9:42]
I was Entrepreneur on Fire podcast with John Lee Dumas. John does a DAILY podcast. That is a lot of work. These are all interviews. That is a TON of work. With this in mind, John needs to run an efficient ship, and when I was asked to be on his show I was really impressed with his work flow.
John invited me to be on his show two months in advance for a show that will air one month after it was recorded.
By inviting people months in advance, you have a smaller chance of people being "booked."
John's Invitation Was Straight and To the Point
John's invitation was short, respectful, explained what his podcast was, explained why I was a good fit for the show. It also explained the "tone" of the show (it's all about inspirational stories). It provided statistics of his audience (about 225,000 downloads a month), and provided information to show John as a credible source.
John also let me know how long the interview was, so
John Sent Me a List of Some of the Questions that He Would be Using
By sending me the questions ahead of time it let me be prepared so the interview had great content. It turns out these were not ALL the questions, but it gave me an idea of what type of content fits his podcast.
I previously worried that providing the questions ahead of time would leave me with an over prepared guest who had memorized their answers. I have changed my mind. Provide some of the questions ahead of time. This leaves you room for an honest conversation later during the interview. After all, you don't want the interview to be ruined because you guest is somewhat slow on their feet. For some people this is a nerve wracking situation, and allowing them to be prepared is going to result in better content.
Automate the Scheduling Process
If you want to take some of the hassle of scheduling interviews, there are services that allow potential guests to pick the time that suits them best (again stress the time zone you are in so they know ahead of time). Some examples of these include:
Vcita.com
timetrade.com
John uses meetme.so to automate his schedule (I use Vcita (affiliate link)- which has a Wordpress Plugin). While you can send requests and such via Google Calendar, this tool really takes the headaches out of the scheduling piece.
Send A Reminder
If you're scheduling months in advance, there is that chance that your guest forgot to put it on their calendar. John's system automatically reminded me, and John sent a personal email making sure we are still on (very cool). IN that reminder, be sure to touch base on the time zone that you are using for the interview. Most scheduling systems have this...]]>3265cleanfull31 Replacements for Fat Talkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/31-replacements-for-fat-talk--39771374http://logicalloss.com/?p=2775Sun, 16 Jun 2013 16:59:07 +0000David JacksonFat talk is body-specific speech that focuses on the size, shape, weight, or appearance of someone’s body in relation to being fat or thin Aside from hurting your own or others’ self esteem, another reason not to engage in fat talk is because it may...1987cleanfullPodcasting Delivers High Quality Visitorshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-delivers-high-quality-visitors--13307740b0e36cdecd867ab6951960ee35367bbdSun, 16 Jun 2013 00:34:23 +0000David Jackson2703cleanfullPodcasting Without Using Wordpresshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-without-using-wordpress--13307748170f9a3ab70572b5168df0dd5e4eba20Sun, 09 Jun 2013 15:45:06 +0000David Jackson2632cleanfullStarting Your Own Podcast Networkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/starting-your-own-podcast-network--1330774472e6f71def002f9547e4c8c0f5f66f6eFri, 31 May 2013 20:54:00 +0000David Jackson3421cleanfullKicking Your “But” to the Curbhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/kicking-your-but-to-the-curb--39771435http://logicalloss.com/?p=2760Mon, 27 May 2013 05:00:46 +0000David JacksonToday I share with you some ways to change the wording that goes on in your head. You can always find an excuse to not do the right thing. Found an article on sparkpeople.com that spotlighted 15 different ways to change the way you think about eating...2113cleanfullCreating an Award Winning Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-an-award-winning-podcast--13307745Because of My Podcast I Had No Problem Getting a Book Deal [3:30]
In our podcast success story we hear from heather of the Craft Lit podcast. She combines niches of knitting with literature. She later "spun off" a "just books" option for those who loved the literature but weren't too keen on the knitting part. As a teacher, Heather loved the ability to enhance people's understanding of literature and help create a community that was talking about great books. Later she took the relationship she created with her audience and offered premium content for those looking for more literature information. She also easily found a publisher for her book What Would Madame Defarge Knit?
This is a great story of embracing a niche, listening to your audience, and moving them with your content. In her case she is helping people understand the books, giving insights, facilitating discussions, and enhancing the overall consumption of literature. You can find her at:
CraftLit.com - Just the Books • Knitting Blog: MamaOKnits.com• What Would Madame Defarge Knit? Books 1&2 Available now: WWMDfK.com
Harnessing the Power of Influence with Award Winning Podcaster Daniel J. Lewis [20:15]
Today we hear part one of my interview with Daniel J. Lewis of the Audacity to podcast. In today's interview you will learn where Daniel grew up, and how his early hobbies turned into his day job. Daniel is a very talented designer and does web design, as well as presentation designs.
Daniel decided to start podcasting after he realized that he had something to say. The podcasters he was listening to were using skype and other tools that Daniel had worked with, and he thought, "I could do that."
He started out by writing out the entire podcast, but quit doing that after the first 9 episode as it just took forever to produce a show. He still does the Ramen Noodle Clean Comedy Podcast, the Audacity to Podcast and the Once Podcast. You can find them all at www.noodle.mx
He recently released his first wordpress plugin that makes it super easy to add icons for sharing and subscribing to your podcast. You can find it at subscribeandshare.com
Winning a Podcast AwardIn the interview Daniel explains the steps he took to rally his audience into nominating (and eventually wining) a podcast award in the "Technology" category. By directing his audience through specific steps, Daniel was able to sharpen their effectiveness and maximize their potential.
Daniel did this via video that showed them exactly what to do, and reminded them regularly to help out and vote. He then promoted across all of the podcasts. His Ramen Noodle podcast was the ONLY clean podcast in the category. By doing this he avoided being disqualified by being nominated in too many categories.
Through his networking efforts he was able to have other podcasters tell their audience to vote for Daniel.
Connecting With Your Audience
Daniels says to be in those network where it makes sense. If you can be on a site like facebook or twitter and be able to engage your audience on that platform then be there. If you can't do it well, don't do it. Different audiences will engage in different ways.
Delivering Great Content
Daniel purposely makes an effort to NOT turn his podcast into a giant commercial for his services.
Subscribe and Follow Podcast [44:47]Daniel explains what inspired him to build his first plugin as well as all the features of the subscribe and share wordpress plugin.
Mentioned in this Episode
Nick Seuberling of Start Talking and Recording Today
CraftLit.com - Just the Books
Knitting Blog: MamaOKnits.com
What Would Madame Defarge Knit? Books 1&2 Available now: WWMDfK.com
subscribe and share wordpress plugin
Ramen Noodle Clean Comedy
Audacity to Podcast
Once Podcast]]>1f7bed4daac6563ece7a959c6ea83283Sun, 26 May 2013 18:23:48 +0000David JacksonToday we have some great podcast success stories. If you are looking to start a podcast, click the join now button and join the School of Podcasting - you're audience awaits. Because of My Podcast I Had No Problem Getting a Book Deal [3:30] In our...Because of My Podcast I Had No Problem Getting a Book Deal [3:30]
In our podcast success story we hear from heather of the Craft Lit podcast. She combines niches of knitting with literature. She later "spun off" a "just books" option for those who loved the literature but weren't too keen on the knitting part. As a teacher, Heather loved the ability to enhance people's understanding of literature and help create a community that was talking about great books. Later she took the relationship she created with her audience and offered premium content for those looking for more literature information. She also easily found a publisher for her book What Would Madame Defarge Knit?
This is a great story of embracing a niche, listening to your audience, and moving them with your content. In her case she is helping people understand the books, giving insights, facilitating discussions, and enhancing the overall consumption of literature. You can find her at:
CraftLit.com - Just the Books • Knitting Blog: MamaOKnits.com• What Would Madame Defarge Knit? Books 1&2 Available now: WWMDfK.com
Harnessing the Power of Influence with Award Winning Podcaster Daniel J. Lewis [20:15]
Today we hear part one of my interview with Daniel J. Lewis of the Audacity to podcast. In today's interview you will learn where Daniel grew up, and how his early hobbies turned into his day job. Daniel is a very talented designer and does web design, as well as presentation designs.
Daniel decided to start podcasting after he realized that he had something to say. The podcasters he was listening to were using skype and other tools that Daniel had worked with, and he thought, "I could do that."
He started out by writing out the entire podcast, but quit doing that after the first 9 episode as it just took forever to produce a show. He still does the Ramen Noodle Clean Comedy Podcast, the Audacity to Podcast and the Once Podcast. You can find them all at www.noodle.mx
He recently released his first wordpress plugin that makes it super easy to add icons for sharing and subscribing to your podcast. You can find it at subscribeandshare.com
Winning a Podcast AwardIn the interview Daniel explains the steps he took to rally his audience into nominating (and eventually wining) a podcast award in the "Technology" category. By directing his audience through specific steps, Daniel was able to sharpen their effectiveness and maximize their potential.
Daniel did this via video that showed them exactly what to do, and reminded them regularly to help out and vote. He then promoted across all of the podcasts. His Ramen Noodle podcast was the ONLY clean podcast in the category. By doing this he avoided being disqualified by being nominated in too many categories.
Through his networking efforts he was able to have other podcasters tell their audience to vote for Daniel.
Connecting With Your Audience
Daniels says to be in those network where it makes sense. If you can be on a site like facebook or twitter and be able to engage your audience on that platform then be there. If you can't do it well, don't do it. Different audiences will engage in different ways.
Delivering Great Content
Daniel purposely makes an effort to NOT turn his podcast into a giant commercial for his services.
Subscribe and Follow Podcast [44:47]Daniel explains what inspired him to build his first plugin as well as all the features of the subscribe and share wordpress plugin.
Mentioned in this Episode
Nick Seuberling of Start Talking and Recording Today
CraftLit.com - Just the Books
Knitting Blog: MamaOKnits.com
What Would Madame Defarge Knit? Books 1&2 Available now: WWMDfK.com...]]>3286cleanfullPodcasting Reaches a Global Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-reaches-a-global-audience--13307749Pinterest Podcaster Lands Television Spot [2:00]
Cynthia Sanchez of the Oh So Pinteresting Podcast has been podcasting for a little over a year, and was recently asked to appear on local television to (see the clip). This is another example of podcasting helping someone be seen as an expert.
New Subscribe and Follow Plugin [4:10]
My friend Daniel J. Lewis of the Audacity to Podcast has authored a plugin that makes sharing and subscribing to your podcast super easy. You can easily go in and input the links to sites like iTunes, stitcher, miro, and more then customize your colors, and if you want to feature one network over another you can do that as well (for example make the iTunes button bigger than the others). Best of all these will look great at any resolution. Check it out at subscribeandfollow.com Through the end of may Daniel has it on sale for $27 ($10 off the regular price) so hurry. I cam currently using it on my Weekly Web Toolssite and will be using it on this site shortly...
How Podcasting Can Boost Your Business [6:30]
I appear on the Photo Biz Expose Podcast talking about how podcasting can boost your wedding or portrait photography business. Listen to it here. Special thanks to Andrew for having me on the show.
Reach a Global Audience with Podcasting [7:23]
Today I bring an interview that was conducted on the floor of the New Media Expo last year. I interview Karin Høgh of podconsult.dk She mentions that we need to remember that there are holidays, products, etc that don't always "translate" well to a global audience. For example, while you can make $15 for every new audible subscriber on your podcast (details here), Audible is a very "American/Canadian" type of offer. She also mentions the Yender Law which is an unwritten law that promotes everyone being equal. Think of it as an "Un-ego" law, and that we should think twice before touting our accomplishments, or openly "selling" a product. In looking at my stats, 85% of my audience is from the US, with the second option being "other" at 7% followed by China at 4% and Canada at 2.5%. It is interesting as I look at my Libsyn.com stats that there are very few counties on the planet (Iceland being one) that I do not get at least 1 download (get a free month at libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree). The reach of podcasting is amazing.
Clip of the Week [19:13]
This weeks clip of the week is from the New Media Show featuring Paul Colligan. Paul mentions how his young daughter was a little confused when her Dad said, "I guess we'll have to listen to the radio." He response? "What's that?"
Using More Than One Blue Snowball Microphone
A listener asked, "Can I use more than one Blue Snowball Microphone?" and the quick answer is "No." At least not easily. Blue snowball microphones are USB ONLY, and do not work with standard mixers. They are also condensor microphones which means they pick up more room noise. A better choice is the Audio Technica 2100 microphone. It is USB (so you get the plug and play) and it also works with mixers (XLR jack), and it sounds great and is only (as of May 2013) $34. Check it out at Amazon.com
A Historical Look at the School of Podcasting [28:30]
May 2006 Reading Feedburner stats May 2007 Losing your free voicemail number, your podcast name, and making podcast flyers, and pacing yourself. May 2008 Time shifted Interviews May 2009 Is your site accessible to those who blind? Taking Your Podcast Portable. May 2010 Review of the Go Mic from Sampson, You Can't Please Everyone May 2011 Podcamp Beginner Questions, Why You should NOT host your media on your website, putting a sock on it, and the bad side of podcasting. May 2012Feedburner, Flattr, Podcast Promotion the Biblical Way, The Best Time to Live Podcast, and Membership Sites.
This Show's Length [33:00]
I've been thinking (since the last New Media Expo) about doing two shorter shows a week instead of one long show with multiple topics. I wanted to get your opinion. [polldaddy poll=7114138]
New Group Podcast Coaching Coming
I will be launching live podcast classes that will meet for a few weeks where you will be attending live (and if you can't you'll receive the recording) and we will go through the entire podcasting process. In just a few short weeks, you will be podcasting. To find out more, go to howtopodcasting.com

Podcast 411 Backblaze online backup tool Fix My Podcast Podcast (podfaded after a month) ElectroVoice RE320 Microphone]]>9ff71af6893364e5f2d36aa79440363bSun, 19 May 2013 16:21:07 +0000David JacksonIn today's show we hear about some of the subtle items Americans (or other people) can do that may not translate well in other countries. I share with you the insane number of countries that consume this podcast. It is amazing to think that I'm in a...Pinterest Podcaster Lands Television Spot [2:00]
Cynthia Sanchez of the Oh So Pinteresting Podcast has been podcasting for a little over a year, and was recently asked to appear on local television to (see the clip). This is another example of podcasting helping someone be seen as an expert.
New Subscribe and Follow Plugin [4:10]
My friend Daniel J. Lewis of the Audacity to Podcast has authored a plugin that makes sharing and subscribing to your podcast super easy. You can easily go in and input the links to sites like iTunes, stitcher, miro, and more then customize your colors, and if you want to feature one network over another you can do that as well (for example make the iTunes button bigger than the others). Best of all these will look great at any resolution. Check it out at subscribeandfollow.com Through the end of may Daniel has it on sale for $27 ($10 off the regular price) so hurry. I cam currently using it on my Weekly Web Toolssite and will be using it on this site shortly...
How Podcasting Can Boost Your Business [6:30]
I appear on the Photo Biz Expose Podcast talking about how podcasting can boost your wedding or portrait photography business. Listen to it here. Special thanks to Andrew for having me on the show.
Reach a Global Audience with Podcasting [7:23]
Today I bring an interview that was conducted on the floor of the New Media Expo last year. I interview Karin Høgh of podconsult.dk She mentions that we need to remember that there are holidays, products, etc that don't always "translate" well to a global audience. For example, while you can make $15 for every new audible subscriber on your podcast (details here), Audible is a very "American/Canadian" type of offer. She also mentions the Yender Law which is an unwritten law that promotes everyone being equal. Think of it as an "Un-ego" law, and that we should think twice before touting our accomplishments, or openly "selling" a product. In looking at my stats, 85% of my audience is from the US, with the second option being "other" at 7% followed by China at 4% and Canada at 2.5%. It is interesting as I look at my Libsyn.com stats that there are very few counties on the planet (Iceland being one) that I do not get at least 1 download (get a free month at libsyn.com using the coupon code sopfree). The reach of podcasting is amazing.
Clip of the Week [19:13]
This weeks clip of the week is from the New Media Show featuring Paul Colligan. Paul mentions how his young daughter was a little confused when her Dad said, "I guess we'll have to listen to the radio." He response? "What's that?"
Using More Than One Blue Snowball Microphone
A listener asked, "Can I use more than one Blue Snowball Microphone?" and the quick answer is "No." At least not easily. Blue snowball microphones are USB ONLY, and do not work with standard mixers. They are also condensor microphones which means they pick up more room noise. A better choice is the Audio Technica 2100 microphone. It is USB (so you get the plug and play) and it also works with mixers (XLR jack), and it sounds great and is only (as of May 2013) $34. Check it out at Amazon.com
A Historical Look at the School of Podcasting [28:30]
May 2006 Reading Feedburner stats May 2007 Losing your free voicemail number, your podcast name, and making podcast flyers, and pacing yourself. May 2008 Time shifted Interviews May 2009 Is your site accessible to those who blind? Taking Your Podcast Portable. May 2010 Review of the Go Mic from Sampson, You Can't Please Everyone May 2011 Podcamp Beginner...]]>2304cleanfullBroadcast Live with Spreakerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/broadcast-live-with-spreaker--133077472d7040d396bb35f853bd192a2d0abc6dTue, 14 May 2013 00:42:54 +0000David Jackson2395cleanfullYou Can’t Run Away From Yourselfhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-t-run-away-from-yourself--39771394http://logicalloss.com/?p=2755Mon, 13 May 2013 05:00:37 +0000David JacksonToday I explain how I felt kind of ashamed doing the podcast as I wasn’t losing any weight. I had started off the year on the right track, but then I started to fall into bad habits. In the same way that staying away from the podcast didn’t make my...1865cleanfullPodcast Statistics, Lead Pages, and Mobile Themeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-statistics-lead-pages-and-mobile-themes--133077522a7381c2bcc2669be068ae5d8fbfa3c2Tue, 07 May 2013 03:18:56 +0000David Jackson2960cleanfullBacon Makes it Better?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/bacon-makes-it-better--39771441http://logicalloss.com/?p=2751Mon, 29 Apr 2013 22:27:06 +0000David JacksonHave no fear, bacon is here! With Americans gobbling up more than 1.7 billion pounds of bacon each year, Destination America brings bacon buffs what they crave with an all-new series, UNITED STATES OF BACON. Each episode features our hog-wild host,...1265cleanfullProducing More Podcast Episodes in Less Timehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/producing-more-podcast-episodes-in-less-time--133077532765154aaffe12368d063a52ae5489f9Sat, 27 Apr 2013 17:05:46 +0000David Jackson2310cleanfullPodcasting is HOT! - Grab Some Oven Mitshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-is-hot-grab-some-oven-mits--13307754Podcast Success: Ray Ortega
Not only has ray Ortega landed a full time job podcasting, but this job recently sent Ray to the UK to spotlight an event on the podcast. While he was there Ray met up with Mike Russell of Music Radio Creative.
Podcaster's Roundtable 11" Podcasting Pruchases
Find out what experienced podcasters +Daniel J. Lewis, +Jeffrey Bradbury, Ray Ortega and myself would purchase if we were starting our first show and had the knowledge we now possess after years of producing podcasts. Based on experience in podcast production, we’ll take a mock budget and spend it on what we think are the most valuable items for starting a podcast.
Dave Jackson Interviewed on the Audacity to Podcast
The Audacity to Podcast Episode 122 titled "Niche podcasting for 100s of episodes, with Dave Jackson" where Daniel interviews me about being the first podcast about podcasting and how things have changed since then. We also talk about gear, and you get some tips on how I gather information for each episode.
Mentioned on This Episode
Episode 351 Podcast Answer Man More Podcast Money Building a Better Dave podcast Bacon Rant]]>0ef6da54837091687f36df0a6d96581eSun, 21 Apr 2013 16:20:29 +0000David JacksonI've been saying podcasting will change the world since 2005, and this week I had a spike in people starting podcasts. Why? Because a very popular Internet Marketing Conference with the typical players stated over and over how podcasting is THE THING...Podcast Success: Ray Ortega
Not only has ray Ortega landed a full time job podcasting, but this job recently sent Ray to the UK to spotlight an event on the podcast. While he was there Ray met up with Mike Russell of Music Radio Creative.
Podcaster's Roundtable 11" Podcasting Pruchases
Find out what experienced podcasters +Daniel J. Lewis, +Jeffrey Bradbury, Ray Ortega and myself would purchase if we were starting our first show and had the knowledge we now possess after years of producing podcasts. Based on experience in podcast production, we’ll take a mock budget and spend it on what we think are the most valuable items for starting a podcast.
Dave Jackson Interviewed on the Audacity to Podcast
The Audacity to Podcast Episode 122 titled "Niche podcasting for 100s of episodes, with Dave Jackson" where Daniel interviews me about being the first podcast about podcasting and how things have changed since then. We also talk about gear, and you get some tips on how I gather information for each episode.
Mentioned on This Episode
Episode 351 Podcast Answer Man More Podcast Money Building a Better Dave podcast Bacon Rant]]>2392cleanfullIs Opening Chit Chat Bad? and Nick Sueberling from Start Talking and Recording Todayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-opening-chit-chat-bad-and-nick-sueberling-from-start-talking-and-recording-today--13307755aea0c3fd1ff60de572ba70f7407ae069Sat, 13 Apr 2013 21:13:00 +0000David Jackson2664cleanfullPriceless Podcast Success - New Podcasting Statshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/priceless-podcast-success-new-podcasting-stats--133077564e9ab0ad4b1f02e04750e37b4941ecc2Tue, 09 Apr 2013 03:25:05 +0000David JacksonToday we hear about a priceless podcast success story, the latest from Edison esearch on podcasting, and we talk about how to link to iTunes. Save at signup usnig the coupon listener at schoolofpodcasting.com2087cleanfullPodcast Success: Nikola Danaylov's Podcast Paid For Schoolhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-success-nikola-danaylov-s-podcast-paid-for-school--1330775721524dae67a2a331843bbe605166b6b3Tue, 02 Apr 2013 01:35:46 +0000David Jackson2685cleanfullIs Audio Marketing Better Than Video? - Getting To Know Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-audio-marketing-better-than-video-getting-to-know-your-audience--13307759438b6788ec1332cc80d86b2e11e98105Tue, 26 Mar 2013 02:49:53 +0000David Jackson2175cleanfullThe Hardest Exercise You Will Ever Do Is…https://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-hardest-exercise-you-will-ever-do-is--39771332http://logicalloss.com/?p=2742Tue, 26 Mar 2013 02:48:38 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about the hardest exercise I will ever have to do. This podcast is a glimpse inside my mind (where the true battle for fitness takes place) and I’m sharing it as I feel there are others who feel the same way. It’s not my typical episode,...1330cleanfullWhat is your favorite podcast episode ever, and why?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-your-favorite-podcast-episode-ever-and-why--13307762b5d1bbc8000034f0778146d20b859252Mon, 18 Mar 2013 23:49:47 +0000David Jackson3201cleanfull11 Reasons to NOT Use Blog Talk Radio (again...)https://www.spreaker.com/episode/11-reasons-to-not-use-blog-talk-radio-again--13307769c5d2813a0d057ea9a648152a4347cd78Sat, 09 Mar 2013 20:30:00 +0000David Jackson3020cleanfullSlow and Steady Is Not So Badhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/slow-and-steady-is-not-so-bad--39771334http://logicalloss.com/?p=2737Fri, 08 Mar 2013 02:17:18 +0000David JacksonIn this week’s episode I talk about the following: 1. I “Flunked out” of Leanness Lifestyle University 2. Owning the fact that this “Failure” is really MY fault. 3. Not being first does not mean you’re last 4. Define what you call success. I’m losing...1632cleanfullTaking Action Against The Trolls - Podcasting Resources - Podcasting Saved Their Marriagehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-action-against-the-trolls-podcasting-resources-podcasting-saved-their-marriage--1330776319223639085833e6c07a5920d849fbd5Tue, 05 Mar 2013 01:27:49 +0000David Jackson2393cleanfullA New Take on Painhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-new-take-on-pain--39771360http://logicalloss.com/?p=2733Wed, 27 Feb 2013 21:11:23 +0000David JacksonIn today’s show, I’m glad to be down to 208.2, but I had recorded this on my usual (Saturday) I was at 210 (Slightly up). The key point is that your success will have hurdles. I’ve had great success this year dropping each week, but I knew eventually...2105cleanfullSaving Money on Podcast Hosting, Evaluating Your Podcast, Lots of Questions Answeredhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/saving-money-on-podcast-hosting-evaluating-your-podcast-lots-of-questions-answered--133077669c131f29bdc4d53aa69a23316010cc5bTue, 26 Feb 2013 04:15:53 +0000David Jackson4104cleanfullJust Doing Ithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/just-doing-it--39771355http://logicalloss.com/?p=2709Wed, 20 Feb 2013 05:00:28 +0000David JacksonToday I’m proud to announce that I’m down to 211.8 (I started the year at 217). Part of it has been my participation in Leanness Lifestyle University. This means I know that someone is going to review my food, and my activity. It is the ultimate...1795cleanfullPodcast Success: One Thing Leads To Another - Premium Podcast Tools - Auphonic Web Based Audio Toolhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-success-one-thing-leads-to-another-premium-podcast-tools-auphonic-web-based-audio-tool--13307765Auphonic Web Based Levelator
I've talked about the Levelator software before. It's good for leveling out audio where there are slight differences in volume between a podcast host and guest. It works on both Mac and PC. I learned about Auphonic at the New Media Expo. It's a pretty cool FREE tool, and that is web based and performs many of the same tasks that the levelator software does (and more). You can process a wav file or an mp3 (or other files) and that goes to output as well. It will add ID3 tags to your files and if you are trying to create chapters in an mp3 file it can do that as well. Check it out at www.auphonic.com
More Podcast Money #3 Book on Podcasting in Amazon
Thanks to everyone who has purchased the book More Podcast Money. I had a blast writing it and I'm glad people are finding it helpful. If you search books for "podcast" it is currently ranked #3. For more information go to www.morepodcastmoney.com
Premium Podcast Tools
Andrew asked about creating a premium podcast where one part would be free, and the other (deeper) episode would be premium. In regards to protecting the files, I have used Wishlist in the past, but when I wanted to "Drip" content, there is nothing that beats the features and support of Digital Access Pass. It's not the cheapest tool on the planet, but its always getting better, and has TOP NOTCH support. I liked the community around wishlist, but for me I wanted the dripping feature. I've also used Magic Members which wasn't bad (dripping) but not as easy as Digital Access Pass.
The other thing to think about is if you are breaking up an interview into parts, make sure each part can stand alone. I use to listen to a podcast that would just fade out the interview in the middle and ask you to subscribe. I found this just frustrated me. Also when you first start out you won't have an audience. Thus, you may be creating content for an audience that doesn't exist yet. With a tool like Digital Access Pass you can these in advance and have years worth of content ready to "Drip" when the audience does show up.
Dave on the Interview Circuit
Want to not only hear Dave Jackson but SEE him (with "Saturday hair!" ) check out this interview with Jim Collison on The Average Guy Network.
Dave comes back for a second episode on Music Radio Creative Podcast with Mike Russle where they talk about the future of podcasting.
Last 5 in 5
Smart Passive Income
Start Taking and Recording Today
Jay Mohr "Mohr Stories"
Mark Gungor
Adam Corolla
Mentioned On this Show
Daniel J Lewis of the Audacity to podcast
Nick Suberling of Start Taking and Recording Today
Cable to connect Audio Technica 2100 to your Roland R-05 see it here
Robert Chazz Chute of "All that Chazz"]]>00293dcbb514bbcd8b8001cb793a47e4Wed, 20 Feb 2013 02:10:28 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about setting up a premium podcast feed, what tools that I've used, (Thanks to Andrew for the question), in our interview segment we talk with Scott Eiland who start the baseball experience a little over a year ago. That podcast lead to...Auphonic Web Based Levelator
I've talked about the Levelator software before. It's good for leveling out audio where there are slight differences in volume between a podcast host and guest. It works on both Mac and PC. I learned about Auphonic at the New Media Expo. It's a pretty cool FREE tool, and that is web based and performs many of the same tasks that the levelator software does (and more). You can process a wav file or an mp3 (or other files) and that goes to output as well. It will add ID3 tags to your files and if you are trying to create chapters in an mp3 file it can do that as well. Check it out at www.auphonic.com
More Podcast Money #3 Book on Podcasting in Amazon
Thanks to everyone who has purchased the book More Podcast Money. I had a blast writing it and I'm glad people are finding it helpful. If you search books for "podcast" it is currently ranked #3. For more information go to www.morepodcastmoney.com
Premium Podcast Tools
Andrew asked about creating a premium podcast where one part would be free, and the other (deeper) episode would be premium. In regards to protecting the files, I have used Wishlist in the past, but when I wanted to "Drip" content, there is nothing that beats the features and support of Digital Access Pass. It's not the cheapest tool on the planet, but its always getting better, and has TOP NOTCH support. I liked the community around wishlist, but for me I wanted the dripping feature. I've also used Magic Members which wasn't bad (dripping) but not as easy as Digital Access Pass.
The other thing to think about is if you are breaking up an interview into parts, make sure each part can stand alone. I use to listen to a podcast that would just fade out the interview in the middle and ask you to subscribe. I found this just frustrated me. Also when you first start out you won't have an audience. Thus, you may be creating content for an audience that doesn't exist yet. With a tool like Digital Access Pass you can these in advance and have years worth of content ready to "Drip" when the audience does show up.
Dave on the Interview Circuit
Want to not only hear Dave Jackson but SEE him (with "Saturday hair!" ) check out this interview with Jim Collison on The Average Guy Network.
Dave comes back for a second episode on Music Radio Creative Podcast with Mike Russle where they talk about the future of podcasting.
Last 5 in 5
Smart Passive Income
Start Taking and Recording Today
Jay Mohr "Mohr Stories"
Mark Gungor
Adam Corolla
Mentioned On this Show
Daniel J Lewis of the Audacity to podcast
Nick Suberling of Start Taking and Recording Today
Cable to connect Audio Technica 2100 to your Roland R-05 see it here
Robert Chazz Chute of "All that Chazz"]]>3136cleanfullTroubleshooting Your iTunes Podcast Listinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/troubleshooting-your-itunes-podcast-listing--133077614451b1721376077f729f52e3c133d349Mon, 11 Feb 2013 00:45:01 +0000David Jackson1931cleanfullAccountability Partner – Tom Jordan – Journalinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/accountability-partner-tom-jordan-journaling--39771460http://logicalloss.com/?p=2696Mon, 04 Feb 2013 05:00:42 +0000David JacksonFitness Accountability Partner Today Dave introduces another new friend. Last week we met Dave Greenwalt of Lifestyle 180, and this week Dave introduces Tom Jordan who is going to appear on the show every now and then to help hold Dave accountable....2852cleanfullPodcast Promotion Tipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-promotion-tips--13307767Podcast Success Story
I have been doing the Logical Weight Loss podcast for three years. I did some podcast consulting for David Greenwalt who turned out to be a fitness guru. He was nice enough to let me check out his Lifestyle University and I liked what he was doing. He just launched his once a year class Lifestyle 180, and I decide to join and have Dave on my show. It wasn’t a giant commercial, but instead we just provided some facts and let the audience decide if they wanted to join me. The good news is a listener heard my podcast, and immediately signed up (and I earned $56 commission).
Cool WordPress Themes (One if Free)

In the past, I’ve used Thesis until they updated to version 2 (and I feel they ruined it). I purchased iThemes Builder (which I used in the past) only to find their “Style Manager” had a problem. So I went in search of a drag and drop WordPress theme and I found Pagelines. This at is a free WordPress theme that is free (do a search in your WordPress install for pagelines). The free version has a ton of easy to customize features. The pro version is $139.
The Builder Theme is $80 and it allows you to customize the colors, fonts, etc in their Style Manager. Then you can drag and drop your layout. It makes it super easy to design your website. Their are TONS of “Child Themes” that you can get access to and add to your website (A Child Theme is a premade layout and style that can save you time).
Max Flight on Podcast Promotion
Max flight produces the Airplane Geeks and Podcasting Passion podcasts. Today we talk about how new podcasters learn that creating the podcast is only part of the process. You need to get the word out about your podcast. Everyone always says, “Great Content” is the best tool for growing your audience. I always have said that you need to figure out who your audience is, figure out where they are, and go there and make friends. Then tell them about your podcast. Today Max provides some tips on how you can get your audience involved with helping to spread the word.
We hear how he is using Facebook, Questions, and regular segments from his audience into his Airplane Geeks. Max also produces the Podcasting Passion podcast
Speaking of podcast promotion, booktourradio.com and refocuspodcast.com to the podcastclicks.com website (a banner exchange program for podcasts only). We had over 14,837,913 impressions last year and we delivered 182,923 clicks to their websites.
We ask the question “What is a better use of your time, creating great content or going out and telling people about your show?” Leave your answer in a comment]]>31ad273f6dd39e87029b0d4aca48a980Mon, 04 Feb 2013 01:52:00 +0000David JacksonIn today’s show we talk about the power of podcasting, as I talk about a person who purchased a fitness program after listening to one of my podcasts (and how integrity comes into play). I talk about some cool WordPress themes and some great insights...Podcast Success Story
I have been doing the Logical Weight Loss podcast for three years. I did some podcast consulting for David Greenwalt who turned out to be a fitness guru. He was nice enough to let me check out his Lifestyle University and I liked what he was doing. He just launched his once a year class Lifestyle 180, and I decide to join and have Dave on my show. It wasn’t a giant commercial, but instead we just provided some facts and let the audience decide if they wanted to join me. The good news is a listener heard my podcast, and immediately signed up (and I earned $56 commission).
Cool WordPress Themes (One if Free)

In the past, I’ve used Thesis until they updated to version 2 (and I feel they ruined it). I purchased iThemes Builder (which I used in the past) only to find their “Style Manager” had a problem. So I went in search of a drag and drop WordPress theme and I found Pagelines. This at is a free WordPress theme that is free (do a search in your WordPress install for pagelines). The free version has a ton of easy to customize features. The pro version is $139.
The Builder Theme is $80 and it allows you to customize the colors, fonts, etc in their Style Manager. Then you can drag and drop your layout. It makes it super easy to design your website. Their are TONS of “Child Themes” that you can get access to and add to your website (A Child Theme is a premade layout and style that can save you time).
Max Flight on Podcast Promotion
Max flight produces the Airplane Geeks and Podcasting Passion podcasts. Today we talk about how new podcasters learn that creating the podcast is only part of the process. You need to get the word out about your podcast. Everyone always says, “Great Content” is the best tool for growing your audience. I always have said that you need to figure out who your audience is, figure out where they are, and go there and make friends. Then tell them about your podcast. Today Max provides some tips on how you can get your audience involved with helping to spread the word.
We hear how he is using Facebook, Questions, and regular segments from his audience into his Airplane Geeks. Max also produces the Podcasting Passion podcast
Speaking of podcast promotion, booktourradio.com and refocuspodcast.com to the podcastclicks.com website (a banner exchange program for podcasts only). We had over 14,837,913 impressions last year and we delivered 182,923 clicks to their websites.
We ask the question “What is a better use of your time, creating great content or going out and telling people about your show?” Leave your answer in a comment]]>3294cleanfullLifestyle 180 – Get Healthy and Win Cashhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/lifestyle-180-get-healthy-and-win-cash--39771370http://logicalloss.com/?p=2671Tue, 29 Jan 2013 02:24:46 +0000David JacksonToday we have the return of David Greenwalt who is a certified wellness coach, and I wanted to share some information about his Lifestyle 180 course. If you’ve never heard about this course its a great course. This isn’t one of those weight loss...2138cleanfullKeeping Your Website Safehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keeping-your-website-safe--133077649f45b5b35abdda071a08a5296188ec1cMon, 28 Jan 2013 05:51:04 +0000David Jackson1949cleanfullWhat is Working So Farhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-working-so-far--39771352http://logicalloss.com/?p=2669Tue, 22 Jan 2013 05:54:00 +0000David JacksonToday I’m glad to report I’m down to 214.2 (from 217 last episode). What’s different? 1. I’m exercising 30 minutes at least two times a week (using Gym Pact) 2. I cut my soda drinking to almost none, and now if I do drink a Mountain Dew, I drink a 12...1607cleanfullI've Got to Be Me - Tales From The Expo 2https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-ve-got-to-be-me-tales-from-the-expo-2--13307768ebec7b2a0fd7c9d342f2148c61d13013Tue, 22 Jan 2013 04:01:44 +0000David JacksonToday I read an email from a ex-listener who doesn't agree with my faith. I also talk about a horrible presentation from the expo that we can all learn from. Our website is schoolofpodcasting.com. Use the coupon code "listener" to save 30% at sc2931cleanfull3 Days To Becoming One of the Mediahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/3-days-to-becoming-one-of-the-media--133077725ede3302177c7b9d25294779ecd20e3fMon, 14 Jan 2013 03:35:07 +0000David Jackson3090cleanfullFitness Uprising – Using Your Angerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fitness-uprising-using-your-anger--39771450http://logicalloss.com/?p=2658Fri, 11 Jan 2013 20:43:57 +0000David JacksonI started off this year setting a record for me 217 lbs. I’ve been doing this podcast for three years and I would love to know how much weight I’ve “re-lost.” I’m disappointed. I’m angry. It appears I have no control when it comes to food. I could say...1537cleanfullWhy You Should Be Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-you-should-be-podcasting--133077706d76e7bb96513fef196fa8ac67a92ebcMon, 31 Dec 2012 19:29:19 +0000David Jackson3366cleanfullGet Organized and Get Fithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-organized-and-get-fit--39771376http://logicalloss.com/?p=2641Mon, 31 Dec 2012 05:00:52 +0000David JacksonMy First Gym Pact Experience I just got to use the Gym Pact app for the first time. Here are some of the lessons I learned. 1. I need to be outside the gym for my GPS to pick up a signal to allow me to check in 2. I also need to wait to […]2239cleanfullPodcast Gear - Soundboard Software - Podbean Stats - Podcast Competitionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-gear-soundboard-software-podbean-stats-podcast-competition--13307776c0802a47bd9387149a6b23c007f44f60Sun, 23 Dec 2012 05:00:00 +0000David Jackson2517cleanfullFun Wrist Gadgets To Inspire Weight Loss – Grocery Lists on Steroidshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fun-wrist-gadgets-to-inspire-weight-loss-grocery-lists-on-steroids--39771353www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>http://logicalloss.com/?p=2624Sun, 23 Dec 2012 02:24:12 +0000David JacksonI want to thank Dave Shapiro for pointing me to Shopwell. This is a cool system for those who have an iPhone. I don’t have an iPhone yet, but I went ahead and signed up. I told I was interested in general health, weight maintenance, and that I had...www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>1753cleanfullNew Media Expo Tips - PERSONAL - Podcast Gear - Podcasting For Businesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-media-expo-tips-personal-podcast-gear-podcasting-for-business--133077713292b2e12ca9818c6cf93cd6616108a2Fri, 14 Dec 2012 20:24:46 +0000David JacksonToday we give some tips if you're going to the expo, I give some customer service tips that apply to podcast growth, we talk some podcast gear pricing, and we talk about using podcasting in business3669cleanfullIt Does Catch Up With Youhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/it-does-catch-up-with-you--39771449www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>http://logicalloss.com/?p=2603Tue, 11 Dec 2012 02:05:24 +0000David JacksonJust a quick blurb to explain why the show is going to be hit and miss for a week or so… I’ll be back. Take your fitness to the next level join the Logical Weight Loss Accountability Club and get the support and knowledge you need to be...www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>253cleanfullGet More Traffic to Your Podcast with SEO Expert Marcus Couchhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-more-traffic-to-your-podcast-with-seo-expert-marcus-couch--133077738ea2391961462351abfa3e4c4537132bMon, 10 Dec 2012 05:00:00 +0000David JacksonToday we have a little NMX news, podcast statistics are UP, and we have a conversation with SEO Expert Marcus Couch of wppluginsatoz.com3726cleanfullBefore You Hit Record - Podcast Cross Promotion - Have One in the Canhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/before-you-hit-record-podcast-cross-promotion-have-one-in-the-can--13307774c06e546d0490ce7f126ce83043ead0c1Mon, 03 Dec 2012 18:49:49 +0000David JacksonToday we talk about things that can mess up your recording3050cleanfullAre Calories on Fast Food Mennus Making a Differencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-calories-on-fast-food-mennus-making-a-difference--39771383www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>http://logicalloss.com/?p=2599Mon, 26 Nov 2012 05:00:57 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about a study that was completed in the American Journal of Preventive Medicine that watched fast food menus from 1997 to 2010. During this time McDonald’s, Burger King, Wendy’s, Taco Bell, KFC, Arby’s, Jack in the Box and Dairy Queen,...www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>1199cleanfullMaking Your Podcast Betterhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/making-your-podcast-better--13307785213bde4f443fbf94369b927e02ffdcc4Sat, 24 Nov 2012 20:42:54 +0000David JacksonToday we are tlaking podcasting pet peeves, and we interview Json from the Creepercast. Save 30% when you sign up at schoolofpodcasting.com using the coupon code listener3670cleanfullHealthier Options for Thanksgivinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/healthier-options-for-thanksgiving--39771387www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>http://logicalloss.com/?p=2595Mon, 19 Nov 2012 14:42:31 +0000David JacksonToday we look at an article on Sparkpeople.com on how you can cut the calories (but not the flavor) of the traditional Thanksgiving meal. It is AMAZING how many calories are some of the traditional foods. One of the things you want to pay attention to...www.logicalloss.com/support all support is deeply appreciated.
Subscribe via]]>1509cleanfullGoogle Hangouts as a Podcasting Solution - Ray Ortegahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/google-hangouts-as-a-podcasting-solution-ray-ortega--133077795a01002c30a75d2312c9c549c60df483Sat, 10 Nov 2012 15:46:00 +0000David JacksonToday we talk with Ray Ortega of podcastersroundtable.com about using Google Hangouts On Air and using that as a podcast. We also talk about why your audience WILL LISTEN to you even if there are other similar podcasts.2843cleanfullExcuse Busting Truths - New Striiv - Sparkpeople and Fitbithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/excuse-busting-truths-new-striiv-sparkpeople-and-fitbit--3977131952364557335b73ece7e5752c46722b3cMon, 05 Nov 2012 03:26:35 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about some new technical updates at striiv, fitbit and sparkpeople team up, we get first impresisons of Leanness Lifestyle University, and we have some Excuse Busting Truths1741cleanfullPodcasting Statistics From Todd Cochran - Stitchers Newshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-statistics-from-todd-cochran-stitchers-news--13307783ca6a1cf42163456f5a1510e9485b9e24Sun, 04 Nov 2012 21:58:11 +0000David Jackson3432cleanfullPodcast Promotion and Marketing Ideas - Podcast Goddesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-promotion-and-marketing-ideas-podcast-goddess--1330778152baf6a7e5bf149a7f61bf1b7cc6c007Sat, 27 Oct 2012 15:35:46 +0000David Jackson3187cleanfullLeanness Lifestyle Univeristyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/leanness-lifestyle-univeristy--3977147081757b5a99ebc29c425fb48635ef1a5aSat, 27 Oct 2012 13:46:16 +0000David JacksonA new episode1915cleanfullPodcast Promotion in Bulk and Dustin Hartzler of YourWebsiteEngineer.comhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-promotion-in-bulk-and-dustin-hartzler-of-yourwebsiteengineer-com--1330777856e5ea812360b7904eb2a39f064e5f29Sun, 21 Oct 2012 23:45:42 +0000David Jackson2764cleanfullWeight Loss Motivation Snippetshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weight-loss-motivation-snippets--39771401828addb58f24c6dcab858e43e04ae2dfMon, 15 Oct 2012 03:21:36 +0000David JacksonA new episode2295cleanfullCutting Your Editing Time by 70%https://www.spreaker.com/episode/cutting-your-editing-time-by-70--133077828e6b1262fd9796c39138d77d1a481ae4Mon, 15 Oct 2012 02:03:04 +0000David Jackson1927cleanfullNew November Weight Loss Challengeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-november-weight-loss-challenges--39771461576324de7006a5435668333c698a3031Wed, 10 Oct 2012 01:54:31 +0000David JacksonA new episode593cleanfullMy Co-Host is a Jerkhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-co-host-is-a-jerk--133077806595c7e62c0fa70a4678393e06a484e6Mon, 08 Oct 2012 01:28:01 +0000David Jackson2266cleanfullHey That Exercise was FUNhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hey-that-exercise-was-fun--39771463122c089755004a5abf39389686ac9551Wed, 03 Oct 2012 04:37:19 +0000David JacksonA new episode2290cleanfullShould I Read My Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/should-i-read-my-podcast--13307784541380392372a3100e61bb2198198991Mon, 01 Oct 2012 15:15:56 +0000David Jackson2408cleanfullThe Correct Way to Launch Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-correct-way-to-launch-your-podcast--13307786fd668d9525d8c74d1b977c58af8c719dMon, 24 Sep 2012 19:36:24 +0000David Jackson2746cleanfullNew Less Expensive Fitbit Ziphttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-less-expensive-fitbit-zip--397713841a86596c9257e0b44a01c0c8e2012883Tue, 18 Sep 2012 01:10:26 +0000David JacksonA new episode1890cleanfullSelf Proclaimed "Non Techie" Build His Empire With His Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/self-proclaimed-non-techie-build-his-empire-with-his-podcast--133077975da4d21c9213b1ad4a9c9ac46bc08ce7Fri, 14 Sep 2012 22:57:14 +0000David Jackson3758cleanfullWorking New Habits Into the Weight Loss Picturehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/working-new-habits-into-the-weight-loss-picture--397714242590e40b4f97086c1d1bb93cbff47c85Tue, 11 Sep 2012 03:40:03 +0000David JacksonA new episode2005cleanfullPodcasting Helps You Be Seen as an Experthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-helps-you-be-seen-as-an-expert--133077871bc322cebd55360ec38965e41a215bf1Sun, 09 Sep 2012 17:12:19 +0000David Jackson2890cleanfullInside the 10 Second Diethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inside-the-10-second-diet--39771314e40f0c30682013485df30957a18bd07bTue, 04 Sep 2012 23:26:19 +0000David JacksonA new episode1447cleanfullHow Much Money Can You Make Podcasting?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-much-money-can-you-make-podcasting--133077907467c1647dc33f2bf98801074f1a2c08Sat, 01 Sep 2012 19:11:11 +0000David Jackson2419cleanfullTest Your Beverage IQ and Get Up And Movehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/test-your-beverage-iq-and-get-up-and-move--39771390eb67d8a5d4bfebe7d52475635716b1e6Sun, 26 Aug 2012 17:56:58 +0000David JacksonA new episode1909cleanfullDonovan Adkisson Podcasting Year One - PowerPress Tip - Making it Easy To Consume Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/donovan-adkisson-podcasting-year-one-powerpress-tip-making-it-easy-to-consume-your-podcast--13307789311535b29e0c03dfd6a3653a77521695Sun, 26 Aug 2012 03:59:00 +0000David Jackson2742cleanfullIllegal Music in Podcasting - Missing RSS Buttons - Mark and Lynda Podcast.https://www.spreaker.com/episode/illegal-music-in-podcasting-missing-rss-buttons-mark-and-lynda-podcast--13307788e351f6287970dc754525f14e73d8df2aMon, 20 Aug 2012 02:46:07 +0000David Jackson1168cleanfullPodcasting Boost Business - with Connie and Sheilahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-boost-business-with-connie-and-sheila--13307791e8529655edd63a479f71d1b04534a2e7Mon, 13 Aug 2012 02:57:53 +0000David Jackson3574cleanfullThree Things All Podcasters Start Withhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/three-things-all-podcasters-start-with--133077950f09d405b5a0a99b08d6fc2b930620c8Sun, 05 Aug 2012 20:59:07 +0000David Jackson2459cleanfullMy Favorite Diet and Fitness Lieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-favorite-diet-and-fitness-lies--39771473dca0ceb06b355807d5f652fe1d9a2afdFri, 03 Aug 2012 22:31:16 +0000David JacksonA new episode2002cleanfullPepsi Money Comes to Podcasting - PodPress is Still a Bad Choicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/pepsi-money-comes-to-podcasting-podpress-is-still-a-bad-choice--133077926a26feb23ebcd76cce6da4a96ba6d3dbSun, 29 Jul 2012 18:50:13 +0000David Jackson1776cleanfullSelf Imposed Deadlines That Cause Stresshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/self-imposed-deadlines-that-cause-stress--3977141008d31e9dbc1fc5b89b63aaf9db95390eTue, 24 Jul 2012 13:06:25 +0000David JacksonA new episode1985cleanfullMusic Podcasters Have Musicians Contact You - Podcast Equipment Recommendationshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/music-podcasters-have-musicians-contact-you-podcast-equipment-recommendations--1330779446ae9fa461d2b477ad6c6c03060670a0Sat, 21 Jul 2012 18:42:17 +0000David Jackson1324cleanfullThe Wrong Way To Grow Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-wrong-way-to-grow-your-audience--133077936ccee2bfb2e3f0907523cb6bb9773067Sun, 15 Jul 2012 19:24:43 +0000David Jackson1747cleanfullWeight Reduction Need Thought Redirectionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/weight-reduction-need-thought-redirection--39771362d277437aba01487e9fac889faea94cc6Sun, 08 Jul 2012 19:56:21 +0000David JacksonA new episode1741cleanfullHow NOT to Start a Podcast - The Dates From Hell Storyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-not-to-start-a-podcast-the-dates-from-hell-story--1330779698ca6cbbee8599f642eaf9d4bb266bc9Fri, 06 Jul 2012 20:13:00 +0000David Jackson1461cleanfullAn Affordable Podcast Microphone That Solves All Podcast Issues Audio Technica 2005 Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/an-affordable-podcast-microphone-that-solves-all-podcast-issues-audio-technica-2005-reviewed--13307799ac26a3de1b7921018806f069d337f7feSun, 01 Jul 2012 20:28:36 +0000David Jackson1514cleanfullFake it Till You Make ithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fake-it-till-you-make-it--39771391642e099ae044eed25b1340f3b0a61fa3Sun, 24 Jun 2012 19:27:21 +0000David JacksonA new episode2517cleanfullNever Too Late To Turn Aroundhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/never-too-late-to-turn-around--397714165dfe61f02c6976fc0bf587d3b31042b8Sun, 17 Jun 2012 21:23:11 +0000David JacksonA new episode2080cleanfullHis Podcast Brought Him a Sponsorhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/his-podcast-brought-him-a-sponsor--13307798aa8a5ea8a526bd08b01430c85d28fa79Fri, 15 Jun 2012 21:00:16 +0000David Jackson1665cleanfullHow Podcasters Can Overcome Talking To Themselves and Not Feel Weirdhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-podcasters-can-overcome-talking-to-themselves-and-not-feel-weird--13307800beb89bea9643f4c2bc393b0309cde6c3Sun, 10 Jun 2012 17:57:11 +0000David Jackson1929cleanfullThe One With a Little More Davehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-one-with-a-little-more-dave--13307806e640715f303f7150d6b206fe928a00c1Sun, 03 Jun 2012 21:39:48 +0000David Jackson1088cleanfullPut Your Money Where Your Mouth Ishttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/put-your-money-where-your-mouth-is--397714132752be46f34811c7a032563b0c06ddf9Sat, 02 Jun 2012 19:55:07 +0000David JacksonA new episode1451cleanfullFood Addiction - Digging in the Dirthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/food-addiction-digging-in-the-dirt--397714367a6da75ac8154da784a81c33df762598Sun, 27 May 2012 23:23:26 +0000David JacksonA new episode2167cleanfullFeedburner, iTunes, and Trying Something Newhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/feedburner-itunes-and-trying-something-new--13307801cfcd8ea2d43151f682f59af4c8b5fd1bSun, 27 May 2012 21:52:14 +0000David Jackson1659cleanfullA New Way For Podcasters to Get Paid - How to Get Kicked Out of iTuneshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/a-new-way-for-podcasters-to-get-paid-how-to-get-kicked-out-of-itunes--133078024ce04b459929aba7ea8fa7f96912ffd3Sun, 20 May 2012 21:18:48 +0000David Jackson1466cleanfullOvercoming Overeating – We’re All Stoned on Foodhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/overcoming-overeating-we-re-all-stoned-on-food--3977136528dcc1f456227663aa6f31cfc6f1be5aSun, 20 May 2012 18:41:50 +0000David JacksonA new episode2691cleanfullThe Weight of the Nationhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-weight-of-the-nation--39771382bc9d99ef1643caf64e2e45e02fb3a786Sun, 13 May 2012 19:29:42 +0000David JacksonA new episode2266cleanfullPodcast Promotion The Biblical Wayhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcast-promotion-the-biblical-way--13307803914b6fc97346237b3a079649968c61a5Sat, 12 May 2012 18:13:44 +0000David Jackson1932cleanfullBlogworld Schedule - Membership Media Hosting - Best Time for Live Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/blogworld-schedule-membership-media-hosting-best-time-for-live-podcasting--1330780444b0276fb93d8b1071b597108c20e2a8Sat, 05 May 2012 03:31:39 +0000David Jackson1793cleanfullSo You Want to Quithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/so-you-want-to-quit--39771459961d79b4b4bc96fbd4b2cd480f12ebedTue, 01 May 2012 15:22:36 +0000David JacksonA new episode1698cleanfullConnecting Podcast Equipment - Recording Skype Softwarehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/connecting-podcast-equipment-recording-skype-software--13307805de1021e0fe6ee8d1f0181d91d49815b9Mon, 30 Apr 2012 02:36:43 +0000David Jackson767cleanfullHate Looking at the Scale? Quantum Scale Helps You Focus on the Positvehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/hate-looking-at-the-scale-quantum-scale-helps-you-focus-on-the-positve--397714252232737e8802562691d949efd4a81c86Sun, 22 Apr 2012 04:16:51 +0000David JacksonA new episode1892cleanfullWant to Lose Weight? Put Your Money Where Your Mouth Ishttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/want-to-lose-weight-put-your-money-where-your-mouth-is--3977147511f79b6bdcd4ee495b38cde9184de142Sun, 22 Apr 2012 03:53:00 +0000David JacksonA new episode1682cleanfullFree Music For Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-music-for-your-podcast--1330780812f05b667a775c1c82c47528d726a406Sun, 22 Apr 2012 00:37:01 +0000David Jackson1536cleanfullDo You Need to be An Egomaniac to Start a Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-you-need-to-be-an-egomaniac-to-start-a-podcast--1330781040345795234d574a9d4770d35ab225e1Mon, 16 Apr 2012 15:47:29 +0000David Jackson1939cleanfullTop Shelf Podcasting Tips - Episode 300https://www.spreaker.com/episode/top-shelf-podcasting-tips-episode-300--133078118a9cea22829e51eb473a629e894f7866Sat, 07 Apr 2012 21:36:07 +0000David Jackson2758cleanfullSurgery is Not the Answerhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/surgery-is-not-the-answer--39771375e8e1ac4307faa503407d1669b62b9b87Sat, 07 Apr 2012 15:30:54 +0000David JacksonA new episode2197cleanfullObeying Does Not Come Easyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/obeying-does-not-come-easy--397714840a0676b7a904fc8ab9895e2a6401a817Tue, 03 Apr 2012 15:08:25 +0000David JacksonA new episode1929cleanfullThe $30 Microphone Experimenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-30-microphone-experiment--1330780772f3b6417d9738b3dd08027426bae168Sun, 01 Apr 2012 19:03:03 +0000David Jackson1440cleanfullGrocery Lists The First Step to Fitnesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/grocery-lists-the-first-step-to-fitness--397714565a72a8cb991ecce214c992efbbdb7b36Sat, 24 Mar 2012 18:37:11 +0000David JacksonA new episode2304cleanfullAnother Bad Media Host - You Are Your Audiencehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/another-bad-media-host-you-are-your-audience--133078093275b65ce8c152da0a58615fd0a0e3c2Sat, 24 Mar 2012 17:04:59 +0000David Jackson1868cleanfullBuilding Your Virtual Family - Rankings in iTuneshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/building-your-virtual-family-rankings-in-itunes--13307814d6d2c9c8cad407600c02979acbadb452Mon, 19 Mar 2012 00:59:48 +0000David Jackson2097cleanfullGetting Your Podcast Media Right - Removing Noise From Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-your-podcast-media-right-removing-noise-from-your-podcast--133078129391f9fd15186a5c12de23b3dfaf7795Sat, 10 Mar 2012 00:13:47 +0000David Jackson1187cleanfullStiiv Vs Fitbit and New Fitdeck Nutrition Toolshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/stiiv-vs-fitbit-and-new-fitdeck-nutrition-tools--397713721517a3e54218cbb36770007005534433Sun, 04 Mar 2012 18:15:51 +0000David JacksonA new episode1526cleanfullJumping Rope - Sports Bras - Losing Weight With Insane Scheduleshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/jumping-rope-sports-bras-losing-weight-with-insane-schedules--397714744881c4e1f156d204f4791ae7d1cc4174Sat, 25 Feb 2012 22:35:21 +0000David JacksonA new episode1984cleanfullHow To Podcast For Freehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-to-podcast-for-free--1330781312bfd76ebc98eef2b0f7376386439ecdSat, 25 Feb 2012 17:00:49 +0000David Jackson1684cleanfullFeedburner Vs PowerPresshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/feedburner-vs-powerpress--133078160a84987bd10df268c3559db6542b777bSat, 11 Feb 2012 17:08:40 +0000David Jackson2479cleanfullReflections on Losing 100 Poundshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/reflections-on-losing-100-pounds--3977142831dfaf1c5364910fd2fdd114abd13925Fri, 10 Feb 2012 19:06:35 +0000David JacksonA new episode2180cleanfullFree Listener Feedback Tool & Business Podcasting Tipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/free-listener-feedback-tool-business-podcasting-tips--13307818a570210bffd63586297f952fdc1c3517Sun, 05 Feb 2012 19:02:47 +0000David Jackson1766cleanfullCan Podcasting Make Your Dreams Come True? YES!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/can-podcasting-make-your-dreams-come-true-yes--13307815d1d6078b172967bf4ac14724280ff73cMon, 30 Jan 2012 05:18:24 +0000David Jackson967cleanfullIts a Pedometer- No Wait - It's a Game - It's Bothhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/its-a-pedometer-no-wait-it-s-a-game-it-s-both--3977146745fdd4e88f350ea66bb82e539d0e4dc9Mon, 30 Jan 2012 05:16:49 +0000David JacksonA new episode1892cleanfullCompetitions Start Tomrorowhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/competitions-start-tomrorow--39771385502a4296ec926dd72fb29cd9c9ec25b7Sat, 28 Jan 2012 14:23:05 +0000David JacksonA new episode335cleanfullTroublehsooting Your Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/troublehsooting-your-podcast--13307817b4dd24dbce7260a3075c18bc6b81ba69Mon, 23 Jan 2012 03:57:28 +0000David Jackson1135cleanfullIn Jesus Name We Train - Jimmy Penahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/in-jesus-name-we-train-jimmy-pena--39771469[easyazon-image-link asin="B005NHQ1WQ" alt="Prayfit: 33-Day Total Body Challenge" src="http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/51d6G-tKv7L._SL160_.jpg" align="left" width="114" height="160"] PrayFit 33-Day Total Body Challenge utilizes the Christian faith to inspire those with weight loss goals and is a complete workout and motivational system designed to burn calories, build lean muscle and bolster your faith, helping to reshape your entire body in 33 minutes a day for 33 days. Ideal for any fitness level, the workout includes a highly efficient 33-minute workout that combines cardio, strength and core moves for total body results in a limited amount of time, requiring no extra equipment. The program works because it demands progression and challenges you to give your best effort. The key is to do more today than you did yesterday. As Jimmy says, “Yesterday’s best is today’s quest.” To encourage you to stay the course, Jimmy includes faith-based motivation throughout the workout and created weekly “PrayFit Minute” devotionals to inspire you to improve your life by honoring the one who made you.

We also talk about his book Prayfit: Your Guide to A Healthy Body and A Stronger Faith in 28 Days which churches are now using in combination with the DVD to create study groups, and bring the talk of taking care of the gift that is your body back into the church.
We answer questions such as "If I'm doing both, should I do cardio or strength training first?"
For daily inspiration, forums, nutrition, newsletters, swag, as well as videos check out www.prayfit.com
Download the DVD in iTunes

]]>3358f1f9b5e08c9c287ae3d51f220070Sun, 22 Jan 2012 05:12:05 +0000David JacksonToday we have a guest, and not just any guest! Jimmy Pena is the founder of Prayfit and has worked with people like Mario Lopez, LL Cool J, and Tyler Perry to create National Best Selling Books and DVDs. Today we talk about his new DVD called...[easyazon-image-link asin="B005NHQ1WQ" alt="Prayfit: 33-Day Total Body Challenge" src="http://ecx.images-amazon.com/images/I/51d6G-tKv7L._SL160_.jpg" align="left" width="114" height="160"] PrayFit 33-Day Total Body Challenge utilizes the Christian faith to inspire those with weight loss goals and is a complete workout and motivational system designed to burn calories, build lean muscle and bolster your faith, helping to reshape your entire body in 33 minutes a day for 33 days. Ideal for any fitness level, the workout includes a highly efficient 33-minute workout that combines cardio, strength and core moves for total body results in a limited amount of time, requiring no extra equipment. The program works because it demands progression and challenges you to give your best effort. The key is to do more today than you did yesterday. As Jimmy says, “Yesterday’s best is today’s quest.” To encourage you to stay the course, Jimmy includes faith-based motivation throughout the workout and created weekly “PrayFit Minute” devotionals to inspire you to improve your life by honoring the one who made you.

We also talk about his book Prayfit: Your Guide to A Healthy Body and A Stronger Faith in 28 Days which churches are now using in combination with the DVD to create study groups, and bring the talk of taking care of the gift that is your body back into the church.
We answer questions such as "If I'm doing both, should I do cardio or strength training first?"
For daily inspiration, forums, nutrition, newsletters, swag, as well as videos check out www.prayfit.com
Download the DVD in iTunes

]]>1538cleanfullThe Top Weight Loss Competitions Siteshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-top-weight-loss-competitions-sites--397714771. In the end if someone really wants to cheat, they will (you could always strap your fitbit to your dog...). Cheaters never win... in the long run. 2. There are more sites than these, but some of them were obviously just a tool to splash TONS of advertisements in front of you. I have one of those listed in this review, and I'll tell you when we get there. 3. Each has its own charm with different features.
After looking at these I created some competitions.
1. Skinnyo.com is completely free. It only has room for 16 people so hurry.
2. Thintopia.com is asking for $5 per person (if you want to play for free you can, but the prize money will go to the highest percentage of weight loss who paid).Check it out.
3. If you have a tracking device (like a fitbit, or bodymedia), we have a $5 entry fee at the earndit.com site. This one should be interesting. The person with the most points wins. Sign up
Now let's take a look at some of the sites:
Fitocracy is the game you play to improve your fitness. Play it to track your progress, compete against your friends, and get real results in your physical fitness. They are working on having a droid app (there is a mobile site). It's free, but you can be a "hero" for $5 a month to help support the site. You can create a group, and the look at the leaders in your group for a certain period of time. The focus of fitocracy is exercise. You can track your workout stats (reps, weight, etc). You can track cardio, and you can create routines that you repeat. Depending on what you do, you earn points. I was playing with it Internet Explorer 8 and it seemed to have some formatting issues. When I tried it on my phone, I had some issues (droid). Looks cool, and has potential. It just needs a little touch up. I will definitely check it out in a few months. It is in Beta, and you need an invite to play (contact me, or use the link above). Lots of potential here, especially for those gym rats. Even if this wasn't a competition, having a web site that can track your exercise for free is cool.
In the past I've used Weight Loss Wars. It is a website where you can join a challenge, or start your own. It costs $10 to participate, but it does allthe calculations for you. You can even create a "private" challenge (for say your church group, work group, etc). The competition only shows the change in weight, and you can choose to hide your weight in your profile (or only reveal it to friends). Visiting this site you will see a fair amount of ads. The site itself is somewhat "ho-hum" on the looks side but it does the job. There are blogs, journals, and other tools there as well. You can have it set to have a cash prize, but you would handle that outside of their site (using something like paypal).
Skinnyo.com is also free to use (unless you want a private competition where you select who is participating which costs $10). Skinnyo.com limits you to 16 people (either playing against each other or you can have up to 8 teams). Skinnyo only shows your weight differences to other users not your weight. If don't have a giant group, and want to have teams this is a cool option. The way they calculate challenge winners is by the total weight lost during the challenge (which I think means percentage of weight loss?). If you're looking to do teams, this would be my choice. I'm currently kicking the tires on this site and will let you know.
Thintopia.com is another great site that is 100% completely free, and yet not overrun with ads (there are some, but a tolerable amount). It's from a software engineer named Micah Stubblefield. I love that its just some dude in his basement (like me), and he is truggling with his weight (like me). There are no limits to the number of people you can have in your competition. I don't see an option for teams, but again your weight is not displayed only your change. Micah answered all my emails, and seems like a very cool dude. If you want to have a "Private" competition all you need to do is assign a password, and only those people who you give the password to will have access to join. Unless I needed teams, (and without using the site yet) this to me seems to be the clear winner. The site has great content. It's easy to navigate. While it lacks a "FAQ" page, my questions were answered in minutes - not days. I'm currently kicking the tires on this site and will let you know.
Earndit.com is a great site for those who are worried about people cheating. earndit.com assigns points that come from people who are using a tracking device like a fitbit, or bodymedia, or Nike+, Garmin, Runkeeper, etc. You get 10 points for running a mile, and 3 points for biking a mile. You get 15 points for checking in at the gym using foursquare.com. You get .10 point for being fairly active on a fitbit, and .75 for every very active minute on a fitbit. You get the idea. You can set a number of points and the first person to it wins, or set a date range and the person with the most points wins. You can set a maximum number of points per day a erson can earn to keep things close. You can compete for bragging rights, or you can have people pay to get in, and the winner automatically gets a gift card (a tango card which is a pretty cool prize). This is the only site that takes care of collecting fees, and distributing payouts. If you're not looking for a competition, you can use earndit.com by yourself and earn points that can be used towards shopping. I am also kicking the tires on this one.
Another free option (not really worth looking into) is Corporate Fitness League (this is the site with LOTS of Ads). You can take on your family, or go department against department if you have more than 10 people and want to go teams. You designate a captain, who then has to enter everyone's weight (As someone who as done this - that's a deal breaker ladies!). You can "Sweeten" the pot with $, but in the end you will need a picture of the participants scale (some organizers also require a "word of the day" so you can't find a thin picture on Google Images) to keep people honest. I just spent about 10 minutes playing with the site and found it clunky (it seems every click opens a new window). Due to the massive amount of ads (disorganized at that), and the requirement of a "Captain," I would not recommend this site.
Summary
I'm inspired by what people are doing to help us be competitive. If you're a person who wants motivation to get to the gym, check out Fitocracy. If you're worried about cheaters, or looking for a third party to handle the prizes then go to earndit.com If you want to set up teams, check out skinnyo.com (they say in special circumstances they will remove the 16 people limit). If you want to have a large group for free (and avoid a billion ads) I really liked thintopia.com

Woman's Wii Fit Character Exploded
A British woman was so heavy that when she stepped on her Wii Fit her character exploded. Read the full story and see pictures.]]>2bb863ebe94106a4b4eb2b8680b90850Thu, 19 Jan 2012 03:47:10 +0000David JacksonI created an Excel spreadsheet a while ago that people can download and use to have a Biggest Loser Competition at work, church, home, etc. The "bad" news is you either have one person acting as the Manager of the competition (which can be a hassle...1. In the end if someone really wants to cheat, they will (you could always strap your fitbit to your dog...). Cheaters never win... in the long run. 2. There are more sites than these, but some of them were obviously just a tool to splash TONS of advertisements in front of you. I have one of those listed in this review, and I'll tell you when we get there. 3. Each has its own charm with different features.
After looking at these I created some competitions.
1. Skinnyo.com is completely free. It only has room for 16 people so hurry.
2. Thintopia.com is asking for $5 per person (if you want to play for free you can, but the prize money will go to the highest percentage of weight loss who paid).Check it out.
3. If you have a tracking device (like a fitbit, or bodymedia), we have a $5 entry fee at the earndit.com site. This one should be interesting. The person with the most points wins. Sign up
Now let's take a look at some of the sites:
Fitocracy is the game you play to improve your fitness. Play it to track your progress, compete against your friends, and get real results in your physical fitness. They are working on having a droid app (there is a mobile site). It's free, but you can be a "hero" for $5 a month to help support the site. You can create a group, and the look at the leaders in your group for a certain period of time. The focus of fitocracy is exercise. You can track your workout stats (reps, weight, etc). You can track cardio, and you can create routines that you repeat. Depending on what you do, you earn points. I was playing with it Internet Explorer 8 and it seemed to have some formatting issues. When I tried it on my phone, I had some issues (droid). Looks cool, and has potential. It just needs a little touch up. I will definitely check it out in a few months. It is in Beta, and you need an invite to play (contact me, or use the link above). Lots of potential here, especially for those gym rats. Even if this wasn't a competition, having a web site that can track your exercise for free is cool.
In the past I've used Weight Loss Wars. It is a website where you can join a challenge, or start your own. It costs $10 to participate, but it does allthe calculations for you. You can even create a "private" challenge (for say your church group, work group, etc). The competition only shows the change in weight, and you can choose to hide your weight in your profile (or only reveal it to friends). Visiting this site you will see a fair amount of ads. The site itself is somewhat "ho-hum" on the looks side but it does the job. There are blogs, journals, and other tools there as well. You can have it set to have a cash prize, but you would handle that outside of their site (using something like paypal).
Skinnyo.com is also free to use (unless you want a private competition where you select who is participating which costs $10). Skinnyo.com limits you to 16 people (either playing against each other or you can have up to 8 teams). Skinnyo only shows your weight differences to other users not your weight. If don't have a giant group, and want to have teams this is a cool option. The way they calculate challenge winners is by the total weight lost during the...]]>2035cleanfullLooking Deeper Into Podcast Promotionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/looking-deeper-into-podcast-promotion--13307822140c04be7509df7ceb4c266b8d14c35fSun, 15 Jan 2012 15:21:39 +0000David Jackson2089cleanfullInspirational Quotes For Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inspirational-quotes-for-weight-loss--3977140709985988c7a2882ac549a210fd45cfb9Sun, 08 Jan 2012 05:24:57 +0000David JacksonA new episode1395cleanfullFinding Topics To Podcast - ASK!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-topics-to-podcast-ask--1330782187de76650aae769c9ca1256c8509362bSun, 08 Jan 2012 01:10:04 +0000David Jackson2175cleanfullBehind the Scenes of Radio - Podcasting Questionshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-radio-podcasting-questions--133078198a72c17143d0980e2037352fc19387a1Mon, 02 Jan 2012 21:12:37 +0000David Jackson2461cleanfullStart of the Year with a Goalhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/start-of-the-year-with-a-goal--39771340475dba2e8e51faf3cd7997d840fea505Mon, 02 Jan 2012 06:28:07 +0000David JacksonA new episode2584cleanfullGet Healthy For Heaven's Sake Reviewedhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-healthy-for-heaven-s-sake-reviewed--3977147220979d62d706dbe723f0b380541b25d0Thu, 29 Dec 2011 04:33:17 +0000David JacksonA new episode1785cleanfullPodcasting year In Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-year-in-review--13307823ef93278372f965122d2251698e9b9608Fri, 23 Dec 2011 21:51:02 +0000David Jackson1857cleanfullI've Got My Podcast Idea - Now What?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/i-ve-got-my-podcast-idea-now-what--13307820abf6fb850283b9e1c1614ac70a759c9dSun, 18 Dec 2011 00:02:56 +0000David Jackson1237cleanfullWould You Lose Weight To Go Shopping?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/would-you-lose-weight-to-go-shopping--397714200c1e53455d34013e4ab97547641b36fbWed, 14 Dec 2011 05:32:25 +0000David JacksonA new episode2659cleanfullBehind The Scenes of a Podcasting Membership Sitehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/behind-the-scenes-of-a-podcasting-membership-site--1330782423e5d4e8eefc23aca5ccb5671422ee1fSat, 10 Dec 2011 21:28:11 +0000David Jackson1410cleanfullKeeping To Your Publishing Schedule & Podcast Numbershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/keeping-to-your-publishing-schedule-podcast-numbers--133078268229dbad16779e798bc8f70b4d658414Sun, 27 Nov 2011 04:19:18 +0000David Jackson1691cleanfullHoliday Weight Gain - Is it True What They Say About 10 lbs?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/holiday-weight-gain-is-it-true-what-they-say-about-10-lbs--39771393436bab4bedf89bab80cbe0e3f5506998Sat, 26 Nov 2011 18:16:53 +0000David JacksonA new episode2259cleanfullHow Much Media Hosting Do I Needhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/how-much-media-hosting-do-i-need--133078305d4ffad872b8e2cffd112f1f3fbffd63Sat, 19 Nov 2011 20:04:08 +0000David Jackson1864cleanfullIs the Heil PR40 Really That Good?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-the-heil-pr40-really-that-good--13307828fbd3687156fc0a1fe9fa27e479d6d9c4Sat, 12 Nov 2011 21:06:19 +0000David Jackson1558cleanfullHalloween Aftermath - Truth About Eggshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/halloween-aftermath-truth-about-eggs--397714154f94622c4a62a74382d0408a1e25a0e0Sun, 06 Nov 2011 19:37:00 +0000David JacksonA new episode1721cleanfullThe 27 Steps To Get Your Podcast Into iTuneshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-27-steps-to-get-your-podcast-into-itunes--13307829fd846616d6ba1e01c4a3baed74536f99Sat, 05 Nov 2011 16:57:54 +0000David Jackson1512cleanfullMy Podcamp Cincy Talk on More Podcast Moneyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-podcamp-cincy-talk-on-more-podcast-money--133078430c77a3af6010f1332b003938b9a7f418Mon, 31 Oct 2011 20:52:10 +0000David Jackson3648cleanfullIts fun to say Yamaguchihttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/its-fun-to-say-yamaguchi--3977140309369d580ec83adf76e137822ef4878dThu, 20 Oct 2011 15:28:42 +0000David JacksonA new episode2188cleanfullYou are Not Your Mistakeshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-are-not-your-mistakes--39771482f0363476ffa344ee5bc8eff775c026d6Mon, 17 Oct 2011 19:54:25 +0000David JacksonA new episode1389cleanfullPicking a Podcast Name - Making Money with Audiblehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/picking-a-podcast-name-making-money-with-audible--13307825b286fb2fea735cf2ee73ae5372ce00b5Fri, 14 Oct 2011 21:46:17 +0000David Jackson1509cleanfullThe ABC's of Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-abc-s-of-weight-loss--39771430d7e4c6963ae7d7273b78aba28c2c8aa7Sat, 08 Oct 2011 18:13:32 +0000David JacksonA new episode1867cleanfullGoodbye Steve, iTunes Webinar, Website Hostinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/goodbye-steve-itunes-webinar-website-hosting--13307834c625b97aa3e7ec2fad504dd043003529Thu, 06 Oct 2011 21:04:00 +0000David Jackson1407cleanfullSay YES to Podcast Promotionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/say-yes-to-podcast-promotion--13307837b841d9ecf8bd62d0f7be946fa9685ac9Mon, 03 Oct 2011 02:40:15 +0000David Jackson1518cleanfullWhat is myTrek - 10 Ways to Burn 100https://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-is-mytrek-10-ways-to-burn-100--39771437c5ce40ef5a6be5705c2f6d9765aa9f32Sun, 02 Oct 2011 13:58:00 +0000David JacksonA new episode1279cleanfullEverything You Wanted to Know About iTunes, Hosting, Libsyn Vs Blubrryhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/everything-you-wanted-to-know-about-itunes-hosting-libsyn-vs-blubrry--133078383a28f80227f01def31df94e97e5b9ab6Sun, 25 Sep 2011 19:04:18 +0000David Jackson2127cleanfullBiggest Loser Season 12https://www.spreaker.com/episode/biggest-loser-season-12--3977142779eb1f7abb1903b9fdf4f36058ba8cf6Thu, 22 Sep 2011 06:09:54 +0000David JacksonA new episode1132cleanfullLive Podcast Awakeninghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/live-podcast-awakening--13307836c894ac2ee6fdce9b198616f64c1b8ad1Mon, 19 Sep 2011 20:19:41 +0000David Jackson1753cleanfullIs Your Body a War Zone?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/is-your-body-a-war-zone--39771336Well I'm sure someone has a blueprint and a plan to turn this war zone into a great community center. If you look in the mirror and go "Oh my God, What Happened?" Its time to get a blule print and a plan. The easy to remember is to eat less and exercise more.
Plans mean you have to sit back and figure out what the hurdles will be, and how you will over come them. I'm sure the construction guys have benchmarks to knwo if they are ahead of schedule or not. They track their progress, they have milestones. You can do the same thing, but you need to be honest and track what you are (and more importantly) are not doing. For me tracking my food is crucial. When I don't, my weight goes up. I keep switching programs. Right now I'm using Lose it! which works on their website, an iPhone or an Android phone. There are all sorts of programs (even paper and pencil) in our resource section.
For tracking my activity I use a Fit bit. This thing smacks me in the face every day with a graph of time when I was sitting. OOFAH! I can't argue with it. Here again, I need to put it on as soon as I get up, and leave it on to be accurate. I had a body bug. I loved it. But the fit bit is simpler, (and doesn't require $10 a month). I still have the body bug and may use it in the future.

Get A Team - Find an Accountability
Partner
People who had a support group were 42% more likely to be successful than those people who had no support.
Birds of a feather flock together, and if you hang out with people with bad habits you are 57% more likely to follow them into the bad habits. When I was college, I would go out and drink with my buddies. I did this every Tuesday and Thursday. I fellt it was what I was "supposed" to do as a 20 something year old college student. After three months, I just thought if Jesus walked in right now he would be disappointed. So I quit going. My firends kept going, and we were not as close as we used to be (we are still friends 20 years later). I lived when I did that, and I found healthier things to do. I survivedwithout those friends.

One of the things I really like about the Lose it! application is that (on the wbesite) they have a "motivators" section where you can set it up to email your accountability partner to receive reports every day, or every week. This means you have to enter in every calorie you eat. It doesn't do any good to enter your 1500 calories into the software then eat 2500 calories.
If birds of a feather flock together find the fit people at work, school, church, and ask them how they stay in shape. Maybe they are doing activities you can participate in as well. Maybe they will mentor you. Maybe, just maybe you'll get a new friend.
Someone said I should start a serivce where I could be your accoutability coach. We could have weekly meetings online. I like this idea. I can't do it for free. What would you pay for a weekly accountability partner? Leave a comment below or email me at dave "at" logicalloss "dot" com I like the idea.
S
Supp

]]>8100c191828a26e780191cecdd3ebfd9Fri, 16 Sep 2011 14:27:00 +0000David JacksonI walking by my elementary school that I attended 40 years ago. It looks like a war zone. They've moved the kids to a new school and there are plans to turn it into a community center. There used to be giant trees. There was a new playground, and its...Well I'm sure someone has a blueprint and a plan to turn this war zone into a great community center. If you look in the mirror and go "Oh my God, What Happened?" Its time to get a blule print and a plan. The easy to remember is to eat less and exercise more.
Plans mean you have to sit back and figure out what the hurdles will be, and how you will over come them. I'm sure the construction guys have benchmarks to knwo if they are ahead of schedule or not. They track their progress, they have milestones. You can do the same thing, but you need to be honest and track what you are (and more importantly) are not doing. For me tracking my food is crucial. When I don't, my weight goes up. I keep switching programs. Right now I'm using Lose it! which works on their website, an iPhone or an Android phone. There are all sorts of programs (even paper and pencil) in our resource section.
For tracking my activity I use a Fit bit. This thing smacks me in the face every day with a graph of time when I was sitting. OOFAH! I can't argue with it. Here again, I need to put it on as soon as I get up, and leave it on to be accurate. I had a body bug. I loved it. But the fit bit is simpler, (and doesn't require $10 a month). I still have the body bug and may use it in the future.

Get A Team - Find an Accountability
Partner
People who had a support group were 42% more likely to be successful than those people who had no support.
Birds of a feather flock together, and if you hang out with people with bad habits you are 57% more likely to follow them into the bad habits. When I was college, I would go out and drink with my buddies. I did this every Tuesday and Thursday. I fellt it was what I was "supposed" to do as a 20 something year old college student. After three months, I just thought if Jesus walked in right now he would be disappointed. So I quit going. My firends kept going, and we were not as close as we used to be (we are still friends 20 years later). I lived when I did that, and I found healthier things to do. I survivedwithout those friends.

One of the things I really like about the Lose it! application is that (on the wbesite) they have a "motivators" section where you can set it up to email your accountability partner to receive reports every day, or every week. This means you have to enter in every calorie you eat. It doesn't do any good to enter your 1500 calories into the software then eat 2500 calories.
If birds of a feather flock together find the fit people at work, school, church, and ask them how they stay in shape. Maybe they are doing activities you can participate in as well. Maybe they will mentor you. Maybe, just maybe you'll get a new friend.
Someone said I should start a serivce where I could be your accoutability coach. We could have weekly meetings online. I like this idea. I can't do it for free. What would you pay for a weekly accountability partner? Leave a comment below or email me at dave "at" logicalloss "dot" com I like the idea.
S
Supp

]]>1525cleanfullAre USB Devices Really Quieter?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/are-usb-devices-really-quieter--1330783906438c894523673ad55cabff812e9694Sat, 10 Sep 2011 02:15:38 +0000David Jackson1259cleanfullPodcasting Insights From Ray Ortegahttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-insights-from-ray-ortega--13307842b1757e5cd3196368e0830ea2de780bd4Mon, 05 Sep 2011 16:23:44 +0000David Jackson1754cleanfullGreat Software For Interview Editinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/great-software-for-interview-editing--13307835c35a6ecd586ae237aa451a56d6f8228fMon, 29 Aug 2011 18:49:52 +0000David Jackson1015cleanfullMr Media Talks Interviewing Tipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/mr-media-talks-interviewing-tips--13307840775232fe52dea036c07bdb0528e36f18Sat, 20 Aug 2011 19:47:39 +0000David Jackson1714cleanfullOld Dogs Can Learn New Trickshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/old-dogs-can-learn-new-tricks--39771434beafc8ebeeaa209d6fc13bc48785c942Sat, 13 Aug 2011 21:41:08 +0000David JacksonA new episode1300cleanfullYour Future Podcast is Awesome.https://www.spreaker.com/episode/your-future-podcast-is-awesome--133078445ec769b026322b41e9c1ca0bfa400466Sat, 13 Aug 2011 07:22:27 +0000David Jackson1163cleanfullTrying to Understand Fair Use and Using Music in Podcastshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/trying-to-understand-fair-use-and-using-music-in-podcasts--13307845a9f36f0d6458338a2396aa6d27d90c04Tue, 09 Aug 2011 14:57:24 +0000David Jackson870cleanfullEnough Content For Your Episodehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/enough-content-for-your-episode--1330784735a2e915635e3311758752a041a7fee5Sun, 31 Jul 2011 19:11:18 +0000David Jackson756cleanfullEvergreen Contenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/evergreen-content--133078467814830be96b1e77d38b303b3edbe38aSun, 24 Jul 2011 18:14:49 +0000David Jackson1135cleanfullFinding Time To Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-time-to-podcast--13307855f2d4e2886a6cb9bef7499556322db9fdSat, 16 Jul 2011 16:58:15 +0000David Jackson1745cleanfullFitbit Reviewhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/fitbit-review--397713564b6e2f2e8494e57dffff10b0d706472eFri, 15 Jul 2011 03:43:38 +0000David JacksonA new episode1422cleanfullAffordable Podcast Gearhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/affordable-podcast-gear--13307849a14ca9d5430ea3a60390dd6fa2c2704eSat, 09 Jul 2011 14:54:12 +0000David Jackson902cleanfullRecording Interviews in Stereohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/recording-interviews-in-stereo--13307857ff0040b779f0b645b52b1d20fb99222fThu, 07 Jul 2011 02:51:47 +0000David Jackson1743cleanfullGet To Know Stitcherhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/get-to-know-stitcher--133078508f0e6eeb346ca4e9b4028cbfb2752990Sat, 25 Jun 2011 23:25:47 +0000David Jackson1334cleanfullElectrovoice RE320 Microphone Vs Sure SM58https://www.spreaker.com/episode/electrovoice-re320-microphone-vs-sure-sm58--13307852d93680e03bcf9cd6395c9288b67ea6f3Thu, 16 Jun 2011 03:42:00 +0000David Jackson1110cleanfullPodcasting Changes Liveshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-changes-lives--133078519930484b9e865dd3a938cefa9e92cccaTue, 14 Jun 2011 02:58:53 +0000David Jackson937cleanfullGraduating to Fitnesshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/graduating-to-fitness--3977144760165117e7f8e4c79f78084eb7e75bb8Sat, 11 Jun 2011 20:16:49 +0000David JacksonA new episode1340cleanfullPodcasting Questions Answeredhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-questions-answered--13307856162f5b39bdb4fc6b8fbe68c2a4e4121bSat, 04 Jun 2011 17:29:30 +0000David Jackson1197cleanfullYou Can't Snooze Your Weight Losshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/you-can-t-snooze-your-weight-loss--397714383381fb80c5a71d99c8a82d38cbbf90e1Sat, 04 Jun 2011 14:57:53 +0000David JacksonA new episode1089cleanfullStarting Small but Startinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/starting-small-but-starting--133078530cc491d3cf829b9805247ab61096931cSat, 28 May 2011 15:47:27 +0000David Jackson1330cleanfullE+R=Ohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/e-r-o--39771442b8a9cd55fa778e9bb41ba4f0650c8819Sun, 22 May 2011 19:05:00 +0000David JacksonA new episode1163cleanfullThe Bad Side of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-bad-side-of-podcasting--1330785837fd13d094cdb3313ec5b153ba20ecbeSun, 22 May 2011 18:49:50 +0000David Jackson1035cleanfullINteresting Podcast Titlehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/interesting-podcast-title--13307854b7707ed9c5792f2045f15a8386dd64a0Sat, 21 May 2011 20:29:38 +0000David Jackson8cleanfullPut a Sock On ithttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/put-a-sock-on-it--133078590fcc8bc8ba1d73e3ad23b728c5702885Sun, 15 May 2011 19:32:06 +0000David Jackson1104cleanfullThe 17 Day Diet - Yukhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-17-day-diet-yuk--39771444cdc527a00c03f57e4cfd34d7231205c2Sun, 15 May 2011 16:39:40 +0000David JacksonA new episode1468cleanfullWhy Not Host My Media Where I Host My Website?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-not-host-my-media-where-i-host-my-website--13307861d8f192cc215976c8704678a57f34d77dSun, 08 May 2011 19:00:26 +0000David Jackson1236cleanfullTop 5 Questions From Podcamp Clevelandhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/top-5-questions-from-podcamp-cleveland--13307863d5882a1f7e9f2405187608965780af28Mon, 02 May 2011 03:53:54 +0000David Jackson1157cleanfullDo I Really Need A Portable Recorderhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-i-really-need-a-portable-recorder--13307862f6fe01bdac632e9fe7148b8f174e4443Sat, 23 Apr 2011 21:51:18 +0000David Jackson1101cleanfullDouble Motivation to Track Foodhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/double-motivation-to-track-food--39771479144fbaf7ede5a517e403be83e2ee6cc1Sat, 23 Apr 2011 21:27:59 +0000David JacksonA new episode2122cleanfullDo I really need a Portable Recorder?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/do-i-really-need-a-portable-recorder--39771397b0f1e21cee1b7d3fe7d255f735e20766Sat, 23 Apr 2011 18:46:37 +0000David JacksonA new episode1112cleanfullInside Weight Loss Warshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/inside-weight-loss-wars--39771404ac4a2ea5381a9b68cc53710dcdc4fe64Sat, 23 Apr 2011 15:16:04 +0000David JacksonA new episode2131cleanfullThe Cost of Starting A Low Budget Video Podcasthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-cost-of-starting-a-low-budget-video-podcast--13307860dff35e8798720083415558d00eab4d8aSat, 16 Apr 2011 16:30:47 +0000David Jackson849cleanfullUnlimited Attitudehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/unlimited-attitude--39771499e6c81e4117e5eab95b2302f305329184Tue, 05 Apr 2011 23:51:16 +0000David JacksonA new episode1400cleanfullThirteen Thousand Listeners Per Weekhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/thirteen-thousand-listeners-per-week--133078657a0d6b0c3d5f28a1db9d58a4984de6baSun, 03 Apr 2011 15:14:43 +0000David Jackson889cleanfullAccountability is the Springboard to Changehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/accountability-is-the-springboard-to-change--39771400www.getgymboss.com) we talk a little weight loss wars, and focus on making ourselves accountable.]]>57d966d08ea71d9b437e09bc6c7fd668Sat, 02 Apr 2011 18:31:59 +0000David JacksonToday I talk about truth in advertising, we get an update on the gymboss (www.getgymboss.com) we talk a little weight loss wars, and focus on making ourselves accountable.www.getgymboss.com) we talk a little weight loss wars, and focus on making ourselves accountable.]]>1436cleanfullSuccess Isn't Perfectionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/success-isn-t-perfection--39771486035b0f225216a8cbd4205324b62a97abSun, 20 Mar 2011 17:14:11 +0000David JacksonA new episode961cleanfullWizzard Media Launches Web Based Premium Podcast Subscription Servicehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/wizzard-media-launches-web-based-premium-podcast-subscription-service--1330786640d7e111d542cdf5baafaf77ecf35b8bSun, 20 Mar 2011 14:54:40 +0000David Jackson1297cleanfullTechniques to deal with stresshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/techniques-to-deal-with-stress--39771405c47ce91369a377465ec1ea7e190a3c87Sun, 13 Mar 2011 17:19:00 +0000David JacksonA new episode2125cleanfullPodcasting Live - Taking Phone Callshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-live-taking-phone-calls--1330786488541f580e68a667839c5dc52d9e9b6dSun, 13 Mar 2011 16:11:48 +0000David Jackson643cleanfullMy Two Favorite Snacks!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/my-two-favorite-snacks--3977136385b36e902e3f4f0d29ed1a738b38ddecSun, 27 Feb 2011 19:36:25 +0000David JacksonA new episode1790cleanfullSpending Yor Tax Returnhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/spending-yor-tax-return--133078670542d1a05cedb3aabda1f86c68f9b205Sat, 26 Feb 2011 19:40:12 +0000David Jackson726cleanfullFinding a New Targethttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/finding-a-new-target--39771471fdb5ed539eac19c02a1469fcdce9953eSat, 19 Feb 2011 20:46:09 +0000David JacksonA new episode1390cleanfullGetting More Podcast Subscribershttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-more-podcast-subscribers--133078702dc7e3ddc5e7127d23af2a9fc44d781eSat, 19 Feb 2011 20:16:20 +0000David Jackson842cleanfullWays To Cut 100 Calorieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/ways-to-cut-100-calories--39771511476507b57f09f3920a633bc05318b71eSun, 13 Feb 2011 18:52:56 +0000David JacksonA new episode2305cleanfull1.64 Billion Downloadshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/1-64-billion-downloads--133078723acc22f7dbc13ccc97c0f7900e557504Sun, 13 Feb 2011 15:48:50 +0000David Jackson1090cleanfullTo Cuss or Not to Cusshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/to-cuss-or-not-to-cuss--1330787477fa912a34dd63ac0a677191620b3d92Mon, 07 Feb 2011 02:43:07 +0000David Jackson945cleanfullTopping the Charts From the Basementhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/topping-the-charts-from-the-basement--13307868http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=836Sun, 23 Jan 2011 22:44:21 +0000David JacksonI was reading an article about the Swerdlick family from Plymouth Minn. Here Father Dave and his two daughters Hannah and Zoe (ages 10ish-12) produce Kid Friday. The show is the three of them talking tech. Let’s face it kids love new stuff. I was at a...568about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullLose It!https://www.spreaker.com/episode/lose-it--39771512bef210a526665eb1399d86114c5d84f9Mon, 17 Jan 2011 02:36:42 +0000David JacksonA new episode1692cleanfullTime Shift the Goldhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/time-shift-the-gold--13307869http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=826Mon, 17 Jan 2011 02:22:10 +0000David JacksonI was speaking with Rabbi Steve again, and he was very excited as he is preparing to launch his podcast. He was able to score an interview with an "A list" celebrity in his niche. When he spoke with the person they told him he had 15 minutes for the...440about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullPodcasting Still Making Headlineshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-still-making-headlines--13307873http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=820Sun, 02 Jan 2011 20:08:38 +0000David JacksonStuff You Should Know Podcast Featured in the Atlanta Journal-Constitution A recent article in the Atlanta Journal-Constitution mentioned that two guys in their 30s recording in a studio in Atlanta. The Podcast is Stuff You Should Know. The article...549about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullPodcasting is Still Making Headlineshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/podcasting-is-still-making-headlines--39771351072125546b7a8f3e89681aebed81603fSun, 02 Jan 2011 20:06:24 +0000David JacksonA new episode560cleanfullAttacking the Cause Your Jobhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/attacking-the-cause-your-job--397714680cbe5a870d1e6b4df638dc15ab2d96bcSun, 02 Jan 2011 19:40:39 +0000David JacksonA new episode1070cleanfullWhy Do You Podcast?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-do-you-podcast--13307871http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=816Thu, 23 Dec 2010 17:57:20 +0000David JacksonMost of my podcasts I'm giving you information, but today I'm asking for some information from you. Call in your comments 888-563-3228 (or record a quick mp3 and email it to me dave "at" schoolofpodcasting "dot" com). Podcasting can hep you build a...620about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullAttacking the Cause: Relationshipshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/attacking-the-cause-relationships--3977149584a454e4f3446d26b09eb9c2e2cd14b7Sun, 12 Dec 2010 20:32:20 +0000David JacksonA new episode1754cleanfullAttacking the Cause: Moneyhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/attacking-the-cause-money--39771515a3134537ad5d3a265ba19dcbe710e876Sun, 12 Dec 2010 20:07:19 +0000David JacksonA new episode1398cleanfullUSB Headset Testhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/usb-headset-test--13307878http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=810Sun, 12 Dec 2010 19:12:56 +0000David JacksonToday I answer a few questions about intro/outro music. Charles Maxwood had asked about intro and outro music. First of all I think its important to have into and outro music. It sets the tone of the podcast. It gives it a professional feel. The music...1010about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullFinish Stronghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/finish-strong--3977145743969823b72e0a38bd5b2a7da6dec9e3Mon, 06 Dec 2010 01:46:44 +0000David JacksonA new episode1624cleanfullCalling Your Audience to Actionhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/calling-your-audience-to-action--13307876http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=801Mon, 06 Dec 2010 01:14:09 +0000David JacksonToday we get a phone call from Rich Palmer of Audio Gumshoe who chimes in our discussion from last week about how far podcasting has come since it began. Its much easier to consume podcasts, there are more and more devices that are building...912about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullTaking Another Look at Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-another-look-at-podcasting--13307879http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=790Sat, 27 Nov 2010 17:11:21 +0000David JacksonI was reading the Libsyn blog, and I thought about all the things that have changed in the past six years. iTunes exists iPhones Exists Wi-Fi hots spots everywhere Blackberry phones are now more entertainment oriented Adnroid Phones can subscribe to...825about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullTaking Another Look at Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/taking-another-look-at-podcasting--39771454fe0e2e45205bf35c8ae68a01ed72894aSat, 27 Nov 2010 17:04:32 +0000David JacksonA new episode836cleanfullLow Tech Tools Work Toohttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/low-tech-tools-work-too--397713643d9cbc5ab4a99cf23319d402f1d36154Sat, 27 Nov 2010 16:00:14 +0000David JacksonA new episode1565cleanfull40 Days Free of Fast Foodhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/40-days-free-of-fast-food--39771402456540a83ca26171a200a564dae5b34bSun, 21 Nov 2010 01:28:46 +0000David JacksonA new episode209cleanfullWhen is Exercising in the Morning bad?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-is-exercising-in-the-morning-bad--1330788516e0dce97b223c93178f126e39b13678Sat, 13 Nov 2010 19:56:55 +0000David Jackson1619cleanfullCreating Intriguing Contenthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/creating-intriguing-content--13307877http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=785Sat, 06 Nov 2010 19:11:40 +0000David JacksonToday i talk about making great content. To me this is content that is intriguing. This typically is information you can't get any place else. It is one of a kind (or hard to find) information. An example of this is Mar Maron and his WTF podcast. He...717about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullWhat About Right Nowhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/what-about-right-now--39771455d6b14ce9547b7a59e06694b560f7d850Sat, 09 Oct 2010 23:47:30 +0000David JacksonA new episode1297cleanfullLive Podcasting Pros and Conshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/live-podcasting-pros-and-cons--13307880http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=778Sat, 09 Oct 2010 23:44:17 +0000David JacksonCreating a live podcast using free software can seem like a great idea. As a podcast consultant, I see there are times when it makes sense. Today we talk about the pros and cons of creating a podcast live, when it is a good idea, and when it should be...723about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullRadio Appears to be 38 Percent Commercialshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/radio-appears-to-be-38-percent-commercials--13307881http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=743Sun, 03 Oct 2010 17:47:45 +0000David JacksonThe number 1 afternoon radio show in Cleveland is the Mike Trivisonno show. He is entertaining. Much like most podcasters, Mike is not really a “broadcaster.” He is more “one of us” behind a microphone. However, there are times when I leave my job and...952about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullHeadline Animator – Truth in Advertisinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/headline-animator-truth-in-advertising--13307883http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=721Sat, 25 Sep 2010 23:58:07 +0000David JacksonI read a Podcast Academy: The Business Podcasting Book: Launching, Marketing, and Measuring Your Podcast and there was a cool publicity tip about using feedburner's headline animator. I had seen that a while ago, but was unaware they had an option to...970about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullWhen is it Time to Podfade?https://www.spreaker.com/episode/when-is-it-time-to-podfade--13307882http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=709Mon, 20 Sep 2010 03:29:49 +0000David JacksonEdgy Podcast Reviews (a show that reviewed other podcasts) has (more than likely) "Podfaded" (gone of the air). The reason? According to one of the hosts, "It's just not fun anymore." The great thing about podcasting is: 1. You choose to start a...715podfadingcleanfullGetting Serious About Weight Managementhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/getting-serious-about-weight-management--397715196b3256d75e1f1f8e8d1a94b999ed8d36Sat, 18 Sep 2010 19:16:55 +0000David JacksonA new episode1752cleanfullThe Return of Podcast Promo Swappinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-return-of-podcast-promo-swapping--13307887http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=702Mon, 13 Sep 2010 01:28:12 +0000David JacksonTurning Your Email Newsletter into a Podcast If you are producing an email newsletter, you already have the content for a podcast. When I mention this to some people they state, "I just want to use e-mail" or "I'm not geeky enough to create a podcast....1196free,learn,podcast,promo,promotion,swap,to,tube,youcleanfullBusting Weight Lifting Mythshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/busting-weight-lifting-myths--397715201e65204c04505ec48eda256c49f24998Sun, 05 Sep 2010 22:20:28 +0000David JacksonA new episode1271cleanfullThe Importance of the About Pagehttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-importance-of-the-about-page--133078843ec94e08e2ec050f8670c0c9fbce6b0dSat, 04 Sep 2010 18:50:36 +0000David Jackson827cleanfullSubscribing to Blogs/Podcast that Don’t Have RSS Feedshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/subscribing-to-blogs-podcast-that-don-t-have-rss-feeds--13307886http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=694Mon, 30 Aug 2010 05:00:50 +0000David JacksonOne thing you need for your podcast is great content. You can find great content on blogs, and podcasts. However, some of these sites don't provide options to subscribe via RSS (which means you need to keep coming back to their website). Today I show...274about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullNew Podcast Directorieshttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/new-podcast-directories--13307890http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=669Mon, 23 Aug 2010 04:30:37 +0000David Jackson// If you are hearing advice on podcasting, and someone tells you to save your file as Mono instead of stereo to make your file smaller, you need to find a new source of advice. I'm working on a youtube video for this, but you can do this at home....975about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullLearning From the Epic Failhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/learning-from-the-epic-fail--39771368bdffa9e7e24161a1c099877fa170b872Fri, 20 Aug 2010 21:27:10 +0000David JacksonA new episode1453cleanfullThe EASY Way to Record A Skype Callhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/the-easy-way-to-record-a-skype-call--13307895http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=671Sun, 15 Aug 2010 23:06:46 +0000David JacksonThere are many podcast consultants like myself we give advice for want-to-be podcasters. Most of the time there are answers that are fairly universal, but I feel there are times when the answers differ greatly. One such answer is recording a skype...235about,coach,consultant,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullMoney as A Motivatorhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/money-as-a-motivator--39771445ef761d45e881e78e72abb60f255c3c71Mon, 09 Aug 2010 04:14:20 +0000David JacksonA new episode1154cleanfullWhy WordPress is the Besthttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/why-wordpress-is-the-best--13307888http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=662Sat, 07 Aug 2010 21:51:11 +0000David JacksonToday I answer some questions about Podcast equipment on a budget, and we get some feedback on last week's show about over editing your audio. There is a program called Feed For All that allows you to create an RSS feed. When I started back in 2005, I...835create,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullOver-Editing Your Soundhttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/over-editing-your-sound--13307891http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=643Mon, 02 Aug 2010 14:00:38 +0000David JacksonPodcasting News I was interviewed on the Podcast Advisor show with Andy White. I answer some questions about what I get out of Podcasting, what gear I use, what hurdles I've come across and more. Andy is great guy. Adam Curry is slowly exiting Mevio....904create,learn,make,money,podcast,podcasting,promotion,tocleanfullWho, What, Why, When, Where, and How of Podcastinghttps://www.spreaker.com/episode/who-what-why-when-where-and-how-of-podcasting--13307889http://schoolofpodcasting.com/?p=633Sun, 25 Jul 2010 05:00:35 +0000David JacksonWho Who am I? I'm Dave Jackson and I've been podcasting since 2005. I have a bachelor's degree in Education specializing in techncial education, and I feel I can explain anything in terms that make it easy to digest. Who should Podcast? Anybody with...563101,dave,jackson,learn,of,podcast,podcasting,school,tocleanfull